Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
C2025-029 - 2/18/2025 - Approved
us CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 23195 0 ER C �-97. 6296 EXPIRATION DATE 11/30/2024 SIGNED ON 07/03/2024 Gignac Architects 416 Starr, Corpus Christi, TX 78401 03 July, 2024 Record Drawing Number PBG-923 00 01 00 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division/ Title Section Division 00 Preface Documents 00 00 00 Cover Sheet 00 01 00 Table of Contents 00 01 01 Seals Page 00 01 02 List of Drawings Division 00 Procurement and Contracting Requirements 0052 23 Agreement (Rev 12-2021) 00 72 00 General Conditions (Rev 6-2021) 00 73 00 Supplementary Conditions(Rev 3-2023) Division 01 General Requirements 01 11 00 Summary of Work(Rev 10-2018) 01 23 10 Alternates and Allowances (Revs-2020) 01 2901 Measurement and Basis for Payment(Rev 5-2020) 01 33 01 Submittal Register(Rev 10-2018) 01 35 00 Special Procedures Rev 10-2018 01 5000 Temporary Facilities and Controls(Rev8-2019) 01 74 19 Construction Waste Management and Disposal Part T Technical Specifications 02 41 19 Selective Demolition 05 12 00 Structural Steel Framing 0512 23.13 Miscellaneous Steel 05 5000 Metal Fabrications 06 1053 Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry 07 01 50.23 Roof Removal 0742 13.19 Insulated Metal Wall Panels 0752 16.17 SBS Modified Bituminous Membrane Roofing 07 62 00 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim 0922 16 Non-Structural Metal Framing 09 28 13 Cementitious Board Table of Contents 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 00 0100- 1 Rev1/2022 Division/ Title Section 09 91 23 Interior Painting DIVISION 23 23 02 01 Coordination Drawings 23 03 00 Commissioning of HVAC Systems 23 05 00 Basic Materials and Methods 23 05 10 Starting of Systems 23 1400 Supports and Anchors 23 1900 System Identification and Pipe Marking 23 2600 Piping Insulation 23 2900 Duct Insulation 23 55 10 Hydronic Piping Above Grade 23 55 15 Hydronic Specialties 23 89 00 Metal Ductwork 23 91 00 Ductwork Accessories 23 95 00 Energy Management and Controls Systems 23 95 01 Sequence of Operations 23 99 00 Testing Adjusting and Balancing Appendix All Testing Reports as Applicable Asbestos Report Arena Availability Calendar Lay Down Areas Specification for Owner-Purchased Chillers (Trane Model#CVHF130) Specification for Owner-Purchased Cooling Towers (Trane Mode l#TTXR-121975) Specification for Owner-Purchased Variable Frequency Drives (Trane Model# #H6B2B180PMB) and Output Filter(TCI Mode l#V1K200A01) END OF SECTION Table of Contents 00 0100-2 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements Rev 1/2022 ACCOR"0 DATE(MMIDDIYYYY) AC� �s CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE 8,15i2025 F2/20/2025 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER,AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). CONTACT PRODUCER Lock-ton Companies,LLC NAME: DBA Lockton Insurance Brokers,LLC In CA PHOfAIC,NE FAX CA license#OF]5767E-MAIL Ext: A/C No E 3280 Peachtree Rd.NE,Ste. 1000 ADDRESS: Atlanta GA 30305 INSURER(S)AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC# 404 460-3600 INSURER A:The Continental Insurance Company 35289 INSURED Central Air and Heating Service,LLC INSURER B:National Fire Insurance Co of Hartford 20478 1528823 3028 Wilson Road INSURER C:Indian Harbor insurance Company 36940 Harlingen TX 78552 INSURER D INSURER E: INSURER F: COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: 21437636 REVISION NUMBER: XXXXXXX THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES.LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR TYPE OF INSURANCE ADDL SUBR POLICY EFF POLICY EXP LIMITS LTR INSD WVD POLICY NUMBER MM/DDIYYW W MMIDD/ YY A X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY Y y 7040055508 8/15/2024 8/15/2025 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000 � OCCUR DAMAGE TO RENTED CLAIMS-MADE PREMISES Ea occurrence) ccurrence $ 1,000,000 MED EXP(Any one person) $ 15,000 PERSONAL&ADV INJURY $ 1,000,000 GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 2,000,000 � JPRO- POLICY LOC PRODUCTS-COMP/OP AGG $ 2,000,000 OTHER: $ B AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY y y 7040127615 8/15/2024 8/15/2025 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT $ Ea accident 1,000,000 X ANY AUTO BODILY INJURY(Per person) $ XXXXXXX OWNED SCHEDULED BODILY INJURY(Per accident) $ AUTOS ONLY AUTOS XXXXXXX HIRED NON-OWNED PROPERTY DAMAGE $ XXXXXXX AUTOS ONLY AUTOS ONLY Per accident $ XXXXXXX A X UMBRELLA LIAB X OCCUR Y Y 7040055511 8/15/2024 8/15/2025 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 10,000,000 EXCESS LIAB CLAIMS-MADE AGGREGATE $ 10,000,000 DED X RETENTION$ 10,000 $ XXXXXXX WORKERS COMPENSATION NOT APPLICABLE PER OTH- AND EMPLOYERS'LIABILITY STATUTE ER YIN ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE ❑ E.L.EACH ACCIDENT $ XXXXXXX OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? N I A (Mandatory in NH) E.L.DISEASE-EA EMPLOYEE $ XXXXXXX If yes,describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below E.L.DISEASE-POLICY LIMIT $ XXXXXXX C Pollution/Professional Y Y CE0744620906 8/15/2024 8/15/2025 Limit$SM per Occ/$5M Aggregate Liability Ded$50,000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONS I VEHICLES (ACORD 101,Additional Remarks Schedule,may be attached if more space is required) Arena HVAC Improvements 23195 1901 North Shoreline Boulevard,Corpus Christi,TX 78401 CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION See Attachments SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE 21437636 THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN The 76ity Of Corpus ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. 1201 Leopard Street Corpus Christi TX 79401 AUTHORIZED REPRIESENTAT VE d 7 r ©198M0195 ACORD CORPOFWlON. All rights reserved. ACORD 25(2016/03) The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD Attachment Code: D632128 Master ID: 1528823, Certificate ID:21437636 Certificate Holder and others when required by written contract are included as Additional Insureds,coverage is Primary and Noncontributory,including a Waiver of Subrogation in regards to the General Liability,and Automobile Liability. Umbrella/Excess follows form. Certificate Holder is included as an Additional Insured in respects to the Pollution Liability policy as required by written contract. Additional Insured entities: Contractor and Customer,by name,and their officers,directors,employees,and agents. The Named Insured referenced above is a wholly owned subsidiary of Modigent,LLC. Installation Floater: Policy Number IMO11 WH24. $250K Limit Leased/Rented Equipment:Policy Number IMO 11 WH24. $50K Limit/$1 OK Deductible. Attac Contractors' General Liability Extension Endorsement It is understood and agreed that this endorsement amends the COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART as follows. If any other endorsement attached to this policy amends ally provision also amended by this endorsement..then that other endorsement controls yvith respect to such provision- and the changes made by this endorsement with respect to such provision do not apply- TABLE OF CONTENTS 1. Additional Insureds 1. Additional Insured-Primary And Non-Contributory To Additional Insureds Insurance 1. Bodily Injury—Expanded Definition 1. Broad Knowledge of Occurrencef Notice of Occurrence 1. Broad Named Insured 1. Broadened Liability Coverage For Damage To Your Product And Your Work 1. Contractual Liability -Railroads 1. Electronic Data Liability 1. Estates, Legal Representatives and Spouses 1. Expected Or Intended Injury—Exception for Reasonable Force 1. General Aggregate Limits of Insurance—Per Project 1. In Rem Actions 1. Incidental Health Care Malpractice Coverage 1. JointVentures/PartnershipfLimited Liabili y Companies 1. LegalLiability—DamageToP rem isesIAlienatedP rem ises!PropertyInTheNa mod Insured's Care, Custody or Control 1. Liquor Liability 1. Medical Payments 1. Non-own edAiroraftCoverage 1. Non-owned Watercraft 1. Personal,And Advertising Injury—Discrimination or Humiliation 1. Personal And Advertising Injury -Contractual Liability 1. Property Damage-Elevators 1. Supplementary Payments 1. Unintentional Failure To Disclose Hazards 1. Waiver of Subrogation-Blanket 1. Wrap-Up Extension: OCIP CLIP,or Consolidated (Wrap-Up)Insurance Programs CN°A74706XX f 1-15} Poli-cy No- To.400Ecs5og Page 1 of 17 Endorsement No:. F CON'T YrAL CASUALTI Cow r Effective Date: 08/15 2024 Insured Name:mODIGENTr. LLC CopyrjghtCNAAll Eights R,e5arved.Ira0iu ccpyrigtbEdmatFriadofIra rar:: SereFoesCltenee,Iroc.°with itsperT-asor,. ecitificatc 21437636 C V A PARAMOUNT ' .C Contractors' General Liability Extension Endorsement 1. ADDITIONAL INSUREDS a. WHO IS AN INSURED is amended to include as an Insured any person or organization described in paragraphs A. through H. below whom a Named Insured is required to add as an additional insured on this Coverage Part under a written contract or written agreement_ provided such contract or agreement. 1. is currently in effect or becomes effective during the term of this Coverage Part; and 2. was executed prior to- a. the bodily injury or property damage; or b. the offense that caused the personal and advertising injury, for which such additional insured seeks coverage b. However. subject always to the terms and conditions of this policy_ including the limits of insurance. the Insurer will not provide such additional insured with:. 1_ a higher limit of insurance than required by such contract or agreement_ or 2- coverage broader than required by such contract or agreement_ and in no event broader than that described by the applicable paragraph A.through H. below. Any coverage granted bythis endorsement shall apply onlyto the extent permissible by law- A. Controlling Interest Any person or organization with a controlling interest in a Named Insured, but only with respectto such person or organizations liabilityfor bodily injury, property damage or personal and advertising injury arising out of: 1_ such person or organization's financial control of a Named Insured; or 2_ premises such person or organization owns_ maintains or controls while a Named Insured leases or occupies such premises: provided that the coverage granted by this paragraph does not apply to structural alterations. new construction or demolition operations performed by on behalf of. or for such additional insured. B. Co-owner of Insured Premises A co-owner of a premises co-owned by a Named Insured and covered under this insurance but only with respect to such co-owners liability for bodily injury, property damage or personal and advertising injury as co-owner of such premises. C. Lessor of Equipment Any person or organization from whom a Named Insured leases equipment_ but only with respect to liability for bodily injury, property damage or personal and advertising injury caused. in whole or in part, by the Named Insured's maintenance, operation or use of such equipment_ provided that the occurrence giving rise to such bodily injury, property damage or the offense giving rise to such personal and advertising injury takes place prior to the termination of such lease- D. Lessor of Land Any person or organization from whom a Named Insured leases land but only with respect to liability for bodily injury, property damage or personal and advertising injury arising out of the ownership_ maintenance or use of such land. provided that the occurrence giving rise to such bodily injury, property damage or the offense giving rise to such personal and advertising injury takes place prior to the termination of such lease. The CNA74706X (1-15) Policy No: 7G40055509 Page 2 of 17 Endorsement No: 7 CON '. -r-Al CASUALTYCOIMANY Effective Date: 08/15/2024 Insured Name: aimiGaN-T.LLc Copyrot-ChAAllRig isReservej.IRz;1w1-swpyr4hted%ateri3lofIf'rsIGaaceSarViDesOfFiDe,In.,wid=itspermissior. Attac CNACNA PARAMOUNT Contractors' General Liability Extension Endorsement coverage granted by this paragraph does not apply to structural alterations_ new construction or demolition operations performed by_ on behalf of_ or for such additional insured- E. Lessor of Premises An owner or lessor of premises leased to the Flamed Insured, or such owner or lessors real estate manager_ but only with respect to liability for bodily injury, property damage or personal and advertising injury arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of such part of the premises leased to the Named Insured, and provided that the occurrence giving rise to such bodily injury or property damage, or the offense giving rise to such personal and advertising injury, takes place prior to the termination of such lease. The coverage granted by this paragraph does not apply to structural alterations_ new construction or demolition operations performed by_ on behalf of_ or for such additional insured- F. Mortgagee,Assignee or Receiver A mortgagee., assignee or receiver of premises but only with respect to such mortgagee. assignee or receiver's liability for bodily injury, property damage or personal and advertising injury arising out of the Named Insured's ownership, maintenance. or use of a premises by a. Named Insured. The coverage granted by this paragraph does not apply to structural alterations_ new construction or demolition operations performed by. on behalf of, or for such additional insured- G. State or Governmental Agency or Subdivision or Political Subdivisions—Permits A state or governmental agency or subdivision or political subdivision that has issued a permit or authorization but only with respect to such state or governmental agency or subdivision or political subdivision's liability for bodily injury,property damage or personal and advertising injury arising nut of: 1. With respect to a Named Insured's participation in a trade show event as an exhibitor_ presenter or displayers any person or organization whore the Named Insured is required to include as an additional insured. but only with respect to such person or organization's liability for bodily injury, property damage or personal and advertising injury caused by- CNA74TO6XX (1-15) Policy No- Page 3 of 17 Endorsement No: - CONMTES,STSS'I'AL CASUALTY CO-XM--TY Effective Date: 08/15/2024 Insured Name: uC)D1G-N*r_LLC- Copyright cNAPJI r 4hts easervad.I maaterW or InsL€ranc-2seraiDa:-Offire.Inc.,wO its perrnIssian. ecitificatc 21437636 CN C V A PARAMOUNT ' . Contractors' General Liability Extension Endorsement a. the Named Insured's acts or omissions- or b. the acts or omissions of those acting on the Named Insured's behalf. in the performance of the Named Insured's ongoing operations at the trade show event premises during the trade show event- 2. The coverage granted by this paragraph does not apply to bodily injury or property damage included within the products-completed operations hazard. 2.ADDITIONAL INSURED - PRIMARY AND NON-CONTRIBUTORY TOADDITIONAL INSURED'S INSURANCE The Other Insurance Condition in the COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CONDITIONS Section is amended to add the following paragraph_ If the Named Insured has agreed in writing in a contract or agreement that this insurance is primary and non- contributory relative to an additional insured's own insurance then this insurance is primary, and the Insurer will not seek contribution from that other insurance. For the purpose of this Provision 2., the additional insured°s own insurance means insurance on which the additional insured is a named insured. Otherwise.. and notwithstanding anything to the contrary elsewhere in this Condition. the insurance provided to such person or organization is excess of any other insurance available to such person or organization. 3. BODILY INJURY—EXPANDED DEFINITION Under DEFINITIONS,the definition of bodily injury is deleted and replaced bythe following: Bodily injury means physical injury. sickness or disease sustained by a person. including death, humiliation_ shock, mental anguish or mental injury sustained by that person at any time which results as a consequence of the physical injury. sickness or disease_ 4. BROAD KNOWLEDGE OF OCCURRENiCE! NOTICE OF OCCURRENCE Under CONDITIONS, the condition entitled Duties in The Event of Occurrence, Offense, Claim or Suit is amended to add the following provisions_ A. BROAD KNOWLEDGE OF OCCURRENCE The Named Insured must give the Insurer or the Insurer's authorized representative notice of an occurrence, offense or claim only when the occurrence, offense or claim is known to a natural person Named Insured, to a partner, executive officer. manager or member of a Named Insured, or an employee designated by any of the above togive such notice_ A. NOTICE OF OCCURRENCE The Named Insureds rights under this Coverage Part will not be prejudiced if the Named Insured fails to give the Insurer notice of an occurrence, offense or claim and that failure is solely due to the Named Insured's reasonable belief that the bodily injury or property damage is not covered under this Coverage Part However. the Named Insured shall give written notice of such occurrence, offense or claim to the Insurer as soon as the Named Insured is aware that this insurance may applyto such occurrence,offense or claim. 5. BROAD NAMED INSURED WHO IS AN INSURED is amended to delete its Paragraph 3. in its entirety and replace it with the following_ 3. Pursuant to the limitations described in Paragraph 4. below, any organization in which a Named Insured has management control-- a. on the effective date of this Coverage Part; or CNA74706XX (1-15) Policy No. -0400E350S Page 4 of 17 Endorsement Nov - CGN_rr oIN_AI C_ISUALTI Cow Effective Date--08.r1 5/2024 Insured Name: 1imiGaN-T.LLc Copyrott,hAAllRi}fisReservej.IRz;1w1-swpyr4htedmateri3lofIrksIGaaceSarVfeesOffiDe,In.,wid,its per issior. Attac CNACNAPARANIOUNT Contractors' General Liability Extension Endorsement b. by reason of a Named Insured creating or acquiring the organization during the policy period, qualifies as a Named Insured, provided that there is no other similar liability insurance.. whether primary_ contributory- excess. contingent or otherwise_ which provides coverage to such organization. or which would have provided coverage but for the exhaustion of its limit., and without regard to whether its coverage is broader or narrower than that provided by this insurance. But this BROAD NAMED INSURED provision does not apply to: a, any partnership_ limited liability company orjoint venture: or b_ any organization for which coverage is excluded by another endorsement attached to this Coverage Part. For the purpose of this prevision. management control means: A. owning interests representing more than 50% of the voting- appointment or designation power for the selection of a majority of the Board of Directors of a corporation_ or B_ haying the right_ pursuant to a written trust agreement_ to protect_ control the use of encumber or transfer or sell property held by a trust 4. With respect to organizations which qualify as Named Insureds by virtue of Paragraph 3. above this insurance does not apply to: a. bodily injury or property damage that first occurred prior to the date of management control_ or that first occurs after management control ceases; nor b. personal or advertising injury caused by an offense that first occurred prior to the date of management control or that first occurs after management control ceases. 5. The insurance provided by this Coverage Part applies to Named Insureds when trading under their own names or under such other trading names or doing-business-as names (dba) as any Named Insured should choose to employ- 6. BROADENED LIABILITY COVERAGE FOR DAMAGE TO YOUR PRODUCT AND YOUR WORK A. Under COVERAGES, Coverage A— Bodily Injury and Property Damage Liability, the paragraph entitled Exclusions is amended to delete exclusions k. and I. and replace them with the following. This insurance does not apply to_ k. Damage to Your Product Propertydamageto your product arising out of it_ or any part of it ecepthen caused by or resulting from: 1_ fire_ 2_ smoke: 3_ collapse_ or 4_ explosion_ I. Da m age to You r Work Property damage to your work arising out of it_ or any part of it and included in the prod ucts-c€ rnpleted operati€xn&hazard. This exclusion does not apply_ �1f If the damaged work, or the work out of which the damage arises. was performed on the Named Insured's behalf by a subcontractor or CNA74T05XX (1-15) Policy No: Tomas55es Page 5 of 17 Endorsement No: 7' CON-MI ENT- c�ULTYC0uF Ny Effective Date: 00l15 2024 Insured Name:. -U0D1GF_NT. LLC Copyright CNAiAJI Rights Ras_rvsd.Irorhiicla4-rapyrighted materW or Insuraeee Servgees v"roe,Iro.,wi&its perrcrssw. Attachment Code: D632377 Master ID: 1528823, Certificate ID:21437636 CNA Busfness Auto PorpcV PolicV Endorsee-ent CONTP,ACTOP,S EXTENDED COVER-AGE ENDOR-SEMENT BUSINESS AUTO PLUS A THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: BUSINESSAUTO COVERAGEFGRM I. LIABILITY COVERAGE A. Who Is An Insured The following Is added to Section II, Paragraph A.1., Who Is An Insured: 1. a.Any incorporated entity of which the Named Insured owns a majority of the voting stock on the date of inception of this Coverage Form; provided that, b. The insurance afforded by this provision A.1. does not apply to any such entity that is an insured under any other liability"policy" providing auto coverage. 2. Any organization you newly acquire or form, other than a limited liability company, partnership or joint venture, and over which you maintain majority ownership interest. The insurance afforded by this provision A.2.: a. Is effective on the acquisition or formation date, and is afforded only until the end of the policy period of this Coverage Form, orthe next anniversary of its inception date, whichever is earlier. b. Does not apply to: 1. Bodily injury or property damage caused by an accident that occurred before you acquired or formed the organization; or 2. Any such organization that is an insured under any other liability "policy'' providing auto coverage. 3. Any person or organization that you are required by a written contract to name as an additional insured is an insured but only with respectto their legal liability for acts or omissions of a person, who qualifies as an insured under SECTION II - WHO IS AN INSURED and for whom Liability Coverage is afforded under this policy. If required by written contract,this insurance will be primary and non-contributory to insurance on which the additional insured is a Named Insured. 4. An employee of yours is an insured while operating an auto hired or rented under a contract or agreement in that employee's name, with your permission, while performing duties related to the conduct of your business. "Policy", as used in this provision A. Who Is An Insured, includes those policies that were in force on the inception date of this Coverage Form but: 1. Which are no longer in force; or 2. Whose limits have been exhausted. R. Bail Bonds and Loss of Earnings Section II, ParagraphsA.2. (2) and A.2. (4) are revised as follows: 1. In a.(2), the limit for the cost of bail bonds is changed from $2,000 to $5,000; and 2. In a.(4), the limit for the loss of earnings is changed from $250 to $500 a day. Form No; CNA6335'3x#S(04-2012) policy No: EUn.7040127615 Palm,• Endorsement EfFertive date: Endorsement Expiration date: EFFertive Date: 06 f 15 f 2024 Endorsement No: 40: Rage: 1 oF4 Policy Rage: 170 of 1483 Underveiting Company: National Fire Insurance CDrrpany of Hartford, 151 N Franidin St,Chicago,IL 60606 e Copyright CNA All Rights Reserved.Includes ropyrighted material oFthe Insurance Services OfFire,Inc„ used vith its permission. Attachment Code: D632377 Master ID: 1528823, Certificate ID:21437636 CNA Business Auto Policy Policy Endorsement C. Fellow Employee Section II, Paragraph B.5 does not apply. Such coverage as is afforded by this provision C. is excess over any other collectible insurance. II. PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE A. Glass Breakage- Hitting A Bird Or Animal - Falling Objects Or Missiles The following Is added to section III, Paragraph A.3.: With respect to any covered auto, any deductible shown in the Declarations will not apply to glass breakage if such glass is repaired, in a manner acceptable to us, rather than replaced. B. Transportation Expenses Section III, Paragraph A.4.a. is revised, with respect to transportation expense incurred by you, to provide: a. $60 per day, in lieu of S20: subject to b. $1,800 maximum, in lieu of $600. C. Loss of Use Expenses Section III, Paragraph A.4.b. is revised, with respectto loss of use expenses incurred by you,to provide: a. $1,000 maximum, in lieu of $600. D. Hired "Autos." The following is added to Section III. Paragraph A.: 5. Hired "Autos" If Physical Damage coverage is provided under this policy, and such coverage does not extend to Hired Autos,then Physical Damage coverage is extended to: a. Any covered auto you lease, hire, rent or borrow without a driver; and b. Any covered auto hired or rented by your employee without a driver, under a contract in that individual employee's name, with your permission, while performing duties related to the conduct of your business. c. The most we will pay for any one accident or loss is the actual cash value, cost of repair, coast of replacement or $75,000, whichever is less, minus a 8500 deductible for each covered auto. No deductible applies to loss caused byfire or lightning. d. The physical damage coverage as is provided by this provision is equal to the physical damage coverage(s) provided on your owned autos. e. Such physical damage coverage for hired autos will: 1. Include lass of use, provided it is the consequence of an accident for which the Named Insured is legally liable, and as a result of which a monetary lass is sustained by the leasing or rental concern. 2. Such coverage as is provided bythis provision will be subjectto a limit of$750 per accident. E. Airbag Coverage The following is added to section III, Paragraph B.3.: The accidental discharge of an airbag shall not be considered mechanical breakdown. Form No; CNA63359 (04-2012) Pvliry No: BUA7040IZ7615: Endorsement Effertive Date; Endorsement Expiration Date; Policy 9fed.-e pate;O8/1512024 Endorsement No; 40; Page; 2 of4 Polir{Page; 17LoF1983 Underv,riting Carrpany: National Fire Insurance Company of HartFard, 15L N Franldin St,Chicago,IL 60605 e Copyright CNAAII Rights Reserved.Inrludes cop-,righted material ofthe Insurance Servires Offire,Inc., used oath its permission. Attachment Code: D632377 Master ID: 1528823, Certificate ID:21437636 Bl CNA osiness Auto Policy Policy Endorse-+ F. Electronic Equipment Section III, Paragraphs 0.4.c and B.4.d. are deleted and replaced by the following: c. Physical Damage Coverage on a covered auto also applies to loss to any permanently installed electronic equipment including its antennas and other accessories a. A $100 per occurrence deductible applies to the coverage provided bythis provision. G. Diminution In Value The following is added to section III, Paragraph 8.6.: Subjectto the following,the diminution in value exclusion does notapplyto: a. Any covered auto of the private passenger type you lease, hire, rent or borrow, without a driver for a period of 30 days or less, while performing duties related to the conduct of your business; and b. Any covered auto of the private passenger type hired or rented by your employee without a driver for a period of 50 days or less, under a contract in that individual employee's name, with your permission, while performing duties related to the conduct of your business. c. Such coverage as is provided by this provision is limited to a diminution in value loss arising directly out of accidental damage and not as a result of the failure to make repairs; faulty or incomplete maintenance or repairs; orthe installation of substandard parts. d. The most we will pay for loss to a covered auto in any one accident is the lesser of: 1. $5,000; or 2. 200!u of the auto's actual cash value(ACV). M. Drive Other Car Coverage- Executive Officers The following is added to Sections II and III: 1. Any auto you don't own, hire or borrow is a covered auto for Liability Coverage while being used by, and for Physical Damage Coveragewhile in the care,custody or control of, any of your "executive officers", except; a. An auto owned by that"executive officer" or a member of that person's household; or b. An auto used by that"executive officer" while working in a business of selling, servicing, repairing or parking autos. Such Liability and/or Physical Damage Coverage as is afforded by this provision. 1. Equal to the greatest of those coverages afforded any covered auto; and 2. Excess over any other collectible insurance. 2. For purposes of this provision, "executive officer" means a person holding any of the officer positions created by your charter, constitution, by-laws or any other similar governing document, and, while a resident of the same household, includes that person's spouse. Such "executive officers" are insureds while using a covered auto described in this provision. IV. BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS A. Duties In The Event Of Accident, Claim, Suit Or Loss Thefollowing is added to section IV, Paragraph A.2.a.: Form No: CNA63359x0�(04-2012) police No: E1.JA,7040127615 Pdiry Endorsement Effective date: Endorsement Expiration date: EfFedrre date; 08/15{2024 Endorsement No: 40: Page: 3 oF4 Policy Page: 172 of 1983 Underwriting Company: National Fire Insurance Company oFHartford, 15L N Franldin St, Chicago, IL 60606 e Copyright CNA All Rights-Resen"ed,Includes copyrighted material ofthe Insurance Services Office,Inc„ used vith its permission.. Attachment Code: D632377 Master ID: 1528823, Certificate ID:21437636 CNA Business Auto Policy (4) Your employees may know of an accident or loss. This will not mean that you have such knowledge, unless such accident or lass is known to you or if you are not an individual,to any of your executive officers or partners or your insurance manager. The following is addedto Section IV, Paragraph A.2.b.: (6)Your employees may know of documents received concerning a claim or suit. This will not mean that you have such knowledge, unless receipt of such documents is known to you or if you are not an individual,to any of your executive officers or partners or your insurance manager. B. Transfer Of Rights Of RecoveryAgainst OthersTo Us The f a I I o w i n g is added to Section IV, Paragraph A.5. Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us: We waive any right of recovery we may have, because of payments we make for injury or damage, against any person or organization for whom or which you are required by written contract or agreementto obtain this waiver from us. This injury or damage must arise out of your activities under a contract withthat person or organization. You must agree to that requirement prior to an accident or loss. A. Concealment, Misrepresentation or Fraud The following is added to Section IV, Paragraph B.2.: Your failure to disclose all hazards existing on the date of inception of this Coverage Form shall not prejudice you with respectto the coverage afforded provided such failure or omission is not intentional. A. Other Insurance The following is added to Section IV, Paragraph B.5.: Regardless of the provisions of Paragraphs 5.a. and 5.d. above,the coverage provided by this policy shall be on a primary non-contributory basis.This provision is applicable only when required by a written contract. That written contract must have been entered into prior to Accident or Foss. A. Porky Period, Coverage Territory Section IV, Paragraph B. 7.{5}.(a). is revised to provide: a. 45 days of coverage in lieu of 00 days. V. DEFINITIONS Section V. paragraph C. is deleted and replaced by the following: Bodily injury means bodily injury, sickness or disease sustained by a person, including mental anguish, mental injury or death resulting from any of these. Farm No: CNA63359XX(04-2012) PoIL-1 No; PUA 70401276151 Polio,,a Endorsement Effective Date: Endorsement Expiration Date: Effective Date: 08/15/2024 poliev Endorsement No; 40: page; 4 of4 Page; 173 of 1983 Underviriting Company, National Fire Insurance Corrpany of Hartford, 151 N FranWin St,Chicago,IL 60606 e Copyright CNA All Rights Reserved.Irxludes copyrighted material oFthe Insurance Sereires Offire,Inc., used vdth its permission. Attachment Code: D636837 Master ID: 1528823, Certificate ID:21437636 CAM CNA PARAMOUNT 131anketAdditionaI Insured - Owners, Lessees or Contractors - vAth Products-Completed Operations Coverage Endorsement This endorsement modifies insurance provided un de r t h e fo I lowin g: CON1MERC1AL GENERAL LJABILITY COVERAGE PART It is understood and agreed asfollows: I. WHO IS AN INSURED is amendedto include as an Insured any person or organization wham you are required by written contract to add as an additional insured on this Coverage Part but only with respect to liability for bodily injury, property damage or personal and advertising injury caused in whole or in part by your acts or omissions, or the acts or omissions of those acting on your behalf: A. Inthe performance of your ongoing operations subject to such written contract; or B, In the performance of your work subject to such written contract, but only with respect to tx+dily injury or property damage included in the products-completed operations hazard, and only if: 1. The written contract requires you to provide the additional insured such coverage; and 2. This Coverage Part provides such coverage; and C. Subject always to the terms and conditions of this policy, including the limits of insurance, the Insurer will not provide such additional insured with: 1. Coverage broader than what you are required to provide by the written contract; or 2. A higher limit of insurance than-what you are requiredto provide by the written contract Any coverage granted bythis Paragraph I,shall apply solely to the extent permissible bylaw. II. If the written contract requires additional insured coverage under the 07-04 edition of CG2010 or CG2037, then paragraph 1. above is deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following: WHO 15 AN INSU RE D is amendedto include as an Insured any person or organization whom you are required by written contract to add as an additional insured on this Coverage Part but only with respect to liability for bodily injury, property damage or personal and advertising injury caused in whale or in part by your acts or omissions, or the acts or omissions of those acting on your behalf: A. I n the performance of your ongoing operations subject to such written contract; or B. In the performance of your work subject to such written contract, but only with respect to bodily injury or property damage included in the products-completed operations hazard, and only if: 1. The written contract requires you to provide the additional insured such coverage; and 2. This Coverage Part provides such coverage. IIIF But if the written contract requires: A. Additional insured coverage underthe 11-85 edition, 10-93 edition, or 10-01 edition of CG2010, or under the 1001 edition of CG2037; or B. Additional insured coverage with "arising out of language; s then paragraph 1.above is deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following: WHO I5 AN INSU RE D is amended to include as an Insured any person or organization whom y ou are required e� by written contract to add as an additional insured on this Coverage Parr, but only with respect to liability for bodily injury, property damage or personal and advertising injury arising out of your work that is subject to i1111111111111W such written contract. �r CNA75079XX (3-.22) Policy No: -04-003550B Page 1 of Endorsement No: -3 CGNTLNUN ALCASUL rVC0MR—UN1 Effective Date: 08:15 -702i 1 n su re d Nam e:x10D1GF-NL".t-I-LC Attachment Code: D636837 Master ID: 1528823, Certificate ID:21437636 CAM CNA PARAMOUNT Blanket Additional Insured - Owners, Lessees or Contractors - with Products-Completed Operations Coverage Endorsement IV. But if the written contract requires additional insured coverage to the greatest extent permissible by law, then paragraph I. above is deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following: WHO IS AN INSURED is amended to include as an Insured any person or organization whom you are required by written contract to add as an additional insured on this Coverage Part, but only with respect to liability for bodily injury, property damage or personal and advertising injury arising out of your work that is subject to such written contract. V. The insurance granted by this endorsementto the additional insured does notapplyto bodily injury, property damage, or personal and advertising injury arising out of: A. The rendering of, orthe failure to render, any professional architectural, engineering, or surveying services, including: 1. The preparing, approving, or failing to prepare or approve maps, shop drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, field orders, change orders or drawings and specifications; and 2. Supervisory, inspection, architectural or enginee ring activities; or B,Any premises or work for which the additional insured is specifically listed as an additional insured on another endorsement attached to this Coveraga Part. VI. Un der COMMERCIALGENERAL LIABILITY CONDITIDNS, the Condition entitled Oth er I n sura nce is amended to add the following, which supersedes any provision to the contrary in this Condition or elsewhere in this Coverage Part: Primary and Noncontrfbutary Insurance 1.1Vith respect to other insurance available to the additional insured under which the additional insured is a named insured, this insurance is primary to and will not seek contribution from such other insurance.. provided that a written contract requires the insurance provided by this policy to be: 1. Primary and non-contributing with other insurance available to the additional insu red; or 2. Primary andto not seek contribution from any other insurance availabletothe additional insured. Butexceptas specified above, this insurance will be excess of all other insurance available to the additional insured. VII. Solely with respect to the insurance granted by this endorsement, the section entitled COMM ERC LAL GENERAL LIABILITY CON DITION S is amended as follows: The Condition entitled Duties. In The Event of0ccurrence, Offense,Claim or Suit is amended with the addition of the following: Any additional insured pursuantto this endorsement will as soon as practicable: A. Give the Insurerw dtten notice of any claim, or any occurrence: oroffense which may result in a claim; B. Send the Insurer copies of all legal papers received, and otherwise cooperate with the Insurer in the investigation, defense, or settlement ofthe claim; and C. Make sgailable any other insurance, and endeaworto tenderthe defense and indemnity of any claim to any other insure ror self-insurer,whose policy orprogramappliesto a loss that the Insurer covers under this coverage part. However, ifthewritten contract requiresthis insuranceto be primary and non-contributory,this paragraph 3, does not apply to other insurance underw,hich the additional insured is a named insured. The Insurer has no duty to defend or indemnify an additional insured underthis endorsement until the Insurer receives written notice of a claim from the additional insured. CNA76079X (3-22) Policy No: -i)400s:;506 Page 2 of 3 Endorsement No: 2:3 CONnINTENTALCASU i.TI CCF-IMAUNT Effective Gate: GSr1� 2{ 3 I n su re d N a me: MODIGF—NT.LLC Copyright CNA All Fbghts Romer . Att e: D636837 Master ID: 1528823, Certificate ID:21437636 NA PA AMOUNT Blanket Additional Insured - Owners, Lessees or Contractors with Products-Completed Operations Coverage Endorsement Vill.SoIelywith respect to the insurance granted by this endorsement. the section entitled DER NIT]ONS is amended to add the following definition: Written contract means a written contract or written agreement that requires you to make a person or organization an additional insured on this Coverage Part_ provided the contract or agreement: A.Was executed prior to: 1. The bodily injury or property damage;or 2. The offense that caused the personal and advertising injury- forwhich the additional insured seeks coverage: and B. Is still in effect at the time of the bodily injury or property damage occurrence or personal and advertising injury offense_ All other terms and conditions of the Policy remain unchanged. This endorsement_vrhich forms a part of and is for attachment to the Policy issued bythe designated Insurers. takes effect on the effective date of said Policy at the hour stated in said Policy_ unless another effective date is shoran belmv and expires concurrent) with said Policy Cr,A75079XX (3-2 ) Policy No: - :5os Page 3 of 3 Endorsement No: 33 C0NT NT LC SUk TY CD'_IPAIcfY Effective Date:06r13rNm Insured Name:_l•0D1GE_Tgr.LLC CcpyrJght a.A]Rghds PTaEe«. Attachment Code: D636837 Master ID: 1528823, Certificate ID:21437636 CMA DNA PARAMOU T Deductible Applicable to Damages Endorsement This endorsement edifies insurance provided underthe following: COMhr1ERCIAL GENER-,L LIABIUTY CDVER ,GE PART PRO DUCTSIC01`0 PLETED OPERATI ONS UABILITY COIVER�GE P;%,RT SCHEDULE Coverage remises:o erations Amountand BaslsofDeductlble Each Claim or Each Bodily iniary Liabllity Property €fa a LiaE}ility IF Bodily Injury Liability and .Y.4. Property Damage Li-ability Combined I I Coverage (prod u cts-com pleted operations hazard) Ameuntand BasisofDeductible Each Claim or Each BodU InEMEX Liabiliy; I II II II Property D�Llabiiity ll II II Bodily Injury Liability and Y,. . Property DamageLiabilityCombined Information required to complete this Schedule, if not shown above,+mill be sho,./Yn in the Declarations. 1, Application Of Endorsement (Enter below any limitation s on the application of this endorsement. If no limitation is antlered. the deductibles apply to damagesforall bodily injury and property damage. however caused.;: CNA75119XX (1-15) Policy No: -04 554Z Page 1 of 3 Endorsement No: 24 CONTINENTAL CASUALTY COMPANY Effective Date: c761i�� Insured Name: mODI ENNT_LLC CopyrghtCNAAd InclraesrgW material of In9uranceSer4ces4}foe,Inc.,wkhhsperrniR�an. AC�® S DATE(MM/DD/YYYY) �s CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE 03/21/2025 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER,AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED,the policy(ies) must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER CONTACT NAME: Bruce McCreadie, CIC,AAI American PEO Insurers AICNNo Ext: (855)435-5435 A/� No): (813)448-1495 P.O. Box 632173 E-MAIL eoins.comrucem am ADDRESS: b C p INSURER(S)AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC# Highlands Ranch CO 80163 INSURER A: TEXAS MUTUAL INS CO 29945 INSURED INSURER B: Newton PEO, Inc. INSURER C 7 17115 San Pedro Ave. INSURER D: #250 INSURER E: San Antonio TX 78232-2685 1 INSURER F: COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: REVISION NUMBER: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES.LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR ADDTYPE OF INSURANCE INSD WVDSUBR POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFF POLICY EXP LTR MM DD YYYY MM DD YYYY LIMITS COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $ DAMAGE TO RENTED CLAIMS-MADE 1:1OCCUR PREMISES (Ea occurrence) ccurrrence) $ MED EXP(Any one person) $ PERSONAL&ADV INJURY $ GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: GENERAL AGGREGATE $ POLICY❑ PRO ❑ LOC PRODUCTS-COMP/OP AGG $ JECT OTHER: $ AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT $ Ea accident ANY AUTO BODILY INJURY(Per person) $ OWNED SCHEDULED BODILY INJURY(Per accident) $ AUTOS ONLY AUTOS HIRED NON-OWNED PROPERTY DAMAGE $ AUTOS ONLY AUTOS ONLY Per accident L $ UMBRELLA LIAB OCCUR EACH OCCURRENCE $ EXCESS LIAB CLAIMS-MADE AGGREGATE $ DED RETENTION$ $ WORKERS COMPENSATION X PER STATUTE OERH AND EMPLOYERS'LIABILITY ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE YIN E.L.EACH ACCIDENT $ 1,000,000 A OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? � NIA Y 0002075939-TX MASTER 04/01/2024 04/01/2025 (Mandatory in NH) E.L.DISEASE-EA EMPLOYEE $ 1,000,000 If yes,describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below E.L.DISEASE-POLICY LIMIT $ 1,000,000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS I LOCATIONS I VEHICLES(ACORD 101,Additional Remarks Schedule,may be attached if more space is required) Central Air&Heating Service, LLC, is provided workers'compensation coverage only for employees properly enrolled and assigned to Newton PEO, Inc. pursuant to the client services agreement between Central Air&Heating Service, LLC and Newton PEO, Inc.Waiver of Subrogation is afforded per the attached waiver of subrogation endorsement as respects to Workers'Compensation as required by written contract and/or agreement executed prior to loss where allowable by law,subject to the terms,conditions,and exclusions within the policy.Texas Mutual Insurance Company will not enforce our right to recover payments under Policy 0002075939-TX MASTER against the City of Corpus Christi with respect to bodily injury to covered employees arising out of operations at 1901 North Shoreline Boulevard,Corpus Christi,TX 78401 per the attached waiver of subrogation endorsement relating to Project:Arena HVAC CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. The City of Corpus Christi AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE 1201 Leopard Street _ Corpus Christi TX 78401 ©1988-2015 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. ACORD 25 (2016/03) The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD AGENCY CUSTOMER ID: LOC#: ,a`oRo ADDITIONAL REMARKS SCHEDULE Page of AGENCY NAMED INSURED American PEO Insurers Newton PEO, Inc. POLICY NUMBER CARRIER NAIC CODE EFFECTIVE DATE: ADDITIONAL REMARKS THIS ADDITIONAL REMARKS FORM IS A SCHEDULE TO ACORD FORM, FORM NUMBER: 25 FORM TITLE: Certificate of Liability Insurance Improvements 23195 1901 North Shoreline Boulevard, Corpus Christi,TX 78401 ACORD 101 (2008/01) ©2008 ACORD CORPORATION.All rights reserved. The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD TeX,qSMutuar WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE WORKERS' COMPENSATION AND WC 42 03 04 B EMPLOYERS LIABILITY POLICY Agent copy TEXAS WAIVER OF OUR RIGHT TO RECOVER FROM OTHERS ENDORSEMENT This endorsement applies only to the insurance provided by the policy because Texas is shown in item 3.A. of the Information Page. We have the right to recover our payments from anyone liable for an injury covered by this policy. We will not enforce our right against the person or organization named in the Schedule, but this waiver applies only with respect to bodily injury arising out of the operations described in the schedule where you are required by a written contract to obtain this waiver from us. This endorsement shall not operate directly or indirectly to benefit anyone not named in the Schedule. The premium for this endorsement is shown in the Schedule. Schedule 1. ( ) Specific Waiver Name of person or organization (X)Blanket Waiver Any person or organization for whom the Named Insured has agreed by written contract to furnish this waiver. 2. Operations: All Texas operations 3. Premium: The premium charge for this endorsement shall be 2.00 percent of the premium developed on payroll in connection with work performed for the above person(s)or organization(s)arising out of the operations described. 4. Advance Premium: Included, see Information Page This endorsement changes the policy to which it is attached effective on the inception date of the policy unless a different date is indicated below. (The following"attaching clause"need be completed only when this endorsement is issued subsequent to preparation of the policy.) This endorsement,effective on 4/1/24 at 12:01 a.m.standard time,forms a part of: Policy no.0002075939 of Texas Mutual Insurance Company effective on 4/1/24 Issued to: NEWTON PEO LLC This is not a bill Authorized representative NCCI Carrier Code: 29939 3/27/24 PO Box 12058, Austin, TX 78711-2058 1 of 1 texasmutual.com 1 (800)859-5995 1 Fax(800)359-0650 WC 42 03 04 B Tw 00 61 16 PAYMENT BOND BOND NO. 612424140 Contractor as Principal Surety Name: Central Air and Heating Service, LLC Name: United States Fire Insurance Company Mailing address(principal place of business): Mailing address(principal place of business): 3028 Wilson Road 305 MADISON AVENUE, Harlingen,TX 78552 MORRISTOWN, NJ 07960 Physical address(principal place of business): Owner 305 MADISON AVENUE, MORRISTOWN, NJ 07960 Name: City of Corpus Christi,Texas Mailing address(principal place of business): Engineering Services Surety is a corporation organized and existing 1201 Leopard Street under the laws of the state of: Delaware Corpus Christi,Texas 78401 By submitting this Bond,Surety affirms its authority to do business in the State of Texas and Contract its license to execute bonds in the State of Texas. Project name and number: Telephone(main number):(973)490-6600 Arena HVAC Improvements 23195 Telephone(for notice of claim):(973)490-6600 Local Agent for Surety Name:Jack Marvin Crowley,Vice President-Surety Award Date of the Contract: February 18, 2025 Address: Willis Towers Watson Insurance Services West, Inc. Contract Price:$4,024,972.80 500 North Akard Street,Suite 4300, Dallas,TX 75201 Bond Telephone:817-360-1922 Email Address: jack.crowley@wtwco.com Date of Bond: February 27, 2025 The address of the surety company to which any (Date of Bond cannot be earlier than Award Date notice of claim should be sent may be obtained of Contract) from the Texas Dept.of Insurance by calling the following toll free number:1-800-252-3439 Payment Bond Form 00 61 16-1 5/2024 Arena HVAC Improvements 23195 Surety and Contractor,intending to be legally bound and obligated to Owner do each cause this Payment Bond to be duly executed on its behalf by its authorized officer,agent or representative. The Principal and Surety bind themselves,and their heirs,administrators,executors,successors and assigns,jointly and severally to this bond. The condition of this obligation is such that if the Contractor as Principal pays all claimants providing labor or materials to him or to a Subcontractor in the prosecution of the Work required by the Contract Documents then this obligation shall be null and void;otherwise the obligation is to remain in full force and effect. Provisions of the bond shall be pursuant to the terms and provisions of Chapter 2253 and Chapter 2269 of the Texas Government Code as amended and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Chapter to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. Venue shall lie exclusively in Nueces County, Texas for any legal action. Contractor as Principal Central Air and Heating Surety United States Fire Insurance Company S ice LL Signature: IfA'-- Name:Name: Name: Michelle Anne McMahon Title: 010 Title: Attorney-in-Fact Email Address: ;, mq��(J��hJIhC•�nry� Email Address: michelle.mcmahon@wtwco.com U (Attach Power of Attorney and place surety seal below) END OF SECTION Payment Bond Form 00 61 16-2 5/2024 Arena HVAC Improvements 23195 NOTARY ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF SURETY: State of Connecticut County of Hartford ss. On this the 27th day of February 2025 before me,Glenn Ryan Custodio Tapawan, the undersigned officer,personally appeared Michelle Anne McMahon known to me (or satisfactorily proven)to be the person whose name is subscribed as Attorney-In-Fact for United States Fire Insurance Company ,and acknowledged that s/he executed the same as the act of his/her principal for the purposes therein contained. In witness whereof I hereunto set my hand. GLENN RYAN CUSTODIO TAPAWAN NOTARY PUBLIC- #192680 STATE-OF CONNECTICUT Signature of Not y Public MY COMMISSION EXPIRES SEPT.30,2029 Date Commission Expires: September 30,2029 Glenn Ryan Custodio Tapawan Printed Name of Notary POWER OF ATTORNEY UNITED STATES FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY PRINCIPAL OFFICE-MORRISTOWN,NEW JERSEY KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:That United States Fire Insurance Company,a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the state of Delaware,has made,constituted and appointed,and does hereby make,constitute and appoint:Joshua Sanford;Samuel Begun;Melissa Stanton; Michelle Anne McMahon;Kathryn Pryor;Jonathan Gleason;Doritza Mojica;Jennifer Godere;Nicholas Miller;Sarah Murtha;Connor Wolpert; Richard Hackner each,its true and lawful Attomey(s)-In-Fact,with fitll power and authority hereby conferred in its name,place and stead,to execute,acknowledge and deliver:Any and all bonds and undertakings of surety and other documents that the ordinary course of surety business may require,and to bind United States Fire Insurance Company thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such bonds or undertakings had been duly executed and acknowledged by the regularly elected officers of United States Fire Insurance Company at its principal office,in amounts or penalties: One Hundred Twenty Five Million Eight Hundred Thousand Dollars($125,800,000) This Power of Attorney limits the act of those named therein to the bonds and undertakings specifically named therein,and they have no authority to bind United States Fire Insurance Company except in the manner and to the extent therein stated. This Power of Attorney revokes all previous Powers of Attorney issued on behalf of the Attorneys-In-Fact named above. This Power of Attorney is granted pursuant to Article IV of the By-Laws of United States Fire Insurance Company as now in full force and effect, and consistent with Article III thereof,which Articles provide,in pertinent part: Article IV,Execution of Instruments-Except as the Board of Directors may authorize by resolution,the Chairman of the Board, President,any Vice- President,any Assistant Vice President,the Secretary,or any Assistant Secretary shall have power on behalf of the Corporation: (a) to execute,affix the corporate seal manually or by facsimile to,acknowledge,verify and deliver any contracts,obligations,instruments and documents whatsoever in connection with its business including, without limiting the foregoing, any bonds, guarantees, undertakings, recognizances, powers of attorney or revocations of any powers of attorney, stipulations, policies of insurance, deeds, leases, mortgages, releases, satisfactions and agency agreements; (b) to appoint,in writing,one or more persons for any or all of the purposes mentioned in the preceding paragraph(a),including affixing the seal of the Corporation. Article III, Officers, Section 3.11, Facsimile Signatures. The signature of any officer authorized by the Corporation to sign any bonds, guarantees, undertakings,recognizances,stipulations,powers of attorney or revocations of any powers of attorney and policies of insurance issued by the Corporation may be printed,facsimile,lithographed or otherwise produced. In addition,if and as authorized by the Board of Directors,dividend warrants or checks, or other numerous instruments similar to one another in form,may be signed by the facsimile signature or signatures,lithographed or otherwise produced, of such officer or officers of the Corporation as from time to time may be authorized to sign such instruments on behalf of the Corporation. The Corporation may continue to use for the purposes herein stated the facsimile signature of any person or persons who shall have been such officer or officers of the Corporation,notwithstanding the fact that he may have ceased to be such at the time when such instruments shall be issued. IN WITNESS WHEREOF,United States Fire Insurance Company has caused these presents to be signed and attested by its appropriate officer and its corporate seal hereunto affixed this 28th day of September,2021. UNITED STATES FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY Matthew E.Lubin, President State of New Jersey) County of Morris } On this 28th day of September,2021,before me,a Notary public of the State of New Jersey,came the above named officer of United States Fire Insurance Company,to me personally known to be the individual and officer described herein,and acknowledged that he executed the foregoing instrument and affixed the seal of United States Fire Insurance Company thereto by the authority of his office. MELISSA H.VALESSIO NOTARY KIBIJC OF NEW JERSEY ComttdtNon 8 W12E8311 t ryca.ttt MUpi '47= Melissa H.D'Alessio (Notary Public) 1,the undersigned officer of United States Fire Insurance Company,a Delaware corporation,do hereby certify that tine original Power of Attorney of which the foregoing is a full,true and correct copy is still in force and effect and has not been revoked. IN WITNESS WHEREOF,I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the corporate seal of United States Fire Insurance Company on the27thday of February 2025 UNITED STATES FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY O� Michael C.Fay,Senior Vice President *For verification of the authenticity of the Power of Attorney,please email:Suretylnauiries&amvntaeroug.com CRUM&FORSTER' TEXAS COMPLAINT NOTICE AVISO DE QUEJA DE TEXAS IMPORTANT NOTICE AVISO IMPORTANTE To obtain Information or make a complaint: Para obtener informacion o para presentar una queja: You may call Crum & Forster's toll-free number for Usted puede Ilamar al numero de telefono gratuito de information or to make a complaint at: Crum & Forster's para obtener informacion o para presentar una queja al: 1-888-890-1500 1-888-890-1500 You may write to Crum & Forster at: Usted tambien puede escribir a Crum & Forster: Crum & Forster Crum & Forster 305 Madison Avenue 305 Madison Avenue Morristown, NJ 07962 Morristown, NJ 07962 Web:www.cfins.com Sitio web: www.cfins.com E-mail: info@cfins.com E-mail: info@cfins.com You may contact the Texas Department of Usted puede comunicarse con el Departamento de Insurance to obtain information on companies, Seguros de Texas para obtener informacion sobre coverages, rights or complaints at: companias, coberturas, derechos,o quejas al: 1-800-252-3439 1-800-252-3439 You may write the Texas Department of Usted puede escribir al Departamento de Seguros de Insurance: Texas a: PO Box 149104 P. O. Box 149104 Austin,TX 78714-9104 Austin, TX 78714-9104 Fax: (512)490-1007 Fax: (512)490-1007 Web:www.tdi.texas.gov Sitio web: www.tdi.texas.gov E-mail: ConsumerProtection@tdi.tx.gov E-mail: ConsumerProtection@ tdi.tx.gov PREMIUM OR CLAIM DISPUTES: DISPUTAS POR PRIMAS DE SEGUROS O RECLAMACION ES: Should you have a dispute concerning your Si tiene una disputa relacionada con su prima de premium or about a claim you should contact the seguro o con una reclamacion, usted debe agent first. If the dispute is not resolved, you may comunicarse con el agente primero. Si la disputa no contact the Texas Department of Insurance. es resuelta, usted puede comunicarse con el ATTACH THIS NOTICE TO YOUR POLICY: This Departamento de Seguros de Texas. notice is for information only and does not ADJUNTE ESTE AVISO A SU POLIZA: Este aviso become a part or condition of the attached es solamente para propositos informativos y no se document. convierte en parte o en condicion del documento adj unto. MI 40 009 07 18 Page 1 of 1 Jk Tw i 00 61 13 PERFORMANCE BOND BOND NO. 612424140 Contractor as Principal Surety t Name: Central Air and Heating Service, LLC Name: United States Fire Insurance Company Mailing address(principal place of business): Mailing address(principal place of business): 3028 Wilson Road 305 MADISON AVENUE, Harlingen,TX 78552 MORRISTOWN,NJ 07960 Physical address(principal place of business): Owner 305 MADISON AVENUE, MORRISTOWN, NJ 07960 Name: City of Corpus Christi,Texas Mailing address(principal place of business): Engineering Services Surety is a corporation organized and existing 1201 Leopard Street under the laws of the state of: Delaware Corpus Christi,Texas 78401 By submitting this Bond,Surety affirms its authority to do business in the State of Texas and Contract its license to execute bonds in the State of Texas. Project name and number: Telephone(main number): (973)490-6600 Arena HVAC Improvements 23195 Telephone(for notice of claim): (973)490-6600 Local Agent for Surety Name:Jack Marvin Crowley, Vice President-Surety Award Date of the Contract: February 18, 2025 Address: Willis Towers Watson Insurance Services West, Inc. Contract Price: $4,024,972.80 500 North Akard Street,Suite 4300, Dallas,TX 75201 Bond Telephone: 817-360-1922 Email Address:jack.crowley@wtwco.com Date of Bond: February 27,2025 The address of the surety company to which any notice of claim should be sent may be obtained C(Date Bond cannot be earlier than Award Date from the Texas Dept.of Insurance by calling the of the Contract) following toll free number.1-800-252-3439 Performance Bond 00 61 13-1 Rev 5/2024 Arena HVAC Improvements 23195 Surety and Contractor,intending to be legally bound and obligated to Owner do each cause this Performance Bond to be duly executed on its behalf by its authorized officer,agent or representative. The Principal and Surety bind themselves,and their heirs, administrators,executors,successors and assigns,jointly and severally to this bond. The condition of this obligation is such that if the Contractor as Principal faithfully performs the Work through the Warranty Period required by the Contract Documents then this obligation shall be null and void;otherwise the obligation is to remain in full force and effect. The Contract Documents between Owner and Contractor is incorporated by reference into this Statutory Performance Bond,pursuant to Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code. Provisions of the bond shall be pursuant to the terms and provisions of Chapter 2253 and Chapter 2269 of the Texas Government Code,as amended,and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Chapter to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. if Contractor does not faithfully construct and complete said Work through the Warranty Period under its contract with Owner,and Owner invokes its contractual rights and declares Contractor in default,Surety shall promptly remedy the default,and at Owner's sole option,Surety shall: 1. Within a reasonable time(but not later than 30 days after Surety receives written notice of Contractor's default), with written notice to Owner,step into and assume the role,all rights and all obligations of the defaulting Contractor under the Contract Documents. Upon assumption of this role, Surety directly shall contract with a Completion Contractor hired/engaged by Surety to complete the Work. The selection of the Completion Contractor must be approved in writing by Owner. Surety shall be responsible for any and all costs incurred, up to the Bond Sum, to complete the Work;or 2. in the event Surety falls to contract with a Completion Contractor within 90 days of receipt of Owner's written notice of Default, Owner may,at Owner's sole discretion,select a Completion Contractor in accordance with Texas law to complete the Work. in this event,Surety shall pay Owner any and all costs,up to the Bond Sum,for Owner's selected Completion Contractor to complete the Work;or 3. At Owner's sole discretion,Surety shall pay Owner the estimated amount for Owner to execute a Project Completion Contract with a Completion Contractor,selected by Owner in accordance with Texas Law,solely to complete the Work. Surety shall pay Owner any and all costs, up to the Bond Sum,for Owner-selected Completion Contractor to complete the Work. Venue shall lie exclusively in Nueces County, Texas. Surety agrees to be bound by the mediation clause in Article 22 of the Contract Documents between Owner and Contractor,said Contract Documents incorporated by reference in this Bond. Performance Bond 00 61 13-2 Rev 5/2024 Arena HVAC Improvements 23195 Contractor as Principal Central Air and Heating Surety United States Fire Insurance Company S e L erw Signature: �t LL Signature: Name: Name: Michelle Anne McMahon Title: Qpc n Pk r-ldeli L Title: Attorney-in-Fact Email Address: Email Address: michelle.mcmahon@wtwco.com (Attach Power of Attorney and place surety seal below) END OF SECTION Performance Bond 00 61 13-3 Arena HVAC Improvements 23195 Rev 5/2024 NOTARY ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF SURETY: State of Connecticut County of Hartford ss. On this the 27th day of Fehruary 2025 before me,Glenn Ryan Custodio Tapawan, the undersigned officer,personally appeared Michelle Anne McMahon known to me (or satisfactorily proven)to be the person whose name is subscribed as Attorney-In-Fact for United States Fire Insurance Company ,and acknowledged that s/he executed the same as the act of his/her principal for the purposes therein contained. In witness whereof I hereunto set my hand. GLENN RYAN CLISTODIO TAPAWAN NOTARY PUBLIC- #I 92680 a)� STATE OF CONNECTICUT Signatu e of Not Cry Public MY COMMISSION EXPIRES SEPT.30,2029 Date Commission Expires: September 30, 2029 Glenn Ryan Custodio Tapawan Printed Name of Notary POWER OF ATTORNEY UNITED STATES FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY PRINCIPAL OFFICE-MORRISTOWN,NEW JERSEY KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:That United States Fire Insurance Company,a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the state of Delaware,has made,constituted and appointed,and does hereby make,constitute and appoint:Joshua Sanford;Samuel Begun;Melissa Stanton; Michelle Anne McMahon;Kathryn Pryor;Jonathan Gleason;Doritza Mojica;Jennifer Godere;Nicholas Miller;Sarah Murtha;Connor Wolpert; Richard Hackner each,its true and lawful Attorncy(s)-In-Fact,with full power and authority hereby conferred in its name,place and stead,to execute,acknowledge and deliver:Any and all bonds and undertakings of surety and other documents that the ordinary course of surety business may require,and to bind United States Fire Insurance Company thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such bonds or undertakings had been duly executed and acknowledged by the regularly elected officers of United States Fire Insurance Company at its principal office,in amounts or penalties: One Hundred Twenty Five Million Eight Hundred Thousand Dollars($125,800,000) This Power of Attorney limits the act of those named therein to the bonds and undertakings specifically named therein,and they have no authority to bind United States Fire Insurance Company except in the manner and to the extent therein stated. This Power of Attorney revokes all previous Powers of Attorney issued on behalf of the Attomeys-in-Fact named above. This Power of Attorney is granted pursuant to Article IV of the By-Laws of United States Fire Insurance Company as now in full force and effect, and consistent with Article III thereof,which Articles provide,in pertinent part: Article IV,Execution of Instruments-Except as the Board of Directors may authorize by resolution,the Chairman of the Board,President,any Vice- President,any Assistant Vice President,the Secretary,or any Assistant Secretary shall have power on behalf of the Corporation: (a) to execute,affix the corporate seal manually or by facsimile to,acknowledge,verify and deliver any contracts,obligations,instruments and documents whatsoever in connection with its business including, without limiting the foregoing, any bonds,guarantees, undertakings, recognizances, powers of attorney or revocations of any powers of attorney, stipulations, policies of insurance, deeds, leases, mortgages, releases, satisfactions and agency agreements; (b) to appoint,in writing,one or more persons for any or all of the purposes mentioned in the preceding paragraph(a),including affixing the seal of the Corporation. Article III, Officers, Section 3.11, Facsimile Signatures. The signature of any officer authorized by the Corporation to sign any bonds, guarantees, undertakings,recognizances,stipulations,powers of attorney or revocations of any powers of attorney and policies of insurance issued by the Corporation may be printed,facsimile,lithographed or otherwise produced. In addition,if and as authorized by the Board of Directors,dividend warrants or checks, or other numerous instruments similar to one another in form,may be signed by the facsimile signature or signatures,lithographed or otherwise produced, of such officer or officers of the Corporation as from time to time maybe authorized to sign such instruments on behalf of the Corporation. The Corporation may continue to use for the purposes herein stated the facsimile signature of any person or persons who shall have been such officer or officers of the Corporation,notwithstanding the fact that he may have ceased to be such at the time when such instruments shall be issued. IN WITNESS WHEREOF,United States Fire Insurance Company has caused these presents to be signed and attested by its appropriate officer and its corporate seal hereunto affixed this 28th day of September,2021. UNITED STATES FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY 0 1 ewnn� Matthew E. Lubin, President State of New Jersey} County of Morris } On this 28th day of September,2021,before me,a Notary public of the State of New Jersey,came the above named officer of United States Fire Insurance Company,to me personally known to be the individual and officer described herein,and acknowledged that he executed the foregoing instrument and affixed the seal of United States Fire Insurance Company thereto by the authority of his office. INEUsm H.F&E>SM IW?ARY PUBLIC OF WW JEWY YlrCallrl�Y�loaFapMY/f7AB6 1�G(,�,j,�,tA n lG��q�� Melissa H.D'A_llevssiioo (Notary Public) I,the undersigned officer of United States Fire Insurance Company,a Delaware corporation,do hereby certify that the original Power of Attorney of which the foregoing is a full,true and correct copy is still in force and effect and has not been revoked. IN WITNESS WHEREOF,I have hereunto set my hind and affixed the corporate seal of United States Fire Insurance Company on the27thday of February 2025 UNITED STATES FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY ONO Michael C.Fay,Senior Vice President *For verification of fhc authenticity of the Power of Attorney,please email:Suretylnquiries()amyntaaroun.com SC 0 � H U "OR Pon Al 1852 00 52 23 AGREEMENT This Agreement, for the Project awarded on February 18, 2025, is between the City of Corpus Christi (Owner) and Central Air& Heating Services, LLC (Contractor). Owner and Contractor agree as follows: ARTICLE 1—WORK 1.01 Contractor shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents. The Work is generally described as: Arena HVAC Improvements 23195 ARTICLE 2—DESIGNER AND OWNER'S AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE 2.01 The Project has been designed by: Gignac Architects 461 Starr St Corpus Christi, Texas 78401 nickgiKnac@Kignac-associates.com 2.02 The Owner's Authorized Representative for this Project is: Joseph Johnson 4917 Holly Rd., Bldg. 5 Corpus Christi,Texas 78411 JosephJ2@cctexas.com ARTICLE 3—CONTRACT TIMES 3.01 Contract Times A. The Work is required to be substantially completed within105 days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run as provided in the Notice to Proceed and is to be completed and ready for final payment in accordance with Paragraph 17.16 of the General Conditions within 135 days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run. Agreement 00 52 23- 1 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements Rev 12/2021 B. Performance of the Work is required as shown in Paragraph 7.02 of the General Conditions. C. Milestones, and the dates for completion of each,are as defined in Section 0135 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES. 3.02 Liquidated Damages A. Owner and Contractor recognize that time limits for specified Milestones, Substantial Completion, and completion and readiness for Final Payment as stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. Owner and Contractor recognize that the Owner will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in Paragraph 3.01 and as adjusted in accordance with Paragraph 11.05 of the General Conditions. Owner and Contractor also recognize the delays, expense, and difficulties involved in proving in a legal or arbitration proceeding the actual loss suffered by Owner if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, Owner and Contractor agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty): 1. Substantial Completion: Contractor shall pay Owner$400 for each day that expires after the time specified in Paragraph 3.01 for Substantial Completion until the Work is substantially complete. 2. Completion of the Remaining Work: Contractor agrees to pay Owner$400 for each day that expires after the time specified in Paragraph 3.01 for completion and readiness for final payment until the Work is completed and ready for final payment in accordance with Paragraph 17.16 of the General Conditions. 3. Liquidated damages for failing to timely attain Substantial Completion and Final Completion are not additive and will not be imposed concurrently. 4. Milestones: Contractor agrees to pay Owner liquidated damages as stipulated in SECTION 0135 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES for failure to meet Milestone completions. 5. The Owner will determine whether the Work has been completed within the Contract Times. B. Owner is not required to only assess liquidated damages, and Owner may elect to pursue its actual damages resulting from the failure of Contractor to complete the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 4—CONTRACT PRICE 4.01 Owner will pay Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents at the unit prices shown in the attached BID FORM. Unit prices have been computed in accordance with Paragraph 15.03 of the General Conditions. Contractor acknowledges that estimated quantities are not guaranteed, and were solely for the purpose of comparing Bids, and final payment for all unit price items will be based on actual quantities, determined as provided in the Contract Documents. Total Base Bid Price $ 4,024,972.80 Agreement 00 52 23- 2 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements Rev 12/2021 ARTICLE 5—PAYMENT PROCEDURES 5.01 Submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Article 17 of the General Conditions. Applications for Payment will be processed by the OAR as provided in the General Conditions. 5.02 Progress Payments; Retainage: A. The Owner will make progress payments on or about the 25th day of each month during performance of the Work. Payment is based on Work completed in accordance with the Schedule of Values established as provided in the General Conditions. B. Progress payments equal to the full amount of the total earned value to date for completed Work minus the retainage listed below and properly stored materials will be made prior to Substantial Completion. 1. The standard retainage is 5 percent. C. Payment will be made for the amount determined per Paragraph 5.02.13, less the total of payments previously made and less set-offs determined in accordance with Paragraph 17.01 of the General Conditions. D. At the Owner's option, Owner may pay Contractor 100 percent of the Work completed, less amounts withheld in accordance with Paragraph 17.01 of the General Conditions and less 200 percent of OAR's estimate of the value of Work to be completed or corrected to reach Substantial Completion. Owner may, at its sole discretion, elect to hold retainage in the amounts set forth above for progress payments prior to Substantial Completion if Owner has concerns with the ability of the Contractor to complete the remaining Work in accordance with the Contract Documents or within the time frame established by this Agreement. Release or reduction in retainage is contingent upon and consent of surety to the reduction in retainage. 5.03 Owner will pay the remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by OAR in accordance with Paragraph 17.16 of the General Conditions upon Final Completion and acceptance of the Work. ARTICLE 6—INTEREST ON OVERDUE PAYMENTS AND RETAINAGE 6.01 The Owner is not obligated to pay interest on overdue payments except as required by Texas Government Code Chapter 2251. Invoices must comply with Article 17 of the General Conditions. 6.02 Except as specified in Article 5, the Owner is not obligated to pay interest on moneys not paid except as provided in Texas Government Code Chapter 2252. ARTICLE 7—CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIONS 7.01 The Contractor makes the following representations: A. The Contractor has examined and carefully studied the Contract Documents and the other related data identified in the Bidding Documents. B. The Contractor has visited the Site and become familiar with and is satisfied as to the general, local, and Site conditions that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. Agreement 00 52 23-3 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements Rev 12/2021 C. The Contractor is familiar with Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. D. The Contractor has carefully studied the following Site-related reports and drawings as identified in the Supplementary Conditions: 1. Geotechnical Data Reports regarding subsurface conditions at or adjacent to the Site; 2. Drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site; 3. Underground Facilities referenced in reports and drawings; 4. Reports and drawings relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions, if any, at or adjacent to the Site; and 5. Technical Data related to each of these reports and drawings. E. The Contractor has considered the: 1. Information known to Contractor; 2. Information commonly known to contractors doing business in the locality of the Site; 3. Information and observations obtained from visits to the Site; and 4. The Contract Documents. F. The Contractor has considered the items identified in Paragraphs 7.01.D and 7.01.E with respect to the effect of such information, observations, and documents on: 1. The cost, progress, and performance of the Work; 2. The means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor; and 3. Contractor's safety precautions and programs. G. Based on the information and observations referred to in the preceding paragraphs, Contractor agrees that no further examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, or data are necessary for the performance of the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Times, and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. H. The Contractor is aware of the general nature of Work to be performed by Owner and others at the Site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Contract Documents. I. The Contractor has correlated the information known to the Contractor, information and observations obtained from visits to the Site, reports and drawings identified in the Contract Documents, and all additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, and data with the Contract Documents. J. The Contractor has given the OAR written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that the Contractor has discovered in the Contract Documents,and the written resolution provided by the OAR is acceptable to the Contractor. K. The Contract Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work. Agreement 00 52 23-4 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements Rev 12/2021 L. Contractor's entry into this Contract constitutes an incontrovertible representation by Contractor that without exception all prices in the Agreement are premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents. M. CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY, DEFEND AND HOLD HARMLESS THE OWNER'S INDEMNITEES IN ACCORDANCE WITH PARAGRAPH 7.14 OF THE GENERAL CONDITIONS AND THE SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS. ARTICLE 8—ACCOUNTING RECORDS 8.01 Accounting Record Availability: The Contractor shall keep such full and detailed accounts of materials incorporated and labor and equipment utilized for the Work consistent with the requirements of Paragraph 15.01 of the General Conditions and as may be necessary for proper financial management under this Agreement. Subject to prior written notice,the Owner shall be afforded reasonable access during normal business hours to all of the Contractor's records, books, correspondence, instructions,drawings, receipts,vouchers, memoranda,and similar data relating to the Cost of the Work and the Contractor's fee. The Contractor shall preserve all such documents for a period of 3 years after the final payment by the Owner. ARTICLE 9—CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 9.01 Contents: A. The Contract Documents consist of the following: 1. Solicitation documents. 2. Specifications, forms, and documents listed in SECTION 00 0100 TABLE OF CONTENTS. 3. Drawings listed in the Sheet Index. 4. Addenda. 5. Exhibits to this Agreement: a. Contractor's Bid Form. b. Include Wastewater CD Exhibit if Project pertains to SSO CD work. C. List others as necessary. 6. Documentation required by the Contract Documents and submitted by Contractor prior to Notice of Award. B. There are no Contract Documents other than those listed above in this Article. C. The Contract Documents may only be amended, modified, or supplemented as provided in Article 11 of the General Conditions. Agreement 00 52 23-5 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements Rev 12/2021 ARTICLE 10—CONTRACT DOCUMENT SIGNATURES ATTEST CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI Rebecca 1f4eYta QW14011e Rebecca Hue rta(Mar26,202511:29 CDT) Jeff y Ed monds(Mar25,202510:51 CDT) Rebecca Huerta 03/26/2025 Jeffrey Edmonds 03/25/2025 City Secretary Director of Engineering Services M2025-019 AUTHORIZED APPROVED AS TO LEGAL FORM: BY COUNCIL 2/18/2025 RH/SB Janet Whitehead(Mar 24,2025 11:55 CDT) Assistant City Attorney 03/24/2025 ATTEST(IF CORPORATION) CONTRACTOR jeff matz(Mar 2 25 :50 CDT) (Seal Below) By: Jeff D. Matz Note: Attach copy of authorization to sign if Title: OpCo President person signing for CONTRACTOR is not President, Vice President, Chief Executive Officer, or Chief 3028 Wilson Road Financial Officer Address Harligen TX 78552 City State Zip 956-428-4509 Phone Fax j.matz@cahsinc.com EMail END OF SECTION Agreement 00 52 23-6 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements Rev 12/2021 00 30 01 BID FORM Project Name: ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS Project Number: 23195 Owner: City of Corpus Christi OAR: Joseph Johnson,Assistant Director of Construction Inspections,Engineering Department Designer:lGignac Architects By its signature below,Bidder accepts all of the terms and conditions of the Bid Acknowledgement,acknowledges receipt of all Addenda to the Bid and agrees,if this Bid is accepted,to enter into a Contract with the Owner and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents for the Bid price. Bidder: Central Air& Heating Service LLC. (full legal name of Bidder) Signature: (signature of person with authority to bind the Bidder) Name: Jeff Matz (printed name of person signing Bid Form) Title: OPCO President (title of person signing Bid Form) Attest: (signature) State of Residency: Texas Federal Tx ID No. 74-20180980 Address for Notices: 3028 Wilson Road, Harlingen, TX, 78552 Phone: 956-428-4509 Email: j.matz@cahsinc.com Bid Form 00 30 01- 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS Page 1 of 3 Rev 08/2019 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 23195 0 ER C �-97. 6296 EXPIRATION DATE 11/30/2024 SIGNED ON 07/03/2024 Gignac Architects 416 Starr, Corpus Christi, TX 78401 03 July, 2024 Record Drawing Number PBG-923 00 01 00 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division/ Title Section Division 00 Preface Documents 00 00 00 Cover Sheet 00 01 00 Table of Contents 00 01 01 Seals Page 00 01 02 List of Drawings Division 00 Procurement and Contracting Requirements 0052 23 Agreement (Rev 12-2021) 00 72 00 General Conditions (Rev 6-2021) 00 73 00 Supplementary Conditions(Rev 3-2023) Division 01 General Requirements 01 11 00 Summary of Work(Rev 10-2018) 01 23 10 Alternates and Allowances (Revs-2020) 01 2901 Measurement and Basis for Payment(Rev 5-2020) 01 33 01 Submittal Register(Rev 10-2018) 01 35 00 Special Procedures Rev 10-2018 01 5000 Temporary Facilities and Controls(Rev8-2019) 01 74 19 Construction Waste Management and Disposal Part T Technical Specifications 02 41 19 Selective Demolition 05 12 00 Structural Steel Framing 0512 23.13 Miscellaneous Steel 05 5000 Metal Fabrications 06 1053 Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry 07 01 50.23 Roof Removal 0742 13.19 Insulated Metal Wall Panels 0752 16.17 SBS Modified Bituminous Membrane Roofing 07 62 00 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim 0922 16 Non-Structural Metal Framing 09 28 13 Cementitious Board Table of Contents 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 00 0100- 1 Rev1/2022 Division/ Title Section 09 91 23 Interior Painting DIVISION 23 23 02 01 Coordination Drawings 23 03 00 Commissioning of HVAC Systems 23 05 00 Basic Materials and Methods 23 05 10 Starting of Systems 23 1400 Supports and Anchors 23 1900 System Identification and Pipe Marking 23 2600 Piping Insulation 23 2900 Duct Insulation 23 55 10 Hydronic Piping Above Grade 23 55 15 Hydronic Specialties 23 89 00 Metal Ductwork 23 91 00 Ductwork Accessories 23 95 00 Energy Management and Controls Systems 23 95 01 Sequence of Operations 23 99 00 Testing Adjusting and Balancing Appendix All Testing Reports as Applicable Asbestos Report Arena Availability Calendar Lay Down Areas Specification for Owner-Purchased Chillers (Trane Model#CVHF130) Specification for Owner-Purchased Cooling Towers (Trane Mode l#TTXR-121975) Specification for Owner-Purchased Variable Frequency Drives (Trane Model# #H6B2B180PMB) and Output Filter(TCI Mode l#V1K200A01) END OF SECTION Table of Contents 00 0100-2 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements Rev 1/2022 0001 01 SEALS PAGE A. Architect: p gRcy 1. Raymond Gignac, AIA, Gignac&Associates, LLP Q��D Texas Board of Architectural Examiners, Registration#629 � 'vl 629b qrF OF S� EXPIRATION DATE 11/30/2024 SIGNED ON 07/03/2024 A. kj% B. Mechanical: �•'" # � 1. Sean Rodriguez, PE ; Professional Engineer, 96478 ;o �sEAN ............. %P z01 �i 07102/2024 C. Electrical 1. Sean Rodriguez, PE ;.,.-w...:rt� Professional Engineer, 96478 �E N M, RODRIQUEZ 01 96478 07102f024 D. Plumbing ,�ti ,, 1. Sean Rodriguez, PE ° °•r t �# Professional Engineer, 96478 " .= ....:....� N M.W..,..,......RflDRI_IGU._.eEZ..,. t E�4 � two A 07102/2024 E. Structural 1. Ramiro Munoz, PE Professional Engineer, 100346 �P�i°F rfxa i rt' V# RAMIRO MUNOZ III 9_---100346-----� r SfONA END OF SECTION t r ` RAMI 0 MUNOZ III. F, 1-11 1 of 1 0001 01 Rev 1/2022 SEALS PAGE 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements DOCUMENT 00 0102 - LIST OF DRAWINGS 1.1 LIST OF DRAWINGS A. Drawings: Drawings consist of the Contract Drawings and other drawings listed on the Table of Contents page of the separately bound drawing set titled "23195 American Bank Center Arena HVAC Improvements" ", City of Corpus Christi and as modified by subsequent Addenda and Contract modifications. B. List of Drawings: Drawings consist of the following Contract Drawings and other drawings of type indicated: GENERAL CONSULTANT SHEET NO. 1. TITLE SHEETAND SHEET INDEX A1.0 2. ABBREVIATIONS AND CONVENTIONS A2.0 3. GENERAL NOTES A3.0 4. EVENT LEVEL AND MEZZANINE/SUITE LEVEL PLANS A4.0 5. UPPER CONCOURSE AND BOWL LEVEL PLANS A5.0 6. CATWALK LEVEL AND ROOF PLAN A6.0 7. ENLARGED MECHANICAL ROOM A7.0 8. SECTIONS AND EXTERIOR ELEVATION A8.0 9. EXISTING CONDITIONS PHOTOS A9.0 10. DEMO WORK-ROOF PLAN COOLING TOWER A10.0 11. NEW WORK-ROOF PLAN COOLING TOWER A11.0 12. ROOF DETAILS Al2.0 13. ROOF DETAILS A13.0 14. ROOF DETAILS A14.0 15. ROOF DETAILS A15.0 16. ROOF DETAILS A16.0 17. EXISTING CONDITIONS PHOTOS COOLING TOWER AREA ROOF A17.0 18. EXISTING CONDITIONS PHOTOS COOLING TOWER AREA ROOF A18.0 19. STRUCTURAL NOTES S1.0 20. COOLING TOWER BASE PLATE LOCATION PLAN AND FRAMING PLAN S2.0 21. LADDER/GUARDRAIL DETAILS & ELEVATIONS S3.0 22. STRUCTURAL SECTIONS & DETAILS S4.0 23. MECHANICAL LEGENDS M0.1 24. MECHANICAL OVERALL KEY PLAN M0.2 25. MECHANICAL UNDERFLOOR DUCT HANGERS AND SUPPORTS M0.3 26. ENLARGED CHILLER DEMO PLAN M1.0 27. ENLARGED CHILLER INSTALL PLAN M1.1 LIST OF DRAWINGS 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 28. ENLARGED COOLING TOWER PLAN M2.0 29. ENLARGED BOILER ROOM PLAN M2.1 30. MECHANICAL SITE PHOTOS M4.0 31. MECHANICAL CONTROLS DIAGRAMS M5.0 32. MECHANICAL CONTROLS DIAGRAM M5.1 33. MECHANICAL CONTROLS DIAGRAMS M5.2 34. MECHANICAL CONTROLS DIAGRAMS M5.3 35. ELECTRICAL LEGEND E0.1 36. ELECTRICAL OVERALL KEY PLAN E0.2 37. ENLARGED ELECTRICAL CHILLER PLAN E1.0 38. ENLARGED ELECTRICAL COOLING TOWER PLAN E2.0 39. ELECTRICAL ONE-LINE DIAGRAM E2.1 END OF SECTION 00 0102 LIST OF DRAWINGS 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS SC GO � O� U �y�anPonP��O 1$52 00 52 23 AGREEMENT This Agreement, for the Project awarded on [insert Award Date], is between the City of Corpus Christi (Owner) and (Contractor). Owner and Contractor agree as follows: ARTICLE 1—WORK 1.01 Contractor shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents. The Work is generally described as: American Bank Center Arena HVAC Improvements 23195 ARTICLE 2—DESIGNER AND OWNER'S AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE 2.01 The Project has been designed by: Gignac Architects 461 Starr St Corpus Christi,Texas 78401 nickgignac@gignac-associates.com 2.02 The Owner's Authorized Representative for this Project is: Joseph Johnson 4917 Holly Rd., Bldg. 5 Corpus Christi,Texas 78411 JosephJ2@cctexas.com ARTICLE 3—CONTRACT TIMES 3.01 Contract Times A. The Work is required to be substantially completed within 105 days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run as provided in the Notice to Proceed and is to be completed Agreement 00 52 23- 1 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements Rev 12/2021 and ready for final payment in accordance with Paragraph 17.16 of the General Conditions within 135 days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run. B. Performance of the Work is required as shown in Paragraph 7.02 of the General Conditions. C. Milestones, and the dates for completion of each, are as defined in Section 0135 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES. 3.02 Liquidated Damages A. Owner and Contractor recognize that time limits for specified Milestones, Substantial Completion, and completion and readiness for Final Payment as stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. Owner and Contractor recognize that the Owner will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in Paragraph 3.01 and as adjusted in accordance with Paragraph 11.05 of the General Conditions. Owner and Contractor also recognize the delays, expense, and difficulties involved in proving in a legal or arbitration proceeding the actual loss suffered by Owner if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, Owner and Contractor agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty): 1. Substantial Completion: Contractor shall pay Owner$400 for each day that expires after the time specified in Paragraph 3.01 for Substantial Completion until the Work is substantially complete. 2. Completion of the Remaining Work: Contractor agrees to pay Owner$400 for each day that expires after the time specified in Paragraph 3.01 for completion and readiness for final payment until the Work is completed and ready for final payment in accordance with Paragraph 17.16 of the General Conditions. 3. Liquidated damages for failing to timely attain Substantial Completion and Final Completion are not additive and will not be imposed concurrently. 4. Milestones: Contractor agrees to pay Owner liquidated damages as stipulated in SECTION 0135 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES for failure to meet Milestone completions. 5. The Owner will determine whether the Work has been completed within the Contract Times. B. Owner is not required to only assess liquidated damages, and Owner may elect to pursue its actual damages resulting from the failure of Contractor to complete the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 4—CONTRACT PRICE 4.01 Owner will pay Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents at the unit prices shown in the attached BID FORM. Unit prices have been computed in accordance with Paragraph 15.03 of the General Conditions. Contractor acknowledges that estimated quantities are not guaranteed, and were solely for the purpose of comparing Bids, and final payment for all unit price items will be based on actual quantities, determined as provided in the Contract Documents. Total Base Bid Price $ Agreement 00 52 23- 2 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements Rev 12/2021 ARTICLE 5—PAYMENT PROCEDURES 5.01 Submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Article 17 of the General Conditions. Applications for Payment will be processed by the OAR as provided in the General Conditions. 5.02 Progress Payments; Retainage: A. The Owner will make progress payments on or about the 25th day of each month during performance of the Work. Payment is based on Work completed in accordance with the Schedule of Values established as provided in the General Conditions. B. Progress payments equal to the full amount of the total earned value to date for completed Work minus the retainage listed below and properly stored materials will be made prior to Substantial Completion. 1. The standard retainage is 5 percent. C. Payment will be made for the amount determined per Paragraph 5.02.13, less the total of payments previously made and less set-offs determined in accordance with Paragraph 17.01 of the General Conditions. D. At the Owner's option, Owner may pay Contractor 100 percent of the Work completed, less amounts withheld in accordance with Paragraph 17.01 of the General Conditions and less 200 percent of OAR's estimate of the value of Work to be completed or corrected to reach Substantial Completion. Owner may, at its sole discretion, elect to hold retainage in the amounts set forth above for progress payments prior to Substantial Completion if Owner has concerns with the ability of the Contractor to complete the remaining Work in accordance with the Contract Documents or within the time frame established by this Agreement. Release or reduction in retainage is contingent upon and consent of surety to the reduction in retainage. 5.03 Owner will pay the remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by OAR in accordance with Paragraph 17.16 of the General Conditions upon Final Completion and acceptance of the Work. ARTICLE 6—INTEREST ON OVERDUE PAYMENTS AND RETAINAGE 6.01 The Owner is not obligated to pay interest on overdue payments except as required by Texas Government Code Chapter 2251. Invoices must comply with Article 17 of the General Conditions. 6.02 Except as specified in Article 5, the Owner is not obligated to pay interest on moneys not paid except as provided in Texas Government Code Chapter 2252. ARTICLE 7—CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIONS 7.01 The Contractor makes the following representations: A. The Contractor has examined and carefully studied the Contract Documents and the other related data identified in the Bidding Documents. B. The Contractor has visited the Site and become familiar with and is satisfied as to the general, local, and Site conditions that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. Agreement 00 52 23-3 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements Rev 12/2021 C. The Contractor is familiar with Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. D. The Contractor has carefully studied the following Site-related reports and drawings as identified in the Supplementary Conditions: 1. Geotechnical Data Reports regarding subsurface conditions at or adjacent to the Site; 2. Drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site; 3. Underground Facilities referenced in reports and drawings; 4. Reports and drawings relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions, if any, at or adjacent to the Site; and 5. Technical Data related to each of these reports and drawings. E. The Contractor has considered the: 1. Information known to Contractor; 2. Information commonly known to contractors doing business in the locality of the Site; 3. Information and observations obtained from visits to the Site; and 4. The Contract Documents. F. The Contractor has considered the items identified in Paragraphs 7.01.D and 7.01.E with respect to the effect of such information, observations, and documents on: 1. The cost, progress, and performance of the Work; 2. The means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor; and 3. Contractor's safety precautions and programs. G. Based on the information and observations referred to in the preceding paragraphs, Contractor agrees that no further examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, or data are necessary for the performance of the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Times, and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. H. The Contractor is aware of the general nature of Work to be performed by Owner and others at the Site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Contract Documents. I. The Contractor has correlated the information known to the Contractor, information and observations obtained from visits to the Site, reports and drawings identified in the Contract Documents, and all additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, and data with the Contract Documents. J. The Contractor has given the OAR written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that the Contractor has discovered in the Contract Documents,and the written resolution provided by the OAR is acceptable to the Contractor. K. The Contract Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work. Agreement 00 52 23-4 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements Rev 12/2021 L. Contractor's entry into this Contract constitutes an incontrovertible representation by Contractor that without exception all prices in the Agreement are premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents. M. CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY, DEFEND AND HOLD HARMLESS THE OWNER'S INDEMNITEES IN ACCORDANCE WITH PARAGRAPH 7.14 OF THE GENERAL CONDITIONS AND THE SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS. ARTICLE 8—ACCOUNTING RECORDS 8.01 Accounting Record Availability: The Contractor shall keep such full and detailed accounts of materials incorporated and labor and equipment utilized for the Work consistent with the requirements of Paragraph 15.01 of the General Conditions and as may be necessary for proper financial management under this Agreement. Subject to prior written notice,the Owner shall be afforded reasonable access during normal business hours to all of the Contractor's records, books, correspondence, instructions,drawings, receipts,vouchers, memoranda,and similar data relating to the Cost of the Work and the Contractor's fee. The Contractor shall preserve all such documents for a period of 3 years after the final payment by the Owner. ARTICLE 9—CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 9.01 Contents: A. The Contract Documents consist of the following: 1. Solicitation documents. 2. Specifications, forms, and documents listed in SECTION 00 0100 TABLE OF CONTENTS. 3. Drawings listed in the Sheet Index. 4. Addenda. 5. Exhibits to this Agreement: a. Contractor's Bid Form. b. Include Wastewater CD Exhibit if Project pertains to SSO CD work. C. List others as necessary. 6. Documentation required by the Contract Documents and submitted by Contractor prior to Notice of Award. B. There are no Contract Documents other than those listed above in this Article. C. The Contract Documents may only be amended, modified, or supplemented as provided in Article 11 of the General Conditions. ARTICLE 10—CONTRACT DOCUMENT SIGNATURES ATTEST CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI Agreement 00 52 23-5 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements Rev 12/2021 Rebecca Huerta Joseph Johnson City Secretary Assistant Director of Construction Inspections, Engineering Department AUTHORIZED APPROVED AS TO LEGAL FORM: BY COUNCIL Assistant City Attorney ATTEST(IF CORPORATION) CONTRACTOR (Seal Below) By: Note: Attach copy of authorization to sign if Title: person signing for CONTRACTOR is not President, Vice President, Chief Executive Officer, or Chief Financial Officer Address City State Zip Phone Fax EMail END OF SECTION Agreement 00 52 23-6 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements Rev 12/2021 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS Table of Contents Page Article 1—Definitions and Terminology.....................................................................................................10 1.01 Defined Terms.............................................................................................................................10 1.02 Terminology................................................................................................................................15 Article 2—Preliminary Matters...................................................................................................................16 2.01 Delivery of Bonds and Evidence of Insurance.............................................................................16 2.02 Copies of Documents..................................................................................................................16 2.03 Project Management System......................................................................................................16 2.04 Before Starting Construction ......................................................................................................17 2.05 Preconstruction Conference; Designation of Authorized Representatives................................17 Article 3—Contract Documents: Intent, Requirements, Reuse.................................................................17 3.01 Intent...........................................................................................................................................17 3.02 Reference Standards...................................................................................................................18 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies......................................................................................19 3.04 Interpretation of the Contract Documents.................................................................................20 3.05 Reuse of Documents...................................................................................................................20 Article 4—Commencement and Progress of the Work..............................................................................20 4.01 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed.............................................................20 4.02 Starting the Work........................................................................................................................20 4.03 Progress Schedule.......................................................................................................................21 4.04 Delays in Contractor's Progress..................................................................................................21 Article 5—Availability of Lands; Subsurface and Physical Conditions; Hazardous Environmental Conditions...................................................................................................................................................22 5.01 Availability of Lands ....................................................................................................................22 5.02 Use of Site and Other Areas........................................................................................................22 5.03 Subsurface and Physical Conditions............................................................................................23 5.04 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions...............................................................................24 5.05 Underground Facilities................................................................................................................25 5.06 Hazardous Environmental Conditions at Site .............................................................................26 Article 6—Bonds and Insurance .................................................................................................................28 6.01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds..................................................................................28 General Conditions 00 72 00- 1 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 6.02 Licensed Sureties ........................................................................................................................29 6.03 Required Minimum Insurance Coverage....................................................................................29 6.04 General Insurance Provisions......................................................................................................29 6.05 Contractor's Insurance................................................................................................................30 6.06 Property Insurance......................................................................................................................33 6.07 Waiver of Rights..........................................................................................................................34 6.08 Owner's Insurance for Project....................................................................................................34 6.09 Acceptable Evidence of Insurance..............................................................................................35 6.10 Certificate of Insurance...............................................................................................................35 6.11 Insurance Policies........................................................................................................................35 6.12 Continuing Evidence of Coverage...............................................................................................35 6.13 Notices Regarding Insurance ......................................................................................................35 6.14 Texas Workers' Compensation Insurance Required Notice .......................................................36 Article 7-Contractor's Responsibilities.....................................................................................................38 7.01 Supervision and Superintendence..............................................................................................38 7.02 Labor; Working Hours.................................................................................................................38 7.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment ...........................................................................................39 7.04 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others....................................................................39 7.05 Patent Fees and Royalties...........................................................................................................40 7.06 Permits........................................................................................................................................41 7.07 Taxes ...........................................................................................................................................41 7.08 Laws and Regulations..................................................................................................................41 7.09 Safety and Protection .................................................................................................................42 7.10 Safety Representative.................................................................................................................43 7.11 Hazard Communication Programs..............................................................................................43 7.12 Emergencies................................................................................................................................43 7.13 Contractor's General Warranty and Guarantee .........................................................................43 7.14 INDEMNIFICATION......................................................................................................................44 7.15 Delegation of Professional Design Services................................................................................45 Article 8-Other Work at the Site...............................................................................................................46 8.01 Other Work.................................................................................................................................46 8.02 Coordination ...............................................................................................................................47 8.03 Legal Relationships......................................................................................................................47 General Conditions 00 72 00- 2 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS Article 9—Owner's and OPT's Responsibilities...........................................................................................48 9.01 Communications to Contractor ..................................................................................................48 9.02 Replacement of Owner's Project Team Members......................................................................48 9.03 Furnish Data................................................................................................................................48 9.04 Pay When Due.............................................................................................................................48 9.05 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests...................................................................................48 9.06 Insurance.....................................................................................................................................48 9.07 Modifications..............................................................................................................................48 9.08 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals...............................................................................................48 9.09 Limitations on OPT's Responsibilities .........................................................................................48 9.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition......................................................................49 9.11 Compliance with Safety Program................................................................................................49 Article 10—OAR's and Designer's Status During Construction ..................................................................49 10.01 Owner's Representative..........................................................................................................49 10.02 Visits to Site.............................................................................................................................49 10.03 Resident Project Representatives...........................................................................................49 10.04 Rejecting Defective Work........................................................................................................49 10.05 Shop Drawings, Modifications and Payments.........................................................................50 10.06 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work...................50 10.07 Limitations on OAR's and Designer's Authority and Responsibilities.....................................50 Article 11—Amending the Contract Documents; Changes in the Work ....................................................50 11.01 Amending and Supplementing the Contract Documents.......................................................50 11.02 Owner-Authorized Changes in the Work................................................................................51 11.03 Unauthorized Changes in the Work........................................................................................51 11.04 Change of Contract Price ........................................................................................................52 11.05 Change of Contract Times.......................................................................................................52 11.06 Change Proposals....................................................................................................................52 11.07 Execution of Change Orders ...................................................................................................53 11.08 Notice to Surety......................................................................................................................54 Article 12—Change Management ..............................................................................................................54 12.01 Requests for Change Proposal................................................................................................54 12.02 Change Proposals....................................................................................................................54 12.03 Designer Will Evaluate Request for Modification...................................................................55 General Conditions 00 72 00-3 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 12.04 Substitutions...........................................................................................................................55 Article13—Claims.......................................................................................................................................56 13.01 Claims......................................................................................................................................56 13.02 Claims Process.........................................................................................................................57 Article 14—Prevailing Wage Rate Requirements.......................................................................................58 14.01 Payment of Prevailing Wage Rates.........................................................................................58 14.02 Records....................................................................................................................................58 14.03 Liability; Penalty; Criminal Offense.........................................................................................59 14.04 Prevailing Wage Rates.............................................................................................................59 Article 15—Cost of the Work; Allowances; Unit Price Work......................................................................59 15.01 Cost of the Work.....................................................................................................................59 15.02 Allowances..............................................................................................................................63 15.03 Unit Price Work.......................................................................................................................63 15.04 Contingencies..........................................................................................................................64 Article 16—Tests and Inspections; Correction, Removal, or Acceptance of Defective Work....................65 16.01 Access to Work........................................................................................................................65 16.02 Tests, Inspections and Approvals............................................................................................65 16.03 Defective Work .......................................................................................................................65 16.04 Acceptance of Defective Work................................................................................................66 16.05 Uncovering Work....................................................................................................................66 16.06 Owner May Stop the Work.....................................................................................................67 16.07 Owner May Correct Defective Work.......................................................................................67 Article 17—Payments to Contractor; Set-Offs; Completion; Correction Period........................................67 17.01 Progress Payments..................................................................................................................67 17.02 Application for Payment.........................................................................................................69 17.03 Schedule of Values..................................................................................................................71 17.04 Schedule of Anticipated Payments and Earned Value............................................................72 17.05 Basis for Payments..................................................................................................................73 17.06 Payment for Stored Materials and Equipment.......................................................................73 17.07 Retainage and Set-Offs ...........................................................................................................74 17.08 Procedures for Submitting an Application for Payment.........................................................74 17.09 Responsibility of Owner's Authorized Representative...........................................................75 17.10 Contractor's Warranty of Title................................................................................................76 General Conditions 00 72 00-4 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 17.11 Substantial Completion...........................................................................................................76 17.12 Partial Utilization.....................................................................................................................77 17.13 Final Inspection.......................................................................................................................77 17.14 Final Application for Payment.................................................................................................77 17.15 Final Payment..........................................................................................................................78 17.16 Waiver of Claims.....................................................................................................................78 17.17 Correction Period....................................................................................................................78 Article 18-Suspension of Work and Termination.....................................................................................79 18.01 Owner May Suspend Work.....................................................................................................79 18.02 Owner May Terminate for Cause............................................................................................79 18.03 Owner May Terminate For Convenience................................................................................80 Article 19-Project Management...............................................................................................................81 19.01 Work Included.........................................................................................................................81 19.02 Quality Assurance ...................................................................................................................81 19.03 Document Submittal...............................................................................................................81 19.04 Required Permits ....................................................................................................................81 19.05 Safety Requirements...............................................................................................................82 19.06 Access to the Site....................................................................................................................82 19.07 Contractor's Use of Site..........................................................................................................82 19.08 Protection of Existing Structures and Utilities........................................................................83 19.09 Pre-Construction Exploratory Excavations..............................................................................83 19.10 Disruption of Services/Continued Operations........................................................................84 19.11 Field Measurements ...............................................................................................................84 19.12 Reference Data and Control Points.........................................................................................84 19.13 Delivery and Storage...............................................................................................................85 19.14 Cleaning During Construction.................................................................................................86 19.15 Maintenance of Roads, Driveways, and Access......................................................................86 19.16 Area Access and Traffic Control ..............................................................................................87 19.17 Overhead Electrical Wires.......................................................................................................87 19.18 Blasting....................................................................................................................................87 19.19 Archeological Requirements...................................................................................................87 19.20 Endangered Species Resources...............................................................................................88 19.21 Cooperation with Public Agencies..........................................................................................88 General Conditions 00 72 00-5 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS Article 20—Project Coordination................................................................................................................88 20.01 Work Included.........................................................................................................................88 20.02 Document Submittal...............................................................................................................88 20.03 Communication During Project...............................................................................................89 20.04 Project Meetings.....................................................................................................................89 20.05 Requests for Information........................................................................................................91 20.06 Decision and Action Item Log..................................................................................................91 20.07 Notification By Contractor......................................................................................................92 20.08 Record Documents..................................................................................................................92 Article 21—Quality Management...............................................................................................................94 21.01 Contractor's Responsibilities ..................................................................................................94 21.02 Quality Management Activities by OPT..................................................................................95 21.03 Contractor's Use of OPT's Test Reports..................................................................................96 21.04 Documentation.......................................................................................................................96 21.05 Standards ................................................................................................................................97 21.06 Delivery and Storage...............................................................................................................97 21.07 Verification Testing for Corrected Defects..............................................................................97 21.08 Test Reports............................................................................................................................97 21.09 Defective Work.......................................................................................................................98 21.10 Limitation of Authority of Testing Laboratory........................................................................98 21.11 Quality Control Plan................................................................................................................98 21.12 Implement Contractor's Quality Control Plan ......................................................................100 Article 22—Final Resolution of Disputes..................................................................................................101 22.01 Senior Level Negotiations .....................................................................................................101 22.02 Mediation..............................................................................................................................101 Article 23—Minority/MBE/DBE Participation Policy................................................................................102 23.01 Policy.....................................................................................................................................102 23.02 Definitions.............................................................................................................................102 23.03 Goals......................................................................................................................................103 23.04 Compliance............................................................................................................................104 Article 24—Document Management........................................................................................................104 24.01 Work Included.......................................................................................................................104 24.02 Quality Assurance .................................................................................................................104 General Conditions 00 72 00- 6 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 24.03 Contractor's Responsibilities ................................................................................................104 24.04 Document Submittal.............................................................................................................105 24.05 Document Numbering ..........................................................................................................105 24.06 Document Requirements......................................................................................................106 Article25—Shop Drawings.......................................................................................................................107 25.01 Work Included.......................................................................................................................107 25.02 Quality Assurance .................................................................................................................107 25.03 Contractor's Responsibilities ................................................................................................107 25.04 Shop Drawing Requirements ................................................................................................109 25.05 Special Certifications and Reports........................................................................................109 25.06 Warranties and Guarantees..................................................................................................110 25.07 Shop Drawing Submittal Procedures....................................................................................110 25.08 Sample and Mockup Submittal Procedures..........................................................................112 25.09 Equal Non Specified Products...............................................................................................113 25.10 Requests for Deviation..........................................................................................................113 25.11 Designer Responsibilities ......................................................................................................114 25.12 Resubmission Requirements.................................................................................................116 Article26—Record Data ...........................................................................................................................117 26.01 Work Included.......................................................................................................................117 26.02 Quality Assurance .................................................................................................................117 26.03 Contractor's Responsibilities ................................................................................................117 26.04 Record Data Requirements...................................................................................................118 26.05 Special Certifications and Reports........................................................................................118 26.06 Warranties and Guarantees..................................................................................................119 26.07 Record Data Submittal Procedures.......................................................................................119 26.08 Designer's Responsibilities....................................................................................................120 Article 27—Construction Progress Schedule............................................................................................121 27.01 Requirements........................................................................................................................121 27.02 Document Submittal.............................................................................................................121 27.03 Schedule Requirements........................................................................................................121 27.04 Schedule Revisions................................................................................................................123 27.05 Float Time..............................................................................................................................123 Article 28—Video and Photographic documentation ..............................................................................124 General Conditions 00 72 00-7 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 28.01 Work Included.......................................................................................................................124 28.02 Quality Assurance .................................................................................................................124 28.03 Document Submittal.............................................................................................................124 28.04 Photographs..........................................................................................................................125 28.05 Video Recording....................................................................................................................125 Article 29-Execution and Closeout.........................................................................................................125 29.01 Substantial Completion.........................................................................................................125 29.02 Final Inspections....................................................................................................................126 29.03 Reinspection Fees .................................................................................................................126 29.04 Closeout Documents Submittal ............................................................................................127 29.05 Transfer of Utilities ...............................................................................................................127 29.06 Warranties, Bonds and Service Agreements.........................................................................127 Article30-Miscellaneous........................................................................................................................128 30.01 Computation of Times...........................................................................................................128 30.02 Owner's Right to Audit Contractor's Records.......................................................................128 30.03 Independent Contractor.......................................................................................................129 30.04 Cumulative Remedies ...........................................................................................................129 30.05 Limitation of Damages..........................................................................................................129 30.06 No Waiver.............................................................................................................................129 30.07 Severability............................................................................................................................129 30.08 Survival of Obligations ..........................................................................................................130 30.09 No Third Party Beneficiaries .................................................................................................130 30.10 Assignment of Contract.........................................................................................................130 30.11 No Waiver of Sovereign Immunity........................................................................................130 30.12 Controlling Law.....................................................................................................................130 30.13 Conditions Precedent to Right to Sue...................................................................................130 30.14 Waiver of Trial by Jury...........................................................................................................130 30.15 Attorney Fees........................................................................................................................130 30.16 Compliance with Laws...........................................................................................................131 30.17 Enforcement..........................................................................................................................131 30.18 Subject to Appropriation.......................................................................................................131 30.19 Contract Sum.........................................................................................................................131 30.20 Contractor's Guarantee as Additional Remedy....................................................................131 General Conditions 00 72 00-8 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 30.21 Notices. .................................................................................................................................131 General Conditions 00 72 00-9 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS ARTICLE 1—DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY 1.01 Defined Terms A. Terms with initial capital letters, including the term's singular and plural forms, have the meanings indicated in this paragraph wherever used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents. In addition to the terms specifically defined, terms with initial capital letters in the Contract Documents may include references to identified articles and paragraphs, and the titles of other documents or forms. 1. Addenda - Documents issued prior to the receipt of Bids which clarify or modify the Bidding Requirements or the proposed Contract Documents. 2. Agreement - The document executed between Owner and Contractor covering the Work. 3. Alternative Dispute Resolution -The process by which a disputed Claim may be settled as an alternative to litigation, if Owner and Contractor cannot reach an agreement between themselves. 4. Application for Payment - The forms used by Contractor to request payments from Owner and the supporting documentation required by the Contract Documents. 5. Award Date—The date the City Council of the City of Corpus Christi(City)authorizes the City Manager or designee to execute the Contract on behalf of the City. 6. Bid —The documents submitted by a Bidder to establish the proposed Contract Price and Contract Times and provide other information and certifications as required by the Bidding Documents. 7. Bidding Documents — The solicitation documents, the proposed Contract Documents and Addenda. 8. Bidder—An individual or entity that submits a Bid to Owner. 9. Bonds - Performance Bond, Payment Bond, Maintenance Bond, and other Surety instruments executed by Surety. When in singular form, refers to individual instrument. 10. Change Order-A document issued on or after the Effective Date of the Contract,which modifies the Work, Contract Price, Contract Times, or terms and conditions of the Contract. 11. Change Proposal - A document submitted by Contractor in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents: a. Requesting an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times; b. Contesting an initial decision concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents or the acceptability of Work under the Contract Documents; C. Challenging a set-off against payment due; or d. Seeking a Modification with respect to the terms of the Contract. 12. City Engineer - The Corpus Christi City Engineer and/or designee as identified at the preconstruction conference or in the Notice to Proceed. General Conditions 00 72 00- 10 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 13. Claim - A demand or assertion by Owner or Contractor submitted in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. A demand for money or services by an entity other than the Owner or Contractor is not a Claim. Claims must be initiated by written notice, signed and sworn to be an authorized corporate officer, verifying the truth and accuracy of the Claim. 14. Constituent of Concern - Asbestos, petroleum, radioactive materials, polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), hazardous wastes, and substances, products, wastes, or other materials that are or become listed, regulated, or addressed pursuant to: a. The Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. §§9601 et seq. ("CERCLA"); b. The Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, 49 U.S.C. §§5101 et seq.; C. The Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. §§6901 et seq. ("RCRA"); d. The Toxic Substances Control Act, 15 U.S.C. §§2601 et seq.; e. The Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. §§1251 et seq.; f. The Clean Air Act,42 U.S.C. §§7401 et seq.; or g. Any other Laws or Regulations regulating, relating to, or imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning hazardous,toxic, or dangerous waste, substance, or material. 15. Contract -The entire integrated set of documents concerning the Work and describing the relationship between the Owner and Contractor. 16. Contract Amendment-A document issued on or after the Effective Date of the Contract and signed by Owner and Contractor which: a. Authorizes new phases of the Work and establishes the Contract Price, Contract Times, or terms and conditions of the Contract for the new phase of Work; or b. Modifies the terms and conditions of the Contract but does not make changes in the Work. 17. Contract Documents - Those items designated as Contract Documents in the Agreement. 18. Contract Price - The monetary amount stated in the Agreement and as adjusted by Modifications,and increases or decreases in unit price quantities, if any,that Owner has agreed to pay Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 19. Contract Times-The number of days or the dates by which Contractor must: a. Achieve specified Milestones; b. Achieve Substantial Completion; and C. Complete the Work. 20. Contractor-The individual or entity with which Owner has contracted for performance of the Work. General Conditions 00 72 00- 11 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 21. Contractor's Team - Contractor and Subcontractors, Suppliers, individuals, or entities directly or indirectly employed or retained by them to perform part of the Work or anyone for whose acts they may be liable. 22. Cost of the Work -The sum of costs incurred for the proper performance of the Work as allowed by Article 15. 23. Defective - When applied to Work, refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty, or deficient in that it: a. Does not conform to the Contract Documents; b. Does not meet the requirements of applicable inspections, reference standards, tests, or approvals referred to in the Contract Documents; or C. Has been damaged or stolen prior to OAR's recommendation of final payment unless responsibility for the protection of the Work has been assumed by Owner at Substantial Completion 24. Designer - The individuals or entity named as Designer in the Agreement and the subconsultants, individuals, or entities directly or indirectly employed or retained by Designer to provide design or other technical services to the Owner. Designer has responsibility for engineering or architectural design and technical issues related to the Contract Documents. Designers are Licensed Professional Engineers, Registered Architects or Registered Landscape Architects qualified to practice their profession in the State of Texas. 25. Drawings - The part of the Contract that graphically shows the scope, extent, and character of the Work. Shop Drawings and other Contractor documents are not Drawings. 26. Effective Date of the Contract -The date indicated in the Agreement on which the City Manager or designee has signed the Contract. 27. Field Order-A document issued by OAR or Designer requiring changes in the Work that do not change the Contract Price or the Contract Times. 28. Hazardous Environmental Condition -The presence of Constituents of Concern at the Site in quantities or circumstances that may present a danger to persons or property exposed to Constituents of Concern. The presence of Constituents of Concern at the Site necessary for the execution of the Work or to be incorporated in the Work is not a Hazardous Environmental Condition provided these Constituents of Concern are controlled and contained pursuant to industry practices, Laws and Regulations, and the requirements of the Contract. 29. Indemnified Costs-All costs, losses,damages,and legal or other dispute resolution costs resulting from claims or demands against Owner. These costs include fees for engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals. 30. Laws and Regulations; Laws or Regulations-Applicable laws,statutes, rules, regulations, ordinances,codes,and orders of governmental bodies,agencies,authorities,and courts having jurisdiction over the Project. 31. Liens - Charges, security interests, or encumbrances upon Contract related funds, real property, or personal property. General Conditions 00 72 00- 12 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 32. Milestone-A principal event in the performance of the Work that Contractor is required by Contract to complete by a specified date or within a specified period of time. 33. Modification - Change made to the Contract Documents by one of the following methods: a. Contract Amendment; b. Change Order; C. Field Order; or d. Work Change Directive. 34. Notice of Award-The notice of Owner's intent to enter into a contract with the Selected Bidder. 35. Notice to Proceed - A notice to Contractor of the Contract Times and the date Work is to begin. 36. Owner -The City of Corpus Christi (City), a Texas home-rule municipal corporation and political subdivision organized under the laws of the State of Texas, acting by and through its duly authorized City Manager and designee, the City Engineer (the Director of Engineering Services), and the City's officers, employees, agents, or representatives, authorized to administer design and construction of the Project. 37. Owner's Authorized Representative or OAR - The individual or entity named as OAR in the Agreement and the consultants, subconsultants, individuals, or entities directly or indirectly employed or retained by them to provide construction management services to the Owner. The OAR may be an employee of the Owner. 38. Owner's Project Team or OPT - The Owner, Owner's Authorized Representative, Resident Project Representative, Designer, and the consultants, subconsultants, individuals or entities directly or indirectly employed or retained by them to provide services to the Owner. 39. Partial Occupancy or Use - Use by Owner of a substantially completed part of the Work for the purpose for which it is intended (or a related purpose) prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. 40. Progress Schedule -A schedule prepared and maintained by Contractor, describing the sequence and duration of the activities comprising the Contractor's plan to accomplish the Work within the Contract Times. The Progress Schedule must be a Critical Path Method (CPM) Schedule. 41. Project - The total undertaking to be accomplished for Owner under the Contract Documents. 42. Project Manual — That portion of the Contract Documents that may include the following: introductory information,solicitation requirements and responses, proposal, Contract forms and General and Supplementary Conditions, General Requirements, Specification, Drawings, Project Safety Manual and Addenda. 43. Resident Project Representative or RPR-The authorized representative of OPT assigned to assist OAR at the Site. As used herein, the term Resident Project Representative includes assistants and field staff of the OAR. General Conditions 00 72 00- 13 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 44. Samples - Physical examples of materials, equipment, or workmanship representing some portion of the Work that are used to establish the standards for that portion of the Work. 45. Schedule of Documents -A schedule of required documents, prepared and maintained by Contractor. 46. Schedule of Values - A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, allocating portions of the Contract Price to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for Contractor's Applications for Payment. 47. Shop Drawings - All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, and other data or information that are specifically prepared or assembled and submitted by Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work. Shop Drawings, whether approved or not, are not Drawings and are not Contract Documents. 48. Site - Lands or areas indicated in the Contract Documents as being furnished by Owner upon which the Work is to be performed. The Site includes rights-of-way, easements, and other lands furnished by Owner which are designated for use by the Contractor. 49. Specifications -The part of the Contract that describes the requirements for materials, equipment, systems, standards, and workmanship as applied to the Work, and certain administrative requirements and procedural matters applicable to the Work. 50. Subcontractor -An individual or entity having a direct contract with Contractor or with other Subcontractors or Suppliers for the performance of a part of the Work. 51. Substantial Completion - The point where the Work or a specified part of the Work is sufficiently complete to be used for its intended purpose in accordance with the Contract Documents. 52. Supplementary Conditions - The part of the Contract that amends or supplements the General Conditions. 53. Supplier - A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, materialman, or vendor having a direct contract with Contractor or with Subcontractors or other Suppliers to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work. 54. Technical Data-Those items expressly identified as Technical Data in the Supplementary Conditions with respect to either: a. Subsurface conditions at the Site; b. Physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site, except Underground Facilities; or C. Hazardous Environmental Conditions at the Site. 55. Underground Facilities - All underground pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires, manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels, other similar facilities or appurtenances, and encasements containing these facilities which are used to convey electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, fiber optic transmissions, cable television, water, wastewater, storm water, other liquids or chemicals, or traffic or other control systems. 56. Unit Price Work-Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. General Conditions 00 72 00- 14 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 57. Work - The construction of the Project or its component parts as required by the Contract Documents. 58. Work Change Directive - A directive issued to Contractor on or after the Effective Date of the Contract ordering an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work. The Work Change Directive serves as a memorandum of understanding regarding the directive until a Change Order can be issued. 1.02 Terminology A. The words and terms discussed in this Paragraph 1.02 are not defined, but when used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents, have the indicated meaning. B. It is understood that the cost for performing Work is included in the Contract Price and no additional compensation is to be paid by Owner unless specifically stated otherwise in the Contract Documents. Expressions including or similar to "at no additional cost to Owner," "at Contractor's expense,"or similar words mean that the Contractor is to perform or provide specified operation of Work without an increase in the Contract Price. C. The terms"day"or"calendar day" mean a calendar day of 24 hours measured from midnight to the next midnight. D. The meaning and intent of certain terms or adjectives are described as follows: 1. The terms "as allowed," "as approved," "as ordered," "as directed," or similar terms in the Contract Documents indicate an exercise of professional judgment by the OPT. 2. Adjectives including or similar to "reasonable," "suitable," "acceptable," "proper," "satisfactory," or similar adjectives are used to describe a determination of OPT regarding the Work. 3. Any exercise of professional judgment by the OPT will be made solely to evaluate the Work for general compliance with the Contract Documents unless there is a specific statement in the Contract Documents indicating otherwise. 4. The use of these or similar terms or adjectives does not assign a duty or give OPT authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work, or assign a duty or give authority to the OPT to undertake responsibilities contrary to the provisions of Articles 9 or 10 or other provisions of the Contract Documents. E. The use of the words "furnish," "install," "perform," and "provide" have the following meanings when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment: 1. Furnish means to supply and deliver the specified services, materials, or equipment to the Site or other specified location ready for use or installation. 2. Install means to complete construction or assembly of the specified services, materials, or equipment so they are ready for their intended use. 3. Perform or provide means to furnish and install specified services, materials, or equipment, complete and ready for their intended use. 4. Perform or provide the specified services, materials, or equipment complete and ready for intended use if the Contract Documents require specific services, materials, or General Conditions 00 72 00- 15 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS equipment, but do not expressly use the words "furnish," "install," "perform," or "provide." F. Contract Documents are written in modified brief style: 1. Requirements apply to all Work of the same kind, class, and type even though the word "all" is not stated. 2. Simple imperative sentence structure is used which places a verb as the first word in the sentence. It is understood that the words "furnish," "install," "perform," "provide," or similar words include the meaning of the phrase "The Contractor shall..." before these words. 3. Unless specifically stated that action is to be taken by the OPT or others, it is understood that the action described is a requirement of the Contractor. G. Words or phrases that have a well-known technical or construction industry or trade meaning are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with this recognized meaning unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents. H. Written documents are required where reference is made to notices, reports, approvals, consents, documents, statements, instructions, opinions or other types of communications required by the Contract Documents. Approval and consent documents must be received by Contractor prior to the action or decision for which approval or consent is given. These may be made in printed or electronic format through the OPT's project management information system or other electronic media as required by the Contract Documents or approved by the OAR. I. Giving notice as required by the Contract Documents may be by printed or electronic media using a method that requires acknowledgment of the receipt of that notice. ARTICLE 2—PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2.01 Delivery of Bonds and Evidence of Insurance A. Provide required Bonds with the executed Agreement. B. Provide evidence of insurance required by the Contract Documents with the executed Agreement. 2.02 Copies of Documents A. OPT is to furnish one fully executed Agreement (either electronic or printed) and one copy of the executed Contract Documents in electronic portable document format (PDF). This document is the Project Record Copy of the Contract Documents. 2.03 Project Management System A. Owner shall administer its design and construction management through an internet-based project management system known as e-Builder. B. Contractor shall conduct all communication through and perform all project-related functions utilizing this project management system. This includes all correspondence, General Conditions 00 72 00- 16 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS submittals, requests for information, payment requests and processing, contract amendments, change orders, delivery orders and other administrative activities. C. Owner shall administer the software and provide training to Contractor's Team. 2.04 Before Starting Construction A. Provide the following preliminary documents in accordance with the Contract Documents within 10 days after the Effective Date of the Contract: 1. Progress Schedule, which must be a Critical Path Method (CPM) Schedule; 2. Schedule of Documents; and 3. Schedule of Values and projected cash flow information. 2.05 Preconstruction Conference; Designation of Authorized Representatives A. Attend the preconstruction conference as required by the Contract Documents. B. Designate the specific individuals authorized to act as representatives of the Contractor. These individuals must have the authority to transmit and receive information, render decisions relative to the Contract, and otherwise act on behalf of the Contractor. C. Owner is to designate the specific individuals authorized to act as representatives of the Owner and the limits of their authority with regard to acting on behalf of the Owner. ARTICLE 3—CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, REQUIREMENTS, REUSE 3.01 Intent A. Requirements of components of the Contract Documents are as binding as if required by all Contract Documents. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete Project. The Contract Documents do not indicate or describe all of the Work required to complete the Project. Additional details required for the correct installation of selected products are to be provided by the Contractor and coordinated with the OPT. 1. The Contract requirements described in the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions apply to Work regardless of where it is described in the Contract Documents, unless specifically noted otherwise. 2. In offering a Bid for this Project and in entering into this Contract,Contractor represents: a. Contractor has studied the Contract Documents, the Work, the Site, local conditions, Laws and Regulations, and other conditions that may affect the Work; b. Contractor has studied the Technical Data and other information referred to in the Contract Documents and has or will make additional surveys and investigations as deemed necessary for the performance of the Work; C. Contractor has correlated these studies and observations with the requirements of the Contract Documents; and d. Contractor has taken all of this information into consideration in developing the Contract Price offered and that the Contract Price offered provides full compensation for providing the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. General Conditions 00 72 00- 17 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 3. Organization of the Contract Documents is not intended to control or lessen the responsibility of the Contractor when dividing Work among Subcontractors or Suppliers, or to establish the extent of Work to be performed by trades, Subcontractors, or Suppliers. Specifications or details do not need to be indicated or specified in each Specification or Drawing. Items shown in the Contract Documents are applicable regardless of their location in the Contract Documents. 4. Standard paragraph titles and other identifications of subject matter in the Specifications are intended to aid in locating and recognizing various requirements of the Specifications. Titles do not define, limit, or otherwise restrict Specification text. 5. Provide the labor, documentation, services, materials, or equipment that may be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or trade usage as being required to produce the indicated result, whether specifically called for in the Contract Documents or not. Include these related costs in the offered Contract Price. B. Provide equipment that is functionally complete as described in the Contract Documents. The Drawings and Specifications do not indicate or describe all of the Work required to complete the installation of products purchased by the Owner or Contractor. Additional details required for the correct installation of selected products are to be provided by the Contractor and coordinated with the Designer through the OAR. C. Comply with the most stringent requirements where compliance with two or more standards is specified and they establish different or conflicting requirements for the Work, unless the Contract Documents indicate otherwise. D. Provide materials and equipment comparable in quality to similar materials and equipment incorporated in the Project or as required to meet the minimum requirements of the application if the materials and equipment are shown in the Drawings but are not included in the Specifications. E. The Project Record Copy of the Contract Documents governs if there is a discrepancy between the Project Record Copy of the Contract Documents and subsequent electronic or digital versions of the Contract Documents, including printed copies derived from these electronic or digital versions. F. The Contract supersedes all prior written or oral negotiations, representations, and agreements. The Contract Documents comprise the entire Agreement between Owner and Contractor. The Contract Documents may be modified only by a Modification. G. Request clarification from OAR for a decision before proceeding if Contractor is not clear on the meaning of the Contract Documents. OAR is to issue clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents in accordance with the Contract Documents. 3.02 Reference Standards A. Standard Specifications, Codes, Laws and Regulations: 1. Reference in the Contract Documents to standard specifications, manuals, reference standards, or codes of technical societies, organizations, or associations, or to Laws or Regulations,whether specific or implied, are those in effect at the time Contractor's Bid is submitted or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price unless specifically stated otherwise in the Contract Documents. General Conditions 00 72 00- 18 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 2. No provision of referenced standard specifications, manuals, reference standards, codes, or instructions of a Supplier changes the duties or responsibilities of OPT or Contractor from those described in the Contract Documents or assigns a duty to or gives authority to the OPT to supervise or direct the performance of the Work or undertake responsibilities inconsistent with the Contract Documents. 3. The provisions of the Contract Documents take precedence over standard specifications, manuals, reference standards, codes, or instructions of a Supplier unless specifically stated otherwise in the Contract Documents. B. Comply with applicable construction industry standards, whether referenced or not. 1. Standards referenced in the Contract Documents govern over standards not referenced but recognized as applicable in the construction industry. 2. Comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents if they produce a higher quality of Work than the applicable construction industry standards. 3. Designer determines whether a code or standard is applicable, which of several are applicable, or if the Contract Documents produce a higher quality of Work. C. Make copies of reference standards available if requested by OAR. 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies A. Reporting Discrepancies: 1. Carefully study the Drawings and verify pertinent figures and dimensions with respect to actual field measurements before undertaking the Work. Immediately report conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that Contractor discovers or has actual knowledge of to the OAR. Do not proceed with affected Work until the conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy is resolved by a clarification or interpretation from the OAR or by a Modification to the Contract Documents issued pursuant to Paragraph 11.01. 2. The exactness of existing grades, elevations, dimensions or locations given on any Drawings issued by Designer, or the work installed by other contractors, is not guaranteed by Owner. Contractor shall, therefore, satisfy itself as to the accuracy of all grades, elevations, dimensions and locations. Any errors due to Contractor's failure to verify at the site all such grades, elevations, dimensions or locations relating to such existing or other work shall be rectified by Contractor without any additional cost to Owner. 3. Immediately notify the OAR of conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies in the Contract Documents or discrepancies between the Contract Documents and: a. Applicable Laws or Regulations; b. Actual field conditions; C. Standard specifications, manuals, reference standards, or codes; or d. Instructions of Suppliers. 4. Do not proceed with affected Work until the conflict,error, ambiguity, or discrepancy is resolved by a clarification or interpretation from the OAR or by a Modification to the General Conditions 00 72 00- 19 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS Contract Documents issued pursuant to Paragraph 11.01, except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.12. 5. Contractor is liable to the OPT for failure to report conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies in the Contract Documents of which Contractor has actual knowledge. 6. Contractor is deemed to have included the most expensive item, system, procedure, etc. in the Contract Price if a conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy in components of the Contract Documents was known, but not reported prior to submitting the Bid or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price. 3.04 Interpretation of the Contract Documents A. Submit questions concerning the non-technical or contractual/administrative requirements of the Contract Documents to the OAR immediately after those questions arise. OAR is to provide an interpretation of the Contract Documents regarding these questions and will coordinate the response of the OPT to Contractor. B. Submit questions regarding the design of the Project described in the Contract Documents to the OAR immediately after those questions arise. OAR is to request an interpretation of the Contract Documents from the Designer. Designer is to respond to these questions by providing an interpretation of the Contract Documents. OAR will coordinate the response of the OPT to Contractor. C. OPT may initiate a Modification to the Contract Documents through the OAR if a response to the question indicates that a change in the Contract Documents is required. Contractor may appeal Designer's or OAR's interpretation by submitting a Change Proposal. 3.05 Reuse of Documents A. Contractor's Team has no rights to the Contract Documents and may not use the Contract Documents, or copies or electronic media editions of the Contract Documents, other than for the construction of this Project. This provision survives final payment or termination of the Contract. B. Contractor is allowed to retain a copy of the Contract Documents for record purposes, unless specifically prohibited by the Owner for security reasons. Surrender paper and digital copies of the Contract Documents and other related documents and remove these documents from computer equipment or storage devices as a condition of final payment if the Owner so directs. ARTICLE 4—COMMENCEMENT AND PROGRESS OF THE WORK 4.01 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed A. The Contract Times commence to run on the date indicated in the Notice to Proceed. 4.02 Starting the Work A. Begin performing the Work on the date indicated in the Notice to Proceed. Do not begin Work prior to having the insurance required in Article 6 in force or before the date indicated in the Notice to Proceed. General Conditions 00 72 00-20 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 4.03 Progress Schedule A. Construct the Work in accordance with the Progress Schedule established in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1. Adjust the Progress Schedule as required to accurately reflect actual progress on the Work. 2. Submit proposed adjustments in the Progress Schedule that change the Contract Times in accordance with the requirements of Article 11. B. Continue performing Work and adhere to the Progress Schedule during disputes or disagreements with Owner. Do not delay or postpone Work pending resolution of disputes or disagreements, or during an appeal process. 4.04 Delays in Contractor's Progress A. No Damages for Delay: Contractor shall receive no compensation for delays or hindrances to the Work,except in the case of direct interference with means and methods by the Owner. In no event shall the Contractor be entitled to any compensation or recovery of any special damages in connection with any delays, including without limitation: consequential damages, lost opportunity costs, impact damages, or other similar damages. Owner's exercise of any of its rights or remedies under the Contract Documents (including without limitation ordering changes in the Work, or directing suspension, rescheduling, or correction of the Work), regardless of the extent or frequency of Owner's exercise of such rights or remedies, shall not be construed as active interference in the Contractor's performance of the Work. An extension of Contract Time, to the extent permitted, shall be the sole remedy of the Contractor for any acknowledged delays.Contractor agrees that the extension of time provides an equitable adjustment. B. Contractor is not entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times for delays, disruptions, or interference caused by or within the control of Contractor's Team. C. No time extensions are allowed for weather conditions, other than those listed in Paragraph 4.04.D, for Projects using calendar days or a fixed date to establish the Contract Time. Contractor is to include the cost associated with weather related delays in the Contract Price and assumes the risks associated with delays related to weather conditions. D. Contractor is entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Times if Contractor's performance or progress is delayed,disrupted or interfered with by unanticipated causes not the fault of and beyond the control of OPT or Contractor. These adjustments in Contract Times are the Contractor's sole and exclusive remedy for the delays, disruption, and interference described in this paragraph. These unanticipated causes may include: 1. Severe and unavoidable natural catastrophes e.g. fires, floods, hurricanes, epidemics, and earthquakes; 2. Acts or failures to act of utility owners performing other work at or adjacent to the Site; 3. Acts of war or terrorism; and 4. Rain days in excess of the number specified in a calendar year. General Conditions 00 72 00-21 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS E. Delays, disruption, and interference to the performance or progress of the Work resulting from the following are governed by Article 5: 1. The existence of a differing subsurface or physical condition; 2. An Underground Facility not shown or not indicated with reasonable accuracy by the Contract Documents; and 3. Hazardous Environmental Conditions. F. Article 8 governs delays, disruption, and interference to the performance or progress of the Work resulting from the performance of certain other work at or adjacent to the Site. G. Notify the OAR immediately of a potential delaying, disrupting, or interfering event. Submit a Change Proposal seeking an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times within 30 days of the commencement of the delaying, disrupting, or interfering event. Claims for adjustment to the Contract Price or Contract Times that do not comply with Article 13 are waived. H. Contractor is only entitled to an adjustment of the Contract Times for specific delays, disruptions, and interference to the performance or progress of the Work that can be demonstrated to directly impact the ability of the Contractor to complete the Work within the Contract Times. No adjustments in Contract Times are allowed for delays on components of the Work which were or could have been completed without impacting the Contract Times. I. Contractor is not entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times for delay, disruption, or interference caused by or within the control of the Owner if this delay is concurrent with a delay, disruption, or interference attributable to or within the control of the Contractor's Team. ARTICLES—AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 5.01 Availability of Lands A. Owner is to furnish the Site and inform the Contractor of encumbrances or restrictions known to Owner related to use of the Site with which Contractor must comply in performing the Work. B. Provide for additional lands and access Contractor requires for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment, other than those identified in the Contract Documents. Provide documentation of authority to use these additional lands to OAR before using them. 5.02 Use of Site and Other Areas A. Limitation on Use of Site and Other Areas: 1. Confine construction equipment, temporary construction facilities, the storage of materials and equipment, and the operations of workers to the Site,adjacent areas that Owner or Contractor has arranged to use through construction easements or agreements, and other adjacent areas as permitted by Laws and Regulations. Assume General Conditions 00 72 00- 22 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS full responsibility for damage or injuries which result from the performance of the Work or from other actions or conduct of the Contractor's Team, including: a. Damage to the Site; b. Damage to adjacent areas used for Contractor's Team's operations; C. Damage to other adjacent land or areas; and d. Injuries and losses sustained by the owners or occupants of these lands or areas. 2. Take the following action if a damage or injury claim is made by the owner or occupant of adjacent land or area because of the performance of the Work, or because of other actions or conduct of the Contractor's Team: a. Take immediate corrective or remedial action as required by Paragraph 7.09; and b. Attempt to settle the claim through negotiations with the owner or occupant, or otherwise resolve the claim by mediation or other dispute resolution proceeding or at law. 5.03 Subsurface and Physical Conditions A. The Supplementary Conditions identify: 1. Those reports known to OPT of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or adjacent to the Site; 2. Those drawings known to OPT of physical conditions related to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site, except Underground Facilities; and 3. Technical Data contained in these reports and drawings. B. Data contained in boring logs, recorded measurements of subsurface water levels, and the results of tests performed on materials described in geotechnical data reports specifically prepared for the Project and made available to Contractor are defined as Technical Data, unless Technical Data has been defined more specifically in the Supplementary Conditions. C. Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the Technical Data contained in these reports and drawings, but these reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Except for this reliance on Technical Data,Contractor may not rely upon or make claims against Owner with respect to: 1. The completeness of reports and drawings for Contractor's purposes, including aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor, or Contractor's safety precautions and programs; 2. Other data, interpretations, opinions, and information contained in these reports or shown or indicated in the drawings; or 3. Contractor's interpretation of or conclusions drawn from Technical Data or other data, interpretations, opinions, or information. General Conditions 00 72 00-23 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 5.04 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions A. Notify OAR immediately, but in no event later than 3 days, after becoming aware of a subsurface or physical condition that is uncovered or revealed at the Site,and before further disturbing the subsurface or physical conditions or performing any related Work that: 1. Establishes that the Technical Data on which Contractor is entitled to rely as provided in Paragraph 5.03 is materially inaccurate; 2. Requires a change in the Drawings or Specifications; 3. Differs materially from that shown or indicated in the Contract Documents; or 4. Is of an unusual nature and differs materially from conditions ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the Contract Documents. Do not further disturb or perform Work related to this subsurface or physical condition, except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.12, until permission to do so is issued by OAR. B. OAR is to notify the OPT after receiving notice of a differing subsurface or physical condition from the Contractor. Designer is to: 1. Promptly review the subsurface or physical condition; 2. Determine the necessity of OPT's obtaining additional exploration or tests with respect to the subsurface or physical condition; 3. Determine if the subsurface or physical condition falls within one or more of the differing Site condition categories in Paragraph 5.04.A; 4. Prepare recommendations to OPT regarding the Contractor's resumption of Work in connection with the subsurface or physical condition in question; 5. Determine the need for changes in the Drawings or Specifications; and 6. Advise OPT of Designer's findings, conclusions, and recommendations. C. OAR is to issue a statement to Contractor regarding the subsurface or physical condition in question and recommend action as appropriate after review of Designer's findings, conclusions, and recommendations. D. Possible Contract Price and Contract Times Adjustments: 1. Contractor is entitled to an equitable adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times to the extent that a differing subsurface or physical condition causes a change in Contractor's cost or time to perform the Work provided the condition falls within one or more of the categories described in Paragraph 5.04.A. Any adjustment in Contract Price for Work that is paid for on a unit price basis is subject to the provisions of Paragraph 15.03. General Conditions 00 72 00-24 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 2. Contractor is not entitled to an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times with respect to a subsurface or physical condition if: a. Contractor knew of the existence of the subsurface or physical condition at the time Contractor made an offer to Owner with respect to Contract Price and Contract Times; b. The existence of the subsurface or physical condition could have been discovered or revealed as a result of examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, or studies of the Site and contiguous areas expressly required by the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents prior to when Contractor's Bid is submitted or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price; or C. Contractor failed to give notice as required by Paragraph 5.04.A. 3. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal no later than 30 days after OAR's issuance of the OPT's statement to Contractor regarding the subsurface or physical condition in question. 4. A Change Order is to be issued by the OAR if Owner and Contractor agree that Contractor is entitled to an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times and agree to the amount or extent of adjustments in the Contract Price or Contract Times. 5.05 Underground Facilities A. The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or adjacent to the Site is based on information and data furnished to OPT by the owners of these Underground Facilities or by others. OPT is not responsible for the accuracy or completeness of information or data provided by others that OPT makes available to Contractor. The Contractor is responsible for: 1. Investigating and field-verifying the location of underground facilities before beginning Work; 2. Reviewing and checking available information and data regarding existing Underground Facilities at the Site; 3. Complying with Laws and Regulations related to locating Underground Facilities before beginning Work; 4. Locating Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents; 5. Coordinating the Work with the owners, including Owner, of Underground Facilities during construction; and 6. The safety and protection of existing Underground Facilities at or adjacent to the Site and repairing damage resulting from the Work. B. Notify the OAR and the owner of the Underground Facility immediately, but in no event later than 3 days, if an Underground Facility is uncovered or revealed at the Site that was not shown in the Contract Documents or was not shown with reasonable accuracy in the Contract Documents. Do not further disturb conditions or perform Work affected by this discovery, except in the event of an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.12. General Conditions 00 72 00-25 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS C. The Designer is to take the following action after receiving notice from the OAR: 1. Promptly review the Underground Facility and conclude whether the Underground Facility was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, or was not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy; 2. Prepare recommendations to OPT regarding the Contractor's resumption of Work in connection with this Underground Facility; 3. Determine the extent to which a change is required in the Drawings or Specifications to document the consequences of the existence or location of the Underground Facility; and 4. Advise OAR of Designer's findings, conclusions, and recommendations and provide revised Drawings and Specifications if required. D. OAR is to issue a statement to Contractor regarding the Underground Facility in question and recommend action as appropriate after review of Designer's findings, conclusions, and recommendations. E. Contractor is entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times as provided in Paragraphs 11.04 and 11.05 to the extent that the existing Underground Facility at the Site that was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents or was not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy. Any adjustment in Contract Price for Work that is paid for on a unit price basis is subject to the provisions of Paragraph 15.03. F. Contractor is not entitled an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times with respect to an existing Underground Facility at the Site if: 1. Contractor knew of the existence of the existing Underground Facility at the Site at the time Contractor made an offer to Owner with respect to Contract Price and Contract Times; 2. The existence of the existing Underground Facility at the Site could have been discovered or revealed as a result of examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, or studies of the Site and contiguous areas expressly required by the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents prior to when Contractor's Bid is submitted or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price; or 3. Contractor failed to give notice as required by Paragraph 5.05.B. G. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal regarding its entitlement to or the amount or extent of adjustments in the Contract Price or Contract Times no later than 30 days after OAR's issuance of OPT's statement to Contractor regarding the Underground Facility. 5.06 Hazardous Environmental Conditions at Site A. The Supplementary Conditions identify: 1. Those reports and drawings known to OPT relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions that have been identified at or adjacent to the Site; and 2. Technical Data contained in these reports and drawings. B. Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the Technical Data contained in reports and drawings relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions identified in the Supplementary General Conditions 00 72 00-26 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS Conditions, but these reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Except for the reliance on expressly identified Technical Data,Contractor may not rely upon or make claims against Owner's Indemnitees with respect to: 1. The completeness of these reports and drawings for Contractor's purposes, including aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor or Contractor's safety precautions and programs related to Hazardous Environmental Conditions; 2. Other data, interpretations, opinions, and information contained in these reports or shown or indicated in the drawings; or 3. Any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion drawn from Technical Data or other data, interpretations, opinions or information. C. The results of tests performed on materials described in environmental reports specifically prepared for the Project and made available to Contractor are defined as Technical Data unless Technical Data has been defined more specifically in the Supplementary Conditions. D. Contractor is not responsible for removing or remediating Hazardous Environmental Conditions encountered, uncovered or revealed at the Site unless this removal or remediation is expressly identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work. E. Contractor is responsible for controlling, containing, and duly removing and remediating Constituents of Concern brought to the Site by Contractor's Team and paying associated costs. 1. Owner may remove and remediate the Hazardous Environmental Condition and impose a set-off against payments to Contractor for associated costs if Contractor's Team creates a Hazardous Environmental Condition, and Contractor does not take acceptable action to remove and remediate the Hazardous Environmental Condition. 2. Contractor's obligation to indemnify Owner for claims arising out of or related to Hazardous Environmental Conditions are as set forth in Paragraph 7.14. F. Immediately notify the OAR and take the following action if Contractor uncovers or reveals a Hazardous Environmental Condition at the Site or adjacent areas used by the Contractor's Team that was not created by the Contractor's Team: 1. Secure or otherwise isolate this condition; 2. Stop Work in affected areas or connected with the condition, except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.12; and 3. Do not resume Work in connection with the Hazardous Environmental Condition or in affected areas until after OPT has obtained required permits and OAR sends notice to the Contractor: a. Specifying that this condition and affected areas are or have been rendered safe for the resumption of Work; or b. Specifying special conditions under which Work may be resumed safely. General Conditions 00 72 00-27 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 4. Owner may order the portion of the Work that is in the area affected by the Hazardous Environmental Condition to be deleted from the Work following the procedures in Article 11 if Contractor does not agree to: a. Resume the Work based on a reasonable belief it is unsafe; or b. Resume the Work under the special conditions provided by the OAR. 5. Owner may have this deleted portion of the Work performed by Owner's own forces or others in accordance with Article 8. G. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal or Owner may impose a set-off if an agreement is not reached within 10 days of OAR's notice regarding the resumption of Work as to whether Contractor is entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times or on the amount or extent of adjustments resulting from this Work stoppage or special conditions under which Contractor agrees to resume Work. H. The provisions of Paragraphs 5.03, 5.04, and 5.05 do not apply to the presence of Constituents of Concern or a Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site. ARTICLE 6—BONDS AND INSURANCE 6.01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds A. Furnish Performance and Payment Bonds, each in an amount equal to the Contract Price, as security for the faithful performance and payment of Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents. These Bonds are to remain in effect until 1 year after the date of final payment. Furnish other Bonds as required by the Contract Documents. B. Bonds furnished by the Contractor must meet the requirements of Texas Insurance Code Chapter 3503, Texas Government Code Chapter 2253, and all other applicable Laws and Regulations. C. Notify OAR immediately if the surety on Bonds furnished by Contractor: 1. Is declared bankrupt, or becomes insolvent; 2. Has its right to do business in Texas terminated; or 3. Ceases to meet the requirements of Paragraph 6.02. Provide a Bond and surety which comply with the requirements of Paragraph 6.02 within 20 days after the event giving rise to this notification. D. Contractor is to use amounts paid by Owner to Contractor under the Contract for the performance of the Contract and to satisfy claims against the Payment Bond. E. Notify the OAR of claims filed against the Payment Bond. Notify the claimant and OAR of undisputed amounts and the basis for challenging disputed amounts when a claimant has satisfied the conditions prescribed by Texas Government Code Chapter 2253. Promptly pay undisputed amount. F. Owner is not liable for payment of costs or expenses of claimants under the Payment Bond. Owner has no obligations to pay, give notice or take other action to claimants under the Payment Bond. General Conditions 00 72 00-28 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS G. Owner may exclude the Contractor from the Site and exercise Owner's termination rights under Article 18 if Contractor fails to obtain or maintain required Bonds. H. OPT will provide a copy of the Payment Bond to Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other persons or entities claiming to have furnished labor or materials used in the performance of the Work that request this information in accordance with Texas Government Code Chapter 2253. 6.02 Licensed Sureties A. Provide Bonds in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents from sureties named in the list of"Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Financial Management Service, Surety Bond Branch, U.S. Department of the Treasury. B. Provide Bonds required by the Contract Documents from surety companies that are duly licensed or authorized to provide bonds in the State of Texas. 6.03 Required Minimum Insurance Coverage A. Obtain and maintain insurance as required in this Article and in the Supplementary Conditions. B. Deliver evidence of insurance in accordance with the Supplementary Conditions to the Owner to demonstrate that Contractor has obtained and is maintaining the policies, coverages, and endorsements required by the Contract. Provide copies of these certificates to each named insured and additional insured as identified in the Supplementary Conditions or otherwise. 6.04 General Insurance Provisions A. Provide insurance coverages and limits meeting the requirements for insurance in accordance with this Article 6 and the Supplementary Conditions. B. Provide endorsements to the policies as outlined in this Article. C. Obtain insurance from companies that are duly licensed or authorized in the State of Texas to issue insurance policies for the required limits and coverages. Provide insurance from companies that have an A.M. Best rating of A-Vill or better. D. Furnish copies of endorsements and documentation of applicable self-insured retentions and deductibles upon request by OPT or any named insured or additional insured. Contractor may block out (redact) any confidential premium or pricing information contained in any endorsement furnished under this Contract. E. The name and number of the Project must be referenced on the certificate of insurance. F. OPT's failure to demand such certificates or other evidence of the Contractor's full compliance with the insurance requirements or failure to identify a deficiency in compliance from the evidence provided is not a waiver of the Contractor's obligation to obtain and maintain the insurance required by the Contract Documents. G. Notify the Owner if the Contractor fails to purchase or maintain the insurance required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall not be allowed to perform any Work on the General Conditions 00 72 00-29 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS Project until the required insurance policies are in effect. A Certificate of Liability Insurance shall be submitted to the OPT. H. Owner may exclude the Contractor from the Site and exercise Owner's termination rights under Article 18 if Contractor fails to obtain or maintain the required insurance. I. Owner does not represent that the insurance coverage and limits established in this Contract are adequate to protect Contractor or Contractor's interests. J. The required insurance and insurance limits do not limit the Contractor's liability under the indemnities granted to Owner in the Contract Documents. K. Provide for an endorsement that the "other insurance" clause shall not apply to the OPT where the OPT is an additional insured shown on the policy. Contractor's insurance is primary and non-contributory with respect to any insurance or self-insurance carried by the OPT for liability arising out of operations under this Contract. L. Include the Owner and list the other members of the OPT and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions as additional insureds on all policies with the exception of the workers' compensation policy and Contractor's professional liability policy. 6.05 Contractor's Insurance A. Purchase and maintain workers' compensation and employer's liability insurance for: 1. Claims under workers' compensation, disability benefits, and other similar employee benefit acts. Obtain workers' compensation coverage through a licensed insurance company in accordance with Texas law and written on a policy and endorsements approved by the Texas Department of Insurance. Provide insurance in amounts to meet all workers' compensation obligations. Provide an "All Other States" endorsement if Contractor is not domiciled in Texas and policy is not written in accordance with Texas Department of Insurance rules. 2. Claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of Contractor's employees. 3. United States Longshoreman and Harbor Workers' Compensation Act and Jones Act coverage (if applicable). 4. Foreign voluntary worker compensation (if applicable). B. Purchase and maintain commercial general liability insurance covering all operations by or on behalf of Contractor. The expected coverage is that which would be included in a commercially available ISO Commercial General Liability policy and should provide coverage on an occurrence basis, against: 1. Claims for damages because of bodily injury,sickness or disease,or death of any person other than Contractor's employees; 2. Claims for damages insured by reasonably available personal injury liability coverage which are sustained; 3. By any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to the employment of such person by Contractor; and General Conditions 00 72 00-30 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 4. Claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property wherever located, including any resulting loss of use. C. Provide Contractor's commercial general liability policy that is written on a 1996 (or later) ISO commercial general liability form (occurrence form) and include the following coverages and endorsements: 1. Products and completed operations coverage as required in this Article and the Supplementary Conditions. Insurance is to remain in effect for 3 years after final payment. Furnish evidence of the continuation of this insurance at final payment and again each year for 3 years after final payment to Owner and each named insured or additional insured. a. If required by the Supplementary Conditions, provide and maintain Installation Floater insurance for property under the care, custody, or control of Contractor. Provide Installation Floater insurance that is a broad form or "All Peril" policy providing coverage for all materials, supplies, machinery, fixtures, and equipment which will be incorporated into the Work. 1) Provide coverage under the Contractor's Installation Floater that includes: a) Faulty or Defective workmanship, materials, maintenance, or construction; b) Cost to remove Defective or damaged Work from the Site or to protect it from loss or damage; c) Cost to cleanup and remove pollutants; d) Coverage for testing and startup; e) Any loss to property while in transit; f) Any loss at the Site; g) Any loss while in storage, both on and off the Site; and h) Any loss to temporary Project Works if their value is included in the Contract Price. 2) Coverage cannot be contingent on an external cause or risk or limited to property for which the Contractor is legally liable. Provide limits of insurance adequate to cover the value of the installation. Pay any deductible carried under this coverage and assume responsibility for claims on materials, supplies, machinery, fixtures, and equipment which will be incorporated into the Work while in transit or in storage. 2. Blanket contractual liability coverage for Contractor's contractual indemnity obligations in Paragraph 7.14, and all other contractual indemnity obligations of Contractor in the Contract Documents. Industry standard ISO Contractual Liability coverage will meet this obligation. 3. Broad form property damage coverage. 4. Severability of interest. 5. Underground explosion and collapse coverage. General Conditions 00 72 00-31 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 6. Personal injury coverage. 7. Endorsement CG 2032, "Additional Insured - Engineers, Architects or Surveyors Not Engaged by the Named Insured" or its equivalent. D. Purchase and maintain automobile liability insurance against claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle. E. For Projects with a Contract Value that exceeds$5,000,000, purchase and maintain umbrella or excess liability insurance written over the underlying employer's liability, commercial general liability, and automobile liability insurance described in the paragraphs above. Provide coverage that is at least as broad as all underlying policies. Provide a policy that provides first-dollar liability coverage as needed. F. Provide Contractor's commercial general liability and automobile liability policies that: 1. Are written on an occurrence basis; 2. Include the individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions as additional insureds; 3. Include coverage for Owner as defined in Article 1; and 4. Provide primary coverage for all claims covered by the policies, including those arising from both ongoing and completed operations. G. Purchase and maintain insurance coverage for third-party injury and property damage claims, including clean-up costs that result from Hazardous Environmental Conditions which result from Contractor's operations and completed operations. Provide Contractor's pollution liability insurance that includes long-term environmental impacts for the disposal of pollutants/contaminants and is not limited to sudden and accidental discharge. The completed operations coverage is to remain in effect for 3 years after final payment. The policy must name OPT and any other individuals and entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions as additional insureds. H. Purchase and maintain applicable professional liability insurance, or have Subcontractors and Suppliers do so, if Contractor or any Subcontractor or Supplier will provide or furnish professional services under this Contract. I. The policies of insurance required by this Article must: 1. Include at least the specific coverages and be written for not less than the limits of liability provided in this Article or the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws or Regulations, whichever is greater. 2. Contain a provision that coverage afforded will not be canceled or materially changed until at least 30 days prior written notice has been given to Contractor, Owner, and all named insureds and additional insureds. 3. Remain in effect at all times when Contractor is performing Work or is at the Site to conduct tasks arising from the Contract Documents. 4. Be appropriate for the Work being performed and provide protection from claims resulting from the Contractor's performance of the Work and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether performed by Contractor, General Conditions 00 72 00-32 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS Subcontractor, Supplier, anyone directly or indirectly employed or retained by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts they may be liable. J. The coverage requirements for specific policies of insurance must be met directly by those policies and may not rely on excess or umbrella insurance provided in other policies to meet the coverage requirement. 6.06 Property Insurance A. Purchase and maintain builder's risk insurance in the amount of the full replacement cost of the Project. This policy is subject to the deductible amounts requirements in this Article and the Supplementary Conditions or those required by Laws and Regulations and must comply with the requirements of Paragraph 6.09. This insurance shall: 1. Include the OPT,Contractor,and all Subcontractors,and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, as named insureds. 2. Be written on a builder's risk "all risk" policy form that includes insurance for physical loss or damage to the Work, temporary buildings, falsework, and materials and equipment in transit, and insures against at least the following perils or causes of loss: fire; lightning; windstorm; riot; civil commotion; terrorism; vehicle impact; aircraft; smoke; theft; vandalism and malicious mischief; mechanical breakdown, boiler explosion, and artificially generated electric current; earthquake; volcanic activity, and other earth movement; flood; collapse; explosion; debris removal; demolition occasioned by enforcement of Laws and Regulations; water damage (other than that caused by flood); and such other perils or causes of loss as may be specifically required by this Section. If insurance against mechanical breakdown, boiler explosion, and artificially generated electric current; earthquake; volcanic activity, and other earth movement; or flood, are not commercially available under builder's risk, by endorsement or otherwise, this insurance may be provided through other insurance policies acceptable to Owner and Contractor. 3. Cover expenses incurred in the repair or replacement of any insured property. 4. Cover materials and equipment in transit or stored prior to being incorporated in the Work. 5. Cover Owner-furnished or assigned property. 6. Allow for partial utilization of the Work by Owner. 7. Allow for the waiver of the insurer's subrogation rights as set forth below. 8. Provide primary coverage for all losses and damages caused by the perils or causes of loss covered. 9. Not include a co-insurance clause. 10. Include a broad exception for ensuing losses from physical damage or loss with respect to any Defective workmanship, design, or materials exclusions. 11. Include testing and startup. 12. Be maintained in effect until the Work as a whole is complete, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Owner and Contractor. General Conditions 00 72 00-33 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS B. Evidence of insurance provided must contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled or materially changed or renewal refused until at least 30 days' prior written notice has been given to Owner and Contractor and to each named insured. C. Pay for costs not covered by the policy deductible. D. Notify builder's risk insurance provider if Owner will occupy or use a portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. Maintain the builder's risk insurance in effect during this Partial Occupancy or Use. E. Contractor may purchase other special insurance to be included in or to supplement the builder's risk or property insurance policies provided under this Article and the Supplementary Conditions. F. Contractor, Subcontractors, or employees of the Contractor or a Subcontractor owning property items, such as tools, construction equipment, or other personal property not expressly covered in the insurance required by the Contract Documents are responsible for providing their own insurance. 6.07 Waiver of Rights A. Insurance shall include a waiver of subrogation in favor of the additional insureds identified in the Supplementary Conditions. B. All policies purchased in accordance with this Article are to contain provisions to the effect that the insurers have no rights of recovery against OPT, named insureds or additional insureds in the event of a payment for loss or damage. Contractor and insurers waive all rights against the Owner's Indemnities for losses and damages created by or resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by these policies and any other applicable property insurance. None of these waivers extend to the rights Contractor has to the proceeds of insurance as trustee. C. Contractor is responsible for assuring that agreements with Subcontractors contain provisions that the Subcontractor waive all rights against Owner,Contractor, named insureds and additional insureds, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them,for all losses and damages created by or resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by builder's risk insurance and other property insurance. 6.08 Owner's Insurance for Project A. Owner is not responsible for purchasing and maintaining any insurance to protect the interest of the Contractor, Subcontractors, or others in the Work. The stated limits of insurance required are minimum only. Determine the limits that are adequate. These limits may be basic policy limits or any combination of basic limits and umbrella limits. In any event, Contractor is fully responsible for all losses arising out of, resulting from, or connected with operations under this Contract whether or not these losses are covered by insurance. The acceptance of evidence of insurance by the OPT, named insureds,or additional insureds does not release the Contractor from compliance with the insurance requirements of the Contract Documents. General Conditions 00 72 00-34 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 6.09 Acceptable Evidence of Insurance A. Provide evidence of insurance acceptable to the Owner with the executed Contract Documents. Provide the following as evidence of insurance: 1. Certificates of Insurance on an acceptable form; 2. Riders or endorsements to policies; and 3. Policy limits and deductibles. B. Provide a list of"Additional Insureds"for each policy. C. Provide evidence that waivers of subrogation are provided on all applicable policies. D. Provide evidence of requirements for 30 days' notice before cancellation or any material change in the policy's terms and conditions, limits of coverage, or change in deductible amount. 6.10 Certificate of Insurance A. Submit Certificates of Insurance meeting the following requirements: 1. Form has been filed with and approved by the Texas Department of Insurance under Texas Insurance Code §1811.101; or 2. Form is a standard form deemed approved by the Department under Texas Insurance Code §1811.101. 3. No requirements of this Contract may be interpreted as requiring the issuance of a certificate of insurance on a certificate of insurance form that has not first been filed with and approved by the Texas Department of Insurance. B. Include the name of the Project in the description of operations box on the certificate of insurance. 6.11 Insurance Policies A. If requested by the Owner, make available for viewing a copy of insurance policies, declaration pages and endorsements, and documentation of applicable self-insured retentions and deductibles. B. Contractor may block out (redact) any proprietary information or confidential premium pricing information contained in any policy or endorsement furnished under this Contract. 6.12 Continuing Evidence of Coverage A. Provide updated, revised, or new evidence of insurance in accordance this Article and the Supplementary Conditions prior to the expiration of existing policies. B. Provide evidence of continuation of insurance coverage at final payment and for the following 3 years. 6.13 Notices Regarding Insurance A. Notices regarding insurance are to be sent to the Owner at the following address: General Conditions 00 72 00-35 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS City of Corpus Christi— Engineering Attn: Construction Contract Admin. P.O. Box 9277 Corpus Christi, TX 78469-9277 B. Submit questions regarding insurance requirements to the Construction Contract Administrator by calling 361-826-3530. 6.14 Texas Workers' Compensation Insurance Required Notice A. Definitions: 1. Certificate of coverage ("certificate") -A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority to self-insure issued by the commission, or a coverage agreement (TWCC- 81, TWCC-82, TWCC-83, or TWCC-84), showing statutory workers' compensation insurance coverage for the person's or entity's employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the Project. 2. Duration of the Project-includes the time from the beginning of the Work on the Project until the Contractor's/person's Work on the Project has been completed and accepted by the governmental entity. 3. Persons providing services on the Project ("Subcontractor" in §406.096) - includes all persons or entities performing all or part of the services the Contractor has undertaken to perform on the Project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with the Contractor and regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes, without limitation, independent contractors, subcontractors, leasing companies, motor carriers, owner-operators, employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity which furnishes persons to provide services on the Project. "Services" include, without limitation, providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or other service related to a project. "Services" does not include activities unrelated to the Project, such as food/beverage vendors, office supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets. B. The Contractor shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all employees of the Contractor providing services on the Project, for the duration of the Project. C. The Contractor must provide a certificate of coverage to the governmental entity prior to being awarded the Contract. D. If the coverage period shown on the Contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project,the Contractor must, prior to the end of the coverage period,file a new certificate of coverage with the governmental entity showing that coverage has been extended. E. The Contractor shall obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide to the governmental entity: 1. A certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning Work on the Project, so the governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the Project; and General Conditions 00 72 00-36 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 2. No later than seven days after receipt by the Contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project. F. The Contractor shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the Project and for one year thereafter. G. The Contractor shall notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the Contractor knew or should have known,of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the Project. H. The Contractor shall post on each Project Site a notice, in the text, form and manner prescribed by the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission, informing all persons providing services on the Project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify coverage and report lack of coverage. I. The Contractor shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project, to: 1. Provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements,which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all of its employees providing services on the Project,for the duration of the Project; 2. Provide to the Contractor, prior to that person beginning Work on the Project, a certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person providing services on the Project,for the duration of the Project; 3. Provide the Contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project; 4. Obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the Contractor: a. A certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning Work on the Project; and b. A new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, prior to the end of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project; 5. Retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the Project and for one year thereafter; 6. Notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the Project; and 7. Contractually require each person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by this section, with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. J. By signing this Contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the Contractor is representing to the governmental entity that all employees of the Contractor who will provide services on the Project will be covered by workers' compensation coverage for the duration of the Project, that the coverage will be based on proper reporting of General Conditions 00 72 00- 37 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self-insured, with the commission's Division of Self-Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the Contractor to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil actions. K. The Contractor's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of contract by the Contractor which entitles the governmental entity to declare the Contract void if the Contractor does not remedy the breach within ten days after receipt of notice of breach from the governmental entity. ARTICLE 7—CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES 7.01 Supervision and Superintendence A. Supervise, inspect, and direct the performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor is solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction. B. Provide a competent resident superintendent acceptable to the OPT. The resident superintendent or acceptable qualified assistant is to be present at all times when Work is being done. Do not replace this resident superintendent except under extraordinary circumstances. Provide a replacement resident superintendent equally competent to the previous resident superintendent if replacement is required. Notify the Owner prior to replacing the resident superintendent and obtain Owner's consent to the change in superintendent. 7.02 Labor; Working Hours A. Provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey and lay out the Work and perform Work to complete the Project. Maintain good discipline and order at the Site. B. Perform Work at the Site during regular working hours except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent to the Site and except as otherwise stated in the Contract Documents. Regular working hours are between sunrise and sundown Monday through Saturday unless other times are specifically authorized in writing by OAR. C. Do not perform Work on a Sunday or legal holiday without OAR's consent. The following legal holidays are observed by the Owner: Holiday Date Observed New Year's Day January 1 Martin Luther King Jr Day Third Monday in January Memorial Day Last Monday in May Independence Day July Labor Day First Monday in September Thanksgiving Day Fourth Thursday in November General Conditions 00 72 00- 38 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS Holiday Date Observed Friday after Thanksgiving Friday after Thanksgiving Christmas Day December 25 D. If a legal holiday falls on a Saturday, it will be observed the preceding Friday. If a legal holiday falls on a Sunday, it will be observed the following Monday. E. Pay additional cost incurred by Owner for services of the OAR or RPR to observe Work constructed outside of regular working hours. OAR will issue a Set-off in the Application for Payment for this cost per Paragraph 17.01.13 7.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment A. Provide services, materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities, and other facilities and incidentals necessary for the performance, testing, start-up, and completion of the Work, whether or not these items are specifically called for in the Contract Documents. B. Provide new materials and equipment to be incorporated into the Work. Provide special warranties and guarantees required by the Contract Documents. Provide satisfactory evidence, including reports of required tests, as to the source, kind, and quality of materials and equipment as required by the Contract Documents or as requested by the OAR. C. Store, apply, install, connect, erect, protect, use, clean, and condition materials and equipment in accordance with instructions of the applicable Supplier, unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents. 7.04 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others A. Contractor may retain Subcontractors and Suppliers for the performance of parts of the Work. All Subcontractors and Suppliers must be acceptable to Owner. B. Contractor must retain specific Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities for the performance of designated parts of the Work if required to do so by the Contract Documents. C. Submit a list of proposed Subcontractors and Suppliers to OAR prior to entering into binding subcontracts or purchase orders. These proposed Subcontractors or Suppliers are deemed acceptable to Owner unless Owner raises a substantive, reasonable objection within 30 days after receiving this list. Under no circumstances shall any Subcontractor debarred under Chapter 41 of The Code of Ordinances, City of Corpus Christi, be deemed acceptable to Owner. D. Contractor is not required to retain Subcontractors,Suppliers, or other individuals or entities to furnish or perform part of the Work after the Effective Date of the Contract if Contractor has reasonable objection. E. Owner may require the replacement of Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities retained by the Contractor. Provide an acceptable replacement for the rejected Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity. Owner also may require Contractor to retain specific replacements, subject to Contractor's reasonable objections. General Conditions 00 72 00-39 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS F. Contractor may be entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times with respect to a replacement of Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other entities required by Owner. The Contractor is not entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Time with respect to replacement of any individual deemed unsuitable by the OPT. Notify OAR immediately if a replacement of Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other entity increases the Contract Price or Contract Times. Initiate a Change Proposal for the adjustment within 10 days of Owner's notice to replace a Subcontractor,Supplier,or other entity retained by Contractor to perform part of the Work. Do not make the replacement until the change in Contract Price or Contract Times has been accepted by the Owner if Change Proposal is to be submitted. G. Owner's initial acceptance of Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities, or their replacements, does not constitute a waiver of the obligation of the Contractor to complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. H. Maintain a current and complete list of Subcontractors and Suppliers that are to perform or furnish part of the Work. I. Contractor is fully responsible for the acts and omissions of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing Work. J. Contractor is solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the work of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing Work. K. Require Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing Work to communicate with OPT through Contractor. L. Contracts between the Contractor and their Subcontractors or Suppliers may specifically bind the Subcontractors or Suppliers to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. Contractor is responsible for meeting the requirements of the Contract Documents if they choose to not bind the Subcontractors or Suppliers to applicable terms or conditions of the Contract Documents. 1. All Subcontractors employed on this Project must be required to obtain Workers' Compensation Insurance. 2. Proof of this insurance will be required prior to the start of any Work. M. OPT may furnish information about amounts paid to Contractor for Work provided by Subcontractors or Suppliers to the entity providing the Work. N. Nothing in the Contract Documents: 1. Creates a contractual relationship between members of the OPT and members of the Contractor's Team. 2. Creates an obligation on the part of the Owner to pay or to see to the payment of money due members of the Contractor's Team, except as may be required by Laws and Regulations. 7.05 Patent Fees and Royalties A. Pay license fees, royalties, and costs incident to the use of inventions, designs, processes, products, or devices which are patented or copyrighted by others in the performance of the Work, or to incorporate these inventions, designs, processes, products, or devices which are patented or copyrighted by others in the Work. The Contract Documents identify inventions, General Conditions 00 72 00-40 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS designs, processes, products, or devices OPT knows are patented or copyrighted by others or that its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of a license fee or royalty to others. Contractor is to include the cost associated with the use of patented or copyrighted products or processes, whether specified or selected by the Contractor, in the Contract Price. B. Contractor's obligation to indemnify Owner for claims arising out of or related to infringement of patent rights and copyrights are as set forth in Paragraph 7.14. 7.06 Permits A. Obtain and pay for construction permits and licenses. OPT is to assist Contractor in obtaining permits and licenses when required to do so by applicable Laws and Regulations. Pay governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work which are applicable at the time the Contractor's Bid is submitted or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price. This Project is not exempt from City permits and fees unless expressly stated otherwise. 7.07 Taxes A. Contractor is responsible for all taxes and duties arising out of the Work. The Owner generally qualifies as a tax exempt agency as defined by the statutes of the State of Texas and is usually not subject to any city or state sales or use taxes, however certain items such as rented equipment may be taxable even though Owner is a tax-exempt agency. Contractor is responsible for including in the Contract Price any applicable sales and use taxes and is responsible for complying with all applicable statutes and rulings of the State Comptroller. Pay sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes required to be paid by Contractor in accordance with the Laws and Regulations. B. The Owner is exempt from the Federal Transportation and Excise Tax. Contractor must comply with all federal regulations governing the exemptions. C. Products incorporated into the Work are exempt from state sales tax according to the provisions of Subchapter H, Chapter 151, of the Texas Tax Code. D. Contractor may not include any amounts for sales, use, or similar taxes for which the Owner is exempt in the Contract Price or any proposed Change Order or Application for Payment. E. Obtain tax exemption certificates or other documentation necessary to establish Owner's exemption from such taxes. 7.08 Laws and Regulations A. Give required notices and comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. OPT is not responsible for monitoring Contractor's compliance with Laws or Regulations except where expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations. B. Pay costs resulting from actions taken by Contractor that are contrary to Laws or Regulations. Contractor is not responsible for determining that the design aspects of the Work described in the Contract Documents is in accordance with Laws and Regulations. This does not relieve Contractor of its obligations under Paragraph 3.03. General Conditions 00 72 00-41 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS C. Owner or Contractor may give notice to the other party of changes in Laws or Regulations that may affect the cost or time of performance of the Work, including: 1. Changes in Laws or Regulations affecting procurement of permits; and 2. Sales, use, value-added, consumption, and other similar taxes which come into effect after Contractor's Bid is submitted or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price. D. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal or Owner may initiate a Claim within 30 days of this notice if Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent of adjustments in Contract Price or Contract Times resulting from these changes. 7.09 Safety and Protection A. Contractor is solely responsible for initiating, maintaining,and supervising safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. This responsibility does not relieve Subcontractors of their responsibility for the safety of persons or property in the performance of their work, nor for compliance with applicable safety Laws and Regulations. B. Take necessary precautions for the safety of persons on the Site or who may be affected by the Work, and provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury, or loss to: 1. Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated in the Work, whether stored on or off Site; and 2. Other property at or adjacent to the Site, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, other work in progress, utilities, and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation, or replacement in the course of construction. C. Comply with applicable Laws and Regulations relating to the safety and protection of persons or property. Erect and maintain necessary safeguards for safety and protection. Notify Owner; the owners of adjacent property, Underground Facilities, and other utilities; and other contractors and utility owners performing work at or adjacent to the Site when prosecution of the Work may affect them. Cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation, and replacement of their property or work in progress. 1. Comply with requirements of Underground Facility Damage Prevention and Safety Act, Texas Utilities Code Chapter 251. 2. Comply with all applicable safety rules and regulations of the Federal Occupational Health and Safety Act of 1970 and subsequent amendments (OSHA). D. Remedy damage, injury, or loss to property referred to in Paragraph 7.09.B caused by Contractor's Team. Pay remediation costs unless the damage or loss is: 1. Attributable to the fault of the Contract Documents; 2. Attributable to acts or omissions of OPT; or 3. Not attributable to the actions or failure to act of the Contractor's Team. E. Contractor's duties and responsibilities for safety and protection of persons or the Work or property at or adjacent to the Site continues until Work is completed and resumes whenever Contractor's Team returns to the Site to fulfill warranty or correction obligations or to conduct other tasks. General Conditions 00 72 00-42 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS F. Comply with the applicable requirements of the Owner's safety program if required to do so in the Supplementary Conditions. A copy of the Owner's safety program will be provided in the Bidding Documents. 7.10 Safety Representative A. Provide a qualified and experienced safety representative at the Site whose duties and responsibilities are the prevention of accidents and maintaining and supervising safety programs. 7.11 Hazard Communication Programs A. Coordinate the exchange of material safety data sheets or other hazard communication information required to be made available or exchanged between or among employers at the Site in accordance with Laws or Regulations. 7.12 Emergencies A. Act to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss in emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at or adjacent to the Site. Notify OAR immediately if Contractor believes that significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused or are required as a result of this need to act. A Modification is to be issued by OAR if OPT determines that the incident giving rise to the emergency action was not the responsibility of the Contractor and that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by Contractor in response to this emergency. 7.13 Contractor's General Warranty and Guarantee A. Contractor warrants and guarantees to Owner that Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents and is not Defective. Owner is entitled to rely on Contractor's warranty and guarantee. Assume and bear responsibility for costs and time delays associated with variations from the requirements of the Contract Documents. B. This Contractor's warranty and guarantee excludes defects or damage caused by improper maintenance or operation, abuse, or modification by OPT; or normal wear and tear under normal usage. C. Contractor's obligation to perform and complete Work in accordance with the Contract Documents is absolute. None of the following constitute an acceptance of Defective Work or a release of Contractor's obligation to perform Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: 1. Observations by OPT; 2. Recommendation by OAR to pay or payment by Owner of progress or final payments; 3. The issuance of a Certificate of Substantial Completion; 4. Use or occupancy of part of the Work by Owner; 5. Review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample; 6. Inspections, tests, or approvals by others; or General Conditions 00 72 00-43 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 7. Correction of Defective Work by Owner. D. The Contract Documents may require the Contractor to accept the assignment of a contract between the Owner and a contractor or supplier. The specific warranties, guarantees, and correction obligations contained in an assigned contract govern with respect to Contractor's performance obligations to Owner for the Work described in an assigned contract. 7.14 INDEMNIFICATION A. To the fullest extent permitted by law, Contractor shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the Owner from and against claims, damages, losses and expenses, including but not limited to attorney's fees or dispute resolution costs, arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work and/or failure to comply with the terms and conditions of the contract, violations of Laws or Regulations, or bodily injury, death or destruction of tangible property caused by the acts, omissions or negligence of the Contractor's Team, regardless of whether such claim, damage, loss or expense is alleged to be caused in part by an Owner hereunder, subject to the Owner's defenses and liability limits under the Texas Tort Claims Act. However, nothing herein shall be construed to require Contractor to indemnify an Owner against a claim, loss, damage or expense caused by the sole negligence of an Owner. B. To the fullest extent permitted by law, Contractor shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the Owner from and against Indemnified Costs, arising out of or relating to: (i) the failure to control, contain, or remove a Constituent of Concern brought to the Site by Contractor's Team or a Hazardous Environmental Condition created by Contractor's Team, (ii) Contractor's Team's action or inaction related to damages, delays, disruptions or interference with the work of Owner's employees, other contractors, or utility owners performing other work at or adjacent to the Site, or (iii) the correction of Defective Work. Nothing in this paragraph obligates the Contractor to indemnify the Owner from the consequences of the Owner's sole negligence. c. To the fullest extent permitted by law, Contractor shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the Owner from and against Indemnified Costs resulting from infringement on patent rights or copyrights by Contractor's Team. General Conditions 00 72 00-44 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS D. The indemnification obligations of this Paragraph 7.14 are not limited by the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for members of the Contractor's Team or other individuals or entities under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts, or other employee benefit acts in claims against Owner by an employee or the survivor or personal representative of employee of Contractor's Team. The indemnification obligations of this Paragraph 7.14 shall not be deemed to be released,waived or modified in any respect by reason of any surety or insurance provided by Contractor. E. The indemnification obligations of this Paragraph 7.14 do not extend to the liability of Designer arising out of the preparation of the Contract Documents or giving directions or instructions, or failing to give them, to the extent they are obligated to do so if that is the primary cause of the injury or damage. F. Notify the other party within 10 days if Owner or Contractor receives notice of any claim or circumstances that could give rise to an indemnified loss. The notice must include the following: 1. A description of the indemnification event in reasonable detail; 2. The basis on which indemnification may be due; and 3. The anticipated amount of the indemnified loss. This notice does not stop or prevent Owner from later asserting a different basis for indemnification or a different amount of indemnified loss than that indicated in the initial notice. Owner does not waive any rights to indemnification except to the extent that Contractor is prejudiced, suffers loss, or incurs expense because of the delay if Owner does not provide this notice within the 10-day period. G. Defense of Indemnification Claims: 1. Assume the defense of the claim with counsel chosen by the Contractor and pay related costs, unless Owner decides otherwise. Contractor's counsel must be acceptable to Owner. Control the defense and any negotiations to settle the claim. Advise Owner as to its defense of the claim within 10 days after being notified of the indemnification request. Owner may assume and control the defense if Contractor does not assume the defense. Pay all defense expenses of the Owner as an indemnified loss. 2. Owner may retain separate counsel to participate in, but not control, the defense and any settlement negotiations if Contractor defends the claim. Contractor may not settle the claim without the consent or agreement of Owner. Contractor may settle the claim with Owner's consent and agreement unless it: a. Would result in injunctive relief or other equitable remedies or otherwise require Owner to comply with restrictions or limitations that adversely affect Owner; b. Would require Owner to pay amounts that Contractor does not fund in full; or C. Would not result in Owner's full and complete release from all liability to the plaintiffs or claimants who are parties to or otherwise bound by the settlement. 7.15 Delegation of Professional Design Services A. Contractor is not required to provide professional design services unless these services are specifically required by the Contract Documents for a portion of the Work or unless these General Conditions 00 72 00-45 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS services are required to carry out Contractor's responsibilities for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures. Contractor is not required to provide professional services in violation of applicable Laws and Regulations. B. The Contract Documents specify performance and design criteria related to systems, materials or equipment if professional design services or certifications by a design professional related to systems, materials, or equipment are specifically required of Contractor. These services or certifications must be provided by the licensed Texas Professional Engineer or Registered Architect who prepares, signs, and seals drawings, calculations, specifications, certifications, Shop Drawings, and other documents. C. OPT is entitled to rely upon the adequacy, accuracy, and completeness of the services, certifications, or approvals performed by Contractor's design professionals, provided OPT has specified to Contractor the performance and design criteria that these services must satisfy. D. Pursuant to this Paragraph 7.15, Designer's review and approval of design calculations and design drawings is only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with the performance and design criteria given and the design concepts expressed in the Contract Documents. Designer's review and approval of Shop Drawings and other documents is only for the purpose stated in the Contract Documents. E. Contractor is not responsible for the adequacy of the performance or design criteria specified by OPT. Advise OPT if the performance or design criteria are known or considered likely to be inadequate or otherwise deficient. ARTICLE 8—OTHER WORK AT THE SITE 8.01 Other Work A. Owner may arrange for other work at or adjacent to the Site which is not part of the Contractor's Work. This other work may be performed by Owner's employees or through other contractors. Utility owners may perform work on their utilities and facilities at or adjacent to the Site. Include costs associated with coordinating with entities performing other work or associated with connecting to this other work in the Contract Price if this other work is shown in the Contract Documents. B. OPT is to notify Contractor of other work prior to starting the work and provide any knowledge they have regarding the start of utility work at or adjacent to the Site to Contractor. C. Provide other contractors: 1. Proper and safe access to the Site; 2. Reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment; and 3. Reasonable opportunity to execute their work. D. Provide cutting, fitting, and patching of the Work required to properly connect or integrate with other work. Do not endanger the work of others by cutting, excavating, or otherwise altering the work of others without the consent of OAR and the others whose work will be affected. General Conditions 00 72 00-46 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS E. Inspect the work of others and immediately notify OAR if the proper execution of part of Contractor's Work depends upon work performed by others and this work has not been performed or is unsuitable for the proper execution of Contractor's Work. Contractor's failure to notify the OAR constitutes an acceptance of this other work as acceptable for integration with Contractor's Work. This acceptance does not apply to latent defects or deficiencies in the work of others. F. Take adequate measures to prevent damages, delays, disruptions, or interference with the work of Owner, other contractors, or utility owners performing other work at or adjacent to the Site. 8.02 Coordination A. Owner has sole authority and responsibility for coordination of this other work unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. The Owner is to identify the entity with authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities of the various contractors, the limitations of their authority, and the work to be coordinated prior to the start of other work at or adjacent to the Site. 8.03 Legal Relationships A. Contractor may be entitled to a change in Contract Price or Contract Times if, while performing other work at or adjacent to the Site for Owner, the OPT or other contractor retained by the City: 1. Damages the Work or property of Contractor's Team; 2. Delays, disrupts, or interferes with the execution of the Work; or 3. Increases the scope or cost of performing the Work through their actions or inaction. B. Notify the OAR immediately of the event leading to a potential Change Proposal so corrective action can be taken. Submit the Change Proposal within 30 days of the event if corrective action has not adequately mitigated the impact of the actions or inactions of others. Information regarding this other work in the Contract Documents is used to determine if the Contractor is entitled to a change in Contract Price or Contract Times. Changes in Contract Price require that Contractor assign rights against the other contractor to Owner with respect to the damage, delay, disruption, or interference that is the subject of the adjustment. Changes in Contract Times require that the time extension is essential to Contractor's ability to complete the Work within the Contract Times. C. Take prompt corrective action if Contractor's Team damages, delays, disrupts, or interferes with the work of Owner's employees, other contractors, or utility owners performing other work at or adjacent to the Site or agree to compensate other contractors or utility owners for correcting the damage. Promptly attempt to settle claims with other contractors or utility owners if Contractor damages, delays, disrupts, or interferes with the work of other contractors or utility owners performing other work at or adjacent to the Site. D. Owner may impose a set-off against payments due to Contractor and assign the Owner's contractual rights against Contractor with respect to the breach of the obligations described in this Paragraph 8.03 to other contractors if damages, delays, disruptions, or interference occu r. General Conditions 00 72 00-47 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS E. Contractor's obligation to indemnify Owner for claims arising out of or related to damages, delays, disruptions, and interference with other work at the Site are as set forth in Paragraph 7.14. ARTICLE 9—OWNER'S AND OPT'S RESPONSIBILITIES 9.01 Communications to Contractor A. OPT issues communications to Contractor through OAR except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 9.02 Replacement of Owner's Project Team Members A. Owner may replace members of the OPT at its discretion. 9.03 Furnish Data A. OPT is to furnish the data required of OPT under the Contract Documents. 9.04 Pay When Due A. Owner is to make payments to Contractor when due as described in Article 17. 9.05 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests A. Owner's duties with respect to providing lands and easements are described in Paragraph 5.01. OPT will make copies of reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site available to Contractor in accordance with Paragraph 5.03. 9.06 Insurance A. Owner's responsibilities with respect to purchasing and maintaining insurance are described in Article 6. 9.07 Modifications A. Owner's responsibilities with respect to Modifications are described in Article 11. 9.08 Inspections,Tests, and Approvals A. OPT's responsibility with respect to certain inspections,tests, and approvals are described in Paragraph 16.02. 9.09 Limitations on OPT's Responsibilities A. The OPT does not supervise, direct, or have control or authority over, and is not responsible for Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or related safety precautions and programs, or for failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. OPT is not responsible for Contractor's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. General Conditions 00 72 00-48 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 9.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition A. OPT's responsibility for undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Conditions is described in Paragraph 5.06. 9.11 Compliance with Safety Program A. Contractor is to inform the OPT of its safety programs and OPT is to comply with the specific applicable requirements of this program. 9.12 Plans and Specifications A. Owner does not warrant the plans and specification. ARTICLE 10—OAR'S AND DESIGNER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 10.01 Owner's Representative A. OAR is Owner's representative. The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of OAR as Owner's representative are described in the Contract Documents. 10.02 Visits to Site A. Designer is to make periodic visits to the Site to observe the progress and quality of the Work. Designer is to determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents based on observations made during these visits. Designer is not required to make exhaustive or continuous inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work. Designer is to inform the OPT of issues or concerns and OAR is to work with Contractor to address these issues or concerns. Designer's visits and observations are subject to the limitations on Designer's authority and responsibility described in Paragraphs 9.09 and 10.07. B. OAR is to observe the Work to check the quality and quantity of Work, implement Owner's quality assurance program, and administer the Contract as Owner's representative as described in the Contract Documents. OAR's visits and observations are subject to the limitations on OAR's authority and responsibility described in Paragraphs 9.09 and 10.07. 10.03 Resident Project Representatives A. Resident Project Representatives assist OAR in observing the progress and quality of the Work at the Site. The limitations on Resident Project Representatives' authority and responsibility are described in Paragraphs 9.09 and 10.07. 10.04 Rejecting Defective Work A. OPT has the authority to reject Work in accordance with Article 16. OAR is to issue a Defective Work Notice to Contractor and document when Defective Work has been corrected or accepted in accordance with Article 16. General Conditions 00 72 00-49 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 10.05 Shop Drawings, Modifications and Payments A. Designer's authority related to Shop Drawings and Samples are described in the Contract Documents. B. Designer's authority related to design calculations and design drawings submitted in response to a delegation of professional design services are described in Paragraph 7.15. C. OAR and Designer's authority related to Modifications is described in Article 11. D. OAR's authority related to Applications for Payment is described in Articles 15 and 17. 10.06 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work A. OAR is to render decisions regarding non-technical or contractual / administrative requirements of the Contract Documents and will coordinate the response of the OPT to Contractor. B. Designer is to render decisions regarding the conformance of the Work to the requirements of the Contract Documents. Designer will render a decision to either correct the Defective Work or accept the Work under the provisions of Paragraph 16.04 if Work does not conform to the Contract Documents. OAR will coordinate the response of the OPT to Contractor. C. Contractor may appeal Designer's decision by submitting a Change Proposal if Contractor does not agree with the Designer's decision. 10.07 Limitations on OAR's and Designer's Authority and Responsibilities A. OPT is not responsible for the acts or omissions of Contractor's Team. No actions or failure to act, or decisions made in good faith to exercise or not exercise the authority or responsibility available under the Contract Documents creates a duty in contract, tort, or otherwise of the OPT to the Contractor or members of the Contractor's Team. ARTICLE 11—AMENDING THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS; CHANGES IN THE WORK 11.01 Amending and Supplementing the Contract Documents A. The Contract Documents may be modified by a Contract Amendment, Change Order, Work Change Directive, or Field Order. 1. Contract Amendment: Owner and Contractor may modify the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents without the recommendation of the Designer using a Contract Amendment. A Contract Amendment may be used for: a. Changes that do not involve: 1) The performance or acceptability of the Work; 2) The design as described in the Drawings, Specifications, or otherwise; or 3) Other engineering, architectural or technical matters. b. Authorizing new phases of the Work and establishing the Contract Price, Contract Times, or terms and conditions of the Contract for the new phase of Work when using phased construction or purchasing Goods and Special Services to be incorporated into the Project. General Conditions 00 72 00-50 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 2. Change Order: All changes to the Contract Documents that include a change in the Contract Price or the Contract Times for previously authorized Work, or changes to the Work requiring Designer's approval must be made by a Change Order. A Change Order may also be used to establish modifications of the Contract Documents that do not affect the Contract Price or Contract Times. 3. Work Change Directive: A Work Change Directive does not change the Contract Price or the Contract Times, but is evidence that the parties expect that the modifications ordered or documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order following negotiations on the Contract Price and Contract Times. If negotiations under the terms of the Contract Documents governing adjustments, expressly including Paragraphs 11.04 and 11.05 are unsuccessful, Contractor must submit a Change Proposal seeking an adjustment of the Contract Price or the Contract Times no later than 30 days after the completion of the Work set out in the Work Change Directive. 4. Field Order: Designer may require minor changes in the Work that do not change the Contract Price or Contract Times using a Field Order. OAR may issue a Field Order for non-technical, administrative issues. Submit a Change Proposal if Contractor believes that a Field Order justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times before proceeding with the Work described in the Field Order. B. Perform added or revised Work under the applicable provisions of the Contract Documents for the same or similar Work unless different Drawings, Specifications or directions are provided in the Modification. 11.02 Owner-Authorized Changes in the Work A. Owner may order additions, deletions,or revisions in the Work at any time as recommended by the Designer to the extent the change: 1. Involves the design as described in the Contract Documents; 2. Involves acceptance of the Work; or 3. Involves other engineering, architectural or technical matters. B. These changes may be authorized by a Modification. Proceed with the Work involved or, in the case of a deletion in the Work, immediately cease construction activities with respect to the deleted Work upon receipt of the Modification. Nothing in this paragraph obligates the Contractor to undertake Work that Contractor reasonably concludes cannot be performed in a manner consistent with Contractor's safety obligations under the Contract Documents or Laws and Regulations. 11.03 Unauthorized Changes in the Work A. Contractor is not entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times with respect to Work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents, except in the case of an emergency as provided in Paragraph 7.12, or in the case of uncovering Work as provided in Paragraph 16.05. General Conditions 00 72 00-51 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS B. Contractor is responsible for costs and time delays associated with variations from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless the variations are specifically approved by Change Order. 11.04 Change of Contract Price A. The Contract Price for authorized Work can only be changed by a Change Order. Any Change Proposal for an adjustment in the Contract Price must comply with the provisions of Paragraph 11.06. Any Claim for an adjustment of Contract Price must comply with the provisions of Article 13. B. An adjustment in the Contract Price is to be determined as follows: 1. By applying unit prices to the quantities of the items involved, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 15.03, where the Work involved is covered by unit prices in the Contract Documents; 2. By a mutually agreed lump sum where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices in the Contract Documents; or 3. Payment on the basis of the Cost of the Work determined as provided in Paragraph 15.01 plus a Contractor's fee for overhead and profit determined as provided in Paragraph 15.05 when the Work involved is not covered by unit prices in the Contract Documents and the parties do not reach a mutual agreement to a lump sum. C. The original Contract Price may not be increased by more than 25 percent or the limit set out in Texas Local Government Code 252.048 or its successor statute, whichever is greater. Owner may decrease the Work by up to 25 percent of the Contract Price. 11.05 Change of Contract Times A. The Contract Times for authorized Work can only be changed by Change Order. Any Change Proposal for an adjustment in the Contract Times must comply with the provisions of Paragraph 11.06. Any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times must comply with the provisions of Article 13. B. An adjustment of the Contract Times is subject to the limitations described in Paragraph 4.04. 11.06 Change Proposals A. Submit a Change Proposal in accordance with Article 12 to the OAR to: 1. Request an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times; 2. Appeal an initial decision by OPT concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents or relating to the acceptability of the Work under the Contract Documents; 3. Contest a set-off against payment due; or 4. Seek other relief under the Contract Documents. General Conditions 00 72 00-52 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS B. Notify the OAR within 3 days if a Change Proposal is to be submitted. Submit each Change Proposal to OAR no later than 30 days after the event initiating the Change Proposal. 11.07 Execution of Change Orders A. Owner and Contractor are to execute Change Orders covering: 1. Changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times, which are agreed to by Owner and Contractor, including undisputed sums or amount of time for Work actually performed in accordance with a Work Change Directive; 2. Changes in Contract Price resulting from Owner set-offs unless the set-off has been successfully challenged by Contractor; 3. Changes in the Work which are: a. Ordered by Owner pursuant to Paragraph 11.02.A, b. Required because Defective Work was accepted under Paragraph 16.04 or Owner's correction of Defective Work under Paragraph 16.07, or C. Agreed to by the Owner and Contractor; and 4. Changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or other changes under Paragraph 11.06 or Article 13. B. Acceptance of a Change Order by Contractor constitutes a full accord and satisfaction for any and all claims and costs of any kind, whether direct or indirect, including but not limited to impact, delay or acceleration damages arising from the subject matter of the Change Order. Each Change Order must be specific and final as to prices and extensions of time, with no reservations or other provisions allowing for future additional money or time as a result of the particular changes identified and fully compensated in the Change Order. The execution of a Change Order by Contractor constitutes conclusive evidence of Contractor's agreement to the ordered changes in the Work. This Contract, as amended, forever releases any claim against Owner for additional time or compensation for matters relating to or arising out of or resulting from the Work included within or affected by the executed Change Order. This release applies to claims related to the cumulative impact of all Change Orders and to any claim related to the effect of a change on unchanged Work. C. All Change Orders require approval by either the City Council or Owner by administrative action. The approval process requires a minimum of 45 days after submission in final form with all supporting data. Receipt of Contractor's submission by Owner constitutes neither acceptance nor approval of a Change Order, nor a warranty that the Change Order will be authorized by City Council or administrative action. The time required for the approval process may not be considered a delay and no extensions to the Contract Times or increase in the Contract Price will be considered or granted as a result of the process. Contractor may proceed with Work if a Work Change Directive is issued. D. If the Contractor refuses to execute a Change Order that is required to be executed under the terms of this Paragraph 11.07, the Change Order is deemed to be in full force as if executed by Contractor. Contractor may file a Claim for payment and/or time, pursuant to Article 13. General Conditions 00 72 00-53 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 11.08 Notice to Surety A. Notify the surety of Modifications affecting the general scope of the Work, changes in the provisions of the Contract Documents,or changes in Contract Price or Contract Times. Adjust the amount of each Bond when Modifications change the Contract Price. ARTICLE 12—CHANGE MANAGEMENT 12.01 Requests for Change Proposal A. Designer will initiate Modifications by issuing a Request for a Change Proposal (RCP). 1. Designer will prepare a description of proposed Modifications. 2. Designer will issue the Request for a Change Proposal form to Contractor. A number will be assigned to the Request for a Change Proposal when issued. 3. Return a Change Proposal in accordance with Paragraph 12.02 to the Designer for evaluation by the OPT. 12.02 Change Proposals A. Submit a Change Proposal (CP) to the Designer for Contractor initiated changes in the Contract Documents or in response to a Request for Change Proposal. A Change Proposal must be submitted to the OAR no later than 30 days after the event initiating the Change Proposal. 1. Use the Change Proposal form provided. 2. Assign a number to the Change Proposal when issued. 3. Include with the Change Proposal: a. A complete description of the proposed Modification if Contractor initiated or proposed changes to the OPT's description of the proposed Modification. b. The reason the Modification is requested, if not in response to a Request for a Change Proposal. C. A detailed breakdown of the cost of the change if the Modification requires a change in Contract Price. The itemized breakdown is to include: 1) List of materials and equipment to be installed; 2) Man hours for classification; 3) Equipment used in construction; 4) Consumable supplies, fuels, and materials; 5) Royalties and patent fees; 6) Bonds and insurance; 7) Overhead and profit; 8) Field office costs; and 9) Other items of cost. General Conditions 00 72 00-54 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS d. Provide the level of detail outlined in the paragraph above for each Subcontractor or Supplier actually performing the Work if Work is to be provided by a Subcontractor or Supplier. Indicate appropriate Contractor mark-ups for Work provided through Subcontractors and Suppliers. Provide the level of detail outline in the paragraph above for self-performed Work. e. Submit Change Proposals that comply with Article 15 for Cost of Work. f. Provide a revised schedule. Show the effect of the change on the Project Schedule and the Contract Times. B. Submit a Change Proposal to the OAR to request a Field Order. C. A Change Proposal is required for all substitutions or deviations from the Contract Documents. D. Request changes to products in accordance with Article 25. 12.03 Designer Will Evaluate Request for Modification A. OAR is to advise OPT regarding the Change Proposal. OPT is to review each Change Proposal and Contractor's supporting data, and within 30 days after receipt of the documents, direct the OAR to either approve or deny the Change Proposal in whole or in part. OAR is to issue a Change Order for an approved Change Proposal. The Contractor may deem the Change Proposal to be denied if OAR does not take action on the Change Proposal within 30 days and start the time for appeal of the denial under Article 13. 1. Change Orders and Contract Amendments will be sent to the Contractor for execution with a copy to the Owner recommending approval. A Work Change Directive may be issued if Work needs to progress before the Change Order or Contract Amendment can be authorized by the Owner. 2. Work Change Directives, Change Orders, and Contract Amendments can only be approved by the Owner. a. Work performed on the Change Proposal prior to receiving a Work Change Directive or approval of the Change Order or Contract Amendment is performed at the Contractor's risk. b. No payment will be made for Work on Change Orders or Contract Amendments until approved by the Owner. B. The Contractor may be informed that the Request for a Change Proposal is not approved and construction is to proceed in accordance with the Contract Documents. 12.04 Substitutions A. The products of the listed Suppliers are to be furnished where Specifications list several manufacturers but do not specifically list "or equal" or "or approved equal" products. Use of any products other than those specifically listed is a substitution. Follow these procedures for a substitution. B. Substitutions are defined as any product that the Contractor proposes to provide for the Project in lieu of the specified product. Submit a Change Proposal per Paragraph 12.02 along with a Shop Drawing as required by Article 25 to request approval of a substitution. General Conditions 00 72 00-55 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS C. Prove that the product is acceptable as a substitute. It is not the Designer's responsibility to prove the product is not acceptable as a substitute. 1. Indicate on a point by point basis for each specified feature that the product is acceptable to meet the intent of the Contract Documents requirements. 2. Make a direct comparison with the specified Suppliers published data sheets and available information. Provide this printed material with the documents submitted. 3. The decision of the Designer regarding the acceptability of the proposed substitute product is final. D. Provide a written certification that, in making the substitution request,the Contractor: 1. Has determined that the substituted product will perform in substantially the same manner and result in the same ability to meet the specified performance as the specified product. 2. Will provide the same warranties and/or bonds for the substituted product as specified or as would be provided by the manufacturer of the specified product. 3. Will assume all responsibility to coordinate any modifications that may be necessary to incorporate the substituted product into the Project and will waive all claims for additional Work which may be necessary to incorporate the substituted product into the Project which may subsequently become apparent. 4. Will maintain the same time schedule as for the specified product. E. Pay for review of substitutions in accordance with Article 25. ARTICLE 13—CLAIMS 13.01 Claims A. Follow the Claims process described in this Article for the following disputes between Owner and Contractor: 1. Seeking an adjustment of Contract Price or Contract Times; 2. Contesting an initial decision by OAR concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents or the acceptability of Work under the Contract Documents; 3. Appealing OAR's decision regarding a Change Proposal; 4. Seeking resolution of a contractual issue that OAR has declined to address; or 5. Seeking other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. B. Contractor shall be entitled to an extension of Contract Time for delays or disruptions due to unusually severe weather in excess of weather normally experienced at the job site, as determined from climatological data set forth by the National Weather Service and which affects the Project's critical path. Contractor shall bear the entire economic risk of all weather delays and disruptions. Contractor shall not be entitled to any increase in the Contract Price by reason of such delays or disruptions. Upon Contractor reaching Substantial Completion, Owner and Contractor shall look back at the entire duration of the calendar day Project and review the totality of what Contractor claims were unusually severe weather disruptions. If the Project was delayed or disrupted due to unusually severe weather in General Conditions 00 72 00-56 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS excess of weather normally experienced over the entire duration of the Project, Contractor may make a Claim for an extension of the Contract Time for delays or disruptions due to unusually severe weather in excess of weather normally experienced at the job site, as determined from climatological data set forth by the National Weather Service and which affects the Project's critical path. Anytime extension granted shall be non-compensatory. 13.02 Claims Process A. Claims must be initiated by written notice. Notice must conspicuously state that it is a notice of a Claim in the subject line or first sentence. Notice must also list the date of first occurrence of the claimed event. B. Except for Claims resulting from unusually severe weather, notice of a Claim by Contractor must be in writing and delivered to the Owner, Designer and the OAR within 14 days after the start of the event giving rise to the Claim. Failure by Contractor to submit written notice of a Claim within 14 days shall constitute a waiver of such Claim. C. Submit the complete Claim with supporting documentation to Owner no later than 60 days after the start of the event giving rise to the Claim(unless Designer allows additional time for claimant to submit additional or more accurate data in support of such Claim). The Claim must be signed and sworn to by Contractor, certifying that the Claim is made in good faith, that the supporting data is accurate and complete, and that to the best of Contractor's knowledge and belief,the relief requested accurately reflects the full compensation to which Contractor is entitled. Failure by Contractor to submit the Claim within 60 days shall constitute a waiver of such Claim. D. Any Claims by Contractor that are not brought within 90 days following the termination of the Contract are waived and shall be automatically deemed denied. E. Claims by Owner must be submitted by written notice to Contractor. F. The responsibility to substantiate a Claim rests with the entity making the Claim. Claims must contain sufficient detail to allow the other party to fully review the Claim. 1. Claims seeking an adjustment of Contract Price must include the Contractor's job cost report. Provide additional documentation as requested by OAR or Designer. 2. Claims seeking an adjustment of Contract Time must include a Time Impact Analysis and native schedule files in Primavera or MS Project digital format. Provide additional documentation as requested by OAR or Designer. G. Claims by Contractor against Owner and Claims by Owner against Contractor, including those alleging an error or omission by Designer but excluding those arising under Section 7.12,shall be referred initially to Designer for consideration and recommendation. H. Designer will review a Claim by Contractor within 30 days of receipt of the Claim and take one or more of the following actions: 1. Request additional supporting data from the party who made the Claim; 2. Issue a recommendation; 3. Suggest a compromise; or General Conditions 00 72 00-57 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 4. Advise the parties that Designer is not able to make a recommendation due to insufficient information or a conflict of interest. I. If the Designer does not take any action, the Claim shall be deemed denied 30 days after receipt of the Claim. J. Following receipt of Designer's initial recommendation regarding a Claim,the Contractor and the Owner shall seek to resolve the Claim through the exchange of information and direct negotiations. If no agreement is reached within 90 days, the Claim shall be deemed denied. The Owner and Contractor may extend the time for resolving the Claim by mutual agreement. Notify OAR of any actions taken on a Claim. K. If the entity receiving a Claim approves the Claim in whole or in part or denies it in whole or in part, this action is final and binding unless the other entity invokes the procedure described in Article 22 for final resolution of disputes by filing a notice of appeal within 30 days after this action. L. If the Owner and Contractor reach a mutual agreement regarding a Claim, the results of the agreement or action on the Claim will be incorporated in a Change Order by the OAR to the extent they affect the Contract Documents, the Contract Price, or the Contract Times. M. Both parties shall continue to perform all obligations under the Agreement during the pendency of any dispute or disagreement relating to this Agreement, unless performance would be impracticable or impossible under the circumstances. N. Any failure of Contractor to comply with any of the foregoing conditions precedent with regard to any such Claim shall constitute a waiver of any entitlement to submit or pursue such Claim. O. Receipt and review of a Claim by City shall not be construed as a waiver of any defenses to the Claim available to the City under the Contract Documents or at law. ARTICLE 14—PREVAILING WAGE RATE REQUIREMENTS 14.01 Payment of Prevailing Wage Rates A. Contractor and any Subcontractors employed on this Project shall pay not less than the rates established by the Owner as required by Texas Government Code Chapter 2258. B. Contractor and its Subcontractors are required to pay Davis-Bacon Wage Rates. C. Contractor and its Subcontractors are required to pay laborers and mechanics an overtime rate of not less than one and one-half times the basic rate for all hours worked in excess of forty hours in a given workweek. 14.02 Records A. In accordance with Tex. Gov't Code §2258.024,the Contractor and its Subcontractors, if any, shall keep a record showing: 1. The name and occupation of each worker employed by the Contractor or Subcontractor in the construction of the Work; and 2. The actual per diem wages paid to each worker. General Conditions 00 72 00-58 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS B. The record shall be open at all reasonable hours to inspection by the officers and agents of the Owner. 14.03 Liability; Penalty; Criminal Offense A. Tex. Gov't Code §2258.003 — Liability: An officer, agent, or employee of the Owner is not liable in a civil action for any act or omission implementing or enforcing Chapter 2258 unless the action was made in bad faith. B. Tex. Gov't Code §2258.023(b) — Penalty: Any Contractor or Subcontractor who violates the requirements of Chapter 2258,shall pay to the Owner,on whose behalf the Contract is made, $60 for each worker employed on each calendar day or part of the day that the worker is paid less than the wage rates stipulated in the Contract. C. Tex. Gov't Code §2258.058—Criminal Offense: 1. An officer, agent, or representative of the Owner commits an offense if the person willfully violates or does not comply with a provision of Chapter 2258. 2. Any Contractor or Subcontractor, or an agent or representative of the Contractor or Subcontractor, commits an offense if the person violates Tex. Gov't Code §2258.024. 3. An offense is punishable by: a. A fine not to exceed $500; b. Confinement in jail for a term not to exceed 6 months; or C. Both a fine and confinement. 14.04 Prevailing Wage Rates A. Use the Prevailing Wage Rates specified in the Supplementary Conditions. ARTICLE 15—COST OF THE WORK;ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK 15.01 Cost of the Work A. The Cost of the Work is the sum of costs described in this Paragraph 15.01, except those excluded in Paragraph 15.01.1D, necessary for the proper performance of the Work. The provisions of this Paragraph 15.01 are used for two distinct purposes: 1. To determine Cost of the Work when Cost of the Work is a component of the Contract Price under cost-plus, time-and-materials, or other cost-based terms; or 2. To determine the value of a Change Order, Change Proposal, Claim, set-off, or other adjustment in Contract Price. B. Contractor is entitled only to those additional or incremental costs required because of the change in the Work or because of the event giving rise to the adjustment when the value of the adjustment is determined on the basis of the Cost of the Work. General Conditions 00 72 00-59 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS C. Costs included in the Cost of the Work may not exceed the prevailing costs in the proximate area of the Site for similar work unless agreed to by the Owner. Cost of the Work includes only the following items: 1. Payroll costs for Contractor's employees performing the Work, including one foreman per crew, and other required and agreed upon personnel for the time they are employed on the Work. Employees are to be paid according to wage rates for job classifications as agreed to by Owner. Where the Cost of the Work is being used under provisions of Paragraph 15.01.A.2, rates paid for this Work are to be the same as paid for Contract Work as established by certified payroll. Payroll costs may include: a. Actual costs paid for salaries and wages; b. Actual cost paid for fringe benefits, which may include: 1) Social security contributions, 2) Unemployment, 3) Excise and payroll taxes, 4) Workers' compensation, 5) Health and retirement benefits, 6) Bonuses, and 7) Paid time off for sick leave, vacations, and holidays; and C. Actual cost of additional compensation paid for performing Work outside of regular working hours, on Sunday or legal holidays, to the extent authorized by Owner. 2. Cost of materials and equipment furnished and incorporated in the Work, including transportation and storage costs and required Suppliers'field services. Contractor may retain cash discounts unless Owner provided funds to the Contractor for early payment of these materials and equipment. Cash discounts are to be credited to Owner if the Owner provides funds for early payment. Make provisions for trade discounts, rebates, refunds, and returns from sale of surplus materials and equipment and reduce the Cost of the Work by these amounts. 3. Payments made by Contractor to Subcontractors for Work performed by Subcontractors. Obtain competitive bids from Subcontractors acceptable to Owner unless Owner agrees to use Subcontractors proposed by the Contractor. Bids are to be opened in the presence of the OAR and other designated members for the OPT. Provide copies of bids to the OAR to use in determining,with the OPT,which bids are acceptable. The Subcontractor's Cost of the Work and fee are determined in the same manner as Contractor's Cost of the Work and fee as provided in this Paragraph 15.01 if the subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to be paid on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee. 4. Supplemental costs including the following: a. The proportion of necessary transportation, travel, and subsistence expenses of Contractor's employees incurred in discharge of duties connected with the Work; b. Costs of materials, supplies, equipment, machinery, appliances, office, and temporary facilities at the Site including transportation and maintenance costs; General Conditions 00 72 00-60 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS C. Costs of hand tools not owned by the workers consumed in the performance of the Work. Costs of hand tools not owned by the workers which are used but not consumed in the performance of the Work and which remain the property of Contractor, less their market value when Work is completed; d. For Contractor-and Subcontractor-owned machinery,trucks, power tools or other equipment, use the FHWA rental rates found in the Rental Rate Blue Book ("Blue Book") multiplied by the regional adjustment factor and the rate adjustment factor to establish hourly rates. Use the rates in effect for each section of the Blue Book at the time of use. Payment will be made for the actual hours used in the Work. 1) Standby costs will be paid at 50% of the FHWA rental rates found in the Blue Book if Contractor is directed by Owner in writing to standby. Standby costs will not be allowed during periods when the equipment would otherwise have been idle. For a six-day work week, no more than eight hours per a 24-hour day, no more than 48 hours per week and no more than 208 hours per month shall be paid of standby time. Operating costs shall not be charged by Contractor. e. Rental of construction equipment, including the costs of transporting, loading, unloading, assembling, dismantling, and removing construction equipment, whether rented from Contractor or others, in accordance with rental agreements approved by Owner. Costs for rental of equipment will not be paid when the equipment is no longer necessary for the Work. Justify idle time for equipment by demonstrating that it was necessary to keep equipment on Site for related future Work; 1) The hourly rate shall be determined by dividing the actual invoice cost by the actual number of hours the equipment is involved in the Work. Owner reserves the right to limit the hourly rate to comparable Blue Book rates. 2) If Contractor is directed to standby in writing by Owner, standby costs will be paid at the invoice daily rate excluding operating costs, which includes fuel, lubricants, repairs and servicing. f. Applicable sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes related to the Work for which the Owner is not exempt, and which Contractor pays consistent with Laws and Regulations; g. Deposits lost for causes other than negligence of Contractor's Team; h. Royalty payments and fees for permits and licenses; i. Cost of additional utilities, fuel, and sanitary facilities at the Site; j. Minor expense items directly required by the Work; and k. Premiums for Bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents. D. The Cost of the Work does not include the following items: 1. Payroll costs and other compensation of Contractor's officers, executives, principals of partnerships and sole proprietorships, general managers, safety managers, superintendents, engineers, architects, estimators, attorneys, auditors, accountants, purchasing and contracting agents, expediters, clerks, and other personnel employed General Conditions 00 72 00-61 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS by Contractor, whether at the Site or in Contractor's principal or branch office, for general administration of the Work and not specifically included in the agreed upon schedule of job classifications referred to in Paragraph 15.01.C.1 or specifically covered by Paragraph 15.01.C.4. These administrative costs are covered by the Contractor's fee. 2. Office expenses other than Contractor's office at the Site. 3. Any part of Contractor's capital expenses, including interest on Contractor's capital employed for the Work and charges against Contractor for delinquent payments. 4. Costs due to the actions of Contractor's Team for the correction of Defective Work, disposal of materials or equipment that do not comply with Specifications, and correcting damage to property. 5. Losses, damages, and related expenses caused by damage to the Work or sustained by Contractor in connection with the performance of the Work. Contractor is entitled to recover costs if covered by insurance provided in accordance with Article 6. Such losses may include settlements made with the approval of Owner. Do not include these losses, damages, and expenses in the Cost of the Work when determining Contractor's fee. 6. Any Indemnified Cost paid with regard to Contractor's indemnification of Owner. 7. Other overhead or general expense costs and the costs of items not described in Paragraphs 15.01.C. E. The Contractor's fee for profit and overhead is determined as follows: 1. In accordance with the Agreement when the Work is performed on a cost-plus basis; 2. A mutually acceptable fixed fee; or 3. A fee based on the following percentages of the various portions of the Cost of the Work: a. The Contractor's fee is 15 percent for costs incurred under Paragraphs 15.01.C.1, 15.01.C.2 and 15.01.C.4; b. The Contractor's fee is 5 percent for costs incurred under Paragraph 15.01.C.3; C. Fees are to be determined as follows where one or more tiers of subcontracts are used: 1) The Subcontractor's fee is 15 percent for costs incurred under Paragraphs 15.01.C.1 and 15.01.C.2 for the Subcontractor that actually performs the Work at whatever tier; 2) The Subcontractor's fee is 5 percent for costs incurred under Paragraph 15.01.C.4 for the Subcontractor that actually performs the Work at whatever tier; and 3) The Contractor and Subcontractors of a tier higher than that of the Subcontractor that actually performs the Work are to be allowed a fee of 5 percent of the fee plus underlying costs incurred by the next lower tier Subcontractor. d. No fee is payable on the basis of costs itemized under Paragraph 15.01.D; General Conditions 00 72 00-62 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS e. Five percent of the net decrease in the cost is to be deducted for changes which result in a net decrease in Contract Price; and 4. The adjustment in Contractor's fee is based on the net change in accordance with Paragraphs 15.05.13.1 through 15.05.13.5, inclusive when both additions and credits are involved in any one change. F. Establish and maintain records in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices and submit these records, including an itemized cost breakdown together with supporting data, in a form and at intervals acceptable to OAR whenever the Cost of the Work is to be determined pursuant to this Paragraph 15.01. 15.02 Allowances A. Include allowances specified in the Contract Documents in the Contract Price and provide Work covered by the allowance as authorized by the Owner through the OAR. B. Contractor agrees that: 1. The cash allowance is used to compensate the Contractor for the cost of furnishing materials and equipment for the Work covered by the allowance item in the Contract Documents. Cost may include applicable taxes. Make provisions for trade discounts, rebates, and refunds and reduce the allowance costs by these amounts. 2. Contractor's costs for unloading and handling on the Site, labor, installation, overhead, profit, and other expenses contemplated for the cash allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances; and 3. Costs for cash allowances and installation costs as described in Paragraphs 15.02.13.1 and 15.02.13.2 above are included in the Contract Price. C. OAR will issue a Change Order to adjust the Contract Price by the difference between the allowance amount and the actual amount paid by Contractor for Work covered by the allowance. The Change Order will be issued at the time costs are incurred by Contractor for Work covered by the allowance and this Work is included on the Application for Payment. 15.03 Unit Price Work A. The initial Contract Price for Unit Price Work is equal to the sum of the unit price line items in the Agreement. Each unit price line item amount is equal to the product of the unit price for each line item times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Contract. B. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparing Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Payments to Contractor for Unit Price Work are to be based on actual quantities measured for Work in place. C. Each unit price is deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to be adequate to cover Contractor's overhead and profit for each separately identified item. D. OAR is to determine the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor to be incorporated into each Application for Payment. OAR's decision on actual quantities is final and binding, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 15.03.E. General Conditions 00 72 00-63 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS E. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal,or Owner may file a Claim,seeking an adjustment in the Contract Price within 30 days of OAR's decision under Paragraph 15.03.D, if: 1. The total cost of a particular item of Unit Price Work amounts to 20 percent or more of the total Contract Price and the variation in the quantity of that particular item of Unit Price Work performed by the Contractor differs by more than 20 percent from the estimated quantity of an item indicated in the Contract; 2. There is no corresponding adjustment with respect to other items of Work; and 3. Contractor believes it has incurred additional expense as a result of this condition or Owner believes that the quantity variation entitles Owner to an adjustment in the Contract Price. 15.04 Contingencies A. Contingency funds may be included in the Contract Price to pay for Work not defined specifically by the Contract Documents that is essential to the completion of the Project. Contingency funds will be as described in the Contract. B. The contingency funds may be used for costs incurred by the Contractor provided these costs are approved by the Owner. Costs are to be determined and documented in accordance with Paragraph 15.01. The contingency funds are not to be used for the following items: 1. Cost overruns due to changes in material costs after the Contract Price is established, unless specific price escalation provisions are made in the Contract. 2. Rework required to correct Defective Work. 3. Inefficiencies in completing the Work due to the Contractor's selected means, methods, sequences, or procedures of construction. 4. Work Contractor failed to include in the Contract Price. 5. Changes required by changes in Laws and Regulations enacted after the Contract Price is established. 6. Any Work that does not constitute a change in Scope in the Work included in the Contract Price. C. OAR is to issue a Change Order for approved expenditures from contingency funds. When the Change Order is issued, the costs are to be added to the Application for Payment. Contractor is to maintain a tabulation showing the contingency amount, adjustments to the contingency amount, and amounts remaining as the Project progresses. D. Any contingency amounts that are not included in a Change Order are retained bythe Owner. A Change Order will be issued to deduct unused contingency amounts from the Contract Price prior to Final Payment. General Conditions 00 72 00-64 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS ARTICLE 16—TESTS AND INSPECTIONS;CORRECTION, REMOVAL,OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 16.01 Access to Work A. Provide safe access to the Site and the Work for the observation, inspection, and testing of the Work in progress. Contractor can require compliance with Contractor's safety procedures and programs as part of providing safe access. 16.02 Tests, Inspections and Approvals A. OPT may retain and pay for the services of an independent inspector, testing laboratory, or other qualified individual or entity to perform inspections. Notify OAR when the Work is ready for required inspections and tests. Provide adequate notice to allow for coordination with entities providing inspection or testing as determined by the OAR. Cooperate with inspection and testing personnel and assist with providing access for required inspections, tests, and handling test specimens or Samples. B. Arrange for and facilitate inspections, tests, and approvals required by Laws or Regulations of governmental entities having jurisdiction that require Work to be inspected, tested, or approved by an employee or other representative of that entity. Pay associated costs and furnish OAR with the required certificates of inspection or approval. C. Arrange, obtain, and pay for inspections and tests required: 1. By the Contract Documents, unless the Contract Documents expressly allocate responsibility for a specific inspection or test to OPT; 2. To attain OPT's acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work; 3. By manufacturers of equipment furnished under the Contract Documents; 4. For testing, adjusting, and balancing of mechanical, electrical, and other equipment to be incorporated into the Work; 5. For acceptance of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to Contractor's purchase thereof for incorporation in the Work, 6. For re-inspecting or retesting Defective Work, including any associated costs incurred by the testing laboratory for cancelled tests or standby time; and 7. For retesting due to failed tests. D. Provide independent inspectors, testing laboratories, or other qualified individuals or entities acceptable to OPT to provide these inspections and tests. 16.03 Defective Work A. It is Contractor's obligation to ensure that the Work is not Defective. B. OPT has the authority to determine whether Work is Defective and to reject Defective Work. C. OAR is to notify Contractor of Defective Work of which OPT has actual knowledge. D. Promptly correct Defective Work. E. Take no action that would void or otherwise impair Owner's special warranties or guarantees when correcting Defective Work. General Conditions 00 72 00-65 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS F. Pay claims, costs, losses, and damages arising out of or relating to Defective Work, including: 1. Costs for correction, removal, and replacement of Defective Work; 2. Cost of the inspection and testing related to correction of Defective Work; 3. Fines levied against Owner by governmental authorities because of Defective Work;and 4. Costs of repair or replacement of work of others resulting from Defective Work. 16.04 Acceptance of Defective Work A. Owner may elect to accept Defective Work instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of Defective Work provided: 1. This acceptance occurs prior to final payment; 2. Designer confirms that the Defective Work is in general accordance with the design intent and applicable engineering or architectural principles; and 3. Designer confirms that acceptance of the Defective Work does not endanger public health or safety. B. Owner may impose a reasonable set-off against payments due under Article 17 for costs associated with OPT's evaluation of Defective Work to determine if it can be accepted and to determine the diminished value of the Work. Owner may impose a reasonable set-off against payments due under Article 17 if the parties are unable to agree as to the decrease in the Contract Price to compensate Owner for the diminished value of Defective Work accepted. OAR is to issue a Modification for acceptance of the Defective Work prior to final payment. Pay an appropriate amount to Owner if the acceptance of Defective Work occurs after final payment. 16.05 Uncovering Work A. OPT has the authority to require inspection or testing of the Work, whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed or completed. B. Work that is covered prior to approval of the OAR must be uncovered for OPT's observation if requested by OAR. Pay for uncovering Work and its subsequent restoration unless Contractor has given OAR timely notice of Contractor's intention to cover the Work and OAR fails to act with reasonable promptness in response to this notice. C. Provide necessary labor, material, and equipment and uncover, expose, or otherwise make available the portion of the Work suspected of being Defective for observation, inspection, or testing if OPT considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by Designer or inspected or tested by others as directed by the OAR. 1. Pay for claims, costs, losses, and damages associated with uncovering, exposing, observing, inspecting, and testing if it is found that the uncovered Work is Defective. Pay costs for correction of Defective Work. Pay for reconstruction, repair, or replacement of work of others resulting from the Defective Work if it is found that the uncovered Work is Defective. General Conditions 00 72 00-66 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 16.06 Owner May Stop the Work A. Owner may order Contractor to stop the Work if: 1. The Work is Defective; 2. Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment; or 3. Contractor performs Work that may fail to conform to the Contract Documents when completed. This stop work order is to remain in effect until the reason for the stop work order has been eliminated. Owner's right to stop the Work does not create a duty to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor's Team or surety. 16.07 Owner May Correct Defective Work A. Owner may remedy deficiencies in the Work after 7 days' notice to Contractor if: 1. Contractor fails to correct Defective Work, or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by OPT; 2. Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents; or 3. Contractor fails to comply with other provisions of the Contract Documents. B. Owner may: 1. Exclude Contractor from the Site; 2. Take possession of the Work and suspend Contractor's services related to the Work; and 3. Incorporate stored materials and equipment in the Work. C. Allow OPT access to the Site and off-Site storage areas to enable Owner to exercise the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 16.07. D. All claims, costs, losses, and damages incurred or sustained by Owner in exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 16.07 are to be charged against Contractor as a set-off against payments due under Article 17. These claims, costs, losses, and damages include costs of repair and the cost of replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal, or replacement of Contractor's Defective Work. E. Contractor is not allowed an extension of the Contract Times because of delays in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise of the Owner's rights and remedies under this Paragraph 16.07. ARTICLE 17—PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR; SET-OFFS;COMPLETION; CORRECTION PERIOD 17.01 Progress Payments A. Progress payment requests are to be submitted to the OAR on the Application for Payment form provided by the OAR following procedures in this Article 17. General Conditions 00 72 00-67 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 1. Progress payments for lump sum Work are to be paid on the basis of the earned value to date at the amounts shown in the Schedule of Values submitted as required by Paragraph 17.03. Final payment will be for the total lump sum amount. 2. Progress payments for Unit Price Work are based on the number of units completed as determined under the provisions of Paragraph 15.03. 3. Progress payments for Work to be paid on the basis of the Cost of the Work per Paragraphs 15.01, 15.02 and 15.04 are to be paid for Work completed by Contractor during the pay period. B. Reduction in Payment by Owner: 1. Owner is entitled to impose a set-off against payment based on the following: a. Claims made against Owner or costs, losses,or damages incurred by Owner related to: 1) Contractor's conduct in the performance of the Work, including, but not limited to, workplace injuries, non-compliance with Laws and Regulations, or patent infringement; or 2) Contractor's failure to take reasonable and customary measures to avoid damage, delay, disruption, and interference with other work at or adjacent to the Site, including but not limited to, workplace injuries, property damage, and non-compliance with Laws and Regulations. b. Owner has been required to remove or remediate a Hazardous Environmental Condition for which Contractor is responsible; C. Work is Defective, or completed Work has been damaged by Contractor's Team, requiring correction or replacement; d. Owner has been required to correct Defective Work or complete Work in accordance with Paragraph 16.07; e. The Contract Price has been reduced by Change Orders; f. Events have occurred that would constitute a default by Contractor justifying a termination for cause; g. Liquidated damages have accrued as a result of Contractor's failure to achieve Milestones, Substantial Completion, or completion of the Work; h. Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where Contractor has delivered a specific Bond satisfactory to Owner to secure the satisfaction and discharge of these Liens; i. Failure to submit up-to-date record documents as required by the Contract Documents; j. Failure to submit monthly Progress Schedule updates or revised schedules as requested by the OAR; k. Failure to provide Project photographs required by the Contract Documents; I. Failure to provide Certified Payroll required by the Contract Documents; General Conditions 00 72 00-68 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS m. Compensation for OPT for overtime charges of OAR or RPR, third review of documents, review of substitutions, re-inspection fees, inspections or designs related to correction of Defective Work, or other services identified as requiring payment by the Contractor; n. Costs for tests performed by the Owner to verify that Work previously tested and found to be Defective has been corrected; o. OPT has actual knowledge of the occurrence of events that would constitute a default by Contractor and therefore justify termination for cause under the Contract Documents with associated cost impacts; p. Other items entitling Owner to a set-off against the amount recommended; or q. Payment would result in an over-payment of the Contract Price. 2. Compensation for services of OPT staff is to be at the rates established by negotiations between OPT and Contractor. 3. OAR is to notify Contractor stating the amount and the reasons for an imposed set-off. The Owner is to pay the Contractor amounts remaining after deduction of the set-off. Owner is to pay the set-off amount agreed to by Owner and Contractor if Contractor remedies the reasons for the set-off. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal contesting the set-off. C. Delayed Payments: 1. No money shall be paid by Owner upon any claim, debt, demand, or account whatsoever, to any person, firm, or corporation who is in arrears to Owner for taxes; and Owner shall be entitled to counterclaim and automatically offset against any such debt, claim, demand, or account in the amount of taxes so in arrears and no assignment or transfer of such debt, claim, demand, or account after said taxes are due, shall affect the right of Owner to offset said taxes, and associated penalties and interest if applicable, against the same. 2. No payment will be made for Work authorized by a Work Change Directive until the Work Change Directive is incorporated into a Change Order. Payment can be included in an Application for payment when the Change Order is approved. D. The Owner is to pay the amount of payment recommended by the OAR within 30 days after receipt of the Application for Payment and accompanying documentation from the OAR. 17.02 Application for Payment A. Submit Applications for Payment for completed Work and for materials and equipment in accordance with the Supplementary Conditions, the Agreement, and this Article 17. The Contract Price is to include costs for: 1. Providing the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents; 2. Installing Owner furnished equipment and materials; 3. Providing Work for Alternates and Allowances; 4. Commissioning, start-up, training and initial maintenance and operation; 5. Acceptance testing in manufacturer's facilities or on Site; General Conditions 00 72 00-69 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 6. All home office overhead costs and expenses, including profit made directly or indirectly for the Project; 7. Project management, Contract administration, field office, and field operations staff, including supervision, clerical support, and technology system support; 8. Professional services including design fees, legal fees, and other professional services; 9. Bonds and insurance; 10. Permits, licenses, patent fees, and royalties; 11. Taxes; 12. Providing all documents and Samples required by the Contract Documents; 13. Facilities and equipment at the Site including: a. Field offices, office furnishings, and all related office supplies, software, and equipment, b. Storage facilities for Contractor's use, storage facilities for stored materials and equipment, including spare parts storage, C. Shops, physical plant, construction equipment, small tools, vehicles, technology and telecommunications equipment, d. Safety equipment and facilities to provide safe access and working conditions for workers and for others working at the Site, e. Temporary facilities for power and communications, f. Potable water and sanitation facilities, and g. Mobilization and demobilization for all of these facilities and equipment; 14. Products, materials, and equipment stored at the Site or other suitable location; 15. Products, materials, and equipment permanently incorporated into the Project; 16. Temporary facilities for managing water, including facilities for pumping, storage, and treatment as required for construction and protection of the environment; 17. Temporary facilities for managing environment conditions and Constituents of Concern; 18. Temporary facilities such as sheeting, shoring, bracing, formwork, embankments, storage facilities, working areas, and other facilities required for construction of the Project; 19. Temporary and permanent facilities for protection of all overhead, surface, or underground structures or features; 20. Temporary and permanent facilities for removal, relocation, or replacement of any overhead, surface, or underground structures or features; 21. Products, materials, and equipment consumed during the construction of the Project; 22. Contractor labor and supervision to complete the Project, including that provided through Subcontractors or Suppliers; General Conditions 00 72 00-70 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 23. Correcting Defective Work during the Contract Times, during the Correction Period, or as required to meet any warranty provision of the Contract Documents; 24. Risk associated with weather and environmental conditions, start-up, and initial operation of facilities including equipment, processes, and systems; 25. Contractor's safety programs, including management, administration, and training; 26. Maintenance of facilities, including equipment, processes, and systems until operation is transferred to Owner; 27. Providing warranties, extended or special warranties, or extended service agreements; 28. Cleanup and disposal of any and all surplus materials; and 29. Demobilization of all physical, temporary facilities not incorporated into the Project. B. Include the cost not specifically set forth as an individual payment item but required to provide a complete and functional system in the Contract Price. C. Provide written approval of the surety company providing Bonds for the Schedule of Values, Application for Payment form, and method of payment prior to submitting the first Application for Payment. Payment will not be made without this approval. D. OAR may withhold processing Applications for Payment if any of the following processes or documentation are not up to date: 1. Record Documents per Article 20. 2. Progress Schedule per Article 27. 3. Project photographs per Article 28. 4. Documentation required to comply with Owner's Minority / MBE / DBE Participation Policy. 5. Documentation required to substantiate any approved Project deviation, including overruns of Designer's estimated quantity. 6. Documentation required by funding agency, if applicable. 17.03 Schedule of Values A. Submit a detailed Schedule of Values for the Work at least 10 days prior to submitting the first Application for Payment. B. Submit the Schedule of Values in the form attached to the Application for Payment - Tabulation of Earned Value of Original Contract Performed. C. Do not submit an Application for Payment until the Schedule of Values has been approved by the OAR. D. If unit prices are included in the Contract, use each unit price line item in the Contract as a unit price line item in the Schedule of Values. E. Divide lump sum line items, including Subcontractor and Supplier amounts in the Schedule of Values into smaller components to allow more accurate determination of the earned value for each item. General Conditions 00 72 00-71 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 1. Provide adequate detail to allow a more accurate determination of the earned value expressed as a percentage of Work completed for each item. 2. Line items may not exceed $50,000.00, unless they are for products, materials or equipment permanently incorporated into the Project that cannot be subdivided into units or subassemblies. 3. Lump sum items may be divided into an estimated number of units to determine earned value. a. The estimated number of units times the cost per unit must equal the lump sum amount for that line item. b. Contractor will receive payment for the lump sum for the line item, regardless of the number of units installed, unless an adjustment is made by Change Order. 4. Include Contractor's overhead and profit in each line item in proportion to the value of the line item to the Contract Price. 5. Include the cost not specifically set forth as an individual payment item but required to provide a complete and functional system in the Contract Price for each item. 6. These line items may be used to establish the value of Work to be added or deleted from the Project. 7. The sum of all values listed in the schedule must equal the total Contract Price. F. Subdivide each line item in the Schedule of Values into two payment components. The first component is the direct cost for products, materials, and equipment permanently incorporated into the Project. The second component is all other costs associated with the item in the Contract. The sum of the two components must equal the value of the line item in the Schedule of Values. G. Where a percentage of the line value is allowed for a specified stage of completion, show the value for each stage of completion as a component of that line item cost. 17.04 Schedule of Anticipated Payments and Earned Value A. Submit a schedule of the anticipated Application for Payments showing the application numbers, submission dates, and the anticipated amount to be requested. Incorporate retainage into the development of this schedule of anticipated payments. B. Submit a tabulation of the anticipated Total Earned Value of Fees, Work, and Materials to create a graphic (curve) representation of the anticipated progress on the Project each month. Adjust this table and curve to incorporate Modifications. Use this curve to compare actual progress on the Project each month by comparing the anticipated cumulative Total Earned Value of Fees, Work, and Materials to the actual Total Earned Value of Fees, Work, and Materials each month. Use the comparison of values to determine performance on budget and schedule. C. Update the Schedule of Payments as necessary to provide a reasonably accurate indication of the funds required to make payments each month to the Contractor for Work performed. General Conditions 00 72 00-72 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 17.05 Basis for Payments A. Lump Sum Contracts: 1. Payment will be made for the earned value of Work completed during the payment period expressed as a percentage of Work completed for each line item during the payment period per the Contract Documents. 2. Payment amount is the value of Work completed per the Contract Documents multiplied by the percentage of Work completed. 3. Payment for lump sum items divided into an estimated number of units to determine earned value per Paragraph 17.03 will be made for the measured number of units. 4. Payment for stored materials and equipment will be made per Paragraph 17.06. B. Unit Price Contracts: 1. Payment will be made for the actual quantity of Work completed during the payment period and for materials and equipment stored during the payment period per the Contract Documents. a. Payment amount is the Work quantity measured per the Contract Documents multiplied by the unit prices for that line item in the Contract. b. Payment for stored materials and equipment will be made per Paragraph 17.06. 2. Measure the Work described in the Contract for payment. Payment will be made only for the actual measured and/or computed length, area, solid contents, number, and weight, unless other provisions are made in the Contract Documents. Payment on a unit price basis will not be made for Work outside finished dimensions shown in the Contract Documents. Include cost for waste, overages, and tolerances in the unit price for that line item. 17.06 Payment for Stored Materials and Equipment A. Store materials and equipment properly at the Site. 1. Payment will be made for the invoice amount less the specified retainage. 2. Payment for materials and equipment shown in the Application for Payment and attachments will be made for the invoice amount,up to the value shown in the Schedule of Values for that line item. Costs for material and equipment in excess of the value shown in the Schedule of Values may not be added to other line items. 3. Payment will be made in full for the value shown in the line item for products and materials if invoices for materials and equipment are less than the amount shown in the line item and it can be demonstrated that no additional materials or equipment are required to complete Work described in that item. 4. Provide invoices at the time materials are included on the Application for Payment and attachments. Include invoice numbers so that a comparison can be made between invoices and amounts included on the Application for Payment and attachments. B. Provide a bill of sale, invoice, or other documentation warranting that Owner has received the materials and equipment free and clear of Liens. Provide documentation of payment for General Conditions 00 72 00-73 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS materials and equipment with the next Application for Payment. Adjust payment to the amount actually paid if this differs from the invoice amount. Remove items from the tabulation of materials and equipment if this documentation is not provided. Payment will not be made for material and equipment without documentation of payment. C. Contractors can be paid for non-perishable materials on hand stored at the site, provided that invoices are furnished to the City for verification of the material value, and that Contractor provides documents, satisfactory to the City,that show that the material supplier has been paid for the materials delivered to the work site. D. Provide evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by appropriate property insurance or other arrangements to protect Owner's interest. E. The Work covered by progress payments becomes the property of the Owner at the time of payment. The Contractor's obligations with regard to proper care and maintenance, insurance, and other requirements are not changed by this transfer of ownership until accepted in accordance with the General Conditions. F. Payment for materials and equipment does not constitute acceptance of the product. 17.07 Retainage and Set-Offs A. Retainage will be withheld from each Application for Payment per the Agreement. Retainage will be released per the General Conditions. B. Reduce payments for set-offs per the General Conditions. Include the appropriate attachment to the Application for Payment. 17.08 Procedures for Submitting an Application for Payment A. Submit a draft Application for Payment to the OAR each month at least 20 days before the date established in the Contract for Owner to make progress payments. Do not submit Applications for Payment more often than monthly. Review the draft Application for Payment with the OAR to determine concurrence with: 1. The earned value for each lump sum item including the value of properly stored and documented materials and equipment for each item in the original Contract. 2. The quantity of Work completed for each unit price item. 3. Set-offs included in the Application for Payment. 4. Values requested for materials and equipment consistent with invoices for materials and equipment. B. Submit Applications for Payment monthly through the OAR after agreement has been reached on the draft Application for Payment. 1. Number each application sequentially and include the dates for the application period. 2. Show the total amounts for earned value of original Contract performed, earned value for Work on approved Contract Amendments and Change Orders, retainage, and set- offs. Show total amounts that correspond to totals indicated on the attached tabulation for each. General Conditions 00 72 00-74 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 3. Include Attachment A to show the earned value on each line item in the Schedule of Values for Work shown in the original Contract. 4. Include Attachment B to show the earned value on line items for approved Change Orders. Add items to Attachment B as Change Orders are approved. Change Orders must be approved before payment can be made on Change Order items. 5. Include Attachment C to document set-offs required per the Contract Documents. Show each set-off as it is applied. Show a corresponding line item to reduce the set-off amount if a payment held by a set-off is released for payment. 6. Include Attachment D to allow tracking of invoices used to support amounts requested as materials in Attachments A and B. Enter materials to show the amount of the invoice assigned to each item in Attachment A or B if an invoice includes materials used on several line items. 7. Complete the certification stating that all Work, including materials and equipment, covered by this Application for Payment have been completed or delivered and stored in accordance with the Contract Documents,that all amounts have been paid for Work, materials, and equipment for which previous payments have been made by the Owner, and that the current payment amount shown in this Application for Payment is now due. C. Submit attachments in Portable Document Format (PDF): 1. Generate attachments to the Application for Payment using the Excel spreadsheet provided. 2. Submit PDF documents with adequate resolution to allow documents to be printed in a format equivalent to the document original. Documents are to be scalable to allow printing on standard 8-1/2 x 11 or 11 x 17 paper. 17.09 Responsibility of Owner's Authorized Representative A. OAR will review draft Application for Payment with Contractor to reach an agreement on the values that will be recommended for payment by the OAR. B. OAR will review Application for Payment submitted by Contractor to determine that the Application for Payment has been properly submitted and is in accordance with the agreed to draft Application for Payment. C. OAR is to either recommend payment of the Application for Payment to Owner or notify the Contractor of the OPT's reasons for not recommending payment. Contractor may make necessary corrections and resubmit the Application for Payment if it is not recommended within 10 days after receipt of the notice. OAR will review resubmitted Application for Payment and reject or recommend payment of the Application for Payment to Owner as appropriate. D. OAR's recommendation of the Application for Payment constitutes a representation by OPT that based on their experience and the information available: 1. The Work has progressed to the point indicated; 2. The quality of the Work is generally in accordance with the Contract Documents; and 3. Requirements prerequisite to payment have been met. General Conditions 00 72 00-75 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS E. This representation is subject to: 1. Further evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole; 2. The results of subsequent tests called for in the Contract Documents; or 3. Any other qualifications stated in the recommendation. F. OPT does not represent by recommending payment: 1. Inspections made to check the quality or the quantity of the Work as it has been performed have been exhaustive, extended to every aspect of the Work in progress, or involved detailed inspections of the Work; or 2. Other matters or issues between the parties that might entitle Contractor to additional compensation or entitle Owner to withhold payment to Contractor may or may not exist. G. Neither OPT's review of Contractor's Work for the purposes of recommending payments nor OAR's recommendation of payment imposes responsibility on OPT: 1. To supervise, direct, or control the Work; 2. For the means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or safety precautions and programs; 3. For Contractor's failure to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to Contractor's performance of the Work; 4. To make examinations to ascertain how or for what purposes Contractor has used the monies paid on account of the Contract Price; or 5. To determine that title to the Work, materials, or equipment has passed to Owner free and clear of Liens. 17.10 Contractor's Warranty of Title A. Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to the Work, materials, and equipment furnished under the Contract is to pass to Owner free and clear of Liens, title defects, and patent, licensing, copyright, or royalty obligations no later than 7 days after the time of payment by Owner of the Application for Payment which includes these items. 17.11 Substantial Completion A. Notify OAR when Contractor considers the entire Work substantially complete and request a Certificate of Substantial Completion. B. OPT is to inspect the Work within 30 days after Contractor's notification to determine if the Work is substantially complete. OAR, within 120 days after receipt of Contractor's notification, is to either issue the Certificate of Substantial Completion which sets the date of Substantial Completion or notify Contractor of the reasons the Project is not considered to be substantially complete. General Conditions 00 72 00-76 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS C. The OPT and Contractor are to meet to discuss Owner's use or occupancy of the Work following Substantial Completion. Items to be discussed at this meeting include: 1. Review of insurance policies with respect to the end of the Contractor's coverage, and confirm the transition to coverage of the Work under a permanent property insurance policy held by Owner; 2. Owner's assumption of responsibility for security, operation, protection of the Work, maintenance, and utilities upon Owner's use or occupancy of the Work; 3. Contractor's obligations for operations and maintenance during performance and acceptance testing; 4. Contractor's access to the Site to complete punch list items; and 5. Procedures for correction of Defective Work during the 1-year correction period. 17.12 Partial Utilization A. Owner may use or occupy substantially completed parts of the Work which are specifically identified in the Contract Documents, or which OPT and Contractor agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work prior to Substantial Completion of the Work. Owner must be able to use that part of the Work for its intended purpose without significant interference with Contractor's performance of the remainder of the Work. Contractor and OPT are to follow the procedures of Paragraph 17.11 forthis part ofthe Work. B. No use or occupancy or separate operation of part of the Work may occur prior to compliance with the requirements of Article 6. 17.13 Final Inspection A. OPT is to make a final inspection upon notice from Contractor that the entire Work or portion to be accepted is complete. OAR is to notify Contractor of Work determined to be incomplete or Defective. Immediately take corrective measures to complete the Work and correct Defective Work. 17.14 Final Application for Payment A. Include adjustments to the Contract Price in the final Application for Payment for: 1. Approved Change Orders and Contract Amendments, 2. Allowances not previously adjusted by Change Order, 3. Deductions for Defective Work that has been accepted by the Owner, 4. Penalties and bonuses, 5. Deductions for liquidated damages, 6. Deduction for all final set-offs, and 7. Other adjustments if needed. B. OAR will prepare a final Change Order reflecting the approved adjustments to the Contract Price which have not been covered by previously approved Change Orders and if necessary reconcile estimate unit price quantities with actual quantities. General Conditions 00 72 00-77 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 17.15 Final Payment A. Make final Application for Payment after completing required corrections identified during the final inspection and delivering items and documents required by the Contract Documents. Provide the following with the final Application for Payment: 1. Consent of Surety to Final Payment acknowledging unsettled disputes; and 2. Certification of Payment of Debts and Claims or Certification of Release of Liens or furnish receipts or releases in full from Subcontractors and Suppliers. B. OAR is to either recommend payment of the final Application for Payment to Owner if OPT is satisfied that the Work has been completed and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled or notify the Contractor of the OPT's reasons for not recommending final payment. C. The Work is complete, subject to surviving obligations, when it is ready for final payment as established by the OAR's recommendation of payment of the final Application for Payment to Owner and the issuance of a Certificate of Final Completion. D. The Owner is to pay the amount of final payment recommended by the OAR within 30 days after receipt of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation from the OAR. 17.16 Waiver of Claims A. The making of final payment does not constitute a waiver by Owner of claims or rights against Contractor. Owner expressly reserves claims and rights arising from: 1. Unsettled Liens or claims for non-payment; 2. Defective Work appearing after final inspection; 3. Contractor's failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of specified special guarantees; or 4. Contractor's continuing obligations under the Contract Documents. B. Contractor waives claims and rights against Owner by accepting final payment with the exception of those Claims made in accordance with the provisions of Article 22 and specifically noted in the Certificate of Final Completion. 17.17 Correction Period A. Promptly correct Defective Work without cost to Owner for 1 year after the date of Substantial Completion or, in the event of a latent defect, within 1 year after discovery thereof by City. B. Promptly correct damages to the Site or adjacent areas that Contractor has arranged to use through construction easements or other agreements. Promptly correct damages to Work or the work of others. Make corrections without cost to Owner. C. Owner may have the Defective Work and damages described in Paragraphs 17.17.A and 17.17.13 corrected if Contractor does not comply with the terms of OAR's instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage. General Conditions 00 72 00-78 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS D. Contractor's obligation to indemnify Owner for claims arising out of or related to the correction of Defective Work are as set forth in Paragraph 7.14. E. The correction period starts to run from the date when a specific item of equipment or system is placed in continuous beneficial use by Owner before Substantial Completion of Work if so provided in the Specifications or if accepted for beneficial use by the Owner. F. Contractor's obligations under this Paragraph 17.17 are in addition to other obligations or warranties. The provisions of this Paragraph 17.17 are not a substitute for, or a waiver of, the provisions of applicable statutes of limitation or repose. ARTICLE 18—SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 18.01 Owner May Suspend Work A. Owner may suspend the Work or a portion of the Work for a period of not more than 90 consecutive days, at any time and without cause, by notice to Contractor. This notice fixes the date on which Contractor is to resume Work. Contractor is entitled to adjustments in the Contract Price and Contract Times directly attributable to this suspension only if efforts are made to mitigate the cost impacts of the suspension. Meet with the Owner within 10 days of the notice of suspension to discuss specific strategies to reduce or eliminate the cost of delays. Submit a Change Proposal seeking an adjustment no later than 30 days after the date fixed for resumption of Work. 18.02 Owner May Terminate for Cause A. The occurrence of one or more of the following events constitutes a default by Contractor and justifies termination for cause: 1. Contractor's persistent failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, including failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment; 2. Failure to adhere to the Progress Schedule; 3. Failure of the Contractor to provide a satisfactory replacement Bond or insurance in the event either is lost or canceled; 4. Failure of Contractor to maintain financial solvency to adequately complete the Project as indicated by one or more of the following: a. A petition of bankruptcy is filed by or against Contractor, b. Contractor is adjudged as bankrupt or insolvent, C. Contractor or surety makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, d. A receiver is appointed for the benefit of Contractor's creditors, or e. A receiver is appointed on account of Contractor's insolvency; 5. Contractor's disregard of Laws or Regulations of public bodies having jurisdiction; 6. Contractor's repeated disregard of the authority of OPT; 7. Contractor's failure to prosecute the work with diligence; or General Conditions 00 72 00-79 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 8. Contractor's other material breach of the contract. B. Contractor and surety must provide adequate assurance of future performance in accordance with the Contract Documents that is satisfactory to Owner if Contractor is believed to be in financial distress due to the existence of one or more of the indicators listed in Paragraph 18.02.A.4. Owner may terminate Contractor's performance under this Contract if Contractor and surety fail to provide adequate documentation satisfactory to Owner within 10 days of OAR's request for this information. C. Owner may declare Contractor to be in default, give notice to Contractor and surety that Contractor's performance under the Contract is terminated, and enforce the rights available to Owner under the Performance Bond after giving Contractor and surety 10 days' notice that one or more of the events identified in Paragraph 18.02.A has occurred. D. Owner may exclude Contractor from the Site, take possession of the Work, incorporate the materials and equipment stored and complete the Work as Owner may deem expedient if Owner has terminated Contractor's performance under the Contract for cause. E. Owner may elect not to proceed with termination of Contractor's performance under the Contract under this Paragraph 18.02 if Contractor begins to cure the cause for termination within 7 days of receipt of notice of intent to terminate. F. Contractor is not entitled to receive further payments until the Work is completed if Owner proceeds as provided in this Paragraph 18.02. The amount of the Contract Price remaining is to be paid to the Contractor if the unpaid balance exceeds the cost to complete the Work. The cost to complete the Work may include related claims, costs, losses, damages, and the fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals retained by Owner. Pay the difference to Owner if the cost to complete the Work including related claims, costs, losses, and damages exceeds the unpaid balance of the Contract Price. Owner is not required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed when exercising its rights or remedies under this paragraph. G. Termination of Contractor's performance does not affect the rights or remedies of Owner against Contractor or against surety under the Payment Bond or Performance Bond. Owner does not release Contractor from liability by paying or retaining money due Contractor. H. In the event the Owner terminates the contract for cause, and it is later determined that cause for termination was lacking, the termination will be deemed a termination without cause under Paragraph 18.03. 18.03 Owner May Terminate For Convenience A. Owner may terminate the Contract without cause after giving 7 days' notice to Contractor of the effective date of termination. Contractor is to be paid for the following if Owner terminates for convenience: 1. Work completed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination; 2. Actual costs sustained prior to the effective date of termination for Work in progress, plus a fee calculated in accordance with Paragraph 15.05; and 3. Reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination, including costs incurred to prepare a termination for convenience cost proposal. General Conditions 00 72 00-80 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS B. No payment is payable to Contractor for loss of anticipated overhead, profits or revenue, or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from this termination. ARTICLE 19— PROJECT MANAGEMENT 19.01 Work Included A. Furnish resources required to complete the Project with an acceptable standard of quality within the Contract Times. B. Construct Project in accordance with current safety practices. C. Manage Site to allow access to Site and control construction operations. D. Construct temporary facilities to provide and maintain control over environmental conditions at the Site. Remove temporary facilities when no longer needed. E. Provide temporary controls for pollutions, management of water and management of excess earth. 19.02 Quality Assurance A. Employ competent workmen,skilled in the occupation for which they are employed. Provide Work meeting quality requirements of the Contract Documents. B. Remove Defective Work from the Site immediately unless provisions have been made and approved by the OPT to allow repair of the product at the Site. Clearly mark Work as Defective until it is removed or allowable repairs have been completed. 19.03 Document Submittal A. Provide documents in accordance with Article 24. 1. Provide copies of Supplier's printed storage instructions prior to furnishing materials or products and installation instructions prior to beginning the installation. 2. Incorporate field notes,sketches, recordings,and computations made by the Contractor in Record Data. 19.04 Required Permits A. Obtain building permits for the Project from the local authorities having jurisdiction. Pay building permit fees and include this cost in the Contract Price. B. Obtain environmental permits required for construction at the Site. C. Provide required permits for transporting heavy or oversized loads. D. Provide other permits required to conduct any part of the Work. E. Arrange for inspections and certification by agencies having jurisdiction over the Work. F. Make arrangements with private utility companies and pay for fees associated with obtaining services, or for inspection fees. G. Retain copies of permits and licenses at the Site and observe and comply with all regulations and conditions of the permit or license. General Conditions 00 72 00-81 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 19.05 Safety Requirements A. Manage safety to protect the safety and welfare of persons at the Site. B. Provide safe access to move through the Site. Provide protective devices to warn and protect from hazards at the Site. C. Provide safe access for those performing tests and inspections. D. Comply with latest provisions of the Occupational Health and Safety Administration and other Laws and Regulation. E. Cooperate with accident investigations. Provide two copies of all reports, including insurance company reports, prepared concerning accidents, injury, or death related to the Project to the OAR as Record Data per Article 26. 19.06 Access to the Site A. Maintain access to the facilities at all times. Do not obstruct roads, pedestrian walks, or access to the various buildings, structures, stairways, or entrances. Provide safe access for normal operations during construction. B. Provide adequate and safe access for inspections. Leave ladders, bridges, scaffolding, and protective equipment in place until inspections have been completed. Construct additional safe access if required for inspections. C. Use roadways for construction traffic only with written approval of the appropriate representatives of each entity. Obtain written approval to use roads to deliver heavy or oversized loads to the Site. Furnish copies of the written approvals to the Owner as Record Data per Article 26. 19.07 Contractor's Use of Site A. Limit the use of Site for Work and storage to those areas designated on the Drawings or approved by the OAR. Coordinate the use of the premises with the OAR. B. Provide security at the Site as necessary to protect against vandalism and loss by theft. C. Do not permit alcoholic beverages or illegal substances on the Site. Do not allow persons under the influence of alcoholic beverages or illegal substances to enter or remain on the Site at any time. Persons on Site under the influence of alcoholic beverages or illegal substances will be permanently prohibited from returning to the Site. Criminal or civil penalties may also apply. D. Park construction equipment in designated areas only and provide spill control measures. E. Park employees' vehicles in designated areas only. F. Obtain written permission of the Owner before entering privately-owned land outside of the Owner's property, rights-of-way, or easements. G. Do not allow the use of audio devices, obnoxious, vulgar or abusive language, or sexual harassment in any form. These actions will cause immediate and permanent removal of the offender from the premises. Criminal or civil penalties may apply. General Conditions 00 72 00-82 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS H. Require Workers to wear clothing that is inoffensive and meets safety requirements. Do not allow sleeveless shirts, shorts, exceedingly torn, ripped, or soiled clothing to be worn on the Project. I. Do not allow firearms or weapons of any sort to be brought on to the Site under any conditions. No exception is to be made for persons with concealed handgun permits. Remove any firearms or weapons and the person possessing these firearms or weapons immediately from the Site. 19.08 Protection of Existing Structures and Utilities A. Examine the Site and review the available information concerning the Site. Locate utilities, streets, driveways, fences, drainage structures, sidewalks, curbs, and gutters. Verify the elevations of the structures adjacent to excavations. Report any discrepancies from information in the Contract Documents to the OAR before beginning construction. B. Determine if existing structures, poles, piping, or other utilities at excavations will require relocation or replacement. Prepare a Plan of Action and coordinate Work with local utility companies and others for the relocation or replacement. C. Protect buildings, utilities, street surfaces, driveways, sidewalks, curb and gutter, fences, wells, drainage structures, piping, valves, manholes, electrical conduits, and other systems or structures unless they are shown to be replaced or relocated on the Drawings. Restore damaged items to the satisfaction of the OPT and utility owner. D. Carefully support and protect all structures and/or utilities so that there will be no failure or settlement where excavation or demolition endangers adjacent structures and utilities. Do not take existing utilities out of service unless required by the Contract Documents or approved by the OAR. Notify and cooperate with the utility owner if it is necessary to move services, poles,guy wires, pipelines, or other obstructions. E. Protect existing trees and landscaping at the Site. 1. Identify trees that may be removed during construction with OPT. 2. Mark trees to be removed with paint. 3. Protect trees to remain from damage by wrapping trunks with 2 x 4 timbers around the perimeter, securely wired in place, where machinery must operate around existing trees. Protect branches and limbs from damage by equipment. 4. Protect root zone from compaction. 19.09 Pre-Construction Exploratory Excavations A. Excavate and expose existing pipelines that cross within 20 feet of Project pipelines prior to any Work. Survey the line to determine its exact vertical and horizontal location at each point the existing pipeline may potentially conflict with the Work. B. Excavate and expose existing parallel pipelines at 300 feet intervals (maximum) for existing pipelines which are within 10 feet of Project pipelines. Survey the line to determine its exact vertical and horizontal location at each point where the line is excavated and exposed. General Conditions 00 72 00-83 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS C. Prepare a Plan of Action indicating the owner of pipelines excavated and surveyed and all pertinent survey data, including the station where lines cross or conflicts may exist and the distance to the pavement centerline and elevations of the top of existing pipelines. D. Do not perform Work on the Project until all exploratory excavations have been completed and the Plan of Action has been approved by the OAR. E. Unless specifically indicated otherwise in the Bid Form, no separate payment will be made for pre-construction exploratory excavations. Include the cost for pre-construction exploratory excavations in the unit price for the pipe construction or other applicable feature. When necessary, pavement repairs associated with exploratory excavations that are beyond the limits of the new pavement will be paid for at the unit prices for pavement repair when an item is included in the Bid Form. When an item for pavement repair is not included in the Bid Form, the cost should be included in the unit price for the pipe construction or other applicable feature. 19.10 Disruption of Services/Continued Operations A. Existing facilities are to continue in service as usual during the construction unless noted otherwise. Owner of utilities must be able to operate and maintain the facilities. Keep disruptions to existing utilities, piping, process piping, or electrical services to a minimum. 1. Do not restrict access to critical valves or operators. 2. Limit operations to the minimum amount of space needed to complete the specified Work. 3. Maintain storm sewers and sanitary sewers in service at all times. Provide temporary service around the construction or otherwise construct the structure in a manner that the flow is not restricted. B. Provide a Plan of Action if facilities must be taken out of operation. 19.11 Field Measurements A. Perform complete field measurements prior to purchasing products or beginning construction for products required to fit existing conditions. B. Verify property lines, control lines,grades, and levels indicated on the Drawings. C. Check Shop Drawings and indicate the actual dimensions available where products are to be installed. D. Include field measurements in Record Data as required in Article 26. 19.12 Reference Data and Control Points A. The OPT will provide the following control points: 1. Base line or grid reference points for horizontal control. 2. Benchmarks for vertical control. B. Locate and protect control points prior to starting the Work and preserve permanent reference points during construction. Designated control points may be on an existing structure or monument. Do not change or relocate points without prior approval of the OAR. General Conditions 00 72 00-84 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS Notify OAR when the reference point is lost, destroyed, or requires relocation. Replace Project control points on the basis of the original survey. C. Provide complete engineering layout of the Work needed for construction. 1. Provide competent personnel. Provide equipment including accurate surveying instruments, stakes, platforms,tools, and materials. 2. Provide surveying with accuracy meeting the requirements established for Category 5 Construction Surveying as established in the Manual of Practice of Land Surveying in Texas published by the Texas Society of Professional Surveyors, latest revision. 3. Record Data and measurements per standards. 19.13 Delivery and Storage A. Deliver products and materials to the Site in time to prevent delays in construction. B. Deliver packaged products to Site in original undamaged containers with identifying labels attached. Open cartons as necessary to check for damage and to verify invoices. Reseal cartons and store properly until used. Leave products in packages or other containers until installed. C. Assume full responsibility for the protection and safekeeping of products stored at the Site. D. Store products at locations acceptable to the OAR and to allow Owner access to maintain and operate existing facilities. E. Store products in accordance with the Supplier's storage instructions immediately upon delivery. Leave seals and labels intact. F. Provide additional storage areas as needed for construction. Store products subject to damage by elements in substantial weather-tight enclosures or storage sheds. Provide and maintain storage sheds as required for the protection of products. Provide temperature, humidity control, and ventilation within the ranges stated in the Supplier's instructions. Remove storage facilities at the completion of the Project. G. Protect the pipe interior. Keep all foreign materials such as dirt, debris, animals, or other objects out of the pipe during the Work. Cap or plug ends of installed pipe in an approved manner when pipe is not being installed. Clean or wash out pipe sections that become contaminated before continuing with installation. Take precautions to prevent the pipe from floating or moving out of the proper position during or after laying operations. Immediately correct any pipe that moves from its correct position. H. Provide adequate exterior storage for products that may be stored out-of-doors. 1. Provide substantial platforms, blocking, or skids to support materials and products above ground which has been sloped to provide drainage. Protect products from soiling or staining. 2. Cover products subject to discoloration or deterioration from exposure to the elements, with impervious sheet materials. Provide ventilation to prevent condensation below covering. 3. Store loose, granular materials on clean, solid surfaces, or on rigid sheet materials, to prevent mixing with foreign matter. General Conditions 00 72 00-85 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 4. Provide surface drainage to prevent erosion and ponding of water. 5. Prevent mixing of refuse or chemically injurious materials or liquids with stored materials. 6. Pipes and conduits stored outdoors are to have open ends sealed to prevent the entrance of dirt, moisture, and other injurious materials. Protect PVC pipe from ultraviolet light exposure. 7. Store light weight products to prevent wind damage. I. Maintain storage facilities. Inspect stored products on a weekly basis and after periods of severe weather to verify that: 1. Storage facilities continue to meet specified requirements; 2. Supplier's required environmental conditions are continually maintained; and 3. Products that can be damaged by exposure to the elements are not adversely affected. J. Replace any stored item damaged by inadequate protection or environmental controls. K. Payment may be withheld for any products not properly stored. 19.14 Cleaning During Construction A. Provide positive methods to minimize raising dust from construction operations and provide positive means to prevent air-borne dust from disbursing into the atmosphere. Control dust and dirt from demolition, cutting, and patching operations. B. Clean the Project as Work progresses and dispose of waste materials, keeping the Site free from accumulations of waste or rubbish. Provide containers on Site for waste collection. Do not allow waste materials or debris to blow around or off of the Site. Control dust from waste materials. Transport waste materials with as few handlings as possible. C. Comply with Laws and Regulations. Do not burn or bury waste materials. Remove waste materials, rubbish and debris from the Site and legally dispose of these at public or private disposal facilities. D. Provide a final cleaning to thoroughly clean the entire Site and make ready for acceptance. 1. Remove construction debris, boxes, and trash from the Site. 2. Remove construction storage sheds and field offices. 3. Restore grade to match surrounding condition and remove excess dirt. 4. Sweep all drives and parking lots clean of dirt and debris. Use water trucks or hose down paved site to like new appearance. 19.15 Maintenance of Roads, Driveways, and Access A. Maintain roads and streets in a manner that is suitable for safe operations of public vehicles during all phases of construction unless the Owner approves a street closing. Do not close public roads overnight. B. Submit a Notification by Contractor for Owner's approval of a street closing. The request shall state: General Conditions 00 72 00-86 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 1. The reason for closing the street. 2. How long the street will remain closed. 3. Procedures to be taken to maintain the flow of traffic. C. Construct temporary detours, including by-pass roads around construction,with adequately clear width to maintain the free flow of traffic at all times. Maintain barricades, signs, and safety features around the detour and excavations. Maintain barricades, signs, and safety features around the Work in accordance with all provisions of the latest edition of the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD). D. Assume responsibility for any damage resulting from construction along roads or drives. 19.16 Area Access and Traffic Control A. Provide traffic control measures to assure a safe condition and to provide a minimum of inconvenience to motorists and the public. Provide all-weather access to all residents and businesses at all times during construction. Provide temporary driveways and/or roads of approved material during wet weather. Maintain a stockpile of suitable material on the Site to meet the demands of inclement weather. B. Schedule operations to minimize adverse impact on the accessibility of adjoining properties. Sequence construction to build driveways in half widths, construct temporary ramps, or any other measure required to maintain access to adjoining properties. C. Comply with the Owner's Uniform Barricading Standards and Practices. Copies of this document are available through the Owner's Traffic Engineering Department. Secure required permits from the Owner's Traffic Engineering Department. 19.17 Overhead Electrical Wires A. Comply with OSHA safety requirements regarding construction equipment working beneath overhead electrical wires. Prevent and pay for repairs for damage to existing overhead electrical wires or facilities. B. Provide for adequate safety with regard to overhead lines whether overhead lines are or are not shown in the Contract Documents. 19.18 Blasting A. Blasting is not allowed for any purpose. 19.19 Archeological Requirements A. Cease operations immediately and contact the Owner for instructions if historical or archaeological artifacts are found during construction. B. Conduct all construction activities to avoid adverse impact on the Sites where significant historical or archaeological artifacts are found or identified as an area where other artifacts could be found. 1. Obtain details for Working in these areas. 2. Maintain confidentiality regarding the Site. General Conditions 00 72 00-87 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 3. Adhere to the requirements of the Texas Historical Commission. 4. Notify the OAR and the Texas Historical Commission. C. Do not disturb archaeological sites. 1. Obtain the services of a qualified archaeological specialist to instruct construction personnel on how to identify and protect archaeological finds on an emergency basis. 2. Coordinate activities to permit archaeological work to take place within the area. a. Attempt to archaeologically clear areas needed for construction as soon as possible. b. Provide a determination of priority for such areas. D. Assume responsibility for any unauthorized destruction that might result to such Sites by construction personnel, and pay all penalties assessed by the State or Federal agencies for non-compliance with these requirements. E. Contract Times will be modified to compensate for delays caused by such archaeological finds. No additional compensation will be paid for delays. 19.20 Endangered Species Resources A. Do not perform any activity that is likely to jeopardize the continued existence of a threatened or endangered species as listed or proposed for listing under the Federal Endangered Species Act (ESA), and/or the State of Texas Parks and Wildlife Code on Endangered Species, or to destroy or adversely modify the habitat of such species. B. Cease Work immediately in the area of the encounter and notify the OAR if a threatened or endangered species is encountered during construction. OPT will implement actions in accordance with the ESA and applicable State statutes. Resume construction in the area of the encounter when authorized to do so by the OAR. 19.21 Cooperation with Public Agencies A. Cooperate with all public and private agencies with facilities operating within the limits of the Project. B. Provide a 48-hour notice to any applicable agency when work is anticipated to proceed in the vicinity of any facility by using Texas 811 at 811 and the Lone Star Notification Company at 1-800-669-8344. ARTICLE 20—PROJECT COORDINATION 20.01 Work Included A. Administer Contract requirements to construct the Project. Provide documentation per the requirements of this Section. Provide information as requested by the OPT. 20.02 Document Submittal A. Provide documents in accordance with Article 24. General Conditions 00 72 00-88 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS B. Use the forms provided for Contract administration, applications for payment, document submittals, documentation of test results, equipment installation and documentation, and Project closeout. A digital copy of the required forms will be provided to the Contractor before or at the pre-construction conference. 20.03 Communication During Project A. The OAR is to be the first point of contact for all parties on matters concerning this Project. B. The OAR will coordinate correspondence concerning: 1. Documents, including Applications for Payment. 2. Clarification and interpretation of the Contract Documents. 3. Contract Modifications. 4. Observation of Work and testing. 5. Claims. C. The OAR will normally communicate only with the Contractor. Any required communication with Subcontractors or Suppliers will only be with the direct involvement of the Contractor. D. Direct written communications to the OAR at the address indicated at the pre-construction conference. Include the following with communications as a minimum: 1. Name of the Owner. 2. Project name. 3. Contract title. 4. Project number. 5. Date. 6. A reference statement. 20.04 Project Meetings A. Pre-Construction Conference: 1. Attend a pre-construction conference. 2. The location of the conference will be determined by the OAR. 3. The time of the meeting will be determined by the OAR but will be after the Notice of Award is issued and not later than 15 days after the Notice to Proceed is issued. 4. The OPT, Contractor's project manager and superintendent, representatives of utility companies, and representatives from major Subcontractors and Suppliers may attend the conference. 5. Provide and be prepared to discuss: a. Preliminary construction schedule per Article 27. b. Schedule of Values and anticipated Schedule of Payments per Article 17. C. List of Subcontractors and Suppliers. General Conditions 00 72 00-89 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS d. Contractor's organizational chart as it relates to this Project. e. Letter indicating the agents of authority for the Contractor and the limit of that authority with respect to the execution of legal documents,Contract Modifications, and payment requests. B. Progress Meetings: 1. Attend meetings with the OAR and Owner. a. Meet on a monthly basis or as requested by the OAR to discuss the Project. b. Meet at the Site or other location as designated by the OAR. C. Contractor's superintendent and other key personnel are to attend the meeting. Other individuals may be requested to attend to discuss specific matters. d. Notify the OAR of any specific items to be discussed a minimum of 1 week prior to the meeting. 2. Provide information as requested by the OAR or Owner concerning this Project. Prepare to discuss: a. Status of overall Project schedule. b. Contractor's detailed schedule for the next month. C. Anticipated delivery dates for equipment. d. Coordination with the Owner. e. Status of documents. f. Information or clarification of the Contract Documents. g. Claims and proposed Modifications to the Contract. h. Field observations, problems, or conflicts. i. Maintenance of quality standards. 3. OAR will prepare minutes of meetings. Review the minutes of the meeting and notify the OAR of any discrepancies within 10 days of the date of the meeting memorandum. The minutes will not be corrected after the 10 days have expired. Corrections will be reflected in the minutes of the following meeting or as an attachment to the minutes. C. Pre-Submittal and Pre-Installation Meetings: 1. Conduct pre-submittal and pre-installation meetings as required in the individual technical Specifications or as determined necessary by the OAR (for example, instrumentation, roofing, concrete mix design, etc.). 2. Set the time and location of the meetings when ready to proceed with the associated Work. Submit a Notification by Contractor in accordance with Paragraph 20.07 for the meeting 2 weeks before the meeting. OPT must approve of the proposed time and location. 3. Attend the meeting and require the participation of appropriate Subcontractors and Suppliers in the meeting. General Conditions 00 72 00-90 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 4. Prepare minutes of the meeting and submit to the OPT for review. OPT will review the minutes of the meeting and notify the Contractor of any discrepancies within 10 days of the date of the meeting memorandum. The minutes will not be corrected after the 10 days have expired. Corrections will be reflected in a revised set of meeting minutes. 20.05 Requests for Information A. Submit Request for Information (RFI) to the OAR to obtain additional information or clarification of the Contract Documents. 1. Submit a separate RFI for each item on the form provided. 2. Attach adequate information to permit a written response without further clarification. OAR will return requests that do not have adequate information to the Contractor for additional information. Contractor is responsible for all delays resulting from multiple document submittals due to inadequate information. 3. A response will be made when adequate information is provided. Response will be made on the RFI form or in attached information. B. Response to an RFI is given to provide additional information, interpretation, or clarification of the requirements of the Contract Documents, and does not modify the Contract Documents. C. Designer will initiate a Request for a Change Proposal (RCP) per Article 12 if the RFI indicates that a Contract Modification is required. D. Use the Project Issues Log to document decisions made at meetings and actions to be taken in accordance with Paragraph 20.06. E. Use the Action Item Log to document assignments for actions to be taken in accordance with Paragraph 20.06. 20.06 Decision and Action Item Log A. OAR will maintain a Project Decision Log to document key decisions made at meetings, telephone conversation or Site visits using the format provided: 1. Review the log prior to each regular meeting. 2. Report any discrepancies to the OAR for correction or discussion at the next monthly meeting. B. OAR will maintain an Action Item log in conjunction with the Project Decision Log to track assignments made at meetings, telephone conversation, or Site visits using the format provided: 1. Review the Action Item Log prior to each regular meeting. 2. Report actions taken subsequent to the previous progress meeting on items in the log assigned to the Contractor or through the Contractor to a Subcontractor or Supplier to the OAR. Report on status of progress 1 week prior to each progress meeting established in Paragraph 20.04 to allow OAR to update the log prior to the Progress meetings. 3. Be prepared to discuss the status at each meeting. General Conditions 00 72 00-91 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS C. Decisions or action items in the log that require a change in the Contract Documents will have the preparation of a Modification as an action item if appropriate. The Contract Documents can only be changed by a Modification. 20.07 Notification By Contractor A. Notify the OAR of: 1. Need for testing. 2. Intent to work outside regular working hours. 3. Request to shut down facilities or utilities. 4. Proposed utility connections. 5. Required observation by OAR, Designer, or inspection agencies prior to covering Work. 6. Training. B. Provide notification a minimum of 2 weeks in advance in order to allow OPT time to respond appropriately to the notification. C. Use "Notification by Contractor"form provided. 20.08 Record Documents A. Maintain at the Site one complete set of printed Record Documents including: 1. Drawings. 2. Specifications. 3. Addenda. 4. Modifications. 5. Record Data and approved Shop Drawings. 6. Construction photographs. 7. Test Reports. 8. Clarifications and other information provided in Request for Information responses. 9. Reference standards. B. Store printed Record Documents and Samples in the Contractor's field office. 1. Record Documents are to remain separate from documents used for construction. 2. Provide files and racks for the storage of Record Documents. 3. Provide a secure storage space for the storage of Samples. 4. Maintain Record Documents in clean, dry, legible conditions, and in good order. 5. Make Record Documents and Samples available at all times for inspection by the OPT. C. Maintain a digital record of Specifications and Addenda to identify products provided in PDF format. General Conditions 00 72 00-92 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 1. Reference the Record Data number, Shop Drawings number, and O&M manual number for each product and item of equipment furnished or installed. 2. Reference Modifications by type and number for all changes. D. Maintain a digital record of Drawings in PDF format. 1. Reference the Record Data number, Shop Drawings number, and O&M manual number for each product and item of equipment furnished or installed. 2. Reference Modifications by type and number for all changes. 3. Record information as construction is being performed. Do not conceal any Work until the required information is recorded. 4. Mark Drawings to record actual construction, including the following: a. Depths of various elements of the foundation in relation to finished first floor datum or the top of walls. b. Horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances constructed and existing utilities encountered during construction. C. Location of utilities and appurtenances concealed in the Work. Refer measurements to permanent structures on the surface. Include the following equipment: 1) Piping. 2) Ductwork. 3) Equipment and control devices requiring periodic maintenance or repair. 4) Valves, unions,traps, and tanks. 5) Services entrance. 6) Feeders. 7) Outlets. d. Changes of dimension and detail. e. Changes by Modifications. f. Information in Request for Information or included in the Project Issues Log. g. Details not on the original Drawings. Include field verified dimensions and clarifications, interpretations, and additional information issued in response to RFIs. 5. Mark Drawings with the following colors: a. Highlight references to other documents, including Modifications in blue; b. Highlight mark ups for new or revised Work(lines added) in yellow; C. Highlight items deleted or not installed (lines to be removed) in red; and d. Highlight items constructed per the Contract Documents in green. General Conditions 00 72 00-93 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 6. Submit Record Documents to Designer for review and acceptance 30 days prior to Final Completion of the Project. E. Applications for Payment will not be recommended for payment if Record Documents are found to be incomplete or not in order. Final payment will not be recommended without complete Record Documents. ARTICLE 21—QUALITY MANAGEMENT 21.01 Contractor's Responsibilities A. Review the OPT's Quality Management Program and prepare and submit the Contractor's Quality Control Plan. B. Implementthe Contractor's Quality Control Plan to control the quality of the Work and verify that the Work meets the standards of quality established in the Contract Documents. 1. Inspect products to be incorporated into the Project. Ensure that Suppliers have adequate quality control systems to ensure that products that comply with the Contract Documents are provided. 2. Integrate quality control measures into construction activities to produce Work which meets quality expectations of the Contract Documents. Inspect the Work of the Contractor, Subcontractors, and Suppliers. Correct Defective Work. 3. Provide and pay for the services of an approved professional materials testing laboratory acceptable to the OPT to provide testing that demonstrates that products proposed in Shop Drawings and Record Data for the Project fully comply with the Contract Documents. 4. Provide facilities, equipment, and Samples required for quality control inspections and tests: a. Give the OAR adequate notice before proceeding with Work that would interfere with inspections or testing; b. Notify the OAR and testing laboratories prior to the time that testing is required, providing adequate lead time to allow arrangements for inspections or testing to be made; C. Do not proceed with any Work that would impact the ability to correct defects or Work that would require subsequent removal to correct defects until testing services have been performed and results of tests indicate that the Work is acceptable; d. Cooperate fully with the performance of sampling, inspection, and testing; e. Provide personnel to assist with sampling or to assist in making inspections and field tests; f. Obtain and handle Samples for testing at the Site or at the production source of the product to be tested; g. Provide adequate quantities of representative products to be tested to the laboratory at the designated locations; General Conditions 00 72 00-94 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS h. Provide facilities required to store and cure test Samples; i. Provide calibrated scales and measuring devices for the OPT's use in performing inspections and testing; j. Provide adequate lighting to allow OPT observations; and k. Make Contract Documents available to testing agencies when requested. 5. Provide safe access for all inspection and testing activities, including those to be conducted as part of the OPT's Quality Management Program. 6. Document Defective Work through Certified Test Reports and Defective Work Notices. Document that corrective actions have been taken to correct any defects and that corrected Work is in compliance with the Contract Documents. 7. Apply quality control measures to documentation provided for the Project. 8. Implement countermeasures to prevent future Defective Work. C. Perform tests as indicated in this and other Sections of the Specifications. Technical Specifications govern if any testing and inspection requirements of this Section conflict with the testing and inspection requirements of the technical Specifications. D. All verification testing is to be observed by the OAR or designated representative. E. Send test reports to the OAR and the Designer. F. Provide an update on quality control activities at monthly progress meetings. G. Owner will withhold payment for Defective Work, or Work that has not been tested or inspected in accordance with the Contractor's Quality Control Plan,the OPT's Quality Control Program, or the Contract Documents. H. Owner will withhold payment for additional testing fees incurred due to Contractor noncompliance with OPT's Quality Control Program, including retesting fees, standby time, cancellation charges, and trip fees for retesting or cancellations. I. Work performed that is connected or adjacent to Defective Work or Work that would have to be removed to correct Defective Work is also considered to be Defective. Contractor is responsible for all cost with replacing any acceptable Work that must be removed or might be damaged by corrective actions. 21.02 Quality Management Activities by OPT A. OPT will perform its own quality assurance tests independent of the Contractor's Quality Control Program. Assist the OPT and testing organizations in performing quality assurance activities per Paragraph 21.01. B. Quality assurance testing performed by the OPT will be paid for by the Owner, except for verification testing required per Paragraph 21.07. C. Quality assurance activities of the OPT, through their own forces or through contracts with consultants and materials testing laboratories are for the purpose of monitoring the results of the Contractor's Work to see that it is in compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Quality assurance activities or non-performance of quality assurance activities by the OPT do not: General Conditions 00 72 00-95 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 1. Relieve the Contractor of its responsibility to provide Work or furnish products that conform with the requirements of the Contract Documents; 2. Relieve the Contractor of its responsibility for providing adequate quality control measures; 3. Relieve the Contractor of its responsibility for damage to or loss of Work or products before OPT's acceptance; 4. Constitute or imply OPT's acceptance; and 5. Affect the continuing rights of the Owner after OPT's acceptance of the completed Work. D. Work is subject to OPT's quality assurance observations or testing at any time. Products which have been tested or inspected and approved by OPT at a supply source or staging area may be inspected or tested again by the OPT before, during or after incorporation into the Work and rejected if products do not comply with the Contract Documents. 21.03 Contractor's Use of OPT's Test Reports A. OPT has prepared a Quality Management Plan that describes, in general, the OPT's anticipated quality assurance testing program for this Project. This testing program will be made available to Bidders during the bidding phase. This plan outlines only the testing in general terms and may not reflect actual testing. Actual testing will depend on the Contractors means, methods and procedures of construction which will not be known until the Contractor begins Work and submits their own Quality Control Plan for review. There is no guarantee that all testing will be performed. B. Contractor will receive copies of all test reports documenting OPT's quality assurance activities. Contractor is entitled to rely on the accuracy of these test results and use these as part of their quality control efforts. C. Contractor is to determine additional testing or inspections that may be required to implement the Contractor's Quality Control Plan. Include cost for additional testing and inspections required to meet Contractors quality control obligations, including the cost for correcting Defective Work in the Contract Price. D. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal if OPT's quality assurance testing program deviates significantly from the OPT's Quality Management Plan, and Contractor can demonstrate that additional cost was incurred to implement the Contractor's Quality Control Plan resulting from these deviations. 21.04 Documentation A. Provide documentation which includes: 1. Contractor's Quality Management Plan that establishes the methods of assuring compliance with the Contract Documents. Submit this plan as a Shop Drawings per Article 25. 2. A Statement of Qualification for any proposed testing laboratories that includes a list of the engineers and technical staff that will provide testing services on the Project, descriptions of the qualifications of these individuals, list of tests that can be performed, General Conditions 00 72 00-96 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS equipment used with date of last certification, and a list of recent projects for which testing has been performed with references for those projects. 3. Provide Certified Test Reports for products to be incorporated into the Project. Provide reports to indicate that proposed products comply with the Contract Documents or indicate that proposed products do not comply with the Contract Documents and why it does not comply. Submit these test reports as part of a Shop Drawings submitted per Article 25. 4. Provide Certified Test Reports for inspection and testing required in this Section and in other Specification Sections. Provide reports to indicate that Work complies with the Contract Documents or indicate that Work does not comply with the Contract Documents and why it does not comply. Submit these test reports on forms provided per Article 24. 21.05 Standards A. Provide testing laboratories that comply with the American Council of Independent Laboratories (ACIL) "Recommended Requirements for Independent Laboratory Qualifications." B. Perform testing per recognized test procedures as listed in the various Sections of the Specifications, standards of the State Department of Highways and Public Transportation, American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM), or other testing associations. Perform tests in accordance with published procedures for testing issued by these organizations. 21.06 Delivery and Storage A. Handle and protect test specimens of products and construction materials at the Site in accordance with recognized test procedures. Provide facilities for storing, curing, and processing test specimens as required by test standard to maintain the integrity of Samples. 21.07 Verification Testing for Corrected Defects A. Provide verification testing on Work performed to correct Defective Work to demonstrate that the Work is now in compliance with the Contract Documents. Document that Defective Work has been corrected and verify that the OAR closes the item in the Defective Work Register. B. Pay for verification testing. OPT may perform verification testing as part of their Quality Management Program and impose a Set-off to recover the cost for this testing. C. Conduct the same tests or inspections used to determine that the original Work was Defective. Different tests or methods may be used if approved by the OPT. 21.08 Test Reports A. Certified Test Reports are to be prepared for all tests. 1. Tests performed by testing laboratories may be submitted on their standard test report forms if acceptable to the OPT. These reports must include the following: a. Name of the Owner, Project title and number and Contractor; General Conditions 00 72 00-97 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS b. Name of the laboratory, address, and telephone number; C. Name and signature of the laboratory personnel performing the test; d. Description of the product being sampled or tested; e. Date and time of sampling, inspection, and testing; f. Date the report was issued; g. Description of the test performed; h. Weather conditions and temperature at time of test or sampling; i. Location at the Site or structure where the sample was taken; j. Standard or test procedure used in making the test; k. A description of the results of the test; I. Statement of compliance or non-compliance with the Contract Documents; and m. Interpretations of test results, if appropriate. 2. Submit reports on tests performed by Contractor, Subcontractors or Suppliers on the forms provided by the OAR. 3. OPT will prepare test reports on test performed by the OPT. B. Send test report to Designer within 24 hours of completing the test. Flag tests reports with results that do not comply with Contract Documents for immediate attention. C. Payment for Work may be withheld until test reports indicate that the Work is not Defective. 21.09 Defective Work A. Immediately correct any Defective Work or notify the OAR why the Work is not to be corrected immediately and when corrective action will be completed. B. No payment will be made for Defective Work. Remove Work from the Application for Payment if Work paid for on a previous Application for Payment is found to be Defective. 21.10 Limitation of Authority of Testing Laboratory A. The testing laboratory representatives are limited to providing testing services and interpreting the results of the test performed. B. The testing laboratory is not authorized to: 1. Alter the requirements of the Contract Documents; 2. Accept or reject any portion of the Work; 3. Perform any of the duties of the Contractor; or 4. Direct or stop the Work. 21.11 Quality Control Plan A. Submit the Contractor's Quality Control Plan for approval as a Shop Drawing per Article 25. Use Contractor's Quality Control Plan Checklist provided to review the document before General Conditions 00 72 00-98 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS submitting and include a copy of the completed checklist with the Contractor's Quality Control Plan. Do not begin Work until the Contractor's Quality Control Plan is approved. Submit an interim plan covering only the portion of Work to be performed if the Contractor plans to begin Work prior to submitting the Contractor's Quality Control Plan for the Project. Do not begin Work on other parts of the Project until the Contractor's Quality Control Plan is approved or another interim plan covering the additional Work to be started is approved. B. Provide a Contractor's Quality Control Plan that incorporates construction operations at both the Site and production Work at remote locations and includes Work by Subcontractors and Suppliers. The Contractor's Quality Control Plan is to include: 1. A description of the quality control organization, including an organization chart showing lines of authority to control the quality of Work; 2. Documentation describing name, qualifications (in resume format), duties, responsibilities, and level of authority of the Quality Control Manager; 3. The name, qualifications (in resume format), duties, responsibilities, and authorities of other persons assigned a quality control function; 4. Procedures for scheduling, reviewing, certifying, and managing documentation, including documentation provided by Subcontractors and Suppliers; 5. Control,verification, and acceptance testing procedures for each specific test. Include: a. Name of tests to be performed, b. Specification paragraph requiring test, C. Parameters of Work to be tested, d. Test frequency, e. Persons responsible for each test, and f. Applicable industry testing standards and laboratory facilities to be used for the test; 6. Integrate the OPT quality assurance testing into the Contractor's Quality Control Plan, specifically identifying the tests or inspections in Paragraph 21.11.13.5 that will be provided by the OPT as part of their Quality Management Program; 7. Procedures for tracking and documenting quality management efforts. 8. Procedures for tracking Defective Work from initial identification through acceptable corrective action. Indicate how documentation of the verification process for deficiencies will be made. 9. Reporting procedures which incorporate the use of forms provided by the OAR. 10. The name of the proposed testing laboratories along with documentation of qualifications per Paragraph 21.04. C. The Quality Control Manager must have authority to reject Defective Work and redirect the efforts of the Contractor's Team to prevent or correct Defective Work. D. Notify the Designer of any changes to the Contractor's Quality Control Plan or quality control personnel. General Conditions 00 72 00-99 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS E. Meet with the OPT 7 days after Contractor's Quality Control Plan is submitted and before start of construction to discuss the Contractor's Quality Control Plan and expedite its approval. 21.12 Implement Contractor's Quality Control Plan A. Perform quality control observations and testing as required in each Section of the Specifications and where indicated on the Drawings. B. Include the following phases for each definable Work task. A definable Work task is one which is separate and distinct from other tasks, has separate control requirements, may be provided by different trades or disciplines, or may be Work by the same trade in a different environment. 1. Planning Phase: Perform the following before beginning each definable Work task: a. Review the Contract Drawings. b. Review documents and determine that they are complete in accordance with the Contract Documents. C. Check to assure that all materials and/or equipment have been tested, submitted, and approved. d. Examine the work area to assure that all required preliminary Work has been completed and complies with the Contract Documents. e. Examine required materials, equipment, and Sample Work to assure that they are on hand, conform to Shop Drawings and Record Data, and are properly stored. f. Review requirements for quality control inspection and testing. g. Discuss procedures for controlling quality of the Work. Document construction tolerances and workmanship standards for the Work task. h. Check that the portion of the plan for the Work to be performed incorporates document review comments. i. Discuss results of planning phase with the OAR. Conduct a meeting attended by the Quality Control Manager, the OAR, superintendent, other quality control personnel as applicable, and the foreman responsible for the Work task. Instruct applicable workers as to the acceptable level of workmanship required in order to meet the requirements of the Contract Documents. Document the results of the preparatory phase actions by separate meeting minutes prepared by the Quality Control Manager and attached to the quality control report. j. Do not move to the next phase unless results of investigations required for the planning phase indicate that requirements have been met. 2. Work Phase: Complete this phase after the Planning Phase: a. Notify the OAR at least 24 hours in advance of beginning the Work and discuss the review of the planning effort to indicate that requirements have been met. b. Checkthe Workto ensure that it is in full compliance with the Contract Documents. General Conditions 00 72 00- 100 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS C. Verify adequacy of controls to ensure full compliance with Contract Documents. Verify required control inspection and testing is performed. d. Verify that established levels of workmanship meet acceptable workmanship standards. Compare with required Sample panels as appropriate. e. Repeat the Work phase for each new crew to work on-site, or any time acceptable specified quality standards are not being met. 3. Follow-up Phase: Perform daily checks to assure control activities, including control testing, are providing continued compliance with contract requirements: a. Make checks daily and record observations in the quality control documentation. b. Conduct follow-up checks and correct all deficiencies prior to the start of additional Work tasks that may be affected by the Defective Work. Do not build upon nor conceal Defective Work. C. Conduct a review of the Work with the OPT one month prior to the expiration of the correction period. Correct defects as noted during the review. C. Conduct additional planning and Work phases if: 1. The quality of on-going Work is unacceptable; 2. Changes are made in applicable quality control staff, on-site production supervision or crews; 3. Work on a task is resumed after a substantial period of inactivity; or 4. Other quality problems develop. ARTICLE 22—FINAL RESOLUTION OF DISPUTES 22.01 Senior Level Negotiations A. Each party is required to continue to perform its obligations under the Contract pending the final resolution of any dispute arising out of or relating to the Contract, unless it would be impossible or impracticable under the circumstances then present. B. All negotiations pursuant to Article 22 are confidential and shall be treated as compromise and settlement negotiations for purposes of applicable rules of evidence. C. Before invoking mediation, Owner and Contractor agree that they first shall try to resolve any dispute arising out of or related to this Contract through discussions directly between those senior management representatives within their respective organizations who have overall managerial responsibility for similar projects. Both Owner and Contractor agree that this step shall be a condition precedent to use of any other alternative dispute resolution process. If the parties' senior management representatives cannot resolve the dispute within 45 calendar days after a party delivers a written notice of such dispute to the other, then the parties shall proceed with mediation. 22.02 Mediation A. In the event that Owner and/or Contractor contend that the other has committed a material breach of the Contract or the parties cannot reach a resolution of a claim or dispute pursuant General Conditions 00 72 00- 101 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS to Article 13, as a condition precedent to filing a lawsuit, either party shall request mediation of the dispute with the following requirements: 1. The request for mediation shall be in writing and shall request that the mediation commence not less than 30 calendar days or more than 90 calendar days following the date of the request, except upon agreement of the parties. 2. In the event Owner and Contractor are unable to agree to a date for the mediation or to the identity of the mediator within 30 calendar days following the date of the request for mediation, all conditions precedent shall be deemed to have occurred. 3. Owner and Contractor are to each pay one-half of the mediator's fees and costs.Venue for any mediation or lawsuit filed under this Contract shall be in Nueces County,Texas. Any agreement reached in mediation shall be enforceable as a settlement in any court having jurisdiction thereof. 4. Nothing in this Contract shall be construed as consent to a lawsuit. No provision of the Contract shall waive any immunity or defense. ARTICLE 23—MINORITY/MBE/DBE PARTICIPATION POLICY 23.01 Policy A. It is the policy of the City of Corpus Christi that maximum opportunity is afforded minorities, women, low income persons and Minority/Disadvantaged Business Enterprises (M/DBE) to participate in the performance of contracts awarded by the City of Corpus Christi in support of Equal Employment Opportunity goals and objectives. In accordance with such policy, the City has established goals, as stated herein, both for minority and female participation by trade and for Minority Business Enterprise. 23.02 Definitions A. Prime Contractor: Any person, firm, partnership, corporation, association, or joint venture as herein provided which has been awarded a City contract. B. Subcontractor: Any named person, firm, partnership, corporation, association, or joint venture herein identified as providing work, labor, services, supplies, equipment, materials, or any combination of the foregoing under contract with a prime contractor on a City contract. C. Minority/Disadvantaged Business Enterprise: A business enterprise that is owned and controlled by one or more minority person(s) or socially and economically disadvantaged individual(s). Minority/Disadvantaged person(s) must collectively own, operate and/or actively manage, and share in payments from such an enterprise in the manner hereinafter set forth: 1. Owned: a. For a sole proprietorship to be deemed a minority business enterprise, it must be owned by a minority person. b. For an enterprise doing business as a partnership, at least 51 percent of the assets or interest in the partnership property must be owned by one or more minority person(s). General Conditions 00 72 00- 102 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS C. For an enterprise doing business as a corporation, at least 51 percent of the assets or interest in the corporate shares must be owned by one or more minority person(s). 2. Controlled: a. The primary power, direct or indirect,to manage a business enterprise rests with a minority person(s). 3. Share in Payments: a. Minority partners, proprietors, or stockholders of the business enterprise must be entitled to receive 51 percent or more of the total profits, bonuses, dividends, interest payments, commissions, consulting fees, rents, procurement, and subcontract payments, and any other monetary distribution paid by the business enterprise. D. Minority: Minority persons include Blacks, Mexican-Americans and other persons of Hispanic origin, American Indians, Alaskan Natives, and Asians or Pacific Islanders. For the purposes of this policy, women are also considered as minorities. E. Socially and economically disadvantaged individual: Any individual who is a citizen (or lawfully admitted permanent resident) of the United States and who has been subjected to racial or ethnic prejudice or cultural bias within American society because of his or her identity as a member of a group and without regard to his or her individual qualities. The social disadvantage must stem from circumstances beyond the individual's control. F. Female Owned Business Enterprise: A sole proprietorship that is owned and controlled by a woman,a partnership at least 51 percent of whose assets or partnership interests are owned by one or more women, or a corporation at least 51 percent of whose assets or interests in the corporate shares are owned by one or more women. G. Joint Venture: A joint venture means an association of two or more persons, partnerships, corporations, or any combination thereof, founded to carry on a single business activity which is limited in scope and direction. The degree to which a joint venture may satisfy the stated MBE goal cannot exceed the proportionate interest of the MBE as a member of the joint venture in the Work to be performed by the joint venture. For example, a joint venture which is to perform 50 percent of the Work itself and in which a minority joint venture partner has a 50 percent interest, shall be deemed equivalent to having minority participation in 25 percent of the Work. Minority members of the joint venture must have financial, managerial, or technical skills in the Work to be performed by the joint venture. 23.03 Goals A. The goals for participation by minorities and Minority Business Enterprises expressed in percentage terms for the Contractor's aggregate work force on all construction Work for the Contract award shall be 1. Minority participation goal is 45%. 2. Minority Business Enterprise participation goal is 15%. B. These goals are applicable to all the construction work (regardless of federal participation) performed in the Contract, including approved Change Orders. The hours of minority General Conditions 00 72 00- 103 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS employment must be substantially uniform throughout the length of the Contract and in each trade. The transfer of minority employees from Contractor to Contractor or from project to project for the sole purpose of meeting the Contractor's percentage is prohibited. 23.04 Compliance A. Upon completion of the Project, a final breakdown of MBE participation, substantiated by copies of paid invoices, shall be submitted by the Contractor to the City Engineer. B. Make bi-weekly payroll submittals to the City Engineer. The Contractor is to indicate the percent of minority and female participation, by trade, which has been utilized on the Project. Along with the request for final payment on the Project,the Contractor will indicate, in writing, the overall participation in these areas which have been achieved. The City Engineer may withhold monthly or final payments to the Contractor for failure to submit bi- weekly payrolls in a timely fashion or to submit overall participation information as required. ARTICLE 24—DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT 24.01 Work Included A. Submit documentation as required by the Contract Documents and as reasonably requested by the OPT. 24.02 Quality Assurance A. Submit legible, accurate, complete documents presented in a clear, easily understood manner. Documents not meeting these criteria will be returned without review. 24.03 Contractor's Responsibilities A. Review documents prior to submitting. Make certifications as required by the Contract Documents and as indicated on forms provided. B. Provide a Schedule of Documents to list the documents that are to be submitted, the dates on which documents are to be sent to the Designer for review, and proposed dates that documents must be returned to comply with the Project schedule. Use the form provided for this list. C. Incorporate the dates for processing documents into the Progress Schedule required by Article 27. 1. Provide documents in accordance with the schedule so construction of the Project is not delayed. 2. Allow a reasonable time for the review of documents when preparing the Progress Schedule. Assume a 14 day review cycle for each document unless a longer period of time is indicated in the Contract Documents or agreed to by Designer and Contractor. 3. Schedule submittal of documents to provide all information for interrelated Work at one time. 4. Allow adequate time for processing documents so construction of the Project is not delayed. General Conditions 00 72 00- 104 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 24.04 Document Submittal A. Submit documents through the Designer. Send all documents in digital format for processing. 1. Provide all information requested with a completed Document Transmittal form. Do not leave any blanks incomplete. If information is not applicable, enter NA in the space provided. 2. The Document Transmittal form is to be the first page in the document submitted. 3. Submit all documents in Portable Document Format (PDF). a. Create PDF documents from native format files unless files are only available from scanned documents. b. Rotate pages so that the top of each document appears at the top of the monitor screen when opened in PDF viewing software. C. Submit PDF document with adequate resolution to allow documents to be printed in a format equivalent to the document original. Documents are to be scalable to allow printing on standard 8-1/2 x 11 or 11 x 17 paper. d. Submit color PDF documents where color is required to interpret the document. e. Create or convert documents to allow text to be selected for comments or searched using text search features. Run scanned documents through Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software if necessary. f. Flatten markups in documents to prevent markups made by Contractor from being moved or deleted. Flatten documents to allow markup recovery. g. Use software to reduce file size using default settings except the option for "Drop Metadata." Uncheck the "Drop Metadata" box when reducing file size. h. Add footers to each document with the Project name. 24.05 Document Numbering A. Assign a number to the documents originated to allow tracking of the documents during the review process. 1. Assign the number consisting of a prefix, a sequence number, and a letter suffix. Prefixes shall be as follows: Prefix Description Originator AP Application for Payment Contractor CO Change Order OAR CP Change Proposal Contractor CTR Certified Test Report Contractor FO Field Order OAR NBC Notification by Contractor Contractor PD Photographic Documentation Contractor General Conditions 00 72 00- 105 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS Prefix Description Originator RCP Request for a Change Proposal OAR RD Record Data Contractor RFI Request for Information Contractor SD Shop Drawing Contractor SCH Schedule of Progress Contractor 2. Issue sequence numbers in chronological order for each type of document. 3. Issue numbers for resubmittals that have the same number as the original document followed by an alphabetical suffix indicating the number of times the same document has been sent to the Designer for processing. For example: SD 025 A represents Shop Drawing number 25 and the letter "A" designates that this is the second time this document has been sent for review. 4. Clearly note the document number on each page or sheet of the document. 5. Correct assignment of numbers is essential since different document types are processed in different ways. B. Include reference to the Drawing number and/or Specification Section, detail designation, schedule, or location that corresponds with the data on the document transmittal forms. Other identification may also be required, such as layout drawings or schedules to allow the reviewer to determine where a particular product is to be used. 24.06 Document Requirements A. Furnish documents as indicated below or in individual Specification Sections. Submit documents per the procedures described in the Contract Documents. B. Submit documents per the Specification Section shown in the following table: Document Type Section Application for Payment Article 17 Change Proposal Article 12 Article 25 for approval of product Certified Test Report Article 21 to demonstrate compliance Notification by Contractor Article 20 Photographic Documentation Article 28 Progress Schedules Article 27 Record Data Article 26 Request for Information Article 20 Shop Drawing Article 25 Schedule of Values Article 17 Substitutions Article 12 General Conditions 00 72 00- 106 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS Document Type Section Suppliers and Subcontractors Articles 20 and 26 ARTICLE 25—SHOP DRAWINGS 25.01 Work Included A. Shop Drawings are required for those products that cannot adequately be described in the Contract Documents to allow fabrication, erection, or installation of the product without additional detailed information from the Supplier. B. Submit Shop Drawings as required by the Contract Documents and as reasonably requested by the OPT to: 1. Record the products incorporated into the Project for the Owner; 2. Provide detailed information for the products proposed for the Project regarding their fabrication, installation, commissioning, and testing; and 3. Allow the Designer to advise the Owner if products proposed for the Project by the Contractor conform, in general, to the design concepts of the Contract Documents. C. Contractor's responsibility for full compliance with the Contract Documents is not relieved by the review of Shop Drawings, Samples, or mockups. Contract modifications can only be approved by Change Order or Field Order. 25.02 Quality Assurance A. Submit legible, accurate, and complete documents presented in a clear, easily understood manner. Shop Drawings not meeting these criteria will be rejected. B. Demonstrate that the proposed products are in full and complete compliance with the design criteria and requirements of the Contract Documents or will be if deviations requested per Paragraph 25.10 are approved. C. Furnish and install products that fully comply with the information included in the document submittal. 25.03 Contractor's Responsibilities A. Provide Shop Drawings as required by Paragraph 25.03 of the Supplementary Conditions. B. Include Shop Drawings in the Schedule of Documents required by Article 24 to indicate the Shop Drawings to be submitted,the dates on which documents are to be sent to the Designer for review and proposed dates that the product will be incorporated into the Project. C. Incorporate the dates for processing Shop Drawings into the Progress Schedule required by Article 27. 1. Submit Shop Drawings in accordance with the schedule so construction of the Project is not delayed. 2. Allow a reasonable time for the review of Shop Drawings when preparing the Progress Schedule. Include time for making revisions to the Shop Drawings and resubmitting the Shop Drawing for a least a second review. Assume a 14-day review cycle for each time General Conditions 00 72 00- 107 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS a Shop Drawing is submitted for review unless a longer period of time is indicated in the Contract Documents. 3. Schedule document submittals to provide all information for interrelated Work at one time. 4. Allow adequate time for ordering, fabricating, delivering, and installing product so construction of the Project is not delayed. D. Complete the following before submitting a Shop Drawing or Sample: 1. Prepare Shop Drawing Review and coordinate the Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents; 2. Determine and verify specified performance and design criteria, installation requirements, materials,catalog numbers,and similar information with respect to Shop Drawings and Samples; 3. Determine and verify the suitability of materials and equipment offered with respect to the indicated application, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly, and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work; and 4. Determine and verify information relative to Contractor's responsibilities for means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. E. Determine and verify: 1. Accurate field measurements, quantities, and dimensions are shown on the Shop Drawings; 2. Location of existing structures, utilities, and equipment related to the Shop Drawing have been shown and conflicts between the products existing structures, utilities, and equipment have been identified; 3. Conflicts that impact the installation of the products have been brought to the attention of the OPT through the Designer; 4. Shop Drawings are complete for their intended purpose; and 5. Conflicts between the Shop Drawings related to the various Subcontractors and Suppliers have been resolved. F. Review Shop Drawings prior to submitting to the Designer. Certify that all Shop Drawings have been reviewed by the Contractor and are in strict conformance with the Contract Documents as modified by Addenda, Change Order, Field Order, or Contract Amendment when submitting Shop Drawings except for deviations specifically brought to the Designer's attention on an attached Shop Drawing Deviation Request form in accordance with Paragraph 25.09. G. Fabrication or installation of any products prior to the approval of Shop Drawings is done at the Contractor's risk. Defective products may be rejected at the Owner's option. H. Payment will not be made for products for which Shop Drawings or Samples are required until these are approved by the Designer. General Conditions 00 72 00- 108 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 25.04 Shop Drawing Requirements A. Provide adequate information in Shop Drawings and Samples so Designer can: 1. Assist the Owner in selecting colors, textures, or other aesthetic features. 2. Compare the proposed features of the product with the specified features and advise Owner that the product does, in general, conform to the Contract Documents. 3. Compare the performance features of the proposed product with those specified and advise the Owner that the product does, in general,conform to the performance criteria specified in the Contract Documents. 4. Review required certifications, guarantees, warranties, and service agreements for compliance with the Contract Documents. B. Include a complete description of the product to be furnished, including: 1. Type, dimensions, size, arrangement, and operational characteristics of the product; 2. Weights,gauges, materials of construction,external connections,anchors,and supports required; 3. All applicable standards such as ASTM or Federal specification numbers; 4. Fabrication and installation drawings, setting diagrams, manufacturing instructions, templates, patterns, and coordination drawings; 5. Mix designs for concrete, asphalt, or other materials proportioned for the Project; and 6. Complete and accurate field measurements for products which must fit existing conditions. Indicate on the document submittal that the measurements represent actual dimensions obtained at the Site. C. Submit Shop Drawings that require coordination with other Shop Drawings at the same time. Shop Drawings requiring coordination with other Shop Drawings will be rejected until a complete package is submitted. 25.05 Special Certifications and Reports A. Provide all required certifications with the Shop Drawings as specified in the individual Specification Sections: 1. Certified Test Reports (CTR): A report prepared by an approved testing agency giving results of tests performed on products to indicate their compliance with the Specifications. This report is to demonstrate that the product when installed will meet the requirements and is part of the Shop Drawing. Field tests may be performed by the Owner to determine that in place materials or products meet the same quality as indicated in the CTR submitted as part of the Shop Drawing. 2. Certification of Local Field Service (CLS): A certified letter stating that field service is available from a factory or supplier approved service organization located within a 300 mile radius of the Site. List names, addresses, and telephone numbers of approved service organizations on or attach it to the certificate. 3. Certification of Adequacy of Design (CAD): A certified letter from the manufacturer of the equipment stating that they have designed the equipment to be structurally stable General Conditions 00 72 00- 109 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS and to withstand all imposed loads without deformation, failure, or adverse effects to the performance and operational requirements of the unit. The letter shall state that mechanical and electrical equipment is adequately sized to be fully operational for the conditions specified or normally encountered by the product's intended use. 25.06 Warranties and Guarantees A. Provide all required warranties, guarantees, and related documents with the Shop Drawing. The effective date of warranties and guarantees will be the date of acceptance of the Work by the Owner. B. Identify all Extended Warranties, defined as any guarantee of performance for the product or system beyond the 1-year correction period described in the General Conditions. Issue the warranty certificate in the name of the Owner. Provide a Warranty Bond for Extended Warranties if required by Specification Sections. C. Provide a copy of all warranties in a separate document in accordance with Article 29. 25.07 Shop Drawing Submittal Procedures A. Submit Shop Drawings through the Designer. Send all documents in digital format for processing. 1. Provide all information requested in the Shop Drawing submittal form. Do not leave any blanks incomplete. If information is not applicable,enter NA in the space provided. The Shop Drawing submittal form is to be the first document in the file submitted. 2. Submit all documents in Portable Document Format(PDF). a. Create PDF documents from native format files unless files are only available from scanned documents. b. Rotate pages so that the top of each document appears at the top of the monitor screen when opened in PDF viewing software. C. Submit PDF document with adequate resolution to allow documents to be printed in a format equivalent to the document original. Documents are to be scalable to allow printing on standard 8-1/2 x 11 or 11 x 17 paper. d. Submit color PDF documents where color is required to interpret the Shop Drawing. Submit Samples and color charts per Paragraph 25.08.A. e. Create or convert documents to allow text to be selected for comments or searched using text search features. Run scanned documents through Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software if necessary. f. Flatten markups in documents to prevent markups made by Contractor from being moved or deleted. Flatten documents to allow markup recovery. g. Use software to reduce file size using default settings except the option for "Drop Metadata." Uncheck the "Drop Metadata" box when reducing file size. h. Add footers to each document with the Project name. General Conditions 00 72 00- 110 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 3. Submit each specific product or class of material separately so these can be tracked and processed independently. Do not submit Shop Drawings for more than one product in the same Shop Drawing. 4. Submit items specified in different Specification Sections separately unless they are part of an integrated system. 5. Define abbreviations and symbols used in Shop Drawings. a. Use terms and symbols in Shop Drawings consistent with the Contract Drawings. b. Provide a list of abbreviations and their meaning as used in the Shop Drawings. C. Provide a legend for symbols used on Shop Drawings. 6. Mark Shop Drawings to reference: a. Related Specification Sections, b. Drawing number and detail designation, C. Product designation or name, d. Schedule references, e. System into which the product is incorporated, and f. Location where the product is incorporated into the Project. B. Use the following conventions to markup Shop Drawings for review: 1. Make comments and corrections in the color blue. Add explanatory comments to the markup. 2. Highlight items in black that are not being furnished when the Supplier's standard drawings or information sheets are provided so that only the products to be provided are in their original color. 3. Make comments in the color yellow where selections or decisions by the Designer are required, but such selections do not constitute a deviation from the Contract Documents. Add explanatory comments to the markup to indicate the action to be taken by the Designer. 4. Make comments in the color orange that are deviation requests. Include the deviation request number on the Shop Drawing that corresponds to the deviation request on the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form. Include explanatory comments in the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form. 5. Mark dimensions with the prefix FD to indicate field verified dimensions on the Shop Drawings. C. Submit a Change Proposal per Article 12 to request modifications to the Contract Documents, including those for approval of"or equal"products when specifically allowed by the Contract Documents or as a substitution for specified products or procedures. D. Designate a Shop Drawing as requiring priority treatment in the comment section of the Shop Drawing submittal form to place the review of the Shop Drawing ahead of other Shop Drawings previously delivered. Shop Drawings are typically reviewed in the order received, unless Contractor requests that a different priority be assigned. Priority Shop Drawings will General Conditions 00 72 00- 111 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS be reviewed before other Shop Drawings for this Project already received but not yet reviewed. Use of this priority designation for Shop Drawings may delay the review of Shop Drawings previously submitted, pushing the processing of Shop Drawings beyond the 14-day target. Contractor is responsible for delays resulting from the use of the priority designation status on Shop Drawings. E. Complete the certification required by Paragraph 25.03. 25.08 Sample and Mockup Submittal Procedures A. Submit color charts and Samples for every product requiring color, texture, or finish selection. 1. Submit color charts and Samples only after Shop Drawings for the products have been approved. 2. Deliver all color charts and Samples at one time. 3. Provide Samples of adequate size to clearly illustrate the functional characteristics of the product, with integrally related parts and attachment devices. 4. Indicate the full range of color, texture, and patterns. 5. Deliver color charts and Samples to the field office and store for the duration of the Project 6. Notify the Designer that color charts and Samples have been delivered for approval using the Notification by Contractor form. 7. Submit color charts and Samples not less than 30 days prior to when these products are to be ordered or released for fabrication to comply with the Project schedule. 8. Remove Samples that have been rejected. Submit new Samples following the same process as for the initial Sample until Samples are approved. 9. Dispose of Samples when related Work has been completed and approved and disposal is approved by the Designer. At Owner's option, Samples will become the property of the Owner. B. Construct mockups for comparison with the Work being performed. 1. Construct mockups from the actual products to be used in construction per detailed Specification Sections. 2. Construct mockups of the size and in the area indicated in the Contract Documents. 3. Construct mockups complete with texture and finish to represent the finished product. 4. Notify the Designer that mockups have been constructed and are ready for approval using the Notification by Contractor form. Allow 2 weeks for OPT to approve of the mockup before beginning the Work represented by the mockup. 5. Remove mockups that have been rejected. Construct new mockups following the same process as for the initial mockup until mockup is approved. 6. Protect mockups until Work has been completed and accepted by the OPT. General Conditions 00 72 00- 112 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 7. Dispose of mockups when related Work has been completed and disposal is approved by the Designer. 25.09 Equal Non Specified Products A. Contractor may submit other manufacturers' products that are in full compliance with the Specification where Specifications list one or more manufacturers followed by the phase "or equal" or"or approved equal." 1. Submit a Shop Drawing as required by this article to document that the proposed product is equal or superior to the specified product. 2. Prove that the product is equal. It is not the OPT's responsibility to prove the product is not equal. a. Indicate on a point by point basis for each specified feature that the product is equal to the Contract Document requirements. b. Make a direct comparison with the specified manufacturer's published data sheets and available information. Provide this printed material with the Shop Drawing. C. The decision of the Designer regarding the acceptability of the proposed product is final. 3. Provide a typewritten certification that, in furnishing the proposed product as an equal, the Contractor: a. Has thoroughly examined the proposed product and has determined that it is equal or superior in all respects to the product specified. b. Has determined that the product will perform in the same manner and result in the same process as the specified product. C. Will provide the same warranties and/or bonds as for the product specified. d. Will assume all responsibility to coordinate any modifications that may be necessary to incorporate the product into the construction and will waive all claims for additional Work which may be necessary to incorporate the product into the Project which may subsequently become apparent. e. Will maintain the same time schedule as for the specified product. 25.10 Requests for Deviation A. Submit requests for deviation from the Contract Documents for any product that does not fully comply with the Contract Documents. B. Submit requests for deviation using the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form provided. Identify each deviation request as a separate item. Include all requested deviations that must be approved as a group together and identify them as a single item. C. Include a description of why the deviation is required and the impact on Contract Price or Contract Times. Include the amount of any cost savings to the Owner for deviations that result in a reduction in cost. D. Submit as a Change Proposal prior to submitting the Shop Drawing if the deviation will result in a change in Contract Price or Contract Times. General Conditions 00 72 00- 113 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS E. A Modification must be issued by the Designer for approval of a deviation. Approval of a requested Shop Drawing deviation by the Designer on the Shop Drawings Deviation Request form indicates approval of the requested deviation only on its technical merits as generally conforming to the Contract Documents. Deviations from the Contract Documents can only be approved by a Modification. 25.11 Designer Responsibilities A. Shop Drawings will be received by the Designer. Designer will log the documents and review per this Article for general conformance with the Contract Documents. 1. Designer's review and approval will be only to determine if the products described in the Shop Drawing or Sample will, after installation or incorporation into the Work, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. 2. Designer's review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. 3. Designer's review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. B. Comments will be made on items called to the attention of the Designer for review and comment. Any marks made by the Designer do not constitute a blanket review of the document submittal or relieve the Contractor from responsibility for errors or deviations from the Contract requirements. 1. Designer will respond to Contractor's markups by either making markups directly in the Shop Drawings file using the color green or by attaching a Document Review Comments form with review comments. 2. Shop Drawings that are reviewed will be returned with one or more of the following status designations: a. Approved: Shop Drawing is found to be acceptable as submitted. b. Approved as Noted: Shop Drawing is Approved so long as corrections or notations made by Designer are incorporated into the Show Drawing. C. Not Approved: Shop Drawing or products described are not acceptable. 3. Shop Drawing will also be designated for one of the following actions: a. Final distribution: Shop Drawing is acceptable without further action and has been filed as a record document. b. Shop Drawing not required: A Shop Drawing was not required by the Contract Documents. Resubmit the document per Article 26. C. Cancelled: This action indicates that for some reason, the Shop Drawing is to be removed from consideration and all efforts regarding the processing of that document are to cease. General Conditions 00 72 00- 114 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS d. Revise and resubmit: Shop Drawing has deviations from the Contract Documents, significant errors, or is inadequate and must be revised and resubmitted for subsequent review. e. Resubmit with corrections made: Shop Drawing is "Approved as Noted," but has significant markups. Make correction and notations to provide a revised document with markup incorporated into the original document so that no markups are required. f. Returned without review due to excessive deficiencies: Document does not meet the requirement of the Specifications for presentation or content to the point where continuing to review the document would be counterproductive to the review process or clearly does not meet the requirements of the Contract Documents. Revise the Shop Drawing to comply with the requirements of this Section and resubmit. g. Actions a through c will close out the Shop Drawing review process and no further action is required as a Shop Drawing. Actions d through f require follow up action to close out the review process. 4. Drawings with a significant or substantial number of markings by the Contractor may be marked "Approved as Noted" and "Resubmit with corrections made." These drawings are to be revised to provide a clean record of the Shop Drawing. Proceed with ordering products as the documents are revised. 5. Dimensions or other data that does not appear to conform to the Contract Documents will be marked as "At Variance With" (AVW) the Contract Documents or other information provided. The Contractor is to make revisions as appropriate to comply with the Contract Documents. C. Bring deviations to the Shop Drawings to the attention of the Designer for approval by using the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form. Use a single line for each requested deviation so the Status and Action for each deviation can be determined for that requested deviation. If approval or rejection of a requested deviation will impact other requested deviations, then all related deviations should be included in that requested deviation line so the status and action can be determined on the requested deviation as a whole. D. Requested deviations will be reviewed as possible Modification to the Contract Documents. 1. A Requested deviation will be rejected as "Not Approved" if the requested deviation is unacceptable. Contractor is to revise and resubmit the Shop Drawing with corrections for approval. 2. A Field Order will be issued by the Designer for deviations approved by the Designer if the requested deviation is acceptable and if the requested deviation will not result in a change in Contract Price or Contract Times. Requested deviations from the Contract Documents may only be approved by Field Order. 3. A requested deviation will be rejected if the requested deviation is acceptable but the requested deviation will or should result in a change in Contract Price or Contract Times. Submit any requested deviation that requires a change in Contract Price or Contract Times as a Change Proposal for approval prior to resubmitting the Shop Drawing. General Conditions 00 72 00- 115 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS E. Contractor is to resubmit the Shop Drawing until it is acceptable and marked Approved or Approved as Noted and is assigned an action per Paragraph 25.11 that indicates that the Shop Drawing process is closed. F. Information that is submitted as a Shop Drawings that should be submitted as Record Data or other type of document, or is not required may be returned without review, or may be deleted. No further action is required and the Shop Drawing process for this document will be closed. 25.12 Resubmission Requirements A. Make all corrections or changes in the documents required by the Designer and resubmit to the Designer until approved. 1. Revise initial drawings or data and resubmit as specified for the original document. 2. Highlight or cloud in green those revisions which have been made in response to the previous reviews by the Designer. This will include changes previously highlighted or clouded in yellow to direct attention to Designer to items requiring selections or decisions by the Designer or highlighted or clouded in orange for a requested deviation from the Contract Documents. 3. Highlight and cloud new items in yellow where selections or decisions by the Designer are required, but such selections do not constitute a deviation from the Contract Documents. Add explanatory comments to the markup to indicate the action to be taken by the Designer. 4. Highlight and cloud new items in orange that are deviation requests. Include the deviation request number on the Shop Drawing that corresponds to the deviation request on the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form. Numbering for these new items is to start with the next number following the last Shop Drawing deviation requested. Include explanatory comments in the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form. B. Pay for excessive review of Shop Drawings. 1. Excessive review of Shop Drawings is defined as any review required after the original review has been made and the first resubmittal has been checked to see that corrections have been made. 2. Review of Shop Drawings or Samples will be an additional service requiring payment by the Contractor if the Contractor submits a substitution for a product for which a Shop Drawing or Sample has previously been approved, unless the need for such change is beyond the control of Contractor. 3. Cost for additional review time will be billed to the Owner by the Designer for the actual hours required for the review of Shop Drawings by Designer and in accordance with the rates listed in SECTION 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS. 4. A Set-off will be included in each Application for Payment to pay costs for the additional review to the Owner on a monthly basis. The Set-off will be based on invoices submitted to Owner for these services. General Conditions 00 72 00- 116 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 5. Need for more than one resubmission or any other delay of obtaining Designer's review of Shop Drawings will not entitle the Contractor to an adjustment in Contract Price or an extension of Contract Times. ARTICLE 26—RECORD DATA 26.01 Work Included A. Submit Record Data as required by the Contract Documents and as reasonably requested by the OPT. Provide Record Data for all products unless a Shop Drawing is required for the same item. B. Submit Record Data to provide documents that allow the Owner to: 1. Record the products incorporated into the Project for the Owner; 2. Review detailed information about the products regarding their fabrication, installation, commissioning, and testing; and 3. Provide replacement or repair of the products at some future date. C. Contractor's responsibility for full compliance with the Contract Documents is not relieved by the receipt or cursory review of Record Data. Contract modifications can only be approved by Change Order or Field Order. D. Provide various reports or other documents that Contract Documents require for record purposes. 26.02 Quality Assurance A. Submit legible, accurate, and complete documents presented in a clear, easily understood manner. Record Data not meeting these criteria will be rejected. 26.03 Contractor's Responsibilities A. Submit Record Data in accordance with SECTION 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS. B. Include Record Data in the Schedule of Documents required by Article 24 to indicate the Record Data to be submitted, the dates on which documents are to be sent to the Designer for review, and proposed dates that the product will be incorporated into the Project. C. Complete the following before submitting Record Data: 1. Prepare Record Data and coordinate with Shop Drawings or Samples, other Record Data, and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents; 2. Determine and verify specified performance and design criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers, and similar information; 3. Determine and verify the suitability of materials and equipment offered with respect to the indicated application, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly, and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work; and 4. Determine and verify information relative to Contractor's responsibilities for means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. General Conditions 00 72 00- 117 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS D. Determine and verify: 1. Accurate field measurements, quantities, and dimensions are shown on the Record Data; 2. Location of existing structures, utilities, and equipment related to the Record Data have been shown and conflicts between the products existing structures, utilities, and equipment have been identified; 3. Conflicts that impact the installation of the products have been brought to the attention of the OPT through the Designer; 4. Record Data are complete for their intended purpose; and 5. Conflicts between the Record Data related to the various Subcontractors and Suppliers have been resolved. E. Review Record Data prior to submitting to the Designer. Certify that all Record Data has been reviewed by the Contractor and is in strict conformance with the Contract Documents as modified by Addenda, Change Order, Field Order, or Contract Amendment when submitting Record Data. 26.04 Record Data Requirements A. Include a complete description of the material or equipment to be furnished, including: 1. Type,dimensions,size,arrangement, model number,and operational parameters of the components; 2. Weights,gauges, materials of construction,external connections,anchors,and supports required; 3. All applicable standards such as ASTM or Federal specification numbers; 4. Fabrication and installation drawings, setting diagrams, manufacturing instructions, templates, patterns, and coordination drawings; 5. Mix designs for concrete, asphalt or other materials proportioned for the Project; and 6. Complete and accurate field measurements for products which must fit existing conditions. Indicate on the document submittal that the measurements represent actual dimensions obtained at the Site. 26.05 Special Certifications and Reports A. Provide all required certifications with the Record Data as specified in the individual Specification Sections: 1. Certified Test Reports (CTR): A report prepared by an approved testing agency giving results of tests performed on products to indicate their compliance with the Specifications. This report is to demonstrate that the product when installed will meet the requirements and is part of the Record Data. Field tests may be performed by the Owner to determine that in place materials or products meet the same quality as indicated in the CTR submitted as part of the Record Data. General Conditions 00 72 00- 118 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 26.06 Warranties and Guarantees A. Provide all required warranties, guarantees, and related documents with the Record Data. The effective date of warranties and guarantees will be the date of acceptance of the Work by the Owner. B. Identify all Extended Warranties, defined as any guarantee of performance for the product or system beyond the 1 year correction period described in the General Conditions. Issue the warranty certificate in the name of the Owner. Provide a Warranty Bond for Extended Warranties if required. C. Provide a copy of all warranties in a separate document in accordance with Article 29. 26.07 Record Data Submittal Procedures A. Submit Record Data through the Designer. Send all documents in digital format for processing. 1. Provide all information requested in the Record Data submittal form. Do not leave any blanks incomplete. If information is not applicable,enter NA in the space provided. The Record Data submittal form is to be the first document in the file. 2. Submit all documents in Portable Document Format (PDF). a. Create PDF documents from native format files unless files are only available from scanned documents. b. Rotate pages so that the top of each document appears at the top of the monitor screen when opened in PDF viewing software. C. Submit PDF document with adequate resolution to allow documents to be printed in a format equivalent to the document original. Documents are to be scalable to allow printing on standard 8-1/2 x 11 or 11 x 17 paper. d. Submit color PDF documents where color is required to interpret the Record Data. e. Create or convert documents to allow text to be selected for comments or searched using text search features. Run scanned documents through Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software if necessary. f. Flatten markups in documents to prevent markups made by Contractor from being moved or deleted. Flatten documents to allow markup recovery. g. Use software to reduce file size using default settings except the option for "Drop Metadata." Uncheck the "Drop Metadata" box when reducing file size. h. Add footers to each document with the Project name. 3. Submit each specific product, class of material, or product separately so these can be tracked and processed independently. Do not submit Record Data for more than one system in the same Record Data. 4. Submit items specified in different Specification Sections separately unless they are part of an integrated system. 5. Define abbreviations and symbols used in Record Data. General Conditions 00 72 00- 119 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS a. Use terms and symbols in Record Data consistent with the Contract Drawings. b. Provide a list of abbreviations and their meaning as used in the Record Data. C. Provide a legend for symbols used on Record Data. 6. Mark Record Data to reference: a. Related Specification Sections, b. Drawing number and detail designation, C. Product designation or name, d. Schedule references, e. System into which the product is incorporated, and f. Location where the product is incorporated into the Project. B. Submit a Change Proposal per Article 12 to request modifications to the Contract Documents, including those for approval of"or equal"products when specifically allowed by the Contract Documents or as a substitution for specified products or procedures. Deviations from the Contract Documents can only be approved by a Modification. C. Complete the certification required by Paragraph 26.03. 26.08 Designer's Responsibilities A. Record Data will be received by the Designer, logged, and provided to Owner as the Project record. 1. Record Data may be reviewed to see that the information provided is adequate for the purpose intended. Record Data not meeting the requirements of Paragraph 26.02 may be rejected as unacceptable. 2. Record Data is not reviewed for compliance with the Contract Documents. Comments may be returned if deviations from the Contract Documents are noted during the cursory review performed to see that the information is adequate. 3. Contractor's responsibility for full compliance with the Contract Documents is not relieved by the review of Record Data. Contract modifications can only be approved by a Modification. B. Designer may take the following action in processing Record Data: 1. File Record Data as received if the cursory review indicates that the document meets the requirements of Paragraph 26.02. Document will be given the status of "Filed as Received" and no further action is required on that Record Data. 2. Reject the Record Data for one of the following reasons: a. The document submittal requirements of the Contract Documents indicate that the document submitted as Record Data should have been submitted as a Shop Drawing. The Record Data will be marked "Rejected" and "Submit Shop Drawing." No further action is required on this document as Record Data and the Record Data process will be closed. Resubmit the document as a Shop Drawing per Article 25. General Conditions 00 72 00- 120 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS b. The cursory review indicates that the document does not meet the requirements of Paragraph 26.02. The Record Data will be marked "Rejected" and "Revise and Resubmit." Contractor is to resubmit the Record Data until it is acceptable and marked "Filed as Received." When Record Data is filed, no further action is required, and the Record Data process will be closed. C. The Record Data is not required by the Contract Documents nor is the Record Data applicable to the Project. The Record Data will be marked "Rejected" and "Cancel - Not Required." No further action is required, and the Record Data process will be closed. C. Contractor is to resubmit the Record Data until it is acceptable and marked "Filed as Received." ARTICLE 27—CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE 27.01 Requirements A. Prepare and submit a Progress Schedule for the Work and update the schedule on a monthly basis for the duration of the Project. B. Provide schedule in adequate detail to allow Owner to monitor progress and to relate document processing to sequential activities of the Work. C. Incorporate and specifically designate the dates of anticipated submission of documents and the dates when documents must be returned to the Contractor into the schedule. D. Assume complete responsibility for maintaining the progress of the Work per the schedule submitted. E. Schedule Work based upon a six day work week. 27.02 Document Submittal A. Submit Progress Schedules in accordance with Article 24. B. Submit a preliminary schedule within 10 days after the Notice of Award. The schedule is to be available at the pre-construction conference. C. Submit a detailed schedule at least 10 days prior to the first payment request. D. Submit Progress Schedule updates monthly with Applications for Payment to indicate the progress made on the Project to that date. Failure to submit the schedule may cause delay in the review and approval of Applications for Payment. 27.03 Schedule Requirements A. Schedule is to be in adequate detail to: 1. Assure adequate planning, scheduling, and reporting during the execution of the Work; 2. Assure the coordination of the Work of the Contractor and the various Subcontractors and Suppliers; 3. Assist in monitoring the progress of the Work; and General Conditions 00 72 00- 121 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 4. Assist in evaluating proposed changes to the Contract Times and Project schedule. B. Provide personnel with 5 years' minimum experience in scheduling construction work comparable to this Project. Prepare the schedule using acceptable scheduling software. C. Provide the schedule in the form of a computer generated critical path schedule which includes Work to be performed on the Project. It is intended that the schedule accomplish the following: 1. Give early warning of delays in time for correction. 2. Provide detailed plans for the execution of the Work in the form of future activities and events in sequential relationships. 3. Establish relationships of significant planned Work activities and provide a logical sequence for planned Work activities. 4. Provide continuous current status information. 5. Allow analysis of the Contractor's program for the completion of the Project. 6. Permit schedules to be revised when the existing schedule is not achievable. 7. Log the progress of the Work as it actually occurs. D. Prepare a time scaled CPM arrow or precedence diagram to indicate each activity and its start and stop dates. 1. Develop Milestone dates and Project completion dates to conform to time constraints, sequencing requirements and Contract completion date. 2. Use calendar day durations while accounting for holidays and weather conditions in the projection of the duration of each activity. 3. Clearly indicate the critical path for Work to complete the Project. E. Provide a time scaled horizontal bar chart which indicates graphically the Work scheduled at any time during the Project. The chart is to indicate: 1. Complete sequence of construction by activity; 2. Identification of the activity by structure, location, and type of Work; 3. Chronological order of the start of each item of Work; 4. The activity start and stop dates; 5. The activity duration; 6. Successor and predecessor relationships for each activity; 7. A clearly indicated single critical path; and 8. Projected percentage of completion, based on dollar value of the Work included in each activity as of the first day of each month. F. Provide a schedule incorporating the Schedule of Documents provided in accordance with Article 24 indicating: 1. Specific date each document is to be delivered to the Designer. 2. Specific date each document must be received in order to meet the proposed schedule. General Conditions 00 72 00- 122 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 3. Allow a reasonable time to review documents, taking into consideration the size and complexity of the document, other documents being processed, and other factors that may affect review time. 4. Allow time for re-submission of each document. Contractor is responsible for delays associated with additional time required to review incomplete or erroneous documents and for time lost when documents are submitted for products that do not meet Specification requirements. 27.04 Schedule Revisions A. Revise the schedule if it appears that the schedule no longer represents the actual progress of the Work. 1. Submit a written report if the schedule indicates that the Project is more than 30 days behind schedule. The report is to include: a. Number of days behind schedule; b. Narrative description of the steps to be taken to bring the Project back on schedule; and C. Anticipated time required to bring the Project back on schedule. 2. Submit a revised schedule indicating the action that the Contractor proposes to take to bring the Project back on schedule. B. Revise the schedule to indicate any adjustments in Contract Times approved by Modification. 1. Include a revised schedule with Change Proposals if a change in Contract Times is requested. 2. OPT will deem any Change Proposal that does not have a revised schedule and request for a change in Contract Times as having no impact on the ability of the Contractor to complete the Project within the Contract Times. C. Updating the Project schedule to reflect actual progress is not considered a revision to the Project schedule. D. Applications for Payment may not be recommended for payment without a revised schedule and if required, the report indicating the Contractor's plan for bringing the Project back on schedule. 27.05 Float Time A. Define float time as the amount of time between the earliest start date and the latest start date of a chain of activities on the construction schedule. B. Float time is not for the exclusive use or benefit of either the Contractor or Owner. C. Where several subsystems each have a critical path, the subsystem with the longest time of completion is the critical path and float time is to be assigned to other subsystems. D. Contract Times cannot be changed by the submission of a schedule. Contract Times can only be modified by a Change Order or Contract Amendment. General Conditions 00 72 00- 123 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS E. Schedule completion date must be the same as the Contract completion date. Time between the end of construction and the Contract completion date is float time. ARTICLE 28—VIDEO AND PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 28.01 Work Included A. Provide a video recording of the Site prior to the beginning of construction. 1. Record the condition of all existing facilities in or abutting the construction area (right- of-way)including but not limited to streets,curb and gutter, utilities, driveways,fencing, landscaping, etc. 2. Record after construction staking is complete but prior to any clearing. 3. Provide one copy of the recording, dated and labeled to the OAR before the start of construction. Provide additional recording as directed by the OAR if the recording provided is not considered suitable for the purpose of recording pre-existing conditions. B. Furnish an adequate number of photographs of the Site to clearly depict the completed Project. 1. Provide a minimum of ten different views. 2. Photograph a panoramic view of the entire Site. 3. Photograph all significant areas of completed construction. 4. Completion photographs are not to be taken until all construction trailers, excess materials, trash, and debris have been removed. 5. Employ a professional photographer approved by the OAR to photograph the Project. 6. Provide one aerial photograph of the Site from an angle and height to include the entire Site while providing adequate detail. C. All photographs, video recordings, and a digital copy of this media are to become the property of the Owner. Photographs or recordings may not be used for publication, or public or private display without the written consent of the Owner. 28.02 Quality Assurance A. Provide clear photographs and recordings taken with proper exposure. View photographs and recordings in the field and take new photographs or recordings immediately if photos of an adequate print quality cannot be produced or video quality is not adequate. Provide photographs with adequate quality and resolution to permit enlargements. 28.03 Document Submittal A. Submit photographic documentation as Record Data in accordance with Article 24. B. Submit two DVDs of the video recording as Record Data in accordance with Article 24. General Conditions 00 72 00- 124 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 28.04 Photographs A. Provide photographs in digital format with a minimum resolution of 1280 x 960, accomplished without a digital zoom. B. Take photographs at locations acceptable to the OAR. C. Provide two color prints of each photograph and a digital copy on a DVD of each photograph taken. D. Identify each print on back with: 1. Project name. 2. Date,time, location, and orientation of the exposure. 3. Description of the subject of photograph. E. Submit photographs in clear plastic sheets designed for photographs. Place only one photograph in each sheet to allow the description on the back to be read without removing the photograph. F. Final photographs are to include two 8-by-10-inch glossy color prints for each of ten photographs selected by the OAR. These photographs are in addition to normal prints. 28.05 Video Recording A. Provide digital format on DVD that can be played with Windows Media Player in common format in full screen mode. B. Identify Project on video by audio or visual means. C. Video file size should not exceed 400 MB. D. Video resolution shall be 1080p. E. The quality of the video must be sufficient to determine the existing conditions of the construction area. Camera panning must be performed while at rest, do not pan the camera while walking or driving. Camera pans should be performed at intervals sufficient to clearly view the entire construction area. F. DVD shall be labeled with construction stationing and stationing should be called out, voice recorded, in the video. G. The entire construction area recording shall be submitted at once. Sections submitted separately will not be accepted. H. Pipeline projects should be recorded linearly from beginning to end. ARTICLE 29—EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT 29.01 Substantial Completion A. Notify the OAR that the Work or a designated portion of the Work is substantially complete per the General Conditions. Include a list of the items remaining to be completed or corrected before the Project will be considered to be complete. General Conditions 00 72 00- 125 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS B. OPT will visit the Site to observe the Work within 30 days after notification is received to determine the status of the Project. C. OAR will notify the Contractor, within 120 days after notification, that the Work is either substantially complete or that additional Work must be performed before the Project will be considered substantially complete. 1. OAR will notify the Contractor of items that must be completed before the Project will be considered substantially complete. 2. Correct the noted deficiencies in the Work. 3. Notify the OAR when the items of Work in the OAR's notice have been completed. 4. OPT will revisit the Site and repeat the process. 5. OAR will issue a Certificate of Substantial Completion to the Contractor when the OPT considers the Project to be substantially complete. The Certificate will include a tentative list of items to be corrected before Final Payment will be recommended. 6. Review the list and notify the OAR of any objections to items on the list within 10 days after receiving the Certificate of Substantial Completion. 29.02 Final Inspections A. Notify the OAR when: 1. Work has been completed in compliance with the Contract Documents; 2. Equipment and systems have been tested per Contract Documents and are fully operational; 3. Final Operations and Maintenance Manuals have been provided to the Owner and all operator training has been completed; 4. Specified spare parts and special tools have been provided; and 5. Work is complete and ready for final inspection. B. OPT will visit the Site to determine if the Project is complete and ready for Final Payment within 30 days after the notice is received. C. Designer will notify the Contractor that the Project is complete or will notify the Contractor that Work is Defective. D. Take immediate steps to correct Defective Work. Notify the Designer when Defective Work has been corrected. OPT will visit the Site to determine if the Project is complete and the Work is acceptable. OAR will notify the Contractor that the Project is complete or will notify the Contractor that Work is Defective. E. Submit the Request for Final Payment with the closeout documents described in Paragraph 29.04 if notified that the Project is complete, and the Work is acceptable. 29.03 Reinspection Fees A. Owner may impose a Set-off against the Application for Payment in accordance with the General Conditions to compensate the OPT for additional visits to the Project if additional Work is required. General Conditions 00 72 00- 126 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 29.04 Closeout Documents Submittal A. Record Documents per Article 20. B. Warranties and bonds. C. Equipment installation reports on equipment. D. Shop Drawings, Record Data, and other documents as required by the Contract Documents. E. Evidence of continuing insurance and bond coverage as required by the Contract Documents. F. Final Photographs per Article 28. 29.05 Transfer of Utilities A. If applicable to the Project,transfer utilities to the Owner when the Certificate of Substantial Completion has been issued and the Work has been occupied by the Owner. B. Submit final meter readings for utilities and similar data as of the date the Owner occupied the Work. 29.06 Warranties, Bonds and Service Agreements A. Provide warranties, bonds, and service agreements required by the Contract Documents. B. The date for the start of warranties, bonds, and service agreements is established per the Contract Documents. C. Compile warranties, bonds, and service agreements and review these documents for compliance with the Contract Documents. 1. Provide a log of all equipment covered under the 1-year correction period specified in the Contract Documents and all products for which special or extended warranties or guarantees are provided. Index the log by Specification Section number on forms provided. Include items 2.e through 2.g below in the tabulation. 2. Provide a copy of specific warranties or guarantees under a tab indexed to the log. Each document is to include: a. A description of the product or Work item; b. The firm name with the name of the principal, address, and telephone number; C. Signature of the respective Supplier or Subcontractor to acknowledge existence of the warranty obligation for extended warranties and service agreements; d. Scope of warranty, bond, or service agreement; e. Indicate the start date for the correction period specified in the Contract Documents for each product and the date on which the specified correction period expires. f. Indicate the start date for extended warranties for each product and the date on which the specified extended warranties period expires. g. Start date, warranty or guarantee period, and expiration date for each warranty, bond, and service agreement; General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 00 72 00- 127 Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS h. Procedures to be followed in the event of a failure; and i. Specific instances that might invalidate the warranty or bond. D. Submit digital copies of the documents to the Designer for review. E. Submit warranties, bonds, and service agreements within 10 days after equipment or components are placed in service. ARTICLE 30—MISCELLANEOUS 30.01 Computation of Times A. Exclude the first day and include the last day when determining dates for a period of time referred to in the Contract Documents by days. The last day of this period is to be omitted from the determination if it falls on a Sunday or a legal holiday. B. All references and conditions for a Calendar Day Contract in the Contract Documents apply for a Fixed Date Contract. A Fixed Date Contract is one in which the calendar dates for reaching Substantial Completion and/or final completion are specified in lieu of identifying the number of days involved. 30.02 Owner's Right to Audit Contractor's Records A. By execution of the Contract, Contractor grants Owner the right to audit, examine, inspect and/or copy, at Owner's election at all reasonable times during the term of this Contract and for a period of four (4) years following the completion or termination of the Work, all of Contractor's written and electronically stored records and billings relating to the performance of the Work under the Contract Documents. The audit, examination or inspection may be performed by an Owner designee,which may include its internal auditors or an outside representative engaged by Owner. Contractor agrees to retain its records for a minimum of four(4)years following termination of the Contract, unless there is an ongoing dispute under the Contract, then, such retention period must extend until final resolution of the dispute. As used in these General Conditions, "Contractor written and electronically stored records" include any and all information, materials and data of every kind and character generated as a result of the work under this Contract. Examples of Contractor written and electronically stored records include, but are not limited to:accounting data and reports, billings, books, general ledgers, cost ledgers, invoices, production sheets, documents, correspondence, meeting notes, subscriptions, agreements, purchase orders, leases, contracts, commitments, arrangements, notes, daily diaries, reports, drawings, receipts, vouchers, memoranda, time sheets, payroll records, policies, procedures, Subcontractor agreements, Supplier agreements, rental equipment proposals, federal and state tax filings for any issue in question, along with any and all other agreements, sources of information and matters that may, in Owner's sole judgment, have any bearing on or pertain to any matters, rights, duties or obligations under or covered by any Contract Documents. B. Owner agrees to exercise the right to audit, examine or inspect Contractor's records only during regular business hours. Contractor agrees to allow Owner and/or Owner's designee access to all of the Contractor's Records, Contractor's facilities, and current or former employees of Contractor, deemed necessary by Owner or its designee(s), to perform such audit, inspection or examination. Contractor also agrees to provide adequate and General Conditions 00 72 00- 128 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS appropriate work space necessary for Owner or its designees to conduct such audits, inspections or examinations. C. Contractor must include this Paragraph 30.02 in any Subcontractor, supplier or vendor contract. 30.03 Independent Contractor A. Contractor is to perform its duties under this Contract as an independent contractor. The Contractor's Team and their personnel are not considered to be employees or agents of the Owner. Nothing in this Contract is to be interpreted as granting Contractor's Team the right or authority to make commitments for the Owner. This Contract does not constitute or create a joint venture, partnership or formal business organization of any kind. 30.04 Cumulative Remedies A. The duties and obligations imposed by these General Conditions and the rights and remedies available to the Owner or Contractor by these General Conditions are in addition to, and are not a limitation of,the rights and remedies which are otherwise imposed or available by: 1. Laws or Regulations; 2. Special warranties or guarantees; or 3. Other provisions of the Contract Documents. B. The provisions of this Paragraph 30.04 are as effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty,obligation, right and remedy to which they apply. 30.05 Limitation of Damages A. Owner is not liable to Contractor for claims, costs, losses or damages sustained by Contractor's Team associated with other projects or anticipated projects. B. Contractor waives claims for consequential damages, incidental or special damages arising out of or relating to this Contract, whether the damages are claimed in contract, tort or on any other basis. 30.06 No Waiver A. The failure of Owner or Contractor to enforce any provision of this Contract does not constitute a waiver of that provision or affect the enforceability of that provision or the remainder of this Contract. 30.07 Severability A. If a court of competent jurisdiction renders a part of this Contract invalid or unenforceable, that part is to be severed and the remainder of this Contract continues in full force. General Conditions 00 72 00- 129 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 30.08 Survival of Obligations A. Representations, indemnifications, warranties, guarantees and continuing obligations required by the Contract Documents survive completion and acceptance of the Work or termination of the Contract. 30.09 No Third Party Beneficiaries A. Nothing in this Contract can be construed to create rights in any entity other than the Owner and Contractor. Neither the Owner nor Contractor intends to create third party beneficiaries by entering into this Contract. 30.10 Assignment of Contract A. This Contract may not be assigned in whole or in part by the Contractor without the prior written consent of the Owner. 30.11 No Waiver of Sovereign Immunity A. The Owner has not waived its sovereign immunity by entering into and performing its obligations under this Contract. B. This Contract is to perform a governmental function solely for the public benefit. 30.12 Controlling Law A. This Contract is governed by the laws of the State of Texas without regard to its conflicts of laws. Venue for legal proceedings lies exclusively in Nueces County, Texas. Cases must be filed and tried in Nueces County and cannot be removed from Nueces County,Texas. 30.13 Conditions Precedent to Right to Sue A. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary,Contractor will have at least 90 days to give notice of a claim for damages as a condition precedent to the right to sue on the Contract, subject to the contractual Claims and Alternative Dispute Resolution processes set forth herein. 30.14 Waiver of Trial by Jury A. Owner and Contractor agree that they have knowingly waived and do hereby waive the right to trial by jury and have instead agreed, in the event of any litigation arising out of or connected to this Contract, to proceed with a trial before the court, unless both parties subsequently agree otherwise in writing. 30.15 Attorney Fees A. The Parties expressly agree that, in the event of litigation, all parties waive rights to payment of attorneys' fees that otherwise might be recoverable, pursuant to the Texas Civil Practice and Remedies Code Chapter 38, Texas Local Government Code §271.153, the Prompt Payment Act, common law or any other provision for payment of attorney's fees. General Conditions 00 72 00- 130 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 30.16 Compliance with Laws A. Comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 as amended (ADA) and Texas Architectural Barriers Act and all regulations relating to either statute. B. No qualified person shall on the basis of race, color, religion, national origin, gender, age or disability be excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of, or be subjected to discrimination under any program or activity which receives or benefits from federal financial assistance. C. Comply with all applicable federal, state and city laws, rules and regulations. D. Each applicable provision and clause required by law to be inserted into the Contract shall be deemed to be enacted herein,and the Contract shall be read and enforced as though each were physically included herein. 30.17 Enforcement A. The City Manager or designee and the City Attorney or designee are fully authorized and will have the right to enforce all legal rights and obligations under the Contract without further authorization from City Council. 30.18 Subject to Appropriation A. Funds are appropriated by the Owner on a yearly basis. If for any reason, funds are not appropriated in any given year, the Owner may direct immediate suspension or termination of the Contract with no additional liability to the Owner. If the Contractor is terminated or suspended and the Owner requests remobilization at a later date, the Contractor may request payment for reasonable demo bilization/remobilization costs. Such costs shall be addressed through a Change Order to the Contract. Under no circumstances may a provision or obligation under this Contract be interpreted as contrary to this paragraph. 30.19 Contract Sum A. The Contract Sum is stated in the Contract and, including authorized adjustments, is the total maximum not-to-exceed amount payable by Owner to Contractor for performance of the Work under the Contract Documents. Contractor accepts and agrees that all payments pursuant to this Contract are subject to the availability and appropriation of funds by the Corpus Christi City Council. If funds are not available and/or appropriated,this Contract shall immediately be terminated with no liability to any party to this Contract. 30.20 Contractor's Guarantee as Additional Remedy A. The Contractor's guarantee is a separate and additional remedy available to benefit the Owner. Neither the guarantee nor the expiration of the guarantee period will operate to reduce, release or relinquish any rights or remedies available to the Owner for any claims or causes of action against the Contractor or any other individual or entity. 30.21 Notices. A. Any notice required to be given to Owner under any provision in this Contract must include a copy to OAR by mail or e-mail. General Conditions 00 72 00- 131 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 30.22 Public Information A. The requirements of Subchapter J, Chapter 552, Government Code, may apply to this contract, and Contractor agrees that the contract can be terminated if Contractor knowingly or intentionally fails to comply with a requirement of that subchapter. END OF SECTION General Conditions 00 72 00- 132 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS These Supplementary Conditions amend or supplement SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS and other provisions of the Contract Documents. All provisions not amended or supplemented in these Supplementary Conditions remain in effect. The terms used in these Supplementary Conditions have the meanings stated in the General Conditions. Additional terms used in these Supplementary Conditions have the meanings stated below. ARTICLE 1—DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY SC-1.01 DEFINED TERMS A. The members of the OPT as defined in Paragraph 1.01.A.41 consists of the following organizations: City of Corpus Christi, Texas Gignac &Associates, LLP ARTICLE 4—COMMENCEMENT AND PROGRESS OF THE WORK SC-4.04 DELAYS IN CONTRACTOR'S PROGRESS A. The allocation for delays in the Contractor's progress for rain days as set forth in General Conditions Paragraph 4.04.D are to be determined as follows: 1. Include rain days in developing the schedule for construction. Schedule construction so that the Work will be completed within the Contract Times assuming that these rain days will occur. Incorporate residual impacts following rain days such as limited access to and within the Site, inability to work due to wet or muddy Site conditions, delays in delivery of equipment and materials, and other impacts related to rain days when developing the schedule for construction. Include all costs associated with these rain days and residual impacts in the Contract Price. 2. A rain day is defined as any day in which the amount of rain measured by the National Weather Services at the Power Street Stormwater Pump Station is 0.50 inch or greater. Records indicate the following average number of rain days for each month: Month Day Month Days January 3 July 3 February 3 August 4 March 2 September 7 April 3 October 4 May 4 November 3 June 4 December 3 3. A total of 11 rain days have been set for this Project. An extension of time due to rain days will be considered only after 11 rain days have been exceeded in a calendar year SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS and the OAR has determined that a detrimental impact to the construction schedule resulted from the excessive rainfall. Rain days are to be incorporated into the schedule and unused rain days will be considered float time which may be consumed by the Owner or Contractor in delay claims. ARTICLE 5 — AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS SC-5.03 SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS A. This Supplementary Condition identifies documents referenced in General Conditions Paragraph 5.03.A which describe subsurface and physical conditions. 1. Geotechnical Reports include the following: NONE 2. Drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site (except Underground Facilities) include the following: NONE 1) All information presented with regard to material type and general location. 2) SC-5.06 HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS AT SITE A. This Supplementary Condition identifies documents referenced in General Conditions Paragraph 5.06 which describe Hazardous Environmental Conditions that have been identified at or adjacent to the Site. 1. Environmental Reports include the following: Environmental Inspection Report as performed by Envirotest February 2019 B. This Supplementary Condition identifies documents referenced in General Conditions Paragraph 5.06 which describe Hazardous Environmental Conditions that have been identified at or adjacent to the Site. No reports of explorations or tests for Hazardous Environmental Conditions at or contiguous to the Site are known to Owner. ARTICLE 6—BONDS AND INSURANCE SC-6.03 REQUIRED MINIMUM INSURANCE COVERAGE INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS CONTRACTOR'S INSURANCE AMOUNTS Provide the insurance coverage for at least the following amounts unless greater amounts are required by Laws and Regulations: Type of Insurance Minimum Insurance Coverage Commercial General Liability including 1. Commercial Broad Form 2 $1,000,000 Per Occurrence . Premises—Operations 3. Underground Hazard $2,000,000 Aggregate SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 4. Products/Completed Operations 5. Contractual Liability 6 Independent Contractors 7. Personal &Advertising Injury Business Automobile Liability-Owned, Non- $500,000 Combined Single Limit Owned, Rented and Leased Workers' Compensation Statutory Employer's Liability $500,000/500,000/500,000 Excess Liability/Umbrella Liability $1,000,000 Per Occurrence Required if Contract Price>$5,000,000 Contractor's Pollution Liability / $1,000,000 Per Claim Environmental Impairment Coverage Not limited to sudden and accidental ❑ Required ❑X Not Required discharge. To include long-term environmental impact for the disposal of pollutants/contaminants. Required if excavation > 5 ft or asbestos present Builder's Risk(All Perils including Collapse) Coverage limit shall be in the amount of the total cost of the project. Required for vertical structures and bridges X Required ❑ Not Required Installation/Equipment Floater Equal to Contract Price Required if installing city-owned equipment or storing contractor equipment on city- X Required ❑ Not Required owned property ARTICLE 7—CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES SC-7.02 LABOR; WORKING HOURS B. C. Do not perform Work on a Sunday or legal holiday without OAR's consent. The following legal holidays are observed by the Owner: Holiday Date Observed New Year's Day January 1 Martin Luther King Jr Day Third Monday in January Memorial Day Last Monday in May SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS Holiday Date Observed Juneteenth June 19 Independence Day July 4 Labor Day First Monday in September Thanksgiving Day Fourth Thursday in November Friday after Thanksgiving Friday after Thanksgiving Christmas Day December 25 SC-7.04 CONCERNING SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS, AND OTHERS A. Add the following sentence to the end of Paragraph 7.04.A: "The Contractor's goal is to perform at least [30] percent of the Work, measured as a percentage of the Contract Price, using its own employees." ARTICLE 14—PREVAILING WAGE RATE REQUIREMENTS SC-14.04 PREVAILING WAGE RATES A. The minimum rates for various labor classifications as established by the Owner are shown below: Wage Determination Construction Type Project Type (WD) No TX21 Heavy Heavy Construction Projects (including Sewer and Water Line Construction and Drainage Projects) TX29 Highway Highway Construction Projects (excluding tunnels, building structures in rest area projects & railroad construction; bascule, suspension & spandrel arch bridges designed for commercial navigation, bridges involving marine construction; and other major bridges). TX33 Heavy Pipeline -On-Shore Pipeline Construction TX34 Heavy Pipeline -Off-Shore Construction TX288 Building Building Construction Projects (does not include single family homes or apartments up to and including 4 stories) TX51 Heavy Dredging projects along the Texas gulf coast area including all public channels, harbors, rivers, tributaries and the Gulf Intracoastal Waterways. SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS TX55 Heavy Tunnel Construction Projects (Bored, 48" In Diameter Or More) "General Decision Number:TX20240288 01/05/2024 Superseded General Decision Number:TX20230288 State:Texas Construction Type: Building Counties:Aransas, Nueces and San Patricio Counties in Texas. BUILDING CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS (does not include single family homes or apartments up to and including 4 stories). Note: Contracts subject to the Davis-Bacon Act are generally required to pay at least the applicable minimum wage rate required under Executive Order 14026 or Executive Order 13658. Please note that these Executive Orders apply to covered contracts entered into by the federal government that are subject to the Davis-Bacon Act itself, but do not apply to contracts subject only to the Davis-Bacon Related Acts, including those set forth at 29 CFR 5.1(a)(1). 1 If the contract is entered 1. Executive Order 14026 1 1 into on or after January 30, 1 generally applies to the 1 12022, or the contract is I contract. I 1 renewed or extended (e.g.,an 1.The contractor must pay 1 1 option is exercised)on or 1 all covered workers at 1 1 after January 30, 2022: 1 least$17.20 per hour(or 1 the applicable wage rate 1 Supplementary Conditions 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements listed on this wage 1 determination, if it is 1 higher)for all hours 1 spent performing on the 1 contract in 2024. 1 1 If the contract was awarded on 1. Executive Order 13658 1 I or between January 1, 2015 and I generally applies to the 1 1January 29, 2022, and the 1 contract. I 1 contract is not renewed or 1 The contractor must pay all 1 1 extended on or after January 1 covered workers at least 1 130, 2022: 1 $12.90 per hour (or the 1 applicable wage rate listed I on this wage determination,) if it is higher)for all I hours spent performing on 1 that contract in 2024. 1 The applicable Executive Order minimum wage rate will be adjusted annually. If this contract is covered by one of the Executive Orders and a classification considered necessary for performance of work on the contract does not appear on this wage determination,the contractor must still submit a conformance request. Additional information on contractor requirements and worker protections under the Executive Orders is available at http://www.dol.gov/whd/govcontracts. Modification Number Publication Date 0 01/05/2024 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS BOIL0074-003 07/01/2023 Rates Fringes BOILERMAKER......................$ 37.00 24.64 ---------------------------------------------------------------- ELECO278-002 08/27/2023 Rates Fringes ELECTRICIAN......................$ 29.50 8.94 ---------------------------------------------------------------- ENG10178-005 06/01/2020 Rates Fringes POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (1) Tower Crane.............$32.85 13.10 (2) Cranes with Pile Driving or Caisson Attachment and Hydraulic Crane 60 tons and above.....$ 28.75 10.60 (3) Hydraulic cranes 59 Tons and under..............$32.35 13.10 ---------------------------------------------------------------- IRON0084-01106/01/2023 Rates Fringes IRONWORKER, ORNAMENTAL...........$27.51 8.13 ---------------------------------------------------------------- SUTX2014-068 07/21/2014 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS Rates Fringes BRICKLAYER.......................$20.04 0.00 CARPENTER........................$ 15.21 ** 0.00 CEMENT MASON/CONCRETE FINISHER...$ 15.33 ** 0.00 INSULATOR - MECHANICAL (Duct, Pipe& Mechanical System Insulation)...............$ 19.77 7.13 IRONWORKER, REINFORCING..........$ 12.27 ** 0.00 IRONWORKER, STRUCTURAL...........$22.16 5.26 LABORER: Common or General......$ 9.68 ** 0.00 LABORER: Mason Tender- Brick...$ 11.36** 0.00 LABORER: Mason Tender- Cement/Concrete..................$ 10.58 ** 0.00 LABORER: Pipelayer..............$ 12.49 ** 2.13 LABORER: Roof Tearoff...........$ 11.28 ** 0.00 OPERATOR: Backhoe/Excavator/Trackhoe.......$ 14.25 ** 0.00 OPERATOR: Bobcat/Skid Steer/Skid Loader................$ 13.93 ** 0.00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS OPERATOR: Bulldozer.............$ 18.29 1.31 OPERATOR: Drill.................$ 16.22 ** 0.34 OPERATOR: Forklift..............$ 14.83 ** 0.00 OPERATOR: Grader/Blade..........$ 13.37 ** 0.00 OPERATOR: Loader................$ 13.55 ** 0.94 OPERATOR: Mechanic..............$ 17.52 3.33 OPERATOR: Paver (Asphalt, Aggregate, and Concrete).........$ 16.03 ** 0.00 OPERATOR: Roller................$ 12.70 ** 0.00 PAINTER (Brush, Roller, and Spray)...........................$ 14.45 ** 0.00 PIPEFITTER.......................$ 25.80 8.55 PLUMBER..........................$ 25.64 8.16 ROOFER...........................$ 13.75 ** 0.00 SHEET METAL WORKER (HVAC Duct Installation Only)...............$22.73 7.52 SHEET METAL WORKER, Excludes HVAC Duct Installation...........$21.13 6.53 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS TILE FINISHER....................$ 11.22 ** 0.00 TILE SETTER......................$ 14.74 ** 0.00 TRUCK DRIVER: Dump Truck........$ 12.39 ** 1.18 TRUCK DRIVER: Flatbed Truck.....$ 19.65 8.57 TRUCK DRIVER: Semi-Trailer Truck............................$ 12.50 ** 0.00 TRUCK DRIVER: Water Truck.......$ 12.00 ** 4.11 ---------------------------------------------------------------- WELDERS- Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental. ---------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------- ** Workers in this classification may be entitled to a higher minimum wage under Executive Order 14026 ($17.20) or 13658 ($12.90). Please see the Note at the top of the wage determination for more information. Please also note that the minimum wage requirements of Executive Order 14026 are not currently being enforced as to any contract or subcontract to which the states of Texas, Louisiana, or Mississippi, including their agencies, are a party. Note: Executive Order (EO) 13706, Establishing Paid Sick Leave for Federal Contractors applies to all contracts subject to the Davis-Bacon Act for which the contract is awarded (and any solicitation was issued) on or after January 1, 2017. If this contract is covered by the EO, the contractor must provide Supplementary Conditions 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements employees with 1 hour of paid sick leave for every 30 hours they work, up to 56 hours of paid sick leave each year. Employees must be permitted to use paid sick leave for their own illness, injury or other health-related needs, including preventive care;to assist a family member(or person who is like family to the employee) who is ill, injured,or has other health-related needs, including preventive care; or for reasons resulting from, or to assist a family member (or person who is like family to the employee)who is a victim of,domestic violence, sexual assault, or stalking. Additional information on contractor requirements and worker protections under the EO is available at https://www.dol.gov/agencies/whd/government-contracts. Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29CFR 5.5 (a) (1) (iii)). ---------------------------------------------------------------- The body of each wage determination lists the classification and wage rates that have been found to be prevailing for the cited type(s) of construction in the area covered by the wage determination.The classifications are listed in alphabetical order of""identifiers"" that indicate whether the particular rate is a union rate (current union negotiated rate for local), a survey rate (weighted average rate)or a union average rate (weighted union average rate). Union Rate Identifiers Supplementary Conditions 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements A four letter classification abbreviation identifier enclosed in dotted lines beginning with characters other than ""SU"" or ""UAVG"" denotes that the union classification and rate were prevailing for that classification in the survey. Example: PLUM0198-005 07/01/2014. PLUM is an abbreviation identifier of the union which prevailed in the survey for this classification,which in this example would be Plumbers. 0198 indicates the local union number or district council number where applicable, i.e., Plumbers Local 0198. The next number, 005 in the example, is an internal number used in processing the wage determination. 07/01/2014 is the effective date of the most current negotiated rate,which in this example is July 1, 2014. Union prevailing wage rates are updated to reflect all rate changes in the collective bargaining agreement (CBA) governing this classification and rate. Survey Rate Identifiers Classifications listed under the ""SU"" identifier indicate that no one rate prevailed for this classification in the survey and the published rate is derived by computing a weighted average rate based on all the rates reported in the survey for that classification. As this weighted average rate includes all rates reported in the survey, it may include both union and non-union rates. Example: SULA2012-007 5/13/2014. SU indicates the rates are survey rates based on a weighted average calculation of rates and are not majority rates. LA indicates the State of Louisiana. 2012 is the year of survey on which these classifications and rates are based.The next number, 007 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the Supplementary Conditions 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements wage determination. 5/13/2014 indicates the survey completion date for the classifications and rates under that identifier. Survey wage rates are not updated and remain in effect until a new survey is conducted. Union Average Rate Identifiers Classification(s) listed under the UAVG identifier indicate that no single majority rate prevailed for those classifications; however, 100%of the data reported for the classifications was union data. EXAMPLE: UAVG-OH-0010 08/29/2014. UAVG indicates that the rate is a weighted union average rate. OH indicates the state. The next number, 0010 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. 08/29/2014 indicates the survey completion date for the classifications and rates under that identifier. A UAVG rate will be updated once a year, usually in January of each year,to reflect a weighted average of the current negotiated/CBA rate of the union locals from which the rate is based. ---------------------------------------------------------------- WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS 1.) Has there been an initial decision in the matter?This can be: * an existing published wage determination Supplementary Conditions 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements * a survey underlying a wage determination * a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a position on a wage determination matter * a conformance (additional classification and rate) ruling On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests for summaries of surveys, should be with the Wage and Hour National Office because National Office has responsibility for the Davis-Bacon survey program. If the response from this initial contact is not satisfactory, then the process described in 2.) and 3.) should be followed. With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal process described here, initial contact should be with the Branch of Construction Wage Determinations. Write to: Branch of Construction Wage Determinations Wage and Hour Division U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 2.) If the answer to the question in 1.) is yes, then an interested party(those affected by the action) can request review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator (See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7).Write to: Wage and Hour Administrator U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS interested party's position and by any information (wage payment data, project description, area practice material, etc.) that the requestor considers relevant to the issue. 3.) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, an interested party may appeal directly to the Administrative Review Board (formerly the Wage Appeals Board). Write to: Administrative Review Board U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 4.)All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are final. ---------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------- END OF GENERAL DECISION" ARTICLE 19—PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION SC-19.21 COOPERATION WITH PUBLIC AGENCIES C. For the Contractor's convenience, the following telephone numbers are listed: Public Agencies/Contacts Phone Number City Engineer 361-826-3500 Gignac Architects 361.884.2661 Nick Gignac 361.884.2661 Traffic Engineering 361-826-3547 Police Department 361-882-2600 361-826-1800 (361-826-1818 after Water/Wastewater/Stormwater hours) Gas Department 361-885-6900 (361-885-6942 after hours) Parks & Recreation Department 361-826-3461 Street Department 361-826-1875 City Street Div. for Traffic Signals 361-826-1610 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS Public Agencies/Contacts Phone Number Solid Waste & Brush 361-826-1973 IT Department(City Fiber) 361-826-1956 AEP 1-877-373-4858 AT&T 361-881-2511 (1-800-824-4424 after hours) Grande Communications 1-866-247-2633 Spectrum Communications 1-800-892-4357 Crown Castle Communications 1-888-632-0931 (Network Operations Center) CenturyLink 361-208-0730 Windstream 1-800-600-5050 Regional Transportation Authority 361-289-2712 Port of Corpus Christi Authority Engr. 361-882-5633 TxDOT Area Office 361-808-2500 Corpus Christi ISD 361-695-7200 American Bank Center 361.500.9594 ARTICLE 25—SHOP DRAWINGS SC-25.03 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES A. Reference Specification Section 0133 01 Submittal Register SC-25.12 RESUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS B. Pay for excessive review of Shop Drawings. 1. Cost for additional review time will be billed to the Owner by the Designer for the actual hours required for the review of Shop Drawings by Designer and in accordance with the rates listed below: $150 per hour ARTICLE 26—RECORD DATA SC-26.03 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES A. Submit Record Data for the following items: 1. Reference Specification Section 0133 01 Submittal Register 2. Red lined As-Built Plans when project is complete SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS SC-30.21 Notices. B. Strict compliance is required for all notice provisions in this Contract. END OF SECTION SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 011100 SUMMARY OF WORK 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Construct Work as described in the Contract Documents. 1. Provide the materials, equipment, and incidentals required to make the Project completely and fully useable. 2. Provide the labor, equipment, tools, and consumable supplies required for a complete Project. 3. The Contract Documents do not indicate or describe all of the Work required to complete the Project. Additional details required for the correct installation of selected products are to be provided by the Contractor and coordinated with the OAR. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work is described in general, non-inclusive terms as: 1. Work included in base proposal shall include but not be limited to: a. Replacement of two existing 1000 ton water cooled chillers. b. Replacement of two existing 1000 ton cooling towers. 1) Structural system to support new cooling towers 2) Roofing replacement at cooling towers C. Replacement of two existing boiler flues. d. Replacement of the existing Building Energy Management System (Automated Logic)associated only with the American Bank Center.The controls would be specified with spare capacity to be upgraded with the rest of the convention center at a later date. e. Replacement of failing duct hangers in crawl space f. Replacement of HVAC controls g. Replacement of 2 exterior louvers at mechanical room 1) Replacement of damaged sheetrock under louvers h. Temporary HVAC i. Other related work required to perform mechanical upgrades. 1.03 CONSTRUCTION OF UTILITIES A. Pay for temporary power, including but not limited to construction cost, meter connection fees, and permits. SUMMARY OF WORK 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 1.04 USE PRIOR TO FINAL COMPLETION A. Owner has the right to use or operate any portion of the Project that is ready for use after notifying the Contractor of its intent to do so. B. The execution of Bonds is understood to indicate the consent of the surety to these provisions for use of the Project. C. Provide an endorsement from the insurance carrier permitting use of Project during the remaining period of construction. D. Conduct operations to ensure the least inconvenience to the Owner and general public. 2.00 PRODUCTS(NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION SUMMARY OF WORK 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 01 23 10 ALTERNATES AND ALLOWANCES 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS A. Alternates: 1. This Section describes each alternate by number and describes the basic changes to be incorporated into the Work when this alternate is made a part of the Work in the Agreement. 2. Drawings and Specifications will outline the extent of Work to be included in the alternate Contract Price. 3. Coordinate related Work and modify surrounding Work as required to properly integrate the Work under each alternate,and provide a complete and functional Project as required by the Contract Documents. 4. Bids for alternates may be accepted or rejected at the option of the Owner. 5. Owner may incorporate these alternates in the Contract when executed, or may issue a Change Order to incorporate these alternates within 120 days at the prices offered in the Bid, unless noted otherwise. A Request for a Change Proposal may be issued after 120 days or other designated time period to negotiate a new price for incorporating the Work into the Project. B. The Bid Items described as"Allowances" have been set as noted in Section 00 30 01 Bid Form and shall be included in the Total Base Bid of the Bid Form for each Bidder. This Allowance may be used at the Owner's discretion in the event that unforeseen conditions or conflicts are encountered during construction that warrants the use of the Allowance funds. If the use of Allowance funds becomes necessary, the OAR will provide written authorization at a cost negotiated between Owner and Contractor, using unit prices in the Bid Form when applicable. No work is to be performed under the Allowance items without written authorization from the OAR. There is no guarantee that any of these funds will need to be used during the course of the Work. 1.02 DOCUMENT SUBMITTALS A. Provide documents for materials furnished as part of the alternate in accordance with Article 24 of SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS. 1.03 DESCRIPTION OF ALTERNATES 1. NONE 1.04 DESCRIPTION OF ALLOWANCES A. Allowance E1—Unforeseen Conditions 1. The sum of$200,000 to be used for unforeseen conditions. B. Allowance E2—HVAC Equipment Allowance 1. The sum of$200,000 is to be used for potential additional work related to HVAC Equipment. C. Allowance E3—Bonds and Insurance 1. Allowance E3 is to be used for Bonds and Insurance. ALTERNATES AND ALLOWANCES 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS a. Payment shall include all bonds and insurance required under the Contract Documents. b. Payment for bonds and insurance will be based on the receipt of documentation of actual costs. Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence of the rate or rates paid for all bonds and insurance. Contractor will be reimbursed for the actual cost of unique insurance as required and obtained specifically for this Project, not including the routine and general company insurance policies that are maintained for the course of conducting normal business operations. Contractor will be reimbursed for the actual cost of project specific bonds and insurance, not to exceed the bid amount or the verifiable costs of Project specific bonds and insurance incurred by the Contractor. 2.00 PRODUCTS(NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION ALTERNATES AND ALLOWANCES 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 01 29 01 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENT 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENTS ON LUMP SUM ITEMS A. Include all cost for completing the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents for lump sum payment items. Include all direct cost for the Work associated with that lump sum item and a proportionate amount for the indirect costs as described in Article 17 of SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS for each lump sum item. Include cost not specifically set forth as an individual payment item but required to provide a complete and functional system in the lump sum price. B. Measurement for progress payments will be made on the basis of the earned value for each item shown as a percentage of the cost for the lump sum item as described in Article 17 of SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS. Payment at Final Completion will be equal to the total lump sum amount for that item. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENTS ON UNIT PRICE ITEMS A. Include all cost for completing the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents in unit price payment items. Include all direct cost for the Work associated with that unit price item and a proportionate amount for the indirect costs as described in Article 17 of SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS for each unit price item. Include cost not specifically set forth as an individual payment item but required to provide a complete and functional system in the unit price. B. Measurement for payments will be made only for the actual measured and/or computed length, area, solid contents, number, and weight, unless other provisions are made in the Contract Documents. Payment on a unit price basis will not be made for Work outside finished dimensions shown in the Contract Documents. Include cost for waste, overages, and tolerances in the unit price for that line item. Measurement will be as indicated for each unit price item. 1.03 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENT FOR BASE BID ITEMS A. Bid Item A-1—Mobilization (Not to exceed 5%): 1. Include the following costs in this Bid item: a. Transportation and setup for equipment; b. Transportation and/or erection of all field offices, sheds, and storage facilities; C. Salaries for preparation of documents required before the first Application for Payment; d. Salaries for field personnel assigned to the Project related to the mobilization of the Project; e. Demobilization; and f. Mobilization may not exceed 5 percent of the total Contract Price. Measurement and Basis for Payment 01 29 01- 1 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements Rev 5/2020 2. Measurement for payment will be made per lump sum on the following basis: When at least 5% of the adjusted contract amount for construction is earned, 75% of the mobilization lump sum bid amount will be eligible for payment, minus retainage. Upon substantial completion of all work under this Contract and removal of all equipment and materials from the Project site, the remaining 25% of the mobilization lump sum bid amount will be eligible for payment, minus retainage. B. Bid Item B-3: Receiving, handling and Installation of Owner-Purchased Chillers (Trane Model#CVHF130) This Bid Item is measured on an "Each-Basis". Payments will be made according to Construction Completion minus Retainage.This Bid Item is to include any additional expenses related to receiving, handling and installation of Owner-Purchased equipment. It must also include any unaccounted-for costs to perform this work, such as equipment cost mark-ups, and potential service or warranty costs. C. Bid Item 135: Receiving, handling and Installation of Owner-Purchased Cooling Towers (Trane Mode l#TTXR-121975) This Bid Item is measured on an "Each-Basis". Payments will be made according to Construction Completion minus Retainage.This Bid Item is to include any additional expenses related to receiving, handling and installation of Owner-Purchased equipment. It must also include any unaccounted-for costs to perform this work, such as equipment cost mark-ups, and potential service or warranty costs. D. Bid Item B13: Receiving, handling and Installation of Owner-Purchased Variable Frequency Drives VFDs (Trane Model#H6B2B180PMB) and Output Filter(TCI MODEL#V1K200A01) This Bid Item is measured on an "Each-Basis". Payments will be made according to Construction Completion minus Retainage.This Bid Item is to include any additional expenses related to receiving, handling and installation of Owner-Purchased equipment. It must also include any unaccounted-for costs to perform this work, such as equipment cost mark-ups, and potential service or warranty costs. E. Other Bid Items 1. The basis of measurement and payment for other Bid Items shall be as described in the applicable Specification Sections, Construction Drawings and/or Schedule of Values as reflected in Bid Form. 2.00 PRODUCTS(NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Measurement and Basis for Payment 01 29 01-2 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements Rev 5/2020 0133 01 Submittal Register Specification Paragraph Types of Submittals Required Section Specification Description No. Product Sample or Operations Information Mockup Data 051200 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 1.4 Shop Drawing 051200 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 1.4 Record Data 051223.13 MISCELLANEOUS STEEL 1.2A Record Data 051223.13 MISCELLANEOUS STEEL 1.213 Shop Drawing 051223.13 MISCELLANEOUS STEEL 1.2C Sample 055000 METAL FABRICATIONS 1.3A Record Data 055000 METAL FABRICATIONS 1.313 Shop Drawing 055000 METAL FABRICATIONS 1.3C Sample 061053 ROUGH CARPENTRY 1.4 Record Data 074213.19 INSULATED METAL WALL PANELS 1.4A Record Data 074213.19 INSULATED METAL WALL PANELS 1.413 Shop Drawing 074213.19 INSULATED METAL WALL PANELS 1.4C Sample 074213.19 INSULATED METAL WALL PANELS 1.4D Sample 074213.19 INSULATED METAL WALL PANELS 1.6A O&M Manual 075216.17 SBS-MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING, 1.4A Record Data SELF-ADHERED 075216.17 SBS-MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING, 1.413 Shop Drawing SELF-ADHERED 075216.17 SBS-MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING, 1.4C Sample SELF-ADHERED 075216.17 SBS-MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING, 1.6A O&M Manual SELF-ADHERED 076200 SHEET METAL FLADHING AND TRIM 1.5A Record Data 076200 SHEET METAL FLADHING AND TRIM 1.513 Record Data 076200 SHEET METAL FLADHING AND TRIM 1.5C Sample 092216 NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 1.2A Record Data 092813 CEMENTITIOUS BOARD 1.2A Record Data 092813 CEMENTITIOUS BOARD 1.213 Sample 099123 INTERIOR PAINTING 1.3.A Record Data 099123 INTERIOR PAINTING 1.3.13 Sample 099123 INTERIOR PAINTING 1.3.0 Record Data 230201 COORDINATION DRAWINGS 1.2 Record Data 230300 COMMISSIONING OF HVAC SYSTEMS 1.1 Record Data 230500 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 1.13.A Shop Drawing 230500 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 1.13.A Record Data 230510 STARTING OF SYSTEMS 1.03 Record Data 231400 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 1.02.A Shop Drawing 231400 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 1.02.A Record Data 231400 SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS 1.05.A Shop Drawing 231400 SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS 1.05.A Record Data 231900 SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION AND PIPE MARKING 2.01 Record Data 232600 PIPING INSULATION 1.04.A Shop Drawing 232600 PIPING INSULATION 1.04.13 Record Data 232900 DUCT INSULATION 1.04.A Shop Drawing 232900 DUCT INSULATION 1.04.13 Record Data 235510 HYDRONIC PIPING ABOVE GRADE 1.06.A Record Data 235510 HYDRONIC PIPING ABOVE GRADE 1.06.13 Record Data 235510 HYDRONIC PIPING ABOVE GRADE 1.06.0 Record Data Submittal Register 01 33 01-1 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 10/2018 Specification Paragraph Types of Submittals Required Section Specification Description No. Product Sample or Operations Information Mockup Data 235515 HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES 1.05 O&M Manual 238900 METAL DUCTWORK 1.05.A Shop Drawing 238900 METAL DUCTWORK 1.05.13 Record Data 238900 METAL DUCTWORK 1.05.0 Record Data 239100 DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES 1.04.A Shop Drawing 239100 DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES 1.04.A Record Data 239500 ENERGY MANAGEMENT AND CONTROL SYSTEM(EMCS) 1.6.13 Shop Drawing 239500 ENERGY MANAGEMENT AND CONTROL SYSTEM(EMCS) 1.6.0 Record Data 239500 ENERGY MANAGEMENT AND CONTROL SYSTEM(EMCS) 1.63D Sample 239500 ENERGY MANAGEMENT AND CONTROL SYSTEM(EMCS) 1.6.E Record Data 239500 ENERGY MANAGEMENT AND CONTROL SYSTEM(EMCS) 1.6.F O&M Manual 239900 TAB Report 1.06 O&M Manual Submittal Register 01 33 01-2 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 10/2018 01 35 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCE A. Perform the Work as required to complete the entire Project within the Contract Times and in the sequence stipulated below: 1. Proiect to be completed within the Contract time and in a sequence coordinated with American Bank Center scheduling and operations requirements. B. Work shall be completed within the specified time for these items: NOT APPLICABLE C. Consider the sequences, duration limitations, and governing factors outlined in this Section to prepare the schedule for the Work. D. Perform the Work not specifically described in this Section as required to complete the entire Project within the Contract Times. 1.02 PLAN OF ACTION A. Submit a written plan of action for approval for shutting down essential services. These include: 1. Electrical power, 2. Control power, 3. Pipelines or wastewater systems, 4. Communications equipment, and 5. Other designated functions. B. Describe the following in the plan of action: 1. Scheduled dates for construction; 2. Work to be performed; 3. Utilities, piping, or services affected; 4. Length of time the service or utility will be disturbed; 5. Procedures to be used to carry out the Work; 6. Plan of Action to handle emergencies; 7. List of manpower, equipment, and ancillary supplies; 8. Backups for key pieces of equipment and key personnel; 9. Contingency plan that will be used if the original schedule cannot be met; and C. Submit plan 1 month prior to beginning the Work. SPECIAL PROCEDURES 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 1.03 CRITICAL OPERATIONS A. The Owner has identified critical operations that must not be out of service longer than the designated maximum time out of service and/or must be performed only during the designated times. These have been identified in the table below: 1. Critical Operations include the scheduling and operations requirements of the American Bank Center. Proposed lay down areas and arena event schedule are provided in these bid documents for reference. Bidders/Contractor should visit site to observe available lay down areas and access during construction. B. Submit a written plan of action per Paragraph 1.02 for approval for critical operations. C. Work affecting critical operations is to be performed on a 24-hour a day basis until Owner's normal operations have been restored. D. Provide additional manpower and equipment as required to complete the Work affecting critical operations within the allotted time. 2.00 PRODUCTS(NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION SPECIAL PROCEDURES 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide temporary facilities, including storage sheds, and temporary utilities needed to complete the Work. B. Install and maintain temporary Project identification signs. Provide temporary on-site informational signs to identify key elements of the construction facilities. Do not allow other signs to be displayed. 1.02 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Arrange transportation, loading, and handling of temporary buildings and sheds. 1.03 JOB CONDITIONS A. Locate buildings and sheds at the Site as indicated or as approved by the OPT. B. Prepare the Site by removing trees, brush, or debris and performing demolition or grubbing needed to clear a space adequate for the structures. C. Pay for the utilities used by temporary facilities during construction. D. Provide each temporary service and facility ready for use at each location when the service or facility is first needed to avoid delay in the performance of the Work. Provide OPT's field office complete and ready for occupancy and use within 7 days of the Notice to Proceed. E. Maintain, expand as required, and modify temporary services and facilities as needed throughout the progress of the Work. F. Remove services and facilities when approved by the OAR. G. Operate temporary facilities in a safe and efficient manner. 1. Restrict loads on temporary services or facilities to within their designed or designated capacities. 2. Provide sanitary conditions. Prevent public nuisance or hazardous conditions from developing or existing at the Site. 3. Prevent freezing of pipes, flooding, or the contamination of water. 4. Maintain Site security and protection of the facilities. 1.04 OPTIONS A. Storage sheds may be prefabricated buildings on skids or truck trailers. 01 50 OOTEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 2.00 PRODUCTS 2.01 TEMPORARY FIELD OFFICES (FIELD OFFICES NOT REQUIRED) A. The Contractor must furnish the OPT with a field office at the Site. The field office must contain at least 120 square feet of useable space. The field office must be air-conditioned and heated and must be furnished with an inclined table that measures at least 30 inches by 60 inches and two chairs. The Contractor shall move the field office on the Site as required by the OAR. There is no separate pay item for the field office. B. Furnish a field office of adequate size for Contractor's use. Provide conference room space for a minimum of 10 people. C. Other trades may provide their own offices only when space is available at the Site, and the OPT agrees to its size, condition, and location. D. No monthly partial payments will be processed until OPT's field office facilities are completed and approved. 2.02 TEMPORARY STORAGE BUILDINGS A. Furnish storage buildings of adequate size to store any materials or equipment delivered to the Site that might be affected by weather. 2.03 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES A. Provide sanitary facilities at the Site from the commencement of the Project until Project conclusion. Maintain these facilities in a clean and sanitary condition at all times,and comply with the requirements of the local health authority. On large sites, provide portable toilets at such locations that no point in the Site shall be more than 600 feet from a toilet. B. Use these sanitary facilities. Do not use restrooms within existing or Owner-occupied buildings. 2.04 TEMPORARY UTILITIES A. Provide the temporary utilities for administration, construction, testing, disinfection, and start-up of the Work, including electrical power, water, and telephone. Pay all costs associated with furnishing temporary utilities. 1. Provide a source of temporary electrical power of adequate size for construction procedures. a. Use existing power systems where spare capacity is available. Provide temporary power connections that do not adversely affect the existing power supply. Submit connections to the OAR for approval prior to installation. 2.05 WATER FOR CONSTRUCTION A. Provide temporary water. Potable water may be purchased from the Owner by obtaining a water meter from the Owner and transporting water from a water hydrant. Non-potable water may be used for hydraulic testing of non-potable basins or pipelines. Include the cost of water in the Contract Price. 01 50 OOTEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS B. Contractor must comply with the City of Corpus Christi's Water Conservation and Drought Contingency Plan as amended (the "Plan"). This includes implementing water conservation measures established for changing conditions. The City Engineer will provide a copy of the Plan to Contractor at the pre-construction meeting. The Contractor will keep a copy of the Plan on the Site throughout construction. 3.00 EXECUTION 3.01 LOCATION OF TEMPORARY FACILITIES A. Locate temporary facilities in areas approved by the OAR. Construct and install signs at locations approved by the OAR. Install informational signs so they are clearly visible. 3.02 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION AND SIGNS A. The Owner will furnish two Project signs to be installed by the Contractor.The signs must be installed before construction begins and will be maintained throughout the Project period by the Contractor. The locations of the signs will be determined in the field by the OAR. 3.03 TEMPORARY LIGHTING A. Provide portable flood lights at any time that Work will be performed outside the structure at night. Provide adequate lighting at any location Work is being performed. 3.04 DRINKING WATER A. Provide all field offices with potable water. Provide a dispenser and cooling apparatus if bottled drinking water is provided. B. Pay for water services and maintain daily. 3.05 CONSTRUCTION FENCE A. Install and maintain a construction fence around the Site and off-site storage yards. Fence must be a minimum 6 feet high chain link construction unless shown otherwise. Provide gates with padlocks. 3.06 REMOVAL OF TEMPORARY FACILITIES A. Remove temporary buildings, sheds, and utilities at the conclusion of the Project and restore the Site to original condition or finished in accordance with the Drawings. B. Remove informational signs upon completion of construction. C. Remove Project identification signs, framing, supports, and foundations upon completion of the Project. END OF SECTION 01 50 OOTEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 017419 -CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for the following: 1. Disposing of nonhazardous demolition and construction waste. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Construction Waste: Building, structure, and site improvement materials and other solid waste resulting from construction, remodeling, renovation, or repair operations. Construction waste includes packaging. B. Demolition Waste: Building, structure, and site improvement materials resulting from demolition operations. C. Disposal: Removal of demolition or construction waste and subsequent salvage, sale, recycling, or deposit in landfill, incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, or designated spoil areas on Owner's property. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 NONE PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 DISPOSAL OF WASTE A. General: remove waste materials from Project site and legally dispose of them in a landfill or incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Except as otherwise specified, do not allow waste materials that are to be disposed of accumulate on-site. 2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas. B. Burning: Do not burn waste materials. END OF SECTION 017419 SECTION 017419-CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 024119-SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Demolition and removal of selected site elements. 1.2 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP A. Unless otherwise indicated,demolition waste becomes property of Contractor. 1.3 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Predemolition Conference:Conduct conference at Project site. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Schedule of selective demolition activities with starting and ending dates for each activity. B. Predemolition photographs or video. C. Statement of Refrigerant Recovery: Signed by refrigerant recovery technician. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Refrigerant Recovery Technician Qualifications: Certified by an EPA-approved certification program. 1.6 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Owner will occupy portions of building immediately adjacent to selective demolition area.Conduct selective demolition so Owner's operations will not be disrupted. B. Notify Architect of discrepancies between existing conditions and Drawings before proceeding with selective demolition. C. Storage or sale of removed items or materials on-site is not permitted. D. Utility Service: Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service and protect them against damage during selective demolition operations. 1. Maintain fire-protection facilities in service during selective demolition operations. E. Arrange selective demolition schedule so as not to interfere with Owner's operations. PART 2-PRODUCTS PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped before starting selective demolition operations. B. Inventory and record the condition of items to be removed and salvaged. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Refrigerant: Before starting demolition, remove refrigerant from mechanical equipment according to 40 CFR 82 and regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. 3.3 UTILITY SERVICES AND MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS A. Existing Services/Systems to Remain:Maintain services/systems indicated to remain and protect them against damage. 3.4 PROTECTION A. Temporary Protection: Provide temporary barricades and other protection required to prevent injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain. B. Temporary Shoring: Design, provide, and maintain shoring, bracing, and structural supports as required to preserve stability and prevent movement,settlement,or collapse of construction and finishes to remain,and to prevent unexpected or uncontrolled movement or collapse of construction being demolished. C. Remove temporary barricades and protections where hazards no longer exist. 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 0241 19 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 3.5 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION A. General: Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new construction and as indicated. Use methods required to complete the Work within limitations of governing regulations and as follows: 1. Neatly cut openings and holes plumb,square,and true to dimensions required.Use cutting methods least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining construction. Use hand tools or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding,not hammering and chopping.Temporarily cover openings to remain. 2. Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces to avoid marring existing finished surfaces. 3. Do not use cutting torches until work area is cleared of flammable materials.At concealed spaces,such as duct and pipe interiors, verify condition and contents of hidden space before starting flame-cutting operations. Maintain portable fire-suppression devices during flame-cutting operations. 4. Maintain fire watch during and for at least 4 hours after flame-cutting operations. 5. Locate selective demolition equipment and remove debris and materials so as not to impose excessive loads on supporting walls,floors,or framing. 6. Dispose of demolished items and materials promptly. Comply with requirements in Section 017419 "Construction Waste Management and Disposal." B. Site Access and Temporary Controls:Conduct selective demolition and debris-removal operations to ensure minimum interference with roads,streets,walks,walkways,and other adjacent occupied and used facilities. 3.6 CLEANING A. Remove demolition waste materials from Project site and dispose of them in an EPA-approved construction and demolition waste landfill acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on-site. 2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas. 3. Remove debris from elevated portions of building by chute,hoist,or other device that will convey debris to grade level in a controlled descent. 4. Comply with requirements specified in Section 017419 "Construction Waste Management and Disposal." B. Burning:Do not burn demolished materials. C. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust,dirt,and debris caused by selective demolition operations.Return adjacent areas to condition existing before selective demolition operations began. END OF SECTION 024119 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 0241 19 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION SECTION 05 12 00 - STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Structural-steel materials. 2. Shrinkage-resistant grout. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 055000 "Metal Fabrications" for miscellaneous steel fabrications and other steel items not defined as structural steel. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Structural Steel: Elements of the structural frame indicated on Drawings and as described in ANSFAISC 303. B. Seismic-Load-Resisting System: Elements of structural-steel frame designated as "SLRS" or along grid lines designated as "SLRS" on Drawings, including columns, beams, and braces and their connections. C. Heavy Sections: Rolled and built-up sections as follows: 1. Shapes included in ASTM A6/A6M with flanges thicker than 1-1/2 inches. 2. Welded built-up members with plates thicker than 2 inches. 3. Column base plates thicker than 2 inches. D. Protected Zone: Structural members or portions of structural members indicated as "protected zone" on Drawings. Connections of structural and nonstructural elements to protected zones are limited. E. Demand-Critical Welds:Those welds,the failure of which would result in significant degradation of the strength and stiffness of the seismic-load-resisting system and which are indicated as "demand critical" or"seismic critical" on Drawings. 1.3 COORDINATION A. Coordinate selection of shop primers with topcoats to be applied over them. Comply with paint and coating manufacturers'written recommendations to ensure that shop primers and topcoats are compatible with one another. 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 051200 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING B. Coordinate installation of anchorage items to be embedded in or attached to other construction without delaying the Work. Provide setting diagrams, sheet metal templates, instructions, and directions for installation. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. Structural-steel materials. 2. High-strength,bolt-nut-washer assemblies. 3. Shear stud connectors. 4. Anchor rods. 5. Threaded rods. 6. Forged-steel hardware. 7. Slide bearings. 8. Prefabricated building columns. 9. Shop primer. 10. Galvanized-steel primer. 11. Etching cleaner. 12. Galvanized repair paint. 13. Shrinkage-resistant grout. B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication of structural-steel components. 1. Include details of cuts,connections, splices,camber,holes, and other pertinent data. 2. Include embedment Drawings. 3. Indicate welds by standard AWS symbols, distinguishing between shop and field welds, and show size, length, and type of each weld. Show backing bars that are to be removed and supplemental fillet welds where backing bars are to remain. 4. Indicate type,size,and length of bolts,distinguishing between shop and field bolts.Identify pretensioned and slip-critical,high-strength bolted connections. 5. Identify members and connections of the seismic-load-resisting system. 6. Indicate locations and dimensions of protected zones. 7. Identify demand-critical welds. 8. Identify members not to be shop primed. C. Welding Procedure Specifications(WPSs)and Procedure Qualification Records(PQRs):Provide in accordance with AWS D1.I/D1.IM for each welded joint wheter prequalified or qualified by testing,including the following: 1. Power source (constant current or constant voltage). 2. Electrode manufacturer and trade name,for demand-critical welds. D. Delegated Design Submittal: For structural-steel connections indicated on Drawings to comply with design loads, include analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 05 12 00 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For Installer, fabricator,professional engineer and testing agency. B. Welding certificates. C. Paint Compatibility Certificates: From manufacturers of topcoats applied over shop primers, certifying that shop primers are compatible with topcoats. D. Mill test reports for structural-steel materials,including chemical and physical properties. E. Product Test Reports: For the following: 1. Bolts,nuts,and washers,including mechanical properties and chemical analysis. 2. Direct-tension indicators. 3. Tension-control,high-strength,bolt-nut-washer assemblies. 4. Shear stud connectors. F. Survey of existing conditions. G. Source quality-control reports. H. Field quality-control reports. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator Qualifications: A qualified fabricator that participates in the AISC Quality Certification Program and is designated an AISC-Certified Plant, Category BU or is accredited by the IAS Fabricator Inspection Program for Structural Steel(Acceptance Criteria 172). B. Installer Qualifications: A qualified Installer who participates in the AISC Quality Certification Program and is designated an AISC-Certified Erector. C. Shop-Painting Applicator Qualifications: Qualified in accordance with AISC's Sophisticated Paint to SSPC-QP 3. D. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel in accordance with AWS D1.1/D1.1M. 1. Welders and welding operators performing work on bottom-flange,demand-critical welds are to pass the supplemental welder qualification testing, as required by AWS D1.8/D1.8M. FCAW-S and FCAW-G are to be considered separate processes for welding personnel qualification. 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 05 12 00 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Store materials to permit easy access for inspection and identification. Keep steel members off ground and spaced by using pallets,dunnage,or other supports and spacers.Protect steel members and packaged materials from corrosion and deterioration. 1. Do not store materials on structure in a manner that might cause distortion, damage, or overload to members or supporting structures. Repair or replace damaged materials or structures as directed. B. Store fasteners in a protected place in sealed containers with manufacturer's labels intact. 1. Fasteners may be repackaged provided Owner's testing and inspecting agency observes repackaging and seals containers. 2. Clean and relubricate bolts and nuts that become dry or rusty before use. 3. Comply with manufacturers' written recommendations for cleaning and lubricating ASTM F3125/F3125M, Grade F 1852 bolt assemblies and for retesting bolt assemblies after lubrication. PART2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with applicable provisions of the following specifications and documents: 1. ANSI/AISC 303. 2. ANSI/AISC 341. 3. ANSI/AISC 360. 4. RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using High-Strength Bolts." B. Connection Design Information: 1. Option 1: Connection designs have been completed and connections indicated on the Drawings. C. Moment Connections: Type FR, fully restrained. D. Construction: Moment frame,braced frame, shear wall system, combined system of moment frame and braced frame, combined system of moment frame and shear walls, combined system of braced frame and shear walls, combined system of moment frame,braced frame, and shear walls. 2.2 STRUCTURAL-STEEL MATERIALS A. W-Shapes: ASTM A992/A992M or ASTM A572/A572M, Grade 50 . 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 05 12 00 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING B. Channels,Angles,M-Shapes:ASTM A36/A36M or ASTM A572/A572M, Grade 50. C. Channels,Angles, S-Shapes: ASTM A36/A36M or ASTM A572/A572M, Grade 50 D. Plate and Bar: ASTM A36/A36M or ASTM A572/A572M, Grade 50 E. Corrosion-Resisting (Weathering) Structural-Steel Shapes, Plates, and Bars: ASTM A588/A588M, 50 ksi. F. Cold-Formed Hollow Structural Sections: ASTM A500/A500M, Grade B or ASTM A500/A500M, Grade C structural tubing G. Corrosion-Resisting (Weathering), Cold-Formed Hollow Structural Sections: ASTM A847/A847M structural tubing. H. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53/A53M,Type E or Type S, Grade B. I. Weight Class: Standard,unless noted otherwise on plans. 2. Finish: Black except where indicated to be galvanized L Steel Castings: ASTM A216/A216M, Grade WCB,with supplementary requirement S11. J. Steel Forgings: ASTM A668/A668M. K. Welding Electrodes: Comply with AWS requirements. 2.3 BOLTS AND CONNECTORS A. High-Strength A325 Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM F3125/F3125M, Grade A325, Type 1, heavy-hex steel structural bolts; ASTM A563, Grade DH, heavy-hex carbon-steel nuts; and ASTM F436/F436M,Type 1,hardened carbon-steel washers; all with plain finish. I. Direct-Tension Indicators: ASTM F959/F959M, Type 325-1, compressible-washer type with plain finish. B. High-Strength A490 Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM F3125/F3125M, Grade A490, Type 1, heavy-hex steel structural bolts; ASTM A563, Grade DH, heavy-hex carbon-steel nuts; and ASTM F436/F436M,Type 1,hardened carbon-steel washers;all with plain finish. I. Direct-Tension Indicators: ASTM F959/F959M, Type 490-1, compressible-washer type with plain finish. C. Zinc-Coated High-Strength A325 Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM F3125/F3125M, Grade A325, Type 1, heavy-hex steel structural bolts; ASTM A563, Grade DH, heavy-hex carbon-steel nuts; and ASTM F436/F436M,Type 1,hardened carbon-steel washers. I. Finish: Hot-dip zinc coating. 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 05 12 00 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 2. Direct-Tension Indicators: ASTM F959/F959M, Type 325-1, compressible-washer type with mechanically deposited zinc coating finish. D. Tension-Control, High-Strength Bolt-Nut-Washer Assemblies: ASTM F3125/F3125M, Grade F 1852,Type 1, ea ex head assemblies,consisting of steel structural bolts with splined ends; ASTM A563, Grade DH, heavy-hex carbon-steel nuts; and ASTM F436/F436M, Type 1, hardened carbon-steel washers. 1. Finish: As noted on plans. E. Shear Stud Connectors: ASTM A108, AISI C-1015 through C-1020, headed-stud type, cold- finished carbon steel; AWS D1.1/D1.1M,Type B. 2.4 RODS A. Unheaded Anchor Rods: ASTM F1554, Grade 36 or ASTM F1554, Grade 55,weldable or noted in plans . 1. Configuration: Straight. 2.Nuts: ASTM A563 heavy hex carbon steel. 3. Plate Washers: ASTM A36/A36M carbon steel. 4.Washers: ASTM F436, Type 1,hardened carbon steel. 5. Finish: Hot-dip zinc coating B. Headed Anchor Rods: ASTM F1554, Grade 36 or ASTM F1554, Grade 55,weldable or as noted in plans, straight. 1.Nuts: ASTM A563 heavy-hex carbon steel. 2. Plate Washers: ASTM A36/A36M carbon steel. 3.Washers: ASTM F436, Type 1,hardened carbon steel. 4. Finish: Hot-dip zinc coating. C. C. Threaded Rods: ASTM A36/A36M or ASTM A193/A193M, Grade B7. 1.Nuts: ASTM A63 heavy-hex carbon steel. 2.Washers: ASTM F436 , Type 1,hardened carbon steel. 3. Finish: Hot-dip zinc coating. 2.5 FORGED-STEEL STRUCTURAL HARDWARE A. Clevises and Turnbuckles: Made from cold-finished carbon-steel bars, ASTM A108, AISI C- 1035. B. Eye Bolts and Nuts: Made from cold-finished carbon-steel bars,ASTM A108,AISI C-1030. C. Sleeve Nuts: Made from cold-finished carbon-steel bars,ASTM A108,AISI C-1018. 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 05 12 00 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 2.6 PRIMER A. Steel Primer: 1. Comply with notes in Plans 2. SSPC-Paint 23,latex primer. 3. Fabricator's standard lead- and chromate-free, nonasphaltic, rust-inhibiting primer complying with MPI#79 and compatible with topcoat. 2.7 SHRINKAGE-RESISTANT GROUT A. Metallic, Shrinkage-Resistant Grout: ASTM CI107/C1107M, factory-packaged, metallic aggregate grout, mixed with water to consistency suitable for application and a 30-minute working time. B. Nonmetallic,Shrinkage-Resistant Grout:ASTM CI107/C1107M,factory-packaged,nonmetallic aggregate grout, noncorrosive and nonstaining, mixed with water to consistency suitable for application and a 30-minute working time. 2.8 FABRICATION A. Structural Steel: Fabricate and assemble in shop to greatest extent possible. Fabricate in accordance with ANSI/AISC 303 and to ANSI/AISC 360. 1. Camber structural-steel members where indicated. 2. Fabricate beams with rolling camber up. 3. Identify high-strength structural steel in accordance with ASTM A6/A6M and maintain markings until structural-steel framing has been erected. 4. Mark and match-mark materials for field assembly. 5. Complete structural-steel assemblies, including welding of units, before starting shop- priming operations. B. Thermal Cutting: Perform thermal cutting by machine to greatest extent possible. I. Plane thermally cut edges to be welded to comply with requirements in AWS D1.1/D1.IM. C. Bolt Holes: Cut, drill,mechanically thermal cut or punch standard bolt holes perpendicular to metal surfaces. D. Finishing: Accurately finish ends of columns and other members transmitting bearing loads. E. Cleaning: Clean and prepare steel surfaces that are to remain unpainted in accordance with SSPC- SP3. F. Shear Stud Connectors: Prepare steel surfaces as recommended by manufacturer of shear connectors. Weld using automatic end welding of headed-stud shear connectors in accordance with AWS D1.I/D1.IM and manufacturer's written instructions. 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 05 12 00 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING G. Steel Wall-Opening Framing: Select true and straight members for fabricating steel wall-opening framing to be attached to structural-steel frame. Straighten as required to provide uniform,square, and true members in completed wall framing. Build up welded framing, weld exposed joints continuously,and grind smooth. H. Welded-Steel Door Frames: Build up welded-steel doorframes attached to structural-steel frame. Weld exposed joints continuously and grind smooth. Plug-weld fixed steel bar stops to frames. Secure removable stops to frames with countersunk machine screws,uniformly spaced not more than 10 inches o.c.unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. L Holes: Provide holes required for securing other work to structural steel and for other work to pass through steel members. I. Cut,drill,or punch holes perpendicular to steel surfaces. Do not thermally cut bolt holes or enlarge holes by burning. 2. Baseplate Holes: Cut,drill,mechanically thermal cut,or punch holes perpendicular to steel surfaces. 3. Weld threaded nuts to framing and other specialty items indicated to receive other work. 2.9 SHOP CONNECTIONS A. High-Strength Bolts: Shop install high-strength bolts in accordance with RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using High-Strength Bolts" for type of bolt and type of joint specified. I. Joint Type: Snug tightened unless noted otherwise in for Pretensioned or Slip critical. B. Weld Connections: Comply with AWS D1.1/D1.IM for tolerances, appearances, welding procedure specifications,weld quality, and methods used in correcting welding work. I. Assemble and weld built-up sections by methods that maintain true alignment of axes without exceeding tolerances in ANSI/AISC 303 for mill material. 2.10 GALVANIZING A. Hot-Dip Galvanized Finish: Apply zinc coating by the hot-dip process to structural steel in accordance with ASTM A123/A123M. I. Fill vent and drain holes that are exposed in the finished Work unless they function as weep holes,by plugging with zinc solder and filing off smooth. 2. Galvanize lintels and shelf angles attached to structural-steel frame and located in exterior walls. 2.11 SHOP PRIMING A. Shop prime steel surfaces,except the following: 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 05 12 00 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 1. Surfaces embedded in concrete or mortar. Extend priming of partially embedded members to a depth of 2 inches. 2. Surfaces to be field welded. 3. Surfaces of high-strength bolted, slip-critical connections. 4. Surfaces to receive sprayed fire-resistive materials(applied fireproofing). 5. Galvanized surfaces unless indicated to be painted. 6. Corrosion-resisting(weathering) steel surfaces. 7. Surfaces enclosed in interior construction. B. Surface Preparation of Steel: Clean surfaces to be painted. Remove loose rust and mill scale and spatter, slag, or flux deposits. Prepare surfaces in accordance with the following specifications and standards: 1. SSPC-SP 2. 2. SSPC-SP 3. 3. SSPC-SP 7(WAB)/NACE WAB-4. 4. SSPC-SP 14(WAB)/NACE WAB-8. 5. SSPC-SP 11. 6. SSPC-SP 6 (WAB)/NACE WAB-3. 7. SSPC-SP 10(WAB)/NACE WAB-2. 8. SSPC-SP 5 (WAB)/NACE WAB-I. 9. SSPC-SP 8. C. Surface Preparation of Galvanized Steel: Prepare galvanized-steel surfaces for shop priming by thoroughly cleaning steel of grease, dirt, oil, flux, and other foreign matter, and treating with etching cleaner [or in accordance with SSPC-SP 16]. D. Priming: Immediately after surface preparation, apply primer in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and at rate recommended by SSPC to provide a minimum dry film thickness of 1.5 mils.Use priming methods that result in full coverage ofjoints,corners,edges,and exposed surfaces. 1. Stripe paint corners,crevices,bolts,welds, and sharp edges. 2. Apply two coats of shop paint to surfaces that are inaccessible after assembly or erection. Change color of second coat to distinguish it from first. 2.12 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform shop tests and inspections. 1. Allow testing agency access to places where structural-steel work is being fabricated or produced to perform tests and inspections. 2. Bolted Connections: Inspect shop-bolted connections in accordance with RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using High-Strength Bolts." 3. Welded Connections: Visually inspect shop-welded connections in accordance with AWS DI.1/D1.1M and the following inspection procedures, at testing agency's option: 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 05 12 00 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING a. Liquid Penetrant Inspection: ASTM EI65/EI65M. b. Magnetic Particle Inspection: ASTM E709;performed on root pass and on finished weld. Cracks or zones of incomplete fusion or penetration are not accepted. C. Ultrasonic Inspection: ASTM E164. d. Radiographic Inspection: ASTM E94/E94M. 4. In addition to visual inspection, test and inspect shop-welded shear stud connectors in accordance with requirements in AWS D1.1/D1.1M for stud welding and as follows: a. Perform bend tests if visual inspections reveal either a less-than-continuous 360- degree flash or welding repairs to any shear stud connector. b. Conduct tests in accordance with requirements in AWS D1.1/D1.1M on additional shear stud connectors if weld fracture occurs on shear stud connectors already tested. 5. Prepare test and inspection reports. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify,with certified steel erector present,elevations of concrete- and masonry-bearing surfaces and locations of anchor rods, bearing plates, and other embedments for compliance with requirements. 1. Prepare a certified survey of existing conditions. Include bearing surfaces, anchor rods, bearing plates, and other embedments showing dimensions, locations, angles, and elevations. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Provide temporary shores,guys,braces,and other supports during erection to keep structural steel secure,plumb,and in alignment against temporary construction loads and loads equal in intensity to design loads. Remove temporary supports when permanent structural steel, connections, and bracing are in place unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. 1. Do not remove temporary shoring supporting composite deck construction and structural- steel framing until cast-in-place concrete has attained its design compressive strength. 3.3 ERECTION A. Set structural steel accurately in locations and to elevations indicated and in accordance with ANSUAISC 303 and ANSI/AISC 360. 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 05 12 00 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING B. Baseplates, Bearing Plates, and Leveling Plates: Clean concrete- and masonry-bearing surfaces of bond-reducing materials,and roughen surfaces prior to setting plates. Clean bottom surface of plates. 1. Set plates for structural members on wedges, shims,or setting nuts as required. 2. Weld plate washers to top of baseplate. 3. Snug-tighten anchor rods after supported members have been positioned and plumbed. Do not remove wedges or shims but, if protruding, cut off flush with edge of plate before packing with grout. 4. Promptly pack shrinkage-resistant grout solidly between bearing surfaces and plates,so no voids remain. Neatly finish exposed surfaces; protect grout and allow to cure. Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions for grouting. C. Maintain erection tolerances of structural steel within ANSI/AISC 303. D. Align and adjust various members that form part of complete frame or structure before permanently fastening. Before assembly, clean bearing surfaces and other surfaces that are in permanent contact with members. Perform necessary adjustments to compensate for discrepancies in elevations and alignment. 1. Level and plumb individual members of structure. Slope roof framing members to slopes indicated on Drawings. 2. Make allowances for difference between temperature at time of erection and mean temperature when structure is completed and in service. E. Splice members only where indicated. F. Do not use thermal cutting during erection unless approved by Engineer. Finish thermally cut sections within smoothness limits in AWS D1.1/D1.1M G. Do not enlarge unfair holes in members by burning or using drift pins. Ream holes that must be enlarged to admit bolts. 3.4 FIELD CONNECTIONS A. High-Strength Bolts: Install high-strength bolts in accordance with RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using High-Strength Bolts" for bolt and joint type specified. 1. Joint Type: Snug tightened unless noted otherwise in for Pretensioned or Slip critical. B. Weld Connections: Comply with AWS D1.1/D1.1M for tolerances, appearances, welding procedure specifications,weld quality, and methods used in correcting welding work. 1. Comply with ANSI/AISC 303 and ANSI/AISC 360 for bearing, alignment, adequacy of temporary connections, and removal of paint on surfaces adjacent to field welds. 2. Remove backing bars or runoff tabs where indicated,back gouge,and grind steel smooth. 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 05 12 00 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 3. Assemble and weld built-up sections by methods that maintain true alignment of axes without exceeding tolerances in ANSI/AISC 303 for mill material. C. Shear Stud Connectors: Prepare steel surfaces as recommended by manufacturer of shear connectors. Weld using end welding of headed-stud shear connectors in accordance with AWS D1.1/D1.1M and manufacturer's written instructions. 3.5 INSTALLATION OF PREFABRICATED BUILDING COLUMNS A. Install prefabricated building columns to comply with ANSI/AISC 360, manufacturer's written recommendations, and requirements of testing and inspecting agency that apply to the fire- resistance rating indicated. 3.6 REPAIR A. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean areas where galvanizing is damaged or missing, and repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A780/A780M. B. Touchup Painting: 1. Immediately after erection,clean exposed areas where primer is damaged or missing, and paint with the same material as used for shop painting to comply with SSPC-PA I for touching up shop-painted surfaces. a. Clean and prepare surfaces by SSPC-SP 2 hand-tool cleaning or SSPC-SP 3 power- tool cleaning. 2. Cleaning and touchup painting are specified. 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Special Inspections: Owner will engage a special inspector to perform the following special inspections: I. Verify structural-steel materials and inspect steel frame joint details. 2. Verify weld materials and inspect welds. 3. Verify connection materials and inspect high-strength bolted connections. B. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. I. Bolted Connections: Inspect bolted connections in accordance with RCSC's"Specification for Structural Joints Using High-Strength Bolts." 2. Welded Connections: Visually inspect field welds in accordance with AWS D1.1/D1.1M. a. In addition to visual inspection, test and inspect field welds in accordance with AWS D1.1/D1.1M and the following inspection procedures, at testing agency's option: 1) Liquid Penetrant Inspection: ASTM EI65/EI65M. 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 05 12 00 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 2) Magnetic Particle Inspection: ASTM E709; performed on root pass and on finished weld. Cracks or zones of incomplete fusion or penetration are not accepted. 3) Ultrasonic Inspection: ASTM E164. 4) Radiographic Inspection: ASTM E94/E94M. 3. Shear Stud Connectors: In addition to visual inspection,test and inspect field-welded shear connectors according to requirements in AWS D1.I/DI.1M for stud welding and as follows: a. Perform bend tests if visual inspections reveal either a less-than-continuous 360- degree flash or welding repairs to any shear connector. b. Conduct tests according to requirements in AWS D1.I/D1.1M on additional shear connectors if weld fracture occurs on shear connectors already tested. END OF SECTION 051200 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 05 12 00 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING SECTION 051223.13—MISCELLANEOUS STEEL PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Miscellaneous steel framing and supports. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data:For the following: 1. Fasteners. 2. Shop primers. B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details. Include plans, elevations, sections, and details of metal fabrications and their connections. Show anchorage and accessory items. C. Samples:For each type and finish of extruded. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 METALS A. Metal Surfaces,General:Provide materials with smooth,flat surfaces unless otherwise indicated.For metal fabrications exposed to view in the completed Work, provide materials without seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, or blemishes. B. Steel Plates,Shapes,and Bars:ASTM A36/A36M. 2.2 FASTENERS A. General: Unless otherwise indicated, provide stainless steel fasteners for exterior use and zinc-plated fasteners with coating complying with ASTM B633 or ASTM F1941/F1941M, Class Fe/Zn 5, at exterior walls. Select fasteners for type,grade,and class required. B. Cast-in-Place Anchors in Concrete: Either threaded or wedge type unless otherwise indicated; galvanized ferrous castings,either ASTM A47/A47M malleable iron or ASTM A27/A27M cast steel.Provide bolts,washers,and shims as needed,all hot-dip galvanized per ASTM F2329/F2329M. C. Post-Installed Anchors:Torque-controlled expansion anchors or chemical anchors. 1. Material for Interior Locations: Carbon-steel components zinc plated to comply with ASTM B633 or ASTM F1941/F1941M,Class Fe/Zn 5,unless otherwise indicated. 2. Material for Exterior Locations and Where Stainless Steel Is Indicated:Alloy stainless steel bolts,ASTM F593, and nuts,ASTM F594. 2.3 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Shop Primers:Provide primers that comply with B. Epoxy Zinc-Rich Primer:Complying with MPI#20 and compatible with topcoat. 2.4 FABRICATION,GENERAL A. Shop Assembly: Preassemble items in the shop to greatest extent possible. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations.Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation. B. Cut,drill,and punch metals cleanly and accurately.Remove burrs and ease edges to a radius of approximately 1/32 inch unless otherwise indicated.Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed surfaces. C. Form bent-metal corners to smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing work. D. Form exposed work with accurate angles and surfaces and straight edges. E. Weld corners and seams continuously to comply with the following: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. SECTION 051223.13-MISCELLANEOUS STEEL 23195 ARENA HVAC IMRPOVEMENTS 4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surface matches that of adjacent surface. 2.5 MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS A. Fabricate units from steel shapes,plates,and bars of welded construction unless otherwise indicated.Fabricate to sizes, shapes,and profiles indicated and as necessary to receive adjacent construction. B. Fabricate steel girders for wood frame construction from continuous steel shapes of sizes indicated. 1. Where wood nailers are attached to girders with bolts or lag screws,drill or punch holes at 24 inches o.c. C. Fabricate steel pipe columns for supporting wood frame construction from steel pipe with steel baseplates and top plates as indicated.Drill or punch baseplates and top plates for anchor and connection bolts and weld to pipe with fillet welds all around.Make welds the same size as pipe wall thickness unless otherwise indicated. 2.6 GENERAL FINISH REQUIREMENTS A. Finish metal fabrications after assembly. 2.7 STEEL AND IRON FINISHES A. Galvanizing:Hot-dip galvanize items as indicated to comply with ASTM Al53/A153M for steel and iron hardware and with ASTM AI23/AI23M for other steel and iron products. 1. Do not quench or apply post galvanizing treatments that might interfere with paint adhesion. B. Shop prime iron and steel items unless they are to be embedded in concrete, sprayed-on fireproofing, or masonry, or unless otherwise indicated. 1. Shop prime with unless zinc-rich primer is indicated. C. Preparation for Shop Priming:Prepare surfaces to comply with SSPC-SP 6/NACE No.3,"Commercial Blast Cleaning." 1. Items Indicated to Receive Zinc-Rich Primer: SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3, "Commercial Blast Cleaning." D. Shop Priming:Apply shop primer to comply with SSPC-PA 1,"Paint Application Specification No. 1:Shop,Field,and Maintenance Painting of Steel,"for shop painting. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION,GENERAL A. Cutting,Fitting,and Placement:Perform cutting,drilling,and fitting required for installing metal fabrications.Set metal fabrications accurately in location, alignment, and elevation; with edges and surfaces level, plumb, true, and free of rack;and measured from established lines and levels. B. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints.Weld connections that are not to be left as exposed joints but cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations.Do not weld,cut,or abrade surfaces of exterior units that have been hot-dip galvanized after fabrication and are for bolted or screwed field connections. C. Field Welding:Comply with the following requirements: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surface matches that of adjacent surface. D. Fastening to In-Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where metal fabrications are required to be fastened to in-place construction.Provide threaded fasteners for use with concrete and masonry inserts,toggle bolts, through bolts,lag screws,wood screws,and other connectors. E. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into concrete, masonry, or similar construction. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS A. Install framing and supports to comply with requirements of items being supported, including manufacturers'written instructions and requirements indicated on Shop Drawings. B. Anchor supports for securely to,and rigidly brace from,building structure. SECTION 051223.13-MISCELLANEOUS STEEL 23195 ARENA HVAC IMRPOVEMENTS C. Support steel girders on solid grouted masonry, concrete, or steel pipe columns. Secure girders with anchor bolts embedded in grouted masonry or concrete or with bolts through top plates of pipe columns. 3.3 REPAIRS A. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds,bolted connections,and abraded areas and repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A780/A780M. END OF SECTION 051223.13 SECTION 051223.13-MISCELLANEOUS STEEL 23195 ARENA HVAC IMRPOVEMENTS SECTION 05 50 00 - METAL FABRICATIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Metal ladders. 2. Metal floor plate. 3. Loose bearing and leveling plates. B. Products furnished,but not installed,under this Section include the following: 1. Steel weld plates and angles for casting into concrete for applications where they are not specified in other Sections. 2. Anchor bolts, steel pipe sleeves, slotted-channel inserts, and wedge-type inserts indicated to be cast into concrete or built into unit masonry. C. Related Requirements: 1. Section 051200 "Structural Steel Framing" for steel framing, supports, elevator machine beams, hoist beams, divider beams, door frames, and other steel items attached to the structural-steel framing. 1.2 COORDINATION A. Coordinate selection of shop primers with topcoats to be applied over them. Comply with paint and coating manufacturers' written instructions to ensure that shop primers and topcoats are compatible with one another. B. Coordinate installation of metal fabrications that are anchored to or that receive other work. Furnish setting drawings,templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts,anchor bolts,and items with integral anchors,that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. Fasteners. 2. Shop primers. 3. Shrinkage-resisting grout. 4. Manufactured metal ladders. 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 05 50 00 METAL FABRICATIONS B. Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details. Include plans, elevations, sections, and details of metal fabrications and their connections. Show anchorage and accessory items. C. Provide Shop Drawings for the following 1. Miscellaneous framing and supports for applications where framing and supports are not specified in other Sections. 2. Metal ladders. 3. Metal floor plate and supports. D. Samples for Verification: For each type and finish of extruded nosing and tread. E. Delegated Design Submittals: For ladders and stairs as noted on plans,including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Mill Certificates: Signed by stainless steel manufacturers, certifying that products furnished comply with requirements. B. Welding certificates. C. Paint Compatibility Certificates: From manufacturers of topcoats applied over shop primers, certifying that shop primers are compatible with topcoats. D. Research Reports: For post-installed anchors. E. Delegated design engineer qualifications. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel in accordance with the following welding codes: 1. AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code- Steel." 2. AWS D1.2/D1.2M, "Structural Welding Code-Aluminum." 3. AWS D1.6/D1.6M, "Structural Welding Code- Stainless Steel." 1.6 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify actual locations of walls, floor slabs, decks, and other construction contiguous with metal fabrications by field measurements before fabrication. 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 05 50 00 -2 METAL FABRICATIONS PART2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Delegated Design: Engage a qualified professional engineer, as defined in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements,"to design ladders and staircases as noted on plans. B. Structural Performance of Aluminum Ladders: Ladders including landings are to withstand the effects of loads and stresses within limits and under conditions specified in ANSI/ASC A14.3. C. Structural Performance of Alternating Tread Devices: Alternating tread devices are to withstand the effects of gravity loads and the following loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated: 1. Uniform Load: 150 lbf/sq. ft.. 2. Concentrated Load: 300 lbf applied on an area of 4 sq. in.. 3. Uniform and concentrated loads need not be assumed to act concurrently. 4. Alternating Tread Device Framing: Capable of withstanding stresses resulting from railing loads in addition to loads specified above. 5. Comply with applicable railing loadings in Section 055213 "Pipe and Tube Railings." D. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes. 1. Temperature Change: 120 deg F , ambient; 180 deg F ,material surfaces 2.2 METALS A. Metal Surfaces,General: Provide materials with smooth,flat surfaces unless otherwise indicated. For metal fabrications exposed to view in the completed Work, provide materials without seam marks,roller marks,rolled trade names,or blemishes. B. Steel Plates, Shapes,and Bars: ASTM A36/A36M. C. Stainless Steel Sheet, Strip, and Plate: ASTM A240/A240M or ASTM A666, Type 304 and Type 316L as noted in plans. D. Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes: ASTM A276/A276M, Type 304 and Type 316L as noted in plans E. Rolled-Steel Floor Plate: ASTM A786/A786M, rolled from plate complying with ASTM A36/A36M or ASTM A283/A283M,Grade C or D. F. Rolled-Stainless Steel Floor Plate: ASTM A793. G. Steel Tubing: ASTM A500/A500M,cold-formed steel tubing. H. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53/A53M, Standard Weight(Schedule 40)unless otherwise indicated. 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 05 50 00 - 3 METAL FABRICATIONS L Zinc-Coated Steel Wire Rope: ASTM A741. 1. Wire Rope Fittings:Hot-dip galvanized-steel connectors with capability to sustain,without failure,a load equal to minimum breaking strength of wire rope with which they are used. 2. Steel Prestressing Strand Fittings: Hot-dip galvanized-steel anchors and connectors with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to minimum breaking strength of steel prestressing strand with which they are used. J. Aluminum Plate and Sheet: ASTM B209,Alloy 6061-T6. K. Aluminum Extrusions: ASTM B221,Alloy 6063-T6. L. Aluminum-Alloy Rolled Tread Plate: ASTM B632/B632M,Alloy 6061-T6. M. Aluminum Castings: ASTM B26B26M,Alloy 443.0-F. N. Bronze Extrusions: ASTM B455,Alloy UNS No. C38500(extruded architectural bronze). O. Bronze Castings: ASTM B584,Alloy UNS No. C83600 (leaded red brass) or UNS No. C84400 (leaded Bemired brass). P. Nickel Silver Extrusions: ASTM B15I/B15IM,Alloy UNS No. C74500. Q. Nickel Silver Castings: ASTM B584,Alloy UNS No. C97600(20 percent leaded nickel bronze). 2.3 FASTENERS A. General: Unless otherwise indicated,provide Type 304 or Type 316 as noted in plans stainless steel fasteners for exterior use and zinc-plated fasteners with coating complying with ASTM B633 orASTM F1941/F I941M,Class Fe/Zn 5,at exteriorwalls.Select fasteners for type, grade, and class required. 1. Provide stainless steel fasteners for fastening aluminum and stainless steel. 2. Provide bronze fasteners for fastening bronze. B. Steel Bolts and Nuts: Regular hexagon-head bolts, ASTM A307, Grade A; with hex nuts, ASTM A563; and,where indicated, flat washers. C. High-Strength Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM F3125/F3125M, Grade A325, Type 3, heavy- hex steel structural bolts; ASTM A563, Grade DH3, heavy-hex carbon-steel nuts; and where indicated,flat washers. D. Stainless Steel Bolts and Nuts:Regular hexagon-head annealed stainless steel bolts,ASTM F593; with hex nuts,ASTM F594; and,where indicated,flat washers. E. Anchor Bolts: ASTM F1554, Grade 36, of dimensions indicated; with nuts, ASTM A563; and, where indicated, flat washers. 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 05 50 00 -4 METAL FABRICATIONS 1. Hot-dip galvanize or provide mechanically deposited, zinc coating where item being fastened is indicated to be galvanized. F. Anchors, General: Capable of sustaining, without failure, a load equal to six times the load imposed when installed in unit masonry and four times the load imposed when installed in concrete, as determined by testing in accordance with ASTM E488/E488M, conducted by a qualified independent testing agency. G. Cast-in-Place Anchors in Concrete: Either threaded or wedge type unless otherwise indicated; galvanized ferrous castings, either ASTM A47/A47M malleable iron or ASTM A27/A27M cast steel. Provide bolts, washers, and shims as needed, all hot-dip galvanized per ASTM F2329/F2329M. H. Post-Installed Anchors: Torque controlled expansion anchors. I. Material for Interior Locations: Carbon-steel components zinc plated to comply with ASTM B633 or ASTM F1941/F1941M,Class Fe/Zn 5,unless otherwise indicated. 2. Material for Exterior Locations and Where Stainless Steel Is Indicated:Alloy stainless steel bolts,ASTM F593, and nuts,ASTM F594. L Slotted-Channel Inserts: Cold-formed, hot-dip galvanized-steel box channels(struts) complying with MFMA-4, 1-5/8 by 7/8 inches by length indicated with anchor straps or studs not less than 3 inches long at not more than 8 inches o.c. Provide with temporary filler and tee-head bolts, complete with washers and nuts, all zinc-plated to comply with ASTM B633, Class Fe/Zn 5, as needed for fastening to inserts. 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Shop Primers: Provide primers that comply with as noted in plans. B. Universal Shop Primer: Fast-curing, lead- and chromate-free, universal modified-alkyd primer complying with MPI#79 and compatible with topcoat. 1. Use primer that contains pigments that make it easily distinguishable from zinc-rich primer. C. Water-Based Primer:Emulsion type,anticorrosive primer for mildly corrosive environments that is resistant to flash rusting when applied to cleaned steel, complying with MPI4107 and compatible with topcoat. D. Epoxy Zinc-Rich Primer: Complying with MPI#20 and compatible with topcoat. E. Shop Primer for Galvanized Steel: Primer formulated for exterior use over zinc-coated metal and compatible with finish paint systems indicated. F. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High-zinc-dust-content paint complying with SSPC-Paint 20 and compatible with paints specified to be used over it. G. Bituminous Paint: Cold-applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D1187/1)1187M. 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 05 50 00 - 5 METAL FABRICATIONS H. Shrinkage-Resistant Grout: Factory-packaged, nonmetallic, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous grout complying with ASTM C1107/C1107M. Provide grout specifically recommended by manufacturer for interior and exterior applications. I. Concrete: Comply with requirements in Section 033000 "Cast-in-Place Concrete" for normal- weight, air-entrained concrete with a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 4000 psi unless noted otherwise in plans. 2.5 FABRICATION,GENERAL A. Shop Assembly:Preassemble items in the shop to greatest extent possible.Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations.Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation. B. Cut, drill, and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs and ease edges to a radius of approximately 1/32 inch unless otherwise indicated. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed surfaces. C. Form bent-metal corners to smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing work. D. Form exposed work with accurate angles and surfaces and straight edges. E. Weld corners and seams continuously to comply with the following: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surface matches that of adjacent surface. F. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed fasteners or welds where possible.Where exposed fasteners are required,use Phillips flat-head(countersunk) fasteners unless otherwise indicated. Locate joints where least conspicuous. G. Fabricate seams and other connections that are exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water. Provide weep holes where water may accumulate. H. Cut, reinforce, drill, and tap metal fabrications as indicated to receive finish hardware, screws, and similar items. L Provide for anchorage of type indicated; coordinate with supporting structure. Space anchoring devices to secure metal fabrications rigidly in place and to support indicated loads. J. Where units are indicated to be cast into concrete or built into masonry, equip with integrally welded steel strap anchors, 1/8 by 1-1/2 inches, with a minimum 6-inch embedment and 2-inch 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 05 50 00 -6 METAL FABRICATIONS hook,not less than 8 inches from ends and corners of units and 24 inches o.c.,unless otherwise indicated. 2.6 MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS A. General:Provide steel framing and supports not specified in other Sections as needed to complete the Work. B. Fabricate units from steel shapes, plates, and bars of welded construction unless otherwise indicated. Fabricate to sizes, shapes, and profiles indicated and as necessary to receive adjacent construction. I. Fabricate units from slotted channel framing where indicated. 2. Furnish inserts for units installed after concrete is placed. C. Fabricate supports for operable partitions from continuous steel beams of sizes recommended partition manufacturer with attached bearing plates, anchors, and braces as recommended partition manufacturer. Drill or punch bottom flanges of beams to receive partition track hanger rods; locate holes where indicated on operable partition Shop Drawings. D. Fabricate steel girders for wood frame construction from continuous steel shapes of sizes indicated. I. Provide bearing plates welded to beams where indicated. 2. Drill or punch girders and plates for field-bolted connections where indicated. 3. Where wood nailers are attached to girders with bolts or lag screws,drill or punch holes at 24 inches o.c. E. Fabricate steel pipe columns for supporting wood frame construction from steel pipe with steel baseplates and top plates as indicated. Drill or punch baseplates and top plates for anchor and connection bolts and weld to pipe with fillet welds all around.Make welds the same size as pipe wall thickness unless otherwise indicated. I. Unless otherwise indicated,fabricate from Schedule 40 steel pipe. 2. Unless otherwise indicated, provide 1/2-inch baseplates with four 5/8-inch anchor bolts and 1/4-inch top plates. F. Galvanize miscellaneous framing and supports where indicated. G. Prime miscellaneous framing and supports with zinc rich primer per Section 099600 "High Performance Coatings" where indicated. 2.7 METAL LADDERS A. General: 1. Comply with ANSI A 14.3 except for elevator pit ladders. 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 05 50 00- 7 METAL FABRICATIONS 2. For elevator pit ladders,comply with ASME A17.1/CSA 1344. B. Steel Ladders: I. Space side rails 18 inches apart unless otherwise indicated. 2. Siderails: Continuous,3/8-by-2-1/2-inch steel flat bars,with eased edges 3. Rungs: 3/4 inch diameter steel bars. 4. Fit rungs in centerline of siderails; plug-weld and grind smooth on outer rail faces. 5. Provide nonslip surfaces on top of each rung,either by coating rung with aluminum-oxide granules set in epoxy-resin adhesive or by using a type of manufactured rung filled with aluminum-oxide grout. 6. Nonslip Surfaces for Steel Ladders:Provide nonslip surfaces on top of each rung by coating with abrasive material metallically bonded to rung. a. Manufacturers: to compliance with requirements,provide products by one of the following or available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,but are not limited to,the following]: 1) IKG. 2) S1ipNOT Metal Safety Flooring,division of Traction Technologies Holdings, LLC. 7. Source Limitations: Obtain nonslip surfaces from single source from single manufacturer. 8. Provide platforms as indicated fabricated from welded or pressure-locked steel bar grating, supported by steel angles. Limit openings in gratings to no more than 1/2 inch in least dimension. 9. Support each ladder at top and bottom and not more than 60 inches>o.c.] with welded or bolted steel brackets. 10. Galvanize ladders,including brackets. 11. Prime ladders,including brackets and fasteners,with zinc rich primer. 2.8 STEEL WELD PLATES AND ANGLES A. Provide steel weld plates and angles not specified in other Sections, for items supported from concrete construction as needed to complete the Work.Provide each unit with no fewer than two integrally welded steel strap anchors for embedding in concrete. 2.9 GENERAL FINISH REQUIREMENTS A. Finish metal fabrications after assembly. B. Finish exposed surfaces to remove tool and die marks and stretch lines, and to blend into surrounding surface. 2.10 STEEL AND IRON FINISHES A. Galvanizing: Hot-dip galvanize items as indicated to comply with ASTM A153/A153M for steel and iron hardware and with ASTM A123/A123M for other steel and iron products. 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 05 50 00- 8 METAL FABRICATIONS 1. Do not quench or apply post galvanizing treatments that might interfere with paint adhesion. B. Preparation for Shop Priming Galvanized Items: After galvanizing,thoroughly clean galvanized surfaces of grease, dirt, oil, flux, and other foreign matter, and treat with metallic phosphate process. C. Shop prime iron and steel items not indicated to be galvanized unless they are to be embedded in concrete, sprayed-on fireproofing,or masonry,or unless otherwise indicated. 1. Shop prime with universal shop primer indicated. D. Preparation for Shop Priming: Prepare surfaces to comply with SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3, "Commercial Blast Cleaning" or as requirements indicated below: 1. Exterior Items: SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3, "Commercial Blast Cleaning." 2. Items Indicated to Receive Zinc-Rich Primer: SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3, "Commercial Blast Cleaning." 3. Items Indicated to Receive Primers Specified in Section 099600 "High-Performance Coatings": SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3, "Commercial Blast Cleaning." 4. Other Steel Items: SSPC-SP 3, "Power Tool Cleaning." 5. Galvanized-Steel Items: SSPC-SP 16, 'Brush-off Blast Cleaning of Coated and Uncoated Galvanized Steel, Stainless Steels, and Non-Ferrous Metals." E. Shop Priming: Apply shop primer to comply with SSPC-PA 1, "Paint Application Specification No. 1: Shop,Field,and Maintenance Painting of Steel," for shop painting. 1. Stripe paint corners,crevices,bolts,welds,and sharp edges. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION,GENERAL A. Cutting,Fitting,and Placement: Perform cutting,drilling,and fitting required for installing metal fabrications. Set metal fabrications accurately in location, alignment, and elevation; with edges and surfaces level,plumb,true, and free of rack; and measured from established lines and levels. B. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints.Weld connections that are not to be left as exposed joints but cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. Do not weld, cut, or abrade surfaces of exterior units that have been hot-dip galvanized after fabrication and are for bolted or screwed field connections. C. Field Welding: Comply with the following requirements: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 05 50 00- 9 METAL FABRICATIONS 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surface matches that of adjacent surface. D. Fastening to In-Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where metal fabrications are required to be fastened to in-place construction. Provide threaded fasteners for use with concrete and masonry inserts,toggle bolts,through bolts,lag screws,wood screws,and other connectors. E. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into concrete, masonry,or similar construction. F. Corrosion Protection: Coat concealed surfaces of aluminum that come into contact with grout, concrete,masonry,wood,or dissimilar metals with the following: 1. Cast Aluminum: Heavy coat of bituminous paint. 2. Extruded Aluminum: Two coats of clear lacquer. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF METAL LADDERS A. Secure ladders to adjacent construction with the clip angles attached to the stringer. B. Install brackets as required for securing of ladders welded or bolted to structural steel or built into masonry or concrete. 3.3 REPAIRS A. Touchup Painting: I. Immediately after erection,clean field welds,bolted connections, and abraded areas.Paint uncoated and abraded areas with same material as used for shop painting to comply with SSPC-PA 1 for touching up shop-painted surfaces. a. Apply by brush or spray to provide a minimum 2.0-mil dry film thickness. 2. Cleaning and touchup painting of field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint. B. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A780/A780M. END OF SECTION 055000 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 05 50 00 - 10 METAL FABRICATIONS SECTION 061053 - MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Rooftop equipment bases and support curbs. 2. Wood blocking, cants, and nailers. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Boards or Strips: Lumber of less than 2 inches nominal size in least dimension. B. Dimension Lumber: Lumber of 2 inches nominal or greater size but less than 5 inches nominal size in least dimension. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Stack lumber flat with spacers beneath and between each bundle to provide air circulation. Protect lumber from weather by covering with waterproof sheeting, securely anchored. Provide for air circulation around stacks and under coverings. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 WOOD PRODUCTS, GENERAL A. Lumber: DOC PS 20 and applicable rules of grading agencies indicated. If no grading agency is indicated, provide lumberthat complies with the applicable rules of any rules-writing agency certified by the ALSC Board of Review. Provide lumber graded by an agency certified by the ALSC Board of Review to inspect and grade lumber under the rules indicated. 1. Factory mark each piece of lumber with grade stamp of grading agency. 2. For exposed lumber indicated to receive a stained or natural finish,. 3. Dress lumber, S4S, unless otherwise indicated. B. Maximum Moisture Content of Lumber: 15 percent for 2-inch nominal thickness or less, 19 percent for more than 2-inch nominal thickness unless otherwise indicated. 2.2 WOOD-PRESERVATIVE-TREATED MATERIALS A. Preservative Treatment by Pressure Process: AWPA U1; Use Category UC2. 1. Preservative Chemicals: Acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and containing no arsenic or chromium. 2. For exposed items indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, chemical formulations shall not require incising, contain colorants, bleed through, or otherwise adversely affect finishes. B. Kiln-dry lumber after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 19 percent. Do not use material that is warped or does not comply with requirements for untreated material. C. Mark lumber with treatment quality mark of an inspection agency approved by the ALSC Board of Review. D. Application: Treat all miscellaneous carpentry unless otherwise indicated. 2.3 MISCELLANEOUS LUMBER A. General: Provide miscellaneous lumber indicated and lumber for support or attachment of other construction, including the following: 1. Nailers. 2. Rooftop equipment bases and support curbs. 3. Cants. B. Dimension Lumber Items: Construction or No. 2 grade lumber of the following species: 1. Mixed southern pine or southern pine; SPIB. C. For blocking not used for attachment of other construction, Utility, Stud, or No. 3 grade lumber of any species may be used provided that it is cut and selected to eliminate defects that will interfere with its attachment and purpose. D. For blocking and nailers used for attachment of other construction, select and cut lumber to eliminate knots and other defects that will interfere with attachment of other work. 061053- 1 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY E. For furring strips for installing plywood or hardboard paneling, select boards with no knots capable of producing bent-over nails and damage to paneling. 2.4 FASTENERS A. General: Provide fasteners of size and type indicated that comply with requirements specified in this article for material and manufacture. 1. Where carpentry is exposed to weather, in ground contact, pressure-preservative treated, or in area of high relative humidity, provide fasteners with hot-dip zinc coating complying with ASTM Al53/A153M. B. Nails, Brads, and Staples: ASTM F1667. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Framing Standard: Comply with AF&PA's WCD 1, "Details for Conventional Wood Frame Construction," unless otherwise indicated. B. Set carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb, true to line, cut, and fitted. Fit carpentry accurately to other construction. Locate furring, nailers, blocking, grounds, and similar supports to comply with requirements for attaching other construction. C. Sort and select lumber so that natural characteristics do not interfere with installation or with fastening other materials to lumber. Do not use materials with defects that interfere with function of member or pieces that are too small to use with minimum number of joints or optimum joint arrangement. D. Comply with AWPA M4 for applying field treatment to cut surfaces of preservative-treated lumber. 1. Use inorganic boron for items that are continuously protected from liquid water. 2. Use copper naphthenate for items not continuously protected from liquid water. E. Where wood-preservative-treated lumber is installed adjacent to metal decking, install continuous flexible flashing separator between wood and metal decking. F. Securely attach carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as indicated, complying with the following: 1. Table 2304.9.1, "Fastening Schedule," in ICC's International Building Code. G. Use steel common nails unless otherwise indicated. Select fasteners of size that will not fully penetrate members where opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive finish materials. Make tight connections between members. Install fasteners without splitting wood. Drive nails snug but do not countersink nail heads unless otherwise indicated. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF WOOD BLOCKING AND NAILER A. Install where indicated and where required for screeding or attaching other work. Form to shapes indicated and cut as required for true line and level of attached work. Coordinate locations with other work involved. B. Attach items to substrates to support applied loading. Recess bolts and nuts flush with surfaces unless otherwise indicated. C. Provide permanent grounds of dressed, pressure-preservative-treated, key-beveled lumber not less than 1- 1/2 inches wide and of thickness required to bring face of ground to exact thickness of finish material. Remove temporary grounds when no longer required. 3.3 PROTECTION A. Protect wood that has been treated with inorganic boron (SBX)from weather. If, despite protection, inorganic boron-treated wood becomes wet, apply EPA-registered borate treatment. Apply borate solution by spraying to comply with EPA-registered label. B. Protect miscellaneous rough carpentry from weather. If, despite protection, miscellaneous rough carpentry becomes wet, apply EPA-registered borate treatment.Apply borate solution by spraying to comply with EPA- registered label. END OF SECTION 061053 061053- 1 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY SECTION 070150.23—ROOF REMOVAL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Full tear-off of roof system at areas indicated on Drawings. 2. Removal of flashings and counter flashings. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 011000 "Summary"for use of premises and for phasing requirements. 2. Section 015000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for temporary construction and environmental- protection measures for reroofing preparation. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. EPS: Molded (expanded) polystyrene. B. Full Roof Tear-off: Removal of existing roofing system down to existing roof deck concrete fill. C. OSB: Oriented strand board. D. Roofing Terminology: Definitions in ASTM D 1079 and glossary of NRCA's "The NRCA Roofing Manual: Membrane Roof Systems" apply to work of this Section. 1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preliminary Roofing Conference: Before starting removal Work, conduct conference at Project site. 1. Meet with Owner, Architect, Owner's insurer if applicable, testing and inspecting agency representative, roofing Installer, and installers whose work interfaces with or affects roofing, including installers of roof accessories and roof-mounted equipment. 2. Review methods and procedures related to roofing tear-off, including, but not limited to, the following: a. Reroofing preparation, including roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. b. Temporary protection requirements for existing roofing system components that are to remain. C. Existing roof drains and roof drainage during each stage of reroofing, and roof-drain plugging and plug removal. d. Construction schedule and availability of materials, Installer's personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to avoid delays. e. Existing roof deck conditions requiring Architect notification. f. Existing roof deck removal procedures and Owner notifications. g. Condition and acceptance of existing roof deck and base flashing substrate for reuse. h. Structural loading limitations of roof deck during reroofing. i. Base flashings, special roofing details, drainage, penetrations, equipment curbs, and condition of other construction that affect reroofing. j. HVAC shutdown and sealing of air intakes. k. Shutdown of fire-suppression, -protection, and -alarm and -detection systems. I. Asbestos removal and discovery of asbestos-containing materials. M. Governing regulations and requirements for insurance and certificates if applicable. n. Existing conditions that may require Architect notification before proceeding. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Photographs or Videotape: Show existing conditions of adjoining construction and site improvements, including exterior and interior finish surfaces, that might be misconstrued as having been damaged by reroofing operations. 1. Submit before Work begins. 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before beginning roofing removal. 2. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. SECTION 070150.23-ROOF REMOVAL 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 1.9 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Existing Roofing System: Built-up asphalt Built-up coal-tar APP-modified bituminous SBS-modified bituminous roofing. B. Owner will occupy portions of building immediately below reroofing area. 1. Conduct reroofing so Owner's operations are not disrupted. 2. Provide Owner with not less than 72 hours' written notice of activities that may affect Owner's operations. 3. Coordinate work activities daily with Owner so Owner has adequate advance notice to place protective dust and water-leakage covers over sensitive equipment and furnishings, shut down HVAC and fire- alarm or-detection equipment if needed, and evacuate occupants from below work area. 4. Before working over structurally impaired areas of deck, notify Owner to evacuate occupants from below affected area. a. Verify that occupants below work area have been evacuated before proceeding with work over impaired deck area. C. Protect building to be reroofed, adjacent buildings, walkways, site improvements, exterior plantings, and landscaping from damage or soiling from reroofing operations. D. Maintain access to existing walkways, corridors, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities. E. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding will be maintained by Owner as far as practical. 1. A roof moisture survey of existing roofing system is available for Contractor's reference. 2. The results of an analysis of test cores from existing roofing system are available for Contractor's reference. 3. Construction Drawings for existing roofing system are provided for Contractor's convenience and information, but they are not a warranty of existing conditions. They are intended to supplement rather than serve in lieu of Contractor's own investigations. Contractor is responsible for conclusions derived from existing documents. F. Limit construction loads on existing roof areas to remain, and existing roof areas scheduled to be reroofed to load limited to contract equal to uniformly distributed loads for rooftop equipment wheel loads and 40 Ibs per sf for uniformly distributed loads. G. Weather Limitations: Proceed with reroofing preparation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit Work to proceed without water entering existing roofing system or building. 1. Remove only as much roofing in one day as can be made watertight in the same day. H. Hazardous Materials: It is not expected that hazardous materials, such as asbestos-containing materials,will be encountered in the Work. 1. Hazardous materials will be removed by Owner before start of the Work. 2. Existing roof will be left no less watertight than before removal. 3. If materials suspected of containing hazardous materials are encountered,do not disturb; immediately notify Architect and Owner. a. Hazardous materials will be removed by Owner under a separate contract. I. Hazardous Materials:A report on the presence of hazardous materials is on file for review and use. Examine report to become aware of locations where hazardous materials are present. 1. Hazardous material remediation is specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 2. Do not disturb hazardous materials or items suspected of containing hazardous materials except according to procedures specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 3. Coordinate reroofing preparation with hazardous material remediation to prevent water from entering existing roofing system or building. 1.10 WARRANTY A. Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during reroofing, by methods and with materials so as not to void existing roofing system warranty issued by . 1. Notify warrantor before proceeding with the Work. 2. Notify warrantor of existing roofing system on completion of reroofing, and obtain documentation verifying that existing roofing system has been inspected and warranty remains in effect. a. Submit documentation at Project closeout. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 TEMPORARY PROTECTION MATERIALS A. EPS Insulation: ASTM C 578. SECTION 070150.23-ROOF REMOVAL 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS B. Plywood: DOC PS 1, Grade CD, Exposure 1. C. OSB: DOC PS 2, Exposure 1. 2.2 INFILL AND REPLACEMENT MATERIALS A. Use infill materials matching existing roofing system materials unless otherwise indicated. 1. Infill materials are specified in unless otherwise indicated. B. Steel deck is specified in Section 053100 "Steel Decking." C. Wood blocking, curbs, and nailers are specified in Section 061053 Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry." D. Fasteners: Factory-coated steel fasteners with metal or plastic plates listed in FM Approvals' RoofNav, and acceptable to new roofing system manufacturer. 2.3 AUXILIARY REROOFING MATERIALS A. General: Use auxiliary reroofing preparation materials recommended by roofing system manufacturer for intended use and compatible with components of existing and new roofing system. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Protection of In-Place Conditions: 1. Protect existing roofing system that is not to be reroofed. 2. Loosely lay 1-inch- minimum thick, EPS insulation over existing roofing in areas not to be reroofed. a. Loosely lay 15/32-inch plywood or OSB panels over EPS. Extend EPS past edges of plywood or OSB panels a minimum of 1 inch. 3. Limit traffic and material storage to areas of existing roofing that have been protected. 4. Maintain temporary protection and leave in place until replacement roofing has been completed. Remove temporary protection on completion of reroofing. 5. Comply with requirements of existing roof system manufacturer's warranty requirements. B. Seal or isolate windows that may be exposed to airborne substances created in removal of existing materials. C. Shut off rooftop utilities and service piping before beginning the Work. D. Test existing roof drains to verify that they are not blocked or restricted. 1. Immediately notify Architect of any blockages or restrictions. E. Coordinate with Owner to shut down air-intake equipment in the vicinity of the Work. 1. Cover air-intake louvers before proceeding with reroofing work that could affect indoor air quality or activate smoke detectors in the ductwork. F. During removal operations, have sufficient and suitable materials on-site to facilitate rapid installation of temporary protection in the event of unexpected rain. G. Maintain roof drains in functioning condition to ensure roof drainage at end of each workday. 1. Prevent debris from entering or blocking roof drains and conductors. a. Use roof-drain plugs specifically designed for this purpose. b. Remove roof-drain plugs at end of each workday,when no work is taking place, or when rain is forecast. 2. If roof drains are temporarily blocked or unserviceable due to roofing system removal or partial installation of new roofing system, provide alternative drainage method to remove water and eliminate ponding. a. Do not permit water to enter into or under existing roofing system components that are to remain. 3.2 ROOF TEAR-OFF A. Notify Owner each day of extent of roof tear-off proposed for that day. B. Lower removed roofing materials to ground and onto lower roof levels, using dust-tight chutes or other acceptable means of removing materials from roof areas. C. Remove aggregate ballast from roofing. D. Remove loose aggregate from aggregate-surfaced, built-up bituminous roofing using a power broom. E. Remove pavers and accessories from roofing. 1. Store and protect pavers and accessories for reuse in manner not to exceed structural loading limitations of roof deck. 2. Discard cracked pavers. F. Remove ballast, protection mat, and EPS insulation from protected roofing membrane. 1. Discard EPS insulation that is damaged or exceeds 8 lb/cu. ft.. 2. Store EPS insulation for reuse and protect it from physical damage. SECTION 070150.23-ROOF REMOVAL 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 3. Store ballast for reuse in manner not to exceed structural loading limitations of roof deck. G. Full Roof Tear-off: Where indicated on Drawings, remove existing roofing and other roofing system components down to the existing roof deck concrete fill. 1. Remove substrate board vapor retarder roof insulation and cover board. 2. Remove base flashings and counter flashings. 3. Remove perimeter edge flashing and gravel stops. 4. Remove copings. 5. Remove expansion-joint covers. 6. Remove flashings at pipes, curbs, mechanical equipment, and other penetrations. 7. Remove roof drains indicated on Drawings to be removed. 8. Remove wood blocking, curbs, and nailers. 9. Bitumen and felts that are firmly bonded to concrete decks are permitted to remain if felts are dry. a. Remove unadhered bitumen, unadhered felts, and wet felts. 10. Remove excess asphalt from steel deck. a. A maximum of 15 Ib/100 sq. ft. of asphalt is permitted to remain on steel decks. 11. Remove fasteners from deck. 3.3 INFILL MATERIALS INSTALLATION A. Immediately after roof tear-off, and inspection and repair, if needed, of deck, fill in tear-off areas to match existing roofing system construction. 1. Installation of infill materials is specified in 2. Installation of wood blocking, curbs, and nailers is specified in Section 061053 Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry." B. Install new roofing patch over roof infill area. 1. If new roofing is installed the same day tear-off is made, roofing patch is not required. 3.4 BASE FLASHING REMOVAL A. Remove existing base flashings. 1. Clean substrates of contaminants, such as asphalt, sheet materials, dirt, and debris. B. Do not damage metal counterflashings that are to remain. 1. Replace metal counterflashings damaged during removal with counterflashings specified in Section 076200 "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim." C. When directed by Architect, replace parapet framing, wood blocking, curbs, and nailers to comply with 3.5 DISPOSAL A. Collect demolished materials and place in containers. 1. Promptly dispose of demolished materials. 2. Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on-site. 3. Storage or sale of demolished items or materials on-site is not permitted. B. Transport and legally dispose of demolished materials off Owner's property. END OF SECTION 070150.19 SECTION 070150.23-ROOF REMOVAL 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 074213.19 - INSULATED METAL WALL PANELS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Foamed-insulation-core metal wall panels. 1.3 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site . 1. Meet with Owner, Architect, Owner's insurer if applicable, metal panel Installer, metal panel manufacturer's representative, structural-support Installer, and installers whose work interfaces with or affects metal panels, including installers of doors, windows, and louvers. 2. Review and finalize construction schedule and verify availability of materials, Installer's personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. 3. Review methods and procedures related to metal panel installation, including manufacturer's written instructions. 4. Examine support conditions for compliance with requirements, including alignment between and attachment to structural members. 5. Review flashings, special siding details, wall penetrations, openings, and condition of other construction that affect metal panels. 6. Review governing regulations and requirements for insurance, certificates, and tests and inspections if applicable. 7. Review temporary protection requirements for metal panel assembly during and after installation. 8. Review procedures for repair of metal panels damaged after installation. 9. Document proceedings, including corrective measures and actions required, and furnish copy of record to each participant. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for each type of panel and accessory. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Include fabrication and installation layouts of metal panels; details of edge conditions, joints, panel profiles, corners, anchorages, attachment system, trim, flashings, closures, and accessories; and special details. 2. Accessories: Include details of the flashing, trim, and anchorage systems, at a scale of not less than 1-1/2 inches per 12 inches. C. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of metal panel indicated with factory-applied color finishes. 1. Include similar Samples of trim and accessories involving color selection. D. Samples for Verification: For each type of exposed finish, prepared on Samples of size indicated below. 1. Metal Panels: 12 inches long by actual panel width. Include fasteners, closures, and other metal panel accessories. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For Installer. B. Product Test Reports: For each product, tests performed by a qualified testing agency. C. Sample Warranties: For special warranties. 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For metal panels to include in maintenance manuals. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An entity that employs installers and supervisors who are trained and approved by manufacturer. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver components, metal panels, and other manufactured items so as not to be damaged or deformed. Package metal panels for protection during transportation and handling. 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 074213.19- 1 INSULATED METAL WALL PANELS B. Unload, store, and erect metal panels in a manner to prevent bending, warping, twisting, and surface damage. C. Stack metal panels horizontally on platforms or pallets, covered with suitable weathertight and ventilated covering. Store metal panels to ensure dryness, with positive slope for drainage of water. Do not store metal panels in contact with other materials that might cause staining, denting, or other surface damage. D. Retain strippable protective covering on metal panels during installation. 1.9 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit assembly of metal panels to be performed according to manufacturers' written instructions and warranty requirements. 1.10 COORDINATION A. Coordinate metal panel installation with rain drainage work, flashing, trim, construction of soffits, and other adjoining work to provide a leakproof, secure, and noncorrosive installation. 1.11 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of metal panel systems that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Structural failures including rupturing, cracking, or puncturing. b. Deterioration of metals and other materials beyond normal weathering. 2. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion. B. Special Warranty on Panel Finishes: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair finish or replace metal panels that show evidence of deterioration of factory-applied finishes within specified warranty period. 1. Exposed Panel Finish: Deterioration includes, but is not limited to, the following: a. Color fading more than 5 Hunter units when tested according to ASTM D 2244. b. Chalking in excess of a No. 8 rating when tested according to ASTM D 4214. C. Cracking, checking, peeling, or failure of paint to adhere to bare metal. 2. Finish Warranty Period: 20 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Structural Performance: Provide metal panel systems capable of withstanding the effects of the following loads, based on testing according to ASTM E 72: 1. Wind Loads: As indicated on Drawings. 2. Other Design Loads: As indicated on Drawings. 3. Deflection Limits: For wind loads, no greater than 1/240 of the span. B. Air Infiltration: Air leakage of not more than 0.06 cfm/sq. ft. when tested according to ASTM E 283 at the following test-pressure difference: 1. Test-Pressure Difference: 1.57 Ibf/sq. ft.. C. Water Penetration under Static Pressure: No water penetration when tested according to ASTM E 331 at the following test-pressure difference: 1. Test-Pressure Difference: 2.86 Ibf/sq. ft.. 2.2 FOAMED-INSULATION-CORE METAL WALL PANELS A. General: Provide factory-formed and -assembled metal wall panels fabricated from two metal facing sheets and insulation core foamed in place during fabrication, and with joints between panels designed to form weathertight seals. Include accessories required for weathertight installation. 1. Insulation Core: Modified isocyanurate or polyurethane foam using a non-CFC blowing agent, with maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of 25 and 450, respectively. a. Closed-Cell Content: 90 percent when tested according to ASTM D 6226. b. Density: 2.0 to 2.6 lb/cu. ft. when tested according to ASTM D 1622. C. Compressive Strength: Minimum 20 psi when tested according to ASTM D 1621. d. Shear Strength: 26 psi when tested according to ASTM C 273/C 273M. B. Concealed-Fastener, Foamed-Insulation-Core Metal Wall Panels MWP : Formed with tongue-and-groove panel edges; designed for sequential installation by interlocking panel edges and mechanically attaching panels to supports using concealed clips or fasteners. 1. Basis-of-Design Product Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Metl-Span; a Nucor Brand; CF Architectural Insulated Metal Wall Panel or comparable product by one of the following: 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 074213.19- 1 INSULATED METAL WALL PANELS 2. Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet: Aluminum-zinc alloy-coated steel sheet complying with ASTM A 792/A 792M, Class AZ50 coating designation; structural quality. Prepainted by the coil- coating process to comply with ASTM A 755/A 755M. a. Nominal Thickness: 0.028 inch . b. Exterior Finish: Three-coat fluoropolymer. 1) Color: Match existing. C. Interior Finish: Siliconized polyester. 1) Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 3. Panel Coverage: Match existing. 4. Panel Thickness: Match existing. 5. Thermal-Resistance Value (R-Value): R-14 according to ASTM C 1363. 2.3 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Miscellaneous Metal Subframing and Furring: ASTM C 645, cold-formed, metallic-coated steel sheet, ASTM A 653/A 653M, ., coating designation or ASTM A 792/A 792M, Class AZ50 aluminum-zinc-alloy coating designation unless otherwise indicated. Provide manufacturer's standard sections as required for support and alignment of metal panel system. B. Panel Accessories: Provide components required for a complete, weathertight panel system including trim, copings, fasciae, mullions, sills, corner units, clips, flashings, sealants, gaskets, fillers, closure strips, and similar items. Match material and finish of metal panels unless otherwise indicated. 1. Closures: Provide closures at eaves and rakes, fabricated of same metal as metal panels. 2. Backing Plates: Provide metal backing plates at panel end splices, fabricated from material recommended by manufacturer. 3. Closure Strips: Closed-cell, expanded, cellular, rubber or crosslinked, polyolefin-foam or closed-cell laminated polyethylene; minimum 1-inch-thick,flexible closure strips; cut or premolded to match metal panel profile. Provide closure strips where indicated or necessary to ensure weathertight construction. C. Flashing and Trim: Provide flashing and trim formed from same material as metal panels as required to seal against weather and to provide finished appearance. Locations include, but are not limited to, bases, drips, sills, jambs, corners, endwalls, framed openings, rakes, fasciae, parapet caps, soffits, reveals, and fillers. Finish flashing and trim with same finish system as adjacent metal panels. D. Panel Fasteners: Self-tapping screws designed to withstand design loads. Provide exposed fasteners with heads matching color of metal panels by means of plastic caps or factory-applied coating. Provide EPDM or PVC sealing washers for exposed fasteners. E. Panel Sealants: Provide sealant type recommended by manufacturer that are compatible with panel materials, are nonstaining, and do not damage panel finish. 1. Sealant Tape: Pressure-sensitive, 100 percent solids, gray polyisobutylene compound sealant tape with release-paper backing. Provide permanently elastic, nonsag, nontoxic, nonstaining tape 1/2 inch wide and 1/8 inch thick. 2. Joint Sealant: ASTM C 920; elastomeric polyurethane or silicone sealant; of type, grade, class, and use classifications required to seal joints in metal panels and remain weathertight; and as recommended in writing by metal panel manufacturer. 3. Butyl-Rubber-Based, Solvent-Release Sealant: ASTM C 1311. 2.4 FABRICATION A. General: Fabricate and finish metal panels and accessories at the factory, by manufacturer's standard procedures and processes, as necessary to fulfill indicated performance requirements demonstrated by laboratory testing. Comply with indicated profiles and with dimensional and structural requirements. B. Provide panel profile, including major ribs and intermediate stiffening ribs, if any, for full length of panel. C. Fabricate metal panel joints with factory-installed captive gaskets or separator strips that provide a weathertight seal and prevent metal-to-metal contact, and that minimize noise from movements. D. Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim: Fabricate flashing and trim to comply with manufacturer's recommendations and recommendations in SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" that apply to design, dimensions, metal, and other characteristics of item indicated. 1. Form exposed sheet metal accessories that are without excessive oil canning, buckling,and tool marks and that are true to line and levels indicated, with exposed edges folded back to form hems. 2. Seams for Aluminum: Fabricate nonmoving seams with flat-lock seams. Form seams and seal with epoxy seam sealer. Rivet joints for additional strength. 3. Seams for Other Than Aluminum: Fabricate nonmoving seams in accessories with flat-lock seams. Tin edges to be seamed, form seams, and solder. 074213.19 - 1 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS INSULATED METAL WALL PANELS 4. Sealed Joints: Form nonexpansion, but movable, joints in metal to accommodate sealant and to comply with SMACNA standards. 5. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible. Exposed fasteners are not allowed on faces of accessories exposed to view. 6. Fabricate cleats and attachment devices from same material as accessory being anchored or from compatible, noncorrosive metal recommended in writing by metal panel manufacturer. a. Size: As recommended by SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" or metal wall panel manufacturer for application but not less than thickness of metal being secured. 2.5 FINISHES A. Protect mechanical and painted finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. B. Appearance of Finished Work: Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent pieces are acceptable if they are within one-half of the range of approved Samples. Noticeable variations in same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of other components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. C. Steel Panels and Accessories: 1. Three-Coat Fluoropolymer:AAMA 621. Fluoropolymer finish containing not less than 70 percent PVDF resin by weight in both color coat and clear topcoat. Prepare, pretreat, and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to comply with coating and resin manufacturers'written instructions. 2. Concealed Finish: Apply pretreatment and manufacturer's standard white or light-colored acrylic or polyester backer finish consisting of prime coat and wash coat with a minimum total dry film thickness of 0.5 mil. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, metal panel supports, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. 1. Examine wall framing to verify that girts, angles, channels, studs, and other structural panel support members and anchorage have been installed within alignment tolerances required by metal wall panel manufacturer. 2. Examine wall sheathing to verify that sheathing joints are supported by framing or blocking and that installation is within flatness tolerances required by metal wall panel manufacturer. a. Verify that air- or water-resistive barriers have been installed over sheathing or backing substrate to prevent air infiltration or water penetration. B. Examine roughing-in for components and systems penetrating metal panels to verify actual locations of penetrations relative to seam locations of metal panels before installation. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Miscellaneous Supports: Install subframing, furring, and other miscellaneous panel support members and anchorages according to ASTM C 754 and metal panel manufacturer's written recommendations. 3.3 METAL PANEL INSTALLATION A. General: Install metal panels according to manufacturer's written instructions in orientation, sizes, and locations indicated. Install panels perpendicular to supports unless otherwise indicated.Anchor metal panels and other components of the Work securely in place, with provisions for thermal and structural movement. 1. Shim or otherwise plumb substrates receiving metal panels. 2. Flash and seal metal panels at perimeter of all openings. Fasten with self-tapping screws. Do not begin installation until air- or water-resistive barriers and flashings that will be concealed by metal panels are installed. 3. Install screw fasteners in predrilled holes. 4. Locate and space fastenings in uniform vertical and horizontal alignment. 5. Install flashing and trim as metal panel work proceeds. 6. Locate panel splices over, but not attached to, structural supports. Stagger panel splices and end laps to avoid a four-panel lap splice condition. 7. Align bottoms of metal panels and fasten with blind rivets, bolts, or self-tapping screws. Fasten flashings and trim around openings and similar elements with self-tapping screws. 8. Provide weathertight escutcheons for pipe- and conduit-penetrating panels. B. Fasteners: 074213.19 - 1 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS INSULATED METAL WALL PANELS 1. Steel Panels: Use stainless-steel fasteners for surfaces exposed to the exterior; use galvanized-steel fasteners for surfaces exposed to the interior. 2. Aluminum Panels: Use aluminum or stainless-steel fasteners for surfaces exposed to the exterior; use aluminum or galvanized-steel fasteners for surfaces exposed to the interior. C. Metal Protection:Where dissimilar metals contact each other or corrosive substrates, protect against galvanic action as recommended in writing by metal panel manufacturer. D. Joint Sealers: Install gaskets,joint fillers, and sealants where indicated and where required for weathertight performance of metal wall panel assemblies. Provide types of gaskets,fillers, and sealants indicated by metal panel manufacturer; or, if not indicated, provide types recommended by metal wall panel manufacturer. 1. Seal metal wall panel end laps with double beads of tape or sealant, full width of panel. Seal side joints where recommended by metal wall panel manufacturer. 2. Prepare joints and apply sealants to comply with requirements in Section 079200 "Joint Sealants." 3.4 INSULATED METAL WALL PANEL INSTALLATION A. General: Apply continuous ribbon of sealant to panel joint on concealed side of insulated metal wall panels as vapor seal; apply sealant to panel joint on exposed side of panels for weather seal. 1. Fasten foamed-insulation-core metal wall panels to supports with fasteners at each lapped joint at location and spacing and with fasteners recommended by manufacturer. 2. Apply panels and associated items true to line for neat and weathertight enclosure.Avoid"panel creep" or application not true to line. 3. Provide metal-backed washers under heads of exposed fasteners on weather side of insulated metal wall panels. 4. Locate and space exposed fasteners in uniform vertical and horizontal alignment. Use proper tools to obtain controlled uniform compression for positive seal without rupture of washer. 5. Provide sealant tape at lapped joints of insulated metal wall panels and between panels and protruding equipment, vents, and accessories. 6. Apply a continuous ribbon of sealant tape to panel side laps and elsewhere as needed to make panels weathertight. 7. Apply snap-on battens to exposed-fastener, insulated-core metal wall panel seams to conceal fasteners. B. Foamed-Insulation-Core Metal Wall Panels: Fasten metal wall panels to supports with concealed clips at each joint at location and spacing and with fasteners recommended by manufacturer. Fully engage tongue and groove of adjacent panels. 1. Install clips to supports with self-tapping fasteners. C. Accessory Installation: Install accessories with positive anchorage to building and weathertight mounting, and provide for thermal expansion. Coordinate installation with flashings and other components. 1. Install components required for a complete metal panel system including trim, copings, corners, seam covers, flashings, sealants, gaskets, fillers, closure strips, and similar items. Provide types indicated by metal panel manufacturer; or, if not indicated, provide types recommended by metal panel manufacturer. D. Flashing and Trim: Comply with performance requirements, manufacturer's written installation instructions, and SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." Provide concealed fasteners where possible, and set units true to line and level. Install work with laps,joints, and seams that are permanently watertight. 1. Install exposed flashing and trim that is without buckling and tool marks, and that is true to line and levels indicated, with exposed edges folded back to form hems. Install sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates and to achieve waterproof performance. 2. Expansion Provisions: Provide for thermal expansion of exposed flashing and trim. Space movement joints at a maximum of 10 feet with no joints allowed within 24 inches of corner or intersection. Where lapped expansion provisions cannot be used or would not be sufficiently waterproof, form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch deep, filled with mastic sealant (concealed within joints). 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. B. Metal wall panels will be considered defective if they do not pass test and inspections. C. Additional tests and inspections,at Contractor's expense, are performed to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements. 074213.19 - 1 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS INSULATED METAL WALL PANELS 3.6 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films, if any, as metal panels are installed, unless otherwise indicated in manufacturer's written installation instructions. On completion of metal panel installation, clean finished surfaces as recommended by metal panel manufacturer. Maintain in a clean condition during construction. B. After metal panel installation, clear weep holes and drainage channels of obstructions, dirt, and sealant. C. Replace metal panels that have been damaged or have deteriorated beyond successful repair by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures. END OF SECTION 074213.19 074213.19 - 1 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS INSULATED METAL WALL PANELS SECTION 075216.17 - SBS-MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING, SELF-ADHERED PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: for roof replacement at the American Bank Center — Arena Cooling Tower Roof Area 1. Removal of the existing roof systems, roof insulation and flashing down to the existing metal deck substrate. 2. Installation of new treated wood blocking and nailers in the base proposal. See section 01 21 00 "Allowances"for quantities. 3. Mechanically fastened roofing insulation system. a. Tapered polyisocyanurate roofing insulation (as indicated on plans), 1/4" per foot slope or as required to provide positive drainage with NO PONDING. Provide for a minimum total thickness of polyisocyanurate at start including base layer of insulation of 2.5". b. Tapered polyisocyanurate crickets and saddles (as indicated on plans). 1/2" per foot slope as required to provide positive drainage to internal drains or roof edge and gutter. Adhered to concrete deck. C. One (1) layer of 1/2" thick high performance gypsum-fiber roof cover board adhered to polyisocyanurate roofing insulation. 4. Install proper pipe supports under all pipes and conduit on the roof. Install proper pads under all pipe supports. 5. Torch-applied Atactic Polypropylene (APP) modified bituminous membrane roofing system on metal deck, including but not limited to: a. Roof membrane and membrane base flashings. 1) One (1) ply of fire rated, high performance, non-woven polyester reinforced, APP modified granule surfaced membrane. 2) One (1) ply of polyester reinforced APP smooth modified base sheet B. Related Sections: 1. Division 06 carpentry section for wood nailers, wood cants, curbs, and blocking. 2. Division 07 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" for custom metal roof penetration flashings, flashings, and counter flashings. SECTION 075216.17-SBS-MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING,SELF-ADHERED 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Roofing Terminology: See ASTM D 1079 and glossary of NRCA's "The NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual" for definition of terms related to roofing work in this Section. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: For roofing system. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. Provide roof plan showing orientation and types of roof deck, orientation of membrane roofing, and fastening spacings and patterns for mechanically fastened components. 1. Base flashings and built-up terminations. a. Indicate details meet requirements of NRCA and FMG required by this Section. 2. Tapered insulation, including slopes. 3. Crickets, saddles, and tapered edge strips, including slopes. C. Samples for Verification: For the following products: 1. Sheet roofing materials, of color specified for exposed material. 2. Roof insulation. 3. Insulation cover board. 4. Metal termination bars. 5. Walkway material. 6. Six insulation fasteners of each type, length, and finish. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Contractor's Product Certificate: Submit notarized certificate, indicating products intended for Work of this Section, including product names and numbers and manufacturers' names, with statement indicating that products to be provided meet the requirements of the Contract Documents. B. Qualification Data: For Installer, Manufacturer, and Roofing Inspector. 1. Include letter from Manufacturer written for this Project indicating approval of Installer. C. Manufacturer Certificates: Signed by roofing manufacturer certifying that roofing system complies with requirements specified in "Performance Requirements"Article. 1. Submit evidence of compliance with performance requirements. a. Provide UL listing certificate for roofing systems identical to those specified for this Project. SECTION 075216.17-SBS-MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING,SELF-ADHERED 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 2. Indicate that proposed system components are compatible. D. Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency, for components of built-up roofing. E. Warranties: Unexecuted sample copies of special warranties. F. Field Quality Control Reports: Daily reports of Roofing Inspector. Include weather conditions, description of work performed, tests performed, defective work observed, and corrective actions taken to correct defective work. 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: To include in maintenance manuals. B. Warranties: Executed copies of warranties. 1.7 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Refer to Division 1, Section 01430—Quality Assurance. B. ONLY Substitutions approved in writing by the architect/owner prior to the scheduled bid date will be considered. C. Notification of approvals will be issued at least five (5) days before the scheduled bid date. D. Architect/Owner reserves the right to be final authority on acceptance or rejection of any substitution request. E. Substitutions following award of contract are not allowed except as stipulated by Division 01 General Requirements 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An employer of workers trained and certified by manufacturer, including a full-time on-site supervisor with a minimum of five years' experience installing products comparable to those specified, able to communicate verbally with Contractor, Architect, and employees, and qualified by the manufacturer to install manufacturer's product and furnish warranty of type specified. 1. Installer must provide (2) manufacturer inspections each week. Noncompliance may result in an $850 per day fee for missing inspections. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Approved manufacturer with UL listed roofing systems comparable to those specified for this Project, with minimum five years' experience in manufacture of comparable products in successful use in similar applications, and able to furnish warranty with provisions matching specified requirements. 1. Approval of Comparable Products: Submit the following in accordance with project substitution requirements, within time allowed for substitution review: a. Product data, including certified independent test data indicating compliance with requirements. b. Samples of each component. SECTION 075216.17-SBS-MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING,SELF-ADHERED 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS C. Sample submittal from similar project. d. Project references: Minimum of five installations of specified products not less than five years old, with Owner and Architect contact information. e. Sample warranty. 2. Substitutions following award of contract are not allowed except as stipulated in Division 01 General Requirements. 3. Approved manufacturers must meet separate requirements of Submittals Article. C. Roofing Inspector Qualifications: A technical representative of manufacturer not engaged in the sale of products and experienced in the installation and maintenance of the specified roofing system, qualified to perform roofing observation and inspection specified in Field Quality Control Article, to determine Installer's compliance with the requirements of this Project, and approved by the manufacturer to issue warranty certification. The Roofing Inspector shall be one of the following: 1. An authorized full-time technical employee of the manufacturer. D. Preinstallation Roofing Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1. Meet with Owner, Architect, Owner's insurer if applicable, testing and inspecting agency representative, roofing Installer, roofing system manufacturer's representative, deck Installer, and installers whose work interfaces with or affects roofing, including installers of roof accessories and roof-mounted equipment. 2. Review methods and procedures related to roofing installation, including manufacturer's written instructions. 3. Review and finalize construction schedule and verify availability of materials, Installer's personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. 4. Examine substrate conditions and finishes for compliance with requirements, including flatness and fastening. 5. Review base flashings, special roofing details, roof drainage, roof penetrations, equipment curbs, and condition of other construction that will affect roofing system. 6. Review governing regulations and requirements for insurance and certificates if applicable. 7. Review temporary protection requirements for roofing system during and after installation. 8. Review roof observation and repair procedures after roofing installation. E. Random Sampling 1. During course of work, the Architect may secure samples according to ASTM D140-93 of materials being used from containers at job site and submit them to an independent laboratory for comparison to specified material. 2. Should test results prove that material is not equal to specified material: SECTION 075216.17-SBS-MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING,SELF-ADHERED 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS a. Contractor shall pay for all testing. b. Roofing installed and found not to comply with the specifications shall be removed and replaced with no change in the contract price. 3. Installation quality control a. The roofing inspector shall provide written and photographic reports, to be submitted to the architect, owner, roof system installation contractor, appraising the installation of the roof system at each of the project progress stages. The installation contractor shall make all necessary corrections, additions or remedial actions to resolve any issues raised in the reports. b. The roofing inspector shall have the authority to have any and all roofing work corrected, as required, to insure the proper installation and weather-tightness of the roof system, in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications. 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver roofing materials to Project site in original containers with seals unbroken and labeled with manufacturer's name, product brand name and type, date of manufacture, approval or listing agency markings, and directions for storing and mixing with other components. B. Store liquid materials in their original undamaged containers in a clean, dry, protected location and within the temperature range required by roofing system manufacturer. Protect stored liquid material from direct sunlight. 1. Discard and legally dispose of liquid material that cannot be applied within its stated shelf life. C. Protect roof insulation materials from physical damage and from deterioration by sunlight, moisture, soiling, and other sources. Store in a dry location. Comply with insulation manufacturer's written instructions for handling, storing, and protecting during installation. D. Handle and store roofing materials and place equipment in a manner to avoid permanent deflection of deck. 1.10 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit roofing system to be installed according to manufacturer's written instructions and warranty requirements. B. Daily Protection: Coordinate installation of roofing so insulation and other components of roofing system not permanently exposed are not subjected to precipitation or left uncovered at the end of the workday or when rain is forecast. 1. Complete terminations and base flashings and provide temporary seals to prevent water from entering completed sections of roofing. 2. Remove temporary plugs from roof drains at end of each day. 3. Remove and discard temporary seals before beginning work on adjoining roofing. SECTION 075216.17-SBS-MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING,SELF-ADHERED 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 1.11 FIRE WATCH A. When torch applied materials are installed the Contractor shall provide a fire watch. B. Provide fire watch during torch application and continue for one hour after torch work has been completed. All roof areas worked on should be checked for hot spots and signs of smoldering. If available, infrared roof scanners should be used. The inside of the building should also be inspected for signs of fire and smoke C. Provide at least two 10Ib (4.5 kg) multipurpose dry chemical portable extinguisher within 20 ft. (6.1 m) horizontal travel distance of torch-applied roofing equipment. D. No full-time torch shall be used under any circumstances. 1.12 WARRANTY A. Warranty, General: Warranties specified shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties required by the Contract Documents. Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve Contractor of obligations under requirements of the Contract Documents. B. Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer's standard or customized form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of built-up roofing that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. Failure includes roof leaks. 1. Manufacturer's warranty includes roofing membrane, base flashings, fasteners, roofing membrane accessories and other components of roofing system specified in this Section. 2. Warranty Period: 15 years from date of Substantial Completion. C. Installer's Warranty: Submit roofing Installer's warranty, on warranty form at end of this Section, signed by Installer, covering the Work of this Section and related Sections, including all components of built-up roofing such as built-up roofing membrane, base flashing, roof insulation, fasteners, cover boards, substrate boards, vapor retarders, roof pavers, and walkway products, for the following warranty period: 1. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion. D. Extended Roof System Warranty: Warranties specified in this Section include the following components and systems specified in other sections supplied by the roofing system Manufacturer, and installed by the roofing system Installer: 1. Sheet metal flashing and trim, including roof penetration flashings. 2. Roof and parapet expansion joint assemblies. E. Manufacturer Inspection and Preventive Maintenance Requirement: By manufacturer's technical representative, to report maintenance responsibilities to Owner necessary for preservation of Owner's warranty rights. The cost of manufacturer's inspections and preventive maintenance is included in the Contract Sum. Inspections to occur in Years 2, 5 and 10 following completion. SECTION 075216.17-SBS-MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING,SELF-ADHERED 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by a manufacturer meeting qualification requirements in Quality Assurance Article. B. Basis-of-Design Manufacturer/Product: The roof system specified in this Section is based upon products of Tremco, Inc., Beachwood, OH, (800) 562-2728, www.tremcoroofing.com that are named in other Part 2 articles. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the named product or an approved comparable product by one of the following: 2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General Performance: Roofing shall withstand exposure to weather without failure or leaks due to defective manufacture or installation. 1. Accelerated Weathering: Roofing system shall withstand 2000 hours of exposure when tested according to ASTM G 152, ASTM G 154, or ASTM G 155. 2. Impact Resistance: Roofing system shall resist impact damage when tested according to ASTM D 3746 or ASTM D 4272. B. Wind uplift Compliance: Provide roofing membrane, base flashing, and component materials that comply with the requirements to acquire a certificate of wind storm from the State of Texas. Basis of Compliance: NEMO Evaluation Report NER-TRM-001 for FL16425-R7 Construction C- 86. IT IS THE CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITY TO READ AND FOLLOW THE PROVIDED TESTED ASSEMBLY. A LIST OF THE BASIS OF DESIGN ASSEMBLIES MAY BE LOCATED FROM THE NEMO WEBSITE OR THE SYSTEM MANUFACTURER. C. Material Compatibility: Provide roofing materials that are compatible with one another under conditions of service and application required, as demonstrated by membrane roofing manufacturer based on testing and field experience. D. Roofing System Design: Provide membrane roofing system that is identical to systems that have been successfully tested by a qualified testing and inspecting agency in accordance with ANSI/FM 4474, UL 580, or UL 1897, and to resist uplift pressures. 1. All Zones (Corner, Perimeter, and Field-of-Roof) Uplift Pressures: As indicated on Drawings. 2. Zone 1 (Field-of-Roof) Uplift Pressure: 29.8 Ibf/sq. ft. (kPa). 3. Zone 2 (Perimeter) Uplift Pressure: 50 Ibf/sq. ft. (kPa), located within 4 feet (m) of roof perimeter. 4. Zone 3 (Corners) Uplift Pressure: 75.2 Ibf/sq. ft. (kPa), located within 4 feet (m) of roof outside corners. E. SPRI Wind Design Standard: Manufacture and install copings and roof-edge flashings tested according to SPRI ES-1 and capable of resisting the following design pressures: 1. Design Pressure: 75.2 Ibf/sq. ft. (kPa). SECTION 075216.17-SBS-MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING,SELF-ADHERED 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS F. Flashings and Fastening: Comply with requirements of Division 07 Sections "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" and "Roof Specialties." Provide base flashings, perimeter flashings, detail flashings and component materials and installation techniques that comply with requirements and recommendations of the following: 1. FM Global 1-49: Loss Prevention Data Sheet for Perimeter Flashings. 2. FM Global 1-29: Loss Prevention Data Sheet for Above Deck Roof Components. 3. NRCA Roofing Manual (Sixth Edition) for construction details and recommendations. 4. SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual (Seventh Edition) for construction details. G. Exterior Fire-Test Exposure: ASTM E 108, Class A; for application and roof slopes indicated, as determined by testing identical membrane roofing materials by a qualified testing agency. Materials shall be identified with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. H. Fire-Resistance Ratings: Where indicated, provide fire-resistance-rated roof assemblies identical to those of assemblies tested for fire resistance per ASTM E 119 by a qualified testing agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. 2.3 ROOFING MEMBRANE MATERIALS A. APP Modified Bituminous Torch-Applied Base/Ply Sheet: 1. ASTM D 6222 APP-modified asphalt polyester reinforced membrane sheet, smooth- surfaced. a. Basis of design product: Tremco, POWERply APP Smooth. b. Tensile Strength at 0 deg. F (-18 deg. C), minimum, ASTM D 6222: Machine direction, 180 Ibf/in (31.5 kN/m); Cross machine direction, 120 Ibf/in (21.0 kN/m). C. Tear Strength at 77 deg. F (25 deg. C), minimum, ASTM D 6222: Machine direction, 170 Ibf(750 N); Cross machine direction, 140 Ibf(620 N). d. Elongation at 0 deg. F (-18 deg. C), minimum, ASTM D 6222: 40 percent. e. Low Temperature Flexibility, minimum, ASTM D 6222: 10 deg. F (-12 deg. C). f. Thickness, minimum, ASTM D 6222: 0.160 inch (4.0 mm). B. APP Modified Bituminous Torch-Applied Cap Sheet: 1. ASTM D 6222 Grade G Type I high-elongation fire-resistive APP-modified asphalt polyester-reinforced membrane sheet; mineral-granular surfaced. a. Basis of design product: Tremco, POWERply APP FR. b. Breaking Strength, 77 deg. F, ASTM D 4830: 150 Ibf machine direction; 130 Ibf cross machine direction. C. Elongation, 77 deg. F, ASTM D 4830: 30 percent. d. Trapezoid Tear Strength, ASTM D 4830: 60 Ibf. SECTION 075216.17-SBS-MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING,SELF-ADHERED 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS e. Weight, ASTM D 3776: 190 g/m2. f. Thickness, ASTM D 1777: 0.035 in. C. Base Flashing Backer Sheet: 1. ASTM D 6222 APP-modified asphalt polyester reinforced membrane sheet, smooth- surfaced. a. Basis of design product: Tremco, POWERply APP Smooth. b. Tensile Strength at 0 deg. F (-18 deg. C), minimum, ASTM D 6222: Machine direction, 180 Ibf/in (31.5 kN/m); Cross machine direction, 120 Ibf/in (21.0 kN/m). C. Tear Strength at 77 deg. F (25 deg. C), minimum, ASTM D 6222: Machine direction, 170 Ibf(750 N); Cross machine direction, 140 Ibf(620 N). d. Elongation at 0 deg. F (-18 deg. C), minimum, ASTM D 6222: 40 percent. e. Low Temperature Flexibility, minimum, ASTM D 6222: 10 deg. F (-12 deg. C). f. Thickness, minimum, ASTM D 6222: 0.160 inch (4.0 mm). D. Base Flashing Sheet: 1. ASTM D 6222 Grade GType I high-elongation fire-resistive APP-modified asphalt polyester-reinforced membrane sheet; mineral-granular surfaced. a. Basis of design product: Tremco, POWERply APP FR. b. Breaking Strength, 77 deg. F, ASTM D 4830: 150 Ibf machine direction; 130 Ibf cross machine direction. C. Elongation, 77 deg. F, ASTM D 4830: 30 percent. d. Trapezoid Tear Strength, ASTM D 4830: 60 Ibf. e. Weight, ASTM D 3776: 190 g/m2. f. Thickness, ASTM D 1777: 0.035 in. 2.4 AUXILIARY ROOFING MATERIALS A. General: Auxiliary materials recommended by roofing system manufacturer for intended use and compatible with roofing membrane. B. Auxillary Materials 1. Basis of Design: Tremco Burmesh - 6" a. A non-shrinking, non-rotting, vinyl coated, woven glass mesh. b. Basis of Design: Tremco TF Tape 2. Flashing tape for top edge of base flashing SECTION 075216.17-SBS-MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING,SELF-ADHERED 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS a. A flexible, non-drying, butyl-based gasket-forming sealant tape. b. Basis of design: Tremco TF Tape 3. Asphalt mastic for miscellaneous sealing and waterproofing: a. An asphalt-based, heavily fibrated, asbestos free mastic b. Basis of design: Tremco ELS 4. Pitch Pan Mastic a. High performance single component roof elastomer b. Basis of design: Tremco POLYroof LV 5. Rubberized asphalt striping mastic a. Single component solvent free roof elastomer mastic b. Basis of design: Tremco POLYroof LV 6. Reflective coating for roofs, flashings, and striping: a. Phenolic, asbestos free, leafing aluminum pigment b. Basis of design: Tremco Alumanation 301 7. Metal Joint Sealant: a. Asbestos-free, moisture cured, one-component polyurethane sealant. b. Basis of Design: TremSEAL Pro 8. Vents and/or Stacks: a. Galvanized Steel: ASTM A 526-85, sheet steel with 1.25 oz / sq. galvanized coating. b. Gage: Twenty-four(24). C. Solder: ASTM B32-89, alloy grade 60A. Neutralize flux after soldering. 9. Termination Bar for top edge of all base flashings: a. Extruded aluminum, pre-punched 8" o.c. 10. Fascia, Coping, and other Visible Sheet Metal Flashing: a. Galvanized, pre-painted: Twenty-four (24) gage minimum, galvanized steel; commercial quality, Fed. Spec. QQ-S-775, Type I, Class D or ASTM A 526 or lock forming quality ASTM A 527, G90 coating in accordance with ASTM A 525. All sheet metal to be pre-painted SECTION 075216.17-SBS-MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING,SELF-ADHERED 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 1) Paint finish at exposed side: Factory applied baked-on two (2) coat system comprised of one (1) coat of full 70% resin fluorocarbon by Kynar 500 or accepted substitute over a smooth coat of corrosion-resistant epoxy-based primer. Color as selected by owner. 2) Finish at underside shall be a wash coat over a coat of corrosion-resistant epoxy-based primer 11. Counter flashing, slip flashing: a. Galvanized Steel: ASTM A 526-85, sheet steel with 1.25 oz./sq. (3.82 g/m2) galvanized coating. b. Gage: Twenty-four(24) 12. Pitch pans with hoods: a. Stainless Steel, Type 304: Twenty-four (24) gauge minimum, stainless, steel; commercial quality, Fed. Spec. QQ-S-775, Type I, Class D or ASTM A 526 or lock forming quality ASTM A 527, G90 coating in accordance with ASTM A 525 13. Walkway Pads for all access panels at all A/C units: a. Mineral-surfaced asphaltic composition panels, factory formed, non porous, with a slip-resisting surface texture, manufactured specifically for adhering to built-up roofing as a protection course for foot traffic: 1) Thickness: 1/2 inch b. Basis of design: Tremco TremTred. 14. Pipe Supports: a. Pipe supports for small pipes and conduit: 1) Pipe or Conduit size: 1/4"to 2.39" ID and/or 2.38"to 4.57" ID 2) Rubber triangle pipe blocks extruded from 100% EPDM rubber b. Basis of design: Rubber Triangle Pipe Blocks by Tremco or pre-approved substitution 15. Primer: a. An asbestos free, modified water-based asphalt primer b. Basis of design: Tremco Tremprime QD 16. Vertical Masonry Joint Sealant a. Multi-component non-straining sealant, formulated for compatibility and use in dynamic and static joints. b. Basis of design: Tremco TremSEAL HP SECTION 075216.17-SBS-MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING,SELF-ADHERED 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS C. Metal Flashing Sheet: Metal flashing sheet is specified in Division 07 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim." D. Miscellaneous Accessories: Provide miscellaneous accessories recommended by roofing system manufacturer. 1. Pipe Supports for large pipes and conduit: a. Pipe or Conduit size: 0.5" or larger ID b. Galvanized roller pipe supports. C. Basis of Design: SS8-R or RB-18 as applicable by PHP Pipe supports of Houston, TX or approved equal. 2. Roof Drain & Scupper Target Striping: Polyurethane Elastomeric Fluid-Applied System: Two-coat fluid-applied roofing membrane formulated for application over prepared existing roofing substrate. a. Basis of design product: Tremco, AlphaGuard BIO Top Coat. 3. Roof Drain & Scupper Target Primer: Polyurethane Elastomeric Fluid-Applied System: Single component primer designed to enhance adhesion to approved substrates and applications of urethane based products. a. Basis of design product: Tremco, Geogard Primer. 4. Roof Drain & Scupper Target Striping: Polyester Reinforcing and Protection Fabric: 100 percent stitch-bonded mildew-resistant polyester fabric intended for reinforcement of compatible fluid-applied membranes and flashings and as a protection layer under pavers or stone aggregates. a. Basis of design product: Tremco, Permafab. 2.5 MECHANICAL FASTENERS A. Wood to Wood: 1. Type 316 Stainless Steel, flat head, ring shank, diamond point roofing nails as man- ufactured by Stainless Fasteners, or equal. (Galvanized nails are not permitted to fasten into treated lumber.) 2. Length: Sufficient to penetrate wood blocking or nailers 1-1/4 inches B. Sheet steel to wood blocking: 1. Type 316 Stainless Steel, flat head, ring shank, diamond point roofing nails as man- ufactured by Stainless Fasteners, or equal. (Galvanized nails are not permitted to fasten into treated lumber.) 2. Length: Sufficient to penetrate wood blocking or nailers 1-1/4 inches C. Termination bar to masonry or concrete: 1. Lead masonry anchors. SECTION 075216.17-SBS-MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING,SELF-ADHERED 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 2. Length: Sufficient to provide 1 '/" embedment minimum 2.6 ROOF INSULATION MATERIALS A. General: Preformed roof insulation boards manufactured or approved by roofing manufacturer, selected from manufacturer's standard sizes suitable for application, of thicknesses indicated and that produce FM Global-approved roof insulation. 1. Provide factory-tapered insulation boards fabricated to slope of 1/4 inch per 12 inches (1:48) unless otherwise indicated. 2. Provide 1/2 inch per 12 inches tapered saddles, crickets, tapered edge strips, and other insulation shapes where indicated for sloping to drain. Fabricate to slopes indicated. B. Roof Insulation: Provide roof insulation product in thicknesses indicated in Part 3 as follows: 1. Board Insulation, Polyisocyanurate: CFC- and HCFC- free, with recycled content glass- fiber mat facer on both major surfaces, ASTM C1289 Type II Class 1. a. Basis of design product: Tremco, Trisotech Insulation. b. Compressive Strength, ASTM D1621: Grade 2: 20 psi (138 kPa). C. Conditioned Thermal Resistance at 75 deg. F (24 deg. C): 14.4 at 2.5 inches (50.8 mm)thick. d. Available manufacturer's: 1) Tremco 2) Atlas AC Foam II 2. Provide preformed saddles, crickets, tapered edge strips, and other insulation shapes where indicated for sloping to drain. Fabricate to slopes indicated. 2.7 ROOF INSULATION ACCESSORIES A. Cover Board: 1. Gypsum panel, glass-mat-faced, primed, ASTM C1177/C1177M. a. Basis of design product: Tremco/GP Gypsum DensDeck Prime. b. Thickness: 1/2 inch (12 mm). B. Roof Insulation Adhesive: 1. Urethane adhesive, bead-applied, low-rise two-component solvent-free low odor, formulated to adhere roof insulation to substrate. a. Basis of design product: Tremco, Low Rise Foam Insulation Adhesive. b. Flame Spread Index, ASTM E84: 10. C. Smoke Developed Index, ASTM E84: 30. SECTION 075216.17-SBS-MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING,SELF-ADHERED 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS d. Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC), maximum, ASTM D3960: 0 g/L. e. Tensile Strength, minimum, ASTM D412: 250 psi (1720 kPa). f. Peel Adhesion, minimum, ASTM D903: 17 Ibf/in (2.50 kN/m). g. Flexibility, 70 deg. F (39 deg. C), ASTM D816: Pass. h. Available Manufacturer's: 1) Tremco 2) Royal C. Insulation Cant Strips: ASTM C208, Type II, Grade 1, cellulosic-fiber insulation board. D. Tapered Edge Strips: ASTM C208, Type II, Grade 1, cellulosic-fiber insulation board. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with the following requirements and other conditions affecting performance of roofing system: 1. Verify that roof openings and penetrations are in place and curbs are set and braced and that roof drain bodies are securely clamped in place. 2. Verify that wood cants, blocking, curbs, and nailers are securely anchored to roof deck at penetrations and terminations and that nailers match thicknesses of insulation. 3. Concrete Roof Deck: a. Verify that minimum concrete drying period recommended by roofing system manufacturer has passed. b. Verify that concrete substrate is visibly dry and free of moisture. Test for capillary moisture by plastic sheet method according to ASTM D4263. C. Verify that concrete curing compounds that will impair adhesion of roofing components to roof deck have been removed. 4. Verify that existing substrate is sound and dry. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean substrate of dust, debris, moisture, and other substances detrimental to roofing installation according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. Remove sharp projections. B. Prevent materials from entering and clogging roof drains and conductors and from spilling or migrating onto surfaces of other construction. Remove roof-drain plugs when no work is taking place or when rain is forecast. SECTION 075216.17-SBS-MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING,SELF-ADHERED 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Install roofing system in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. B. Install wood cants, blocking, curbs, and nailers in accordance with requirements of Division 06 rough carpentry section. C. Install roofing system in accordance with the following NRCA Manual Plates and NRCA recommendations; modify as required to comply with requirements of FMG references above: 1. Metal Parapet Cap (Coping) and Base Flashing: Plates MB-1 and MB-1S. 2. Surface-Mounted Counterflashing for Concrete Walls (at Parapet Wall): Plates MB-4 and MB-4S. 3. Base Flashing for Wall-supported Deck: Plates MB-5 and MB-5S. 4. Base Flashing for Non-wall-supported deck (Movement Joint): Plates MB-6 and MB-6S. 5. Base and Surface-mounted Counterflashing: Plates MB-4 and MB-4S. 6. Base Flashing for Vented Base Sheet: Plates MB-5A and MB-5AS. 7. Raised Perimeter Edge with Metal Flashing (Fascia Cap): Plates MB-2 and MB-2S. 8. Embedded Edge Metal Flashing Edge (Gravel-stop): Plates MB-3 and MB-3S. 9. Scupper Through Raised Perimeter Edge: Plates MB-21 and MB-21 S. 10. Gutter at Draining Edge: Plates MB-22 and MB-22S. 11. Expansion Joint with Metal Cover: Plates MB-7 and MB-7S and Division 07 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim." 12. Expansion Joint with Premanufactured Cover: Plates MB-7A and MB-7AS and Division 07 Section "Roof Expansion Assemblies." 13. Area Divider in Roof System: Plates MB-8 and MB-8S. 14. Equipment Support Curb: Plates MB-9 and MB-9S. 15. Equipment Support Stand: Plates MB-10. 16. Equipment Support Stand and Typical Rain Collar Penetration Detail: Plates MB-11 and MB-11 S. 17. Raised Curb Detail at Rooftop HVAC Units, Premanufactured: Plates MB-12 and MB-12S and Division 7 Section "Roof Accessories." 18. Raised Curb Detail at Rooftop HVAC Units (Job site constructed wood curb): Plates MB- 13 and MB-13S and Division 06 Section "Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry." 19. Skylight, Scuttle (Roof Hatch), and Smoke Vents: Plates MB-14 and MB-14S and Division 07 Section "Roof Accessories." SECTION 075216.17-SBS-MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING,SELF-ADHERED 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 20. Penetration, Structural Member through Roof Deck: Plates MB-15 and MB-15S. 21. Penetration, Sheet Metal Enclosure for Piping Through Roof Deck: Plates MB-16 and MB-16S 22. Penetration, Isolated Stack Flashing: Plates MB-17 and MB-17S. 23. Penetration, Isolated Stack Flashing: Plates MB-17A and MB-17AS. 24. Penetration, Plumbing Vent: Plates MB-18 and MB-18S. 25. Penetration, Pocket: Plates MB-19 and MB-19S. 26. Roof Drain: Plates MB-20 and MB-20S. 27. Roof Drain: Plates MB-20A and MB-20AS. 28. Guide for Clearances between Pipes/Walls/Curbs- Table 4 29. Guide for Crickets and Saddles -Table 5 30. Guide for Edge Scuppers with Tapered Saddles- Table 6 3.4 INSULATION INSTALLATION A. Comply with roofing manufacturer's written instructions for installing roof insulation. B. Cant Strips: Install and secure preformed 45-degree cant strips at junctures of built-up roofing with vertical surfaces or angle changes greater than 45 degrees. C. Install tapered insulation under area of roofing to conform to slopes indicated. D. Install insulation with long joints of insulation in a continuous straight line with end joints staggered between rows, abutting edges and ends between boards. Fill gaps exceeding 1/4 inch (6 mm) with insulation. 1. Cut and fit insulation within 1/4 inch (6 mm) of nailers, projections, and penetrations. E. Install insulation under area of roofing to achieve required thickness. Where overall insulation thickness is 2.7 inches (68 mm) or greater, install two or more layers with joints of each succeeding layer staggered from joints of previous layer a minimum of 6 inches (150 mm) in each direction. 1. Tapered Insulation System for Flat Roof Deck: Install insulation as follows: a. Minimum total thickness of Continuous Insulation: 2.5 inches. 1) Minimum thickness of base layer: 1.5 inches. 2) Minimum thickness of each subsequent layer: 1.0 inches. F. Trim surface of insulation where necessary at roof drains so completed surface is flush and does not restrict flow of water. G. Ensure tapered sumps are installed at perimeter of roof drains as indicated on plans SECTION 075216.17-SBS-MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING,SELF-ADHERED 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS H. Install tapered edge strips at perimeter edges of roof that do not terminate at vertical surfaces. I. Adhered Insulation: Install each layer of insulation and adhere to substrate as follows: 1. Prime substrate with primer as recommended by manufacturer and allow to dry. 2. Set each layer of insulation in continuous ribbons of bead-applied insulation adhesive at 12 inch o.c., firmly pressing and maintaining insulation in place. J. Cover Boards: Install cover boards over insulation with long joints in continuous straight lines with end joints staggered between rows. Offset joints of insulation below a minimum of 6 inches (150 mm) in each direction. Loosely butt cover boards together. 1. Secure cover boards to resist uplift pressure at corners, perimeter, and field of roof. 2. Adhere cover boards by setting in continuous ribbons of bead-applied insulation adhesive at 12 inch o.c., firmly pressing and maintaining cover board in place. 3.5 DAILY WATER-STOP/TIE-INS A. Remove dust, dirt or debris from the top of the existing membrane. B. Width: 18 inches C. Adhere 12 and 18-inch wide ply sheets from exposed deck to existing roofing with a continuous 1/16-inch thick application of tie off mastic. Glaze cut off with surfacing mastic. Extend 18 inch wide felt 3 inches either side 12-inch felt. D. Install "dead-man" insulation filler at insulation staggers. E. Extend roofing system at least 12 inches onto prepared area of adjacent roofing. Seal edge with 6 inch wide reinforcing membrane embedded between alternate courses of tie off mastic. 1. At beginning of next day's work remove temporary connection by cutting felts evenly along edge of existing roof system. Remove "dead-man" insulation fillers. 3.6 TORCH-APPLIED ROOFING MEMBRANE INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Install roofing membrane system according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions and applicable recommendations in ARMA/NRCA's "Quality Control Guidelines for the Application of Polymer Modified Bitumen Roofing" and as follows: 1. Deck Type: Concrete deck. B. Number of Smooth-Surfaced APP-Modified Bituminous Membrane Base/ Ply Sheets: One. 1. Adhering Method: Torch-Applied. C. Granular-Surfaced APP-Modified Bituminous Membrane Cap Sheet: 1. Adhering Method: Torch-Applied. D. Start installation of roofing membrane in presence of roofing system manufacturer's technical personnel. SECTION 075216.17-SBS-MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING,SELF-ADHERED 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS E. Cooperate with testing agencies engaged or required to perform services for installing roofing system. F. Coordinate installation of roofing system so insulation and other components of the roofing membrane system not permanently exposed are not subjected to precipitation or left uncovered at the end of the workday or when rain is forecast. 1. Provide tie-offs at end of each day's work configured as recommended by NRCA Roofing Manual Appendix: Quality Control Guidelines - Insulation to protect new and existing roofing. 2. Complete terminations and base flashings and provide temporary seals to prevent water from entering completed sections of roofing. 3. Remove temporary plugs from roof drains at end of each day. 4. Remove and discard temporary seals before beginning work on adjoining roofing. G. Substrate: Free of foreign particles prior to laying roof membrane. H. Wrapper and packaging materials: Not to be included in roofing system I. Ply shall never touch ply, even at roof edges, laps, tapered edge strips, and cants. J. Extend roofing membrane to top edge of cant at wall and projection bases. K. Cut out fish mouths/side laps, which are not completely sealed; patch. Replace all sheets, which are not fully and continuously bonded. 3.7 TORCH-APPLIED APP-MODIFIED SHEET INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Install modified bituminous roofing membrane base sheet and cap sheet according to roofing manufacturer's written instructions, starting at low point of roofing system. Extend roofing membrane sheets over and terminate beyond cants, installing as follows: 1. Unroll roofing membrane sheets and allow them to relax for minimum time period required by manufacturer. 2. Heat-weld to substrate. B. Laps: Accurately align roofing membrane sheets, without stretching, and maintain uniform side and end laps. Stagger end laps. Completely bond and seal laps, leaving no voids. 1. Repair tears and voids in laps and lapped seams not completely sealed. 2. Apply roofing granules to cover exuded bead at laps while bead is hot C. Install roofing membrane sheets so side and end laps shed water. D. Avoid walking on plies until adhesive has set E. Prepare, treat, and seal inside and outside corners and vertical and horizontal surfaces at terminations and penetrations with self-adhering termination strips and mastic. SECTION 075216.17-SBS-MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING,SELF-ADHERED 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS F. Install modified bituminous roofing membrane sheets according to roofing manufacturer's written instructions, starting at low point of roofing system. Extend roofing membrane sheets over and terminate beyond cants, installing as follows: 1. Unroll roofing membrane sheets and allow them to relax for minimum time period required by manufacturer. 2. Apply sheets in a shingled manner to shed water. 3. Fold back sheet and remove portions of release film in manner recommended by roofing manufacturer. 4. Apply and firmly adhere roof membrane sheets. Accurately align sheets and maintain uniform 3 inch (75 mm) minimum lap widths and 6 inch (150 mm) end laps. Overlap and seal seams, and stagger end laps to ensure watertight installation. Avoid voids, wrinkles, and buckling. 5. Form a seal with adjacent construction and ensure continuity of self-adhering membrane. G. Repair tears and voids in laps and lapped seams not completely sealed. 3.8 TORCH-APPLIED APP-MODIFIED BASE/ PLY SHEET INSTALLATION A. Apply base / ply sheet to properly prepared substrate in accordance with roofing membrane system manufacturer's written instructions. B. Coordinate base / ply sheet seam layout with planned cap sheet layout to maintain recommended staggering of side and end laps. C. Adhere torch-applied base/ply sheet to substrate. 3.9 TORCH-APPLIED APP-MODIFIED CAP SHEET INSTALLATION A. Apply cap sheet to fully adhered, rolled, and sealed base sheet in accordance with roofing membrane system manufacturer's written instructions. B. Coordinate cap sheet seam layout with base sheet layout to maintain recommended staggering of side and end laps. C. Adhere torch-applied cap sheet to base sheet. D. Seal end laps applied over granular cap sheet surface. 3.10 FLASHING AND STRIPPING INSTALLATION A. Install base flashing over cant strips and other sloped and vertical surfaces, at roof edges, and at penetrations through roof; secure to substrates according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions, and as follows: 1. Prime substrates with primer if required by roofing system manufacturer. 2. Backer Sheet Application: Adhere torch-applied backer sheet to substrate. 3. Flashing Sheet Application: Adhere torch-applied flashing sheet to substrate. Seal joints in flashing sheet. SECTION 075216.17-SBS-MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING,SELF-ADHERED 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS B. Extend base flashing up walls or parapets a minimum of 12 inches (300 mm) above built-up roofing and 6 inches (150 mm) onto field of built-up roofing. C. Mechanically fasten top of base flashing securely at terminations and perimeter of roofing. 1. Seal top termination of base flashing with a metal termination bar. 2. Seal top termination of base flashing with a strip of reinforcing fabric set in asphalt roofing cement. D. Install roofing membrane cap-sheet stripping where metal flanges and edgings are set on membrane roofing according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. E. Roof Drains: Set 30 by 30 inch (760 by 760 mm) square metal flashing in bed of asphalt roofing cement on completed roofing membrane. Cover metal flashing with roofing membrane cap- sheet stripping and extend a minimum of 6 inches (150 mm) beyond edge of metal flashing onto field of roofing membrane. Clamp roofing membrane, metal flashing, and stripping into roof- drain clamping ring. 1. Install stripping according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. 3.11 WALKWAY INSTALLATION A. Walkway Pads: Install walkway pads using units of size indicated or, if not indicated, of manufacturer's standard size according to walkway pad manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Sweep away loose aggregate surfacing. 2. Set walkway pads in cold-applied adhesive. 3.12 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Roofing Inspector: Owner will engage a qualified roofing inspector to perform roof tests and inspections and to prepare test reports. B. Final Roof Inspection: Arrange for roofing system manufacturer's technical personnel to inspect roofing installation at commencement and upon completion. 1. Notify Architect and Owner 48 hours in advance of date and time of inspection. C. Repair or remove and replace components of built-up roofing where test results or inspections indicate that they do not comply with specified requirements. 1. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine if replaced or additional work complies with specified requirements. 3.13 PROTECTING AND CLEANING A. Protect roofing system from damage and wear during remainder of construction period. When remaining construction will not affect or endanger roofing, inspect roofing for deterioration and damage, describing its nature and extent in a written report, with copies to Architect and Owner. B. Correct deficiencies in or remove roofing system that does not comply with requirements, repair substrates, and repair or reinstall roofing system to a condition free of damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion and according to warranty requirements. SECTION 075216.17-SBS-MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING,SELF-ADHERED 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS C. Clean overspray and spillage from adjacent construction using cleaning agents and procedures recommended by manufacturer of affected construction. END OF SECTION 075216.17 SECTION 075216.17-SBS-MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING,SELF-ADHERED 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 076200 - SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Formed low-slope roof sheet metal fabrications. 2. Formed equipment support flashing. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 061053 "Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry" for wood nailers, curbs, and blocking. 1.3 COORDINATION A. Coordinate sheet metal flashing and trim layout and seams with sizes and locations of penetrations to be flashed, and joints and seams in adjacent materials. B. Coordinate sheet metal flashing and trim installation with adjoining roofing and wall materials, joints, and seams to provide leakproof, secure, and noncorrosive installation. 1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1. Review construction schedule. Verify availability of materials, Installer's personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. 2. Review special roof details, roof drainage, roof-penetration flashing, equipment curbs, and condition of other construction that affect sheet metal flashing and trim. 3. Review requirements for insurance and certificates if applicable. 4. Review sheet metal flashing observation and repair procedures after flashing installation. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each of the following 1. Underlayment materials. 2. Butyl sealant. B. Shop Drawings: For sheet metal flashing and trim. 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and attachment details. 2. Detail fabrication and installation layouts, expansion-joint locations, and keyed details. Distinguish between shop- and field-assembled Work. 3. Include identification of material, thickness, weight, and finish for each item and location in Project. 4. Include details for forming, including profiles, shapes, seams, and dimensions. 5. Include details for joining, supporting, and securing, including layout and spacing of fasteners, cleats, clips, and other attachments. Include pattern of seams. 6. Include details of termination points and assemblies. 7. Include details of expansion joints and expansion-joint covers, including showing direction of expansion and contraction from fixed points. 8. Include details of roof-penetration flashing. 9. Include details of edge conditions, including eaves, ridges, valleys, rakes, crickets, flashings, and counterflashings. 10. Include details of special conditions. 11. Include details of connections to adjoining work. 12. Detail formed flashing and trim at scale of not less than 1-1/2 inches per 12 inches. C. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of sheet metal and accessory indicated with factory-applied finishes. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Product Certificates: For each type of coping and roof edge flashing that is FM Approvals approved. B. Product Test Reports: For each product, for tests performed by a qualified testing agency. C. Evaluation Reports: For copings and roof edge flashing, from ICC-ES showing compliance with ANSI/SPRI/FM 4435/ES-1. 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 076200-SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under Sample submittals, to demonstrate aesthetic effects, and to set quality standards for fabrication and installation. 1. Build mockup of typical roof edge, including built-in gutter fascia fascia trim apron flashing, approximately 10 feet long, including supporting construction cleats, seams, attachments, underlayment, and accessories. 2. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in mockups unless Owner specifically approves such deviations in writing. 3. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Do not store sheet metal flashing and trim materials in contact with other materials that might cause staining, denting, or other surface damage. 1. Store sheet metal flashing and trim materials away from uncured concrete and masonry. 2. Protect stored sheet metal flashing and trim from contact with water. B. Protect strippable protective covering on sheet metal flashing and trim from exposure to sunlight and high humidity, except to extent necessary for period of sheet metal flashing and trim installation. 1.10 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty on Finishes: Manufacturer agrees to repair finish or replace sheet metal flashing and trim that shows evidence of deterioration of factory-applied finishes within specified warranty period. 1. Exposed Panel Finish: Deterioration includes, but is not limited to, the following: a. Color fading more than 5 Delta units when tested in accordance with ASTM D2244. b. Chalking in excess of a No. 8 rating when tested in accordance with ASTM D4214. C. Cracking, checking, peeling, or failure of paint to adhere to bare metal. 2. Finish Warranty Period: 20 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: Sheet metal flashing and trim assemblies, including cleats, anchors, and fasteners, shall withstand wind loads, structural movement, thermally induced movement, and exposure to weather without failure due to defective manufacture, fabrication, installation, or other defects in construction. Completed sheet metal flashing and trim shall not rattle, leak, or loosen, and shall remain watertight. B. Sheet Metal Standard for Flashing and Trim: Comply with NRCA's"The NRCA Roofing Manual:Architectural Metal Flashing, Condensation and Air Leakage Control, and Reroofing" requirements for dimensions and profiles shown unless more stringent requirements are indicated. C. FM Approvals Listing: Manufacture and install copings roof edge flashings that are listed in FM Approvals' "RoofNav" and approved for windstorm classification, Class 1-120. Identify materials with name of fabricator and design approved by FM Approvals. 2.2 SHEET METALS A. General: Protect mechanical and other finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying strippable, temporary protective film before shipping. B. Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet: Provide aluminum-zinc alloy-coated steel sheet in accordance with ASTM A792/A792M, Class AZ50 coating designation, Grade 40; prepainted by coil-coating process to comply with ASTM A755/A755M. 1. Surface: Smooth, flat. 2. Exposed Coil-Coated Finish: a. Two-Coat Fluoropolymer: AAMA 621. Fluoropolymer finish containing not less than 70 percent polyvinylidene fluoride(PVDF) resin by weight in color coat. Prepare, pretreat,and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to comply with coating and resin manufacturers' written instructions for seacoast and severe environments. 3. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 4. Concealed Finish: Pretreat with manufacturer's standard white or light-colored acrylic or polyester backer finish, consisting of prime coat and wash coat with minimum total dry film thickness of 0.5 mil 2.3 UNDERLAYMENT MATERIALS A. Felt: ASTM D226/D226M, Type II (No. 30), asphalt-saturated organic felt; nonperforated. 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 076200-SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. General: Provide materials and types of fasteners, protective coatings, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required for complete sheet metal flashing and trim installation and as recommended by manufacturer of primary sheet metal unless otherwise indicated. B. Fasteners: Wood screws, annular threaded nails, self-tapping screws, self-locking rivets and bolts, and other suitable fasteners designed to withstand design loads and recommended by manufacturer of primary sheet metal. 1. General: Blind fasteners or self-drilling screws, gasketed, with hex-washer head. a. Exposed Fasteners: Heads matching color of sheet metal using plastic caps or factory-applied coating. Provide metal-backed EPDM or PVC sealing washers under heads of exposed fasteners bearing on weather side of metal. b. Blind Fasteners: High-strength aluminum or stainless steel rivets suitable for metal being fastened. C. Spikes and Ferrules: Same material as gutter; with spike with ferrule matching internal gutter width. 2. Fasteners for Aluminum-Zinc Alloy-Coated Steel Sheet: Series 300 stainless steel or hot-dip galvanized steel in accordance with ASTM Al 53/A153M or ASTM F2329. C. Butyl Sealant: ASTM C1311, single-component, solvent-release butyl rubber sealant; polyisobutylene plasticized; heavy bodied for hooked-type expansion joints with limited movement. 2.5 FABRICATION, GENERAL A. Custom fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with details indicated and recommendations in cited sheet metal standard that apply to design, dimensions, geometry, metal thickness, and other characteristics of item required. 1. Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim in shop to greatest extent possible. 2. Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim in thickness or weight needed to comply with performance requirements, but not less than that specified for each application and metal. 3. Verify shapes and dimensions of surfaces to be covered and obtain field measurements for accurate fit before shop fabrication. 4. Form sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates without excessive oil-canning, buckling, and tool marks; true to line, levels, and slopes; and with exposed edges folded back to form hems. 5. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible. Do not use exposed fasteners on faces exposed to view. B. Fabrication Tolerances: 1. Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim that is capable of installation to a tolerance of 1/4 inch in 20 feet on slope and location lines indicated on Drawings and within 1/8-inch offset of adjoining faces and of alignment of matching profiles. 2. Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim that is capable of installation to tolerances specified. C. Expansion Provisions: Form metal for thermal expansion of exposed flashing and trim. 1. Form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch deep, filled with butyl sealant concealed within joints. 2. Use lapped expansion joints only where indicated on Drawings. D. Sealant Joints: Where movable, nonexpansion-type joints are required, form metal in accordance with cited sheet metal standard to provide for proper installation of elastomeric sealant. E. Fabricate cleats and attachment devices from same material as accessory being anchored or from compatible, noncorrosive metal. F. Fabricate cleats and attachment devices of sizes as recommended by cited sheet metal standard and by FM Global Property Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-49 for application, but not less than thickness of metal being secured. G. Seams: 1. Fabricate nonmoving seams with flat-lock seams. Tin edges to be seamed, form seams, and solder. 2. Fabricate nonmoving seams with flat-lock seams. Form seams and seal with elastomeric sealant unless otherwise recommended by sealant manufacturer for intended use. H. Do not use graphite pencils to mark metal surfaces. 2.6 LOW-SLOPE ROOF SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS A. Roof Edge Flashing (Gravel Stop) and Fascia Cap: Fabricate in minimum 96-inch- long, but not exceeding 12-foot- long sections. Furnish with 6-inch- wide, joint cover plates. Shop fabricate interior and exterior corners. 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 076200-SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 1. Joint Style: Overlapped, 4 inches wide. 2. Fabricate from the following materials: a. Aluminum-Zinc Alloy-Coated Steel: 24 gauge thick. B. Copings: Fabricate in minimum 96-inch- long, but not exceeding 12-foot-long,sections. Fabricate joint plates of same thickness as copings. Furnish with continuous cleats to support edge of external leg and interior leg. Miter corners, fasten and seal watertight. Shop fabricate interior and exterior corners. 1. Coping Profile: as indicated on drawings in accordance with SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." 2. Joint Style: Butted with expansion space and 6-inch-wide, concealed backup plate. 3. Fabricate from the following materials: a. Aluminum-Zinc Alloy-Coated Steel: 24 gauge thick. C. Counterflashing: Shop fabricate interior and exterior corners. Fabricate from the following materials: 1. Aluminum-Zinc Alloy-Coated Steel: 24 gauge thick. D. Flashing Receivers: Fabricate from the following materials: 1. Aluminum-Zinc Alloy-Coated Steel: 24 gauge thick. E. Roof-Penetration Flashing: Fabricate from the following materials: 1. Aluminum-Zinc Alloy-Coated Steel: 24 gauge thick. 2.7 MISCELLANEOUS SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS A. Equipment Support Flashing: Fabricate from the following materials: 1. Aluminum-Zinc Alloy-Coated Steel: 24 gauge thick. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, substrate, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. 1. Verify compliance with requirements for installation tolerances of substrates. 2. Verify that substrate is sound, dry, smooth, clean, sloped for drainage, and securely anchored. 3. Verify that air- or water-resistant barriers have been installed over sheathing or backing substrate to prevent air infiltration or water penetration. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF UNDERLAYMENT A. Felt Underlayment: Install felt underlayment, wrinkle free, using adhesive to minimize use of mechanical fasteners under sheet metal flashing and trim. 1. Install in shingle fashion to shed water. 2. Lap joints not less than 2 inches . 3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL B. Install sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with details indicated and recommendations of cited sheet metal standard that apply to installation characteristics required unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. 1. Install fasteners, protective coatings, separators, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required to complete sheet metal flashing and trim system. 2. Install sheet metal flashing and trim true to line, levels, and slopes. Provide uniform, neat seams with minimum exposure of sealant. 3. Anchor sheet metal flashing and trim and other components of the Work securely in place, with provisions for thermal and structural movement. 4. Install sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates and to result in watertight performance. 5. Install continuous cleats with fasteners spaced not more than 12 inches o.c. 6. Space individual cleats not more than 12 inches apart. Attach each cleat with at least two fasteners. Bend tabs over fasteners. 7. Install exposed sheet metal flashing and trim with limited oil-canning, and free of buckling and tool marks. 8. Do not field cut sheet metal flashing and trim by torch. 9. Do not use graphite pencils to mark metal surfaces. C. Metal Protection:Where dissimilar metals contact each other, or where metal contacts pressure-treated wood or other corrosive substrates, protect against galvanic action or corrosion by painting contact surfaces with bituminous coating or by other permanent separation as recommended by sheet metal manufacturer or cited sheet metal standard. 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 076200 - 4 SECTION 076200-SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 1. Coat concealed side of sheet metal flashing and trim with bituminous coating where flashing and trim contact wood, ferrous metal, or cementitious construction. 2. Underlayment: Where installing sheet metal flashing and trim directly on cementitious or wood substrates, install underlayment and cover with slip sheet. C. Expansion Provisions: Provide for thermal expansion of exposed flashing and trim. 1. Space movement joints at maximum of 10 feet with no joints within 24 inches of corner or intersection. 2. Form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch deep, filled with sealant concealed within joints. 3. Use lapped expansion joints only where indicated on Drawings. D. Fasteners: Use fastener sizes that penetrate substrate not less than recommended by fastener manufacturer to achieve maximum pull-out resistance. E. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible in exposed work and locate to minimize possibility of leakage. Cover and seal fasteners and anchors as required for a tight installation. F. Seal joints as required for watertight construction. 1. Use sealant-filled joints unless otherwise indicated. a. Embed hooked flanges of joint members not less than 1 inch into sealant. b. Form joints to completely conceal sealant. C. When ambient temperature at time of installation is between 40 and 70 deg F,setjoint members for 50 percent movement each way. d. Adjust setting proportionately for installation at higher ambient temperatures. 1) Do not install sealant-type joints at temperatures below 40 deg F. 2. Prepare joints and apply sealants to comply with requirements in Section 079200 "Joint Sealants." 3.4 INSTALLATION OF ROOF-DRAINAGE SYSTEM A. Install sheet metal roof-drainage items to produce complete roof-drainage system in accordance with cited sheet metal standard unless otherwise indicated. Coordinate installation of roof perimeter flashing with installation of roof-drainage system. B. Hanging Gutters: 1. Join sections with joints sealed with sealant. 2. Provide for thermal expansion. 3. Attach gutters at eave or fascia to firmly anchor them in position. 4. Provide end closures and seal watertight with sealant. 5. Slope to downspouts. 6. Fasten gutter spacers to front and back of gutter. 7. Anchor and loosely lock back edge of gutter to continuous cleat. 8. Anchor back of gutter that extends onto roof deck with cleats spaced not more than 24 inches apart. 9. Anchor gutter with gutter brackets spaced not more than 30 inches apart to roof deck unless otherwise indicated, and loosely lock to front gutter bead. 10. Install gutter with expansion joints at locations indicated on Drawings, but not exceeding, 50 feet apart. Install expansion-joint caps. C. Downspouts: 1. Join sections with 1-1/2-inch telescoping joints. 2. Provide hangers with fasteners designed to hold downspouts securely to walls. 3. Locate hangers at top and bottom and at approximately 60 inches o.c. 4. Provide elbows at base of downspout to direct water away from building. 5. Connect downspouts to underground drainage system. D. Splash Pans: 1. Install where downspouts discharge on low-slope roofs. 2. Set in asphalt roofing cement or elastomeric sealant compatible with the substrate. E. Parapet Scuppers: 1. Continuously support scupper,set to correct elevation, and seal flanges to interior wall face, over cants or tapered edge strips, and under roofing membrane. 2. Anchor scupper closure trim flange to exterior wall and solder or seal with elastomeric sealant to scupper. 3. Loosely lock front edge of scupper with conductor head. 4. Solder or seal with elastomeric sealant exterior wall scupper flanges into back of conductor head. 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 076200-SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM F. Conductor Heads: Anchor securely to wall, with elevation of conductor head rim at minimum of 1 inch below scupper or gutter discharge. G. Expansion-Joint Covers: Install expansion-joint covers at locations and of configuration indicated on Drawings. Lap joints minimum of 4 inches in direction of water flow. 3.5 INSTALLATION OF ROOF FLASHINGS A. Install sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with performance requirements and cited sheet metal standard. 1. Provide concealed fasteners where possible, and set units true to line, levels, and slopes. 2. Install work with laps,joints, and seams that are permanently watertight and weather resistant. B. Roof Edge Flashing: 1. Install roof edge flashings in accordance with ANSI/SPRI/FM 4435/ES-1. 2. Anchor to resist uplift and outward forces in accordance with recommendations in cited sheet metal standard unless otherwise indicated. Interlock bottom edge of roof edge flashing with continuous cleat anchored to substrate at staggered 3-inch centers. 3. Anchor to resist uplift and outward forces in accordance with recommendations in FM Global Property Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-49 for FM Approvals' listing for required windstorm classification. C. Copings: 1. Install roof edge flashings in accordance with ANSI/SPRI/FM 4435/ES-1. 2. Anchor to resist uplift and outward forces in accordance with recommendations in cited sheet metal standard unless otherwise indicated. a. Interlock exterior bottom edge of coping with continuous cleat anchored to substrate at 16-inch centers. b. Anchor interior leg of coping with washers and screw fasteners through slotted holes at 24-inch centers. 3. Anchor to resist uplift and outward forces in accordance with recommendations in FM Global Property Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-49 for specified FM Approvals' listing for required windstorm classification. D. Pipe or Post Counterflashing: Install counterflashing umbrella with close-fitting collar with top edge flared for elastomeric sealant, extending minimum of 4 inches over base flashing. Install stainless steel draw band and tighten. E. Counterflashing: Coordinate installation of counterflashing with installation of base flashing. 1. Insert counterflashing in reglets or receivers and fit tightly to base flashing. 2. Extend counterflashing 4 inches over base flashing. 3. Lap counterflashing joints minimum of 4 inches. 4. Secure in waterproof manner by means of interlocking folded seam or blind rivets and sealant unless otherwise indicated. F. Roof-Penetration Flashing: Coordinate installation of roof-penetration flashing with installation of roofing and other items penetrating roof. Seal with butyl sealant and clamp flashing to pipes that penetrate roof. 3.6 INSTALLATION OF MISCELLANEOUS FLASHING A. Equipment Support Flashing: 1. Coordinate installation of equipment support flashing with installation of roofing and equipment. 2. Weld or seal flashing with elastomeric sealant to equipment support member. B. Overhead-Piping Safety Pans: 1. Suspend pans from structure above, independent of other overhead items such as equipment, piping, and conduit, unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. 2. Pipe and install drain line to plumbing waste or drainage system. 3.7 INSTALLATION TOLERANCES A. Installation Tolerances: Shim and align sheet metal flashing and trim within installed tolerance of 1/4 inch in 20 feet on slope and location lines indicated on Drawings and within 1/8-inch offset of adjoining faces and of alignment of matching profiles. 3.8 CLEANING A. Clean exposed metal surfaces of substances that interfere with uniform oxidation and weathering. B. Clean and neutralize flux materials. Clean off excess solder. C. Clean off excess sealants. 3.9 PROTECTION A. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films as sheet metal flashing and trim are installed unless otherwise indicated in manufacturer's written installation instructions. 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 076200 - 6 SECTION 076200-SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM B. On completion of sheet metal flashing and trim installation, remove unused materials and clean finished surfaces as recommended in writing by sheet metal flashing and trim manufacturer. C. Maintain sheet metal flashing and trim in clean condition during construction. D. Replace sheet metal flashing and trim that have been damaged or that have deteriorated beyond successful repair by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures, as determined by Architect. END OF SECTION 076200 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 076200-SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM SECTION 092216-NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Non-load-bearing steel framing systems for interior partitions. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data:For each type of product. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Evaluation reports for embossed,high-strength steel studs and tracks . PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 FRAMING SYSTEMS A. Framing Members,General:Comply with ASTM C 754 for conditions indicated. 1. Steel Sheet Components:Comply with ASTM C 645 requirements for steel unless otherwise indicated. 2. Protective Coating:hot-dip galvanized unless otherwise indicated. B. Studs and Tracks:ASTM C 645. 1. Minimum Base-Steel Thickness: As indicated on Drawings if not indicated on drawings then as required by performance requirements for horizontal deflection. 2. Depth:As indicated on Drawings if not indicated on drawings then as required by performance requirements for horizontal deflection. C. Flat Strap and Backing Plate: Steel sheet for blocking and bracing in length and width indicated. 1. Minimum Base-Steel Thickness:22 gauge. D. Cold-Rolled Channel Bridging: Steel, 0.0538-inch minimum base-steel thickness, with minimum 1/2-inch- wide flanges. 1. Clip Angle:Not less than 1-1/2 by 1-1/2 inches,0.068-inch-thick,galvanized steel. 2.2 AUXILIARY MATERIALS A. General:Provide auxiliary materials that comply with referenced installation standards. 1. Fasteners for Steel Framing: Of type, material, size, corrosion resistance,holding power, and other properties required to fasten steel members to substrates. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION,GENERAL A. Installation Standard:ASTM C 754. 1. Gypsum Board Assemblies:Also comply with requirements in ASTM C 840 that apply to framing installation. B. Install framing and accessories plumb,square,and true to line,with connections securely fastened. C. Install supplementary framing, and blocking to support fixtures, equipment services, heavy trim, grab bars, toilet accessories,furnishings,or similar construction. D. Install bracing at terminations in assemblies. E. Do not bridge building control and expansion joints with non-load-bearing steel framing members.Frame both sides of joints independently. 3.2 INSTALLING FRAMED ASSEMBLIES A. Install framing system components according to spacings indicated,but not greater than spacings required by referenced installation standards for assembly types. B. Install studs so flanges within framing system point in same direction. SECTION 092216-NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS C. Install tracks at floors and overhead supports. Extend framing full height to structural supports or substrates above suspended ceilings except where partitions are indicated to terminate at suspended ceilings. Continue framing around ducts that penetrate partitions above ceiling. 1. Slip-Type Head Joints: Where framing extends to overhead structural supports,install to produce joints at tops of framing systems that prevent axial loading of finished assemblies. D. Installation Tolerance: Install each framing member so fastening surfaces vary not more than 1/8 inch from the plane formed by faces of adjacent framing. END OF SECTION 092216 SECTION 092216-NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 092813-CEMENTITIOUS BOARD GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Cementitious Board. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data:For the following: 1. Cementitious board. 2. Joint treatment materials. B. Samples:For each texture finish indicated on same backing indicated for Work. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 CEMENTITIOUS BOARD,GENERAL A. Size: Provide maximum lengths and widths available that will minimize joints in each area and that correspond with support system indicated. 2.2 CEMENTITIOUS BOARD A. Cementitious Board:ANSI Al 18.9 and ASTM C1288 or ASTM C1325,with manufacturer's standard edges. 1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide USG Corporation; DUROCK Cement Board or comparable product by one of the following: a. Custom Building Products. 2. Thickness: 5/8 inch. 3. Mold Resistance:ASTM D3273,score of 10 as rated according to ASTM D3274. 2.3 JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS A. General:Comply with ASTM C475/C475M. B. Joint Tape: 1. Cementitious Board:As recommended by panel manufacturer. C. Joint Compound: 1. Cementitious Board:As recommended by cementitious board manufacturer. 2.4 AUXILIARY MATERIALS A. Provide auxiliary materials that comply with referenced installation standards and manufacturer's written instructions. B. Steel Drill Screws:ASTM C1002 unless otherwise indicated. 1. Use screws complying with ASTM C954 for fastening panels to steel members from 0.033 to 0.112 inch thick. 2. For fastening cementitious board,use screws of type and size recommended by panel manufacturer. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION AND FINISHING OF PANELS A. Examine panels before installation.Reject panels that are wet,moisture damaged,and mold damaged. B. Comply with ASTM C840. C. Isolate perimeter of cementitious board applied to non-load-bearing partitions at structural abutments. Provide 1/4-to 1/2-inch-wide spaces at these locations and trim edges with edge trim where edges of panels are exposed. Seal joints between edges and abutting structural surfaces with acoustical sealant. D. For trim with back flanges intended for fasteners, attach to framing with same fasteners used for panels. Otherwise, attach trim according to manufacturer's written instructions. E. Prefill open joints and damaged surface areas. SECTION 092813-CEMENTITIOUS BOARD 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS F. Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints, except for trim products specifically indicated as not intended to receive tape. G. Cementitious Board Finish Levels:Finish panels to levels indicated below and according to ASTM C840: 1. Level 4:At panel surfaces that will be exposed to view unless otherwise indicated. a. Primer and its application to surfaces are specified in Section 099123 "Interior Painting." H. Cementitious Board:Finish according to manufacturer's written instructions. 3.2 PROTECTION A. Protect installed products from damage from weather, condensation, direct sunlight, construction, and other causes during remainder of the construction period. B. Remove and replace panels that are wet,moisture damaged,and mold damaged. END OF SECTION 092813 SECTION 092813-CEMENTITIOUS BOARD 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 099123 - INTERIOR PAINTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes surface preparation and the application of paint systems on interior substrates. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. Include preparation requirements and application instructions. 1. Indicate VOC content. B. Samples for Verification: For each type of paint system and in each color and gloss of topcoat. 1. Submit Samples on rigid backing, 8 inches (200 mm) square. 2. Label each coat of each Sample. 3. Label each Sample for location and application area. C. Product List: For each product indicated, include the following: 1. Cross-reference to paint system and locations of application areas. Use same designations indicated on Drawings and in schedules. 2. Indicate VOC content. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 1. Coating Maintenance Manual: Provide coating maintenance manual including area summary with finish schedule, area detail designating location where each product/color/finish was used, product data pages, material safety data sheets, care and cleaning instructions, touch-up procedures, and color samples of each color and finish used. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Delivery and Handling: Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's original sealed containers, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installing. Packaging shall bear the manufacturer's label with the following information: 1. Product name and type (description). 2. Batch date. 3. Color number. 4. VOC content. 5. Environmental handling requirements. 6. Surface preparation requirements. 7. Application instructions. B. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in well-ventilated areas with ambient temperatures continuously maintained at not less than 45 deg F (7 deg C). 1. Maintain containers in clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. 2. Remove rags and waste from storage areas daily. 1.6 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Apply paints only when temperature of surfaces to be painted and ambient air temperatures are between 50 and 95 deg F (10 and 35 deg C). B. Do not apply paints when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; at temperatures less than 5 deg F (3 deg C) above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces. C. Lead Paint: It is not expected that lead paint will be encountered in the Work. 1. If suspected lead paint is encountered, do not disturb; immediately notify Architect and Owner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Sherwin-Williams Company (The); products indicated or comparable product from one of the following: 1. PPG Paints. 2. Benjamin Moore and Co. (Moore). 3. Pratt and Lambert(P&Q. B. Comparable Products: Comparable products of approved manufacturers will be considered in accordance with Section 016000 "Product Requirements," and the following: 1. Products are approved by manufacturer in writing for application specified. SECTION 099123-INTERIOR PAINTING 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 2. Products meet performance and physical characteristics of basis of design product including published ratio of solids by volume, plus or minus two percent. C. Source Limitations: Obtain paint materials from single source from single listed manufacturer. 1. Manufacturer's designations listed on a separate color schedule are for color reference only and do not indicate prior approval. 2.2 PAINT, GENERAL A. Material Compatibility: 1. Provide materials for use within each paint system that are compatible with one another and substrates indicated, under conditions of service and application as demonstrated by manufacturer, based on testing and field experience. 2. For each coat in a paint system, provide products recommended in writing by manufacturers of topcoat for use in paint system and on substrate indicated. B. VOC Content: For field applications that are inside the weatherproofing system, paints and coatings shall provide materials that comply with VOC limits of authorities having jurisdiction and for interior paints and coatings applied at Project site, the following VOC limits exclusive of colorants added to a tint base, when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24): 1. Flat Paints and Coatings: 50 g/L. 2. Nonflat Paints and Coatings: 150 g/L. 3. Primers, Sealers, and Undercoaters: 200 g/L. 4. Anticorrosive and Antirust Paints Applied to Ferrous Metals: 250 g/L. 5. Floor Coatings: 100 g/L. 6. Shellacs, Clear: 730 g/L. 7. Shellacs, Pigmented: 550 g/L. C. Colors: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 1. 25 percent of surface area will be painted with deep tones. 2.3 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. Verify suitability of substrates, including surface conditions and compatibility with existing finishes and primers. Where acceptability of substrate conditions is in question, apply samples and perform in-situ testing to verify compatibility, adhesion, and film integrity of new paint application. 1. Report, in writing, conditions that may affect application, appearance, or performance of paint. B. Substrate Conditions: 1. Maximum Moisture Content of Substrates: When measured with an electronic moisture meter as follows: a. Concrete: 12 percent. b. Masonry (Clay and CMU): 12 percent. C. Wood: 15 percent. d. Gypsum Board: 12 percent. e. Plaster: 12 percent. 2. Gypsum Board Substrates: Verify that finishing compound is sanded smooth. C. Proceed with coating application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected; application of coating indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in WPI Manual" applicable to substrates indicated. B. Remove hardware, covers, plates, and similar items already in place that are removable and are not to be painted. If removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of item, provide surface-applied protection before surface preparation and painting. 1. After completing painting operations, use workers skilled in the trades involved to reinstall items that were removed. Remove surface-applied protection if any. C. Clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of paints, including dust, dirt, oil, grease, and incompatible paints and encapsulants. SECTION 099123-INTERIOR PAINTING 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 1. Remove incompatible primers and reprime substrate with compatible primers or apply tie coat as required to produce paint systems indicated. D. Masonry Substrates: Remove efflorescence and chalk. Do not paint surfaces if moisture content or alkalinity of surfaces or mortarjoints exceed that permitted in manufacturer's written instructions. E. Steel Substrates: Remove rust, loose mill scale, and shop primer, if any. Clean using methods recommended in writing by paint manufacturer. F. Shop-Primed Steel Substrates: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint, and paint exposed areas with the same material as used for shop priming to comply with SSPC-PA 1 for touching up shop-primed surfaces. G. Galvanized-Metal Substrates: Remove grease and oil residue from galvanized sheet metal fabricated from coil stock by mechanical methods to produce clean, lightly etched surfaces that promote adhesion of subsequently applied paints. H. Wood Substrates: 1. Scrape and clean knots, and apply coat of knot sealer before applying primer. 2. Sand surfaces that will be exposed to view, and dust off. 3. Prime edges, ends, faces, undersides, and backsides of wood. 4. After priming, fill holes and imperfections in the finish surfaces with putty or plastic wood filler. Sand smooth when dried. 3.3 APPLICATION A. Apply paints according to manufacturer's written instructions and to recommendations in WPI Manual." 1. Use applicators and techniques suited for paint and substrate indicated. 2. Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture same as similar exposed surfaces. Before final installation, paint surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only. 3. Paint front and backsides of access panels, removable or hinged covers, and similar hinged items to match exposed surfaces. 4. Do not paint over labels of independent testing agencies or equipment name, identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates. 5. Primers specified in painting schedules may be omitted on items that are factory primed or factory finished if acceptable to topcoat manufacturers. B. Tint each undercoat a lighter shade to facilitate identification of each coat if multiple coats of same material are to be applied. Tint undercoats to match color of topcoat, but provide sufficient difference in shade of undercoats to distinguish each separate coat. C. If undercoats or other conditions show through topcoat, apply additional coats until cured film has a uniform paint finish, color, and appearance. D. Apply paints to produce surface films without cloudiness,spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, rollertracking, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections. Cut in sharp lines and color breaks. E. Painting Fire Suppression, Plumbing, HVAC, Electrical, Communication, and Electronic Safety and Security Work: 1. Paint the following work where exposed in occupied spaces: a. Equipment, including panelboards. b. Uninsulated metal piping. C. Uninsulated plastic piping. d. Pipe hangers and supports. e. Metal conduit. f. Plastic conduit. g. Duct, equipment, and pipe insulation having cotton or canvas insulation covering or other paintable jacket material. h. Other items as directed by Architect. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Dry Film Thickness Testing: Owner may engage the services of a qualified testing and inspecting agency to inspect and test paint for dry film thickness. 1. Contractor shall touch up and restore painted surfaces damaged by testing. 2. If test results show that dry film thickness of applied paint does not comply with paint manufacturer's written recommendations, Contractor shall pay for testing and apply additional coats as needed to provide dry film thickness that complies with paint manufacturer's written recommendations. SECTION 099123-INTERIOR PAINTING 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. At end of each workday, remove rubbish, empty cans, rags, and other discarded materials from Project site. B. After completing paint application, clean spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paints by washing, scraping, or other methods. Do not scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces. C. Protect work of other trades against damage from paint application. Correct damage to work of other trades by cleaning, repairing, replacing, and refinishing, as approved by Architect, and leave in an undamaged condition. D. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces. 3.6 INTERIOR PAINTING SCHEDULE A. Metal Substrates (Aluminum, Steel, Galvanized Steel): 1. Waterbased/Alkyd Urethane System: a. Prime Coat: 1) PPG Paints: PittTech Plus Waterborne Acrylic Primer/Finish, 4020PF, 2.2 to 3.5 mils dry 2) S-W Pro Industrial Pro-Cryl Universal Primer, B66-310 Series, at 5.0 to 10 mils (0.127 to 0.254 mm)wet, 2.0 to 4.0 mils (0.051 to 0.102 mm) dry. b. Intermediate Coat: Water-based acrylic-alkyd, interior, matching topcoat. C. Topcoat: Water-based alkyd-urethane, semi-gloss, interior: 1) PPG Paints: Speedhide Interior/Exterior WB Alkyd Semi-Gloss, 4.0 to 5.3 mils wet, 1.5 to 2.0 mils dry, per coat. 2) S-W Pro Industrial Waterbased Alkyd Urethane Semi-Gloss, B53-1150 Series, at 4.0 mils (0.102 mm) wet, 1.4 mils (0.036 mm) dry, per coat. B. Gypsum Board Substrates: 1. Latex System: a. Prime Coat: Primer, latex, interior: 1) PPG Paints: Speedhide Zero Interior Latex Zero VOC Primer,6-4900X1, 4.0 mils wet, 1.4 mils dry. 2) S-W ProMar 200 Zero VOC Latex Primer, B28W2600, at 4.0 mils (0.102 mm) wet, 1.0 mils (0.025 mm) dry. b. Intermediate Coat: Latex, interior, matching topcoat. C. Topcoat: Latex, interior, eggshell: 1) 1) PPG Paints: Speedhide Zero VOC Interior Latex Eggshell, 6-5310XI,4.0 mils wet, 1.5 mils dry, per coat. 2) S-W ProMar 200 Zero VOC Latex Eg-Shel, B20-2600 Series, at 4.0 mils (0.102 mm)wet, 1.7 mils (0.043 mm) dry, per coat. END OF SECTION 099123 SECTION 099123-INTERIOR PAINTING 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 23 02 01 COORDINATION DRAWINGS PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. The requirements of the General Conditions 013100 and Supplementary Conditions apply to all Work herein. 1.2 COORDINATION DRAWINGS A. The Contractor shall take the lead in coordinating the Mechanical, Electrical, Plumbing, Communications, Electronic Safety/Security and Fire Protection systems within the building. B. The General Contractor shall coordinate a three-dimensional (3D) model of the building which includes the Mechanical, Electrical, Plumbing, and Fire Protection systems. The Mechanical, Electrical, Plumbing, and Fire Protection Contractors shall prepare their work and generate 3D models which will be given to the General Contractor for coordination. The Contractor will be provided with the REVIT model that was used to generate the contract documents, this file may be used as the background file. The Contractor shall replace the systems drawn with the actual shop drawing models. The Contractor is not limited to using REVIT, but may use any 3-D software in generating and combining the coordination model. C. Submitting the contract drawings as coordination drawings will not be acceptable. D. The model shall include detailed and accurate representations of all equipment to be installed based upon the reviewed equipment submittals. E. The Mechanical Contractor shall hold a 3-D coordination meeting with all sub- contractors present to review the model and discuss coordination of the installation of the building systems. F. Upon completion of the coordination meeting, the Contractor shall submit the 3-D model and %" scale drawings for review. G. The model shall detail major elements, components, and systems in relationship with other systems, installations, and building components. Indicate locations where space is limited for installation and access and where sequencing and coordination of installations are of importance to the efficient flow of the Work, including (but not necessarily limited to) the following: 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 02 01 - 1/3 COORDINATION DRAWINGS Project No.: 23.22 07/01/2024 1. Indicate the proposed locations of pipe, duct, equipment, and other materials. Include the following: a. Wall and type locations. b. Clearances for installing and maintaining insulation. C. Locations of light fixtures and sprinkler heads. d. Clearances for servicing and maintaining equipment, including tube removal, filter removal, and space for equipment disassembly required for periodic maintenance. e. Equipment connections and support details. f. Exterior wall and foundation penetrations. g. Routing of storm and sanitary sewer piping. h. Fire-rated wall and floor penetrations. i. Sizes and location of required concrete pads and bases. j. Valve stem movement. k. Structural floor, wall and roof opening sizes and details. 2. Indicate scheduling, sequencing, movement, and positioning of large equipment into the building during construction. 3. Prepare floor plans, elevations, and details to indicate penetrations in floors, walls, and ceilings and their relationship to other penetrations and installations. 4. Prepare reflected ceiling plans to coordinate and integrate installations, air distribution devices, light fixtures, communication systems components, and other ceiling-mounted items. H. Sequence of Coordination Below is hierarchy of model elements and the sequencing by which the models will be coordinated. 1. Structural and Architectural model 2. Miscellaneous steel 3. Perform preliminary space allocation 4. Identify hard constraints (locations of access panels, lights, A/V space requirements, etc.) 5. Main and medium pressure ducts from the shaft out 6. Main graded plumbing lines and vents 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 02 01 - 2/3 COORDINATION DRAWINGS Project No.: 23.22 07/01/2024 7. Sprinkler mains and branches 8. Cold and hot water mains and branches 9. Lighting fixtures and plumbing fixtures 10. Smaller sized ducts and flex ducts 11. Smaller size cold water and hot water piping, flex ducts, etc. I. The Contractor and Sub-Contractors shall not install any item until the coordination has been completed and reviewed by the Construction Manager, Owner, and A/E team. J. This Contractor shall be responsible for coordination of all items that will affect the installation of the work of this Division. This coordination shall include, but not be limited to: voltage, ampacity, capacity, electrical and piping connections, space requirements, sequence of construction, building requirements and special conditions. K. By submitting shop drawings on the project, this Contractor is indicating that all necessary coordination has been completed and that the systems, products and equipment submitted can be installed in the building and will operate as specified and intended, in full coordination with all other Contractors and Subcontractors END OF SECTION 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 02 01 - 3/3 COORDINATION DRAWINGS Project No.: 23.22 07/01/2024 SECTION 23 03 00—COMMISSIONING OF HVAC SYSTEMS PART 1—GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract Documents, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specifications, apply to this section. B. Related SECTIONS: 1. SECTION 01 91 00-GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 2. SECTION 23 95 00- ENERGY MANAGEMENT AND CONTROLSYSTEMS. 1.2 SUMMARY A. The commissioning of the HVAC system and associated controls shall be performed by an impartial technical firm hired by the owner. The commissioning provider shall be certified under one or more of the following certifications: 1. CxA—CertifiedCommissioningAuthority—ACG 2. CBCP—Certified Building Commissioning Professional—AEE 3. CCP—Certified Commissioning Professional—BCA 4. CPMP—Certified Process Management Professional—ASHRAE 5. BSC— Building System Commissioning Certification—NEBB B. The commissioning provider (Commissioning authority) shall be responsible for leading the entire construction team through the commissioning process including, but not limited to, conducting the commissioning kick-off meeting, preparing the commissioning plan, preparing pre-functional checklists, preparing functional test scripts, participation in functional testing and preparation of required documentation and reports. 1.3 RESPONIBILITIES A. Contractor: Responsibilities of the Contractor as related to the Commissioning Process include, but are not limited to the following: 1. Facilitate coordination of Commissioning work by Commissioning authority. 2. Attend Commissioning meetings or other meetings called by Commissioning authority to facilitate the Commissioning Process. 3. Review Functional Performance Test procedures for feasibility, safety, and 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 03 00 - 1/8 COMMISSIONING OF HVAC Project No.: 23.22 SYSTEMS 07/01/2024 impact on warranty, and provide Commissioning authority with written comment on same. 4. Provide all documentation relating to manufacturer's recommended performance testing of equipment and systems. 5. Provide Operations & Maintenance data to Commissioning authority for preparation of checklists and training manuals. 6. Provide Testing and Balancing Report before Functional Testing begins. 7. Provide As-built drawings and documentation to facilitate Testing. 8. Assure and facilitate participation and cooperation of Sub Contractors and equipment suppliers as required for the Commissioning Process. 9. Certify to Commissioning authority that installation work listed in Pre- Functional Checklists has been completed. 10. Install systems and equipment in strict conformance with project specifications, manufacturer's recommended installation procedures, and Pre-Functional Checklists. 11. Provide data concerning performance, installation, and start-up of systems. 12. Provide copy of manufacturers filled-out start-up forms for equipment and systems. 13. Ensure systems have been started and fully checked for proper operation prior to arranging for Testing with Commissioning authority. Prepare and submit to Commissioning authority written certification that each piece of equipment and/or system has been started according to manufacturer's recommended procedure, and that system has been tested for compliance with operational requirements. a. Contractor shall carry out manufacturer's recommended start-up and testing procedures, regardless of whether or not they are specifically listed in Pre-Functional Checklists. b. Contractor is not relieved of obligation for systems/equipment demonstration where performance testing is required by specifications, but a Functional Performance Test is not specifically designated by Commissioning authority. 14. Coordinate with Commissioning authority to determine mutually acceptable date of Functional Performance Tests. 15. Provide qualified personnel to assist and participate in Commissioning. 16. Provide test instruments and communications devices, as prescribed by Commissioning authority, required for carrying out Testing of systems. 17. Proprietary test equipment required by the manufacturer, whether specified or not, shall be provided by the manufacturer of the equipment. Manufacturer shall provide the test equipment, demonstrate its use, and assist the Test Engineer in the commissioning process. Proprietary test equipment shall become the property of the Owner upon completion of commissioning. 18. Ensure deficiencies found in the Commissioning Issues Log are corrected 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 03 00 - 2/8 COMMISSIONING OF HVAC Project No.: 23.22 SYSTEMS 07/01/2024 within the time schedule shown in the Commissioning Plan. 19. Provide Commissioning authority with all submittals, start-up instructions manuals, operating parameters, and other pertinent information related to Commissioning Process.This information shall be routed through Architect. 20. Prepare and submit to Commissioning authority proposed Training Program outline for each system. 21. Coordinate and provide training of Owner's personnel. 22. Prepare Operation & Maintenance Manuals and As-Built drawings in accordance with specifications; submit copy to Commissioning authority in addition to other contractually required submissions. Revise and resubmit manuals in accordance with Design Professionals and Commissioning authority comments. 23. Commissioning requires participation of this Division Subcontractors to ensure that systems are operating in manner consistent with Contract Documents. All costs associated with the participation of Contractor, Sub- Contractors, Design Professionals, and Equipment Vendors in the Commissioning Process shall be included as part of the Construction Contract. B. Subcontractors and vendors shall prepare and submit to Commissioning authority proposed Startup procedures to demonstrate proper installation of systems, according to these specifications and checklists prepared by Commissioning authority 1.4 COMMISSIONING PLAN A. Commissioning Process tasks and activities: 1. Commissioning kick-off meeting: Conducted by commissioning authority and attended by construction team and design team. 2. Pre-functional checklists: Prepared by the commissioning authority and filled out by subcontractors performing the work that is applicable. 3. Site visits to review installation of applicable systems and progress of checklist documentation performed and reported by commissioning authority. 4. Functional testing: Commissioning authority shall conduct functional testing with assistance of applicable subcontractors and document successful results as well as deficiencies (issues). Functional performance testing shall demonstrate the installation and operation of components, systems, and system-to-system interfacing in accordance with plans and specifications. Testing shall include all modes and sequence of operation, including under full-load, part-load and emergency conditions (including all alarms). Controls system shall be tested to document that control devices, components, equipment and systems are calibrated and adjusted and operate in accordance with the plans and specifications. Sequences shall be functionally 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 03 00 - 3/8 COMMISSIONING OF HVAC Project No.: 23.22 SYSTEMS 07/01/2024 tested to document they operate in accordance with plans and specifications. 5. Preliminary commissioning report: Commissioning authority shall issue a preliminary commissioning report to the owner that has results of the first round of functional testing including deficiencies discovered. 6. Air and hydronic system balancing: Air and water flow rates shall be measured and adjusted to deliver final flow rates within the tolerances provided in the contract documents. System balancing shall be performed by T.A.B. contractor as specified in the Testing, Adjusting and Balancing specification section 23 99 00. 7. Systems manual: Commissioning authority shall compile the systems manual using submittal data provided by the general contractor and applicable subcontractors. 8. Final commissioning report: Commissioning authority shall issue final commissioning report documenting the entire process and final results of functional testing. Report shall include final testing and balancing report. B. Equipment to be tested 1. Energy Management and Control System: 1. Graphical User Interface 2. Automation Software 3. Field Level Controllers 4. Field Level Devices 5. Control Sequences 2. Chilled Water Systems (All chillers and pumps) 3. Condenser Water Systems (All towers and pumps) 4. Heating Water Systems (All boilers and pumps) 5. Air Handling Systems (All AHU and 10%of terminal units) 6. Energy Recovery Systems (100%) 7. Water Treatment Systems (Verify vendors completion of scope) 8. Service water heating systems (100%) C. Testing functions and conditions 1. Energy conservation programs (economizer, optimal start, etc) 2. Verify shutdown of systems when scheduled. 3. Calibration of sensors 4. Testing shall affirm winter and summer design conditions. 5. Test under full outside air conditions. 6. Confirm functionality of all specified sequences of operations. 7. Verify the functionality of all alarms. 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 03 00 - 4/8 COMMISSIONING OF HVAC Project No.: 23.22 SYSTEMS 07/01/2024 D. Performance criteria 1. Air and water temperatures shall be within tolerances specified in the contract documents. 2. Space temperatures shall be maintained within 1 degree of specified set points. 3. Space humidity shall be maintained within 5%of specified levels. PART 2—PRODUCTS 2.1 NO PRODUCTS SUPPLIED PART 3—EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. This Division has startup responsibilities and are required to complete sub-systems so COMPLETE SYSTEMS are fully functional. Insuring they meet design requirements of Contract Documents. Commissioning procedures and testing do not relieve or lessen this responsibility or shift this responsibility, in whole or in part, to Commissioning Agent or Owner. B. Coordinate with other Sub-Contractors and equipment vendors to set aside adequate time to address Pre-Functional Checklists, Functional Performance Tests, Operations & Maintenance Manual creation, Owner Training, and associated coordination meetings. C. Commissioning authority will also conduct site inspections at critical times and issue Cx Field Reports with observations on installation deficiencies so that they may be issued by Architect as deemed appropriate. 3.2 WORK PRIOR TO COMMSSIONING A. Complete all phases of the work so the systems can be started, adjusted, balanced, tested, and otherwise tested. B. See pertinent specification sections in this Division, which outline responsibilities for start- up of equipment with obligations to complete systems, including all sub- systems so that they are fully functional. C. Assist commissioning authority with all information pertaining to actual equipment and installation as required complete the full commissioning scope. D. Contractor shall prepare startup procedures to demonstrate compliance with pre- 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 03 00 - 5/8 COMMISSIONING OF HVAC Project No.: 23.22 SYSTEMS 07/01/2024 functional checklists, and coordinate scheduling for completion of these checklists. E. A minimum of 7 days prior to date of system startup, submit to Commissioning authority for review, detailed description of equipment start-up procedures which contractor proposes to perform to demonstrate conformance of systems to specifications and Checklists. 3.3 PARTICIPATION IN COMMISSIONING A. Attend meetings related to the Commissioning Process; arrange for attendance by personnel and vendors directly involved in the project, prior to testing of their systems. B. Provide skilled technicians to startup and test all systems, and place systems in complete and fully functioning service in accordance with Contract Documents. C. Provide skilled technicians, experienced and familiar with systems being commissioned, to assist Commissioning authority in commissioning process. 3.4 WORK TO RESOLVE DEFICIENCIES A. Complete corrective work in a timely manner to allow expeditious completion of Commissioning Process. If deadlines pass without resolution of identified problems, Owner reserves the right to obtain supplementary services and/or equipment to resolve the problem. Costs thus incurred will be Contractor's responsibility. 3.5 PRE-FUNCTIONAL CHECKLISTS(PFC) A. Contractor shall complete Pre-Functional Checklists to validate compliance with Contract Documents installation and start-up requirements, for this Division's systems. B. Refer to commissioning plan for detailed list of equipment to be commissioned. 3.6 FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE TESTING (FPT) A. Contractor, in cooperation with Commissioning Agent, shall conduct Functional Performance Testing to validate compliance with Contract Documents. B. Refer to commissioning plan for detailed list of equipment to be commissioned. C. Assist Commissioning authority in Functional Testing by removing equipment covers, opening access panels, etc. Furnish ladders, flashlights, meters, gauges, or other 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 03 00 - 6/8 COMMISSIONING OF HVAC Project No.: 23.22 SYSTEMS 07/01/2024 inspection equipment as necessary. 3.7 TRAINING A. The following requirements are in addition to Operations & Maintenance requirements specified elsewhere in this specifications manual. B. Contractor shall be responsible for training coordination and scheduling, and ultimatelyto ensure that training is completed. C. The training agenda (plan) shall include, at a minimum, the following elements: 1. Purpose of equipment. 2. Principle of how the equipment works. 3. Important parts and assemblies. 4. How the equipment achieves its purpose and necessary operating conditions. 5. Most likely failure modes, causes and corrections. 6. On site demonstration. D. Commissioning authority shall be responsible for overseeing and approving content and adequacy of training of Owner personnel for all installed systems. Provide Commissioning authority with training plan two weeks before planned training. 3.8 OPERATIONS& MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. The following requirements are in addition to Operations & Maintenance requirements specified elsewhere in this specifications manual. B. Sub-Contractor shall compile and prepare documentation for equipment and systems specified in this Division, and shall deliver documentation to Contractor for inclusion in Operation & Maintenance Manuals, in accordance with requirements of Division 01, prior to training Owner personnel. C. Provide Commissioning authority with a single, electronic copy of Operation & Maintenance Manuals for review. Commissioning authority copy of O&M manuals shall be submitted through Architect. D. Operation and maintenance manuals shall include, service agency contact information, maintenance requirements, controls system settings and a narrative of how each system is intended to operate, including set points. 3.9 DOCUMENTATION 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 03 00 - 7/8 COMMISSIONING OF HVAC Project No.: 23.22 SYSTEMS 07/01/2024 A. Commissioning authority shall provide documentation of process as follows: 1. Preliminary commissioning report including test procedures, results of testing, itemization of deficiencies, deferred tests and climatic conditions required for performance of deferred tests. Preliminary commissioning report shall be issued to owner to demonstrate the first pass of testing has occurred and to demonstrate compliance with applicable codes. 2. Final commissioning report shall include the final test and balance report, final results of functional testing, disposition of deficiencies discovered during testing, including the details of corrective measures used and functional testing procedures used for repeatability of testing in the future. END OF SECTION 23 08 00 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 03 00 - 8/8 COMMISSIONING OF HVAC Project No.: 23.22 SYSTEMS 07/01/2024 SECTION 23 05 00 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. The requirements of the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions apply to all Work herein. B. The Contract Drawings indicate the extent and general arrangement of the systems. If any departure from the Contract Drawings are deemed necessary by the Contractor, details of such departures and the reasons therefore, shall be submitted to the Architect for approval as soon as practicable. No such departures shall be made without the prior written approval of the Architect. C. Notwithstanding any reference in the Specifications to any article, device, product, material, fixture, form or type of construction by name, make or catalog number, such reference shall not be construed as limiting competition; and the Contractor, in such cases, may at his option use any article, device, product, material, fixture, form or type of construction which in the judgment of the Architect, expressed in writing, is equal to that specified. 1.02 SCOPE OF WORK A. The Work included under this Contract consists of the furnishing and installation of all equipment and material necessary and required to form the complete and functioning systems in all of its various phases, all as shown on the accompanying Drawings and/or described in these Specifications. The contractor shall review all pertinent drawings, including those of other contracts prior to commencement of Work. B. This Division requires the furnishing and installing of all items Specified herein, indicated on the Drawings or reasonably inferred as necessary for safe and proper operation; including every article, device or accessory (whether or not specifically called for by item) reasonably necessary to facilitate each system's functioning as indicated by the design and the equipment specified. Elements of the work include, but are not limited to, materials, labor, supervision, transportation, storage, equipment, utilities, all required permits, licenses and inspections. All work performed under this Section shall be in accordance with the Project Manual, Drawings and Specifications and is subject to the terms and conditions of the Contract. C. The approximate locations of Mechanical (HVAC) and Plumbing items are indicated on the Drawings. These Drawings are not intended to give complete and accurate details in regard to location of outlets, apparatus, etc. Exact locations are to be determined by actual measurements at the building, and will in all cases be subject to the Review of the Owner or Engineer, who reserves the right to make any reasonable changes in the locations indicated without additional cost to the Owner. 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 05 00- 1/22 BASIC MATERIALS AND Project No.: 23.22 METHODS 07/01/2024 D. Items specifically mentioned in the Specifications but not shown on the Drawings and/or items shown on Drawings but not specifically mentioned in the Specifications shall be installed by the Contractor under the appropriate section of work as if they were both specified and shown. E. All discrepancies between the Contract Documents and actual job-site conditions shall be reported to the Owner or Engineer so that they will be resolved prior to the bidding, where this cannot be done at least 7 working days prior to bid; the greater or more costly of the discrepancy shall be bid. All labor and materials required to perform the work described shall be included as part of this Contract. F. It is the intention of this Section of the Specifications to outline minimum requirements to furnish the Owner with a turn-key and fully operating system in cooperation with other trades. G. It is the intent of the above "Scope" to give the Contractor a general outline of the extent of the Work involved; however, it is not intended to include each and every item required for the Work. Anything omitted from the "Scope" but shown on the Drawings, or specified later, or necessary for a complete and functioning heating, ventilating and air conditioning system shall be considered a part of the overall "Scope". H. The Contractor shall rough-in fixtures and equipment furnished by others from rough-in and placement drawings furnished by others. The Contractor shall make final connection to fixtures and equipment furnished by others. 1.03 SCHEMATIC NATURE OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. The contract documents are schematic in nature in that they are only to establish scope and a minimum level of quality. They are not to be used as actual working construction drawings. The actual working construction drawings shall be the approved shop drawings. B. All duct or pipe or equipment locations as indicated on the documents do not indicate every transition, offset, or exact location. All transitions, offsets clearances and exact locations shall be established by actual field measurements, coordination with the structural, architectural and reflected ceiling plans, and other trades. Submit shop drawings for approval. C. All transitions, offsets and relocations as required by actual field conditions shall be performed by the contractor at no additional cost to the owner. D. Additional coordination with electrical contractor may be required to allow adequate clearances of electrical equipment, fixtures and associated appurtenances. Contractor to notify Architect and Engineer of unresolved clearances, conflicts or equipment locations. 1.04 SITE VISIT AND FAMILIARIZATION 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 05 00-2/22 BASIC MATERIALS AND Project No.: 23.22 METHODS 07/01/2024 A. Before submitting a bid, it will be necessary for each Contractor whose work is involved to visit the site and ascertain for himself the conditions to be met therein in installing his work and make due provision for same in his bid. It will be assumed that this Contractor in submitting his bid has visited the premises and that his bid covers all work necessary to properly install the equipment shown. Failure on the part of the Contractor to comply with this requirement shall not be considered justification for the omission or faulty installation of any work covered by these Specifications and Drawings. B. Understand the existing utilities from which services will be supplied; verify locations of utility services, and determine requirements for connections. C. Determine in advance that equipment and materials proposed for installation fit into the confines indicated. 1.05 WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS A. Finish painting is specified. Prime and protective painting are included in the work of this Division. B. Owner and General Contractor furnished equipment shall be properly connected to Mechanical (HVAC)and Plumbing systems. C. Furnishing and installing all required Mechanical (HVAC) and Plumbing equipment control relays and electrical interlock devices, conduit, wire and J-boxes are included in the Work of this Division. 1.06 PERMITS,TESTS, INSPECTIONS A. Arrange and pay for all permits, fees, tests, and all inspections as required by governmental authorities. 1.07 DATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE A. The date of final acceptance shall be the date of owner occupancy, or the date all punch list items have been completed or final payment has been received. Refer to Division 1 for additional requirements. B. The date of final acceptance shall be documented in writing and signed by the architect, owner and contractor. 1.08 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to the project properly identified with names, model numbers, types, grades, compliance labels, and other information needed for identification. B. Deliver products to the project at such time as the project is ready to receive the equipment, pipe or duct properly protected from incidental damage and weather damage. 23196 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 05 00-3/22 BASIC MATERIALS AND Project No.: 23.22 METHODS 07/01/2024 C. Damaged equipment, duct or pipe shall be promptly removed from the site and new, undamaged equipment, pipe and duct shall be installed in its place promptly with no additional charge to the Owner. 1.09 NOISE AND VIBRATION A. The heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems, and the component parts there of, shall be guaranteed to operate without objectionable noise and vibration. B. Provide foundations, supports and isolators as specified or indicated, properly adjusted to prevent transmission of vibration to the Building structure, piping and other items. C. Carefully fabricate ductwork and fittings with smooth interior finish to prevent turbulence and generation or regeneration of noise. D. All equipment shall be selected to operate with minimum of noise and vibration. If, in the opinion of the Architect, objectionable noise or vibration is produced or transmitted to or through the building structure by equipment, piping, ducts or other parts of the Work, the Contractor shall rectify such conditions without extra cost to the Owner. 1.10 APPLICABLE CODES A. Obtain all required permits and inspections for all work required by the Contract Documents and pay all required fees in connection thereof. B. Arrange with the serving utility companies for the connection of all required utilities and pay all charges, meter charges, connection fees and inspection fees, if required. C. Comply with all applicable codes, specifications, local ordinances, industry standards, utility company regulations and the applicable requirements of the following nationally accepted codes and standards: 1. Air Moving&Conditioning Association,AMCA. 2. American Standards Association,ASA. 3. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air-Conditioning Engineers, Inc., ASHRAE. 4. American Society of Mechanical Engineers,ASME. 5. American Society of Plumbing Engineers,ASIDE. 6. American Society of Testing Materials,ASTM. 7. American Water Works Association,AWWA. 8. National Bureau of Standards, NBS. 9. National Fire Protection Association, NFPA. 10. Sheet Metal &Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association, SMACNA. 11. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., UL. 12. International Energy Conservation Code, IECC. 23196 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 05 00-4/22 BASIC MATERIALS AND Project No.: 23.22 METHODS 07/01/2024 D. Where differences existing between the Contract Documents and applicable state or city building codes, state and local ordinances, industry standards, utility company regulations and the applicable requirements of the above listed nationally accepted codes and standards, the more stringent or costly application shall govern. Promptly notify the Engineer in writing of all differences. E. When directed in writing by the Engineer, remove all work installed that does not comply with the Contract Documents and applicable state or city building codes, state and local ordinances, industry standards, utility company regulations and the applicable requirements of the above listed nationally accepted codes and standards, correct the deficiencies, and complete the work at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.11 DEFINITIONS AND SYMBOLS A. General Explanation: A substantial amount of construction and Specification language constitutes definitions for terms found in other Contract Documents, including Drawings which must be recognized as diagrammatic and schematic in nature and not completely descriptive of requirements indicated thereon. Certain terms used in Contract Documents are defined generally in this article, unless defined otherwise in Division 1. B. Definitions and explanations of this Section are not necessarily either complete or exclusive, but are general for work to the extent not stated more explicitly in another provision of the Contract Documents. C. Indicated: The term "Indicated" is a cross-reference to details, notes or schedules on the Drawings, to other paragraphs or schedules in the Specifications and to similar means of recording requirements in Contract Documents. Where such terms as "Shown", "Noted", "Scheduled", "Specified" and "Detailed" are used in lieu of"Indicated", it is for the purpose of helping the reader locate cross-reference material, and no limitation of location is intended except as specifically shown. D. Directed: Where not otherwise explained, terms such as "Directed", "Requested", "Accepted", and "Permitted" mean by the Architect or Engineer. However, no such implied meaning will be interpreted to extend the Architect's or Engineer's responsibility into the Contractor's area of construction supervision. E. Reviewed: Where used in conjunction with the Engineer's response to submittals, requests for information, applications, inquiries, reports and claims by the Contractor the meaning of the term "Reviewed" will be held to limitations of Architect's and Engineer's responsibilities and duties as specified in the General and Supplemental Conditions. In no case will "Reviewed" by Engineer be interpreted as a release of the Contractor from responsibility to fulfill the terms and requirements of the Contract Documents. F. Furnish: Except as otherwise defined in greater detail, the term "Furnish" is used to mean supply and deliver to the project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, etc., as applicable in each instance. 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 05 00-5/22 BASIC MATERIALS AND Project No.: 23.22 METHODS 07/01/2024 G. Install: Except as otherwise defined in greater detail, the term "Install" is used to describe operations at the project site including unloading, unpacking, assembly, erection, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protection, cleaning and similar operations, as applicable in each instance. H. Provide: Except as otherwise defined in greater detail, the term "Provide" is used to mean "Furnish and Install", complete and ready for intended use, as applicable in each instance. I. Installer: Entity (person or firm) engaged by the Contractor or its subcontractor or Sub-contractor for performance of a particular unit of work at the project site, including unloading, unpacking, assembly, erection, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protection, cleaning and similar operations, as applicable in each instance. It is a general requirement that such entities (Installers) be expert in the operations they are engaged to perform. J. Imperative Language: Used generally in Specifications. Except as otherwise indicated, requirements expressed imperatively are to be performed by the Contractor. For clarity of reading at certain locations, contrasting subjective language is used to describe responsibilities that must be fulfilled indirectly by the Contractor, or when so noted by other identified installers or entities. K. Minimum Quality/Quantity: In every instance, the quality level or quantity shown or specified is intended as minimum quality level or quantity of work to be performed or provided. Except as otherwise specifically indicated, the actual work may either comply exactly with that minimum (within specified tolerances), or may exceed that minimum within reasonable tolerance limits. In complying with requirements, indicated or scheduled numeric values are either minimums or maximums as noted or as appropriate for the context of the requirements. Refer instances of uncertainty to Owner or Engineer via a request for information (RFI)for decision before proceeding. L. Abbreviations and Symbols: The language of Specifications and other Contract Documents including Drawings is of an abbreviated type in certain instances, and implies words and meanings which will be appropriately interpreted. Actual word abbreviations of a self explanatory nature have been included in text of Specifications and Drawings. Specific abbreviations and symbols have been established, principally for lengthy technical terminology and primarily in conjunction with coordination of Specification requirements with notations on Drawings and in Schedules. These are frequently defined in Section at first instance of use or on a Legend and Symbol Drawing. Trade and industry association names and titles of generally recognized industry standards are frequently abbreviated. Singular words will be interpreted as plural and plural words will be interpreted as singular where applicable and where full context of Contract Documents so indicate. Except as otherwise indicated, graphic symbols and abbreviations used on Drawings and in Specifications are those recognized in construction industry for indicated purposes. Where not otherwise noted symbols and abbreviations are defined by 1993 ASHRAE Fundamentals Handbook, chapter 34 "Abbreviations and Symbols",ASME and ASPE published standards. 1.12 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS 23196 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 05 00-6/22 BASIC MATERIALS AND Project No.: 23.22 METHODS 07/01/2024 A. These Specifications are intended to supplement the Drawings and it will not be the province of the Specifications to mention any part of the work which the Drawings are competent to fully explain in every particular and such omission is not to relieve the Contractor from carrying out portions indicated on the Drawings only. B. Should items be required by these Specifications and not indicated on the Drawings, they are to be supplied even if of such nature that they could have been indicated thereon. In case of disagreement between Drawings and Specifications, or within either Drawings or Specifications, the better quality or greater quantity of work shall be estimated and the matter referred to the Architect or Engineer for review with a request for information and clarification at least 7 working days prior to bid opening date for issuance of an addendum. C. The listing of product manufacturers, materials and methods in the various sections of the Specifications, and indicated on the Drawings, is intended to establish a standard of quality only. It is not the intention of the Owner or Engineer to discriminate against any product, material or method that is equal to the standards as indicated and/or specified, nor is it intended to preclude open, competitive bidding. The fact that a specific manufacturer is listed as an acceptable manufacturer should not be interpreted to mean that the manufacturers' standard product will meet the requirements of the project design, Drawings, Specifications and space constraints. D. The Architect or Engineer and Owner shall be the sole judge of quality and equivalence of equipment, materials and methods. E. Products by other reliable manufacturers, other materials, and other methods, will be accepted as outlined, provided they have equal capacity, construction, and performance. However, under no circumstances shall any substitution by made without the written permission of the Architect or Engineer and Owner. Request for prior approval must be made in writing 10 days prior to the bid date without fail. F. Wherever a definite product, material or method is specified and there is not a statement that another product, material or method will be acceptable, it is the intention of the Owner or Engineer that the specified product, material or method is the only one that shall be used without prior approval. G. Wherever a definite material or manufacturer's product is specified and the Specification states that products of similar design and equal construction from the specified list of manufacturers may be substituted, it is the intention of the Owner or Engineer that products of manufacturers that are specified are the only products that will be acceptable and that products of other manufacturers will not be considered for substitution without approval. H. Wherever a definite product, material or method is specified and there is a statement that "OR EQUAL" product, material or method will be acceptable, it is the intention of the Owner or Engineer that the specified product, material or method or an "OR EQUAL" product, 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 05 00-7/22 BASIC MATERIALS AND Project No.: 23.22 METHODS 07/01/2024 material or method may be used if it complies with the specifications and is submitted for review to the Engineer as outline herein. I. Where permission to use substituted or alternative equipment on the project is granted by the Owner or Engineer in writing, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor or Subcontractor involved to verify that the equipment will fit in the space available which includes allowances for all required Code and maintenance clearances, and to coordinate all equipment structural support, plumbing and electrical requirements and provisions with the Mechanical (HVAC) and Plumbing Design Documents and all other trades, including Division 16. J. Changes in architectural, structural, electrical, mechanical, and plumbing requirements for the substitution shall be the responsibility of the bidder wishing to make the substitution. This shall include the cost of redesign by the affected designer(s). Any additional cost incurred by affected subcontractors shall be the responsibility of this bidder and not the owner. K. If any request for a substitution of product, material or method is rejected, the Contractor will automatically be required to furnish the product, material or method named in the Specifications. Repetitive requests for substitutions will not be considered. L. The Owner or Engineer will investigate all requests for substitutions when submitted in accordance with above and if accepted,will issue a letter allowing the substitutions. M. Where equipment other than that used in the design as specified or shown on the Drawings is substituted (either from an approved manufacturers list or by submittal review), it shall be the responsibility of the substituting Contractor to coordinate space requirements, building provisions and connection requirements with his trades and all other trades and pay all additional costs to other trades, the Owner, the Architect or Engineer, if any, due to the substitutions. N. The electrical design and electrical drawings are based on the equipment and/or electric motors of the type, size and electrical characteristics shown and specified on the mechanical drawings. Any change in equipment and/or motor size or type brought on directly or indirectly by a substitution or mechanical equipment having characteristics requiring a change, shall be the responsibility of the Mechanical Contractor and the entire cost of such change, including conduit, wiring, motor starting equipment, etc., shall be paid for by the Mechanical Contractor at no additional charge, unless the substitution was initiated by the Owner. Submittals must clearly show and deviations. Mechanical Contractor is responsible for coordinating any required changes with the Electrical Contractor, prior to Electrical Contractors ordering of panels and associated equipment. 1.13 SUBMITTALS A. Coordinate with Division 1 for submittal timetable requirements, unless noted otherwise within thirty (30) days after the Contract is awarded the Contractor shall submit a minimum of eight (8) complete bound sets of shop drawings and complete data covering each item of 23196 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 05 00-8/22 BASIC MATERIALS AND Project No.: 23.22 METHODS 07/01/2024 equipment or material. The first submittal of each item requiring a submittal must be received by the Architect or Engineer within the above thirty day period. The Architect or Engineer shall not be responsible for any delays or costs incurred due to excessive shop drawing review time for submittals received after the thirty (30) day time limit. The Architect and Engineer will retain one (1) copy each of all shop drawings for their files. Where full size drawings are involved, submit one (1) print and one (1) reproducible sepia or mylar in lieu of eight (8) sets. All literature pertaining to an item subject to Shop Drawing submittal shall be submitted at one time. A submittal shall not contain information from more than one Specification section, but may have a section subdivided into items or equipment as listed in each section. The Contractor may elect to submit each item or type of equipment separately. Each submittal shall include the following items enclosed in a suitable binder: 1. A cover sheet with the names and addresses of the Project, Architect, MEP Engineer, General Contractor and the Subcontractor making the submittal. The cover sheet shall also contain the section number covering the item or items submitted and the item nomenclature or description. 2. An index page with a listing of all data included in the Submittal. 3. A list of variations page with a listing all variations, including unfurnished or additional required accessories, items or other features, between the submitted equipment and the specified equipment. If there are no variations, then this page shall state "NO VARIATIONS". Where variations affect the work of other Contractors,then the Contractor shall certify on this page that these variations have been fully coordinated with the affected Contractors and that all expenses associated with the variations will be paid by the submitting Contractor. This page will be signed by the submitting Contractor. 4. Equipment information including manufacturer's name and designation, size, performance and capacity data as applicable. All applicable Listings, Labels, Approvals and Standards shall be clearly indicated. 5. Dimensional data and scaled drawings as applicable to show that the submitted equipment will fit the space available with all required Code and maintenance clearances clearly indicated and labeled at a minimum scale of 1/4" = V-0", as required to demonstrate that the alternate or substituted product will fit in the space available. 6. Identification of each item of material or equipment matching that indicated on the Drawings. 7. Sufficient pictorial, descriptive and diagrammatic data on each item to show its conformance with the Drawings and Specifications. Any options or special requirements or accessories shall be so indicated. All applicable information shall be clearly indicated with arrows or another approved method. 8. Additional information as required in other Sections of this Division. 9. Certification by the General Contractor and Subcontractor that the material submitted is in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications, signed and dated in long hand. Submittals that do not comply with the above requirements shall be returned to the Contractor and shall be marked "REVISE AND RESUBMIT". B. Refer to Division 1 for additional information on shop drawings and submittals. 23196 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 05 00-9/22 BASIC MATERIALS AND Project No.: 23.22 METHODS 07/01/2024 C. Equipment and materials submittals and shop drawings will be reviewed for compliance with design concept only. It will be assumed that the submitting Contractor has verified that all items submitted can be installed in the space allotted. Review of shop drawings and submittals shall not be considered as a verification or guarantee of measurements or building conditions. D. Where shop drawings and submittals are marked "REVIEWED", the review of the submittal does not indicate that submittals have been checked in detail nor does it in any way relieve the Contractor from his responsibility to furnish material and perform work as required by the Contract Documents. E. Shop drawings shall be reviewed and returned to the Contractor with one of the following categories indicated: 1. REVIEWED: Contractor need take no further submittal action, shall include this submittal in the O&M manual and may order the equipment submitted on. 2. REVIEWED AS NOTED: Contractor shall submit a letter verifying that required exceptions to the submittal have been received and complied with including additional accessories or coordination action as noted, and shall include this submittal and compliance letter in the O&M manual. The contractor may order the equipment submitted on at the time of the returned submittal providing the Contractor complies with the exceptions noted. 3. NOT APPROVED: Contractor shall resubmit new submittal on material, equipment or method of installation when the alternate or substitute is not approved, the Contractor will automatically be required to furnish the product, material or method named in the Specifications and/or drawings. Contractor shall not order equipment that is not approved. Repetitive requests for substitutions will not be considered. 4. REVISE AND RESUBMIT: Contractor shall resubmit new submittal on material, equipment or method of installation when the alternate or substitute is marked revise and resubmit, the Contractor will automatically be required to furnish the product, material or method named in the Specifications and/or provide as noted on previous shop drawings. Contractor shall not order equipment marked revise and resubmit. Repetitive requests for substitutions will not be considered. 5. CONTRACTOR'S CERTIFICATION REQUIRED: Contractor shall resubmit submittal on material, equipment or method of installation. The Contractor's stamp is required stating the submittal meets all conditions of the contract documents. The stamp shall be signed by the General Contractor. The submittal will not be reviewed if the stamp is not placed and signed on all shop drawings. 6. MANUFACTURER NOT AS SPECIFIED: Contractor shall resubmit new submittal on material, equipment or method of installation when the alternate or substitute is marked manufacturer not as specified, the Contractor will automatically be required to furnish the product, material or method named in the specifications. Contractor shall not order equipment where submittal is marked manufacturer not as specified. Repetitive requests for substitutions will not be considered. 23196 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 05 00- 10/22 BASIC MATERIALS AND Project No.: 23.22 METHODS 07/01/2024 F. Materials and equipment which are purchased or installed without shop drawing review shall be at the risk of the Contractor and the cost for removal and replacement of such materials and equipment and related work which is judged unsatisfactory by the Owner or Engineer for any reason shall be at the expense of the Contractor. The responsible Contractor shall remove the material and equipment noted above and replace with specified equipment or material at his own expense when directed in writing by the Architect or Engineer. G. Shop Drawing Submittals shall be complete and checked prior to submission to the Engineer for review. H. Submittals are required for, but not limited to,the following items: 1. Pipe Material and Specialties. 2. Pipe Fabrication Drawings. 3. Basic Materials. 4. Variable Air Volume Boxes. 5. Air Handling Units. 6. Cooling Towers. 7. Chillers. 8. Air Cooled Condensing Units. 9. Water Treatment. 10. Expansion Compensation. 11. Variable Frequency Drives. 12. Noise and Vibration Controls. 13. Plumbing Fixtures and Specialties. 14. Plumbing Equipment. 15. Sanitary DWV Fittings, Pipe and Accessories. 16. Domestic Hot and Cold Water Pipe, Fittings and Accessories. 17. HVAC Pipe and Duct Insulation. 18. Hydronic and Plumbing Valves. 19. Hydronic Piping and Accessories. 20. Hydronic Pumps. 21. Roof-Top A/C Units. 22. Heating Water Boiler. 23. Portable Pipe Hanger and Equipment Supports. 24. Duct Specialties. 25. Duct Fabrication Drawings. 26. Air Distribution Devices. 27. Fan Coil Units. 28. Filters. 29. Fans. 30. Fire Dampers and Fire Smoke Dampers. 31. Temperature Controls and Control Sequences. 32. Test, Adjust and Balance Reports. 33. Testing,Adjusting and Balancing Contractor Qualifications. 34. Coordination Drawings. 23196 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 05 00- 11/22 BASIC MATERIALS AND Project No.: 23.22 METHODS 07/01/2024 I. Refer to other Division 23 sections for additional shop drawing requirements. Provide samples of actual materials and/or equipment to be used on the Project upon request of the Owner or Engineer. J. Contractor to submit Mechanical/Electrical equipment coordination sheet with equipment submittal for all AHU's,ACCU's,and Fans. Reference chart at end of section. Provide copy to electrical subcontractor. 1.14 COORDINATION DRAWINGS A. Prepare coordination drawings to a scale of 1/4"=V-0" or larger; detailing major elements, components, and systems of mechanical equipment and materials in relationship with other systems, installations, and building components. Indicate locations where space is limited for installation and access and where sequencing and coordination of installations are of importance to the efficient flow of the Work, including (but not necessarily limited to) the following: 1. Indicate the proposed locations of pipe, duct, equipment, and other materials. Include the following: a. Wall and type locations. b. Clearances for installing and maintaining insulation. C. Locations of light fixtures and sprinkler heads. d. Clearances for servicing and maintaining equipment, including tube removal, filter removal, and space for equipment disassembly required for periodic maintenance. e. Equipment connections and support details. f. Exterior wall and foundation penetrations. g. Routing of storm and sanitary sewer piping. h. Fire-rated wall and floor penetrations. i. Sizes and location of required concrete pads and bases. j. Valve stem movement. k. Structural floor,wall and roof opening sizes and details. 2. Indicate scheduling, sequencing, movement, and positioning of large equipment into the building during construction. 3. Prepare floor plans, elevations, and details to indicate penetrations in floors, walls, and ceilings and their relationship to other penetrations and installations. 4. Prepare reflected ceiling plans to coordinate and integrate installations, air distribution devices, light fixtures, communication systems components, and other ceiling-mounted items. B. This Contractor shall be responsible for coordination of all items that will affect the installation of the work of this Division. This coordination shall include, but not be limited to: voltage, ampacity, capacity, electrical and piping connections, space requirements, sequence of construction, building requirements and special conditions. 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 05 00- 12/22 BASIC MATERIALS AND Project No.: 23.22 METHODS 07/01/2024 C. By submitting shop drawings on the project, this Contractor is indicating that all necessary coordination has been completed and that the systems, products and equipment submitted can be installed in the building and will operate as specified and intended, in full coordination with all other Contractors and Subcontractors. 1.15 RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Prepare record documents in accordance with the requirements in Special Project Requirements, in addition to the requirements specified in Division 23, indicate the following installed conditions: 1. Duct mains and branches, size and location, for both exterior and interior; locations of dampers, fire dampers, duct access panels, and other control devices;filters, fuel fired heaters, fan coils, condensing units, and roof-top A/C units requiring periodic maintenance or repair. 2. Mains and branches of piping systems, with valves and control devices located and numbered, concealed unions located, and with items requiring maintenance located (i.e., traps, strainers, expansion compensators, tanks, etc.). Valve location diagrams, complete with valve tag chart. Indicate actual inverts and horizontal locations of underground piping. 3. Equipment locations (exposed and concealed), dimensioned from prominent building lines. 4. Approved substitutions, Contract Modifications, and actual equipment and materials installed. 5. Contract Modifications, actual equipment and materials installed. B. Engage the services of a Land Surveyor or Professional Engineer registered in the state in which the project is located as specified herein to record the locations and invert elevations of underground installations. C. The Contractor shall maintain a set of clearly marked black line record "AS-BUILT" prints on the job site on which he shall mark all work details, alterations to meet site conditions and changes made by "Change Order" notices. These shall be kept available for inspection by the Owner,Architect or Engineer at all times. D. Refer to Division 1 for additional requirements concerning record drawings. If the Contractor does not keep an accurate set of as-built drawings, the pay request may be altered or delayed at the request of the Architect. Mark the drawings with a colored pencil. Delivery of as-built prints and reproducibles is a condition of final acceptance. E. The record prints shall be updated on a daily basis and shall indicate accurate dimensions for all buried or concealed work, precise locations of all concealed pipe or duct, locations of all concealed valves, controls and devices and any deviations from the work shown on the Construction Documents which are required for coordination. All dimensions shall include at least two dimensions to permanent structure points. F. Submit three prints of the tracings for approval. Make corrections to tracings as directed 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 05 00- 13/22 BASIC MATERIALS AND Project No.: 23.22 METHODS 07/01/2024 and delivered "Auto Positive Tracings" to the architect. "As-Built" drawings shall be furnished in addition to shop drawings. G. When the option described in paragraph F., above is not exercised then upon completion of the work, the Contractor shall transfer all marks from the submit a set of clear concise set of reproducible record "AS-BUILT" drawings and shall submit the reproducible drawings with corrections made by a competent draftsman and three (3) sets of black line prints to the Architect or Engineer for review prior to scheduling the final inspection at the completion of the work. The reproducible record "AS-BUILT" drawings shall have the Engineers Name and Seal removed or blanked out and shall be clearly marked and signed on each sheet as follows: CERTIFIED RECORD DRAWINGS DATE: (NAME OF GENERAL CONTRACTOR) BY: (SIGNATURE) (NAME OF SUBCONTRACTOR) BY: (SIGNATURE) 1.16 OPERATING MANUALS A. Prepare maintenance manuals in accordance with Division 1 and in addition to the requirements specified in Division 1, include the following information for equipment items: 1. Description of function, normal operating characteristics and limitations, performance curves, engineering data and tests, and complete nomenclature and commercial numbers of replacement parts. 2. Manufacturer's printed operating procedures to include start-up, break-in, and routine and normal operating instructions; regulation, control, stopping, shutdown, and emergency instructions; and summer and winter operating instructions. 3. Maintenance procedures for routine preventative maintenance and troubleshooting; disassembly, repair, and reassembly; aligning and adjusting instructions. 4. Servicing instructions and lubrication charts and schedules. 1.17 CERTIFICATIONS AND TEST REPORTS A. Submit a detailed schedule for completion and testing of each system indicating scheduled dates for completion of system installation and outlining tests to be performed and 23196 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 05 00- 14/22 BASIC MATERIALS AND Project No.: 23.22 METHODS 07/01/2024 schedule date for each test. This detailed completion and test schedule shall be submittal at least 90 days before the projected Project completion date. B. Test result reporting forms shall be submitted for review no later than the date of the detailed schedule submitted. C. Submit 4 copies of all certifications and test reports to the Architect or Engineer for review adequately in advance of completion of the Work to allow for remedial action as required to correct deficiencies discovered in equipment and systems. D. Certifications and test reports to be submitted shall include, but not be limited to those items outlined in Section of Division 23. 1.18 MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Coordinate with Division 1 for maintenance manual requirements, unless noted otherwise bind together in "D ring type" binders by National model no. 79-883 or equal, binders shall be large enough to allow %" of spare capacity. Three (3) sets of all approved shop drawing submittals, fabrication drawings, bulletins, maintenance instructions, operating instructions and parts exploded views and lists for each and every piece of equipment furnished under this Specification. All sections shall be typed and indexed into sections and labeled for easy reference and shall utilize the individual specification section numbers shown in the Mechanical Specifications as an organization guideline. Bulletins containing information about equipment that is not installed on the project shall be properly marked up or stripped and reassembled. All pertinent information required by the Owner for proper operation and maintenance of equipment supplied by Division 23 shall be clearly and legibly set forth in memoranda that shall, likewise, be bound with bulletins. B. Prepare maintenance manuals in accordance with Special Project Conditions, in addition to the requirements specified in Division 23, include the following information for equipment items: 1. Identifying names, name tags designations and locations for all equipment. 2. Valve tag lists with valve number,type, color coding, location and function. 3. Reviewed shop drawing submittals with exceptions noted compliance letter. 4. Fabrication drawings. 5. Equipment and device bulletins and data sheets clearly highlighted to show equipment installed on the project and including performance curves and data as applicable, i.e., description of function, normal operating characteristics and limitations, performance curves, engineering data and tests, and complete nomenclature and model numbers of replacement parts. 6. Manufacturer's printed operating procedures to include start-up, break-in, and routine and normal operating instructions; regulation, control, stopping, shutdown, and emergency instructions; and summer and winter operating instructions. 7. Maintenance procedures for routine preventative maintenance and troubleshooting; disassembly, repair, and reassembly; aligning and adjusting instructions, servicing instructions and lubrication charts and schedules. 23196 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 05 00- 15/22 BASIC MATERIALS AND Project No.: 23.22 METHODS 07/01/2024 8. Equipment and motor name plate data. 9. Wiring diagrams. 10. Exploded parts views and parts lists for all equipment and devices. 11. Color coding charts for all painted equipment and conduit. 12. Location and listing of all spare parts and special keys and tools furnished to the Owner. 13. Furnish recommended lubrication schedule for all required lubrication points with listing of type and approximate amount of lubricant required. C. Refer to Division 1 for additional information on Operating and Maintenance Manuals. D. Operating and Maintenance Manuals shall be turned over to the Owner or Engineer a minimum of 14 working days prior to the beginning of the operator training period. 1.19 OPERATOR TRAINING A. The Contractor shall furnish the services of factory trained specialists to instruct the Owner's operating personnel. The Owner's operator training shall include 12 hours of on site training in three 4 hour shifts. B. Before proceeding with the instruction of Owner Personnel, prepare a typed outline in triplicate, listing the subjects that will be covered in this instruction, and submit the outline for review by the Owner. At the conclusion of the instruction period obtain the signature of each person being instructed on each copy of the reviewed outline to signify that he has a proper understanding of the operation and maintenance of the systems and resubmit the signed outlines. C. Refer to other Division 23 Sections for additional Operator Training requirements. 1.20 FINAL COMPLETION A. At the completion of the work, all equipment and systems shall be tested and faulty equipment and material shall be repaired or replaced. Refer to Sections of Division 23 for additional requirements. B. Clean and adjust all air distribution devices and replace all air filters immediately prior to final acceptance. C. Touch up and/or refinish all scratched equipment and devices immediately prior to final acceptance. 1.21 CONTRACTOR'S GUARANTEE A. Use of the HVAC and Plumbing systems to provide temporary service during construction period will not be allowed without permission from the Owner in writing and if granted shall not be cause warranty period to start, except as defined below. 23196 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 05 00- 16/22 BASIC MATERIALS AND Project No.: 23.22 METHODS 07/01/2024 B. Contractor shall guarantee to keep the entire installation in repair and perfect working order for a period of one year after its completion and final acceptance, and shall furnish free of additional cost to the Owner all materials and labor necessary to comply with the above guarantee throughout the year beginning from the date of issue of Substantial Completion, Beneficial Occupancy by the Owner or the Certificate of Final Payment as agreed upon by all parties. C. This guarantee shall not include cleaning or changing filters except as required by testing, adjusting and balancing. D. All air conditioning compressors shall have parts and labor guarantees for a period of not less than 5 years beyond the date of final acceptance. E. Refer to Sections in Division 23 for additional guarantee or warranty requirements. 1.22 TRANSFER OF ELECTRONIC FILES A. Project documents are not intended or represented to be suitable for reuse by Architect/Owner or others on extensions of this project or on any other project. Any such reuse or modification without written verification or adaptation by Engineer, as appropriate for the specific purpose intended, will be at Architect/Owner's risk and without liability or legal exposure to Engineer or its consultants from all claims, damages, losses and expense, including attorney's fees arising out of or resulting thereof. B. Because data stored in electric media format can deteriorate or be modified inadvertently, or otherwise without authorization of the data's creator, the party receiving the electronic files agrees that it will perform acceptance tests or procedures within sixty (60) days of receipt, after which time the receiving party shall be deemed to have accepted the data thus transferred to be acceptable. Any errors detected within the sixty (60) day acceptance period will be corrected by the party delivering the electronic files. Engineer is not responsible for maintaining documents stored in electronic media format after acceptance by the Architect/Owner. C. When transferring documents in electronic media format, Engineer makes no representations as to the long term compatibility, usability or readability of documents resulting from the use of software application packages, operating systems, or computer hardware differing from those used by Engineer at the beginning of the Project. D. Any reuse or modifications will be Contractor's sole risk and without liability or legal exposure to Architect, Engineer or any consultant. E. The Texas Board of Architectural Examiners (TBAE) has stated that it is in violation of Texas law for persons other than the Architect of record to revise the Architectural drawings without the Architect's written consent. It is agreed that "MEP" hard copy or computer-generated documents will not be issued to any other party except directly to the Architect/Owner. The contract documents are contractually copyrighted and cannot be used for any other project or purpose except as 23196 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 05 00- 17/22 BASIC MATERIALS AND Project No.: 23.22 METHODS 07/01/2024 specifically indicated in AIA B-141 Standard Form of Agreement between Architect and Owner. If the client, Architect/Owner, or developer of the project requires electronic media for "record purposes", then an AutoCAD based compact disc ("CD") will be prepared. The "CD" will be submitted with all title block references intact and will be formatted in a "plot" format to permit the end user to only view and plot the drawings. Revisions will not be permitted in this configuration. F. At the Architect/Owner's request, Engineer will prepare one "CD" of electronic media to assist the contractor in the preparation of submittals. The Engineer will prepare and submit the "CD" to the Architect/Owner for distribution to the contractor. All copies of the "CD" will be reproduced for a cost of reproduction fee of Five Hundred Dollars ($500.00) per "CID". The "CD" will be prepared and all title blocks, names and dates will be removed. The "CD" will be prepared in a ".dwg"format to permit the end user to revise the drawings. G. This Five Hundred Dollars ($500.00) per "CD" cost of reproduction will be paid directly from the Contractor to the Engineer. The "CD" will be prepared only after receipt of the Five Hundred Dollars ($500.00). The Five Hundred Dollars ($500.00) per "CD" cost of reproduction is to only recover the cost of the manhours necessary to reproduce the documents. It is not a contractual agreement between the Contractor and Engineer to provide any engineering services, nor any other service. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Provide materials and equipment manufactured by a domestic United States manufacturer. B. Access Doors: Provide access doors as required for access to equipment, valves, controls, cleanouts and other apparatus where concealed. Access doors shall have concealed hinges and screw driver cam locks. C. All access panels located in wet areas such as restrooms, locker rooms, shower rooms, kitchen and any other wet areas shall be constructed of stainless steel. D. Access Doors:shall be as follows: 1. Plastic Surfaces: Milcor Style K. 2. Ceramic Tile Surface: Milcor Style M. 3. Drywall Surfaces: Milcor Style DW. 4. Install panels only in locations approved by the Architect. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 ROUGH-IN 23195 Arena HVAC 23 05 00- 18/22 BASIC MATERIALS AND Improvements METHODS Project No.: 23.22 07/01/2024 A. Verify final locations for rough-ins with field measurements and with the requirements of the actual equipment to be connected via reviewed submittals. B. Refer to equipment specifications in Divisions 2 through 16 for additional rough-in requirements. 3.02 MECHANICAL INSTALLATIONS A. General: Sequence, coordinate, and integrate the various elements of mechanical systems, materials, and equipment. Comply with the following requirements: 1. Coordinate mechanical systems, equipment, and materials installation with other building components. 2. Verify all dimensions by field measurements. 3. Arrange for chases, slots, and openings in other building components during progress of construction, to allow for mechanical installations. 4. Coordinate the installation of required supporting devices and sleeves to be set in poured-in-place concrete and other structural components, as they are constructed. 5. Sequence, coordinate, and integrate installations of mechanical materials and equipment for efficient flow of the Work. Give particular attention to large equipment requiring positioning prior to closing in the building. 6. Where mounting heights are not detailed or dimensioned, install systems, materials, and equipment to provide the maximum headroom possible. 7. Coordinate connection of mechanical systems with exterior underground and overhead utilities and services. Comply with requirements of governing regulations, franchised service companies, and controlling agencies. Provide required connection for each service. 8. Install systems, materials, and equipment to conform with architectural action markings on submittal, including coordination drawings, to greatest extent possible. Conform to arrangements indicated by the Contract Documents, recognizing that portions of the Work are shown only in diagrammatic form. Where coordination requirements conflict with individual system requirements, resolve conflicts and route proposed solution to the Architect for review. 9. Install systems, materials, and equipment level and plumb, parallel and perpendicular to other building systems and components, where installed exposed in finished spaces. 10. Install mechanical equipment to facilitate servicing, maintenance, and repair or replacement of equipment components. As much as practical, connect equipment for ease of disconnecting, with minimum of interference with other installations. Extend grease fittings to an accessible location and label. 11. Install access panel or doors where units are concealed behind finished surfaces. Access panels and doors are specified. 12. Install systems, materials, and equipment giving right-of-way priority to systems required to be installed at a specified slope. 23196 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 05 00- 19/22 BASIC MATERIALS AND Project No.: 23.22 METHODS 07/01/2024 13. Provide roof curbs for all roof mounted equipment. Coordinate with roof construction for pitched roof. Provide roof curb to match roof slope. Refer to architectural drawings and details. 14. The equipment to be furnished under this Specification shall be essentially the standard product of the manufacturer. Where two or more units of the same class of equipment are required, these units shall be products of a single manufacturer,- however, the component parts of the system need not be the product of the same manufacturer. 15. The architectural and structural features of the building and the space limitations shall be considered in selection of all equipment. No equipment shall be furnished which will not suit the arrangement and space limitations indicated. 16. Lubrication: Prior to start-up, check and properly lubricate all bearings as recommended by the manufacturer. 17. Where the word "Concealed" is used in these Specifications in connection with insulating, painting, piping, ducts, etc., it shall be understood to mean hidden from sight as in chases, furred spaces or suspended ceilings. "Exposed" shall be understood to mean the opposite of concealed. 18. Identification of Mechanical Equipment: a. Mechanical equipment shall be identified by means of nameplates permanently attached to the equipment. Nameplates shall be engraved laminated plastic or etched metal. Shop drawings shall include dimensions and lettering format for approval. Attachments shall be with escutcheon pins, self-tapping screws, or machine screws. b. Tags shall be attached to all valves, including control valves, with nonferrous chain. Tags shall be brass and at least 1-1/2 inches in diameter. Nameplate and tag symbols shall correspond to the identification symbols on the temperature control submittal and the "as-built" drawings. 3.03 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Protection of Installed Work: During cutting and patching operations, protect adjacent installations. B. Perform cutting,fitting, and patching of mechanical equipment and materials required to: 1. Uncover Work to provide for installation of ill-timed Work. 2. Remove and replace defective Work. 3. Remove and replace Work not conforming to requirements of the Contract Documents. 4. Remove samples of installed Work as specified for testing. 5. Install equipment and materials in existing structures. 6. Upon written instructions from the Engineer, uncover and restore Work to provide for Engineer/Owner's observation of concealed Work, without additional cost to the Owner. 7. Patch existing finished surfaces and building components using new materials matching existing materials and experienced Installers. Patch finished surfaces and building components using new materials specified for the original installation and 23196 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 05 00-20/22 BASIC MATERIALS AND Project No.: 23.22 METHODS 07/01/2024 experienced Installers; refer to the materials and methods required for the surface and building components being patched; Refer to Section "DEFINITIONS" for definition of"Installer." C. Cut, remove and legally dispose of selected mechanical equipment, components, and materials as indicated, including but not limited to removal of mechanical piping, mechanical ducts and HVAC units, plumbing fixtures and trim, and other mechanical items made obsolete by the new Work. D. Protect the structure, furnishings, finishes, and adjacent materials not indicated or scheduled to be removed. E. Provide and maintain temporary partitions or dust barriers adequate to prevent the spread of dust and dirt to adjacent areas. 3.04 WORK SEQUENCE,TIMING, COORDINATION WITH OWNER A. The Owner will cooperate with the Contractor, however, the following provisions must be observed: 1. A meeting will be held at the project site, prior to any construction, between the Owner's Representative, the General Contractor, the Sub-Contractors and the Engineer to discuss Contractor's employee parking space, access, storage of equipment or materials, and use of the Owner's facilities or utilities. The Owner's decisions regarding such matters shall be final. 2. During the construction of this project, normal facility activities will continue in existing buildings until renovated areas are completed. Plumbing, fire protection, lighting, electrical, communications, heating, air conditioning, and ventilation systems will have to be maintained in service within the occupied spaces of the existing building. END OF SECTION 23 05 00 Mech/Elec. Equipment Coordination Sheet Mark# Unit Manufacturer's Recomm. Mark# Unit Manufacturer's Recomm. Type Fuse Size MOCP Type Fuse Size MOCP 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 05 00-21/22 BASIC MATERIALS AND Project No.: 23.22 METHODS 07/01/2024 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 05 00-22/22 BASIC MATERIALS AND Project No.: 23.22 METHODS 07/01/2024 SECTION 23 05 10 STARTING OF SYSTEMS PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Starting systems. B. Demonstration and instructions. C. Testing,adjusting,and balancing. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 014000-Quality Control: Manufacturers field reports. B. Section 017000- Contract Closeout: System operation and maintenance data and extra materials. C. Section 239900-Testing,Adjusting and Balancing. 1.03 STARTING SYSTEMS A. Coordinate schedule for start-up of various equipment and systems. B. Notify Architect, Engineer and Owner seven days prior to start-up of each item. C. Verify that each piece of equipment or system has been checked for proper lubrication, drive rotation, belt tension,control sequence,or for other conditions that may cause damage. D. Verify that tests, meter readings, and specified electrical characteristics agree with those required by the equipment or system manufacturer. E. Adjust electrical amp draw on motors to within 80%of rated amp draw. F.Verify wiring and support components for equipment are complete and tested. G. Execute start-up under supervision of applicable manufacturer's representative in accordance with manufacturers' instructions. H. When specified in individual specification Sections, require manufacturer to provide authorized representative to be present at site to inspect, check, and approve equipment or system installation prior to start-up,and to supervise placing equipment or system in operation. 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 05 10- 1/3 STARTING OF SYSTEMS Project No.: 23.22 07/01/2024 I. Adjust return air to 500 fpm at each air unit inlet. Replace drive packages as necessary to achieve design airflows. J. Submit a written report in accordance with Section 014000 that equipment or system has been properly installed and is functioning correctly. 1.04 DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTIONS A. Demonstrate operation and maintenance of Products to Owner's personnel two weeks prior to date of final inspection. B. Demonstrate Project equipment and provide instruction by a qualified manufacturers' representative who is knowledgeable about the Project. C. For equipment or systems requiring seasonal operation, perform demonstration for other season within six months. D. Utilize operation and maintenance manuals as basis for instruction. Review contents of manual with Owners'personnel in detail to explain all aspects of operation and maintenance. E. Demonstrate start-up, operation, control, adjustment, trouble-shooting, servicing, maintenance,and shutdown of each item of equipment at agreed time,at equipment location. F. Prepare and insert additional data in operations and maintenance manuals when need for additional data becomes apparent during instruction. 1.05 TESTING,ADJUSTING,AND BALANCING A. Mechanical Division will secure the services of an independent firm to perform testing, adjusting,and balancing. B. The independent firm will perform services specified in Section 239900. C. Reports will be submitted by the independent firm to the Architect/Engineer indicating observations and results of tests and indicating compliance or non-compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. PART 2-PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3-EXECUTION Not Used 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 05 10-2/3 STARTING OF SYSTEMS Project No.: 23.22 07/01/2024 END OF SECTION 23 05 10 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 05 10- 3/3 STARTING OF SYSTEMS Project No.: 23.22 07/01/2024 SECTION 23 14 00 SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Pipe, and equipment hangers, supports, and associated anchors. B. Sleeves and seals. C. Flashing and sealing equipment and pipe stacks. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 23 24 00—Sound and Vibration Control. B. Section 23 26 00- Piping Insulation. C. Section 23 28 00- Equipment Insulation. D. Section 22 4100- Plumbing System. E. Section 23 55 10- Hydronic Piping Above Grade. F. Section 23 55 11—Hydronic Piping Below Grade. G. Section 23 53 00—Refrigerant Piping 1.03 REFERENCES A. ANSI/ASME B31.1- Power Piping. B. NFPA 13 -Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems. C. NFPA 14-Standard for the Installation of Standpipe and Hose Systems. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Supports for Sprinkler Piping: In conformance with NFPA 13. B. Supports for Standpipes: In conformance with NFPA 14. 1.05 SUBMITTALS 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 14 00 - 1/8 SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS Project No.: 23.22 07/01/2024 A. Submit shop drawings and product data under provisions of Division 1. B. Indicate hanger and support framing and attachment methods. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 1/2 to 1-1/2 Inch Malleable iron, adjustable swivel, split ring. B. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 2 to 4 Inches Carbon steel, adjustable, clevis. C. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 6 Inches and over:Adjustable steel yoke, cast iron roll, double hanger. D. All hangers, supports and rods in areas exposed to the outdoors, such as but not limited to crawl spaces, service bays,wash bays, open shops and warehouses shall be hot dipped galvanized. E. Multiple or Trapeze Hangers: Steel channels with welded spacers and hanger rods; cast iron roll and stand for pipe sizes 6 inches and over. F. Wall Support for Pipe Sizes to 3 Inches: Cast iron hook. G. Wall Support for Pipe Sizes 4 Inches and over: adjustable steel yoke and cast iron roll. H. Vertical Support: Steel riser clamp. I. Floor Support for Pipe Sizes to 4 Inches: Cast iron adjustable pipe saddle, locknut nipple, floor flange, and concrete pier or steel support. J. Floor Support for Pipe Sizes 6 Inches and over: Adjustable cast iron roll and stand, steel screws, and concrete pier or steel support. K. Roof Pipe Supports and Hangers: Galvanized Steel Channel System as manufactured by Portable Pipe Hangers, Inc. or approved equal. For pipes 2-1/2" and smaller— Type PP10 with roller For pipes 3"through 8"—Type PS For multiple pipes—Type PSE - Custom L. Copper Pipe Support and Hangers: Electro-galvanized with thermoplastic elastomer cushions; Unistrut"Cush-A-Clamp" or equal. Hangers: Plastic coated; Unistrut or equal. 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 14 00 - 2/8 SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS Project No.: 23.22 07/01/2024 M. For installation of protective shields refer to specification section 231400-3.03. N. Shields for Vertical Copper Pipe Risers: Sheet lead. O. Pipe Rough-In Supports in Walls/Chases: Provide preformed plastic pipe supports, Sioux Chief"Pipe Titan" or equal. 2.02 HANGER RODS A. Galvanized Hanger Rods: Threaded both ends, threaded one end, or continuous threaded. 2.03 INSERTS A. Inserts: Malleable iron case of galvanized steel shell and expander plug for threaded connection with lateral adjustment, top slot for reinforcing rods, lugs for attaching to forms; size inserts to suit threaded hanger rods. 2.04 FLASHING A. Metal Flashing: 20 gage galvanized steel. B. Lead Flashing: 4 lb./sq. ft. sheet lead for waterproofing; 1 lb./sq.ft. sheet lead for soundproofing. C. Caps: Steel, 20 gage minimum; 16 gage at fire resistant elements. D. Coordinate with roofing contractor/architect for type of flashing on metal roofs. 2.05 EQUIPMENT CURBS A. Fabricate curbs of hot dipped galvanized steel unless noted otherwise. 2.06 SLEEVES A. Sleeves for Pipes Through Non-fire Rated Floors: Form with 18 gage galvanized steel, tack welded to form a uniform sleeve. B. Sleeves for Pipes Through Non-fire Rated Beams, Walls, Footings, and Potentially Wet Floors: Form with steel pipe, schedule 40. C. Sleeves for Pipes Through Fire Rated and Fire Resistive Floors and Walls, and Fireproofing: Prefabricated fire rated steel sleeves including seals, UL listed. D. Sleeves for Round Ductwork: Form with galvanized steel. 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 14 00 - 3/8 SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS Project No.: 23.22 07/01/2024 E. Sleeves for Rectangular Ductwork: Form with galvanized steel. F. Fire Stopping Insulation: Glass fiber type, non-combustible, U.L. listed. G. Caulk: Paintable 25-year acrylic sealant. H. Pipe Alignment Guides: Factory fabricated, of cast semi-steel or heavy fabricated steel, consisting of bolted,two-section outer cylinder and base with two-section guiding spider that bolts tightly to pipe. Length of guides shall be as recommended by manufacturer to allow indicated travel. 2.07 FABRICATION A. Size sleeves large enough to allow for movement due to expansion and contraction. Provide for continuous insulation wrapping. B. Design hangers without disengagement of supported pipe. C. Design roof supports without roof penetrations,flashing or damage to the roofing material. 2.08 FINISH A. Prime coat exposed steel hangers and supports. Hangers and supports located in crawl spaces, pipe shafts, and suspended ceiling spaces are not considered exposed. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 INSERTS A. Provide inserts for suspending hangers from reinforced concrete slabs and sides of reinforced concrete beams. Coordinate with structural engineer for placement of inserts. B. Provide hooked rod to concrete reinforcement section for inserts carrying pipe over 4 inches. C. Where concrete slabs form finished ceiling, provide inserts to be flush with slab surface. D. Where inserts are omitted, drill through concrete slab from below and provide thru-bolt with recessed square steel plate and nut recessed into and grouted flush with slab. Verify with structural engineer prior to start of work. 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 14 00 - 4/8 SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS Project No.: 23.22 07/01/2024 3.02 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Support horizontal piping as follows: PIPE SIZE MAX. HANGER SPACING HANGER DIAMETER (Steel Pipe) 1/2 to 1-1/4 inch 6'-0" 3/8" 1-1/2 to 3 inch 10'-0" 3/8" 4 to 6 inch 10'-0" 1/2" 8 to 10 inch 10'-0" 5/8" 12 to 14 inch 10'-0" 3/4" (Copper Pipe) 1/2 to 1-1/4 inch 5'-0" 3/8" 1-1/2 to 2-1/2 inch 8'-0" 3/8" 3 to 4 inch 10'-0" 3/8" 6 to 8 inch 10'-0" 1/2" (Cast Iron) 2 to 3 inch 5'-0" 3/8" 4 to 6 inch 10'-0" 1/2" 8 to 10 inch 10'-0" 5/8" 12 to 14 inch 10'-0" 3/4" (PVC Pipe) 1-1/2 to 4 inch 4'-0" 3/8" 6 to 8 inch 4'-0" 1/2" 10 and over 4'-0" 5/8" B. Install hangers to provide minimum 1/2 inch space between finished covering and adjacent work. 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 14 00 - 5/8 SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS Project No.: 23.22 07/01/2024 C. Place a hanger within 12 inches of each horizontal elbow and at the vertical horizontal transition. D. Use hangers with 1-1/2 inch minimum vertical adjustment. E. Support horizontal cast iron pipe adjacent to each hub, with 5 feet maximum spacing between hangers. F. Support vertical piping at every floor. Support vertical cast iron pipe at each floor at hub. G. Where several pipes can be installed in parallel and at same elevation, provide multiple or trapeze hangers. H. Support riser piping independently of connected horizontal piping. I. Install hangers with nut at base and above hanger;tighten upper nut to hanger after final installation adjustments. J. Portable pipe hanger systems shall be installed per manufactures instructions. 3.03 Insulated Piping: Comply with the following installation requirements. A. Clamps: Attach galvanized clamps, including spacers (if any), to piping with clamps projecting through insulation; do not exceed pipe stresses allowed by ASME B31.9. B. Saddles: Install galvanized protection saddles MSS Type 39 where insulation without vapor barrier is indicated. Fill interior voids with segments of insulation that match adjoining pipe insulation. C. Shields: Install protective shields MSS Type 40 on cold and chilled water piping that has vapor barrier. Shields shall span an arc of 180 degrees and shall have dimensions in inches not less than the following: NPS LENGTH THICKNESS 1/4 THROUGH 3-1/2 12 0.048 4 12 0.060 5 &6 18 0.060 8 THROUGH 14 24 0.075 16 THROUGH 24 24 0.105 D. Piping 2" and larger provide galvanized sheet metal shields with calcium silicate at hangers/supports. E. Insert material shall be at least as long as the protective shield. 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 14 00 - 6/8 SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS Project No.: 23.22 07/01/2024 F. Thermal Hanger Shields: Install where indicated, with insulation of same thickness as piping. 3.04 EQUIPMENT BASES AND SUPPORTS A. Provide equipment bases of concrete. B. Provide templates, anchor bolts, and accessories for mounting and anchoring equipment. C. Construct support of steel members. Brace and fasten with flanges bolted to structure. D. Provide rigid anchors for pipes after vibration isolation components are installed. 3.05 FLASHING A. Provide flexible flashing and metal counter flashing where piping and ductwork penetrate weather or waterproofed walls, floors, and roofs. B. Flash vent and soil pipes projecting 8 inches minimum above finished roof surface with lead worked one inch minimum into hub, 8 inches minimum clear on sides with 24 x 24 inches sheet size. For pipes through outside walls, turn flanges back into wall and caulk, metal counter flash and seal. C. Flash floor drains in floors with topping over finished areas with lead, 10 inches clear on sides with minimum 36 x 36 inch sheet size. Fasten flashing to drain clamp device. D. Seal floor shower mop sink and all other drains watertight to adjacent materials. E. Provide curbs for mechanical roof installations 8 inches minimum high above roofing surface. Contact architect for all flashing details and roof construction. Seal penetrations watertight. 3.06 SLEEVES A. Set sleeves in position in formwork. Provide reinforcing around sleeves. B. Extend sleeves through floors minimum one inch above finished floor level. Caulk sleeves full depth with fire rated thermfiber and 3M caulking and provide floor plate. C. Where piping or ductwork penetrates floor, ceiling, or wall, close off space between pipe or duct and adjacent work with U.L. listed fire stopping insulation and caulk seal air 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 14 00 - 7/8 SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS Project No.: 23.22 07/01/2024 tight. Provide close fitting metal collar or escutcheon covers at both sides of penetration. D. Fire protection sleeves maybe flush with floor of stairways. END OF SECTION 23 14 00 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 14 00 - 8/8 SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS Project No.: 23.22 07/01/2024 SECTION 23 19 00 SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION AND PIPE MARKING PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. The requirements of the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions apply to all work herein. B. The Basic Materials and Methods, Section 220500, are included as a part of this Section as though written in full in this document. 1.02 SCOPE Scope of the Work shall include the furnishing and complete installation of the equipment covered by this Section, with all auxiliaries, ready for owner's use. 1.03 Refer to Architectural Sections for additional requirements. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 VALVE AND PIPE IDENTIFICATION A. Valves: 1. All valves shall be identified with a 1-1/2" diameter brass disc wired onto the handle. The disc shall be stamped with 1/2" high depressed black filled identifying numbers. These numbers shall be numerically sequenced for all valves on the job. 2. The number and description indicating make, size, model number and service of each valve shall be listed in proper operational sequence, properly typewritten. Three copies to be turned over to Owner at completion. 3. Tags shall be fastened with approved meter seal and 4 ply 0.018 smooth copper wire. Tags and fastenings shall be manufactured by the Seton Name Plate Company or approved equal. 4. All valves shall be numbered serially with all valves of any one system and/or trade grouped together. B. Pipe Marking: 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 19 00 - 1/3 SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION AND Project No.: 23.22 PIPE MARKING 07/01/2024 1. All interior visible piping located in accessible spaces such as above accessible ceilings, equipment rooms, attic space, under floor spaces, etc., shall be identified with all temperature pipe markers as manufactured by W.H. Brady Company, 431 West Rock Ave., New Haven, Connecticut, or approved equal. 2. All exterior visible piping shall be identified with UV and acid resistant outdoor grade acrylic plastic markers as manufactured by Set Mark distributed by Seton Nameplate Company. Factory location 20 Thompson Road, Branford, Connecticut, or approved equal. 3. Generally, markers shall be located on each side of each partition, on each side of each tee, on each side of each valve and/or valve group, on each side of each piece of equipment, and, for straight runs, at equally spaced intervals not to exceed 75 feet. In congested area, marks shall be placed on each pipe at the points where it enters and leaves the area and at the point of connection of each piece of equipment and automatic control valve. All markers shall have directional arrows. 4. Markers shall be installed after final painting of all piping and equipment and in such a manner that they are visible from the normal maintenance position. Manufacturer's installation instructions shall be closely followed. 5. Markers shall be colored as indicated below per ANSI/OSHA Standards: SYSTEM COLOR LEGEND Chilled Water Green Chilled Water Supply Chilled Water Return Sanitary Sewer Green Vent Sanitary Sewer Storm Drain Green Storm Drain Domestic Water Green Domestic Water Domestic Hot Water Yellow Domestic Hot Supply Water Supply Domestic Hot Water Yellow Domestic Hot Re-circulating Water Return Fire Protection Red Fire Protection Automatic Red Fire Sprinkler Sprinkler 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 19 00 - 2/3 SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION AND Project No.: 23.22 PIPE MARKING 07/01/2024 Compressed Air Blue Compressed Air C. Pipe Painting: 1. All piping exposed to view shall be painted as indicated or as directed by the Architect in the field. Confirm all color selections with Architect prior to installation. 2. The entire fire protection piping system shall be painted red. 3. All piping located in mechanical rooms and exterior piping shall be painted as indicated below: System Color Storm Sewer White Sanitary Sewer Waste and Vent Light Gray Domestic Cold Water Dark Blue Domestic Hot Water Supply and Return Orange Compressed Air Green Chilled Water Supply and Return Light Blue PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 All labeling equipment shall be installed as per manufacturers printed installation instructions. 3.02 All items required for a complete and proper installation are not necessarily indicated on the plans or in the specifications. Contractor's price shall include all items required as per manufacturers' requirements. 3.03 All piping shall be cleaned of rust, dirt, oil and all other contaminants prior to painting. Install primer and a quality latex paint over all surfaces of pipe. END OF SECTION 23 19 00 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 19 00 - 3/3 SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION AND Project No.: 23.22 PIPE MARKING 07/01/2024 SECTION 23 26 00 PIPING INSULATION PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. The requirements of the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions apply to all work herein. B. The Basic Materials and Methods, Section 230500, are included as a part of this Section as though written in full in this document. 1.02 SCOPE A. Scope of the Work shall include the furnishing and complete installation of the equipment covered by this Section, with all auxiliaries, ready for owner's use. B. Work specified elsewhere. 1. Painting. 2. Pipe hangers and supports. C. All pipes subject to freezing conditions shall be insulated. 1.03 WARRANTY A. Warrant the Work specified herein for one year against becoming unserviceable or causing an objectionable appearance resulting from either defective or nonconforming materials or workmanship. B. Defects shall include, but not be limited to, the following: 1. Mildewing. 2. Peeling, cracking, and blistering. 3. Condensation on exterior surfaces. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. SHOP DRAWINGS: Indicate size, material, and finish. Show locations and installation procedures. Include details of joints, attachments, and clearances. B. PRODUCT DATA: Submit schedules, charts, literature, and illustrations to indicate the performance, fabrication procedures, project variations, and accessories. 1.05 DELIVERY AND STORAGE 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 26 00 - 1/5 PIPING INSULATION Project No.: 23.22 07/01/2024 A. DELIVERY: Deliver undamaged materials in the manufacturer's unopened containers. Containers shall be clearly labeled with the insulation's flame and smoke ratings. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 It is the intent of these specifications to secure superior quality workmanship resulting in an absolutely satisfactory installation of insulation from the standpoint of both function and appearance. Particular attention shall be given to valves, fittings, pumps, etc., requiring low temperature insulation to insure full thickness of insulation and proper application of the vapor seal. All flaps of vapor barrier jackets and/or canvas covering must be neatly and securely smoothed and sealed down. 2.02 The type of insulation and its installation shall be in strict accordance with these specifications for each service, and the application technique shall be as recommended by the manufacturer. All insulation types, together with adhesives and finishes shall be submitted and approved prior to installation. 2.03 A sample quantity of each type of insulation and each type application shall be installed and approval secured prior to proceeding with the main body of the work. Condensation caused by improper installation of insulation shall be corrected by Installing Contractor. Any damage caused by condensation shall be made good at no cost to the Owner or Architect/Engineer. 2.04 All insulation shall have composite (insulation,jacket or facing, and adhesive used to adhere the facing or jacket to insulation) fire and smoke hazard as tested by Procedure ASTM E084, NFPA 255 and UL 723 not exceeding: Flame Spread 25 Smoke Developed 50 2.05 Accessories, such as adhesives, mastics and cements shall have the same component ratings as listed above. 2.06 All products or their shipping cartons shall have a label affixed, indicating flame and smoke ratings do not exceed the above requirements. 2.07 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS A. Calcium silicate materials shall be as manufactured by Johns Manville. B. Glass fiber materials shall be as manufactured by Johns Manville or Owens-Corning and shall have the same thermal properties, density, fire rating, vapor barrier, etc., as the types specified herein, subject to review by the Engineer. C. Adhesives shall be as manufactured by Childers, Foster, HB Fuller or Armstrong, and 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 26 00 -2/5 PIPING INSULATION Project No.: 23.22 07/01/2024 shall have the same adhesive properties, fire rating, vapor seal, etc., as the types specified herein, subject to review by the Engineer. D. Armaflex elastomeric cellular thermal insulation by Armstrong. E. Phenolic foam insulation shall be as manufactured by Kooltherm Insulation (Koolphen). F. Polyisocya nu rate insulation shall be as manufactured by Dow"Trymer 2000 XP". G. Metal jacketing and fitting covers shall be as manufactured by Childers or RPR Products. 2.08 MATERIALS A. For insulation purpose piping is defined as the complete piping system including supplies and returns, pipes, valves, automatic control valve bodies, fittings, flanges, strainers, thermometer well, unions, reducing stations, and orifice assemblies. B. INTERIOR DOMESTIC WATER PIPE: provide fiberglass pipe insulation with all service jackets with self sealing lap joint. C. EXTERIOR DOMESTIC WATER PIPE: Provide elastomeric cellular thermal, or preformed phenolic foam pipe insulation with secured metal jacketing. D. DRAIN BODIES AND DOWN SPOUTS: Insulate horizontal roof drain down spouts, underside of roof drain bodies, chilled water waste lines from drinking fountain to junction with main waste stacks, and branch lines including traps and exposed underside of floor drains receiving cooling coil condensate, same as water piping where exposed to building occupant view. When concealed, insulation may be same as specified for external duct wrap. E. CONDENSATE DRAINAGE PIPING: Fire resistant fiberglass insulation; insulation not required when piping is exposed on roof. F. REFRIGERANT PIPING: Refrigerant pipe insulation shall be model "AP-2000", fire rated for use in environmental air plenums. Apply manufacturers recommended finish and sealant for exterior applications. G. METAL JACKETING: Utilize Childers "Strap-On" jacketing. Provide preformed fitting covers for all elbows and tees. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 All insulation shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturers' recommendations and printed installation instructions, including high density inserts at all hangers and pipe supports to prevent compression of insulation. 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 26 00 - 3/5 PIPING INSULATION Project No.: 23.22 07/01/2024 3.02 All items required for a complete and proper installation are not necessarily indicated on the plans or in the specifications. Provide all items required as per manufacturers requirements. 3.03 Pipes located outdoors or in crawl spaces shall be insulated same as concealed piping; and in addition shall have a jacket of 0.016 inch thick, smooth aluminum with longitudinal modified Pittsburg Z-Lock seam and 2 inch overlap. Jacketing shall be easily removed and replaced without damage. All butt joints shall be sealed with gray silicone. Galvanized banding is not acceptable. 3.04 All insulated piping located over driveways shall have an aluminum shield permanently banded over insulation to protect it from damage from car antennas. 3.05 WATER PIPE INSULATION INSTALLATION A. The insulation shall be applied to clean, dry pipes with all joints firmly butted together. Where piping is interrupted by fittings, flanges, valves or hangers and at intervals not to exceed 25 feet on straight runs, an isolating seal shall be formed between the vapor barrier jacket and the bare pipe. The seal shall be by the applications of adhesive to the exposed insulation joint faces, carried continuously down to and along 4 inches of pipe and up to and along 2 inches of jacket. B. Pipe fittings and valves shall be insulated with pre-molded or shop fabricated glass fiber covers finished with two brush coats of vapor barrier mastic reinforced with glass fabric. C. All under lap surfaces shall be clean and free of dust, etc. before the SSL is sealed. These laps shall be firmly rubbed to insure a positive seal. A brush coat of vapor retarder shall be applied to all edges of the vapor barrier jacket. 3.06 FIRE RATED INSULATION A. All pipe penetrations through walls and concrete floors shall be fire rated by applying USG Thermafiber in the space between the concrete and the pipe. B. The fire rating shall be additionally sealed by using 3M brand model CP 25 or 303 fire barrier caulk and putty. C. All fire rating material shall be insulated in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. PART 4-SCHEDULES 4.01 LOW TEMPERATURE SURFACES MINIMUM INSULATION THICKNESS 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 26 00 -4/5 PIPING INSULATION Project No.: 23.22 07/01/2024 BASED ON FIBERGLASS A. Condensate drain lines: % inch B. Drains receiving condensate: 1 inch C. Chilled Water Piping: (1) Located outdoors: 2 inch (2) Located indoors: (a) 4 inch and smaller: 1% inch (b) Larger than 4 inch: 2 inch D. Refrigerant Piping (1) 1%"and smaller 1 inch (2) Larger than 1% inch 1 inch 4.02 HIGH TEMPERATURE SURFACES MINIMUM INSULATION THICKNESS A. Hot Water Piping: (1) Operating temperature 105°F or less: 1 inch (2) Operating temperature higher than 105°F 1 inch and pipe size 1'h inch or smaller (3) Operating temperature higher than 105°F 2 inch and pipe size larger than 1'h inch END OF SECTION 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 26 00 - 5/5 PIPING INSULATION Project No.: 23.22 07/01/2024 SECTION 23 29 00 DUCT INSULATION PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Ductwork system insulation. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 230500- Basic Materials and Methods B. Section 231700- Motors and Motor Controllers 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer's Qualifications: Firm with at least 5 years successful installation experience on projects with mechanical insulations similar to that required for this project. B. Flame/Smoke Ratings: Provide composite mechanical insulation (insulation, jackets, coverings, sealers, mastics and adhesives) with flame-spread index of 25 or less, and smoke-developed index of 50 or less, as tested by ASTM E 84(NFPA 255) method. 1. Exception: Outdoor mechanical insulation may have flame spread index of 75 and smoke developed index of 150. C. Duct and plenum insulation shall comply with minimum R-value requirements of 2015 International Energy Conservation Code. D. Adhesive and other material shall comply with NFPA and NBFU Standards No. 90A and 90B. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. SHOP DRAWINGS: Indicate size, material, and finish. Show locations and installation procedures. Include details of joints, attachments, and clearances. B. PRODUCT DATA: Submit schedules, charts, literature, and illustrations to indicate the performance, fabrication procedures, product variations, and accessories. Provide 8x11 sample of product along with submittal. 1.05 DELIVERY,STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver insulation, coverings, cements, adhesives, and coatings to site in unopened containers with manufacturer's stamp, clearly labeled with flame and smoke rating, 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 29 00 - 1/5 DUCT INSULATION Project No.: 23.22 07/01/2024 affixed showing fire hazard indexes of products. B. Protect insulation against dirt, water and chemical and mechanical damage. Do not install damaged or wet insulation; remove from project site. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL DESCRIPTION A. The type of insulation and its installation shall be in strict accordance with these specifications for each service, and the application technique shall be as recommended by the manufacturer. All insulation types, together with adhesives and finishes shall be submitted and approved before any insulation is installed. B. A sample quantity of each type of insulation and each type of application shall be installed and approval secured prior to proceeding with the main body of the work. 2.02 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Glass fiber materials shall be as manufactured by Knauf, Certain-Teed, Johns-Manville or Owens-Corning and shall have the same thermal properties, density, fire rating, vapor barrier, etc., as the types specified herein, subject to review by the Engineer. B. Adhesives shall be as manufactured by Minnesota Mining, Arabol, Benjamin-Foster, Armstrong or Insulmastic, Inc., and shall have the same adhesive properties, fire rating, vapor seal, etc., as the types specified herein, subject to review by the Engineer. C. Ceramic fiber materials shall be as manufactured by Primer Refractories, A.P. Green Refractories or approved equal. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. All insulation shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and printed installation instructions. B. All items required for a complete and proper installation are not necessarily indicated on the plans or in the specifications. Provide all items required as per manufacturer's requirements. 3.02 EXTERNAL DUCT INSULATION A. Fasten all longitudinal and circumferential laps with outward clinching staples 3" on center. On rectangular ducts over 24" wide apply as above and hold insulation in place on bottom side with mechanical pins and clips on 12" centers. 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 29 00 -2/5 DUCT INSULATION Project No.: 23.22 07/01/2024 B. Seal all seams and joints, fastener penetrations and other breaks in vapor barrier with 3 inch wide strips of white glass fabric embedded between two coats of vapor barrier mastic, Childers CP-30 or approved equal. C. All external duct insulation shall be Knauf Insulation Atmosphere Duct Wrap with ECOSE Technology, Johns Manville Microlite EQ duct wrap insulation with reinforced aluminum facing or approved equal. D. External duct wrap is required on all outside air ducts, supply and return air ducts that are not internally insulated. External duct wrap is also required on all exhaust and relief air ducts that are used in airside energy recovery systems. Any exhaust ductwork located in an unconditioned space shall also be provided with external duct wrap. Duct wrap shall be provided as follows: 1. A minimum installed R-value of 6 when ducts are located in unconditioned spaces, such as ceiling plenum space. 2. A minimum installed R-value of 12 when ducts are located outside of the building. E. Any ductwork located in an air plenum that is comprised of materials that do not comply with the 25/50 flame and smoke rating per ASTM E 84 testing requirements shall be provided with a single layer of duct wrap to establish a noncombustible rating per ASTM E 136. Duct wrap products which are approved for such non-compliant combustible duct materials located in air plenums shall be 3M Fire Barrier Plenum Wrap 5A+ or Unifrax FyreWrap 0.5 Plenum. Insulation products for this application shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. 3.03 DUCT LINER A. Duct liner shall be kept clean and dry during transportation, storage, installation, and throughout the construction process care should be taken to protect the liner from exposure to the elements or damage from mechanical abuse. B. All portions of duct designed to receive duct liner shall be completely covered with liner as specified. The smooth, black, mat facing or acrylic-coated surfaces with flexible glass cloth reinforcement shall face the airstream. All duct liner shall be cut to assure tight, overlapped corner joints. The top pieces shall be supported by the sidepieces. Duct liner shall be installed following the guidelines in the NAIMA "Duct Liner Installation Standard". C. The duct liner shall be tested according to erosion test method in ASTM C 1071 and shall be guaranteed to withstand velocities in the duct system up to 6000 fpm without surface erosion. 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 29 00 - 3/5 DUCT INSULATION Project No.: 23.22 07/01/2024 D. Duct liner shall be adhered to the sheet metal with full coverage of an approved adhesive that conforms to ASTM C 916, and all exposed leading edges and transverse joints shall be coated with Permacote factory-applied or field-applied edge coating and shall be neatly butted without gaps. Shop or field cuts shall be liberally coated with Johns Manville SuperSeal® duct butter and Edge Treatment or approved adhesive. E. Metal nosings shall be securely installed over transversely oriented liner edges facing the airstream at forward discharge and at any point where lined duct is preceded by unlined duct. F. When velocity exceeds 4000 fpm (20.3 m/sec), use metal nosing on every leading edge. Nosing may be formed on duct or be channel or zee attached by screws, rivets or welds. G. The liner shall further be secured with Graham welding pins and washers on not more than 18 inch centers both vertical and horizontal surfaces, and the pins and washers shall be pointed up with adhesive. H. Duct liner shall be Knauf Insulation Atmosphere Duct Liner with ECOSE Technology, Johns Manville Linacoustic RC duct liner with factory-applied edge coating and acrylic coating on the mat surface of airstream side or approved equal. The liner shall meet the Life Safety Standards as established by NFPA 90A and 9013, FHC 25/50 and Limited Combustibility and the air stream surface coating should contain an immobilized, EPA- registered, anti-microbial agent so it will not support microbial growth as tested in accordance with ASTM G21 and G22. The duct liner shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 1071, UL 2824, with an NRC not less than .70 as tested per ASTM C 423 using a Type "A" mounting, and a thermal conductivity no higher than 0.24 BTU•in/(hr•ft2.OF)at 750F mean temperature. I. Line supply and return ductwork at connection of HVAC unit to a point of 15 feet upstream and downstream of the equipment and in return air boots. Attach with full cover coat of cement, duct dimensions up to 16 inches; provide stick clips or screws and cap for dimensions over 16 inches, spaced 16 inches o.c. maximum. Provide sheet metal liner cap over all leading edges of internal insulation exposed to air stream. J. Duct liner shall be provided as follows: A. Minimum installed R-value of 6 when ducts are located in conditioned spaces. B. Minimum installed R-value of 6 when ducts are located in 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 29 00 -4/5 DUCT INSULATION Project No.: 23.22 07/01/2024 unconditioned spaces, such as ceiling plenum space. C. Minimum installed R-value of 12 or greater when ducts are located outdoors. 3.04 EXPOSED DUCTWORK LOCATED INDOORS A. Round duct routed exposed shall be double wall with solid inner liner and R-6 thermal layer of fiberglass insulation as manufactured by United McGill Company model no. Acousti-27 or approved equal. 3.05 AIR DEVICE AND MISCELLANEOUS DUCT INSULATION A. The backside of all supply air devices shall be insulated with taped and sealed with external duct wrap equivalent to the insulation specified. B. The contractor shall install an additional layer of 2 inch thick external fiberglass duct wrap on any portion of the supply air, return air, outside air, or exhaust air system that has condensation forming during any period of operation. The insulation shall be taped and sealed and located until all evidence of the condensation had been eliminated at no additional cost to the owner. END OF SECTION 23 29 00 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 29 00 - 5/5 DUCT INSULATION Project No.: 23.22 07/01/2024 SECTION 23 55 10 HYDRONIC PIPING ABOVE GRADE PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Pipe and pipe fittings. B. Valves. C. Chilled water piping system. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 235121 - Expansion Compensation. B. Section 231400-Supports and Anchors. C. Section 231900—System Identification & Pipe Marking D. Section 232400—Sound &Vibration Control. E. Section 232600-Piping Insulation. F. Section 235515 -Hydronic Specialties. G. Section 235511 -Hydronic Piping Below Grade. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ANSI/ASME Sec 9-Welding and Brazing Qualifications. B. ANSI/ASME B16.3- Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings Class 150 and 300. C. ANSI/ASME B31.9- Building Services Piping. D. ANSI/AWS A5.8- Brazing Filler Metal. E. ANSI/AWWA C110 - Ductile - Iron and Gray - Iron Fittings 3 in. through 48 in., for Water and Other Liquids. F. ASTM A53 -Pipe,Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped Zinc Coated,Welded and Seamless. 23196 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 55 10- 1/11 HYDRONIC PIPING ABOVE Project No.: 23.22 GRADE 07/01/2024 G. ASTM A120 - Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped Zinc Coated (Galvanized), Welded and Seamless,for Ordinary Uses. H. ASTM B32-Solder Metal. I. ASTM B88-Seamless Copper Water Tube. 1.04 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to ANSI/ASME B31.9. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Valves: Manufacturer's name and pressure rating marked on valve body. B. Welding Materials and Procedures: Conform to ANSI/ASME SEC 9. and applicable state labor regulations. C. Welders Certification: In accordance with ANSI/ASME SEC 9. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data under provisions of Division 1. B. Include data on pipe materials, pipe fittings,valves,and accessories. C. Include welders certification of compliance with ANSI/ASME SEC 9. 1.07 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to site under provisions of Division 1. B. Store and protect products under provisions of Division 1. C. Deliver and store valves in shipping containers with labeling in place. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 CHILLED WATER PIPING A. Steel Pipe:ASTM A53 or A120,Schedule 40, black. 1. Fittings: ANSI/ASTM B16.3, malleable iron or ASTM A234, forged steel welding type fittings. 2. Joints: Screwed,or ANSI/AWS D1.1,welded. 23196 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 55 10-2/11 HYDRONIC PIPING ABOVE Project No.: 23.22 GRADE 07/01/2024 *** OR*** B. Copper Tubing:ASTM 1388,Type K, hard drawn. 1. Fittings:ANSI/ASME 1316.23 cast brass of ANSI/ASME 1316.29 solder wrought copper. 2. Joints:ANSI/AWS A5.8, BCuP silver braze. 2.02 EQUIPMENT DRAINS AND OVERFLOWS A. Steel Pipe:ASTM A53 or A120,Schedule 40 galvanized. 1. Fittings: Galvanized cast iron, or ANSI/ASTM 1316.3 malleable iron. 2. Joints: Screwed,or grooved mechanical couplings. *** OR*** B. Copper Tubing:ASTM 1388,Type L, hard drawn. 1. Fittings:ANSI/ASME 1316.23 cast brass,or ANSI/ASME 1316.29 solder wrought copper. 2. Joints:ASTM 1332,solder, Grade 95TA. 2.03 FLANGES,UNIONS,AND COUPLINGS A. Pipe Size 2 Inches and Under: 150 psig malleable iron unions for threaded ferrous piping; bronze unions for copper pipe, soldered joints. B. Pipe Size Over 2 Inches: 150 psig forged steel slip-on flanges for ferrous piping; bronze flanges for copper piping; 1/16 inch thick preformed neoprene bonded gasket. C. Grooved and Shouldered Pipe End Couplings: Malleable iron housing clamps to engage and lock, designed to permit some angular deflection, contraction, and expansion; C-shape elastomer composition sealing gasket for operating temperature range from -30 degrees F (-34 degrees C) to 230 degrees F (110 degrees Q steel bolts, nuts, and washers; galvanized couplings for galvanized pipe. Can be utilized only in mechanical rooms or cooling tower areas. 2.04 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS-GATE VALVES A. Crane. B. Dezurik. 23196 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 55 10-3/11 HYDRONIC PIPING ABOVE Project No.: 23.22 GRADE 07/01/2024 C. Nibco. D. Substitutions: Under provisions of Division 1. 2.05 GATE VALVES A. Up to 2 Inches: Bronze body, bronze trim, rising stem, handwheel, inside screw, single wedge or disc,threaded ends. B. Over 2 Inches: Iron body, bronze trim, rising stem, handwheel, OS&Y, single wedge, flanged ends. 2.06 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS-GLOBE VALVES A. Nibco. B. Stockham. C. Dezurik. 2.07 GLOBE VALVES A. Up to 2 Inches: Bronze body, bronze trim, rising stem and handwheel, inside screw, renewable stainless steel disc,screwed ends,with back seating capacity. B. Over 2 Inches: Iron body, bronze trim, rising stem, hand wheel, OS&Y, plug-type disc, flanged ends, renewable seat and disc. 2.08 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS-BALL VALVES A. Nibco. B. Jamesbury. C. Dezurik. 2.09 BALL VALVES A. Up to 2 Inches: Bronze two piece body, 600 PSI full port, stainless steel ball and stem, teflon seats and stuffing box ring, lever handle,and balancing stops,threaded ends. B. Over 2 Inches: Cast steel body, chrome plated steel ball, teflon seat and stuffing box seals, lever handle,or gear drive hand wheel for sizes 10 inches (250 mm) and over,flanged. 23196 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 55 10-4/11 HYDRONIC PIPING ABOVE Project No.: 23.22 GRADE 07/01/2024 C. Ball valves installed in insulated lines shall have stem extensions compatible with up to 2" of insulation. Extensions shall be non-metallic equal to Nibco "nib-seal". 2.10 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS-PLUG COCKS A. Nibco. B. Jenkins. C. Dezurik. 2.11 PLUG COCKS A. Up to 2 Inches: Bronze body, bronze tapered plug, non-lubricated, teflon packing, threaded ends,with one wrench operator for every ten plug cocks. B. Over 2 Inches: Cast iron body and plug, pressure lubricated, teflon packing, flanged ends, with wrench operator with set screw. 2.12 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS-BUTTERFLY VALVES A. Nibco. B. WECO. C. Dezurik. D. Substitutions: Under provisions of Division 1. 2.13 BUTTERFLY VALVES A. Iron body, aluminum bronze disc with a resilient replaceable seat for service up to 180 degrees F°, lug ends, extended neck, and an infinite position lever handle with memory stop. Valve shall be rated at full working pressure with downstream flange removed in either direction. 2.14 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS-SWING CHECK VALVES A. Nibco. B. Stockham. C. Dezurik. D. Substitutions: Under provisions of Division 1. 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 55 10-5/11 HYDRONIC PIPING ABOVE Project No.: 23.22 GRADE 07/01/2024 2.15 SWING CHECK VALVES A. Up to 2 Inches: Bronze 45 degree swing disc, screwed ends. B. Over 2 Inches 50 mm: Iron body, bronze trim,45 degree swing disc, renewable disc and seat, flanged ends. 2.16 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS-SPRING LOADED CHECK VALVES A. Nibco. B. Mueller. C. Dezurik. D. Substitutions: Under provisions of Division 1. 2.17 SPRING LOADED CHECK VALVES A. Iron body, bronze trim, stainless steel spring, aluminum bronze disc, screwed, wafer or flanged ends. 2.18 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS-RELIEF VALVES A. Nibco. B. Jenkins. C. Dezurik. D. Substitutions: Under provisions of Division 1. 2.19 RELIEF VALVES A. Bronze body,teflon seat, stainless steel stem and springs, automatic, direct pressure actuated, capacities ASME certified and labeled. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Ream pipe and tube ends. Remove burrs. Bevel plain end ferrous pipe. B. Remove scale and dirt on inside and outside before assembly. 23196 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 55 10-6/11 HYDRONIC PIPING ABOVE Project No.: 23.22 GRADE 07/01/2024 C. Prepare piping connections to equipment with flanges or unions. D. After completion,fill,clean, and treat systems. E. Provide extended necks for all vents, thermometer wells, pressure gauge wells, pet cocks and pete's plugs. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Route piping in orderly manner, plumb and parallel to building structure, and maintain gradient. B. Install piping to conserve building space,and not interfere with use of space and other work. C. Group piping whenever practical at common elevations. D. Install piping to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe, joints, or connected equipment. Refer to Section 235121. E. Provide clearance for installation of insulation,and access to valves and fittings. F. Provide access where valves and fittings are not exposed. Coordinate size and location of access doors with Section 08305. G. Slope piping and arrange systems to drain at low points. Use eccentric reducers to maintain top of pipe level. H. Where pipe support members are welded to structural building framing, scrape, brush clean, and apply one coat of zinc rich primer to welding. I. Prepare pipe,fittings,supports, and accessories for finish painting. J. Install valves with stems upright or horizontal, not inverted. 3.03 APPLICATION A. Use grooved mechanical couplings and fasteners only in accessible locations. B. Install unions downstream of valves,and at equipment or apparatus connections. C. Install brass male adapters each side of valves in copper piped system. Sweat solder adapters to pipe. 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 55 10-7/11 HYDRONIC PIPING ABOVE Project No.: 23.22 GRADE 07/01/2024 D. Install gate valves for shut-off and to isolate equipment, part of systems,or vertical risers. E. Install plug or butterfly valves for throttling, bypass,or manual flow control services. F. Provide spring loaded check valves on discharge of condenser and chilled water pumps. G. Use plug cocks for throttling service. Use non-lubricated plug cocks only when shut-off or isolating valves are also provided. H. Use only butterfly valves in condenser water systems for throttling and isolation service. I. Use lug end butterfly valves to isolate equipment. J. Provide 3/4 inch ball (drain) valves equal to Nibco T-585-70-HC at main shut-off valves, low points of piping, bases of vertical risers,and at equipment and pipe to nearest drain. K. Provide automatic air vents at all high points and air pockets in the system. 3.04 CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPING A. Drain piping from each unit shall be extended to the nearest floor drain or condensate drainage system. Drains shall be of the size indicated but not less than the full size of the drain pan connections. B. Use plugged tees in lieu of elbows. C. Pipe shall be Schedule 40 galvanized with malleable iron screwed or type "L" copper fittings. D. Slope all drain lines 1/8" per foot, minimum. E. Provide auxiliary drain pan on all AHU's above ceiling with auxiliary drain line routed to discharge in visually prominent area. 3.05 PIPE FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION A. All pipes shall be cut accurately to measurements established at the site and shall be worked into place without springing or forcing. B. Piping layout and installation shall be made in the most advantageous manner possible with respect to headroom, valve access, opening and equipment clearance, and clearance, from other work. Particular attention shall be given to piping in the vicinity of equipment; layout shall be made in such manner as to preserve maximum access to the various equipment parts for maintenance. 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 55 10-8/11 HYDRONIC PIPING ABOVE Project No.: 23.22 GRADE 07/01/2024 C. All changes in directions shall be made with fittings; field bending and mitering of pipe is prohibited. D. Foreign made pipe,valves and fittings will not be acceptable. E. Air vents and air chambers shall be installed as hereinafter specified. 3.06 OFFSETS AND FITTINGS A. Due to the small scale of the drawings, it is not possible to indicate all offset fittings,etc.which may be required. The Contractor shall carefully investigate structural and finish conditions affecting the work, and shall take such steps as may be required to meet such conditions. B. All piping shall be installed close to walls, ceilings and columns, (consistent with the proper space for covering, removal of pipe and special clearances), so as to occupy the minimum of space,and all offsets,fittings, etc., required shall be provided. 3.07 SECURING AND SUPPORTING A. All piping shall be adequately supported to line and grade, with due provisions for expansion and contraction. B. Piping shall be supported on approved clevis type, split ring, or trapeze type hangers properly connected to the structural members of the building. C. All insulated piping shall be fitted with suitable steel protection saddles. D. Perforated bar hangers,straps,wire or chains will not be permitted. 3.08 ISOLATION VALVES A. All piping systems shall be provided with line size shut-off valves located at risers, at branch connections to mains and at other locations as indicated and required. 3.09 TESTING OF PIPING SYSTEMS A. During the progress of the work and upon completion, tests shall be made as specified herein and as required by Authorities Having Jurisdiction, including Inspectors, Owner or Architect. The Architect or duly authorized Construction Inspector shall be notified in writing at least 2 working days prior to each test or other Specification requirement which requires action on the part of the Construction Inspector. 23196 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 55 10-9/11 HYDRONIC PIPING ABOVE Project No.: 23.22 GRADE 07/01/2024 B. Tests shall be conducted as part of this work and shall include all necessary instruments, equipment, apparatus, and service as required to perform the tests with qualified personnel. Submit proposed test procedures, recording forms, and test equipment for approval prior to the execution of testing. C. Tests shall be performed before piping of various systems have been covered or furred-in. For insulated piping systems testing shall be accomplished prior to the application of insulation. D. All piping systems shall be tested and proved absolutely tight for a period of not less than 2 hours at a pressure of 150 psi(g) or 150% of design pressure, whichever is greater. Tests shall be witnessed by the Architect or an authorized representative and pronounced satisfactory before pressure is removed or any water drawn off. E. Leaks, damage or defects discovered or resulting from test shall be repaired or replaced to a like new condition. Leaking pipe joints, or defective pipe, shall be removed and replaced with acceptable materials. Test shall be repeated after repairs are completed and shall continue until such time as the entire test period expires without the discovery of any leaks. F. Wherever conditions permit, each piping system shall thereafter be subjected to its normal operating pressure and temperature for a period of no less than five 5 days. During that period, it shall be kept under the most careful observation. The piping systems must demonstrate the propriety of their installation by remaining absolutely tight during this period. 3.10 PIPE CLEANING AND STERILIZATION A. After piping systems have been pressure tested and approved for tightness, they shall be thoroughly cleaned and flushed using an approved pipe cleaning compound. B. All temporary connections required for cleaning, purging and circulating are included in this Section. Provide suitable pipe bypasses at each coil and heat exchanger during this cleaning operation. All air vents, gauges, strainers, etc., valve connections in piping systems shall be blown clean after cleaning operation is completed. C. After cleaning, drain the system, fill with fresh water and flush thoroughly until clear water is obtained. Purge all air from the system with the installed manual and automatic air vents. 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 55 10- 10/11 HYDRONIC PIPING ABOVE Project No.: 23.22 GRADE 07/01/2024 END OF SECTION 23 55 10 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 55 10- 11/11 HYDRONIC PIPING ABOVE Project No.: 23.22 GRADE 07/01/2024 SECTION 23 55 15 HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Expansion tanks. B. Air vents. C. Air separators. D. Strainers. E. Pump suction fittings. F. Combination fittings. G. Flow indicators, controls, meters. H. Relief valves. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 235121- Expansion Compensation. B. Section 235510- Hydronic Piping Above Grade C. Section 231400-Supports and Anchors. 1.03 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to ANSI/ASME Boilers and Pressure Vessels Code Section 8D for manufacture of tanks. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer: For each product specified, provide components by same manufacturer throughout. 1.05 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit operation and maintenance data under provisions of Division 1. 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 55 15 - 1/7 HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES Project No.: 23.22 07/01/2024 B. Include installation instruction, assembly views, lubrication instructions, and replacement parts list. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to site under provisions of Division 1. B. Store and protect products under provisions of Division 1. 1.07 EXTRA STOCK A. Provide one extra 45 gallon drum of propylene glycol under provisions of Division 1. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS-DIAPHRAGM-TYPE EXPANSION TANKS A. Bell and Gossett. B. TACO. C. Wessels Co. D. John Wood 2.02 DIAPHRAGM-TYPE EXPANSION TANKS A. Construction: Welded steel, tested and stamped in accordance with Section 8D of ANSI/ASME Code; supplied with National Board Form U-1, rated for working pressure of 125 psig,with flexible EPDM diaphragm sealed into tank, and steel legs or saddles. B. Accessories: Pressure gage and air-charging fitting,tank drain; pre-charge to 12 psig. 2.03 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS-AIR VENTS A. Armstrong. B. ITT. C. Bell and Gossett. 2.04 AIR VENTS A. Manual Type: Short vertical sections of 2 inch diameter pipe to form air chamber, with 1/8 inch brass needle valve at top of chamber. 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 55 15 - 2/7 HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES Project No.: 23.22 07/01/2024 B. Float Type: Brass or semi-steel body, copper float, stainless steel valve and valve seat; suitable for system operating temperature and pressure; with isolating valve. C. Washer Type: Brass with hydroscopic fiber discs, vent ports, adjustable cap for manual shut-off, and integral spring loaded ball check valve. 2.05 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS-AIR SEPARATORS A. Bell and Gossett. B. McDonald Miller. C. TACO. 2.06 AIR SEPARATORS A. Dip Tube Fitting: For 125 psig operating pressure; to prevent free air collected in boiler from rising into system. B. In-line Air Separators: Cast iron for sizes 1-1/2 inch and smaller, or steel for sizes 2 inch and larger; tested and stamped in accordance with Section 8D of ANSI/ASME Code; for 125 psig operating pressure. C. Air Elimination Valve: Bronze, float operated, for 125 psig operating pressure. D. Combination Air Separators/Strainers: Steel, tested and stamped in accordance with Section 8D of ANSI/ASME Code, for 125 psig operating pressure, with galvanized steel integral strainer with 3/16 inch perforations, tangential inlet and outlet connections, and internal stainless steel air collector tube. 2.07 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS-STRAINERS A. Armstrong. B. Bell and Gossett. C. Mueller Steam Specialty. 2.08 STRAINERS A. Size 2 inch and Under: Screwed brass or iron body for 175 psig working pressure, Y pattern with 1/32 inch stainless steel perforated screen. B. Size 2-1/2 inch to 4 inch: Flanged iron body for 175 psig working pressure, Y pattern 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 55 15 - 3/7 HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES Project No.: 23.22 07/01/2024 with 3/64 inch stainless steel perforated screen. C. Size 6 inch and Larger: Flanged iron body for 175 psig working pressure, basket pattern with 1/8 inch stainless steel perforated screen. 2.09 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS-PUMP SUCTION FITTINGS A. Bell and Gossett. B. TACO. 2.10 SUCTION FITTINGS A. Fitting: Angle pattern, cast-iron body, threaded for 2 inch and smaller, flanged for 2-1/2 inch and larger, rated for 175 psig working pressure, with inlet vanes, cylinder strainer with 3/16 inch diameter openings, disposable fine mesh strainer to fit over cylinder strainer, and permanent magnet located in flow stream and removable for cleaning. B. Accessories: Adjustable foot support, blowdown tapping in bottom, gage tapping in side. 2.11 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS-COMBINATION PUMP DISCHARGE VALVES A. Bell and Gossett. B. TACO. 2.12 COMBINATION PUMP DISCHARGE VALVES A. Valves: Straight or angle pattern, flanged cast-iron valve body with bolt-on bonnet for 175 psig (1200 kPa) operating pressure, non-slam check valve with spring- loaded bronze disc and seat, stainless steel stem, and calibrated adjustment permitting flow regulation. 2.13 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS-FLOW INDICATORS A. Bell and Gossett. B. Watson McDaniel. 2.14 FLOW INDICATORS A. Brass construction, threaded for insertion into piping system, packless, with paddle with removable segments, vapor proof electrical compartment with switches. 2.15 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS-FLOW CONTROLS 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 55 15 - 4/7 HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES Project No.: 23.22 07/01/2024 A. Bell and Gossett. B. ITT Hoffman. C. TACO. 2.16 FLOW CONTROLS A. Construction: Brass or bronze body with union on inlet, and outlet, temperature and pressure test plug on inlet and outlet blowdown/backflush drain. B. Calibration: Control flow within 5 percent of selected rating, over operating pressure range of 10 times the minimum pressure required for control, maximum minimum pressure 3.5. C. Control Mechanism: Stainless steel or nickel plated brass piston or regulator cup, operating against stainless steel helical or wave formed spring. D. Accessories: In-line strainer on inlet and ball valve on outlet. 2.17 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS-FLOW METERS A. Bell and Gossett. B. ITT Hoffman. C. TACO. 2.18 FLOW METERS A. Orifice principle by-pass circuit with direct reading gage, soldered or flanged piping connections for 125 psig working pressure, with shut off valves, and drains and vent connections. B. Cast iron, wafer type, orifice insert flow meter for 250 psig working pressure, with read-out valves equipped with integral check valves with gasketed caps. C. Calibrated, plug type balance valve with precision machined orifice, readout valves equipped with integral check valves and gasketed caps, calibrated nameplate and indicating pointer. D. Cast iron or bronze, globe style, balance valve with handwheel with vernier type ring setting and memory stop, drain connection, readout valves equipped with integral check valves and gasketed caps. 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 55 15 - 5/7 HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES Project No.: 23.22 07/01/2024 E. Portable meter consisting of case containing two, 3 percent accuracy pressure gages with 0-135 inches and 0-60 feet pressure ranges for 500 psig (3 450 kPa) maximum working pressure, color coded hoses for low and high pressure connections, and connectors suitable for connection to read-out valves. 2.19 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS-RELIEF VALVES A. Bell and Gossett. B. McDonnell-Miller. C. TACO. 2.20 RELIEF VALVES A. Bronze body, teflon seat, stainless steel stem and springs, automatic, direct pressure actuated, capacities ASME certified and labelled. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION AND APPLICATION A. Install specialties in accordance with manufacturer's instructions to permit intended performance. B. Support tanks inside building from building structure in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Where large air quantities can accumulate, provide enlarged air collection standpipes. D. Provide manual air vents at system high points and as indicated on details and drawings. E. For automatic air vents in ceiling spaces or other concealed locations, provide vent tubing to nearest drain. F. Provide air separator on suction side of system circulation pump and connect to expansion tank. G. Provide drain valve and hose connection on strainer blow down connection. H. Provide pump suction fitting on suction side of base mounted centrifugal pumps. Remove temporary strainers after cleaning systems. I. Provide combination pump discharge valve on discharge side of base mounted 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 55 15 - 6/7 HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES Project No.: 23.22 07/01/2024 centrifugal pumps. J. Support pump fittings with floor mounted pipe and flange supports. K. Provide relief valves on pressure tanks, low pressure side of reducing valves, heat exchangers, and expansion tanks. L. Select system relief valve capacity so that it is greater than make-up pressure reducing valve capacity. Select equipment relief valve capacity to exceed rating of connected equipment. M. Pipe relief valve outlet to nearest floor drain. N. Where one line vents several relief valves, make cross sectional area equal to sum of individual vent areas. END OF SECTION 23 55 15 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 55 15 - 7/7 HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES Project No.: 23.22 07/01/2024 SECTION 23 89 00 METAL DUCTWORK PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Low pressure ductwork. B. Medium and high pressure ductwork. C. Casings. D. Duct cleaning. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 230500- Basic Material and Methods. B. Section 231400-Supports and Anchors. C. Section 232900- Duct Insulation. D. Section 239100- Ductwork Accessories. E. Section 238810-Air Distribution Devices. F. Section 239900-Testing, Adjusting and Balancing. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of metal ductwork products of types, materials and sizes required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years. B. Installer's Qualifications: Firms with least 3 years of successful installation experience on projects with metal ductwork systems similar to that required for project. C. Codes and Standards: 1. SMACNA Standards: Comply with latest SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards, Metal and Flexible" for fabrication and installation of metal ductwork. 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 89 00 - 1/7 METAL DUCTWORK Project No.: 23.22 07/01/2024 2. ASHRAE Standards: Comply with ASHRAE Handbook, Equipment Volume, Chapter 1 "Duct Construction", for fabrication and installation of metal ductwork. 3. NFPA Compliance: Comply with NFPA 90A "Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems", NFPA 90B "Standard for the Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems", and NFPA 96 Standard. 4. IECC 2015: Comply with the 2015 International Energy Conservation Code. 1.04 GENERAL DESCRIPTION A. Extent of metal ductwork is indicated on drawings and in schedules, and by requirements of this section. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings, duct fabrication standards and product data under provisions of Division 1. B. Indicate duct fittings, particulars such as gages, sizes, welds, and configuration prior to start of work. C. The contract documents are schematic in nature and are to be used only for design intent. The contractor shall prepare sheet metal shop drawings, fully detailed and drawn to scale, indicating all structural conditions, all plumbing pipe and light fixture coordination, and all offsets and transitions as required to permit the duct to fit in the space allocated and built. All duct revisions required as a result of the contractor not preparing fully detailed shop drawings will be performed at no additional cost. 1.06 DEFINITIONS A. Duct Sizes: Inside clear dimensions. For lined ducts, maintain indicated clear size inside lining. Where offsets or transitions are required, the duct shall be the equivalent size based on constant friction rate. B. Low Pressure: Three pressure classifications: % inch WG positive or negative static pressure and velocities less than 1,000 fpm; 1 inch WG positive or negative static pressure and velocities less than 1,500 fpm, and 2 inch WG positive or negative static pressure and velocities less than 2,000 fpm. Low pressure ductwork shall be defined as all return, exhaust, and outside air ducts associated with constant volume air handling units with a scheduled external static pressure of less than 1.5", and all supply ductwork downstream of terminal units in variable volume systems. C. Medium Pressure: Three pressure classifications: 3 inch WG positive or negative static pressure and velocities greater than 2,000 fpm but less than 3,000 fpm, 4 inch WG 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 89 00 -2/7 METAL DUCTWORK Project No.: 23.22 07/01/2024 positive static pressure and velocities greater than 3,000 fpm but less than 4,000 fpm, and 6 inch WG positive static pressure and velocities greater than 4,000 fpm. Medium pressure ductwork shall be defined as all supply ducts extending from variable volume air handling units to terminal units in variable volume systems with air handling units having a scheduled external static pressure of less than 4". The supply ductwork of constant volume air handling units having scheduled external static pressure greater than 2" and less than 4" shall be rated for medium pressure. D. High Pressure: 10 inch WG positive static pressure and velocities greater than 6,000 fpm. 1.07 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Protection: Protect shop-fabricated and factory-fabricated ductwork, accessories and purchased products from damage during shipping, storage and handling. Prevent end damage and prevent dirt and moisture from entering ducts and fittings, use sheet metal end caps on any lined duct exposed to the weather and use 3 mil vinyl wrap with duct tape on end pieces where stored inside. B. Storage: Where possible, store ductwork inside and protect from weather. Where necessary to store outside, store above grade and enclose with waterproof wrapping. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 DUCTWORK MATERIALS A. Exposed Ductwork Materials: Where ductwork is indicated to be exposed to view in occupied spaces, provide materials which are free from visual imperfections including pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains and discolorations, and other imperfections, including those which would impair painting. B. Sheet Metal.: Except as otherwise indicated, fabricate ductwork from galvanized sheet steel complying with ASTM A 527, lockforming quality, with G 90 zinc coating in accordance with ASTM A 525; and mill phosphatized for exposed locations. C. Stainless Steel Sheet: Where indicated, provide stainless steel complying with ASTM A167; Type 316; with No. 4 finish where exposed to view in occupied spaces, No. 1 finish elsewhere. Protect finished surfaces with mill-applied adhesive protective paper, maintained through fabrication and installation. D. Aluminum Sheet: Where indicated, provide aluminum sheet complying with ASTM B 209, Alloy 3003,Temper H14. 2.02 MISCELLANEOUS DUCTWORK MATERIALS 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 89 00 - 3/7 METAL DUCTWORK Project No.: 23.22 07/01/2024 A. General: Non combustible and conforming to UL 181, Class 1 air duct materials. B. Flexible Ducts: Flexmaster U.S.A., Inc. Type 8M or approved equal, corrosive resistant galvanized steel formed and mechanically locked to inner fabric with factory wrapped insulation blanket with aluminum vapor barrier and an R-6 thermal conductance. Flexible duct shall have reinforced metalized outer jacket comply with UL 181, Class 1 air duct. Equivalent manufactures are Thermaflex. C. Sealants: Hard-Cast "iron grip" or approved equal, non-hardening, water resistant, fire resistive and shall not be a solvent curing product. Sealants shall be compatible with mating materials, liquid used alone or with tape or heavy mastic. D. Ductwork Support Materials: Except as otherwise indicated, provide hot-dipped galvanized steel fasteners, anchors, rods, straps, trim and angles for support of ductwork. 1. For exposed stainless steel ductwork, provide matching stainless steel support materials. 2. For aluminum ductwork, provide aluminum support materials. 2.03 LOW PRESSURE DUCTWORK A. Fabricate and support in accordance with latest SMACNA Low Pressure Duct Construction Standards and ASHRAE handbooks, except as indicated. Provide duct material, gages, reinforcing, and sealing for operating pressures indicated. B. Size round ducts installed in place of rectangular ducts in accordance with ASHRAE table of equivalent rectangular and round ducts. No variation of duct configuration or sizes permitted except by approved shop drawings. Obtain engineer's approval prior to using round duct in lieu of rectangular duct. C. Construct T's, bends, and elbows with radius of not less than 1-1/2 times width of duct on centerline. Where not possible and where rectangular elbows are used, provide airfoil-turning vanes. Where acoustical lining is indicated, provide turning vanes of perforated metal with glass fiber insulation. D. Increase duct sizes gradually, not exceeding 15 degrees divergence wherever possible. Divergence upstream of equipment shall not exceed 30 degrees; convergence downstream shall not exceed 45 degrees. E. Use crimp joints with bead for joining round duct sizes 6 inch smaller with crimp in direction of airflow. 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 89 00 -4/7 METAL DUCTWORK Project No.: 23.22 07/01/2024 F. Use double nuts and lock washers on threaded rod supports. 2.04 MEDIUM AND HIGH PRESSURE DUCTS A. Fabricate and support in accordance with SMACNA High Pressure Duct Construction Standards and ASHRAE handbooks, except as indicated. Provide duct material, gages, reinforcing, and sealing for operating pressures indicated. B. Construct T's, bends, and elbows with radius of not less than 1% times width of duct on centerline. Where not possible and where rectangular elbows are used, provide airfoil- turning vanes. Where acoustical lining is required, provide turning vanes of perforated metal with glass fiber insulation. Weld in place. C. Transform duct sizes gradually, not exceeding 15 degrees divergence and 30 degrees convergence. D. Fabricate continuously welded medium and high pressure round and oval duct fittings two gages heavier than duct gages indicated in SMACNA Standard. Joints shall be minimum 4 inch cemented slip joint, brazed or electric welded. Prime coat welded joints. E. Provide standard 45 degree lateral wye takeoffs unless otherwise indicated where 90 degree conical tee connections may be used. 2.05 CASINGS A. Fabricate casings in accordance with SMACNA Low Pressure Duct Construction Standards and SMACNA High Pressure Duct Construction Standards and construct for operating pressures indicated. B. Mount floor mounted casings on 4 inch high concrete curbs. At floor, rivet panels on 8 inch centers to angles. Where floors are acoustically insulated, provide liner of 18 gage galvanized expanded metal mesh supported at 12 inch centers, turned up 12 inches at sides with sheet metal shields. C. Reinforce doorframes with steel angles tied to horizontal and vertical plenum supporting angles. Install hinged access doors where indicated or required for access to equipment for cleaning and inspection. Provide clear wire glass observation ports, minimum 6 X 6 inch size. D. Fabricate acoustic casings with reinforcing turned inward. Provide 16 gage back facing and 22 gage perforated front facing with 3/32 inch diameter holes on 5/32 inch centers. Construct panels 3 inches thick packed with 4.5 lb./cubic foot minimum glass fiber media, on inverted channels of 16 gage. 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 89 00 - 5/7 METAL DUCTWORK Project No.: 23.22 07/01/2024 PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Obtain manufacturer's inspection and acceptance of fabrication and installation of ductwork at beginning of installation. B. Provide openings in ductwork where required to accommodate thermometers and controllers. Provide pitot tube openings where required for testing of systems, complete with metal can with spring device or screw to ensure against air leakage. Where openings are provided in insulated ductwork, install insulation material inside a metal ring. C. Locate ducts with sufficient space around equipment to allow normal operating and maintenance activities. D. Connect terminal units to medium or high pressure ducts with four feet maximum length of flexible duct. Do not use flexible duct to change direction. E. Connect diffusers or troffer boots to low pressure ducts with 6 feet maximum, 4 feet minimum, length of flexible duct. Hold in place with strap or clamp. F. During construction provide temporary closures of metal or taped polyethylene on open ductwork to prevent construction dust from entering ductwork system. G. The interior surface of all ductwork shall be smooth. No sheet metal parts, tabs, angles, or anything else may project into the ducts for any reason, except as specified to be so. All seams and joints shall be external. H. All ductwork located exposed on roof shall be "crowned" to prevent water from ponding. Ref: Insulation for additional requirements. I. Where ducts pass through floors, provide structural angles for duct support. Where ducts pass through walls in exposed areas, install suitable sheet metal escutcheons as closers. J. All angles shall be carried around all four sides of the duct or group of ducts. Angles shall overlap corners and be welded or riveted. K. All ductwork shall be fabricated in a manner to prevent the seams or joints being cut for the installation of grilles, registers, or ceiling outlets. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF FLEXIBLE DUCTS 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 89 00 -6/7 METAL DUCTWORK Project No.: 23.22 07/01/2024 A. Determine the minimum length of flexible duct needed for each connection. Excess flex causing tight bends and increased pressure drops are not acceptable. Do not exceed 6'- 0" extended length. B. Install in accordance with Section III of SMACNA's, "HVAC Construction Standards, Metal and Flexible". C. Cut outer vapor barrier and insulation. Fold back insulation and outer vapor barrier to expose inner core. Using sheet metal snips, cut the inner core. D. Connect the inner core to the tap or collar by pulling it a minimum of 1" over the collar. E. Where collars are less than 1" in length, i.e. diffusers, connect a separate collar to the existing collar and proceed as described in 3.02.0 above. F. Wrap the core twice with UL181 Tape over the collar. Secure the connection by placing a clamp over the tap or collar, UL listed Panduit clamps for collars with beads and Stainless Steel clamps for collars without beads are acceptable. G. Roll the insulation and vapor barrier back over the collar or tap as described in 3.02.0 above and wrap twice with UL181 Tape. H. Secure the outer vapor barrier with a clamp as described in 3.02.F above if desired. I. For Medium to High Pressure applications, use duct sealer for 3.02.F and 3.02.G in lieu of UL181 Tape. J. Flexible duct shall be hung with proper support to minimize sagging and snaking between supports. Maximum of 4'-0" between supports. Hanger material will be a minimum of 1 1/2" wide. K. Supports will be used before all vertical 90' bends to prevent sagging and ensure a 1.5 center line turn radius of flexible duct. 3.03 REQUIREMENTS FOR UNIT CASINGS A. Set plenum doors 6 to 12 inches above floor. Arrange door swings so that fan static pressure holds door in closed position. 3.04 DUCTWORK APPLICATION SCHEDULE AIR SYSTEM MATERIAL 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 89 00 - 7/7 METAL DUCTWORK Project No.: 23.22 07/01/2024 Low Pressure Supply Steel Return and Relief Steel General Exhaust Steel Outside Air Intake Steel Combustion Air Steel 3.05 DUCTWORK HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. All ductwork shall be properly suspended or supported from the building structure. Hangers shall be galvanized steel straps or hot-dipped galvanized rod with threads pointed after installation. Strap hanger shall be attached to the bottom of the ductwork, provide a minimum of two screws one at the bottom and one in the side of each strap on metal ductwork. The spacing, size and installation of hangers shall be in accordance with the recommendations of the latest SMACNA edition. B. All duct risers shall be supported by angles or channels secured to the sides of the ducts at each floor with sheet metal screws or rivets. The floor supports may also be secured to ducts by rods, angles or flat bar to the duct joint or reinforcing. Structural steel supports for duct risers shall be provided under this Division. 3.06 DUCT JOINTS AND SEAMS A. Seal all non-welded duct joints and seams with duct sealant as indicated. All longitudinal and transverse joints, seams and connections in metallic and non-metallic ducts shall be constructed as per specified in SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards-Metal and Flexible. All longitudinal and transverse joints, seams and connections shall be sealed in accordance with the International Energy Conservation Code 2018 edition. 3.07 AIR DUCT LEAKAGE: (From SMACNA Duct Standards 3rd Edition) Test all ductwork (designed to handle over 1000 CFM) as follows: A. Test apparatus The test apparatus shall consist of: 1. A source of high pressure air--a portable rotary blower or a tank type vacuum cleaner. 2. A flow measuring device consisting of straightening vanes and an orifice plate 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 89 00 - 8/1 METAL DUCTWORK Project No.: 23.22 07/01/2024 mounted in a straight tube with properly located pressure taps. Each orifice assembly shall be accurately calibrated with its own calibration curve. Pressure and flow readings shall be taken with U-tube manometers. B. Test Procedures 1. Test for audible leaks as follows: 2. Close off and seal all openings in the duct section to be tested. Connect the test apparatus to the duct by means of a section of flexible duct. a. Start the blower with its control damper closed. b. Gradually open the inlet damper until the duct pressure reaches 1.5 times the standard designed duct operating pressure. C. Survey all joint for audible leaks. Mark each leak and repair after shutting down blower. Do not apply a retest until sealants have set. 3. After all audible leaks have been sealed, the remaining leakage should be measured with the orifice section of the test apparatus as follows: a. Start blower and open damper until pressure in duct reaches 50% in excess of designed duct operating pressure. b. Read the pressure differential across the orifice on manometer No. 2. If there is no leakage, the pressure differential will be zero. C. Total allowable leakage shall not exceed one (1) percent of the total system design air flow rate. When partial sections of the duct system are tested, the summation of the leakage for all sections shall not exceed the total allowable leakage. d. Even though a system may pass the measured leakage test, a concentration of leakage at one point may result in a noisy leak which, must be corrected. 4. Test Witness a. Air duct leakage test shall be witnessed by Owner/Engineer. b. The Architect or duly authorized construction inspector shall be notified in writing at least 2 working days prior to each test. END OF SECTION 23 89 00 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 89 00 - 9/2 METAL DUCTWORK Project No.: 23.22 07/01/2024 SECTION 23 9100 DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Volume control dampers. B. Round Duct Taps. C. Fire dampers. D. Combination fire and smoke dampers. E. Back draft dampers. F. Air turning devices. G. Flexible duct connections. H. Duct access doors. I. Duct test holes. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 232400—Sound &Vibration Control. B. Section 238900—Metal Ductwork. 1.03 REFERENCES A. NFPA 90A- Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. B. SMACNA- Low Pressure Duct Construction Standards. C. UL 33- Heat Responsive Links for Fire-Protection Service. D. UL 555- Fire Dampers and Ceiling Dampers. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings and product data under provisions of Division 1. B. Provide shop drawings for shop fabricated assemblies indicated, including volume 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 2391 00 - 1/7 DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES Project No.: 23.22 07/01/2024 control dampers duct access doors duct test holes. Provide product data for hardware used. C. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions under provisions of Section 01300, for fire dampers and combination fire and smoke dampers. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 VOLUME CONTROL DAMPERS A. Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA Low Pressure Duct Construction Standards, and as indicated. B. Fabricate splitter dampers of material same gauge as duct to 24 inches size in either direction, and two gauges heavier for sizes over 24 inches. C. Fabricate splitter dampers of double thickness sheet metal to streamline shape. Secure blade with continuous hinge or rod. Operate with minimum 1/2 inch diameter rod in self aligning, universal joint, action flanged bushing, with set screw. D. Fabricate single blade dampers for duct sizes to 9-1/2 x 24 inch. E. Fabricate multi-blade damper of opposed blade pattern with maximum blade sizes 12 x 72 inch. 1. Assemble center and edge crimped blades in prime coated or galvanized channel frame with suitable hardware. 2. On outside air, return air, and all other dampers required to be low leakage type, provide galvanized blades and frames, seven inches wide maximum, with replaceable vinyl, EPDM, silicone rubber seals on blade edges and stainless steel side seals. Provide blades in a double sheet corrugated type construction for extra strength. Provide hat channel shape frames for strength and blade linkage enclosure to keep linkage out of the air stream. Construction leakage not to exceed 1/2%, based on 2,000 fpm and 4 inch static pressure. F. Except in round ductwork 12 inches and smaller, provide end bearings. On multiple blade dampers, provide oil-impregnated nylon or sintered bronze bearings. G. Provide locking, indicating quadrant regulators on single and multi-blade dampers. Where rod lengths exceed 30 inches provide regulator at both ends. H. On insulated ducts mount quadrant regulators on stand-off mounting brackets, bases, or adapters. 2.02 ROUND DUCT TAPS 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 2391 00 -2/7 DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES Project No.: 23.22 07/01/2024 A. Taps to trunk duct for round flexible duct shall be spin-in fitting with locking quadrant butterfly damper, model no. FLD-1303 by Flexmaster or approved equal. 2.03 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS - FIRE DAMPERS AND COMBINATION FIRE AND SMOKE DAMPERS A. Greenheck B. Louvers and Dampers Inc. C. Ruskin. D. Nailor Industries. 2.04 FIRE DAMPERS A. Fabricate in accordance with NFPA 90A and UL 555, and as indicated. B. Provide curtain type dampers of galvanized steel with interlocking blades. Provide stainless steel closure springs and latches for horizontal installations. Configure with blades out of air stream. C. Fabricate multiple blade fire dampers per U.L. with 16 gauge minimum galvanized steel frame and blades, oil-impregnated bronze or stainless steel sleeve bearings and plated steel axles, 1/8 x 1/2 inch plated steel concealed linkage, stainless steel closure spring, blade stops, and lock. D. Fusible links, UL 33, shall separate at 160 degrees F. Provide adjustable link straps for combination fire/balancing dampers. 2.05 COMBINATION FIRE AND SMOKE DAMPERS A. Fabricate in accordance with NFPA 90A, UL555 and UL 555S, and as indicated. B. Provide factory sleeve for each damper. Install damper operator on exterior of sleeve and link to damper operating shaft. C. Fabricate with multiple blades with 16 gauge galvanized steel frame and blades, oil-impregnated bronze or stainless steel sleeve bearings and plated steel axles, stainless steel jamb seals, 1/8 x 1/2 inch plated steel concealed linkage, stainless steel closure spring, blade stops, and lock, and 1/2 inch actuator shaft. 1. Operators shall be spring return electric type suitable to operate on 120 V AC, 60 cycle. 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 2391 00 - 3/7 DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES Project No.: 23.22 07/01/2024 2. Operators shall be UL listed and labeled. D. See smoke dampers for details and accessories to be included 2.06 SMOKE DAMPERS A. Fabricate in accordance with NFPA 90A and UL 555S, and as indicated. B. Motorized Smoke Dampers: normally open with power on, close automatically when power is interrupted, UL-listed and labeled damper and damper operator. Unit shall close upon actuation of electro thermal link, flexible stainless steel blade edge seals to provide constant sealing pressure, stainless steel springs with locking devices ensure positive closure for units mounted horizontally. C. Electro thermal Link: Fusible link which melts when subject to local heat of 165 degrees F and from external electrical impulse; UL listed and labeled. D. Each smoke damper and combination fire/smoke damper shall be equipped with end position indicators for remote indication of damper blade position. E. Furnish each smoke damper with a duct mounted smoke detector and sensing tube for proper operation of smoke damper. Duct smoke detectors shall be of the photoelectronic type. Sensing tube shall run the entire width of the duct and comply with manufactures instructions. Smoke detector and sensing tube shall be furnished and factory installed by the damper manufacture. 2.07 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS-BACKDRAFT DAMPERS A. Greenheck B. American Warming and Vent. C. Louvers and Dampers Inc. D. Ruskin. E. Substitutions: Under provisions of Division 1. 2.08 BACKDRAFT DAMPERS. A. Gravity back draft dampers, size 18 x 18 inches or smaller, furnished with air moving equipment, may be air moving equipment manufacturers standard construction. B. Fabricate multi-blade, parallel action gravity balanced back draft dampers of 16 gauge galvanized steel, or extruded aluminum, with blades of maximum 6 inch width, with felt 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 2391 00 -4/7 DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES Project No.: 23.22 07/01/2024 or flexible vinyl sealed edges, linked together in rattle-free manner with 90 degree stop, steel ball bearings, and plated steel pivot pin; adjustment device to permit setting for varying differential static pressure. 2.09 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS-AIR TURNING DEVICES A. Young Regulator. B. Titus. C. Tuttle and Bailey. D. Substitutions: Under provisions of Division 1. 2.10 AIR TURNING DEVICES A. On duct sizes less than 12 x 12, multi-blade device with blades aligned in short dimension; steel or aluminum construction; with individually adjustable blades, mounting straps. B. Multi-blade device with radius blades attached to pivoting frame and bracket, steel or aluminum construction, with worm drive mechanism with 18 inch long removable key operator. 2.11 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS- FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTIONS A. Metaledge. B. Ventglass. C. Substitutions: Under provisions of Division 1. 2.12 FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTIONS TO AIR MOVING EQUIPMENT A. Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA Low Pressure Duct Construction Standards, and as indicated. B. UL listed fire-retardant neoprene coated woven glass fiber fabric to NFPA 90A, minimum density 20 oz per sq yd, approximately 6 inches wide, crimped into metal edging strip. 2.13 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS-DUCT ACCESS DOORS A. Greenheck B. Ruskin. 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 2391 00 - 5/7 DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES Project No.: 23.22 07/01/2024 C. Titus. D. Substitutions: Under provisions of Division 1. 2.14 DUCT ACCESS DOORS A. Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA Low Pressure Duct Construction Standards and as indicated. B. Review locations prior to fabrication. C. Fabricate rigid and close-fitting doors of galvanized steel with sealing gaskets and quick fastening locking devices. For insulated ductwork, install minimum one inch thick insulation with sheet metal cover. Insulation shall be replaceable without field cutting or patching. D. Access doors smaller than 12 inches square may be secured with sash locks. E. Provide two hinges and two sash locks for sizes up to 18 inches square, three hinges and two compression latches with outside and inside handles for sizes up to 24 x 48 inches. Provide an additional hinge for larger sizes. F. Access doors with sheet metal screw fasteners are not acceptable. 2.15 DUCT TEST HOLES A. Cut or drill temporary test holes in ducts as required. Cap with neat patches, neoprene plugs, threaded plugs, or threaded or twist-on metal caps. B. Permanent test holes shall be factory fabricated, air tight flanged fittings with screw cap. Provide extended neck fittings to clear insulation. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Balancing Dampers 1. Provide at points on low pressure supply, return, and exhaust systems where branches are taken from larger ducts and as required for air balancing. Use splitter dampers only where indicated. 2. All regulators mounted on externally insulated ductwork shall have 16 gauge 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 2391 00 -6/7 DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES Project No.: 23.22 07/01/2024 elevated platforms at least 1/8 inch higher than the thickness of the insulation. Damper shaft shall have Ventlock No. 607 bearing mounted on ductwork within elevated platform. If duct is inaccessible the operating handle shall be extended and the regulator installed on the face of the wall or ceiling. Where regulators are exposed in finished parts of the building, they shall be flush type, Ventlock No. 666. All regulators shall be manufactured by Ventlock, or approved equal. 3. All dampers in lined ductwork shall have bushing to prevent damper damage to liner. 4. Provide cable extensions with adjustable regulators and cover plate for dampers located in locations not accessible such as behind sheetrock ceilings. Regulators shall be equivalent to Young's Regulator. C. Provide fire dampers at locations indicated, where ducts and outlets pass through fire rated components, and where required by authorities having jurisdiction. Install with required perimeter mounting angles, sleeves, breakaway duct connections, corrosion resistant springs, bearings, bushings and hinges. D. Demonstrate re-setting of fire dampers to authorities having jurisdiction and Owner's representative. E. Provide back draft dampers on exhaust fans or exhaust ducts nearest to outside and where indicated. F. Provide flexible duct connections immediately adjacent to equipment in ducts associated with fans and motorized equipment. Provide at least one inch slack at all flexible duct connections. G. Provide duct access doors for inspection and cleaning before and after filters, coils, fans, automatic dampers, at fire dampers, and elsewhere as indicated. Provide minimum 8 x 8 inch size for hand access, 18 x 18 inch size for shoulder access, and as indicated. H. Provide duct test holes where indicated and required for testing and balancing purposes. END OF SECTION 23 9100 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 2391 00 - 7/7 DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES Project No.: 23.22 07/01/2024 SECTION 23 95 00 ENERGY MANAGEMENT AND CONTROL SYSTEM (EMCS) PART 1 GENERAL 1.0 SECTION INCLUDES 1.1 ENTERPRISE SYSTEM -GENERAL DESCRIPTION 1.2 BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM - GENERAL DESCRIPTION 1.3 APPROVED CONTROL SYSTEM MANUFACTURES 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1.5 CODES AND STANDARDS 1.6 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE 1.7 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS 1.8 WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS 1.9 SYSTEM MAINTENANCE AND REMOTE ANALYSIS 1.10 OWNERSHIP OF PROPRIETARY MATERIAL 1.11 DEFINITIONS 1.1 ENTERPRISE SYSTEM -GENERAL DESCRIPTION A. Provide an Enterprise Operator Interface System with the required building controllers to integrate and control all mechanical equipment associated with this project as listed in the project plans and specifications. B. The Enterprise operator interface is a web-based, systems integration solution that provides facility managers an online, enterprise-wide view and control over of all their buildings and systems, from any device with a web browser on the network. (PC, laptop, tablet, smart phone). C. The system shall collect and display data from other systems via BACnetT`" IP, providing users the critical information needed to make enterprise-wide decisions for optimized performance D. The Enterprise operator web interface shall be accessible via a web browser without requiring any"plug-ins" (i.e.JAVA Runtime Environment (JRE),Adobe Flash). E. The Enterprise operator interface software shall be provided as a cloud-based service, the manufacture shall include a two-year cloud base service as part of this contract. F. As an option, the Enterprise operator interface software can be installed on a local server provided by the building owner. The server hardware and any System level controllers are to reside 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 95 00 - 1/51 ENERGY MANAGEMENT AND Project No.: 23.22 CONTROL SYSTEM (EMCS) 07/01/2024 on the building owner's network. (Note:The central server hardware, associated server operating system software, network cabling and switches is to be provided by others). 1.2 BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM -GENERAL DESCRIPTION A. Provide a new Building Automation System (BAS)to integrate and control all mechanical equipment associated with this project. 1.The Building Automation System shall be as indicated on the drawings and described in these specifications. System must be fully integrated and coordinated with mechanical equipment DDC controllers furnished and installed in the equipment manufacturer's factory as specified in those sections. The intent of the BAS is to integrate all mechanical equipment into one system for global monitoring, control, and alarming associated with the building. It is the BAS manufacturer's responsibility to provide all the design, engineering, and field coordination required to ensure all equipment sequence of operations are met as specified and the designated BAS operators have the capability of managing the building mechanical system to ensure occupant comfort while maintaining energy efficiency. 2.The BAS shall meet open standard protocol communication standards (As defined in System Communications Section)to ensure the system maintains "interoperability" to avoid proprietary arrangements that will make it difficult for the Owner to consider other BAS manufacturers in future projects. 3. Direct Digital Control (DDC)technology shall be used to provide the functions necessary for control of mechanical systems and terminal devices on this project. 4. Approved vendors, products and web services shall comply with SOC2 Type I as defined by the AICPA. SOC2 Type 1 compliance is a certification that confirms that a service provider has established and implemented effective controls to secure their clients' data in accordance with the Trust Services Criteria (TSC). a. SOC2 Type 1 compliance provides assurance to customers that the service provider has established and implemented effective security controls and is committed to protecting their data. b.To achieve SOC2 Type 1 compliance, the manufacturer shall have completed an independent audit to assess design and implementation of their controls, policies, and procedures. 5.The BAS shall accommodate simultaneous multiple user operation. Access to the control system data should be limited only by the security permissions of the operator role. Multiple users shall have access to all valid system data. An operator shall be able to log onto any workstation on the control system and have access to all appropriate data. 1.3 APPROVED CONTROL SYSTEM MANUFACTURES 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 95 00 - 2/51 ENERGY MANAGEMENT AND Project No.: 23.22 CONTROL SYSTEM (EMCS) 07/01/2024 A.Approved BAS Manufacturers 1.Trane Trace 2. Schneider Electric 3.JCI 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. BAS Manufacturer Qualifications 1.The BAS manufacturer shall have an established business office within 50.00 miles of the project site and must provide 24 hours/day, 7 days/week response in the event of a customer warranty or service call. 2.The BAS Manufacturer shall have factory trained and certified personnel providing all engineering, service, startup, and commissioning field labor for the project from their local office location. BAS manufacturer shall be able to provide training certifications for all local office personnel upon request. 3.The BAS shall be provided by a single manufacturer and this manufacturer's equipment must consist of operator workstation software, Web-based hardware/software, Open Standard Protocol hardware/software, Custom application Programming Language, Graphical Programming Language, Building Controllers, Custom Application Controllers, and Application Specific Controllers. All other products specified herein (i.e., sensors, valves, dampers, actuators, etc.) need not be manufactured by the BAS manufacturer listed in this specification. 4. Independent representatives of BAS manufacturers are not acceptable. BAS vendor must be corporate owned entity of BAS manufacturer. 1.5 CODES AND STANDARDS A. Codes and Standards: Meet requirements of all applicable standards and codes, except when more detailed or stringent requirements are indicated by the Contract Documents, including requirements of this Section. 1. Underwriters Laboratories: Products shall be UL-916-PAZX listed. 2. National Electrical Code-- NFPA 70. 3. Federal Communications Commission -- Part J. 4. ASHRAE/ANSI 135-2012 (BACnet) - (System Level Devices) - Building Controllers shall conform to the listed version of the BACnet specification in order to improve interoperability with various building system manufacturers' control systems and devices. 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 95 00 - 3/51 ENERGY MANAGEMENT AND Project No.: 23.22 CONTROL SYSTEM (EMCS) 07/01/2024 5. ASHRAE/ANSI 135-2012 (BACnet) - (Unit Level Devices) - Unit Controllers shall conform to the listed version of the BACnet specification in order to improve interoperability with various building system manufacturers' control systems and devices. 1.6 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE A. Performance Standards. The BAS system shall conform to the following: 1. Graphic Display. The system shall display a graphic with a minimum of 20 dynamic points. All current data shall be displayed within 10 seconds of the operator's request. 2. Graphic Refresh. The system shall update all dynamic points with current data within 10 seconds. 3. Object Command. The maximum time between the command of a binary object by the operator and the reaction by the device shall be 5 seconds. Analog objects shall start to adjust within 5 seconds. 4. Object Scan. All changes of state and change of analog values shall be transmitted over the high-speed network such that any data used or displayed at a controller or workstation will be current within the prior 10 seconds. 5. Alarm Response Time. The maximum time from when an object goes into alarm to when it is annunciated at the workstation shall not exceed 10 seconds. 6. Program Execution Frequency. Custom and standard applications shall be capable of running as often as once every 5 seconds. The Contractor shall be responsible for selecting execution times consistent with the mechanical process under control. 7. Programmable Controllers shall be able to execute DDC PID control loops at a selectable frequency from at least once every 5 seconds. The controller shall scan and update the process value and output generated by this calculation at this same frequency. 8. Multiple Alarm Annunciations. All workstations on the network shall receive alarms within 5 seconds of each other. 1.7 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS A. BAS manufacturer shall provide shop drawings and manufacturers' standard specification data sheets on all hardware and software being provided for this project. No work may begin on any segment of this project until the Engineer and Owner have reviewed submittals for conformity with the plan and specifications. 1. Provide three(3) printed copies of submittal package for review and approval. B. Quantities of items submitted shall be reviewed by the Engineer and Owner. Such review shall not relieve the BAS manufacturer of furnishing quantities required based upon contract documents. 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 95 00 - 4/51 ENERGY MANAGEMENT AND Project No.: 23.22 CONTROL SYSTEM (EMCS) 07/01/2024 C. Provide the Engineer and Owner, any additional information or data which is deemed necessary to determine compliance with the specifications or which is deemed valuable in documenting and understanding the system to be installed. D. All shop drawings shall be provided to the Owner electronically as .dwg or .dxf file formats once they have been approved and as-built drawings have been completed. E. Submit the following within 90 days of contract award: 1. A complete bill of materials of equipment to be used indicating quantities, manufacturers and model numbers. 2. A schedule of all control valves including the valve size, pressure drop, model number (including pattern and connections), flow, CV, body pressure rating, and location. 3. A schedule of all control dampers including damper size, pressure drop, manufacturer, and model number. 4. Provide all manufacturers' technical cut sheets for major system components. When technical cut sheets apply to a product series rather than a specific product, the data specifically applicable to the project shall be highlighted or clearly indicated by other means. Include: a. Building Controllers b. Custom Application Controllers c. Application Specific Controllers d. Operator Workstations e. Portable Operator Terminals f. Auxiliary Control Devices 5. Provide proposed Building Automation System architectural diagram depicting various controller types, workstations, device locations, addresses, and communication cable requirements 6. Provide detailed termination drawings showing all required field and factory terminations, as well as terminal tie-ins to DDC controls provided by mechanical equipment manufacturers. Terminal numbers shall be clearly labeled. 7. Provide a sequence of operation for each controlled mechanical system and terminal end devices. 8. Provide a BACnet Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement (PICS) for each BACnet system level device (i.e. Building Controller& Operator Workstations)type. This defines the points list for proper coordination of interoperability with other building systems if applicable for this project. 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 95 00 - 5/51 ENERGY MANAGEMENT AND Project No.: 23.22 CONTROL SYSTEM (EMCS) 07/01/2024 F. Project Record Documents: Upon completion of installation, submit three (3) copies of record (as- built) documents. The documents shall be submitted for approval prior to final completion and include: 1. Project Record Drawings-These shall be as-built versions of the submittal shop drawings. One set of electronic media including CAD .dwg and .pdf drawing files shall be provided. 2.Testing and Commissioning Reports and Checklists signed off by trained factory(equipment manufacturers) and field (BAS) commissioning personnel. 3. Operating and Maintenance (O & M) Manuals-These shall be as-built versions of the submittal product data. In addition to the information required for the submittals, Operating & Maintenance manual shall include: a. Procedures for operating the BAS including logging on/off, alarm management, generation of reports, trends, overrides of computer control, modification of setpoints, and other interactive system requirements. b. Explanation of how to design and install new points, new DDC controllers, and other BAS hardware. c. Documentation, installation, and maintenance information for all third party hardware/software products provided including personal computers, printers, hubs, sensors, valves, etc. d. Original issue media for all software provided, including operating systems, programming language, operator workstation software, and graphics software. e. Licenses, Guarantee, and Warranty documents for all equipment and systems. G. Training Manuals:The BAS manufacturer shall provide a course outline and copies of training manuals at least two weeks prior to the start of any corporate training class to be attended by the Owner. 1.8 WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS A.Warrant all work as follows: 1. BAS system labor and materials shall be warranted free from defects for a period of twelve (12) months after final completion acceptance by the Owner. BAS failures during the warranty period shall be adjusted, repaired, or replaced at no charge to the Owner. The BAS manufacturer shall respond to the Owner's request for warranty service within 24 hours of the initiated call and will occur during normal business hours (8AM-513M). 2. At the end of the final start-up/testing, if equipment and systems are operating satisfactorily to the Owner and Engineer,the Owner shall sign certificates certifying that the BAS is 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 95 00 - 6/51 ENERGY MANAGEMENT AND Project No.: 23.22 CONTROL SYSTEM (EMCS) 07/01/2024 operational, and has been tested and accepted in accordance with the terms of this specification. The date of Owner's acceptance shall be the start of the warranty period. 3.To ensure that the owner will have the most current operating system provided by the manufacturer,the BAS manufacturer shall include licensing and labor costs to facilitate software/firmware updates throughout the warranty period at no charge to the owner. These updates shall include upgrades for functional enhancements associated with the following: operator workstation software, project specific software, graphics, database, firmware updates, and all security related service packs. Written authorization by the Owner must be granted prior to the installation of these updates. 4.The BAS manufacturer shall provide a web-accessible Users Network for the proposed System and give the Owner free access to question/answer forum, user tips, upgrades, and training schedules for a one year period of time correlating with the warranty period. 1.9 SYSTEM MAINTENANCE AND REMOTE ANALYSIS A.The BAS Manufacture shall provide Building Automation System remote support and system analysis for a period of 1 year(beginning the date of substantial completion). B. The BAS manufacturer shall setup a secure remote connection for data collection, analytics and remote technical support for the HVAC systems included in this contract. 1. Provide technician support during the warranty period to diagnose issues remotely through the secure remote connection. 2.The building owner is responsible for providing adequate internet access. C. Connectivity/ Remote Access/ Network Security 1. Provide and maintain secure remote access to the facilities Building Automation System (BAS) or other building systems. Users accessing service through this connection shall not have access to the building owners network. Secure remote access to the BAS shall not require ANY inbound ports on a firewall to be "exposed" or "forwarded". 2. Secure remote access to the BAS shall be available anywhere, anytime, using a compatible client device (PC/tablet/phone) 3.The Owner will provide up to Three (3) IP drops and IP addresses on the owners network to gain access to the internet. The BAS manufacture shall coordinate with the Owners IT team, verify the proposed system shall meet all network security requirements and any other network configuration information necessary to each control contractor for the purpose of configuring each Area Controller on the network. It shall be the responsibility of the BAS manufacture to coordinate with the owner for network connectivity. D. The BAS Manufacture shall provide a professional analysis for the facility HVAC systems. 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 95 00 - 7/51 ENERGY MANAGEMENT AND Project No.: 23.22 CONTROL SYSTEM (EMCS) 07/01/2024 1.The analysis shall consist of an evaluation of HVAC systems including charts and graphs which indicate both current building performance and opportunities for building and HVAC system performance improvement. E.The following shall be provided after substantial completion of the project: 1. Orientation meeting with the building owner's representative to identify the HVAC systems that will be evaluated. 2. System setup for data collection and analytics. BAS Manufacture to setup a secure remote data collection and analytics for identified systems. 3. Assessment analysis shall be performed by trained personnel with relevant professional credentials in HVAC systems, energy management and building optimization methodologies. 4. Consultation meeting with owner to review performance reports and improvement opportunities. F. Do not assign or transfer maintenance service to agent or subcontractor without prior written consent of owner. 1.10 OWNERSHIP OF PROPRIETARY MATERIAL A. Project specific software and documentation shall become the owner's property upon project completion. This includes the following: 1. Operator Graphic files 2. As-built hardware design drawings 3. Operating & Maintenance Manuals 4. BAS System software database 1.11 DEFINITIONS A. DDC: Direct digital control B. 1/0: Input/output. C. MS/TP: Manager Subordinate/Token Passing. D. POT: Portable Operator's Terminal. E. PID: Proportional plus integral plus derivative. F. RTD: Resistance temperature detector. G. BAS/ATC: Building Automation System/Automatic Temperature Controls. PART 2 PRODUCTS 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 95 00 - 8/51 ENERGY MANAGEMENT AND Project No.: 23.22 CONTROL SYSTEM (EMCS) 07/01/2024 2.0 SECTION INCLUDES 2.1 MATERIALS: 2.2 SYSTEM COMMUNICATION 2.3 ENTERPRISE SYSTEM -OPERATOR WEB INTERFACE 2.4 BUILDING CONTROLLER-OPERATOR INTERFACE 2.5 BUILDING CONTROLLER SOFTWARE 2.6 BUILDING/SYSTEM CONTROLLERS 2.7 ADVANCED APPLICATION CONTROLLERS 2.8 APPLICATION SPECIFIC CONTROLLERS: 2.9 COOLING PLANT- PUMPING CONTROLLER 2.10 VARAIBLE AIR VOLUME TERMINAL UNIT CONTROLLERS 2.11 INPUT/OUTPUT INTERFACE: 2.12 POWER SUPPLIES: 2.13 AUXILLARY CONTROL DEVICES: 2.14 WIRING AND RACEWAYS: 2.1 MATERIALS: A. Use new products that the manufacturer is currently manufacturing and that have been installed in a minimum of 25 installations. Do not use this installation as a product test site unless explicitly approved in writing by the owner or the owner's representative. Spare parts shall be available for at least five years after completion of this contract. 2.2 SYSTEM COMMUNICATION A. System Communications 1. Each workstation, building controller, and equipment controller communication interface shall utilize the BACnetTM protocol with an Ethernet (IEEE 802.3), Wi-Fi (IEEE 802.11), RS485 (EIA- 485), or Zigbee° (802.15.4) physical interface and an appropriate data link technology as defined in ANSI®/ASHRAE® Standard 135-2012. (e.g. BACnet over IP, BACnet over IPv6, BACnet SC, BACnet over MS/TP, BACnet Zigbee). 2. All system controllers shall be BTL listed as a BACnet Building Controller(B-BC) as defined in ANSI°/ASHRAE® Standard 135-2012. 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 95 00 - 9/51 ENERGY MANAGEMENT AND Project No.: 23.22 CONTROL SYSTEM (EMCS) 07/01/2024 3. All documented status and control points, schedule, alarm, and data-log services or objects shall be available as standard object types as defined in ANSI°/ASHRAE° Standard 135-2012. 4. Each System Controller shall communicate with a network of Custom Application and Application Specific Controllers utilizing one or more of the interfaces documented within Field Bus Communications below. 5. All Operator Workstations (B-OWS, B-AWS) and Building Controllers (B-BC) shall support BACnet Secure Connect (BACnet SC), a secure and encrypted datalink layer specifically designed for those networks. B. Field Bus Communications 1. BACnetT'" a. All equipment and plant controllers shall be BTL listed as a BACnet Application Specific Controller (B-ASC) or a BACnet Advanced Application Controller(B-AAC) as defined in ANSI°/ASHRAE® Standard 135-2012. b. All communication shall conform to ANSI®/ASHRAE® Standard 135-2012. c. System Controller shall function as a BACnet router to each unit controller providing a globally unique BACnet Device ID for all BACnet controllers within the system. d. BACnet Zigbee° 1) Communication between System Controller and equipment/plant controllers shall utilize BACnet Zigbee as defined in ANSI®/ASHRAE® Standard 135-2012. 2) Each equipment controller wireless communication interface shall self-heal to maintain operation in the event of network communication failure. 3) Each zone sensor wireless communication interface shall be capable of many-to-one sensors per controller to support averaging, monitoring, and multiple zone applications. Sensing options shall include temperature, relative humidity, CO2, and occupancy. e. BACnet MS/TP 1) Communication between System Controller and equipment/plant controllers shall utilize BACnet MS/TP as defined in ANSI®/ASHRAE® Standard 135-2012. 2.3 ENTERPRISE SYSTEM -OPERATOR WEB INTERFACE A. Building Health Operator Interface View 1.The Enterprise operator web interface shall provide a standard building health view that provides visual indication of which buildings have issues. 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 95 00 - 10/51 ENERGY MANAGEMENT AND Project No.: 23.22 CONTROL SYSTEM (EMCS) 07/01/2024 2.The Enterprise operator web interface building health will display the summary information including number of active alarms for today, number of devices off-line, number or hot/cold spaces. 3.The Enterprise operator web interface shall provide a direct link from any building health card to a building summary view that displays: active alarms for today, current chiller plant stats (if applicable), air handler status, and spaces that are too hot/cold. 4.The Enterprise operator web interface shall provide the ability to group,filter, and sort the list of buildings. 5.The Enterprise operator web interface shall allow a user to save filtering and grouping options as their default view. 6.The Enterprise operator web interface shall allow a user to disable the building health display for any building. B. Customizable Navigation Tree 1.The Enterprise operator web interface shall include a fully customizable navigation tree that shall allow an operator to do the following: a. Move and edit any of the nodes of the tree. b. Move entire groups to any area of the tree. c. Change the name of any node in the tree. d. Create custom nodes for any page in the web interface including:graphics, data log views, schedules, and dashboards. e. Support navigation from multi-building to single building view. f. Provide the ability to assign graphics to any node in the tree. g.Ability to create folders and assign and change hierarchy of nodes of the tree. C. Provide Mobile App Interface 1. Enterprise Operator Interface manufacturer shall provide a phone/tablet interface with the ability to view/override status &setpoints,view/change schedules, view/acknowledge/comment on alarms, and view graphics for all spaces and equipment. 2.This phone/tablet interface shall resize itself appropriately for the size of the interface (i.e. no "pinching &zooming" required). This phone/tablet interface shall function remotely from the facility while following IT security best-practices (e.g. no ports exposed to the internet). 3. Provide mobile (smart phone or tablet) interfaces to the building automation system, compatible with iOS and AndroidT'" operating systems. 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 95 00 - 11/51 ENERGY MANAGEMENT AND Project No.: 23.22 CONTROL SYSTEM (EMCS) 07/01/2024 4. Controls manufacturer shall provide a phone/tablet interface with the ability to view/override status & setpoints, view/change schedules,view/acknowledge/comment on alarms, and view graphics for all spaces and equipment. 5.This phone/tablet interface shall resize itself appropriately for the size of the interface (i.e. no "pinching &zooming" required). 6.This phone/tablet interface shall function remotely from the facility while following IT security best-practices (e.g. no ports exposed to the internet). 7.The operator interface shall support system access on a mobile device via a mobile app to: a. Alarm Log b. System Status c. Equipment Status d. Space Status e. Standard Equipment Graphics f. Override Setpoints g. Override Occupancy h. Acknowledge Alarms i. Comment on Alarms D. Equipment &Application Pages 1.The Enterprise operator web interface shall include standard pages for all equipment and applications. These pages shall allow an operator to obtain information relevant to the operation of the equipment and/or application, including: a. Animated Equipment Graphics for each major piece of equipment and floor plan in the System. This includes: 1) Each Chiller,Air Handler,VAV Terminal, Fan Coil, Boiler, and Cooling Tower. These graphics shall show all points dynamically as specified in the points list. 2)Animation capabilities shall include the ability to show a sequence of images reflecting the position of analog outputs, such as valve or damper positions. Graphics shall be capable of launching other web pages. b. Alarms relevant to the equipment or application without requiring a user to navigate to an alarm page and perform a filter. 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 95 00 - 12/51 ENERGY MANAGEMENT AND Project No.: 23.22 CONTROL SYSTEM (EMCS) 07/01/2024 c. Historical Data (As defined in Data Log section below)for the equipment or application without requiring a user to navigate to a Data Log page and perform a filter. d. View of all custom graphical programming for supported controllers in real time. e. View and management of all points for equipment and applications. f. Support documents that have been assigned for that equipment. g. Live data view for any selected points. h.Touch friendly design for all action buttons, navigation, and spacing. E. System Graphics 1. Enterprise operator web interface shall be graphically based and shall include at least one graphic per piece of equipment or occupied zone, graphics for each chilled water and hot water system, and graphics that summarize conditions on each floor of each building included in this contract. Indicate thermal comfort on floor plan summary graphics using colors to represent zone temperature relative to zone set point. 2. Graphic imagery—graphics shall use 3D images for all standard and custom graphics. The only allowable exceptions will be photo images, maps, schematic drawings, and selected floor plans. 3. Animation. Graphics shall be able to animate by displaying different Image lies for changed object status. 4. Alarm Indication. Indicate areas or equipment in an alarm condition using color or other visual indicator. F. Graphics Library- Furnish a library of standard HVAC equipment such as chillers, air handlers, terminals, fan coils, unit ventilators, rooftop units, and VAV boxes, in 3-dimensional graphic depictions. The library shall be furnished in a file format compatible with the graphics generation package program. G. Document Support-The Enterprise operator web interface shall support the ability to import support files into a support files library. 1. Imported support files can include the following types of document formats: pdf, docx, xlsx, pptx,jpeg,tif, bmp, png,jpg, gif 2. All imported support files can be associated directly with equipment or family types that can then be accessed directly from standard pages. H. Manual Control and Override 1. Provide a method for a user to view, override, and edit if applicable, the status of any object and property in the system. 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 95 00 - 13/51 ENERGY MANAGEMENT AND Project No.: 23.22 CONTROL SYSTEM (EMCS) 07/01/2024 2.Timed Overrides. The user shall be able to perform a temporary override wherever an override is allowed, automatically removing the override after a specified period of time. 3. Override Owners. The system shall convey to the user the owner of each override for all priorities that an override exists. 4. Provide a specific icon to show timed override or operator override, when a point, unit controller or application has been overridden manually. 5. Global Point Control. Provide a method for a user to view, override, and edit if applicable, the status of multiple object and properties in the system. The point status shall be available by menu, on graphics or through custom programs. 6. Creating Override Search Queries. The system shall allow the operator to search for overrides across building(s), equipment, systems. User shall have the ability to view and release multiple overrides at once or one at a time. I. Scheduling. A user shall be able to perform the following tasks utilizing the Enterprise operator web interface: 1. Create a new schedule, defining the default values, events and membership. 2. Create exceptions to a schedule for any given day. 3. Apply an exception that spans a single day or multiple days. 4. View a schedule by day, week and month. 5. Exception schedules and holidays shall be shown clearly on the calendar. 6. Modify the schedule events, members and exceptions. 7. Create schedules and exceptions for multiple buildings. 8. Apply emergency schedule to multiple buildings. 9. Drag and drop scheduling editing. 10. Global schedule and exceptions across multiple buildings. J. Data Logs 1.The Enterprise operator web interface shall allow a user with the appropriate security permissions to define a Data Log for any data in the system. 2.The Enterprise operator web interface shall allow a user to define any Data Log options as described in the Application and Control Software section. 3.The operator shall be able to specify the duration of historical data to view by scrolling, zooming, or selecting from a pull down list. 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 95 00 - 14/51 ENERGY MANAGEMENT AND Project No.: 23.22 CONTROL SYSTEM (EMCS) 07/01/2024 4.The system shall provide a graphical trace display of the associated time stamp and value for any selected point along the x-axis. 5. Operator will have the ability to show alarms and overrides on any data log view. 6.The Enterprise operator web interface shall allow a user to Print or download Data Log views in multiple formats including raw data (CSV,XLS) or image (PNG,JPG, PDF, SVG). K. Alarm/Event Notification 1. An operator shall be notified of new alarms/events as they occur while navigating through any part of the system via an alarm icon. 2.The operator will have the option of selecting an audible alarm notification for all alarm classes they subscribe to. 3.The system operator will have the option of setting specific times and days that that they will receive alarm notifications. 4. Alarm/Event Log. The operator shall be able to view all logged system alarms/events from any Enterprise operator web interface. a.The operator shall be able to sort and filter alarms from events. Alarms shall be sorted in a minimum of 24 categories based on severity. b. Alarm/event messages shall use full language, easily recognized descriptors. c. An operator with the proper security level may acknowledge and clear alarms/events. d. All alarms/events that have not been cleared by the operator shall be stored by the building controller. e. The alarm/event log shall include a comment field for each alarm/event that allows a user to add specific comments associated with any alarm. f. All alarm logs will provide both grouping multiple filter options for sorting and locating specific alarm or groups of alarms. g.Alarm logs shall provide the ability to navigate directly to object with one click. 5. Alarm Configuration a. The operator shall be able to configure any object in the system to generate an alarm when transitioning in and out of a normal state. b.The operator shall be able to configure the alarm limits,warning limits, states, and reactions for each object in the system. c. The operator shall be able to set up conditional alarm limits based on reference points. 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 95 00 - 15/51 ENERGY MANAGEMENT AND Project No.: 23.22 CONTROL SYSTEM (EMCS) 07/01/2024 d.The operator shall be able to create queries to see current alarm properties across building(s), equipment, systems for any available point. e. The operator shall be able to run saved queries to see current alarm settings and modify and change them in mass. L. User Change Log. The operator shall be able to view all logged user changes in the system from any Enterprise operator web interface. 1. An operator shall be able to group user changes by: date, affected, date &affected, user, date & user,transaction type, date &transaction type, or sort only. 2.The operator will have the option of additional filtering capability of: date, transaction, type, user, affected, and details that can be used individually or in conjunction with other filters. M. Standard and Custom Reports 1.The Enterprise operator web interface shall provide a reporting package that allows the operator to select reports to run. 2.The Enterprise operator web interface shall provide the ability to schedule reports to run at specified intervals of time. 3.The Enterprise operator web interface shall provide the ability to email schedule reports at specified intervals of time. 4.The Enterprise operator web interface shall allow a user to create reports in either a pdf. or Excel format. 5. Reports and logs shall be readily printed to the system printer. 6.The Enterprise operator web interface shall provide the ability to create and modify both standard and custom reports. 7.The following standard reports shall be available without requiring a user to manually design the report: a. All Points in Alarm Report: Provide an on demand report showing all current alarms. b. All Points in Override Report: Provide an on demand report showing all overrides in effect. c. Site Commissioning Report: Provide a one-time report that lists all equipment with the unit configuration and present operation. d. Air Handler Status Report: Current status and short historical operation of selected air handlers. 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 95 00 - 16/51 ENERGY MANAGEMENT AND Project No.: 23.22 CONTROL SYSTEM (EMCS) 07/01/2024 e. Air System Status Report: Current status and short historical operation of selected VAS. f. Area Status Report: Current status and short historical operation of selected Area. g. Chiller Plant Status Report: Current status and short historical operation of selected chiller plant. h. Chiller Status (ASHRAE) Report: Standard points defined by ASHRAE 147-2013 for tracking and operation of air conditioning equipment. i. Schedules Report: List of all weekly events for all schedules in selected buildings. j. Space Comfort Analysis Report: List of spaces that meet selected criteria for potential comfort issues (temp variance, high, low, unoccupied). k. Space List Report: Current status of multiple spaces in selected buildings. I. Space Status Report: Current status and short historical operation of selected spaces. 8.The following custom report functionality shall be available without requiring a third party reporting tool: a. Bar Chart: Create a bar chart for any data log or custom report equation in the system. b. Line Chart: Create a line chart for any data log or custom report equation in the system. c. Scatter Plot: Create a scatter plot for any data log or custom report equation in the system. d. Histogram: Create a Histogram for any data log, point, or custom report equation in the system. e. Pie Chart: Create a Pie chart for any data log, point, or custom report equation in the system. f. Single Values: Display single values from any point, data log, or equation on a custom report. g.Values Table: Display a formatted table for point values from any family type (spaces, air handlers, chillers, areas, air systems, chiller plants, or programmable controllers). h. Data Log Table: Create a formatted table from selected data logs. i. User Change Log Table: Create a formatted table of user changes with date/time, user, what was changed, new/old value for any family type (spaces, air handlers, chillers, areas, air systems, chiller plants, or programmable controllers). j. Text Box: Create a text boxes that can be placed and sized on any custom report. k. Image: Download and place images that can be placed and sized on any custom report. 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 95 00 - 17/51 ENERGY MANAGEMENT AND Project No.: 23.22 CONTROL SYSTEM (EMCS) 07/01/2024 I. Size and position of ability of all items on a custom report. m. Both standard and custom page size capabilities. n. Save, edit, delete, and save as capability. o. Equation capability on data logs or points that can be used in custom reports N. Customization Dashboards 1.The Enterprise operator web interface shall provide a dashboard package that allows the operator to select dashboards to view, select as their home page or add to their navigation tree. 2. Dashboards will be responsive to all screen size and work with any size monitors, tablets, or smart phones. 3.The Enterprise operator web interface shall provide the ability to create and modify dashboards without the use of any 3rd party tools. 4.The following dashboard functionality shall be available without requiring a third party reporting tool: a. Bar Chart: Create a bar chart for any data log/trend in the system. b. Line Chart: Create a line chart for any data log/trend in the system. c. Histogram: Create a Histogram for any data log/trend, point in the system. d. Status Values: Display single or multiple values from any point, data log, in the system. e. Values Table: Display a formatted table for point values from any family type (spaces, air handlers, chillers, areas, air systems, chiller plants, or programmable controllers). f.Text Box: Create a text boxes that can be placed and sized on any dashboard. g. Image: Download and place images that can be placed and sized on any dashboard. h. Alarm Status: ability to display select alarm sources (building(s), equipment, systems, categories, and status) on any dashboard. i. Circle and fill gates: Display single values from any point, data log, in the system in either a full circle, half circle, or horizontal fill gauge on any dashboard. j. Size and position of ability of all items on a dashboard. k. Ability to select different dashboard themes and import custom themes that can be applied to any dashboard. I. Save, edit, delete, and save as capability. 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 95 00 - 18/51 ENERGY MANAGEMENT AND Project No.: 23.22 CONTROL SYSTEM (EMCS) 07/01/2024 O. Critical Control Interface 1.The Enterprise operator web interface shall provide a Critical Control package that allows the operator to designate points as critical points. 2.The Enterprise operator web interface shall provide the ability to restrict access to who can create, edit, and change critical points. 3.The Enterprise operator web interface shall require reentering user name and password when a user with proper rights makes a change to a critical point. 4. All changes to critical points shall be displayed in the user change log with identification of critical point change and any associated comments. 5.The Enterprise operator web interface shall signify a point is a critical point with use of an identifying icon. P. Remote Access/ Network Security 1.The project's Controls Contractor shall provide secure remote access to the Building Automation System (BAS). 2. Secure remote access to the BAS shall not require additional software to be installed on the client device (i.e. VPN client). 3. Secure remote access to the BAS shall not require ANY inbound ports on a firewall to be "exposed" or"forwarded". Q. System Security 1. User Profiles shall restrict the user to only the objects, applications, and system functions as assigned by the system administrator. 2.The system shall include pre-defined "roles" that allow a system administrator to quickly assign permissions to a user. 3. User logon/logoff attempts shall be recorded. 4.The system shall protect itself from unauthorized use by automatically logging off following the last keystroke. The delay time shall be user definable. 5.The system shall support Active Directory for user set-up and management. 6.The system shall track and record all user log-in activity and all changes done at the enterprise level including who made the change,when, what was changed, pervious value and new value. R. Single Sign-on Authentication with SAML 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 95 00 - 19/51 ENERGY MANAGEMENT AND Project No.: 23.22 CONTROL SYSTEM (EMCS) 07/01/2024 1.To ensure seamless and secure access into the Enterprise Management system while maintaining the ability for using a single sign-on,the system shall support the use of SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) 2.0 Single Sign-On Authentication. 2.The BAS shall be the service provider and allow the passing of username and password credentials, between it and the trusted IDP (identity provider—ex. Okta, Ping Identity, One Login, etc.) 3.The BAS system will allow users to utilize their organization email address and domain password to log in. S. On-Line Help and Training 1. Provide a context sensitive, on line help system to assist the operator in operation and configuration of the system. 2. On-line help shall be available for all system functions and shall provide the relevant data for each particular screen. 2.4 BUILDING CONTROLLER-OPERATOR INTERFACE A. Provide Building Controller Web Interface 1. Manufacturer shall provide a user interface with time-of-day schedules, data collection, dashboards, reports and building summary, system applications, and self-expiring timed overrides. Manufacturer shall provide a published user and applications guide(s)that detail the system application operation, configuration, setup and troubleshooting. 2.The building controller web interface shall be accessible via a web browser without requiring any"plug-ins" (i.e.JAVA Runtime Environment (JRE),Adobe Flash). 3. User Roles a. The system shall include pre-defined "roles"that allow a system administrator to quickly assign permissions to a user. b. User logon/logoff attempts shall be recorded. c. The system shall protect itself from unauthorized use by automatically logging off following the last keystroke. The delay time shall be user definable. 4. On-Line Help and Training a. Provide a context sensitive, on line help system to assist the operator in operation and configuration of the system. b. On-line help shall be available for all system functions and shall provide the relevant data for each particular screen. 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 95 00 -20/51 ENERGY MANAGEMENT AND Project No.: 23.22 CONTROL SYSTEM (EMCS) 07/01/2024 5. Equipment &Application Pages a.The building controller web interface shall include standard pages for all equipment and applications. These pages shall allow an operator to obtain information relevant to the operation of the equipment and/or application, including: 1)Alarms relevant to the equipment or application without requiring a user to navigate to an alarm page and perform a filter. 2) Historical Data (As defined in Trend Logs section of CONTROLLER SOFTWARE)for the equipment or application without requiring a user to navigate to a Data Log page and perform a filter. 6. Building Controller System Graphics. a.The building operator web interface shall be graphically based and shall include at least one graphic per piece of equipment or occupied zone, graphics for each chilled water and hot water system, and graphics that summarize conditions on each floor of each building included in this contract. Indicate thermal comfort on floor plan summary graphics using colors to represent zone temperature relative to zone set point. b. Graphic imagery—graphics shall use 3D images for all standard and custom graphics. The only allowable exceptions will be photo images, maps, schematic drawings, and selected floor plans. c. Animation. Graphics shall be able to animate by displaying different Image lies for changed object status. d. Alarm Indication. Indicate areas or equipment in an alarm condition using color or other visual indicator. 7. Graphics Library. Furnish a library of standard HVAC equipment such as chillers, air handlers, terminals, fan coils, unit ventilators, rooftop units, and VAV boxes, in 3-dimensional graphic depictions.The library shall be furnished in a file format compatible with the graphics generation package program. 8. Manual Control and Override a. Point Control. Provide a method for a user to view, override, and edit if applicable, the status of any object and property in the system. The point status shall be available by menu, on graphics or through custom programs. b.Temporary Overrides. The user shall be able to perform a temporary override wherever an override is allowed, automatically removing the override after a specified period of time. c. Override Owners. The system shall convey to the user the owner of each override for all priorities that an override exists. 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 95 00 -21/51 ENERGY MANAGEMENT AND Project No.: 23.22 CONTROL SYSTEM (EMCS) 07/01/2024 d. Provide a specific icon to show timed override or operator override, when a point, unit controller or application has been overridden manually. 9. Scheduling. -The scheduling application shall provide graphical representation of the day, week, month and exception events. 10. Alarm/Event Notification a. Alarm/Event Log. The operator shall be able to view all logged system alarms/events from any building operator web interface. 1)The operator shall be able to sort and filter alarms from events. Alarms shall be sorted in a minimum of 4 categories based on severity. 2)The operator shall be able to acknowledge and add comments to alarms. 3)Alarm/event messages shall use full language, easily recognized descriptors. b. Alarm Suppression. Alarms shall be able to be suppressed based on load/source relationships to present the likely root cause to the building operator as described in ASHRAE Guideline 36. Load/Source relationships shall be configurable by the user through a web interface. 11. Reports and Logs a.The building operator web interface shall provide a reporting package that allows the operator to select reports. b.The building operator web interface shall provide the ability to schedule reports to run at specified intervals of time. c. The following standard reports shall be available without requiring a user to manually configure the report: 1)All Points in Alarm Report: Provide an on demand report showing all current alarms. 2)All Points in Override Report: Provide an on demand report showing all overrides in effect. 3) Commissioning Report: Provide a one-time report that lists all equipment with the unit configuration and present operation. 4) Points report: Provide a report that lists the current value of all points. d.The controls vendor shall provide a hardening report that summarizes the port configuration details to ensure sites have not been exposed to the Internet in alignment with Cyber Security best practices. B. Provide Mobile App Interface 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 95 00 -22/51 ENERGY MANAGEMENT AND Project No.: 23.22 CONTROL SYSTEM (EMCS) 07/01/2024 1. Provide mobile (smart phone or tablet) interfaces to the building automation system, compatible with iOS and Android"' operating systems. 2. Controls manufacturer shall provide a phone/tablet interface with the ability to view/override status & setpoints, view/change schedules, view/acknowledge/comment on alarms, and view graphics for all spaces and equipment. 3.This phone/tablet interface shall resize itself appropriately for the size of the interface (i.e. no "pinching & zooming" required). 4.This phone/tablet interface shall function remotely from the facility while following IT security best-practices (e.g. no ports exposed to the internet). 5.The operator interface shall support system access on a mobile device via a mobile app to: a. Alarm Log b. System Status c. Equipment Status d. Space Status e. Standard Equipment Graphics f. Override Setpoints g. Override Occupancy h. Acknowledge Alarms i. Comment On Alarms 2.5 BUILDING CONTROLLER SOFTWARE A. Manufacturer shall provide standard applications to deliver HVAC system control. Standard applications include Time of Day Scheduling with Optimal Start/Stop, VAV Air Systems Control, Chiller Plant Control, Historical Trend Logs and Trim and Respond. Manufacturer shall provide system optimization strategies for functions such as fan pressure optimization and ventilation optimization. B. Furnish the following applications software for building and energy management. All software applications shall reside and run in the system controllers. Editing of applications shall occur at the building operator interface. 1.Trend Logs a. The system shall harvest trend logs for defined key measurements for each controlled HVAC device and HVAC application.Trend logs shall be captured for a minimum of 5 key 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 95 00 -23/51 ENERGY MANAGEMENT AND Project No.: 23.22 CONTROL SYSTEM (EMCS) 07/01/2024 operating points for each piece of HVAC equipment and HVAC application and stored for no less than 1 year at 15-minute intervals. Data Logs shall be capable of being configured on an interval or change of value basis. 1) Fan Coil/Cabinet Unit Heater/ Unit Ventilator/WSHP Unit a) Discharge Air Temperature b) Space Temperature Active c) Space Temperature Setpoint Active d)Air Flow Setpoint Active e) Discharge Air Flow 2)Air Handling Unit/Rooftop (VAV) a) Discharge Air Temperature b) Discharge Air Temperature Setpoint Active c) Space Temperature Active d) Cooling Capacity Status e) Discharge Air Flow 3)Air Handling Unit/Rooftop (CV) a) Discharge Air Temperature b) Space Temperature Active c) Space Temperature Setpoint Active d) Cooling Capacity Status e) Heating Capacity Primary Status f) Outdoor Air Damper Position 4)VAV Terminal Unit a) Discharge Air Temperature b) Space Temperature Active c) Space Temperature Setpoint Active d)Air Flow Setpoint Active e) Discharge Air Flow 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 95 00 -24/51 ENERGY MANAGEMENT AND Project No.: 23.22 CONTROL SYSTEM (EMCS) 07/01/2024 5)Variable Air System (VAS) a)VAS Operating Mode b) Duct Static Optimization Duct Static Setpoint c) Duct Pressure Optimization Maximum d) Space Temperature Average e)Ventilation Optimization Air Setpoint 2.6 BUILDING/SYSTEM CONTROLLERS A.There shall be one or more independent, standalone microprocessor based System Controllers to manage the global strategies described in CONTROLLER SOFTWARE section. 1.The controller shall provide a USB communications port for connection to a PC. 2.The operating system of the Controller shall manage the input and output communications signals to allow distributed controllers to share real and virtual point information and allow central monitoring and alarms. 3. All System Controllers shall have a real time clock and shall be able to accept a BACnet time synchronization command for automatic time synchronization. 4. Data shall be shared between networked System Controllers. 5. Serviceability—The System Controller shall have a display on the main board that indicates the current operating mode of the controller. B. Controls manufacturer shall provide secure remote access to the Building Automation System (BAS). Secure remote access shall not require IP ports to be "exposed" (i.e. port-forwarded or external public IP addresses)to the Internet. Controls manufacturer shall update secure remote access software as necessary to follow cyber security best practices and respond to cyber security events. 2.7 ADVANCED APPLICATION CONTROLLERS A.Advance Application Controllers shall be used to control all equipment or applications of medium and high complexity, including but not limited to Air Handlers, Boiler Plants and Chiller Plants. B. The Advanced Application Controller shall be capable of operating as a stand-alone controller or as a member of a Building Automation System (BAS). C. When the Advanced Application Controller is operating as a member of a Building Automation System (BAS), the application controller shall operate as follows: 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 95 00 -25/51 ENERGY MANAGEMENT AND Project No.: 23.22 CONTROL SYSTEM (EMCS) 07/01/2024 1. Application Controller will receive operation mode commands from the BAS network controller.The BAS commands shall include but not be limited to the follow: Occupied Heat/Cool, Unoccupied Heat/Cool, Morning Warm-up,/ Pre-cool, Occupied Bypass). 2. Application Controller will provide equipment status parameters to the BAS through BACnet communication. 3. Application Controller will operate as a stand-alone controller in the event of communication failure with the BAS. 4. In case of communications failure, stand-alone operation shall use default values or last known values for remote sensors read over the network such as outdoor air temperature. D. For Stand-Alone Operation of Advanced Application Controllers: 1. Shall operate a schedule in a standalone application using a Real Time Clock with a 7 day power backup. a.The Controller shall have a built in schedule (assessable with or without a display) b. Support will be for at least 3 schedules with up to 10 events for each day of the week. c. Each of the 3 schedules can be Analog, Binary or Multi-State d.The controller shall support a minimum of 25 exceptions each with up to 10 events. E. For ease of troubleshooting,the Controller shall support data trend logging. 1.Trends shall be capable of being collected at a minimum sample rate of once every second 2. Shall be capable of trending all BACnet points used by controller 3.Trends shall be capable of being scheduled or triggered. 4. With a minimum of 20,000 trending points total on a controller F. To meet the sequence of operation for each application, the Controller shall use library programs provided by the controller manufacturer that are either factory loaded or downloaded with service tool to the controller. G. Environment. Controller hardware shall be suitable for the anticipated ambient conditions. 1. Operating conditions: a.Temperature: -40°F to 158°F (-40°C to 70°C) b. Relative Humidity: Between 5%to 100% RH (non-condensing) 2. Controllers used indoors shall be mounted in a NEMA 1 enclosure at a minimum. 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 95 00 -26/51 ENERGY MANAGEMENT AND Project No.: 23.22 CONTROL SYSTEM (EMCS) 07/01/2024 3. Controllers used outdoors and/or in wet ambient shall be mounted within NEMA 4 type waterproof enclosures, and shall be rated for operation at -40' F to 158' F [-40° C to 70' C]. H. Input/Output: The Controller shall have on board or through expansion module all 1/0 capable of performing all functionality needed for the application. Controls provided by the equipment manufacture must supply the required 1/0 for the equipment. In addition other controls must meet the following requirements: 1. Shall support flexibility in valve type, the controllers shall be capable of supporting the following valve control types: 0-10VDC, 0-5VDC,4-20mA, 24VAC-2 position. 2. Shall support flexibility in sensor type, the Controller shall be capable of reading sensor input ranges of 0 to10V, 0 to 20mA, 50ms or longer pulses, 200 to 20Kohm and RTD input. 3. Shall support flexibility in sensor type, all Analog Outputs shall have the additional capability of being programmed to operate as Universal Inputs or Pulse Width Modulation Outputs. 4. Shall support flexibility in sensor type, the Controller and/or expansion modules shall support dry and wetted (24VAC) binary inputs. 5.The controller shall support pulse accumulator for connecting devices like energy meters. 6. In order to support a wide range of devices, the Controller's binary output shall be able to drive at least 10VA each. 7. Any unused 1/0 that is not needed for the functionality of the equipment shall be available to be used by custom programs on the Controller and by any other controller on the network. 8.The Controller shall provide 24VAC and 24VDC power terminals sensors and other devices required. 9.The Controller shall provide a dedicated static pressure input. 1. Input/Output Expandability—The Controller shall provide the following functionality in order to meet current and future application needs: 1. For the application flexibility, the Controller shall be capable of expanding to a total of at least 100 hardware 1/0 terminations. 2. Expansion 1/0 can be mounted up to 650 ft. (200m) from control. 3.To keep BACnet MS/TP network traffic to a minimum, expansion 1/0 must communicate via an internal controller communication bus (point expansion via the BACnet MS/TP network is not allowed). J. Serviceability—The Controller shall provide the following in order to improve serviceability of the Controller. 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 95 00 -27/51 ENERGY MANAGEMENT AND Project No.: 23.22 CONTROL SYSTEM (EMCS) 07/01/2024 1. Diagnostic LEDs for power/normal operation/status, BACnet communications, sensor bus communications, and binary outputs. All wiring connections shall be clearly labeled and made to be field removable. 2. Binary and analog inputs and outputs shall use removable connectors or be connected to terminal strip external to the control box. 3. Software service tool connection through the following methods: direct cable connection to the Controller, connection through another controller on BACnet link. 4. For safety purposes,the controller shall be capable of being powered by a portable computer's USB port for the purposes of configuration, programming and testing programs so that this work can be accomplished with the power off to the associated equipment. 5.The Controller software tool service port shall utilize standard off-the-shelf USB printer cable. 6. Capabilities to temporarily override the BACnet point values with built-in time expiration in the Controller. 7.To aid in service replacement, the Controller shall easily attached to standard DIN rail mounting. 8. For future expansion,the Controller shall be capable of adding sequence of operation programming utilizing service tools software with a graphical programming interface (editing or programming in line code is not permissible). 9.To aid in service replacement, the Controller shall allow for setting its BACnet address via controller mounted rotary switches that correspond to the numerical value of the address. (DIP switch methodologies are not allowed). Setting of the address shall be accomplished without the need of a service tool or power applied to the controller. 10. Controller data shall be maintained through a power failure. K. Software Retention: All Controller operating parameters, setpoints, BIOS, and sequence of operation code must be stored in non-volatile memory in order to maintain such information for months without power. L. Controller must meet the following Agency Compliance: 1. UL916 PAZX, Open Energy Management Equipment 2. UL94-5V, Flammability 3. FCC Part 15, Subpart B, Class B Limit 4. BACnet Testing Laboratory (BTL) listed as BACnet Advanced Application Controller(B-AAC) 2.8 APPLICATION SPECIFIC CONTROLLERS: 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 95 00 -28/51 ENERGY MANAGEMENT AND Project No.: 23.22 CONTROL SYSTEM (EMCS) 07/01/2024 A. General Description 1. Application Specific Controllers (ASC) shall be microprocessor-based DDC controllers which, through hardware or firmware design, control specified equipment. They are not user programmable, but are customized for operation within the confines of the equipment they are designed to serve. 2. Zone Controllers are controllers that operate equipment that control the space temperature of single zone. Examples are controllers for VAV, Fan coil, Blower Coils, Unit Ventilators, Heat Pumps, and Water Source Heat Pumps. B. The Application Specific Controller shall be capable of operating as a stand-alone controller or as a member of a Building Automation System (BAS). C. When the Application Specific Controller is operating as a member of a Building Automation System (BAS), the application controller shall operate as follows: 1. Application Controller will receive operation mode commands from the BAS network controller.The BAS commands shall include but not be limited to the follow: Occupied Heat/Cool, Unoccupied Heat/Cool, Morning Warm-up,/ Pre-cool, Occupied Bypass). 2. Application Controller will provide equipment status parameters to the BAS through BACnet communication. 3. Application Controller will operate as a stand-alone controller in the event of communication failure with the BAS. 4. In case of communications failure stand-alone operation shall use default values or last known values for remote sensors read over the network such as outdoor air temperature. D. Stand-Alone Operation: Each piece of equipment specified in section "A" shall be controlled by a single controller and provide stand-alone control in the event that a BAS is not present. E. Software 1.To meet the sequence of operation for each zone control,the controller shall use programs developed and tested by the controller manufacturer that are either factory loaded or downloaded with service tool to the controller. 2. For controlling ancillary devices and for flexibility to change the sequence of operation in the future, the controller shall be capable running custom programs written in a graphical programming language. F. Environment: Controller hardware shall be suitable for the anticipated ambient conditions. 1. Storage: -55'to 203' F (-48°to 95' C) and 5 to 95% Rh, non-condensing. 2. Operating: -40'to 158' F (-40 to 70' C) and 5 to 95% Rh, non-condensing. 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 95 00 -29/51 ENERGY MANAGEMENT AND Project No.: 23.22 CONTROL SYSTEM (EMCS) 07/01/2024 3. Controllers used indoors shall be mounted in a NEMA 1 enclosure at a minimum. 4. Controllers used outdoors and/or in wet ambient shall be mounted within NEMA 4 type waterproof enclosures, and shall be rated for operation at -40'to 158' F [-40°to 70' C]. G. Input/Output: 1. For flexibility in selection and replacement of valves, the controllers shall be capable of supporting all of the following valve control types 0-10VDC, 0-5VDC, 4-20mA, 24VAC floating point, 24VAC-2 position (Normally Open or Normally Closed). 2. For flexibility in selection and replacement of sensors, the controllers shall be capable of reading sensor input ranges of 0 to10V, 0 to 20mA, pulse counts, and 200 to 201(ohm. 3. For flexibility in selection and replacement of binary devices, the controller shall support dry and wetted (24VAC) binary inputs. 4. For flexibility in selection and replacement devices,the controller's shall have binary output which are able to drive at least 12VA each. 5. For flexibility in selection and replacement of motors, the controller shall be capable of outputting 24VAC (binary output), DC voltage (0 to 10VDC minimum range) and PWM (in the 80 to 100 Hz range). 6. For future needs, any 1/0 that is unused by functionality of equipment control shall be available to be used by custom program on the controller and by another controller on the network. 7. For future expansion and flexibility, the controller shall have either on board or through expansion, 20 hardware input/output points. Expansion points must communicate with the controller via an internal communications bus. Expansion points must be capable of being mounted up to 650ft. (200 m) from the controller. Expansion points that require the BACnet network for communication with the controller are not allowed. H. Serviceability—The controller shall provide the following in order to improve serviceability of the controller. 1. Diagnostic LEDs shall indicate correct operation or failures/faults for all of the following: power, sensors, BACnet communications, and 1/0 communications bus. 2. All binary output shall have LED's indicating the output state. 3. All wiring connectors shall removable without the use of a tool. 4. Software service tool connection through all of the following methods: direct cable connection to the controller, connection through another controller on BACnet link 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 95 00 - 30/51 ENERGY MANAGEMENT AND Project No.: 23.22 CONTROL SYSTEM (EMCS) 07/01/2024 5. For safety purposes, the controller shall be capable of being powered by a portable computer for the purposes of configuration, programming, and testing programs so that this work can be accomplished with the power off to the equipment. 6. Capabilities to temporarily override of BACnet point values with built-in time expiration in the controller. 7. BACnet MAC Address shall be set using decimal (0-9) based rotary switches. a. Configuration change shall not be made in a programming environment, but rather by a configuration page utilizing dropdown list, check boxes, and numeric boxes. 8. For ease of troubleshooting, the Controller shall support BACnet data trend logging. a. With a minimum of 20,000 trending points total on controller b.Trends shall be capable of being collected at a minimum sample rate of once every second. c. Shall be capable of trending all BACnet points used by controller d.Trends shall be capable of being scheduled or triggered I. Software Retention: All Zone Controller operating parameters, setpoints, BIOS, and sequence of operation code must be stored in non-volatile memory in order to maintain such information for months without power. J. Application controller shall meet the following Agency Compliance: 1. UL916 PAZX, Open Energy Management Equipment 2. UL94-5V, Flammability 3. FCC Part 15, Subpart B, Class B Limit 4. BACnet Testing Laboratory (BTL) listed as BACnet Application Specific Controller (B-ASC) 2.9 COOLING PLANT- PUMPING CONTROLLER A.A BACnetTm Advanced Application Controller shall be used to control the pumping controls associated with the cooling plant system. B. The Advanced Application Controller shall be capable of operating as a stand-alone controller or as a member of a Building Automation System (BAS). C. When the Advanced Application Controller is operating as a member of a Building Automation System (BAS), the application controller shall operate as follows: 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 95 00 - 31/51 ENERGY MANAGEMENT AND Project No.: 23.22 CONTROL SYSTEM (EMCS) 07/01/2024 1. Application Controller will receive operation mode commands from the BAS network controller.The BAS commands shall include but not be limited to the follow: Occupied Heat/Cool, Unoccupied Heat/Cool, Morning Warm-up,/ Pre-cool, Occupied Bypass). 2. Application Controller will provide equipment status parameters to the BAS through BACnet communication. 3. Application Controller will operate as a stand-alone controller in the event of communication failure with the BAS. 4. In case of communications failure, stand-alone operation shall use default values or last known values for remote sensors read over the network such as outdoor air temperature. D. For Stand-Alone Operation of Advanced Application Controllers: 1. Shall operate a schedule in a standalone application using a Real Time Clock with a 7 day power backup. a.The controller shall have a built in schedule (assessable with or without a display) b. Support will be for at least 3 schedules with up to 10 events for each day of the week. c. Each of the 3 schedules can be Analog, Binary or Multi-State d.The controller shall support a minimum of 25 exceptions each with up to 10 events. E. For ease of troubleshooting,the controller shall support data trend logging. 1. 25,000 samples minimum 2.Trends shall be capable of being collected at a minimum sample rate of once every second 3.Trends shall be capable of being scheduled or triggered. F. To meet the sequence of operation for each application, the Controller shall use library programs provided by the controller manufacturer that are either factory loaded or downloaded with service tool to the Controller. G. Environment. Controller hardware shall be suitable for the anticipated ambient conditions. 1. Operating conditions: a. Temperature: -40°F to 158°F (-40°C to 70°C) b. Humidity: Between 5%to 100% RH (non-condensing) 2. Controllers used indoors shall be mounted in a NEMA 1 enclosure at a minimum. 3. Controllers used outdoors and/or in wet ambient shall be mounted within NEMA 4 type waterproof enclosures, and shall be rated for operation at -40' F to 158' F [-40° C to 70' C]. 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 95 00 - 32/51 ENERGY MANAGEMENT AND Project No.: 23.22 CONTROL SYSTEM (EMCS) 07/01/2024 H. Input/Output: The Controller shall have on board or through expansion module all 1/0 capable of performing all functionality needed for the application. Controls provided by the equipment manufacture must supply the required 1/0 for the equipment. In addition other controls must meet the following requirements: 1. Shall support flexibility in valve type, the controllers shall be capable of supporting the following valve control types: 0-10VDC, 0-5VDC,4-20mA, 24VAC-2 position. 2. Shall support flexibility in sensor type,the controller shall be capable of reading sensor input ranges of 0 to10V, 0 to 20mA, 50ms or longer pulses, 200 to 201(ohm and RTD input. 3. Shall support flexibility in sensor type, all Analog Outputs shall have the additional capability of being programmed to operate as Universal Inputs or Pulse Width Modulation Outputs. 4. Shall support flexibility in sensor type,the controller and/or expansion modules shall support dry and wetted (24VAC) binary inputs. 5.The controller shall support pulse accumulator for connecting devices like energy meters. 6. In order to support a wide range of devices, the controller's binary output shall be able to drive at least 10VA each. 7. Any unused 1/0 that is not needed for the functionality of the equipment shall be available to be used by custom programs on the Controller and by any other controller on the network. 8.The Controller shall provide 24VAC and 24VDC power terminals sensors and other devices required. 9.The Controller shall provide a dedicated static pressure input. 1. Input/Output Expandability—The controller shall provide the following functionality in order to meet current and future application needs: 1. For the application flexibility, the controller shall be capable of expanding to a total of at least 100 hardware 1/0 terminations. 2. Expansion 1/0 can be mounted up to 650 ft. (200m)from control. 3. Expansion 1/0 can be added in as small as 4 point increments. 4.To keep BACnet MS/TP network traffic to a minimum, expansion 1/0 must communicate via an internal controller communication bus (point expansion via the BACnet MS/TP network is not allowed). J. Serviceability—The Controller shall provide the following in order to improve serviceability of the Controller. 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 95 00 - 33/51 ENERGY MANAGEMENT AND Project No.: 23.22 CONTROL SYSTEM (EMCS) 07/01/2024 1. Diagnostic LEDs for power/normal operation/status, BACnet communications, sensor bus communications, and binary outputs. All wiring connections shall be clearly labeled and made to be field removable. 2. Binary and analog inputs and outputs shall use removable connectors or be connected to terminal strip external to the control box. 3. Software service tool connection through the following methods: direct cable connection to the Controller, connection through another controller. 4. For safety purposes,the controller shall be capable of being powered by a portable computer's USB port for the purposes of configuration, programming and testing programs so that this work can be accomplished with the power off to the associated equipment. 5.The Controller software tool service port shall utilize standard off-the-shelf USB printer cable. 6. Capabilities to temporarily override the BACnet point values with built-in time expiration in the Controller. 7.To aid in service replacement, the Controller shall easily attached to standard DIN rail mounting. 8. For future expansion,the Controller shall be capable of adding sequence of operation programming utilizing service tools software with a graphical programming interface (editing or programming in line code is not permissible). 9.To aid in service replacement, the Controller shall allow for setting its BACnet address via controller mounted rotary switches that correspond to the numerical value of the address. (DIP switch methodologies are not allowed). Setting of the address shall be accomplished without the need of a service tool or power applied to the controller. 10. Controller data shall be maintained through a power failure. K. Software Retention: All Controller operating parameters, setpoints, BIOS, and sequence of operation code must be stored in non-volatile memory in order to maintain such information for months without power. L. Controller must meet the following Agency Compliance: 1. UL916 PAZX, Open Energy Management Equipment 2. UL94-5V, Flammability 3. FCC Part 15, Subpart B, Class B Limit 4. BACnet Testing Laboratory (BTL) listed as BACnet Advanced Application Controller(B-AAC) 2.10 VARAIBLE AIR VOLUME TERMINAL UNIT CONTROLLERS 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 95 00 - 34/51 ENERGY MANAGEMENT AND Project No.: 23.22 CONTROL SYSTEM (EMCS) 07/01/2024 A. General Description 1. Variable Air Volume (VAV) controllers shall be microprocessor-based DDC controllers which, through hardware or firmware design, control specified equipment. They are typically not user programmable, but are configurable for operation of VAV terminal units. 2. Variable Air Volume (VAV) controllers are controllers that operate equipment that control the space temperature of single zone. B. The VAV controller shall be capable of operating as a stand-alone controller or as a member of a Building Automation System (BAS). C. When the VAV controller is operating as a member of a Building Automation System (BAS),the application controller shall operate as follows: 1.The VAV controller will receive operation mode commands from the BAS network controller. The BAS commands shall include but not be limited to the following: Occupied Heat/Cool, Unoccupied Heat/Cool, Morning Warm-up,/ Pre-cool, Occupied Bypass). 2.The VAV controller will provide equipment status parameters to the BAS through BACnet communication. 3.The VAV controller will operate as a stand-alone controller in the event of communication failure with the BAS. 4. In case of communications failure stand-alone operation shall use default values or last known values for remote sensors read over the network such as outdoor air temperature. D. Stand-Alone Operation: Each VAV Terminal Unit shall be controlled by a single controller and provide stand-alone control in the event that a BAS is not present. E.The VAV controller shall communicate to the building automation system via one of the following protocols: BACnetTM MS/TP or BACnetTM Zigbee defined in ANSI®/ASHRAE° Standard 135-2020 1. BACnetTM MS/TP a. To allow maximum communications speed and co-existence with other controllers,the controller shall support at a minimum the following BACnet MS/TP manager baud rates: 9600, 19200, 38400, 76800. 2. BACnetTM Zigbee a. VAV controller wireless communication interface shall self-form and self-heal to maintain operation in the event of network communication failure. b. IEEE 802.15.4 radios to minimize risk of interference, reliability, and range. c. Operating range shall be a minimum of 200 feet; open range shall be 2,500 ft. (762 m) with less than 2% packet error rate. 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 95 00 - 35/51 ENERGY MANAGEMENT AND Project No.: 23.22 CONTROL SYSTEM (EMCS) 07/01/2024 d.To protect against harmful interference, certifications shall include Energy Management Equipment FCC CFR47, Section 15.247 &subpart E, Digital Modulation Transmission with no SAR (FCC ID:TPF-251701) F. Each VAV terminal unit shall use a space zone sensor(s) to measure the space condition it is serving. 1.The VAV controller shall use a wired or wireless communication interface to connect to its space zone sensor. 2. Each zone sensor communication interface shall be capable of many-to-one sensors per controller to support averaging, monitoring, and multiple zone applications. Sensing options shall include temperature, relative humidity, CO2, and occupancy. 3. Wireless zone sensors a. To check for proper operation, wireless zone temperature sensors shall include a signal strength and battery condition indicators on the zone sensor. b. The wireless zone sensor battery life shall provide at least 15 years life under normal operating conditions and must be readily available Lithium size AA, 1.5V. c. The wireless zone sensor and receiver addresses shall be held in non-volatile memory to ensure operation through system voltage disturbances and to minimize the risk of incorrect association. d.To ensure proper system performance, the wireless zone sensor shall automatically determine when the space temperature is rapidly changing. When the space temperature is readily changing, the space temperature shall be transmitted at least once each 30 seconds. The maximum time between transmissions shall be 15 minutes. e. Zone temperature sensing accuracy shall be+/-0.51F (+/-0.28C). G. Software 1.To meet the sequence of operation for each zone control,the controller shall use programs developed and tested by the controller manufacturer that are either factory loaded or downloaded with service tool to the controller. 2. For controlling ancillary devices and for flexibility to change the sequence of operation in the future, the controller shall be capable running custom programs written in a graphical programming language. H. Environment: Controller hardware shall be suitable for the anticipated ambient conditions. 1. Storage: -55'to 203' F (-48°to 95' C) and 5 to 95% Rh, non-condensing. 2. Operating: -40'to 158' F (-40 to 70' C) and 5 to 95% Rh, non-condensing. 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 95 00 - 36/51 ENERGY MANAGEMENT AND Project No.: 23.22 CONTROL SYSTEM (EMCS) 07/01/2024 3. Controllers used indoors shall be mounted in a NEMA 1 enclosure at a minimum. 4. Controllers used outdoors and/or in wet ambient shall be mounted within NEMA 4 type waterproof enclosures, and shall be rated for operation at -40'to 158' F [-40°to 70' C]. I. Input/Output: 1. For flexibility in selection and replacement of valves, the controllers shall be capable of supporting all of the following valve control types 0-10VDC, 0-5VDC, 4-20mA, 24VAC floating point, 24VAC-2 position (Normally Open or Normally Closed). 2. For flexibility in selection and replacement of sensors, the controllers shall be capable of reading sensor input ranges of 0 to10V, 0 to 20mA, and 200 to 201(ohm. 3. For flexibility in selection and replacement of binary devices, the controller shall support dry and wetted (24VAC) binary inputs. 4. For flexibility in selection and replacement devices, the controller shall have binary output which are able to drive at least 12VA each. 5. For flexibility in selection and replacement of motors, the controller shall be capable of outputting 24VAC (binary output), DC voltage (0 to 10VDC minimum range) and PWM (in the 80 to 100 Hz range). J. Serviceability—The controller shall provide the following in order to improve serviceability of the controller. 1. Diagnostic LEDs shall indicate correct operation or failures/faults for all of the following: power, sensors, BACnet communications, and 1/0 communications bus. 2. All binary output shall have LED's indicating the output state. 3. All wiring connectors shall removable without the use of a tool. 4. Software service tool connection through all of the following methods: direct cable connection to the controller, connection through another controller on BACnet link and through the controller's zone sensor. 5. For safety purposes, the controller shall be capable of being powered by a portable computer for the purposes of configuration, programming, and testing programs so that this work can be accomplished with the power off to the equipment. 6. Capabilities to temporarily override of BACnet point values with built-in time expiration in the controller. 7. BACnet MAC Address shall be set using decimal (0-9) based rotary switches. a. Configuration change shall not be made in a programming environment, but rather by a configuration page utilizing dropdown list, check boxes, and numeric boxes. 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 95 00 - 37/51 ENERGY MANAGEMENT AND Project No.: 23.22 CONTROL SYSTEM (EMCS) 07/01/2024 8. For ease of troubleshooting, the Controller shall support BACnet data trend logging. a.Trends shall be capable of being collected at a minimum sample rate of once every second. b. Shall be capable of trending all BACnet points used by controller c.Trends shall be capable of being scheduled or triggered K. Software Retention: All Zone Controller operating parameters, setpoints, BIOS, and sequence of operation code must be stored in non-volatile memory in order to maintain such information for months without power. L. Controller shall meet the following Agency Compliance: 1. UL916 PAZX, Open Energy Management Equipment 2. UL94-5V, Flammability 3. FCC Part 15, Subpart B, Class B Limit 4. AS/NZS CISPR 32:2016 5. VCCI-CSPR 32:2016 6. CAN ICES-003(B)/NMB-003(B) 7.To ensure integration to the building automation system the controller must be BTL(BACnet Testing Lab) listed. The following BACnet profiles are in order of most functionality (B-BC)to least functionality(B-ASC). a. BACnet Building Controller (B-BC) b. BACnet Advance Applications Controller(B-AAC) c. BACnet Application Specific Controller(B-ASC) 2.11 INPUT/OUTPUT INTERFACE: A. Hardwired inputs and outputs may tie into the system through building, custom application, or ASCs. B. All input points and output points shall be protected such that shorting of the point to itself, to another point, or to ground will cause no damage to the controller. All input and output points shall be protected from voltage up to 24V of any duration, such that contact with this voltage will cause no damage to the controller. C. Binary inputs shall allow the monitoring of on/off signals from remote devices.The binary inputs shall provide a wetting current of at least 12 mA to be compatible with commonly available control devices and shall be protected against the effects of contact bounce and noise. Binary inputs shall 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 95 00 - 38/51 ENERGY MANAGEMENT AND Project No.: 23.22 CONTROL SYSTEM (EMCS) 07/01/2024 sense "dry contact" closure without external power(other than that provided by the controller) being applied. D. Pulse accumulation input objects. This type of object shall conform to all the requirements of binary input objects and also accept up to 10 pulses per second for pulse accumulation. E. Analog inputs shall allow the monitoring of low voltage (0 to 10 VDC), current (4 to 20 mA), or resistance signals (thermistor, RTD). Analog inputs shall be compatible with and field configurable to commonly available sensing devices. F. Binary outputs shall provide for on/off operation or a pulsed low-voltage signal for pulse width modulation control. Binary outputs on building and custom application controllers shall have status lights. Outputs shall be selectable for either normally open or normally closed operation. G. Analog outputs shall provide a modulating signal for the control of end devices. Outputs shall provide either a 0 to 10VDC or a 4 to 20 mA signal as required to provide proper control of the output device. Analog outputs shall not exhibit a drift of greater than 0.4%of range per year. H. Tri-State Outputs. Provide tri-state outputs (two coordinated binary outputs)for control of three- point floating type electronic actuators without feedback. Use of three-point floating devices shall be limited to zone control and terminal unit control applications (VAV terminal units, duct-mounted heating coils, zone dampers, radiation, etc.). Control algorithms shall run the zone actuator to one end of its stroke once every 24 hours for verification of operator tracking. I. System Object Capacity.The system size shall be expandable to at least twice the number of input/ output objects required for this project. Additional controllers (along with associated devices and wiring) shall be all that is necessary to achieve this capacity requirement. The operator interfaces installed for this project shall not require any hardware additions or software revisions in order to expand the system. 2.12 POWER SUPPLIES: A. Control transformers shall be UL listed. Furnish Class 2 current-limiting type or furnish overcurrent protection in both primary and secondary circuits for Class 2 service in accordance with NEC requirements. Limit connected loads to 80%of rated capacity. 1. DC power supply output shall match output current and voltage requirements. Unit shall be full-wave rectifier type with output ripple of 5.0 mV maximum peak-to-peak. Regulation shall be 1.0% line and load combined, with 100-microsecond response time for 50% load changes. Unit shall have built-in overvoltage and overcurrent protection and shall be able to withstand a 150% current overload for at least three seconds without trip-out or failure. a. Unit shall operate between 0°C and 50°C(32°F and 120°F). EM/RF shall meet FCC Class B and VDE 0871 for Class B and MIL-STD 810C for shock and vibration. b. Line voltage units shall be UL recognized and CSA approved. 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 95 00 - 39/51 ENERGY MANAGEMENT AND Project No.: 23.22 CONTROL SYSTEM (EMCS) 07/01/2024 2.13 AUXILLARY CONTROL DEVICES: A. Motorized dampers, unless otherwise specified elsewhere, shall be as follows: 1. Damper frames shall be 16 gauge galvanized sheet metal or 1/8" extruded aluminum with reinforced corner bracing. 2. Damper blades shall not exceed 8" in width or 48" in length. Blades are to be suitable for medium velocity performance (2,000 fpm). Blades shall be not less than 16 gauge. 3. Damper shaft bearings shall be as recommended by manufacturer for application. 4. All blade edges and top and bottom of the frame shall be provided with compressible seals. Side seals shall be compressible stainless steel.The blade seals shall provide for a maximum leakage rate of 10 CFM per square foot at 2.5" w.c. differential pressure. 5. All leakage testing and pressure ratings will be based on AMCA Publication 500. 6. Individual damper sections shall not be larger than 48" x 60". Provide a minimum of one damper actuator per section. B. Control dampers shall be parallel or opposed blade types as scheduled on drawings. C. Electric damper/valve actuators 1.The actuator shall have electronic overload or digital rotation sensing circuitry to prevent damage to the actuator throughout the rotation of the actuator. 2. Where shown, for power-failure/safety applications, an internal mechanical, spring return mechanism shall be built into the actuator housing. 3. All rotary spring return actuators shall be capable of both clockwise or counter clockwise spring return operation. Linear actuators shall spring return to the retracted position. 4. Proportional actuators shall accept a 0-10 VDC or 0-20 ma control signal and provide a 2-10 VDC or 4-20 ma operating range. 5. All non-spring return actuators shall have an external manual gear release to allow manual positioning of the damper when the actuator is not powered. Spring return actuators with more than 60 in-lb. torque capacity shall have a manual crank for this purpose. 6. Actuators shall be provided with a conduit fitting and a minimum 1m electrical cable and shall be pre-wired to eliminate the necessity of opening the actuator housing to make electrical connections. 7. Actuators shall be Underwriters Laboratories Standard 873 listed. 8. Actuators shall be designed for a minimum of 60,000 full stroke cycles at the actuator's rated torque. 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 95 00 -40/51 ENERGY MANAGEMENT AND Project No.: 23.22 CONTROL SYSTEM (EMCS) 07/01/2024 D. Control Valves 1. Control valves shall be two-way or three-way type for two-position or modulating service as scheduled or shown. 2. Close-off(differential) Pressure Rating: Valve actuator and trim shall be furnished to provide the following minimum close-off pressure ratings: a. Water Valves: 1)Two-way: 150%of total system (pump) head. 2)Three-way: 300%of pressure differential between ports A and B at design flow or 100%of total system (pump) head. b. Steam Valves: 150%of operating (inlet) pressure. E. Water Valves 1. Body and trim style and materials shall be in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations for design conditions and service shown,with equal percentage ports for modulating service. 2. Sizing Criteria: a. Two-position service: Line size. b.Two-way modulating service: Pressure drop shall be equal to twice the pressure drop through heat exchanger(load), 50%of the pressure difference between supply and return mains, or 34.5 kPa (5 psi), whichever is greater. c. Three-way modulating service: Pressure drop equal to twice the pressure drop through the coil exchanger (load), 34.5 kPa (5 psi) maximum. d. Valves DN 15 (1/2 in.)through DN 50 (2 in.) shall be bronze body or cast brass ANSI Class 250, spring-loaded, PTFE packing, quick opening for two-position service.Two-way valves to have replaceable composition disc or stainless steel ball. e. Valves DN 65 (2 1/2 in.) and larger shall be cast iron ANSI Class 125 with guided plug and PTFE packing. 3. Water valves shall fail normally open or closed, as scheduled on plans, or as follows: a. Water zone valves—normally open preferred b. Heating coils in air handlers- normally open c. Chilled-water control valves- normally closed d. Other applications—as scheduled or as required by sequences of operation 23195 Arena HVAC Improvements 23 95 00 -41/51 ENERGY MANAGEMENT AND Project No.: 23.22 CONTROL SYSTEM (EMCS) 07/01/2024 4. Zone valves shall be sized to meet the control application and they shall maintain their last position in the event of a power failure. F. Steam Valves 1. Body and trim materials shall be in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations for design conditions and service with linear ports for modulating service. 2. Sizing Criteria: a.Two-position service: pressure drop 10%to 20%of inlet psig b. Modulating service: 100 kPa (15 psig) or less; pressure drop 80%of inlet psig c. Modulating service: 101 to 350 kPa (16 to 50 psig); pressure drop 50%of inlet psig d. Modulating service: over 350 kPa (50 psig); pressure drop as scheduled on plans G. Binary Temperature Devices 1. Low-voltage space thermostat shall be 24 V, bimetal-operated, mercury-switch type, with either adjustable or fixed anticipation heater, concealed setpoint adjustment, 13°C to 30°C (55°F to 85°F) setpoint range, 1°C (2°F) maximum differential, and vented ABS plastic cover. 2. Line-voltage space thermostat shall be bimetal-actuated, open contact type, or bellows- actuated, enclosed, snap-switch type or equivalent solid-state type, with heat anticipator, UL listed for electrical rating, concealed setpoint adjustment, 13°C to 30°C(55°F to 85°F) setpoint range, 1°C(2°F) maximum differential, and vented ABS plastic cover. 3. Low-limit thermostats. Low-limit airstream thermostats shall be UL listed, vapor pressure type, with an element of 6 m (20 ft) minimum length. Element shall respond to the lowest temperature sensed by any 30 cm (1 ft) section.The low-limit thermostat shall be manual reset only. H. Wired Temperature Sensors 1.Temperature sensors shall be RTD or thermistor. 2. Duct sensors shall be single point or averaging as shown.Averaging sensors shall be a minimum of 1.5 m (5 ft) in length per 1 m2 (10 ft2) of duct cross section. 3. Immersion sensors shall be provided with a separable stainless steel well. Pressure rating of well is to be consistent with the system pressure in which it is to be installed.The well must withstand the flow velocities in the pipe. 4. Space sensors shall be equipped with setpoint adjustment, override switch, display, and/or communication port as shown on plans. 5. Provide matched temperature sensors for differential temperature measurement. 23195 Arena HVAC 23 95 00 -42/51 ENERGY MANAGEMENT AND Improvements Project No.: CONTROL SYSTEM (EMCS) 23.22 07/01/2024 I.Wired Humidity Sensors 1. Duct and room sensors shall have a sensing range of 20%to 80%. 2. Duct sensors shall be provided with a sampling chamber. J. Static Pressure Sensors 1. Sensor shall have linear output signal. Zero and span shall be field-adjustable. 2. Sensor sensing elements shall withstand continuous operating conditions plus or minus 50% greater than calibrated span without damage. 3. Water pressure sensor shall have stainless steel diaphragm construction, proof pressure of 150 psi minimum. Sensor shall be complete with 4-20 ma output, required mounting brackets, and block and bleed valves. Mount in location accessible for service. 4. Water differential pressure sensor shall have stainless steel diaphragm construction, proof pressure of 150 psi minimum. Over-range limit (DP) and maximum static pressure shall be 3,000 psi. Transmitter shall be complete with 4-20 ma output, required mounting brackets, and five- valve manifold. Mount in a location accessible for service. K. Low Limit Thermostats 1. Safety low limit thermostats shall be vapor pressure type with an element 6m [20 ft] minimum length. Element shall respond to the lowest temperature sensed by any one foot section. 2. Low limit shall be manual reset only. 2.14 WIRING AND RACEWAYS: A. General: Provide copper wiring, plenum cable, and raceways as specified in the applicable sections of this specification. B. All insulated wire to be copper conductors, UL labeled for 90°C (194°F) minimum service. C. Fiber Optic Cable. Optical cables shall be duplex 900 mm tight-buffer construction designed for intra-building environments. The sheath shall be UL Listed OFNP in accordance with NEC Article 770. The optical fiber shall meet the requirements of FDDI, ANSI X3T9.5 PMD for 62.5/125 µm. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.0 SECTION INCLUDES 3.1 EXAMINATION: 3.2 PROTECTION: 3.3 COORDINATION: 23195 Arena HVAC 23 95 00 -43/51 ENERGY MANAGEMENT AND Improvements Project No.: CONTROL SYSTEM (EMCS) 23.22 07/01/2024 3.4 GENERAL WORKMANSHIP: 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: 3.6 COMMUNICATION WIRING: 3.7 FIBER OPTIC CABLE: 3.8 INSTALLATION OF SENSORS: 3.9 FLOW SWITCH INSTALLATION: 3.10 WARNING LABELS: 3.11 IDENTIFICATION OF HARDWARE AND WIRING: 3.12 CONTROLLERS: 3.13 PROGRAMMING: 3.14 CONTROL SYSTEM CHECKOUT AND TESTING: 3.15 CLEANING: 3.16 TRAINING: 3.1 EXAMINATION: A.The Contract Documents shall be thoroughly examined for coordination of control devices, their installation, wiring, and commissioning. Coordinate and review mechanical equipment specifications, locations, and identify any discrepancies, conflicts, or omissions that shall be reported to the Architect/Engineer for resolution before rough-in work is started. B. The BAS manufacturer shall inspect the jobsite in order to verify that control equipment can be installed as required, and any discrepancies, conflicts, or omissions shall be reported to the Architect/Engineer for resolution before rough-in work is started. 3.2 PROTECTION: A.The BAS installation contractor shall protect all work and material from damage by their work or personnel, and shall be liable for all damage thus caused. B. The BAS manufacturer shall be responsible for their work and equipment until final inspection, testing, and acceptance. The BAS installing contractor shall protect their work against theft or damage, and shall carefully store material and equipment received on site that is not immediately installed. The Contractor shall close all open ends of work with temporary covers or plugs during storage and construction to prevent entry of foreign objects. 3.3 COORDINATION: 23195 Arena HVAC 23 95 00 -44/51 ENERGY MANAGEMENT AND Improvements Project No.: CONTROL SYSTEM (EMCS) 23.22 07/01/2024 A. Site 1. Where the mechanical work will be installed in close proximity to, or will interfere with,work of other trades, the contractor shall assist in working out space conditions to make a satisfactory adjustment. If the contractor installs his/her work before coordinating with other trades, so as to cause any interference with work of other trades, the contractor shall make the necessary changes in his/her work to correct the condition without extra charge. 2. Coordinate and schedule work with all other work in the same area, or with work that is dependent upon other work, to facilitate mutual progress. B. Submittals. Refer to the "Submittals," section of this specification for requirements. C.Test and Balance 1.The contractor shall furnish a single set of all tools necessary to interface to the control system for test and balance purposes. 2.The contractor shall provide training in the use of these tools.This training will be planned for a duration of 4 hours. 3. In addition, the contractor shall provide a qualified technician to assist in the test and balance process, until the first 20 terminal units are balanced. 4.The tools used during the test and balance process shall be returned to the contractor at the completion of the testing and balancing. D. Life Safety 1. Duct smoke detectors required for air handler shutdown shall be supplied under Section 26100 of this specification.The contractor shall interlock smoke detectors to air handlers for shutdown as described in the Sequences of Operation for this project. 2. Smoke dampers and actuators required for duct smoke isolation are provided under Section 26100.The contractor shall interlock these dampers to the air handlers as described in the Sequences of Operation for this project as applicable. 3. Fire/smoke dampers and actuators required for fire rated walls are provided under another Section 26100. Control of these dampers shall be by 26100 E. Coordination with Controls Specified in Other Sections or Divisions. Other sections and/or divisions of this specification include controls and control devices that are to be part of or interfaced to the control system specified in this section.These controls shall be integrated into the system and coordinated by the contractor as follows: 1. All communication media and equipment shall be provided as specified in the "Communication" section of this specification. 23195 Arena HVAC 23 95 00 -45/51 ENERGY MANAGEMENT AND Improvements Project No.: CONTROL SYSTEM (EMCS) 23.22 07/01/2024 2. Each supplier of a controls product is responsible for the configuration, programming, start- up, and testing of that product to meet the sequences of operation described in this section. 3.The Contractor shall coordinate and resolve any incompatibility issues that arise between the control products provided under this section and those provided under other sections or divisions of this specification. 3.4 GENERAL WORKMANSHIP: A. Install equipment, piping,wiring/conduit, parallel to building lines (i.e. horizontal, vertical, and parallel to walls)wherever possible. B. Provide sufficient slack and flexible connections to allow for vibration of piping and equipment. C. Install all equipment in readily accessible locations as defined by National Electric Code (NEC). Control panels shall be attached to structural walls or properly supported in a free-standing configuration, unless mounted in equipment enclosure specifically designed for that purpose. Panels shall be mounted to allow for unobstructed access for service. D. Verify integrity of all control wiring to ensure continuity and freedom from shorts and grounds prior to commencing the startup and commissioning procedures. E. All control device installation and wiring shall comply with Contract Documents, acceptable industry specifications, and industry standards for performance, reliability, and compatibility. Installation and wiring shall be executed in strict adherence to local codes and standard practices referenced in Contract Documents. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: A.All work, materials, and equipment shall comply with the rules and regulations of applicable local, state, and federal codes and ordinances as identified in Contract Documents. B. BAS manufacturer shall continually monitor the field installation for building code compliance and quality of workmanship. All visible piping and or wiring runs shall be installed parallel to building lines and properly supported. C. BAS installing Contractor(s) shall arrange for field inspections by local and/or state authorities having jurisdiction over the work. 3.6 COMMUNICATION WIRING: A.All cabling shall be installed in a neat and workmanlike manner. Follow manufacturer's installation recommendations for all communication cabling. B. Do not install communication wiring in raceway and enclosures containing Class 1 or other Class 2 wiring. 23195 Arena HVAC 23 95 00 -46/51 ENERGY MANAGEMENT AND Improvements Project No.: CONTROL SYSTEM (EMCS) 23.22 07/01/2024 C. Maximum pulling, tension, and bend radius for cable installation, as specified by the cable manufacturer shall not be exceeded during installation. D. Contractor shall verify the integrity of the entire network following cable installation. Use appropriate test measures for each particular cable. E. When a cable enters or exits a building, a lighting arrestor must be installed between the line and ground. F. All runs of communication wiring shall be unspliced length when the length is commercially available. G. All communication wiring shall be labeled to indicate origin and destination. 3.7 FIBER OPTIC CABLE: A.All cabling shall be installed in a neat and workmanlike manner. Minimum cable and unjacketed fiber bend radii as specified by cable manufacturer shall be maintained. B. Maximum pulling tensions as specified by the cable manufacturer shall not be exceeded during installation. Post installation residual cable tension shall be within cable manufacturer's specifications. C. Fiber optic cabinets, hardware, and cable entering the cabinet shall be installed in accordance with manufacturers' instructions. Minimum cable and unjacketed fiber bend radii as specified by cable manufacturer shall be maintained. 3.8 INSTALLATION OF SENSORS: A. Sensors required for mechanical equipment operation shall be factory installed and wired as specified in mechanical equipment specifications. BAS manufacturer shall be responsible for coordinating these control devices and ensuring the sequence of operations will be met. Installation and wiring shall be in accordance with the BAS manufacturer's recommendations. B. Sensors that require field mounting shall meet the BAS manufacturer's recommendations and be coordinated with the mechanical equipment they will be associated. C. Mount sensors rigidly and adequately for the environment the sensor will operate. D. Room temperature sensors shall be installed on concealed junction boxes properly supported by the block wall framing. For installation in dry wall ceilings,the low voltage sensor wiring can be installed exposed and must meet applicable National and Local Electrical Codes. E. All wires attached to wall mounted sensors shall be sealed off to prevent air from transmitting in the associated conduit and affecting the room sensor readings. F. Install duct static pressure tap with tube end facing directly down-stream of air flow. 23195 Arena HVAC 23 95 00 -47/51 ENERGY MANAGEMENT AND Improvements Project No.: CONTROL SYSTEM (EMCS) 23.22 07/01/2024 G. Install space static pressure sensor with static sensing probe applicable for space installation where applicable. H. Sensors used in mixing plenums, and hot and cold decks shall be of the averaging type. Averaging sensors shall be installed in a serpentine manner horizontally across duct. Each bend shall be supported with a capillary clip. I.All pipe mounted temperature sensors shall be installed in matched thermowells. Install all liquid temperature sensors with heat conducting fluid in thermal wells for adequate thermal conductance. J. Wiring for space sensors shall be concealed in building drywall. EMT conduit is acceptable within mechanical equipment and service rooms. K. Install outdoor air temperature sensors on north wall complete with sun shield at manufacturer's recommended location and coordinated with Engineer. 3.9 FLOW SWITCH INSTALLATION: A. Coordinate installation of flow switch with Mechanical Contractor who will be responsible for installing a thread o let in steel piping applications. Copper pipe applications will require the use CxCxF Tee, and no pipe extensions or substitutions will be allowed. B. Mount a minimum of 5 pipe diameters upstream and 5 pipe diameters downstream, or two feet, whichever is greater, from pipe fittings and other inline potential obstructions. C. Install in accordance with manufacturers' instructions, which will require proper flow direction, horizontal alignment with flow switch mounting on the top of pipe. 3.10 WARNING LABELS: A. Permanent warning labels shall be affixed to all equipment that can be automatically started by the BAS system. B. Permanent warning labels shall be affixed to all motor starters and all control panels that are connected to multiple power sources utilizing separate disconnects. 3.11 IDENTIFICATION OF HARDWARE AND WIRING: A.All field wiring and cabling, including that within factory mounted, and wired control panels and devices for mechanical equipment, shall be labeled at each end within 2" of termination with a cable identifier and other descriptive information for troubleshooting, maintenance, and service purposes. BAS manufacturer to coordinate this labeling requirement with mechanical equipment manufacturer as it relates to controls. B. Permanently label or code each point of field terminal strips to show the instrument or item served and correlate them to the BAS design drawings. C. Identify control panels with minimum 1-cm letters on laminated plastic nameplates. 23195 Arena HVAC 23 95 00 -48/51 ENERGY MANAGEMENT AND Improvements Project No.: CONTROL SYSTEM (EMCS) 23.22 07/01/2024 D. Identifiers shall match record documents. All plug-in components shall be labeled such that removal of the component does not remove the label. 3.12 CONTROLLERS: A. Provide a separate DDC Controller for individual HVAC mechanical equipment. BAS manufacturer shall furnish and coordinate DDC controllers and control devices and ensure that installation and wiring adhere to BAS manufacturer's design recommendations. For those mechanical equipment units that do not have factory installed controls specified, the BAS manufacturer shall field mount controls and coordinate all installation and termination information to ensure the specified sequence of operations are met. B. Building Controllers and Custom Application Controllers shall be selected to provide a minimum of 15%spare 1/0 point capacity for each point type (analog or digital)found at each location. If input points are not universal, 15%of each type is required. If outputs are not universal, 15%of each type is required. A minimum of one spare is required for each type of point used in each controller. 1. Future use of spare 1/0 point capacity shall require providing the field instrument and control device, field wiring, engineering, programming, and commissioning. No additional Controller boards or point modules shall be required to implement use of these spare points. 3.13 PROGRAMMING: A. Provide sufficient internal memory for all controllers to ensure specified sequence of operations, alarming, trending, and reporting requirements are achieved. BAS manufacturer shall provide a minimum of 25%spare memory capacity for future use. B. Point Naming: System point names shall be modular in design, allowing easy operator interface without the use of a written point index. C. Software Programming 1. Provide programming for individual mechanical systems to achieve all aspects of the sequence of operation specified. It is the BAS manufacturer's responsibility to ensure all mechanical equipment functions and operates as specified in sequence of operations. Provide sufficient programming comments in controller application software to clearly describe each section of the program. The comment statements shall reflect the language used in the sequence of operations. D. BAS Operator's Interface 1. When Operator Workstation is specified, provide color graphics for each piece of mechanical equipment depicting sufficient 1/0 to monitor and troubleshoot operation. Operator color graphics shall include Chiller Plant, Cooling Tower System, Boiler Plant, Air Handling Units, Rooftop Units, VAV Terminal Boxes, Fan Coil Units, Unit Ventilators, Heat Exchangers, Exhaust 23195 Arena HVAC 23 95 00 -49/51 ENERGY MANAGEMENT AND Improvements Project No.: CONTROL SYSTEM (EMCS) 23.22 07/01/2024 Fans, etc. These standard graphics shall depict all points dynamically as specified in the points list and/or indicated in sequence of operation. 2.The BAS manufacturer shall provide all the labor necessary to install, initialize, start up, and trouble-shoot all operator interface software and their functions as described in this section. This includes any operating system software,the operator interface data base, and any third party software installation and integration required for successful operation of the operator interface. 3. As part of this execution phase, the BAS manufacturer shall perform a complete test of the operator interface. 3.14 CONTROL SYSTEM CHECKOUT AND TESTING: A. Start-up testing. All testing in this section shall be performed by the contractor and shall make up part of the necessary verification of an operating control system.This testing shall be completed before the owner's representative is notified of the system demonstration. 1.The contractor shall furnish all labor and test apparatus required to calibrate and prepare for service all of the instruments, controls, and accessory equipment furnished under this specification. 2. Verify that all control wiring is properly connected and free of all shorts and ground faults. Verify that terminations are tight. 3. Enable the control systems and verify calibration of all input devices individually. Perform calibration procedures according to manufacturer's recommendations. 4. Verify all binary output devices (relays, solenoid valves,two-position actuators and control valves, magnetic starter, etc.) operate properly and normal positions are correct. 5. Verify all analog output devices (I/Ps, actuators, etc) are functional, that startand span are correct, and that direection and normal positions are correct. The contractor shall check all control valves and autoatic dampers to ensure proper action and closure.The contractor shall make any necessary adjustments to valve stem and damper blade travel. 6. Verify the system operation adheres to the sequences of operation. Simulate and observe all modes of operation by overriding and varying inputs and schedules.Tune all DDC loops and optimal start/stop routimes. 7. Alarms and Interlocks a. Check each alarm separately by including an appropriate signal at a value that will trip the alarm. b. Interlocks shall be tripped using field contacts to check the logic, as well as to ensure that the fail-safe condition for all actuators is in the proper direction. 23195 Arena HVAC 23 95 00 - 50/51 ENERGY MANAGEMENT AND Improvements Project No.: CONTROL SYSTEM (EMCS) 23.22 07/01/2024 c. Interlock actions shall be tested by simulating alarm conditions to check the initiating value of the variable and interlock action. 3.15 CLEANING: A.The BAS manufacturer's installing contractor(s) shall clean up all debris resulting from their installation activities on a daily basis. The installation contractors shall remove all cartons, containers, crates, etc. under his control as soon as their contents have been removed. Waste shall be collected and placed in a location designated by the Owner, Construction Manager, General Contractor, and/or Mechanical Contractor. B. At the completion of work in any area, the installation contractor shall clean all of their work, equipment, etc., making it free from dust, dirt and debris. C. At the completion of work, all equipment furnished under this Section shall be checked for paint damage. Any factory finished paint that has been damaged shall be repaired to match the adjacent areas. Any metal cabinet or enclosure that has been deformed shall be replaced with new material and repainted to match the adjacent areas. 3.16 TRAINING: A. Provide minimum of(4) hours of operator training throughout the contract period. The training will be provided for personnel designated by the Owner. B. These objectives will be divided into logical groupings; participants may attend one or more of these, depending on level of knowledge required: 1. Day-to-day BAS Operators 2. BAS Troubleshooting & Maintenance PART 4-SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS 4.0 Refer to the Section 23 95 01 for project sequence of operations. END OF SECTION 23 95 00 23195 Arena HVAC 23 95 00 - 51/51 ENERGY MANAGEMENT AND Improvements Project No.: CONTROL SYSTEM (EMCS) 23.22 07/01/2024 23 95 01 Sequence of Operation: COOLING PLANT SYSTEMS System General Description: The cooling plant control system shall monitor and control the system's chiller(s), pump(s), cooling tower(s) and control valves as shown on the cooling plant flow diagram, on the cooling plant points list and as detailed in the sequence of operation listed below. The cooling plant system consists of water-cooled chiller(s) with its piping configuration arranged as a primary/ secondary loop supplying chilled water to the facility. The manifolded chilled water distribution pumps are configured as lead / lag control. The manifolded condenser water pump(s) are configured as lead / lag control and are able to supply condenser water flow between any cooling tower and any chiller that has been enabled for operation by the system. Cooling Plant System Enable/Disable: The cooling plant system shall be enabled/disabled by the cooling plant controller as requested by the Building Automation System (BAS) operator interface panel or the BAS time of day schedule. The cooling plant control system will start and stop the chilled water pumps and chillers based upon system load. When the cooling plant system is enabled the system shall enable the lead secondary chilled water pump to start based on a call for cooling from the BAS. When flow status for the pump is proven, the system shall report running status to the BAS. When the cooling plant system is enabled the system shall send an enable signal to the lead chiller. Upon receiving the enable signal the chiller shall send a chilled water pump request signal to the control system to enable the chilled water pumping sequence. When the cooling plant system is enabled, the system shall respond to a chilled water pump request from any system chiller. The system shall command the associated chilled water isolation valve open and enable the lead primary chilled water pump to start. As additional chillers make chilled water pump requests, open the associated chilled water isolation valve and enable the next (lag) primary chilled water pump to start. When the cooling plant system is enabled, the system controller shall also enable the condenser water system to maintain the condenser water temperature to its setpoint. Refer to condenser water and cooling tower sequences of this document for detailed operation of these systems. The cooling plant is disabled when all chillers are disabled and there is not an active chilled water pump request. When the plant is disabled, the chilled water pumps shall be commanded off and the chiller isolation valves shall be closed. Chiller Staging: Chillers will operate in a lead/lag sequence, so that the last chiller enabled is the first to be disabled. The cooling plant system shall initiate the start of the next chiller in the sequence whenever the chilled water load, as determined by the system supply water temperature, is not met for 20 minutes (adj.). The system shall initiate the shut down of the next chiller in the SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS sequence whenever excess chilled water capacity exists, as determined by percent run load amps, for 20 minutes (adj.). Chiller lead/lag sequence order will be based on a round robin logic. (Round robin logic example: 1-2-3, then 2-3-1, then 3-1-2, then 1-2-3, etc.). The chiller sequence order can be rotated on a schedule. Chiller rotations will be programmed to occur at one of the following operator-defined intervals: NEVER: Chillers will always have the same sequence number. DAY OF WEEK: Chillers will rotate on a user-specified day and time once per week. FIXED NUMBER OF DAYS: Chillers will rotate after the number of days specified has elapsed. RUN HOURS: Chillers rotate to attempt to even out the amount of time each chiller runs. When any chiller reaches the user-defined run hours setpoint (which is measured only from the last rotation), the system controller can re-sequence the chillers, if necessary, to put the chiller with the least total run hours into a higher-use position in the sequence. ROTATIONAL INPUT: Chillers will rotate when the specified reference commands them to rotate. From the BAS operator interface, an operator shall be able to manually change the lead/lag sequence or request any chiller to be unavailable which would remove it from the rotation sequence. Chiller Isolation Valves: Chiller isolation valves shall prevent the flow of fluid through non-operating chillers. When the system receives a chiller water pump request from a chiller, the chiller isolation valve will be controlled to 100% open. Chiller isolation valve stroke time shall be (60-120) seconds (adj.) to reduce operating chiller flow transients. When the valve is confirmed to be 100% open the system will start the respective chilled water and condenser water pumps. If the chiller's isolation valve is not confirmed open after (valve stroke time plus 60 sec) 180 seconds (adj.), the system shall annunciate a chiller isolation valve failure alarm to the BAS operator interface. Primary Chilled Water Pump Commands: When the chilled water system is enabled, the system shall start a chilled water pump through a contact closure of the pumps motor starter enable contacts. The system shall detect primary chilled water pump run status by a current switch. The manifolded primary chilled water pumps will operate in a lead/lag sequence that shall be rotated on a weekly schedule. The rotation sequence shall be based on calculated run time with the pump having the least run time designated as lead, the pump with the next lowest run time will be the second in the sequence (or lag pump) and so on. From the BAS operator interface, an operator shall be able to manually change the lead/lag sequence or request any pump to be unavailable which would remove it from the rotation sequence. Primary Chilled Water Pump Failure: If the lead start/stop relay is enabled and the pump's running status is off for more than 30 seconds (adj.), the system shall annunciate a chilled water pump failure alarm to the BAS and start the next pump in the sequence. Once the problem has been corrected, the operator shall SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS be able to clear the alarm failure from the BAS operator interface or by manually overriding the pump on. This shall re-enable the lead/standby sequence. Secondary Chilled Water Pump Commands: The system shall start a secondary chilled water pump through a contact closure of the pump's variable speed drive run-enable contacts. The system shall detect secondary chilled water pump run status by a variable speed drive current switch. The secondary chilled water pump(s) lead/lag sequence shall be rotated on a weekly schedule. The rotation sequence shall be based on calculated run time with the pump having the least run time designated as lead, the pump with the next lowest run time will be the second in the sequence (or lag pump) and so on. From the BAS operator interface, an operator shall be able to manually change the lead/lag sequence or request any pump to be unavailable which would remove it from the rotation sequence. If the chilled water system differential pressure falls 0.5 psig (adj.) below setpoint and the lead pump is at 100% (adj.) for more than 5 minutes (adj.), the next pump in the sequence shall start. If the pump speed control output is below 65% (adj.) for more than 5 minutes (adj.), the last operating pump in the sequence shall be disabled. Secondary Chilled Water Pump Speed: The system shall monitor the secondary chilled water system differential pressure sensor. When the pump variable speed drive is enabled, the system shall control the analog speed signal that is sent to the variable speed drives of operating pumps to maintain a chilled water system differential pressure setpoint of 15 psig (adj.). Secondary Chilled Water Pump Failure: If the lead start/stop relay is enabled and the pump's running status is off for more than 30 seconds (adj.), the system shall annunciate a secondary chilled water pump failure alarm to the BAS and start the lag pump. When a secondary chilled water pump failure exists, lead/lag/standby automation shall be disabled and the currently running pump becomes the lead pump. Once the problem has been corrected, the operator shall be able to clear the alarm failure from the BAS operator interface. This shall re-enable the lead/lag/standby sequence. Optimized Distribution Pump Differential Pressure Control: The system shall monitor the chilled water system differential pressure sensor. The system shall control the chilled water pump(s) variable speed drive to maintain the chilled water system differential pressure to its setpoint. The BAS shall monitor the position of all chilled water control valves served by the cooling plant. At chilled water system startup, the chilled water system pressure setpoint will be set to the system design value of XX psi (adj). In all cases the distribution pump(s) differential pressure setpoint shall be bound between a minimum of 30 psi (adj) and a maximum of the system design value. The setpoint control shall be based on ASHRAE Guideline 36 "Trim and Respond Logic": At a frequency of once every 10 minutes (adj), the control system shall calculate requests for cooling based on the criteria shown below: SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 1) The air handler unit (AHU) other other equipment served by the cooling plant has been running in a Cooling Mode for 15 minutes (adj). 2) If an AHU's (or other equipment) chilled water valve is greater than 95%, send 1 request until the chilled water valve is less than 70%. 3) If an AHU's (or other equipment) chilled water valve is serving a critical load (i.e data center) , send 2 requests (adj) if an AHU's chilled water valve is greater than 95%, send 1 request when the chilled water valve is between 80% and 95%. Send zero requests when the chilled water valve is less than 65%. 4) Else if the chilled water valve is less than 95%, send 0 requests. The BAS shall default to ignoring the first 2 requests (adj). (Note: At startup set Ignore value to at least 40% of the number of AHUs served). When (Requests > Ignores) the system shall respond by adjusting the chilled water pump differential pressure setpoint upward by ((Requests - Ignores) * (3) psi) (adj), but no larger than 10 psi (adj). When requests are equal to, or less than Ignores, the setpoint shall be reset downward by 2 psi (adj). Condenser Water System Enable/Disable: The condenser water system shall be enabled from the cooling plant system controller or from an optional higher level Building Automation System (BAS) based on cooling plant status. When enabled, the cooling plant system will control the condenser water temperature to its setpoint (adj.) by controlling the tower fan variable speed drive enable/disable and speed control inputs and the tower bypass valve position. The cooling plant system and optional higher level BAS also controls the chiller condenser flow based on a differential pressure setpoint (adj.) by controlling the condenser water pump variable speed drive enable/disable and speed control inputs. When the condenser water system is disabled, the condenser water pump(s) and cooling tower fan(s) shall be commanded off, when the condenser water pumps are confirmed off the lag tower isolation valves shall be closed. The isolation valves for the first tower in the sequence shall be an exception to this. It shall remain open so that the pump(s) can start immediately when the plant is enabled. Condenser Water Pump Commands: The system shall start a condenser water pump through a contact closure of the pumps variable speed drive run-enable contacts. The system shall detect condenser water pump run status by a variable speed drive current switch. The condenser water pump(s) lead/lag sequence shall be rotated on a weekly schedule. The rotation sequence shall be based on calculated run time with the pump having the least run time designated as lead, the pump with the next lowest run time will be the second in the sequence (or lag pump) and so on. From the BAS operator interface, an operator shall be able to manually change the lead/lag sequence or request any pump to be unavailable which would remove it from the rotation sequence. If the condenser water system differential pressure falls 0.5 psig (adj.) below setpoint and the lead pump is at 100% (adj.) for more than 5 minutes (adj.), the next pump in the sequence shall 23 95 01 -4/56 SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS start. If the pump speed control output is below 65% (adj.) for more than 5 minutes (adj.), the last operating pump in the sequence shall be disabled. Condenser Pump Speed: The system shall monitor the chillers condenser differential pressure sensor(s). When the pump variable speed drive is enabled, the system shall control the analog speed signal that is sent to the pump variable speed drive to maintain the enabled chiller(s) condenser water differential pressure to its setpoint (adj.). Condenser Pump Failure: If the lead pump start/stop relay is enabled and the current switch status is off for more than 30 seconds (adj.), the system shall annunciate a condenser water pump failure alarm to the BAS the lag pump shall be commanded on. Once the problem has been corrected, the operator shall be able to clear the alarm failure from the BAS operator interface or by manually overriding the pump on. Cooling Tower Isolation Valves: Cooling towers shall operate with condenser water pumps. With operation of a pump, the selected tower isolation valve shall be controlled to allow tower temperature control to function. Cooling Tower Bypass Control: When the condenser water system is enabled, the cooling tower shall maintain the chiller entering condenser water temperature by first modulating the normally open bypass valve. When the valve is in full tower bypass and the entering condenser water temperature is greater than the entering condenser water temperature setpoint minus 2 deg.F (adj.), the bypass valve shall begin to close sending water to the cooling tower. The bypass valve shall continue to modulate closed to maintain the entering condenser water temperature to its setpoint without the tower fans. When the bypass valve is fully closed and the entering condenser water temperature reaches condenser water temperature setpoint plus 2 deg.F( adj.) the condenser water temperature shall be maintained by operating the cooling tower fans to maintain the entering condenser water temperature to its setpoint. Cooling Tower Fan Start/Stop: The system shall command a tower fan on through a contact closure of the fans variable speed drive run-enable contacts. The system shall detect tower fan status by a variable speed drive current switch. Cooling Tower Control: Cooling tower staging sequence shall be rotated on a weekly schedule. The rotation sequence shall be based on calculated run time with the tower having the least run time designated as lead, the tower with the next lowest run time will be the second in the sequence (or lag tower) and so on. From the BAS operator interface, an operator shall be able to manually change the staging an operator shall be able to manually change the lead/lag sequence or request any tower to be unavailable which would remove it from the rotation sequence. SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS When a chiller is operating and the cooling tower leaving water temperature rises to 2 deg.F (adj.) above the condenser water temperature setpoint 80 deg.F (adj), the lead cooling tower fan shall be commanded on at minimum speed and the cooling plant system controller shall modulate the tower fan speed to maintain the condenser water to its setpoint. When the operating fan is running at minimum speed, and the cooling tower leaving water temperature falls to 5 deg. F (adj.) below condenser water temperature setpoint the cooling tower fan shall be commanded off. Cooling tower fans shall have 3 minute (adj.) minimum on and off and speed change delays. Cooling Tower Failure: If the lead tower fan start/stop relay is enabled and the current switch status is off for more than 15 seconds (adj.) or whenever the tower vibration switch is activated the system shall annunciate a tower fan failure alarm to the BAS operator interface. When a tower fan failure exists the system shall start the next (lag) tower in the sequence and disable the lead/lag automation. The currently running tower cell shall become the lead cell. Once the problem has been corrected, the operator shall be able to clear the alarm failure from the from the BAS operator interface, by manually overriding the fan on. This action shall re-enable the lead/lag sequence. Cooling Tower Sump Heat Control: The sump heat shall only be enabled when tower's condenser water system flow is disabled and the outdoor temperature is below 38 deg.F (adj.) When enabled, cooling tower sump heaters shall be controlled to maintain a sump temperature of 45 deg.F (adj. A multiple position cooling tower sump level sensor shall provide High Water Alarm and Low Water Alarm information to the BAS operator interface. 23 95 01 -6/56 SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS Points List -COOLING PLANT SYSTEMS System Point Description POINTS ALARMS O O a m a x Z Z 0 p LLLU U W w W COH U LL a a a a Z W ~ Z to J J co 0 d Z Z (7 (7 Z J 2 = 2 = w w 0 `1 U Q LL 7 7 WO a a j} � ZZ } 0w} w w a Q W UO2 U z z z z O a w 0 0 ? a w O CHILLER 1 CHILLED WATER FLOW STATUS X X CH1 CHW FLW CHILLER 1 CHILLED WATER ISO VALVE OUTPUT X X CH1 CHW ISV CHILLER 1 CHILLED WATER ISO VALVE OPEN STATUS X X CH1 CHW ISV CHILLER 1 CHILLED WATER PUMP REQUEST FROM CHILLER X X CH1 CHWP R CHILLER 1 CONDENSER WATER DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE X X X X CH1 CW DP CHILLER 1 CONDENSER WATER FLOW STATUS X X CH1 CW FLW CHILLER 1 CONDENSER WATER ISO VALVE OUTPUT X X CH1 CW ISV CHILLER 1 CONDENSER WATER ISO VALVE STATUS X X CH1 CW ISV CHILLER 1 CONDENSER WATER PUMP REQUEST FROM CHILLER X X CH1 CWP R CHILLER 2 CHILLED WATER FLOW STATUS X X CH2 CHW FLW CHILLER 2 CHILLED WATER ISO VALVE OUTUPUT X X CH2 CHW ISV CHILLER 2 CHILLED WATER ISO VALVE OPEN STATUS X X CH2 CHW ISV CHILLER 2 CHILLED WATER PUMP REQUEST FROM CHILLER X X CH2 CHWP R SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS CHILLER 2 CONDENSER WATER DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE X X X X CH2 CW DP CHILLER 2 CONDENSER WATER FLOW STATUS X X CH2 CW FLW CHILLER 2 CONDENSER WATER ISO VALVE OUTPUT X X CH2 CW ISV CHILLER 2 CONDENSER WATER ISO VALVE STATUS X X CH2 CW ISV CHILLER 2 CONDENSER WATER PUMP REQUEST FROM CHILLER X X CH2 CWP R CONDENSER WATER PUMP 1 START STOP X X CW P1 CONDENSER WATER PUMP 1 STATUS X X CW P1 CONDENSER WATER PUMP 1 SPEED X X CW P1 CONDENSER WATER PUMP 2 START STOP X X CW P2 CONDENSER WATER PUMP 2 STATUS X X CW P2 CONDENSER WATER PUMP 2 SPEED X X CW P2 CONDENSER WATER SYSTEM DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE X X X X CWS DP CONDENSER WATER SUPPLY SYSTEM TEMPERATURE X X X X X CWS T CONDENSER WATER RETURN SYSTEM TEMPERATURE X X CWRT OUTDOOR AIR RELATIVE HUMIDITY LOCAL X X X OAH OUTDOOR AIR TEMPERATURE LOCAL X X X OAT PRIMARY CHILLED WATER FLOW METER X X X X X PCHW F PRIMARY CHILLED WATER PUMP 1 START STOP X X PCHW P1 PRIMARY CHILLED WATER PUMP 1 STATUS X X PCHW P1 PRIMARY CHILLED WATER PUMP 2 START STOP X X PCHW P2 PRIMARY CHILLED WATER PUMP 2 STATUS X X PCHW P2 PRIMARY CHILLED WATER RETURN TEMPERATURE X X X X X PCHW RT PRIMARY CHILLED WATER SUPPLY TEMPERATURE X X X X X PCHW ST SECONDARY CHILLED WATER DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE X X X X X SCHW DP SECONDARY CHILLED WATER FLOW METER X X X X X SCHW F SECONDARY CHILLED WATER PUMP 1 START STOP X X SCHW P1 SECONDARY CHILLED WATER PUMP 1 STATUS X X SCHW P1 SECONDARY CHILLED WATER PUMP 1 SPEED X X SCHW P1 SECONDARY CHILLED WATER PUMP 2 START STOP X X SCHW P2 SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS SECONDARY CHILLED WATER PUMP 2 STATUS X X SCHW P2 SECONDARY CHILLED WATER PUMP 2 SPEED X X SCHW P2 SECONDARY CHILLED WATER RETURN TEMPERATURE X X X SCHW RT SECONDARY CHILLED WATER SUPPLY TEMPERATURE X X X X X SCHW ST TOWER 1 FAN START STOP X X T1 FAN TOWER 1 FAN STATUS X X T1 FAN TOWER 1 FAN SPEED X X T1 FAN TOWER 1 FAN VIBRATION ALARM X X X T1 VIB TOWER 1 LEAVING WATER TEMPERATURE X X X X X T1 LWT TOWER 1 SUMP HEATER START STOP X X T1 SHT TOWER 1 SUMP LEVEL INDICATION X X X X X T1 SLV TOWER 1 SUMP WATER TEMPERATURE X X X X X T1 SWT TOWER 1 WATER ISOLATION VALVE(S)OUTPUT X X T1 ISV TOWER 2 FAN START STOP X X T2 FAN TOWER 2 FAN STATUS X X T2 FAN TOWER 2 FAN SPEED X X T2 FAN TOWER 2 FAN VIBRATION ALARM X X X T2 VIB TOWER 2 LEAVING WATER TEMPERATURE X X X X X T2 LWT TOWER 2 SUMP HEATER START STOP X X T2 SHT TOWER 2 SUMP LEVEL INIDCATION X X X X X T2 SLV TOWER 2 SUMP WATER TEMPERATURE X X X X X T2 SWT TOWER 2 WATER ISOLATION VALVE(S)OUTPUT X X T2 ISV TOWER BYPASS VALVE OUTPUT X X T BYPV CHILLER PLANT ENABLE X SYS EN CHILLED WATER SUPPLY TEMPERATURE SETPOINT X CHW SUP TMP SP CONDENSER WATER PUMP 1 FAILURE X X X CW P1 FAIL CONDENSER WATER PUMP 2 FAILURE X X X CW P2 FAIL CONDENSER WATER SUPPLY TEMP SETPOINT X CW SUP TEMP SP OUTDOOR AIR TEMP ENABLE SETPOINT X OAT ENA SP PRIMARY CHILLED WATER PUMP 1 FAILURE X X X PCHW P1 FAIL SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS PRIMARY CHILLED WATER PUMP 2 FAILURE X X X PCHW P2 FAIL SECONDARY CHILLED WATER PUMP 1 FAILURE X X X SCHW P1 FAIL SECONDARY CHILLED WATER PUMP 2 FAILURE X X X SCHW P2 FAIL TOWER 1 FAN FAILURE X X X T1 FAN FAIL TOWER 2 FAN FAILURE X X X T2 FAN FAIL SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS Points List -CHILLER WATER COOLED [QTY: 2] System Point Description POINTS ALARMS O O a m a x Z Z 0 p LLLU U W w W COH U LL a a a a Z W ~ Z to J M N O d Z Z U' Z J 2 = 2 = w w 0 `1 U Q LL WO a a j} � ZZ } 0w} w w a Q W UO2 U z z a z z 0 cl� w O CHILLED WATER PUMP START REQUEST TO SYSTEM X CHW PUMP REQ CONDENSER WATER PUMP START REQUEST TO SYSTEM X CW PUMP REQ AVERAGE LINE CURRENT%RLA X AVG LINE CURR CHILLED WATER SETPOINT X CHW SP CHILLER AUTO/STOP COMMAND X CH A/S COMPRESSOR ENABLE(PER COMPRESSOR) X CMP SS COMPRESSOR RUN TIME(PER COMPRESSOR) X CMP RUN TIME COMPRESSOR STATUS(PER COMPRESSOR) X CMP STS CONDENSER ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE X COND EWT CONDENSER LEAVING WATER TEMPERATURE X COND LWT CONDENSER REFRIGERANT PRESSURE(PER CIRCUIT) X COND REFRIG P CURRENT LIMIT SETPOINT X CURR SP OPERATING MODE X OPT MODE EVAPORATOR ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE X EVAP EWT EVAPORATOR LEAVING WATER TEMPERATURE X EVAP LWT SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS EVAPORATOR REFRIGERANT PRESSURE(PER CIRCUIT) X EVAP REFRIG P HEAD PRESSURE CONTROL OUTPUT X HEAD P CNT HEAD RELIEF REQUEST X HEAD RLF REQ SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS Sequence of Operation: HEATING PLANT SYSTEM System General Description: The heating plant system controller provides stand-alone control or control from an optional higher level Building Automation System (BAS) . The heating plant control system shall monitor and control the system's boiler(s), pump(s), and control valves as shown on the heating plant flow diagram, in the heating plant points list and as detailed in the sequence of operation listed below. The heating plant system consists of hot water boiler(s) with its piping configuration arranged as a primary/secondary loop supplying hot water to the facility. The manifolded hot water distribution pumps are configured as lead / lag control. The factory boiler system controller shall provide stand-alone control or BAS workstation control of the supply heating water temperature setpoint (adj.). Heating System Enable/Disable: The heating system shall be enabled/disabled by the heating plant controller as requested by the Building Automation System (BAS) human-interface panel or the BAS time of day schedule. When enabled, the system shall enable the lead boiler, the associated primary boiler pump and enable the lead secondary pump. The heating plant is disabled when all boilers are disabled and there is not an active hot water distribution pump request. When the plant is disabled the hot water pump shall be commanded off. Combustion Air Damper: When the heating system is enabled and a boiler is enabled, the system shall open the combustion air damper for primary air to be supplied to the boiler. Hot Water Reset: The hot water supply temperature setpoint shall be linearly reset from 120.0 deg. F (adj.) to 180.0 deg. F (adj.) as the outside air temperature falls from 60.0 deg. F (adj.) to 0.0 deg. F (adj.) Boiler Control: The boiler lead/lag sequence shall be based on a weekly schedule. From the system controller or a BAS workstation, an operator shall be able to manually change the lead/lag sequence. If the hot water distribution system supply temperature falls more than 25.0 deg. F (adj.) below setpoint for a period longer than 15 minutes (adj.), or if an active boiler signals a failure alarm, the system controller shall enable the lag boiler. In addition, the system controller shall signal an alarm. When a boiler failure exists, lead/lag automation shall be disabled and the currently running boiler shall become the lead boiler. Once the problem is corrected, the operator shall be able to clear the alarm failure from the system controller or BAS workstation. This shall re- enable the lead/lag sequence. Once the lead boiler is enabled, the add sequence of additional boilers shall be disabled for a period of 30 minutes (adj.). Additional boilers are added if the hot water distribution system supply temperature falls 5.0 deg. F (adj.) below the hot water setpoint for a period of 10 minutes (adj.) or more. SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS The last boiler enabled shall be disabled when the hot water temperature rises 5.0 deg. F (adj.) above the hot water setpoint for a period of 10 minutes (adj.) or more. Additional boilers shall be disabled following the same subtraction sequence if the hot water temperature remains 5.0 deg. F (adj.) above the hot water setpoint for a period of 10 minutes (adj.) or more. Hot Water Distribution Pump Start/Stop: The system shall start a hot water pump through a contact closure of the pump's variable frequency drive (variable speed drive) run-enable contacts. Hot Water Distribution Pump Status: The system shall detect hot water pump run status by a variable speed drive current switch. Hot Water Distribution Pump Lead/Lag: The hot water pump lead/lag sequence shall be based on a weekly schedule. From the BAS controller or a BAS workstation, an operator shall be able to manually change the lead/lag sequence. Hot Water Distribution Pump Failure: If the lead start/stop relay is enabled and the current switch status is off for more than 30 seconds (adj.), the system shall annunciate a hot water pump failure alarm to the BAS workstation and start the lag pump. When a pump failure exists, lead/lag automation shall be disabled and the currently running pump becomes the lead pump. Once the problem has been corrected, the operator shall be able to clear the alarm failure from the BAS controller or BAS workstation. This action shall re-enable the lead/lag sequence. Hot Water Distribution Pump Speed: The system shall monitor the hot water system differential pressure sensor. When the pump variable speed drive is enabled, the system shall control the analog speed signal sent to the pump variable speed drive to maintain a hot water differential pressure setpoint of 5.0 psid (adj.). Pump Optimization: The BAS shall continually monitor the hot water control valve position of all AHU's in the hot water system. At hot water system startup, the hot water pressure setpoint is 100% of the maximum pressure setpoint. When all hot water valves are less than 85% open, the hot water differential pressure setpoint shall be lowered by 0.1 psig (adj.) of the current hot water differential pressure setpoint. This occurs every 5 minutes until at least one valve is more than 85% open, or if the setpoint is equal to the minimum hot water differential pressure setpoint, or if the pump variable speed drive's are at a minimum speed setting (22 Hz). When any hot water valve is more than 95% open, the hot water pressure setpoint shall increases by 0.1 psig (adj.) of the current hot water differential setpoint. This occurs every 5 minutes until no valve is more than 95% open, or if the hot water differential pressure setpoint has risen to the system's maximum setting, or if the pump variable speed drive's are at the maximum setting (60 Hz). SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS Freeze Protection: When the outdoor air temperature falls below 35.0 deg. F (adj.), the hot water distribution pump shall operate continuously to provide hot water circulation to all associated hot water coils. If the hot water supply temperature falls below 130.0 deg. F (adj.) during unoccupied periods, the boiler sequence shall be enabled to safeguard against low water temperature and boiler condensation. In the event that a hydronic airside type equipment initiates a low limit alarm, the heating system shall enable, if disabled, and provide heating medium circulation to the equipment. Carbon Monoxide Detector: The carbon monoxide detector shall monitor the boiler room for high levels of CO. If the CO level rises above 50 ppm (adj), then an alarm shall be signaled to the heating system controller or BAS workstation. Boiler Emergency Shutdown Switch: If the Boiler Emergency Shutdown Switch has been activated, the boilers are to shut down immediately and an alarm shall be signaled to the heating system controller or BAS workstation. SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS Points List -HEATING PLANT SYSTEM System Point Description POINTS ALARMS O O a m a x Z Z 0 p LLLU U W w W COH U LL a a a a Z W ~ Z to J J co 0 d Z Z (7 (7 Z J 2 = 2 = N Y a a Q LL U U (7 (7 a oa W � Za aZ } =� 0 z z Q? ? O Lu ? w p � j O BOILER EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN SWITCH X X X BLR ESTOP BOILER 1 ALARM X X X 131 ALM BOILER 1 ENABLE COMMAND X X 131 BOILER 1 STATUS X X 131 STS BOILER 2 ALARM X X X 132 ALM BOILER 2 ENABLE COMMAND X X 132 BOILER 2 STATUS X X 132 STS BOILER LOOP ENTERING TEMPERATURE LOCAL X X X X X BLR ENT BOILER LOOP LEAVING TEMPERATURE LOCAL X X X X X BLR LVNG BOILER PUMP 1 START STOP OUTPUT X X BP1 BOILER PUMP 2 START STOP OUTPUT X X BP2 CARBON MONOXIDE SENSOR X X X X CO COMBUSTION AIR DAMPER OUTPUT X X CMBSTN DMPR HOT WATER DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE X X X HW DP HOT WATER PUMP 1 SPEED OUTPUT X X HWP1 SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS HOT WATER PUMP 1 START STOP OUTPUT X X HWP1 HOT WATER PUMP 1 STATUS X X HWP1 HOT WATER PUMP 2 SPEED OUTPUT X X HWP2 HOT WATER PUMP 2 START STOP OUTPUT X X HWP2 HOT WATER PUMP 2 STATUS X X HWP2 HOT WATER RETURN TEMPERATURE LOCAL X X X X HWR HOT WATER SUPPLY TEMPERATURE LOCAL X X X X HWS HOT WATER TEMPERATURE CONTROL VALVE X X HW T VLV OUTDOOR AIR HUMIDITY LOCAL X X X OAH OUTDOOR AIR TEMPERATURE LOCAL X X X OAT BAS COMMUNICATION STATE X BOILER LEAD X X B LEAD HOT WATER PUMP 1 FAILURE X X X HWP1 FAIL HOT WATER PUMP 2 FAILURE X X X HWP2 FAIL HOT WATER PUMP LEAD X X HWP LEAD HOT WATER RESET HIGH LIMIT X X HW RES HL HOT WATER RESET LOW LIMIT X X HW RES LL HOT WATER DISTRIBUTION SUPPLY TEMP SETPOINT X X HWS SP OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE ENABLE SETPOINT X X OAT ENA SP SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS Points List -BOILER HOT WATER [QTY: 2] System Point Description POINTS ALARMS O O a m a x Z Z 0 p LLLU U W w W COH U LL a a a a Z W ~ Z to J J co 0 d Z Z (7 (7 Z J 2 = 2 = w w 0 `1 Q u- U U 7 7 W O a a j} � ZZ } 0w} w w a Q W UO2 z z a z z 0 cl� w O BOILER ALARM X BLR ALM BOILER ENABLE COMMAND X BLR BAS COMMUNICATION PROTOCOL-BACNET MS/TP X BAS BACNET MS/TP BOILER DEDICATED OUTDOOR AIR TEMPERATURE X BLR OAT BOILER DEDICATED SUPPLY HEADER TEMPERATURE X BLR HDR ST BOILER LOW WATER CUT-OFF X BLR LOW WTR BOILER MASTER/MEMBER CONTROL X BLR M/M BOILER SUPPLY TEMPERATURE SETPOINT X BLR ST SP SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS Sequence of Operation: Bowl AHUs [QTY: 4] Building Automation System Interface: The Building Automation System (BAS) shall send the controller Occupied Bypass, Morning Warm-up/Pre-Cool, Occupied/Unoccupied and Heat/Cool modes. If a BAS is not present, or communication is lost with the BAS the controller shall operate using default modes and setpoints. Occupied: During occupied periods, the supply fan shall run continuously and the mixed air dampers shall open to maintain minimum ventilation requirements. The chilled water valve and the hot water valve shall control to maintain the active discharge air temperature setpoint. If economizing is enabled, the outdoor air or mixed air dampers shall modulate to maintain the discharge air temperature setpoint and the relief air damper shall track the mixed air dampers. The discharge air temperature setpoint shall be dynamically reset based on the deviation of actual space temperature from the active space temperature setpoint. If the discharge air temperature sensor fails, the chilled water and hot water valves shall control to maintain the active space temperature setpoint and an alarm shall annunciate at the BAS. If the discharge air temperature sensor and the space temperature sensor fail, the chilled water and hot water valves shall close and an alarm shall annunciate at the BAS. Unoccupied: When the space temperature is below the unoccupied heating setpoint of 60.0 deg. F (adj.) the supply fan shall start, the outside air damper shall remain closed and the hot water valve shall open. When the space temperature rises above the unoccupied heating setpoint of 60.0 deg. F (adj.) plus the unoccupied differential of 4.0 deg. F (adj.) the supply fan shall stop and the hot water valve shall close. When the space temperature is above the unoccupied cooling setpoint of 85.0 deg. F (adj.) the supply fan shall start, the outside air damper shall open if economizing is enabled and remain closed if economizing is disabled and the chilled water valve shall open. When the space temperature falls below the unoccupied cooling setpoint of 85.0 deg. F (adj.) minus the unoccupied differential of 4.0 deg. F (adj.) the supply fan shall stop, the chilled water valve shall close and the outside air damper shall close. Optimal Start: The BAS shall monitor the scheduled occupied time, occupied space setpoints and space temperature to calculate when the optimal start occurs. Optimal Stop: The BAS shall monitor the scheduled unoccupied time, occupied setpoints and space temperature to calculate when the optimal stop occurs. When the optimal stop mode is active the unit controller shall maintain the space temperature to the space temperature offset setpoint. Outside air damper shall remain enabled to provide minimum ventilation. Occupied Bypass: 23 95 01 - 19/56 SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS The BAS shall monitor the status of the ON and CANCEL buttons of the space temperature sensor. When an occupied bypass request is received from a space sensor, the unit shall transition from its current occupancy mode to occupied bypass mode and the unit shall maintain the space temperature to the occupied setpoints (adj.). Heat/Cool Mode: When the space temperature rises above the occupied cooling setpoint the mode shall transition to cooling. When the space temperature falls below the occupied heating setpoint the mode shall transition to heating. When the space temperature is above the occupied cooling setpoint or below the occupied heating setpoint the mode shall remain in its last state. If the space temperature sensor fails the mode shall remain in its last state and an alarm shall annunciate at the BAS. If the local and communicated setpoints fail the controller shall disable the supply fan and an alarm shall annunciate at the BAS. Morning Warm-Up Mode: During optimal start, if the space temperature is below the occupied heating setpoint a morning warm-up mode shall be activated. When morning warm-up is initiated the unit shall enable the heating and fan(s). The outside air damper shall remain closed. When the space temperature reaches the occupied heating setpoint (adj.), the unit shall transition to the occupied mode. Daytime Warm-Up Control: During Occupied periods, when the space temperature is below the Daytime Warm-up Initiate setpoint, a daytime warm-up sequence shall be activated. The outside air damper shall modulate to maintain minimum ventilation requirements, and the heating shall enable to maintain the discharge air temperature heating setpoint. Daytime Warm-up shall terminate when the average space temperature reaches the Occupied heating setpoint. Pre-Cool Mode: During optimal start, if the space temperature is above the occupied cooling setpoint, pre-cool mode shall be activated. When pre-cool is initiated the unit shall enable the fan and cooling or economizer. The outside air damper shall remain closed, unless economizing. When the space temperature reaches occupied cooling setpoint (adj.), the unit shall transition to the occupied mode. Economizer Mode: ENABLE: Outside air (OA) enthalpy shall be compared with Return air (RA) enthalpy point. The economizer shall enable when OA enthalpy is less than RA enthalpy - 2.0 BTU/LB. The economizer shall disable when OA enthalpy is greater than RA enthalpy. OPERATION: When economizing is enabled and the unit is operating in the cooling mode, the economizer damper shall be modulated between its minimum position and 100% to maintain the space temperature setpoint. The economizer damper shall modulate toward minimum position in the event the mixed air temperature falls below the low temperature limit setting. Occupied Humidity Control: SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS If the space relative humidity is greater than 50% (adj.), the chilled water valve shall modulate to maintain space relative humidity setpoint of 50% (adj.) and the reheat valve shall modulate to maintain the discharge air temperature setpoint. Mode shall terminate when the space relative humidity falls below the relative humidity setpoint of 50% (adj.) minus 3% (adj.). If the space relative humidity sensor fails the dehumidification sequence shall be terminated and an alarm shall annunciate at the BAS. Demand Control Ventilation: Using a space CO2 input (local sensor or network communicated value), the controller shall monitor and compare the measured space CO2 to the space CO2 concentration setpoint (adj.). When the measured space CO2 concentration reaches the setpoint (adj.), the outside air damper shall modulate open incrementally until the space CO2 level is satisfied or the outside air damper reaches the full open position. If the measured CO2 concentration falls, the outside air damper shall modulate toward normal economizer operation. If the mixed air temperature drops below the mixed air low limit setpoint the CO2 sensor input is overridden and the outside air damper will be modulated closed to maintain the mixed air temperature low limit setpoint. When the mixed air temperature rises above the mixed air low limit setpoint, CO2 operation is restored. Discharge Air Temperature Reset Control: Also, the BAS shall override this reset function whenever outdoor dew point is higher than 60.0 deg. F (adj.) or indoor humidity (measured at the source of control) is higher than 60% RH (adj.). On a rise in space temperature (+2.0 deg. F adj. or greater) above the space cooling setpoint (74.0 deg. F adj.); the supply fan speed shall modulate from minimum (50% adj.) to maximum (or design) air flow to maintain space cooling temperature setpoint while keeping the discharge air temperature setpoint at minimum (55.0 deg. F adj.). As space temperature decreases below 76.0 deg. F (space cooling setpoint 74.0 deg. F + 2.0 deg. F); the fan speed shall be locked at minimum air flow and the discharge air temperature setpoint remains at minimum. When space temperature decreases to 75.0 deg. F (cooling setpoint of 74.0 deg. F adj. + 1.0 deg. F) or below for a period of time (default 1 min. adj.); the fan speed shall remain at minimum, the discharge air temperature setpoint remains at minimum, and control enters into discharge air temperature setpoint reset mode. As space temperature continues to drop below 75.0 deg. F (space temperature cooling setpoint + 1.0 deg. F); the fan speed shall remain at minimum and the discharge air temperature setpoint shall be reset from minimum (55.0 deg. F adj.) to maximum (65.0 deg. F adj.) as space temperature drops from 75.0 deg. F to 74.0 deg. F to maintain the space cooling temperature setpoint. On a continued drop of space temperature below the space cooling temperature setpoint (74.0 deg. F adj.) through (71.0 deg. F adj.) the space temperature control shall be within its deadband; the fan speed remains at minimum and discharge air setpoint of (65.0 deg. F adj.) for cooling. 23 95 01 -21/56 SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS As space temperature decreases towards the heating setpoint (71.0 deg. F adj.) the control shall switch to the heating discharge air temperature reset. In the heating mode, the heat shall be enabled; the supply fan shall remain at minimum air flow and the discharge air temperature setpoint shall be reset from 70.0 deg. F to 90.0 deg. F as the space temperature drops from 71.0 deg. F to 70.0 deg. F. As space temperature continues to decrease towards the heating setpoint (71.0 deg. F adj.) - 1.0 deg. F; the discharge air temperature setpoint shall remain at maximum (90.0 deg. F adj.), the fan shall be modulated from minimum to maximum air flow to maintain the space temperature heating setpoint. When the space temperature increases the reverse control shall be implemented. Supply Fan: The unit controller shall vary the supply fan speed to optimize minimum fan speed in all cooling and heating modes. Building Pressure Control (Relief Air): After the fan startup delay expires, building static pressure shall be controlled by modulating the Outside Air Damper. As building pressure increases over the building pressure setpoint (adj.), the damper shall modulate closed. If the building pressure falls below the setpoint, the damper shall modulate open. Mixed Air Low Limit: The initial damper opening rate shall be limited to 2% per minute (adj.) until the damper has reached its minimum ventilation position. The outside air damper shall modulate to a position less than the minimum damper position if the mixed air temperature drops below 50.0 deg. F (adj.). If the mixed air temperature sensor fails an alarm shall annunciate at the BAS and the outside air damper shall return to the minimum position. Freeze Protection: A hardwired, low limit temperature switch shall be electrically interlocked with the variable speed drive. If the low limit temperature switch is tripped 38.0 deg. F (adj.), the fan shall be commanded off and the outside air damper shall close. All valves shall be commanded open to 100% (adjust per climate). An alarm shall annunciate at the BAS and manual reset of the low limit temperature switch shall be required to restart the fan. Condensate Overflow Monitoring: If the condensate level reaches the trip point, a condensate overflow diagnostic shall annunciate at the BAS. To prevent the condensate drain pan from overflowing and causing water damage to the building the fan shall be disabled and the chilled water valve shall close. Filter Status: A differential pressure switch shall monitor the differential pressure across the filter(s) when the fan is running. If the switch closes during normal operation a dirty filter alarm shall annunciate at the BAS. SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS Smoke Detector Shutdown: The unit shall shut down in response to a signal from the smoke detector indicating the presence of smoke. The smoke detector shall be interlocked to the unit through the dry contacts of the smoke detector. A manual reset of the smoke detector shall be required to restart the unit. 23 95 01 -23/56 IONS 23195"......... ,u IMPROVEMENTS Points List -Bowl AHUs [QTY: 4] System Point Description POINTS ALARMS O O a m a x Z Z 0 p LLLU U W w W COH U LL a a a a Z W ~ Z to J M N O Z J 2 = 2 = N Y U a LL U WO a a j} ZZ } 0 �} w a s UN z Z Z z O a 5 w 0 0 z a w O CONDENSATE OVERFLOW DETECTION LOCAL X X X X CND OVRFL COOLING COIL LEAVING TEMPERATURE X X X X X CC LAT COOLING OUTPUT COMMAND X X CLG DISCHARGE AIR TEMPERATURE X X X X X DAT DISCHARGE AIR STATIC PRESSURE LOCAL X X X X X DA SP FINAL FILTER ALARM X X FIL ALM FINAL FILTER STATUS X X X FIL FILTER ALARM X X FIL ALM FILTER STATUS X X X FIL HEATING OUTPUT COMMAND X X HTG HIGH STATIC ALARM X X X X HSP ALM HIGH STATIC ALARM INTERLOCK X HSPINTLK MIXED AIR DAMPER COMMAND X X MAD MIXED AIR LOW TEMPERATURE CUTOUT ALARM X X MA LLT MIXED AIR TEMPERATURE LOCAL X X X X MAT SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS OUTDOOR AIR DAMPER COMMAND X X OAD OUTDOOR AIR FILTER ALARM X X OA FIL ALM OUTDOOR AIR FLOW X X OA FLW OUTDOOR AIR RELATIVE HUMIDITY LOCAL X X OAH OUTDOOR AIR TEMPERATURE LOCAL X X OAT REHEAT LEAVING COIL TEMPERATURE LOCAL X X X X X RH LAT REHEAT OUTPUT COMMAND X X RH RELIEF AIR FAN SPEED OUTPUT COMMAND X X RLF RELIEF AIR FAN START STOP X X RLF RETURN AIR DAMPER COMMAND X X RAID RETURN AIR FILTER ALARM X X RA FIL ALM RETURN AIR HUMIDITY LOCAL X X X RAH RETURN AIR TEMPERATURE LOCAL X X RAT RETURN FAN AIR FLOW LOCAL X X RAF FLW RETURN FAN HIGH STATIC ALARM INTERLOCK X RAF HSP INTL K RETURN SMOKE DETECTOR INPUT X RA SD SPACE CO2 CONCENTRATION (COMMUNICATED) X X SP CO2 SPACE HUMIDITY LOCAL X X X SPH SPACE TEMPERATURE LOCAL X X X X X SPT SPACE TEMPERATURE SETPOINT LOCAL X X SPT SP SUPPLY AIR HUMIDITY LOCAL X X X X X SA HUM SUPPLY FAN AIR FLOW LOCAL X X SF FLW SUPPLY FAN SPEED COMMAND X X SAF SUPPLY FAN START STOP COMMAND X X SAF SUPPLY FAN STATUS X X SAF SUPPLY FAN 2 SPEED COMMAND X X SAF SUPPLY FAN 2 START STOP COMMAND X X SAF SUPPLY FAN 2 STATUS X X SAF SUPPLY SMOKE DETECTOR INPUT X SA SD BAS COMMUNICATION STATE X X BAS COM SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS DISCHARGE AIR COOLING SETPOINT X DA CL SP DISCHARGE AIR HEATING SETPOINT X DA HT SP MAINTENANCE REQUIRED X X MNT REQ MIXED AIR TEMPERATURE LOW LIMIT SETPOINT X MA LLT STPT OCCUPIED COOLING SETPOINT X X OCC CLG STPT OCCUPIED HEATING SETPOINT X X OCC HTG STPT SUPPLY FAN FAILURE X X X SF FAIL UNOCCUPIED COOLING SETPOINT X X UNOCC CLG STPT UNOCCUPIED HEATING SETPOINT X X UNOCC HTG STPT SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS Sequence of Operation: Dehumidification AHUs [QTY: 2] Building Automation System Interface: The Building Automation System (BAS) shall send the controller an Occupied or Unoccupied command. The BAS shall also send temperatures, setpoints and other applicable information to the controller. The BAS shall also send the discharge air temperature setpoint and the duct static pressure setpoint. If communication is lost with the BAS, the controller shall operate in the Unoccupied mode. Occupied: During occupied periods, the supply fan shall run continuously and the outdoor air damper shall open fully before the fan starts. The chilled water valve and the hot water valve shall control to maintain the active discharge air temperature setpoint. The discharge air temperature setpoint shall be dynamically reset based on the deviation of actual space temperature from the active space temperature setpoint. If the discharge air temperature sensor fails, the supply fan shall be disabled, the outdoor air damper shall close, the chilled water and hot water valves shall close, and an alarm shall annunciate at the BAS. Unoccupied: During unoccupied periods the supply fan shall be disabled, the outside air damper shall close, the chilled water and hot water valve shall close. Optimal Start: The BAS shall monitor the scheduled occupied time, occupied space setpoints and space temperature to calculate when the optimal start occurs. Optimal Stop: The BAS shall monitor the scheduled unoccupied time, occupied setpoints and space temperature to calculate when the optimal stop occurs. When the optimal stop mode is active the unit controller shall maintain the space temperature to the space temperature offset setpoint. Occupied Bypass: The BAS shall monitor the status of the ON and CANCEL buttons of the space temperature sensor. When an occupied bypass request is received from a space sensor, the unit shall transition from its current occupancy mode to occupied bypass mode and the unit shall maintain the space temperature to the occupied setpoints (adj.). Heat/Cool Mode: When the space temperature rises above the occupied cooling setpoint the mode shall transition to cooling. When the space temperature falls below the occupied heating setpoint the mode shall transition to heating. When the space temperature is above the occupied cooling setpoint or below the occupied heating setpoint the mode shall remain in its last state. If the space temperature sensor fails the mode shall remain in its last state and an alarm shall SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS annunciate at the BAS. If the local and communicated setpoints fail the controller shall disable the supply fan and an alarm shall annunciate at the BAS. Morning Warm-Up Mode: During optimal start, if the average space temperature is below the occupied heating setpoint a morning warm-up mode shall be activated. When morning warm-up is initiated the unit shall enable the heating and fan(s). When the space temperature reaches the occupied heating setpoint (adj.), the unit shall transition to the occupied mode. Pre-Cool Mode: During optimal start, if the average space temperature is above the occupied cooling setpoint, pre-cool mode shall be activated. When pre-cool is initiated the unit shall enable the fan and cooling. When the space temperature reaches occupied cooling setpoint (adj.), the unit shall transition to the occupied mode. Occupied Humidity Control: If the return air relative humidity is greater than 50% (adj.), the chilled water valve shall modulate to maintain relative humidity setpoint of 50% (adj.) and the reheat valve shall modulate to maintain the discharge air temperature setpoint. Mode shall terminate when the space relative humidity falls below the relative humidity setpoint of 50% (adj.) minus 3% (adj.). If the return air relative humidity sensor fails the dehumidification sequence shall be terminated and an alarm shall annunciate at the BAS. Discharge Air Temperature Reset Control: The discharge air temperature setpoint shall be reset to the optimal setpoint communicated by the BAS. The BAS shall reset the discharge air temperature setpoint based on the current outside air temperature but shall override this reset function and return the discharge air temperature setpoint to 55.0 deg. F (adj.) if more than two (adj.) zones begin to overheat. Also, the BAS shall override this reset function whenever outdoor dew point is higher than 60.0 deg. F (adj.) or indoor humidity (measured at the source of control) is higher than 60% RH (adj.). If the discharge air temperature drops below the minimum limit, a low temperature alarm shall annunciate, and the unit shall shut down. If the discharge air temperature rises above the maximum limit, a high temperature alarm shall annunciate. Supply Fan: The supply fan shall be off in the unoccupied mode. The supply fan shall be on if the control is heating or cooling in the unoccupied mode. When the controller is in the occupied mode, the supply fan shall operate continuously and its speed shall be modulated to maintain the duct static pressure setpoint. The duct static pressure setpoint shall be sent by the BAS and is reset between the minimum and maximum static pressure limits to maintain the critical zone VAV air damper in a position between 65% and 75% open. A manual reset of the high static pressure cut-off switch shall be required to restart the fan. Freeze Protection: SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS A hardwired, low limit temperature switch shall be electrically interlocked with the variable speed drive. If the low limit temperature switch is tripped 38.0 deg. F (adj.), the fan shall be commanded off and the outside air damper shall close. All valves shall be commanded open to 100% (adjust per climate). An alarm shall annunciate at the BAS and manual reset of the low limit temperature switch shall be required to restart the fan. Condensate Overflow Monitoring: If the condensate level reaches the trip point, a condensate overflow diagnostic shall annunciate at the BAS. To prevent the condensate drain pan from overflowing and causing water damage to the building the fan shall be disabled and the chilled water valve shall close. Filter Status: A differential pressure switch shall monitor the differential pressure across the filter(s) when the fan is running. If the switch closes during normal operation a dirty filter alarm shall annunciate at the BAS. Smoke Detector Shutdown: The unit shall shut down in response to a signal from the smoke detector indicating the presence of smoke. The smoke detector shall be interlocked to the unit through the dry contacts of the smoke detector. A manual reset of the smoke detector shall be required to restart the unit. SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS Points List -Dehumidification AHUs [QTY: 2] System Point Description POINTS ALARMS O O a m a x Z Z 0 p LLLU U W w W COH U LL a a a a Z W ~ Z to J M N O d Z Z U' Z J 2 = 2 = w w 0 Y U a LL WO a a j} � ZZ } 0w} w w a Q W UO2U z z z z O a w 0 0 ? a w O COIL LEAVING AIR LOW TEMP CUTOUT ALARM X X LLT CONDENSATE OVERFLOW DETECTION LOCAL X X X X CND OVRFL COOLING COIL LEAVING TEMPERATURE X X X X X CC LAT COOLING OUTPUT COMMAND X X CLG DISCHARGE AIR TEMPERATURE X X X X X DAT DISCHARGE AIR STATIC PRESSURE LOCAL X X X X X DA SP FINAL FILTER ALARM X X FIL ALM FINAL FILTER STATUS X X X FIL FILTER ALARM X X FIL ALM FILTER STATUS X X X FIL HEATING OUTPUT COMMAND X X HTG HIGH STATIC ALARM X X X X HSP ALM HIGH STATIC ALARM INTERLOCK X HSPINTLK OUTDOOR AIR DAMPER COMMAND X X OAD OUTDOOR AIR DAMPER POSITION STATUS X X OAD POS SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS OUTDOOR AIR FILTER ALARM X X OA FIL ALM OUTDOOR AIR RELATIVE HUMIDITY LOCAL X X OAH OUTDOOR AIR TEMPERATURE LOCAL X X OAT REHEAT LEAVING COIL TEMPERATURE LOCAL X X X X X RH LAT REHEAT OUTPUT COMMAND X X RH RELIEF AIR FAN SPEED OUTPUT COMMAND X X RLF RELIEF AIR FAN START STOP X X RLF RETURN AIR DAMPER COMMAND X X RAID RETURN AIR FILTER ALARM X X RA FIL ALM RETURN AIR HUMIDITY LOCAL X X X RAH RETURN FAN AIR FLOW LOCAL X X RAF FLW RETURN FAN HIGH STATIC ALARM INTERLOCK X RAF HSP INTL K SUPPLY AIR HUMIDITY LOCAL X X X X X SA HUM SUPPLY FAN SPEED COMMAND X X SAF SUPPLY FAN START STOP COMMAND X X SAF SUPPLY FAN STATUS X X SAF SUPPLY SMOKE DETECTOR INPUT X SA SD BAS COMMUNICATION STATE X X BAS COM DISCHARGE AIR COOLING SETPOINT X DA CL SP DISCHARGE AIR HEATING SETPOINT X DA HT SP MAINTENANCE REQUIRED X X MNT REQ OCCUPIED COOLING SETPOINT X X OCC CLG STPT OCCUPIED HEATING SETPOINT X X OCC HTG STPT SUPPLY FAN FAILURE X X X SF FAIL UNOCCUPIED COOLING SETPOINT X X UNOCC CLG STPT UNOCCUPIED HEATING SETPOINT X X UNOCC HTG STPT SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS Sequence of Operation: MZ VAV AHU [QTY: 7] Building Automation System Interface: The Building Automation System (BAS) shall send the controller Occupied Bypass, Morning Warm-up/Pre-Cool, Occupied/Unoccupied and Heat/Cool modes. The BAS shall also send the discharge air temperature setpoint and the duct static pressure setpoint. If a BAS is not present, or communication is lost with the BAS the controller shall operate using default modes and setpoints. Occupied: During occupied periods, the supply fan shall run continuously and the mixed air dampers shall open to maintain minimum ventilation requirements. The chilled water valve and the hot water valve shall control to maintain the active discharge air temperature setpoint. If economizing is enabled, the outdoor air or mixed air dampers shall modulate to maintain the discharge air temperature setpoint and the relief air damper shall track the mixed air dampers. The discharge air temperature setpoint shall be dynamically reset based on the deviation of actual space temperature from the active space temperature setpoint. If the discharge air temperature sensor fails, the chilled water and hot water valves shall close and an alarm shall annunciate at the BAS. Unoccupied: When the space temperature is below the unoccupied heating setpoint of 60.0 deg. F (adj.) the supply fan shall start, the outside air damper shall remain closed and the hot water valve shall open. When the space temperature rises above the unoccupied heating setpoint of 60.0 deg. F (adj.) plus the unoccupied differential of 4.0 deg. F (adj.) the supply fan shall stop and the hot water valve shall close. When the space temperature is above the unoccupied cooling setpoint of 85.0 deg. F (adj.) the supply fan shall start, the outside air damper shall open if economizing is enabled and remain closed if economizing is disabled and the chilled water valve shall open. When the space temperature falls below the unoccupied cooling setpoint of 85.0 deg. F (adj.) minus the unoccupied differential of 4.0 deg. F (adj.) the supply fan shall stop, the chilled water valve shall close and the outside air damper shall close. Optimal Start: The BAS shall monitor the scheduled occupied time, occupied space setpoints and space temperature to calculate when the optimal start occurs. Optimal Stop: The BAS shall monitor the scheduled unoccupied time, occupied setpoints and space temperature to calculate when the optimal stop occurs. When the optimal stop mode is active the unit controller shall maintain the space temperature to the space temperature offset setpoint. Outside air damper shall remain enabled to provide minimum ventilation. Occupied Bypass: SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS The BAS shall monitor the status of the ON and CANCEL buttons of the space temperature sensor. When an occupied bypass request is received from a space sensor, the unit shall transition from its current occupancy mode to occupied bypass mode and the unit shall maintain the space temperature to the occupied setpoints (adj.). Heat/Cool Mode: When the space temperature rises above the occupied cooling setpoint the mode shall transition to cooling. When the space temperature falls below the occupied heating setpoint the mode shall transition to heating. When the space temperature is above the occupied cooling setpoint or below the occupied heating setpoint the mode shall remain in its last state. If the space temperature sensor fails the mode shall remain in its last state and an alarm shall annunciate at the BAS. If the local and communicated setpoints fail the controller shall disable the supply fan and an alarm shall annunciate at the BAS. Morning Warm-Up Mode: During optimal start, if the average space temperature is below the occupied heating setpoint a morning warm-up mode shall be activated. When morning warm-up is initiated the unit shall enable the heating and fan(s). The outside air damper shall remain closed. When the space temperature reaches the occupied heating setpoint (adj.), the unit shall transition to the occupied mode. Daytime Warm-Up Control: During Occupied periods, when the space temperature is below the Daytime Warm-up Initiate setpoint, a daytime warm-up sequence shall be activated. The outside air damper shall modulate to maintain minimum ventilation requirements, and the heating shall enable to maintain the discharge air temperature heating setpoint. Daytime Warm-up shall terminate when the average space temperature reaches the Occupied heating setpoint. Pre-Cool Mode: During optimal start, if the average space temperature is above the occupied cooling setpoint, pre-cool mode shall be activated. When pre-cool is initiated the unit shall enable the fan and cooling or economizer. The outside air damper shall remain closed, unless economizing. When the space temperature reaches occupied cooling setpoint (adj.), the unit shall transition to the occupied mode. Economizer Mode: ENABLE: Outside air (OA) enthalpy shall be compared with Return air (RA) enthalpy point. The economizer shall enable when OA enthalpy is less than RA enthalpy - 2.0 BTU/LB. The economizer shall disable when OA enthalpy is greater than RA enthalpy. OPERATION: When economizing is enabled and the unit is operating in the cooling mode, the economizer damper shall be modulated between its minimum position and 100% to maintain the space temperature setpoint. The economizer damper shall modulate toward minimum position in the event the mixed air temperature falls below the low temperature limit setting. Occupied Humidity Control: SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS If the return air relative humidity is greater than 50% (adj.), the chilled water valve shall modulate to maintain relative humidity setpoint of 50% (adj.) and the reheat valve shall modulate to maintain the discharge air temperature setpoint. Mode shall terminate when the space relative humidity falls below the relative humidity setpoint of 50% (adj.) minus 3% (adj.). If the return air relative humidity sensor fails the dehumidification sequence shall be terminated and an alarm shall annunciate at the BAS. Demand Control Ventilation: Using a return CO2 input (local sensor or network communicated value), the controller shall monitor and compare the measured return CO2 to the return CO2 concentration setpoint (adj.). When the measured return CO2 concentration reaches the setpoint (adj.), the outside air damper shall modulate open incrementally until the return air CO2 level is satisfied or the outside air damper reaches the full open position. If the measured CO2 concentration falls, the outside air damper shall modulate toward normal economizer operation. If the mixed air temperature drops below the mixed air low limit setpoint the CO2 sensor input is overridden and the outside air damper will be modulated closed to maintain the mixed air temperature low limit setpoint. When the mixed air temperature rises above the mixed air low limit setpoint, CO2 operation is restored. Discharge Air Temperature Reset Control: The discharge air temperature setpoint shall be reset to the optimal setpoint communicated by the BAS. The Space Temperature BAS and the Space Temperature Setpoint BAS shall be communicated to the unit controller by the BAS. The discharge air temperature setpoint shall be reset based upon the deviation of the Space Temperature BAS from the Space Temperature Setpoint BAS. Also, the BAS shall override this reset function whenever outdoor dew point is higher than 60.0 deg. F (adj.) or indoor humidity (measured at the source of control) is higher than 60% RH (adj.). If the discharge air temperature drops below the minimum limit, a low temperature alarm shall annunciate, and the unit shall shut down. If the discharge air temperature rises above the maximum limit, a high temperature alarm shall annunciate. Supply Fan: The supply fan shall be off in the unoccupied mode. The supply fan shall be on if the control is heating or cooling in the unoccupied mode. When the controller is in the occupied mode, the supply fan shall operate continuously and its speed shall be modulated to maintain the duct static pressure setpoint. The duct static pressure setpoint shall be sent by the BAS and is reset between the minimum and maximum static pressure limits to maintain the critical zone VAV air damper in a position between 65% and 75% open. A manual reset of the high static pressure cut-off switch shall be required to restart the fan. Building Pressure Control (Relief Air): After the fan startup delay expires, building static pressure shall be controlled by modulating the Outside Air Damper. As building pressure increases over the building pressure setpoint (adj.), the damper shall modulate closed. If the building pressure falls below the setpoint, the damper shall modulate open. Mixed Air Low Limit: SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS The initial damper opening rate shall be limited to 2% per minute (adj.) until the damper has reached its minimum ventilation position. The outside air damper shall modulate to a position less than the minimum damper position if the mixed air temperature drops below 50.0 deg. F (adj.). If the mixed air temperature sensor fails an alarm shall annunciate at the BAS and the outside air damper shall return to the minimum position. Freeze Protection: A hardwired, low limit temperature switch shall be electrically interlocked with the variable speed drive. If the low limit temperature switch is tripped 38.0 deg. F (adj.), the fan shall be commanded off and the outside air damper shall close. All valves shall be commanded open to 100% (adjust per climate). An alarm shall annunciate at the BAS and manual reset of the low limit temperature switch shall be required to restart the fan. Condensate Overflow Monitoring: If the condensate level reaches the trip point, a condensate overflow diagnostic shall annunciate at the BAS. To prevent the condensate drain pan from overflowing and causing water damage to the building the fan shall be disabled and the chilled water valve shall close. Filter Status: A differential pressure switch shall monitor the differential pressure across the filter(s) when the fan is running. If the switch closes during normal operation a dirty filter alarm shall annunciate at the BAS. Smoke Detector Shutdown: The unit shall shut down in response to a signal from the smoke detector indicating the presence of smoke. The smoke detector shall be interlocked to the unit through the dry contacts of the smoke detector. A manual reset of the smoke detector shall be required to restart the unit. SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS Points List -MZ AHU [QTY: 7] System Point Description POINTS ALARMS O O a m a x Z Z 0 p LLLU U W w W COH U LL a a a a Z W ~ Z to J M N O d Z Z U' Z J 2 = 2 = N Y a a a LL U U } } a a W Z Z } j w o w a a = 0 z z z z O Q w 0 0 z a w O CONDENSATE OVERFLOW DETECTION LOCAL X X X X CND OVRFL COOLING COIL LEAVING TEMPERATURE X X X X X CC LAT COOLING OUTPUT COMMAND X X CLG DISCHARGE AIR TEMPERATURE X X X X X DAT DISCHARGE AIR STATIC PRESSURE LOCAL X X X X X DA SP FINAL FILTER ALARM X X FIL ALM FINAL FILTER STATUS X X X FIL FILTER ALARM X X FIL ALM FILTER STATUS X X X FIL HEATING OUTPUT COMMAND X X HTG HIGH STATIC ALARM X X X X HSP ALM HIGH STATIC ALARM INTERLOCK X HSPINTLK MIXED AIR DAMPER COMMAND X X MAD MIXED AIR LOW TEMPERATURE CUTOUT ALARM X X MA LLT MIXED AIR TEMPERATURE LOCAL X X X X MAT SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS OUTDOOR AIR FILTER ALARM X X OA FIL ALM OUTDOOR AIR RELATIVE HUMIDITY LOCAL X X OAH OUTDOOR AIR TEMPERATURE LOCAL X X OAT REHEAT LEAVING COIL TEMPERATURE LOCAL X X X X X RH LAT REHEAT OUTPUT COMMAND X X RH RELIEF AIR FAN SPEED OUTPUT COMMAND X X RLF RELIEF AIR FAN START STOP X X RLF RETURN AIR CO2 LOCAL X X X RA CO2 RETURN AIR DAMPER COMMAND X X RAID RETURN AIR FILTER ALARM X X RA FIL ALM RETURN AIR HUMIDITY LOCAL X X X RAH RETURN AIR TEMPERATURE LOCAL X X RAT RETURN FAN AIR FLOW LOCAL X X RAF FLW RETURN FAN HIGH STATIC ALARM INTERLOCK X RAF HSP INTL K RETURN SMOKE DETECTOR INPUT X RA SD SUPPLY AIR HUMIDITY LOCAL X X X X X SA HUM SUPPLY FAN SPEED COMMAND X X SAF SUPPLY FAN START STOP COMMAND X X SAF SUPPLY FAN STATUS X X SAF SUPPLY SMOKE DETECTOR INPUT X SA SD BAS COMMUNICATION STATE X X BAS COM DISCHARGE AIR COOLING SETPOINT X DA CL SP DISCHARGE AIR HEATING SETPOINT X DA HT SP MAINTENANCE REQUIRED X X MNT REQ MIXED AIR TEMPERATURE LOW LIMIT SETPOINT MA LLT STPT X OCCUPIED COOLING SETPOINT X X OCC CLG STPT OCCUPIED HEATING SETPOINT X X OCC HTG STPT SUPPLY FAN FAILURE X X X SF FAIL UNOCCUPIED COOLING SETPOINT X X UNOCC CLG STPT UNOCCUPIED HEATING SETPOINT X X UNOCC HTG STPT SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS Sequence of Operation: Fan Power Boxes [QTY: 47] Building Automation System Interface: The Building Automation System (BAS) shall send the controller Occupied, and Unoccupied commands. The BAS may also send a Heat/Cool mode, priority shutdown commands, space temperature and/or space temperature setpoint. If communication is lost with the BAS, the controller shall operate using its local setpoints. Occupied: The occupancy mode will be communicated or hardwired to the controller via a binary input. When the unit is in the occupied mode the VAV will maintain the space temperature at the active occupied heating or cooling setpoint. Applicable ventilation and airflow setpoints will be enforced. The occupied mode will be the default mode of the VAV. Applicable ventilation and airflow setpoints will be enforced. The occupied mode will be the default mode of the VAV. Occupied Standby: The occupancy mode will be communicated or hardwired to the controller via a binary input, even though the BAS has scheduled the space as occupied. In the occupied standby mode, the active cooling and heating setpoints shall be relaxed (see cooling and heating mode) and both the ventilation airflow and minimum airflow setpoints shall be lowered (see VAV schedule). Occupied Bypass: Mode used to temporarily place the unit into the occupied operation. Tenants shall be able to override the unoccupied mode from the space sensor. The override shall last for a maximum of 4 hours (adj.). The tenants shall be able to cancel the override from the space sensor at any time. During the override the unit shall operate in occupied mode. Heat/Cool Mode: The Heat/Cool mode shall be set by a communicated value or automatically by the VAV. In standalone or auto mode the VAV shall compare the primary air temperature with the configured auto changeover setpoint to determine if the air is "hot"" or""cold"". Heating mode implies the primary air temperature is hot. Cooling mode implies the primary air temperature is cold." Heat/Cool Setpoint: The space temperature setpoint shall be determined either by a local (e.g., thumbwheel) setpoint, the VAV default setpoint or a communicated value. The VAV shall use the locally stored default setpoints when neither a local setpoint nor communicated setpoint is present. If both a local setpoint and communicated setpoint exist, the VAV shall use the communicated value. Cooling Mode: When the unit is in cooling mode, the VAV controller shall maintain the space temperature at the active cooling setpoint by modulating the airflow between the active cooling minimum airflow setpoint to the maximum cooling airflow setpoint. The VAV shall use the measured space temperature and the active cooling setpoint to determine the requested cooling capacity of the SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS unit. The outputs will be controlled based on the unit configuration and the requested cooling capacity. Reheat Control Mode: Reheat will only be allowed when the supply air temperature is 5.0 deg. F below the configured reheat enable setpoint of 70.0 deg. F (adj.). Reheat Control: In heat mode, reheat will be enabled when: Primary air temperature is 5.0 deg. F below the configured reheat enable setpoint of 70.0 deg. F (adj.). Space temperature drops below the active heating setpoint and the minimum airflow requirements are met. Supply air temperature is below the configured reheat enable setpoint. When reheat enabled, the VAV will operate at its minimum heating airflow setpoint and control the heat as follows: Modulating Hot Water Reheat: If the space temperature is below the heating setpoint the hot water reheat valve will modulate as required to maintain space temperature at the active heating setpoint while the VAV operates at its minimum heating airflow setpoint. If the discharge air temperature reaches the design heating discharge air temperature setpoint (adj.), the VAV will modulate airflow between the minimum heating airflow setpoint and the maximum heating airflow setpoint as required to maintain space temperature at the active heating setpoint, while the hot water reheat valve modulates to maintain discharge air temperature at the design heating discharge air temperature setpoint. If the airflow reaches the maximum heating airflow setpoint, the VAV will modulate the hot water reheat valve as required to maintain space temperature at the active heating setpoint, while the VAV operates at its maximum heating airflow setpoint. Heating Mode: When the unit is in heating mode, the VAV controller will maintain the space temperature at the active heating setpoint by modulating the VAV damper (between the active heating minimum and maximum airflow setpoints). Based on the VAV controller occupancy mode, the active heating setpoint will be one of the following: Setpoint Default Value Occupied Heating Setpoint 71.0 deg. F Unoccupied Heating Setpoint 60.0 deg. F Occupied Standby Heating Setpoint 67.0 deg. F Occupied Min Heating Airflow Setpoint See VAV Schedule Occupied Max Heating Airflow Setpoint See VAV Schedule Continuous Fan Control: The VAV fan shall operate continuously in all occupied modes. During the unoccupied mode, the primary air valve shall modulate fully closed. The terminal fan and heat shall cycle as needed to maintain a reduced space temperature. Local Reheat Control: SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS Reheat will only be allowed when the primary air temperature is 5.0 deg. F below the configured reheat enable setpoint of 70.0 deg. F (adj.). The reheat shall be enabled when the space temperature drops below the active heating setpoint and the minimum airflow requirements are met. During reheat the VAV shall operate at its minimum heating airflow setpoint and energize the heat as follows: Proportional Hot Water Reheat: If the space temperature is below the heating setpoint the hot water reheat valve shall control as required to maintain the active heating setpoint. Demand Control Ventilation: When the unit is in unoccupied mode, the ventilation airflow setpoint will be zero. When the unit is in occupied mode, the ventilation airflow setpoint shall be equal the design outdoor airflow and reset based on occupancy. OCCUPANCY SENSOR: When the unit is in occupied mode, and the occupancy sensor indicates that the space is currently unoccupied, the ventilation airflow setpoint shall be the "occupied standby" outdoor airflow (see VAV schedule). The current ventilation airflow setpoint shall be communicated to the BAS for control of the system outdoor-air intake. Space Sensor Failure: If there is a fault with the operation of the zone sensor an alarm shall be annunciated at the BAS. Space sensor failure shall cause the VAV to drive the damper to minimum air flow if the VAV is in the occupied mode, or drive it closed if the VAV is in the unoccupied mode. The series fan shall be enabled and the reheat will be disabled. Space Humidity Monitoring: The VAV Box will monitor the space humidity. SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS Points List -Fan Power Boxes [QTY: 47] System Point Description POINTS ALARMS O O a m a x Z Z 0 p LLLU U W w W COH U LL a a a a Z W ~ Z to J M N O Z J 2 = 2 = N Y U Q LL U WO a a j} ZZ } 0 �} w a s UN z Z Z z O a 5 w 0 0 z a w O AIR VALVE MODULATION COMMAND X X AIR VLV DISCHARGE AIR TEMPERATURE X X X X X DAT FAN OUTPUT X X FAN LOCAL HEAT VALVE COMMAND X X HW VLV SPACE HUMIDITY LOCAL X X X SPH SPACE TEMPERATURE LOCAL X X SPT SPACE TEMPERATURE SETPOINT LOCAL X X SPT SP SUPPLY AIRFLOW X X X X DA FLW SUPPLY FAN SPEED X X SAF BAS COMMUNICATION STATE X X BAS COM DESIGN HEAT DISCHARGE AIR TEMP SETPOINT X DSNG HT DAT SP MAXIMUM COOLING AIRFLOW SETPOINT X MAX CLG FLW SP MINIMUM COOLING AIRFLOW SETPOINT X MIN CLG FLW SP MAXIMUM HEATING AIRFLOW SETPOINT X MAX HTG FLW SP MINIMUM HEATING AIRFLOW SETPOINT X MIN HTG FLW SP SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS OCCUPIED BYPASS TIMER X X OCC TMR OCCUPIED COOLING SETPOINT X X OCC CLG SP OCCUPIED HEATING SETPOINT X X OCC HTG SP UNOCCUPIED COOLING SETPOINT X X UNOCC CLG SP UNOCCUPIED HEATING SETPOINT X X UNOCC HTG SP SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS Sequence of Operation: Return FANs [QTY: 2] Operation: RAF-1 shall be commanded on by the BAS as a result of a contact closure from AHU 1 and 2. RAF-2 shall be commanded on by the BAS as a result of a contact closure from AHU 3 and 4. The exhaust fan shall be modulated by the BAS as a result of a variable signal from an external device. Fan Status: The fan status shall be monitored by a current sensing switch. If the fan is signaled to start, and status is not proven within 20 seconds (adj.), an alarm shall annunciate at the BAS. SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS Points List -Return FANS [QTY: 2] System Point Description POINTS ALARMS O O a m a x Z Z 0 p LLLU U W w W COH U LL a a a a Z W ~ Z to J M N O Z J 2 = 2 = N Y U Q LL U WO a a j} ZZ } 0 �} w a s UN z Z Z z O a 5 w 0 0 z a w O EXHAUST FAN SPEED COMMAND X EAF EXHAUST FAN STATUS X X EAF EXHAUST FAN STATUS X X EAF EXTERNAL DEVICE COMMAND FAN SPEED X EXT DEV SPD EXTERNAL DEVICE ENABLE FAN X EXT DEV EN EXHAUST FAN START STOP COMMAND X X EAF BAS COMMUNICATION STATE X BAS COM SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS Sequence of Operation: Smoke Exhaust Fans [QTY: 4] Operation: The exhaust fan shall be commanded on by the BAS as a result of a contact closure from smoke alarm dry contact. The damper end switch shall prove fully open prior to fan start. When the exhaust fan is disabled, the exhaust air damper shall close. the normally open exhaust air damper shall open. Fan Status: The fan status shall be monitored by a differential pressure switch. If the fan is signaled to start, and status is not proven within 20 seconds (adj.), an alarm shall annunciate at the BAS. SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS Points List -Smoke Exhaust Fans [QTY: 4] System Point Description POINTS ALARMS O O a m a x Z Z 0 p LLLU U W w W COH U LL a a a a Z W ~ Z to J M N O Z J 2 = 2 = N Y U Q LL U WO a a j} ZZ } 0 �} w a s UN z Z Z z O a 5 w 0 0 z a w O EXHAUST AIR DAMPER COMMAND X EAD EXHAUST AIR DAMPER POSITION STATUS X X EAD POS EXHAUST FAN STATUS X X EAF EXTERNAL DEVICE ENABLE FAN X EXT DEV EN EXHAUST FAN START STOP COMMAND X X EAF BAS COMMUNICATION STATE X BAS COM SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS Sequence of Operation: SZ AHU [QTY: 2] Building Automation System Interface: The Building Automation System (BAS) shall send the controller Occupied Bypass, Morning Warm-up/Pre-Cool, Occupied/Unoccupied and Heat/Cool modes. If a BAS is not present, or communication is lost with the BAS the controller shall operate using default modes and setpoints. Occupied: During occupied periods, the supply fan shall run continuously and the mixed air dampers shall open to maintain minimum ventilation requirements. The chilled water valve and the hot water valve shall control to maintain the active discharge air temperature setpoint. If economizing is enabled, the outdoor air or mixed air dampers shall modulate to maintain the discharge air temperature setpoint and the relief air damper shall track the mixed air dampers. The discharge air temperature setpoint shall be dynamically reset based on the deviation of actual space temperature from the active space temperature setpoint. If the discharge air temperature sensor fails, the chilled water and hot water valves shall control to maintain the active space temperature setpoint and an alarm shall annunciate at the BAS. If the discharge air temperature sensor and the space temperature sensor fail, the chilled water and hot water valves shall close and an alarm shall annunciate at the BAS. Unoccupied: When the space temperature is below the unoccupied heating setpoint of 60.0 deg. F (adj.) the supply fan shall start, the outside air damper shall remain closed and the hot water valve shall open. When the space temperature rises above the unoccupied heating setpoint of 60.0 deg. F (adj.) plus the unoccupied differential of 4.0 deg. F (adj.) the supply fan shall stop and the hot water valve shall close. When the space temperature is above the unoccupied cooling setpoint of 85.0 deg. F (adj.) the supply fan shall start, the outside air damper shall open if economizing is enabled and remain closed if economizing is disabled and the chilled water valve shall open. When the space temperature falls below the unoccupied cooling setpoint of 85.0 deg. F (adj.) minus the unoccupied differential of 4.0 deg. F (adj.) the supply fan shall stop, the chilled water valve shall close and the outside air damper shall close. Optimal Start: The BAS shall monitor the scheduled occupied time, occupied space setpoints and space temperature to calculate when the optimal start occurs. Optimal Stop: The BAS shall monitor the scheduled unoccupied time, occupied setpoints and space temperature to calculate when the optimal stop occurs. When the optimal stop mode is active the unit controller shall maintain the space temperature to the space temperature offset setpoint. Outside air damper shall remain enabled to provide minimum ventilation. Occupied Bypass: SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS The BAS shall monitor the status of the ON and CANCEL buttons of the space temperature sensor. When an occupied bypass request is received from a space sensor, the unit shall transition from its current occupancy mode to occupied bypass mode and the unit shall maintain the space temperature to the occupied setpoints (adj.). Heat/Cool Mode: When the space temperature rises above the occupied cooling setpoint the mode shall transition to cooling. When the space temperature falls below the occupied heating setpoint the mode shall transition to heating. When the space temperature is above the occupied cooling setpoint or below the occupied heating setpoint the mode shall remain in its last state. If the space temperature sensor fails the mode shall remain in its last state and an alarm shall annunciate at the BAS. If the local and communicated setpoints fail the controller shall disable the supply fan and an alarm shall annunciate at the BAS. Morning Warm-Up Mode: During optimal start, if the space temperature is below the occupied heating setpoint a morning warm-up mode shall be activated. When morning warm-up is initiated the unit shall enable the heating and fan(s). The outside air damper shall remain closed. When the space temperature reaches the occupied heating setpoint (adj.), the unit shall transition to the occupied mode. Daytime Warm-Up Control: During Occupied periods, when the space temperature is below the Daytime Warm-up Initiate setpoint, a daytime warm-up sequence shall be activated. The outside air damper shall modulate to maintain minimum ventilation requirements, and the heating shall enable to maintain the discharge air temperature heating setpoint. Daytime Warm-up shall terminate when the average space temperature reaches the Occupied heating setpoint. Pre-Cool Mode: During optimal start, if the space temperature is above the occupied cooling setpoint, pre-cool mode shall be activated. When pre-cool is initiated the unit shall enable the fan and cooling or economizer. The outside air damper shall remain closed, unless economizing. When the space temperature reaches occupied cooling setpoint (adj.), the unit shall transition to the occupied mode. Economizer Mode: ENABLE: Outside air (OA) enthalpy shall be compared with Return air (RA) enthalpy point. The economizer shall enable when OA enthalpy is less than RA enthalpy - 2.0 BTU/LB. The economizer shall disable when OA enthalpy is greater than RA enthalpy. OPERATION: When economizing is enabled and the unit is operating in the cooling mode, the economizer damper shall be modulated between its minimum position and 100% to maintain the space temperature setpoint. The economizer damper shall modulate toward minimum position in the event the mixed air temperature falls below the low temperature limit setting. Occupied Humidity Control: SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS If the space relative humidity is greater than 50% (adj.), the chilled water valve shall modulate to maintain space relative humidity setpoint of 50% (adj.) and the reheat valve shall modulate to maintain the discharge air temperature setpoint. Mode shall terminate when the space relative humidity falls below the relative humidity setpoint of 50% (adj.) minus 3% (adj.). If the space relative humidity sensor fails the dehumidification sequence shall be terminated and an alarm shall annunciate at the BAS. Demand Control Ventilation: Using a space CO2 input (local sensor or network communicated value), the controller shall monitor and compare the measured space CO2 to the space CO2 concentration setpoint (adj.). When the measured space CO2 concentration reaches the setpoint (adj.), the outside air damper shall modulate open incrementally until the space CO2 level is satisfied or the outside air damper reaches the full open position. If the measured CO2 concentration falls, the outside air damper shall modulate toward normal economizer operation. If the mixed air temperature drops below the mixed air low limit setpoint the CO2 sensor input is overridden and the outside air damper will be modulated closed to maintain the mixed air temperature low limit setpoint. When the mixed air temperature rises above the mixed air low limit setpoint, CO2 operation is restored. Discharge Air Temperature Reset Control: Also, the BAS shall override this reset function whenever outdoor dew point is higher than 60.0 deg. F (adj.) or indoor humidity (measured at the source of control) is higher than 60% RH (adj.). On a rise in space temperature (+2.0 deg. F adj. or greater) above the space cooling setpoint (74.0 deg. F adj.); the supply fan speed shall modulate from minimum (50% adj.) to maximum (or design) air flow to maintain space cooling temperature setpoint while keeping the discharge air temperature setpoint at minimum (55.0 deg. F adj.). As space temperature decreases below 76.0 deg. F (space cooling setpoint 74.0 deg. F + 2.0 deg. F); the fan speed shall be locked at minimum air flow and the discharge air temperature setpoint remains at minimum. When space temperature decreases to 75.0 deg. F (cooling setpoint of 74.0 deg. F adj. + 1.0 deg. F) or below for a period of time (default 1 min. adj.); the fan speed shall remain at minimum, the discharge air temperature setpoint remains at minimum, and control enters into discharge air temperature setpoint reset mode. As space temperature continues to drop below 75.0 deg. F (space temperature cooling setpoint + 1.0 deg. F); the fan speed shall remain at minimum and the discharge air temperature setpoint shall be reset from minimum (55.0 deg. F adj.) to maximum (65.0 deg. F adj.) as space temperature drops from 75.0 deg. F to 74.0 deg. F to maintain the space cooling temperature setpoint. On a continued drop of space temperature below the space cooling temperature setpoint (74.0 deg. F adj.) through (71.0 deg. F adj.) the space temperature control shall be within its deadband; the fan speed remains at minimum and discharge air setpoint of (65.0 deg. F adj.) for cooling. SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS As space temperature decreases towards the heating setpoint (71.0 deg. F adj.) the control shall switch to the heating discharge air temperature reset. In the heating mode, the heat shall be enabled; the supply fan shall remain at minimum air flow and the discharge air temperature setpoint shall be reset from 70.0 deg. F to 90.0 deg. F as the space temperature drops from 71.0 deg. F to 70.0 deg. F. As space temperature continues to decrease towards the heating setpoint (71.0 deg. F adj.) - 1.0 deg. F; the discharge air temperature setpoint shall remain at maximum (90.0 deg. F adj.), the fan shall be modulated from minimum to maximum air flow to maintain the space temperature heating setpoint. When the space temperature increases the reverse control shall be implemented. Supply Fan: The unit controller shall vary the supply fan speed to optimize minimum fan speed in all cooling and heating modes. Building Pressure Control (Relief Air): After the fan startup delay expires, building static pressure shall be controlled by modulating the Outside Air Damper. As building pressure increases over the building pressure setpoint (adj.), the damper shall modulate closed. If the building pressure falls below the setpoint, the damper shall modulate open. Mixed Air Low Limit: The initial damper opening rate shall be limited to 2% per minute (adj.) until the damper has reached its minimum ventilation position. The outside air damper shall modulate to a position less than the minimum damper position if the mixed air temperature drops below 50.0 deg. F (adj.). If the mixed air temperature sensor fails an alarm shall annunciate at the BAS and the outside air damper shall return to the minimum position. Freeze Protection: A hardwired, low limit temperature switch shall be electrically interlocked with the variable speed drive. If the low limit temperature switch is tripped 38.0 deg. F (adj.), the fan shall be commanded off and the outside air damper shall close. All valves shall be commanded open to 100% (adjust per climate). An alarm shall annunciate at the BAS and manual reset of the low limit temperature switch shall be required to restart the fan. Condensate Overflow Monitoring: If the condensate level reaches the trip point, a condensate overflow diagnostic shall annunciate at the BAS. To prevent the condensate drain pan from overflowing and causing water damage to the building the fan shall be disabled and the chilled water valve shall close. Filter Status: A differential pressure switch shall monitor the differential pressure across the filter(s) when the fan is running. If the switch closes during normal operation a dirty filter alarm shall annunciate at the BAS. SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS Smoke Detector Shutdown: The unit shall shut down in response to a signal from the smoke detector indicating the presence of smoke. The smoke detector shall be interlocked to the unit through the dry contacts of the smoke detector. A manual reset of the smoke detector shall be required to restart the unit. SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS Points List -SZ AHU [QTY: 2] System Point Description POINTS ALARMS O O a m a x Z Z 0 p LLLU U W w W COH U LL a a a a Z W ~ Z to J M N O d Z Z U' Z J 2 = 2 = LU W fN Y a a a LL U U } } a a W co W Z Z } j z z z z O Q w 0 0 z a w O CONDENSATE OVERFLOW DETECTION LOCAL X X X X CND OVRFL COOLING COIL LEAVING TEMPERATURE X X X X X CC LAT COOLING OUTPUT COMMAND X X CLG DISCHARGE AIR TEMPERATURE X X X X X DAT DISCHARGE AIR STATIC PRESSURE LOCAL X X X X X DA SP FINAL FILTER ALARM X X FIL ALM FINAL FILTER STATUS X X X FIL FILTER ALARM X X FIL ALM FILTER STATUS X X X FIL HEATING OUTPUT COMMAND X X HTG HIGH STATIC ALARM X X X X HSP ALM HIGH STATIC ALARM INTERLOCK X HSPINTLK MIXED AIR LOW TEMPERATURE CUTOUT ALARM X X MA LLT MIXED AIR TEMPERATURE LOCAL X X X X MAT OUTDOOR AIR DAMPER COMMAND X X OAD SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS OUTDOOR AIR FILTER ALARM X X OA FIL ALM OUTDOOR AIR RELATIVE HUMIDITY LOCAL X X OAH OUTDOOR AIR TEMPERATURE LOCAL X X OAT REHEAT LEAVING COIL TEMPERATURE LOCAL X X X X X RH LAT REHEAT OUTPUT COMMAND X X RH RELIEF AIR FAN SPEED OUTPUT COMMAND X X RLF RELIEF AIR FAN START STOP X X RLF RETURN AIR DAMPER COMMAND X X RAID RETURN AIR FILTER ALARM X X RA FIL ALM RETURN AIR HUMIDITY LOCAL X X X RAH RETURN AIR TEMPERATURE LOCAL X X RAT RETURN FAN AIR FLOW LOCAL X X RAF FLW RETURN FAN HIGH STATIC ALARM INTERLOCK X RAF HSP INTL K RETURN SMOKE DETECTOR INPUT X RA SD SPACE CO2 CONCENTRATION (COMMUNICATED) X X SP CO2 SPACE HUMIDITY LOCAL X X X SPH SPACE TEMPERATURE LOCAL X X X X X SPT SPACE TEMPERATURE SETPOINT LOCAL X X SPT SP SUPPLY AIR HUMIDITY LOCAL X X X X X SA HUM SUPPLY FAN SPEED COMMAND X X SAF SUPPLY FAN START STOP COMMAND X X SAF SUPPLY FAN STATUS X X SAF SUPPLY SMOKE DETECTOR INPUT X SA SD BAS COMMUNICATION STATE X X BAS COM DISCHARGE AIR COOLING SETPOINT X DA CL SP DISCHARGE AIR HEATING SETPOINT X DA HT SP MAINTENANCE REQUIRED X X MNT REQ MIXED AIR TEMPERATURE LOW LIMIT SETPOINT MA LLT STPT X OCCUPIED COOLING SETPOINT X X OCC CLG STPT OCCUPIED HEATING SETPOINT X X OCC HTG STPT SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS SUPPLY FAN FAILURE X X X SF FAIL UNOCCUPIED COOLING SETPOINT X X UNOCC CLG STPT UNOCCUPIED HEATING SETPOINT X X UNOCC HTG STPT SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS Sequence of Operation: Toilet EF [QTY: 13] Building Automation System Interface: The Building Automation System (BAS) shall send the controller an Occupied or Unoccupied command. If a BAS is not present, or communication is lost with the BAS, the controller shall operate in the Occupied mode. Occupied: During occupied periods, the exhaust fan shall run continuously. Unoccupied: During unoccupied periods the exhaust fan shall be disabled. Operation: The occupancy sensor shall be used to indicate that the space is occupied/unoccupied. Fan Status: The fan status shall be monitored by a current sensing switch. If the fan is signaled to start, and status is not proven within 20 seconds (adj.), an alarm shall annunciate at the BAS. SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS W m 00 m m m m y co n n -n S -n S n n D D 7 O O m C C y m � z � � r z z z co co i D D fn O O i Z C �. co co 3 m D O � m o m O A 0 o D � Z W 0 9 O X X RAPHIC NALOG HARDWARE INPUT(AI) X XIINARY INARY HARDWARE INPUT(BI) NALOG HARDWARE OUTPUT(AO) O X HARDWARE OUTPUT(BO) z 1 y X SOFTWARE POINT(SFT) ARDWAREINTERLOCK(HOW) IRELESS(WLS) ETWORK(NET) IGH ANALOG LIMIT OW ANALOG LIMIT D (NARY D A ATCH DIAGNOSTIC y ENSOR FAIL OMMUNICATION FA17L777771 SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS 23195 ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 23 99 00 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Conditions of the contract and general requirements in Division 1 apply to work specified in all section of Division 23. B. All Division 23 specification sections, drawings, and general provisions of the contract apply to work of this section, as do other documents referred to this section. C. The requirements of the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions apply to all work herein. D. Requirements for submittals, shop drawings, and substitutions, Division 1, Section 013000 and 016000, apply to work specified in all sections of Division 23. E. The basic Materials and Methods, Section 230500, are included as a part of this Section as though written in full in this document. 1.02 REFERENCES AND STANDARDS A. The publications listed below from a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by basic designation only. ASSOCIATED AIR BALANCE CONCIL(AABC) (2002) National Standards for Testing Adjusting Balancing of Environmental Systems NATIONAL EVROMENTAL BALANCING BUREAU (NEBB) (1998) National Standards for Testing Adjusting Balancing of Environmental Systems (1994) Procedural Standards for the Measurement and Assessment of Sound and Vibration B. TAB shall be preformed in accordance with the requirements of the standard under which the TAB Firm's qualifications are approved, i.e., AABC or NEBB procedural standards, unless otherwise specifies herein. All recommendations and suggested practices contained in the TAB standard shall be considered mandatory.The provisions of the TAB Standard, including checklists, report forms, etc. Shall, as nearly as practical, be used to 23195 American Bank 23 99 00 - 1/13 TESTING,ADJUSTING, AND Center Arena HVAC BALANCING Improvements Project No.: 07/01/2024 23.22 satisfy the Contract requirements.The TAB standard shall be used for all aspects of TAB, including qualifications, for the TAB Firm and Specialist and calibration of TAB instruments. Where the instrument manufacturer calibration recommendations are more stringent than those listed in the TAB Standard, the manufacture's recommendations shall be adhered to. All quality assurance provisions of the TAB Standard such as performance guarantees shall be part of this contract. For systems or system components not covered in the TAB standard TAB procedures shall be developed by the TAB Specialist. Where new procedures, requirements, etc. applicable to the Contact requirements have been published or adopted by the body responsible for the TAB Standard used (AABC or NEBB), the requirements and recommendations contained in these procedures and requirements shall be considered mandatory. C. The TAB contractor shall submit all questions regarding interpretations and questions regarding these standards in writing or as required by documents to the A/E team who shall provide formal reply in ka reasonable time. Decisions of the A/E team shall be final. 1.03 DEFINITIONS AND SIMILAR TERMS A. In some instances, terminology differs between the Contract TAB Standard primarily because the intent of this section is to use the industry standards specified, along with the additional requirements listed herein to produce optimal results. The following table of similar terms is provided for clarification only. Contract requirements take precedent the corresponding AABC or NEBB where differences. CONTRACT TERM AABC TERM NEBB TERM TAB Standard National Standard Procedural Standards Testing and Balancing for Testing Adjusting Heating, Ventilating, and Environmental System Air Conditioning System TAB Specialist TAB Engineer TAB Supervisor System Readiness Construction Phase Field Readiness Check Inspection Check& Preliminary Field Procedures 1.04 QUALIFICATIONS A. The TAB of the air conditioning systems will be performed by an independent, impartial technical firm whose operations are limited only to the field of professional TAB, and is not a part or subsidiary of any other project contractor or subcontractor,to include, but not limited to General Contractor, and Mechanical; Contractor.The TAB work will be done under the direct supervision of qualified Professional Engineer employed as a full time employee of TAB firm. 23195 Arena HVAC 23 99 00 -2/13 TESTING,ADJUSTING, AND Improvements Project No.: BALANCING 23.22 07/01/2024 B. The TAB agency shall be either a member of AABC or certified by the NEBB and certified in all categories and functions where measurements or performance are specified on the plans and specifications. C. QUALIFICATIONS OF CONTRACTOR PERSONAL: Submit evidence to show that the people who shall be in charge of correcting deficiencies for balancing the systems are qualified. The Owner and Engineer reserve the right to require that the originally approved personal be replaced with other qualified personnel if, in the Owner and Engineer's opinion, the original personnel are not qualified to properly place the system in condition for balancing. D. QUALIFICATIONS OF TAB FIRM The certification shall be maintained for the entire duration of specified herein. If, for any reason, the firm losses subject certification during this period, the Contractor shall immediately execute each certifying agency's applicable Performance Guaranty,then immediately notify the Contracting Officer and submit another TAB firm for approval, at no additional cost to Project Owner, Architect, Engineer, or their designated representatives. Any firm that has been the subject to disciplinary action by either the AABC or the NEBB within the five years preceding the contract award shall not be eligible to perform any duties related to the HVAC systems including TAB. All work specified in this section and in other related sections to be performed by the TAB firm shall be considered invalid if the TAB firm losses its certification prior to contract completion and must be performed by an approved successor, at no additional cost to Project Owner, Architect, Engineer, or their designated representative.The TAB firm shall have an occupied office within 100 miles of the project site. E. QUALIFICATIONS OF TAB FIRM PERSONAL: 1. A minimum of one registered Professional Engineer, licensed in the State the work is performed, is required to be in permanent employment of the firm. 2. The TAB Specialist shall be either a member of AABC or an experienced technician of the firm certified by NEBB.The certification shall be maintained for the entire duration of duties specified herein. If, for any reason the Specialist losses subject certification during this period, the Contractor shall immediately execute each certifying agency's applicable Performance Guaranty,then immediately notify the Contracting Officer and submit another TAB Specialist for approval, at no additional cost to Project Owner, Architect, Engineer, or their designated representatives. Any individual that has been the subject of disciplinary action by either the AABC or the NEBB within the five years preceding the contract award shall not be eligible performed any duties related to the HVAC systems, including TAB. All work specified in this section and other related sections to be performed 23195 Arena HVAC 23 99 00 - 3/13 TESTING,ADJUSTING, AND Improvements Project No.: BALANCING 23.22 07/01/2024 by the TAB Specialist shall be considered invalid if the TAB Specialist losses certification prior to the contract completion and must be performed by an approved successor, at no additional cost to the Project Owner, Architect, Engineer, or their designated representatives. 3. Personal used on the job site shall be either Professional Engineers or technicians, who shall have been permanent,full time employees of the firm for a minimum of six months prior to the start of work for that specified project. 4. Evidence shall be submitted to show that the personal who actually balanced the systems are qualified. Evidence showing that the personnel have passed the tests required by the Associated Air Balance Council (AABC) or National Environmental Balancing Bureau (NEBB) shall be required. F. ACCEPTABLE TAB FIRMS SHALL INCLUDE: 1. PHI Service Agency (361-248-4861) 2. Engineering Air Balance Company(210-736-9494) 3. Testing Specialties (210-492-8885) 4. TCx Synergy(361-960-3475) 1.05 SCOPE OF WORK A. The Contractor will contract with a professional TAB firm under the provisions of paragraph 1.04 of this section. B. The TAB firm will be responsible for inspecting, adjusting, balancing, and logging the data on the performance of fans, dampers in the duct system, and air distribution devices.The Contactor and the various subcontractors of the equipment installed shall cooperate with the TAB firm to furnish necessary data on the design and proper applications of the system components and provide labor ad material required to eliminate deficiencies or poor performance. D. The work included in this section consists of furnishing labor, instruments, and tools required in testing, adjusting, and balancing the HVAC systems, as described in these specifications or shown on accompanying drawings. Services shall include checking equipment performance, taking specified measurements, recording and reporting the results.The items requiring testing, adjusting, and balancing include the following (as applicable to contract drawings): AIR SYSTEMS Air Handling Units 23195 Arena HVAC 23 99 00 -4/13 TESTING,ADJUSTING, AND Improvements Project No.: BALANCING 23.22 07/01/2024 Packaged Units Exhaust Fans VAV Terminal Units Diffusers, Registers, &Grilles Coils (Air Temperature) HYDRONI C SYSTEMS Chill Water Pumps Heating Water Pumps Chill Water Coils Heating Water Coils PLUMBING SYSTEMS Recirc Pumps Mixing Valves Circuit Setters 1.06 SUBMITTALS AND RELATED DOCUMENTS: A. The name of the selected AABC or NEBB certified firm shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval within 30 days after contract award. B. Within 30 days after the award of contract,the TAB firm shall submit for approval an organizational chart and proof of current certification which shall identify all AABC or NEBB certified Supervisors or Specialist. The TAB firm shall submit a company resumes listing personal and project experience in air and hydronic system balancing. TAB firm will also provide information showing successful completion for three similar scope projects for which the firm is being contracted. C. Within 30 days after the award of contract,the TAB firm will submit for approval the name of the TAB Specialist and/or Professional Engineer, who will have direct supervision of all TAB related labor through completion of project. D. Within 30 days after the award of contract the TAB firm shall submit TAB procedures and agenda proposed to be used. E. Within 30 days after the award of contract, but prior to TAB field measurements,the TAB firm shall submit sample report forms, sample report forms, which shall include minimum data required by either the AABC or NEBB National Standards. F. Within 15 days of notification of approval of TAB firm and TAB Specialist by engineer,TAB firm shall conduct a Design Review of contract drawings and submit a Design Review report. 23195 Arena HVAC 23 99 00 - 5/13 TESTING,ADJUSTING, AND Improvements Project No.: BALANCING 23.22 07/01/2024 G. Proposed date and time for execution of Systems Readiness Inspection shall be submitted no later than 7 days prior to inspection. A copy of the Systems Readiness Inspection Report shall be signed by the TAB Specialist and shall bear the seal of the Professional Society or National Association used as the TAB Standard. H. Proposed date and time to begin field measurements, making adjusting, ext., for the TAB report, shall be submitted with the Systems Readiness Inspection Report. I. Six(6) copies of the completed TAB Report shall be submitted for approval no later than 7 days after the execution of TAB. All copies of TAB Report shall be signed by the TAB Specialist and shall bear the seal of the Professional Society or National Association used as the TAB Standard. J. Proposed date and time to begin TAB Completion Verification, shall be submitted with the TAB Report. Six(6) copies of TAB Completion Verification Report shall be submitted no later than 7 days after execution of TAB verification. K. Proposed date and time for execution of Opposite Season Inspection shall be submitted no later than 7 days prior to inspection. 1.07 INSTRUMENTATION A. All instruments used for measurements shall be accurate and calibrated.TAB firm shall submit list of all instruments, to include gauges,thermometers, flow measuring hoods, and other balancing devices to be used in balancing the system.The list will indicate name of equipment, function, model number, serial number, date of the last calibration, and date calibration is due.TAB firm shall submit copies of calibration certificates for all test instruments used showing all devices were properly calibrated before proceeding with system balancing. All instruments will be within one year of calibration for duration of the project. If duration of project exceeds the tenure of instrument calibration, then said instrument must be recalibrated, and copy of calibration certificate sent to Engineer, before the instrument is placed into continued use. 1.08 TAB PREPARATION AND COORDINATION A. It is the intent of this specification section to provide for a completely tested, adjusted, and balanced (TAB) installation without overlaps or omissions between the installing contractor and the TAB contractor.The installing contractors are those who perform the installation of this work and make all preparations for the TAB contractor who performs the testing, adjusting, and balancing described herein. B. The contactor Manager or General Contractor performing the General construction work shall coordinate the work of the contractors performing the Mechanical, Electrical, Automatic Temperature Control, and TAB work to provide complete properly tested, 23195 Arena HVAC 23 99 00 -6/13 TESTING,ADJUSTING, AND Improvements Project No.: BALANCING 23.22 07/01/2024 adjusted, and balanced systems. The Construction Manager or General Manager shall require and provide a start-up report for each piece of equipment furnished. C. The contractor performing the HVAC work shall coordinate all Mechanical work, including Sheet Metal work and Automatic Temperature Controls, to provide a complete, properly tested adjusted and balanced system throughout. He shall furnish progress reports regarding this phase of the work on a regular basis as directed. At such time as the systems are started up, the Contractor performing the Mechanical work shall provide TAB Contractor with documentation that the duct systems have been tested to the satisfaction of the Duct Leak Test Specifications.The Mechanical Contractor shall insure that all comments are installed and operating, and the major components such as fans, pumps, refrigeration machines, and the like are capable of producing the scheduled capacity requirements.The requirement does not relieve the Mechanical Contractor of any other requirements specified elsewhere. Should any of these components or systems not be capable of producing these requirements, he shall make corrections within the limits of his responsibility or as otherwise authorized and shall certify in writing that the systems are ready for final testing and balancing by the Tab contractor. D. The contractor performing the Electrical work shall work coordinate all electrical work to provide complete, properly tested, adjusted and balanced mechanical systems throughout the project. He shall furnish progress reports on a regular basis as directed. He shall certify in writing when each system is electrically operable, including the check for proper rotation of equipment. E. The Contractor performing the Automatic Temperature Controls work shall coordinate all controls work to provide complete, properly tested, adjusted and balanced mechanical systems throughout the project. He shall furnish progress reports on a regular basis as directed. He shall certify in writing when each system is operational from an Automatic Temperature Controls standpoint.This contractor shall also provide to TAB contractor all necessary submittal information, software, and/or personal complete, properly tested, adjusted and balanced mechanical systems. F. The TAB contractor shall from the award of contract, begin preparation. PART 2-PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 SERVICES OF THE CONTRACTOR A. The drawing and specifications have indicated valves, dampers, and miscellaneous adjustment devices for the purpose of adjustment to obtain optimum operating conditions, install these devices in a manner that leaves them accessible, provide access as requested by the TAB firm. 23195 Arena HVAC 23 99 00 - 7/13 TESTING,ADJUSTING, AND Improvements Project No.: BALANCING 23.22 07/01/2024 B. Have systems complete and in operational readiness prior to notifying the TAB firm the project is ready for their services, and certify in writing to the Construction Manager that such a condition exists. C. As a part of the Work of this Section, make changes in the sheaves, belts, and dampers or the addition of dampers required for correct balance of new work as required by TAB firm, at no additional cost to owner. D. Fully examine the existing system to be balanced,to determine, whether or not sufficient volume dampers, balancing valves,thermometers, gauges, pressure in the duct systems, means of determining water flow, and other means of taking data needed for proper water and air balancing are existing. Submit to the Engineer in writing a listing of omitted items considered necessary to balance existing systems. Submit the list and proposal as a cost add item. E. Verify that fresh air louvers are free of blockage, coils are clean and fresh air ducts to each air handling unit has individually adjustable volume regulating dampers. F. Provide correct, repair, or replace deficient items or conditions found during the testing, adjusting, and balancing period. G. In order that systems may be properly tested, balanced, and adjusted as specified, operate the systems at no expense for the Owner at the length of time necessary to properly verify their completion and readiness for TAB period. H. Project Contract completion schedules shall allow time for allowance to permit the successful completion of TAB services to Owner's final inspection and expectance. Complete, operational readiness, prior to commencement of TAB services, shall include the following services of the Contractor: 1. Construction status of building shall permit the closing of doors, window, ceilings, installed and penetrations complete, to obtain project operating conditions. 2. AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS: a. Verify installation for conformity to design. Supply, return, and exhaust ducts terminated and pressure tested for leakage as specified. b. Volume and fire dampers properly located and functional. Dampers serving requirements of minimum and maximum outside air, return and relief shall provide tight closure and full opening, smooth and free operation. C. Supply return, exhaust and transfer grilles, registers and diffusers. d. Air handling systems, units and associated apparatus, such as heating and cooling coils,filter sections, access doors, ect., shall be blanked and sealed to eliminate excessive bypass or leakage of air. e. Fans (supply and exhaust) operating and verified for freedom from vibrations, proper fan rotation and belt tension; overload heater elements 23195 Arena HVAC 23 99 00 - 8/13 TESTING,ADJUSTING, AND Improvements Project No.: BALANCING 23.22 07/01/2024 shall be of proper size and rating; record motor amperage and voltage and verify that these functions do not exceed nameplate ratings. f. Furnish or revise fan drives or motors as necessary to attain the specified air volumes. 3. WATER CIRCLULATING SYSTEMS a. Position valves pertinent to system design and require operation to permit full flow of water through system components. Operate systems under full flow conditions until circulating water is clean. Remove and clean strainers as required during this cycle of operation. b. Record each pump motor amperage and voltage. Readings shall not exceed nameplate rating. C. Verify, on new equipment, electrical starter overload heater elements to be of proper size and rating. d. Ensure that water circulating systems shall be full of water and free of air; expansion tanks set for proper water level, and air vents installed at high points of systems and operating freely. Advise Owner of deficiencies. e. Check and set operating temperatures of heat exchangers to design requirements. 4. AUTOMATIC CONTROLS a. Verify that control components are installed in accordance with project documents and functional, electrical interlocks, damper sequences, air and water resets, fire and freeze stats. b. Controlling instruments shall be functional and set for design operating conditions. Factory pre-calibration of room thermostats and pneumatic equipment will not be acceptable. C. The temperature shall be regulation shall be adjusted for proper relationship between the controlling instruments and calibrated by the TAB Contractor. Advise Owner of deficiencies or malfunctions. 3.02 SERVICES OF THE TAB FIRM A. The TAB firm will act as liaison between the Owner, Engineer, and Contractor and inspect the installation of mechanical piping system, sheet metal work, temperature controls and other component parts of the heating, air conditioning and ventilating systems being retrofitted, repaired, or added under this Contract.The re-inspection of the Work will cover that part related to proper arrangement and adequate provision for the testing and balancing and will be done when the Work is 80 percent complete. B. Upon completion of the installation and start—up of the mechanical equipment, to check, adjust, and balance system components to obtain optimum conditions in each conditioned space in the building. Prepare and submit to the Owner complete reports on the balance and operations of the systems. C. Measurements and recorded readings of air,water and electricity that appear in the TAB reports will be done by the permanently employed technicians or engineers of the TAB firm. 23195 Arena HVAC 23 99 00 - 9/13 TESTING,ADJUSTING, AND Improvements Project No.: BALANCING 23.22 07/01/2024 D. Make an inspection in the building during the opposite season from that in which the initial adjustments were made. At the time, make necessary modifications to the initial adjustments required to produce optimum operation of system components to effect the proper conditions as indicated on the Drawings. At time of opposite season check-out, the Owner's representative will be notified before readings and adjustments are made. E. In fan systems, the air quantities indicated on the Drawings may be varied as required to secure a maximum temperature variation of two degrees with each separately controlled space, but the total air quantity indicated for each zone must be obtained. It shall be the obligation of the Contractor to furnish or revise fan drive and motors if necessary, without cost to the Owner,to attain the specified air volumes. F. The various existing water circulating systems shall be cleaned, filled, purged, of air, and put into operation before hydronic balancing. 3.03 PROFESSIONAL REPORT A. Before the final acceptance of the report is made the TAB will furnish the Owner the following data to be approved by the Owner and Engineer. 1. Summary of main supply, return and exhaust duct pilot tube traverses and fan settings indicating minimum value required to achieve specified air volumes. 2. A listing of the measured air quantities at each outlet corresponding to the temperature tabulation as developed by the Engineer and TAB firm. 3. Air quantities at each return and exhaust air handling device. 4. Static pressure readings entering and leaving each supply fan exhaust fan,filter, coil, balancing dampers and other components of the systems included in the retrofit Work. These readings will be related to performance curves in terms of the CFM handled if available, 5. Motor current readings at each equipment motor on load side of capacitors.The voltages at the time of the reading shall be listed. 6. The final report shall certify test methods and instrumentation used,final velocity reading obtained, temperatures, pressure drops, RPM of equipment, amperage of motors, air balancing problems encountered, recommendations and uncompleted punch list items. The test results will be recorded on standard forms. 7. A summary of actual operating conditions shall be included with each system outlining normal and ventilation cycles of operation.The final report will act as a reference of actual operating conditions for the Owner's operating personal. 3.03 BALANCING AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM A. GENERAL 1. Place all equipment into full operation, and shall continue the operating during each working day of balancing and testing. If the air conditioning system is balanced 23195 Arena HVAC 23 99 00 - 10/13 TESTING,ADJUSTING, AND Improvements Project No.: BALANCING 23.22 07/01/2024 during OFF-Peak cooling seasons Balancing Contractor shall return to rebalance air side system as required to put system in proper balance at that time. 2. The contractor shall submit detailed balancing and recording forms for approval. After the approval by the Architect, prepare complete set of forms for recording test data on each system. All Work shall be done under the supervision of Registered Professional Engineer. All instruments used shall be accurately calibrated to within 1%of scale and maintained in good working order. 3. Upon completion of the balancing and testing, the Balancing Contractor shall compile the test data in report forms, and forward five copies to the Architect for evaluation 4. The final report shall contain logged results of all tests, including such data as a. Tabulation of air volume at each outlet. b. Outside dry bulb and wet bulb temperature. c. Inside dry bulb and wet bulb temperature in each conditioned space room or area. d. Actual fan capacities and static pressures. Motor current and voltage readings at each fan. B. AIR SYSTEMS: Perform the following operations as applicable to system balance and test: 1. Check fan rotation. 2. Check filters (balancing shall be done with clean filters). 3. Test and adjust blower rpm to design requirements. 4. Test and record motor full load amperes. 5. Test and record system static pressures, suction and discharge. 6. Test and adjust system for design cfm, return air and outside air (+2%). Change out fan sheaves as required to balance system. 7. Test and record entering air temperatures, db and wb. 8. Test and record leaving air temperature, db and wb 9. Adjust all zones to design cfm (+2%). 10. Test and adjust each diffuser, grille, and register to within 5%of design. C. WATER SYSTEMS: Perform the following operations as applicable to system balance and test: 1. Check pump operation 2. Check operation of all mixing valves. 3. Test water flow rate at all pumps. Adjust balancing valves as required. 4. Record water temperature entering and leaving the pump and water heater. 5. Record pump suction and discharge pressures. D. DX SYSTEMS: 1. Test and record suction and discharge pressures at each compressor and record ambient air temperature entering the condensing coils. 2. Test and record unit full load amps and voltage. 3. Test and record staging and unloading of unit required by sequence of operation or drawing schedule. 23195 Arena HVAC 23 99 00 - 11/13 TESTING,ADJUSTING, AND Improvements Project No.: BALANCING 23.22 07/01/2024 E. Automatic temperature controls shall be calibrated and all thermostats and dampers, adjusted so that the control system is in proper operating condition, subject to approval of the Architect. F. The Air Balance Contractor shall report to Engineer all air distribution devices or other equipment that operate noisily so that corrective measures may be implemented by the Contractor at no additional cost to the owner. 3.04 AIR DUCT LEAKAGE: (From SMACNA Duct Standards 3rd Edition)Test 50%of all ductwork(from VAV Air Handler to terminal unit) as follows: A. Test apparatus The test apparatus shall consist of: 1. A source of high pressure air--a portable rotary blower or a tank type vacuum cleaner. 2. A flow measuring device consisting of straightening vanes and an orifice plate mounted in a straight tube with properly located pressure taps. Each orifice assembly shall be accurately calibrated with its own calibration curve. Pressure and flow readings shall be taken with U-tube manometers. B. Test Procedures 1. Test for audible leaks as follows: 2. Close off and seal all openings in the duct section to be tested. Connect the test apparatus to the duct by means of a section of flexible duct. a. Start the blower with its control damper closed. b. Gradually open the inlet damper until the duct pressure reaches 1.5 times the standard designed duct operating pressure. C. Survey all joint for audible leaks. Mark each leak and repair after shutting down blower. Do not apply a retest until sealants have set. 3. After all audible leaks have been sealed, the remaining leakage should be measured with the orifice section of the test apparatus as follows: a. Start blower and open damper until pressure in duct reaches 50% in excess of designed duct operating pressure. b. Read the pressure differential across the orifice on manometer No. 2. If there is no leakage, the pressure differential will be zero. C. Total allowable leakage shall not exceed one (1) percent of the total system design air flow rate. When partial sections of the duct system are tested, the summation of the leakage for all sections shall not exceed the total allowable leakage. d. Even though a system may pass the measured leakage test, a concentration of leakage at one point may result in a noisy leak which, must be corrected. 23195 Arena HVAC 23 99 00 - 12/13 TESTING,ADJUSTING, AND Improvements Project No.: BALANCING 23.22 07/01/2024 4. Test Witness a. Air duct leakage test shall be witnessed by Owner/Engineer. b. The Architect or duly authorized construction inspector shall be notified in writing at least 2 working days prior to each test. END OF SECTION 23 99 00 23195 Arena HVAC 23 99 00 - 13/13 TESTING,ADJUSTING, AND Improvements Project No.: BALANCING 23.22 07/01/2024 Environmental Inspection Report February 4, 2019 AMERICAN BANK CENTER VIP LOUNGE 1901 NORTH SHORELINE BOULEVARD CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS Prepared for: LVN, INC. Prepared by: ENVIROTEST, LLC 5233 IH 37 SUITE A-3 CORPUS CHRISTI,TEXAS 78408 (361) 887-9400 ENVIROTEST PROJECT NUMBER: 13438 (361) 887-9400 February 4, 2019 Mr. Craig Forsythe Vice President/ Director of Architecture LVN Inc. 801 Navigation Boulevard Corpus Christi,TX 78408 RE: Limited Environmental Inspection American Bank Center VIP Lounge 1901 North Shoreline Boulevard Corpus Christi,TX 78401 Envirotest Project Number: 13438 Dear Mr. Forsythe: Enclosed is the report for the environmental inspection performed at 1901 North Shoreline Boulevard in Corpus Christi,TX. The inspection was performed on January 30, 2019 by Mr. Carl Suding of Envirotest, LLC. Mr. Suding is licensed as an Asbestos Inspector(#60-3504) by the Texas Department of State Health Services. SCOPE OF WORK The scope of this project was limited to suspect asbestos and lead containing materials associated with the service building at the above reference property. Twenty-four (24) samples of suspect asbestos materials and five (5) samples of suspect lead-containing paint were collected. Lead Result Summary Paint sampling was conducted in accordance with commonly accepted commercial and professional standard practices for similar assignments. The intent of the project was to identify painted surfaces that may contain elevated levels of lead. Visually discernable painted surface coatings associated with the above-referenced buildings were sampled for lead content. The State of Texas defines lead-based paint as having>_ 1.0 mg/cm as measured by XRF or laboratory analysis, or >_ 5,000 parts per million (ppm) lead, >_ 0.5% lead by weight, or >_ 5000 mg/kg concentration, as measured by laboratory analysis. All samples collected where below the regulatory limit for being considered lead containing paint. Asbestos Result Summary Suspect asbestos-containing materials (ACM) were collected according to protocol established by the Texas Asbestos Health Protection Rules (TAPHR) 295.34 (c) for building demolitions and renovations. During the inspection, sampled materials were assigned a sample number and a homogenous area number. Samples were collected of each area and the friability and condition of the suspect material was assessed. No asbestos was detected in any of the samples collected. Sampled Materials Data Tables 1 and 2 contain the homogenous area numbers, material types, material descriptions, material locations, condition assessments, and a summary of the analytical results for asbestos. A list of definitions can be found following the text of this report. Table 3 associates homogenous paint descriptions, locations, and a summary of the analytical results. The complete laboratory analytical results for asbestos and paint film samples are listed in separate laboratory documents following the text of this report. ANALYTICAL METHODS Asbestos and lead analyses were performed at SanAir Technologies Laboratories Inc. laboratory in Powhatan, VA. SanAir is an American Industrial Hygiene Association participant laboratory (#162952), a National Institute of Standards and Technology NVLAP-accredited laboratory (#200870), and licensed by the Texas Department of State Health Services (#30-0440)for asbestos laboratory analysis. Phase contrast microscopy (PLM) lab analyses of asbestos samples was performed using standard oil immersion and optical staining techniques. Lead-based paint film lab analyses were performed via EPA Method SW-846, M30508, 70008, using inductively coupled plasma optical emission spectroscopy. LIMITATIONS This sampling report does not guarantee that asbestos-containing materials or lead-containing materials are not present. The scope of this project was limited to the materials sampled within this report. Areas such as, but not limited to, beneath existing flooring, inside walls, inside doors, interior of ductwork, interior of mechanical or other equipment, interior of piping flanges/valves, interior of electrical components, behind all non-movable finish materials, and all other portions of the building not designated in the Scope of Work were specifically excluded and not sampled for the presence of asbestos or paint. The following analytical results pertain to only the samples analyzed and may not reflect the actual composition of the entire homogeneous area. Envirotest, LLC assumes no responsibility for any subsequent use or interpretations of these analytical results. This report must not be used to claim product endorsement by NVLAP or any other state or federal government agency. Please calls us if you have any questions regarding this inspection report. We appreciate the opportunity to be of service to you. Sincerely, Alex Fuhrmann Carl Suding Asbestos Consultant (#10-5629) Asbestos Inspector(#60-3504) Envirotest, LLC Envirotest, LLC List of Asbestos Definitions Asbestos-Containing Material (ACM) - any material containing more than one percent asbestos (chrysotile, amosite, crocidolite, tremolite asbestos, anthophyllite asbestos, actinolite asbestos). Demolition - the wrecking or taking out of any load-supporting structure member and any related razing, removing, or stripping of asbestos products. Disturbance - contact which releases fibers from ACM or debris containing ACM including activities which that disrupts the matrix of ACM, render ACM friable, or generate visible debris. Encapsulation - a method of control of asbestos fibers in which the surface of ACM is penetrated by or covered with a liquid coating prepared for that purpose. Enclosure - the construction of an airtight, impermeable, semi-permanent barrier surrounding asbestos to prevent the release of asbestos fibers into the air. Fiber-a particulate form of asbestos, 5 micrometers or longer,with a length-to diameter ratio of at least 3 to 1. Friable Materials - any material that when dry can be crumbled, pulverized, or reduced to powder by hand pressure. Homogeneous Area -an area of surfacing material or thermal system that is uniform in color and texture. Intact- means that the ACM has not crumbled, been pulverized, or otherwise deteriorated so that it is no longer likely to be bound with its matrix. Removal - all operations where ACM is taken out or stripped from structures or substrates, and includes demolition operations. Renovation -the modifying of any existing structure, or portion thereof. Repair - overhauling, rebuilding, reconstructing, or reconditioning of structures or substrates, including encapsulation or other repair of ACM attached to structures or substrates. Tables I, II, III Sample Location Diagram Asbestos Polarized Light Microscopy Laboratory Analytical Results Lead in Paint Laboratory Analytical Results TABLE I—ASBESTOS SAMPLE MATERIAL SUMMARY 1901 North Shoreline Boulevard,Corpus Christi,TX 78401 MATERIAL MATERIAL ASBESTOS- H.A.* NAME DESCRIPTION MATERIAL LOCATION CONDITION FRIABLE CONTAINING MATERIAL 1 Flooring Blue Epoxy with Residual New VIP Lounge Area by A Good No No Tan Mastic Adhesive 2.207 2 Cove Base Mastic Tan Latex Adhesive New VIP Lounge Area Good No No 3 Caulk Gray Sealant Outside Parameter of Terrace Good No No Doors 4 Pipe Insulation Foil with Yellow Fiberglass New VIP Lounge Area by A Good No No 2.207 5 HVAC Duct Gray Sealant New VIP Lounge Area by A Good No No Mastic 2.207 6 Drywall White Chalky Gypsum Board In Concession New Suite A 2.108 Good Yes No 7 Joint Compound Composite Mineral Material In Concession New Suite A 2.108 Good Yes No 8 Ceiling tile White Mineral Fiber Board In Concession New Suite A 2.108 Good No No *Homogeneous Area TABLE II: ASBESTOS SAMPLE NUMBER<--> HOMOGENEOUS AREA 1901 North Shoreline Boulevard,Corpus Christi,TX 78401 SAMPLE 4 H.A.* SAMPLE LOCATION 1 1 By Terrace Doors Left 2 1 By Terrace Doors Center 3 1 By Terrace Doors Right 4 2 By Terrace Doors Left 5 2 West Center 6 2 West of Terrace 7 3 East Door Upper 8 3 East Door Lower 9 3 West Door Upper 10 4 East Right Hot Water 11 4 West Center Hot Water 12 4 West Upper Hot Water 13 5 Upper East HVAC Duct Joint 14 5 Upper Center HVAC Duct Joint 15 5 Upper West HVAC Duct Joint 16 6 Center by Hand Wash Sink 17 6 Center by Service Window 18 6 Center by Deep Fryer 19 7 Center Wall Upper Left 20 7 Center Wall Upper Right 21 7 Center Wall Lower Right 22 8 Center East 23 8 Center 24 8 Center West * = Homogeneous Area TABLE III: LEAD PAINT SAMPLE MATERIAL SUMMARY 1901 North Shoreline Boulevard,Corpus Christi,TX 78401 PAINT COLOR LEAD LEAD SAMPLE SAMPLE LOCATION LAYER CONCENTRATION CONCENTRATION # DESCRIPTION mg/kg %by weight 1 Metal Railings by New Black/Gray <93.4 < 0.009 % Lounge A 2.207 2 Cement Walls by New Green <92.3 <0.009 % Lounge A 2.207 3 Exterior Terrace Railing by Silver/White <120.8 <0.012% New Lounge Area 4 On Wall in Concessions New Dark Blue/ Light <90.3 <0.009% Suite A 2.108 Blue 5 Cement Walls in New Suite A Lime Green/White <96.8 < 0.010% 2.108 EPA, HUD, and Texas Standards for being considered lead containing paint are: 1.0 mg/cm'-X-ray fluorescence (XRF) >_5,000 parts per million (ppm) >_5000 mg/kg concentration >_0.5% by weight Asbestos and Paint Sample Location Diagram N 7 Z 16-1,-1S- rn f _- 22-23- 4 rn J I l 1 I 4 1 �1 M1V 1 1 ' - RPOTill 0 13-11 � -- --� — ' i 6-?-5-9 will sanhir Technologies Laboratory The Identification Specialists Analysis Report prepared for Envirotest, LLC Report Date: 2/1/2019 Project Name:American Bank Center Project#: 13438 SanAir ID#: 19004524 w L--J TESTING NVLAP LAB CODE 200870-0 1551 Oakbridge Dr. Suite B I Powhatan, Virginia 23139-8061 888.895.11771804.897.1177 1 fax:804.897.00701 IAQ@SanAir.com I SanAir.com 1ki Page 1 of 11 SanAir ID Number 19004524 Sank FINAL REPORT Technologies Laboratory 2/1/2019 12:10:34 PM Name: Envirotest, LLC Project Number: 13438 Address: 1525 S. Broadway P.O. Number: 13438 St. Louis, MO 63104 Project Name:American Bank Center Phone: 713-782-4411 Collected Date: 1/30/2019 Received Date: 1/31/2019 10:20:00 AM Dear Carl Suding, We at SanAir would like to thank you for the work you recently submitted. The 24 sample(s) were received on Thursday, January 31, 2019 via FedEx. The final report(s) is enclosed for the following sample(s): 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24. The following sample(s) were unusable and were not tested: 14, 15 These results only pertain to this job and should not be used in the interpretation of any other job. This report is only complete in its entirety. Refer to the listing below of the pages included in a complete final report. Sincerely, Sandra Sobrino Asbestos & Materials Laboratory Manager SanAir Technologies Laboratory Final Report Includes: - Cover Letter -Analysis Pages - Disclaimers and Additional Information Sample conditions: -22 samples in Good condition. -2 samples in Sample Not Received condition. (#14, #15) 1551 Oakbridge Dr. Suite B, Powhatan, VA 23139 1804.897.1177 1 Fax: 804.897.0070 www.SanAir.com IAQ@SanAir.com Page 2 of 11 SanAir ID Number 19004524 SanAir FINAL REPORT Technologies Laboratory 2/1/2019 12:10:34 PM Name: Envirotest, LLC Project Number: 13438 Address: 1525 S. Broadway P.O. Number: 13438 St. Louis, MO 63104 Project Name:American Bank Center Phone: 713-782-4411 Collected Date: 1/30/2019 Received Date: 1/31/2019 10:20:00 AM Analyst: Childress, Susan Asbestos Bulk PLM EPA 600/R-93/116 Stereoscopic Components SanAir ID/Description Appearance %Fibrous %Non-fibrous Asbestos Fibers 1 /19004524-001 Blue 15%Cellulose 85%Other None Detected Flooring Epoxy Some Residential Non-Fibrous Mastic New VIP Lounge Area, Homogeneous Flooring 1 /19004524-001 Tan 100%Other None Detected Flooring Epoxy Some Residential Non-Fibrous Mastic New VIP Lounge Area, Homogeneous Mastic 2/19004524-002 Blue 15%Cellulose 85%Other None Detected Flooring Epoxy Some Residential Non-Fibrous Mastic New VIP Lounge Area, Homogeneous Flooring 2/19004524-002 Tan 100%Other None Detected Flooring Epoxy Some Residential Non-Fibrous Mastic New VIP Lounge Area, Homogeneous Mastic 3/19004524-003 Blue 15%Cellulose 85%Other None Detected Flooring Epoxy Some Residential Non-Fibrous Mastic New VIP Lounge Area, Homogeneous Flooring 3/19004524-003 Tan 100%Other None Detected Flooring Epoxy Some Residential Non-Fibrous Mastic New VIP Lounge Area, Homogeneous Mastic 4/19004524-004 Brown 100%Other None Detected Cove Base Rubber With Mastic Non-Fibrous New VIP Lounge Area By Terrace, Homogeneous Cove Base 4/19004524-004 Tan 100%Other None Detected Cove Base Rubber With Mastic Non-Fibrous New VIP Lounge Area By Terrace, Homogeneous Mastic Analyst: � ,o A 1d,,_,,,Approved Signatory: - Analysis Date: 2/1/2019 1 Date: 2/1/2019 Page 3 of 11 SanAir ID Number 19004524 SanAir FINAL REPORT Technologies Laboratory 2/1/2019 12:10:34 PM Name: Envirotest, LLC Project Number: 13438 Address: 1525 S. Broadway P.O. Number: 13438 St. Louis, MO 63104 Project Name:American Bank Center Phone: 713-782-4411 Collected Date: 1/30/2019 Received Date: 1/31/2019 10:20:00 AM Analyst: Childress, Susan Asbestos Bulk PLM EPA 600/R-93/116 Stereoscopic Components SanAir ID/Description Appearance %Fibrous %Non-fibrous Asbestos Fibers 5/19004524-005 Brown 100%Other None Detected Cove Base Rubber With Mastic Non-Fibrous New VIP Lounge Area West Homogeneous Center,Cove Base 5/19004524-005 Tan 100%Other None Detected Cove Base Rubber With Mastic Non-Fibrous New VIP Lounge Area West Homogeneous Center,Mastic 6/19004524-006 Brown 100%Other None Detected Cove Base Rubber With Mastic Non-Fibrous New VIP Lounge Area West,Cove Homogeneous Base 6/19004524-006 Tan 100%Other None Detected Cove Base Rubber With Mastic Non-Fibrous New VIP Lounge Area West, Homogeneous Mastic 7/19004524-007 Grey 100%Other None Detected Caulk Exterior Outside Of Terrace Non-Fibrous Doors East Door Upper Homogeneous 8/19004524-008 Grey 100%Other None Detected Caulk Exterior Outside Of Terrace Non-Fibrous Doors East Door Lower Homogeneous 9/19004524-009 Grey 100%Other None Detected Caulk Exterior Outside Of Terrace Non-Fibrous Doors West Door Upper Homogeneous 10/19004524-010 Silver 80%Cellulose 15%Other None Detected Pipe Insulation Foil With Fibrous 5%Glass Fiberglass New VIP Lounge,Tape Homogeneous 10/19004524-010 Yellow 98%Glass 2%Other None Detected Pipe Insulation Foil With Fibrous Fiberglass New VIP Lounge, Homogeneous Insulation Analyst: �� � A �d Approved Signatory: - 44✓_41 - Analysis Date: 2/1/2019 Date: 2/1/2019 1551 Oakbridge Dr. Suite B, Powhatan, VA 23139 804.897.1177 1 Fax: 804.897.0070 1 www.SanAir.com I IAQ@SanAir.com Page 4 of 11 SanAir ID Number 19004524 SanAir FINAL REPORT Technologies Laboratory 2/1/2019 12:10:34 PM Name: Envirotest, LLC Project Number: 13438 Address: 1525 S. Broadway P.O. Number: 13438 St. Louis, MO 63104 Project Name:American Bank Center Phone: 713-782-4411 Collected Date: 1/30/2019 Received Date: 1/31/2019 10:20:00 AM Analyst: Childress, Susan Asbestos Bulk PLM EPA 600/R-93/116 Stereoscopic Components SanAir ID/Description Appearance %Fibrous %Non-fibrous Asbestos Fibers 11 /19004524-011 Silver 80%Cellulose 15%Other None Detected Pipe Insulation Foil With Fibrous 5%Glass Fiberglass New VIP Lounge,Tape Homogeneous 11 /19004524-011 Yellow 98%Glass 2%Other None Detected Pipe Insulation Foil With Fibrous Fiberglass New VIP Lounge, Homogeneous Insulation 12/19004524-012 Silver 80%Cellulose 15%Other None Detected Pipe Insulation Foil With Fibrous 5%Glass Fiberglass New VIP Lounge,Tape Homogeneous 12/19004524-012 Yellow 98%Glass 2%Other None Detected Pipe Insulation Foil With Fibrous Fiberglass New VIP Lounge, Homogeneous Insulation 13/19004524-013 Grey 100%Other None Detected HVAC Duct Mastic Sealant By New Non-Fibrous VIP Lounge A 2.207 Upper Homogeneous 14/19004524-014 Not Submitted HVAC Duct Mastic Sealant By New VIP Lounge A 2.207 Upper 15/19004524-015 Not Submitted HVAC Duct Mastic Sealant By New VIP Lounge A 2.207 Upper 16/19004524-016 Off-White 5%Cellulose 95%Other None Detected Drywall Gypsum With Cellulose In Non-Fibrous Concession New Suite A Homogeneous 17/19004524-017 Off-White 5%Cellulose 95%Other None Detected Drywall Gypsum With Cellulose In Non-Fibrous Concession New Suite A Homogeneous 18/19004524-018 Off-White 5%Cellulose 95%Other None Detected Drywall Gypsum With Cellulose In Non-Fibrous Concession New Suite A Homogeneous Analyst: r,, � �,v Approved Signatory: - Analysis Date: 2/1/2019 Date: 2/1/2019 1551 Oakbridge Dr. Suite B, Powhatan, VA 23139 804.897.1177 1 Fax: 804.897.0070 1 www.SanAir.com IAQ@SanAir.com Page 5 of 11 SanAir ID Number 19004524 SanAir FINAL REPORT Technologies Laboratory 2/1/2019 12:10:34 PM Name: Envirotest, LLC Project Number: 13438 Address: 1525 S. Broadway P.O. Number: 13438 St. Louis, MO 63104 Project Name:American Bank Center Phone: 713-782-4411 Collected Date: 1/30/2019 Received Date: 1/31/2019 10:20:00 AM Analyst: Childress, Susan Asbestos Bulk PLM EPA 600/R-93/116 Stereoscopic Components SanAir ID/Description Appearance %Fibrous %Non-fibrous Asbestos Fibers 19/19004524-019 White 100%Other None Detected Joint Compound Smooth Coat In Non-Fibrous Concession New Suite A 2.108 Homogeneous 20/19004524-020 White 100%Other None Detected Joint Compound Smooth Coat In Non-Fibrous Concession New Suite A 2.108 Homogeneous 21 /19004524-021 White 100%Other None Detected Joint Compound Smooth Coat In Non-Fibrous Concession New Suite A 2.108 Homogeneous 22/19004524-022 White 60%Cellulose 20%Other None Detected Ceiling Tiles Compressed Cellulose Fibrous 20%Glass In Concession New Suite A Homogeneous 23/19004524-023 White 60%Cellulose 20%Other None Detected Ceiling Tiles Compressed Cellulose Fibrous 20%Glass In Concession New Suite A Homogeneous 24/19004524-024 White 60%Cellulose 20%Other None Detected Ceiling Tiles Compressed Cellulose Fibrous 20%Glass In Concession New Suite A Homogeneous Analyst: r,,���� tom)�dkr Approved Signatory: Analysis Date: 2/1/2019 Date: 2/1/2019 1551 Oakbridge Dr. Suite B, Powhatan, VA 23139 1804.897.1177 1 Fax: 804.897.0070 1 www.SanAir.com IAQ@SanAir.com Page 6 of 11 Disclaimer The final report cannot be reproduced, except in full, without written authorization from SanAir. Fibers smaller than 5 microns cannot be seen with this method due to scope limitations. The accuracy of the results is dependent upon the client's sampling procedure and information provided to the laboratory by the client. SanAir assumes no responsibility for the sampling procedure and will provide evaluation reports based solely on the sample and information provided by the client. This report may not be used by the client to claim product endorsement by NVLAP or any other agency of the U.S. government. Samples are held for a period of 60 days. For NY state samples, method EPA 600/M4-82-020 is performed. Polarized- light microscopy is not consistently reliable in detecting asbestos in floor covering and similar non-friable organically bound materials. Quantitative transmission electron microscopy is currently the only method that can be used to determine if this material can be considered or treated as non-asbestos containing. Asbestos Certifications NVLAP lab code 200870 City of Philadelphia: ALL-460 PA Department of Environmental Protection Number: 68-05397 California License Number: 2915 Colorado License Number: AL-23143 Connecticut License Number: PH-0105 Massachusetts License Number: AA000222 Maine License Number: LB-0075 New York ELAP lab ID: 11983 Rhode Island License Number: AAL-126 Texas Department of State Health Services License Number: 300440 Commonwealth of Virginia 3333000323 Washington State License Number: C989 West Virginia License Number: LT000566 Vermont License: AL166318 Revision Date: 11/30/2017 Page 7 of 11 sanATir Technologies Laboratory The Identification Specialists Analysis Report prepared for Envirotest, LLC Report Date: 2/1/2019 Project Name:American Bank Project#: 13438 SanAir ID#: 19004526 N�eaLabofa� Lead i 4116 ID N 162951 1551 Oakbridge Dr. Suite B I Powhatan, Virginia 23139-8061 888.895.11771804.897.1177 1 fax:804.897.00701 IAQ@SanAir.com I SanAir.com Page 1 of 7 SanAir ID Number 19004526 SanAir FINAL REPORT Technologies Laboratory 2/1/2019 4:23:13 PM Name: Envirotest, LLC Project Number: 13438 Address: 1525 S. Broadway P.O. Number: 13438 St. Louis, MO 63104 Project Name:American Bank Phone: 713-782-4411 Collected Date: 1/30/2019 Received Date: 1/31/2019 10:20:00 AM Dear C. Suding, We at SanAir would like to thank you for the work you recently submitted. The 5 sample(s)were received on Thursday, January 31, 2019 via FedEx. The final report(s) is enclosed for the following sample(s): 1, 2, 3, 4, 5. These results only pertain to this job and should not be used in the interpretation of any other job. This report is only complete in its entirety. Refer to the listing below of the pages included in a complete final report. Sincerely, 4i'Q'a"--Q—' Abisola Kasali Metals Laboratory Director SanAir Technologies Laboratory Final Report Includes: -Cover Letter -Analysis on Test Family AA - Disclaimers and Additional Information Sample conditions: -5 samples in Good condition. 1551 Oakbridge Dr. Suite B, Powhatan, VA 23139 804.897.1177 Fax: 804.897.0070 www.SanAir.com IAQ@SanAir.com Page 2 of 7 SanAir ID Number 19004526 SanAir FINAL REPORT Technologies Laboratory 2/1/2019 4:23:13 PM Name: Envirotest, LLC Project Number: 13438 Address: 1525 S. Broadway P.O. Number: 13438 St. Louis, MO 63104 Project Name:American Bank Phone: 713-782-4411 Collected Date: 1/30/2019 Received Date: 1/31/2019 10:20:00 AM Analyst: Ortega, David Test Method: SW846/M3050B/7000B Lead Paint Analysis PAINT . Pb Sample Size Calculated Sample Sample Sample Description In Sample (grams) RL Results Results 19004526-1 1 < 10 0.1071 93.4 <93.4 <0.009% Metal Railings By New Lounge A Ng/g(ppm) By Weight 2.207 Black Grey 19004526-2 2 < 10 0.1084 92.3 <92.3 <0.009% Cement Walls By New Lounge A Ng/g(ppm) By Weight 2.207 Green 19004526-3 3 < 10 0.0828 120.8 <120.8 <0.012% Exterior Terrace Railing By New Ng/g(ppm) By Weight Lounge Area Silver White 19004526-4 4 < 10 0.1107 90.3 <90.3 <0.009% On Wall In Concessions New Suite Ng/g(ppm) By Weight A 2.108 Dark Blue 19004526-5 5 < 10 0.1033 96.8 <96.8 <0.010% Cement Walls In New Suite A 2.108 Ng/g(ppm) By Weight Lime Green White Method Reporting Limit<10 pg/0.1 g paint Signature: Reviewed: Date: 2/1/2019 Date: 2/1/2019 Page 3 of 7 SanAir ID Number 19004526 SanAir FINAL REPORT Technologies Laboratory 2/1/2019 4:23:13 PM Name: Envirotest, LLC Project Number: 13438 Address: 1525 S. Broadway P.O. Number: 13438 St. Louis, MO 63104 Project Name:American Bank Phone: 713-782-4411 Collected Date: 1/30/2019 Received Date: 1/31/2019 10:20:00 AM 1551 Oakbridge Dr. Suite B, Powhatan, VA 23139 1804.897.1177 1 Fax: 804.897.0070 1 www.SanAir.com I IAQ@SanAir.com Page 4 of 7 Disclaimer SanAir Technologies Laboratory, Inc. participates in the Environmental Lead Accreditation Program (ELAP) administered by AIHA-LAP, LLC (Lab ID 162952). Refer to our accreditation certificate or www.aihaaccreditedlabs.org for an up to date list of the Fields of Testing for which we are accredited. SanAir also participates in the State of New York's DOH-ELAP (Lab Id 11983), and has met the EPA's NLLAP program standards. Final reports cannot be reproduced, except in full, without written authorization from SanAir Technologies Laboratory, Inc. SanAir is not responsible for sample collection or interpretation made by others. This report does not constitute endorsement by AIHA-LAP, LLC and/or any other U.S. governmental agencies; and may not be accredited by every local, state or federal regulatory agency. SanAir Technologies Laboratory, Inc only assures the precision and accuracy of the data it generates and assumes no responsibility for errors or biasing that occur during collection prior to SanAir's receipt of the sample(s). SanAir's Method Detection Limits (MDL) and Reporting Limits (RL) have been derived using various materials meeting each accrediting agencies' standards. All quality control results are acceptable unless otherwise noted. Results are not corrected for blanks. Lead Exposure Limits Paint 0.5% by weigh HUD definition of lead based paint 1.0 mg/cm2 5000 ppm Revision Date 1/12/2018 Page 5 of 7 Arena (All) Jan 1 - May 31, 2025 January 2025 1 Wed • OPEN 2 Thu • OPEN 3 Fri • Def- Ice Rays vs Amarillo Wranglers-7:35p 4 Sat • Def- Ice Rays vs Amarillo Wranglers-7:35p 5 Sun • Def- Ice Rays vs Oklahoma Warriors-3:05p 6 Mon • OPEN 7 Tue • OPEN 8 Wed • OPEN 9 Thu • Def-Women's Basketball 10 Fri • OPEN 11 Sat • Def-Women's Basketball 12 Sun • OPEN 13 Mon • Def- Men's Basketballvs Northwestern State 14 Tue • OPEN 15 Wed • OPEN 16 Thu • OPEN 17 Fri • Def- Ice Rays vs El Paso Rhinos-7:35p 18 Sat • Def- Ice Rays vs El Paso Rhinos-7:35p 19 Sun • OPEN 20 Mon • OPEN 21 Tue • OPEN 22 Wed • Def-Jeff Dunham 23 Thu • Def-Women's Basketball vs McNeese State 24 Fri • Def- Ice Rays vs Lonestar Brahmas-7:35p 25 Sat • Def-Women's Basketball vs Nicholls State, Def- Men's Basketballvs Nicholls State 26 Sun • Def- Ice Rays vs Lonestar Brahmas- 7:35p 27 Mon • Def- Men's Basketball vs McNeese State 28 Tue • OPEN 29 Wed • OPEN 30 Thu • OPEN 31 Fri • OPEN February 2025 1 Sat • OPEN 2 Sun • OPEN 3 Mon • OPEN 4 Tue • OPEN 5 Wed • Def- Ice Rays vs New Mexico Ice Wolves-7:35p 6 Thu • OPEN 7 Fri • OPEN 8 Sat • OPEN 9 Sun • OPEN 10 Mon • OPEN 11 Tue • OPEN 12 Wed • OPEN 13 Thu • Def- Harlem Globetrotters , Def- Men's Basketball 14 Fri • OPEN 15 Sat • Def- Men's Basketball, Def-Women's Basketball 16 Sun • OPEN 17 Mon • Def- Men's Basketball vs Houston Christian 18 Tue • OPEN 19 Wed • OPEN 20 Thu • OPEN 21 Fri • OPEN 22 Sat • Def—Fame Fest 23 Sun • OPEN 24 Mon • OPEN 25 Tue • OPEN 26 Wed • OPEN 27 Thu • Def-Women's Basketball vs New Orleans 28 Fri • Def- Ice Rays vs Odessa Jackalopes-7:35p March 2025 1 Sat • Def-Women's Basketball vs Southeastern La, Def- Men' Basketball vs Southeastern La 2 Sun • Def- Ice Rays vs Odessa Jackalopes-7:35p 3 Mon • Def- Men's Basketball vs Southeastern La 4 Tue • OPEN 5 Wed • Def-Women's Basketball vs Lamar 6 Thu • Def- Corpus Christi Tritons- Indoor Football 7 Fri • Def- Ice Rays vs Shreveport Mudbugs-7:35p 8 Sat • Def- Ice Rays vs Shreveport Mudbugs-7:35p 9 Sun • Def- Ice Rays vs Shreveport Mudbugs-3:05p 10 Mon • OPEN 11 Tue • OPEN 12 Wed • OPEN 13 Thu • OPEN 14 Fri • OPEN 15 Sat • Def—Brooks& Dunn 16 Sun • Def- Corpus Christi Tritons- Indoor Football 17 Mon • OPEN 18 Tue • OPEN 19 Wed • OPEN 20 Thu •T1 - Monster Trucks 21 Fri • Def- Hot Wheels Monster Trucks Live 22 Sat • Def- Hot Wheels Monster Trucks Live 23 Sun • Def- Hot Wheels Monster Trucks Live 24 Mon • OPEN 25 Tue • OPEN 26 Wed • OPEN 27 Thu • H1 - Football 28 Fri • Def- Football 29 Sat • H1 - Minor Concert 30 Sun H1 - Football 31 Mon • H1 April 2025 1 Tue • Def- Conference,T3 - Boxing 2 Wed • Def- Conference 3 Thu • Def- Conference 4 Fri • Def- Conference 5 Sat • Def- Conference 6 Sun • Def- Conference 7 Mon • H1 8Tue • H1 9Wed • H1 10Thu • H1 11 Fri • H1 - Hockey, H2- Boxing, H3 - Minor Concert 12 Sat • H1 - Hockey, H2- Minor Concert 13 Sun • H1 - Hockey 14 Mon • H1 15 Tue • H1 16 Wed • H1 17 Thu * H1, H2 18 Fri • H1 19 Sat • Def- Football 20 Sun • OPEN 21 Mon • OPEN 22 Tue • OPEN 23 Wed • OPEN 24 Thu • OPEN 25 Fri • Def- Corpus Christi Tritons - Indoor Football 26 Sat • Def-Sporting Event 27 Sun • Def-Sporting Event 28 Mon • Def-Sporting Event 29 Tue • Def-Sporting Event 30 Wed • Def-Sporting Event May 2025 1 Thu • Def-Sporting Event 2 Fri • Def-Sporting Event 3 Sat • Def-Sporting Event 4 Sun • Def-Sporting Event 5 Mon • Def- Sporting Event 6 Tue • Def- Sporting Event 7 Wed • Def-Sporting Event 8 Thu • Def-Sporting Event 9 Fri • Def-Sporting Event 10 Sat • Def-Sporting Event 11 Sun • Def-Sporting Event 12 Mon • Def-Sporting Event 13 Tue • Def-Sporting Event 14 Wed • OPEN 15 Thu • OPEN 16 Fri • Def- Graduation 17 Sat • Def- Graduation 18 Sun • H1 19 Mon • H1 20 Tue • Def- Graduation 21 Wed • Def- Graduation 22 Thu • Def- Graduation 23 Fri •will be setup for graduations 24 Sat •will be setup for graduations 25 Sun •will be setup for graduations 26 Mon •will be setup for graduations 27 Tue • Def- Graduations 28 Wed • Def- Graduations 29 Thu • Def- Graduations 30 Fri • Def- Graduations 31 Sat • Def- Graduations Arena(All) August 2024 Sunday Monday Tues day Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday 3 Fami ly Sh ow-Tl 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Fa ily Sh ow-Tl Graduations Graduations 11 12 13 14 15 16 117 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 Barry 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 4/8/2024 1/4 Arena(All) September2024 Sunday Monday Tuesday Wednesday F- Thursday Friday Saturday 1 2 Labor D W 3 4 5 6 7 Hockey-T1 Hockey-T1 Hockey-T1 Hockey-T3 Hockey-T2 Hockey-T2 9 10 11 1214 11Hockey-T2 Hockey-T1 Hockey-T1 Hockey-T1 Hockey-T4 13 Ice Rays 2024-20250 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 Hockey-T1 Hockey-T1 Hockey-T2 Hockey-T1 Hockey-T1 Hockey-T1 Minor Concert-T1 Minor Concert-T2 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 Com edy Sh ow-Aren a-T1 Minor Concert-T1 Hockey-T2 29 30 4/8/2024 2/4 Arena(All) October2024 Sunday Monday Tues day Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday 1 2 3 4 5 M aj or Con cert-T1 Maj or Con cert-T1 Maj or Con cert-T1 Maj or Concert-T1 Minor Concert-T2 Minor Concert-T2 Minor Concert-T2 Hockey-T3 Hockey-T3 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 M aj or Con cert-T1 Gabriel Iglesias M i nor Concert-T2 Hockey-T3 13 14 c.,-us t y 15 16 17 M aj or Con cert-Tl Ice Rays 2024-20250 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 Ice Rays 2024-2025 Maj or Con cert-T1 Maj or Con cert-T1 Maj or Con cert-T1 Maj or Concert-T1 Hockey-T2 Hockey-T2 I 27 28 29 30 31 Com edy Sh ow-Arena-T1 Rehearsal-T1 Rehearsal-T1 Rehearsal-T1 Rehearsal-T1 4/8/2024 3/4 Arena(All) November2024 Sunday Monday Tues day Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday 1 Rehearsal-Tl OtherSports Hockey-T2 3 4 5 Men's Basketball-Tl Men's Basketball-Tl Hockey-T2 • 11 ve ce rare Day 12 13 FamilyShow Major Con cert-Tl Major Concert M aj or Con cert-Tl Convention Convention Convention 18 19 20 21 22 23 Convention Convention-T1 Men's Basketball-T1 Men's Basketball-T1 Men's Basketball-T3 Men's Basketball-T1 Men's Basketball-T1 Major Concert-T2 Maj or Con cert-T2 Minor Concert-T2 Minor Concert-T2 Hockey-T3 Hockey-T3 24 25 26 27 28 Tlurks g,,T 29 30 M en's Bas ket ba l l-T3 Men's Basketball-T3 Men's Basketball-T3 M en's Bas ketba l l-T4 M en's Bas ketba l l-T4 M en's Bas ketba l l-T2 Maj or Concert-Tl Hockey-T4 Hockey-T3 M en's Bas ketba l l-T2 Hockey-T3 4/8/2024 4/4 EXHIBIT HALL EX IBIT HALL B A �. -- 3 Dock Spaces 47, IJ Convention Center Dock Arena loading Dock 11nmr'wcn honk Center - =20#_ 57'Wide 204 2 l �. 45'W ide 3 nx Hegc Pxk e - 1 lC4 IOS — 105 s•'' 14'wlde 84'WIdA Ice Door 591 14'Made � 1 E t79 Door cv 45 W W } r.7,-r}. ,r. E6Yc71 •{. - aen i Q 3 Shoto Power 1 :� Cvredlons s 'l4• =TM" L u 5656 S. Staples, Suite 360 L L NRG Corpus Christi, TX 7841 1 361 /852-2727 FX: 361 /852-2922 TX Firm Registration No. F-005318 ENGINEERING LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL DATE: 20/02/2024 TO: Gignac Architects Corpus Christi, TX ATTN: Nick Gignac Reference: ABC Arena Mechanical Improvements NRG#: 23115 WE ARE SENDING YOU: ( ) Attached ( ) Under separate cover via the following items: Drawings Documents �✓ Electronic Copies Specifications ✓� Submittals Other Copies Description 1 ABC Arena Urgent Mechanical Improvements-Submittal Chiller THESE ARE TRANSMITTED AS CHECKED BELOW: For Approval ❑ As Requested Make Corrections Noted For Your Use No Exception Taken Rejected REMARKS: See attached Sent by: Sean Rodriguez Received by: Copy to: binder 5656 S. Staples, Suite 360 K❑ Corpus Christi, TX 78411 NRG PH:361/852-2727 FX: 361/852-2922 K L TX Firm Registraion No. F-005318 Date: 2/2/2024 SUBMITTAL REVIEW NRG Job #: 23115 Architect: Gignac Architects Subject: subject Description: ABC Arena Urgent Mechanical Improvements - Submittal Chiller ❑ Reviewed ❑ Reviewed with Comments ❑✓ Revise and Resubmit ❑ Submit Specified Item This review is only for general conformance with the design concept of the project and general compliance with the information given in the Contract Documents. Corrections or comments made on the shop drawings during this review do not relieve contractor from compliance with the requirements of the plans and specifications. Review of a specific item shall not include approval of an assembly of which the item is a component. Contractor is responsible for: confirming all quantities, dimensions to be confirmed and correlated at the jobsite; information that pertains solely to the fabrication processes or to the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction; coordination of his or her Work with that of all other trades; and for performing all work in a safe and satisfactory manner. Comments: Specified electrical is based on the specified equipment. Contractor shall coordinate with other trades providing equipment to ensure that no electrical modifications are required as a result of substituted equipment. If modifications are required, contractor and subcontractors are responsible for coordinating and implementing the required changes at no extra cost. 1. No exceptions taken. Review By: Sean Rodriguez, P.E. Date: 2/2/2024 NRG Engineering 0 MAMF Chiller Submittal Prepared For: Date:January25, 2024 NRG Engineering Sold To: Job Name: City Of Corpus Christi ABC Arena Urgent Mechanical Improvements Trane U.S. Inc. is pleased to provide the following submittal for your review and approval. Product Summary Qty Product 2 Centrifugal Water Chiller Brad Bright—Account Manager The attached information describes the equipment we Tom Holmes—Project Manager propose to furnish for this project and is submitted for Jaryn Barcheers—Application Specialist your approval. Trane U.S. Inc. 3838 B Wow Submittal acceptance and return is a critical step, so Corpus Christi, TX 78413 please ensure submittals are returned with approval to release to production within 14 days of submittal date. Product performance and submittal data is valid for a period of 6 months from the date of submittal generation. If six months or more has elapsed between submittal generation and equipment release, the product performance and submittal data will need to be verified. It is the customer's responsibility to obtain such verification. Submittal Notes and Clarifications: • Per schedule note#10, Trane to provide "wrench turning"for disassembly and reassembly. The mechanical contractor is responsible for providing a staging area, crane and/or A-Frame, rigging of chiller components from the staging area to the mechanical room, and a A-Grame for re-assembly. Trane will be present to supervise rigging to maintain the manufacture warranty. Coordination required a minimum of 2 weeks in advance between Trane and the installing mechanical contractor&contractor hired rigger. • Trane to provide a 5-year parts, labor, and refrigerant warranty, which shall begin at startup or 6-months from delivery (whichever comes first). • The PO does not reflect the ADD was accepted for Trane to provide a Refrigerant Monitoring System. It is unclear whether the existing system is operable with the R-514 refrigerant. If not operable, then a new Refrigerant Monitor will be required (either by change order PO to Trane or by others). • Trane to field apply the insulation package to the chiller. Insulation painting is excluded, provided by others if required (add on proposal not accepted). • Trane to provide 2"x6" magnesium condenser anodes for field installation by the mechanical contractor in the supply and return piping of each chiller. The mechanical contractor must provide & install a 2.5"thread-o-let for the anode. ©2023 Trane Technologies All rights reserved ABC Arena Urgent Mechanical Improvements-Submittal-Chiller.docx Table of Contents ProductSummary...........................................................................................................................................................I Centrifugal Water Chiller(Items Al, A2) ......................................................................................................................3 TagData.......................................................................................................................................................................3 ProductData.................................................................................................................................................................3 ProductReport..............................................................................................................................................................7 PressureDrop Curve..................................................................................................................................................10 MechanicalSpecifications..........................................................................................................................................16 DimensionalDrawings................................................................................................................................................23 Weight, Clearance & Rigging .....................................................................................................................................35 Accessory...................................................................................................................................................................38 FieldWiring.................................................................................................................................................................42 Field Installed Options - Part/Order Number Summary............................................................................................44 CentrifugalWater Chiller............................................................................................................................................44 ABC Arena Urgent Mechanical Improvements January 25, 2024 Tag Data- Cent rifu al Water Chiller Qt : 2 Item Tag(s) Qty Description Model Number Al I CH-1 1 CVHE/F/G R-514A 200T-2000T CTV CVHF130 A2 I CH-2 11 CVHE/F/G R-514A 200T-2000T (CTV) I CVHF130 Product Data-Centrifugal Water Chiller All Units Centrifugal liquid chiller with 2 stage compressor Compressor: Low Pressure, Direct Drive Design, closed motor design Refrigerant: Trane Supplied Next Generation low-GWP R514 Refrigerant Unloading: Able to unload with constant 85F and 65F entering condenser water Purge: High Efficiency Unit Mounted and Monitored Incoming line voltage: 460/60/3 Starter type: Unit Mounted Wye-Delta Starter Starter power connection: Circuit Breaker High-Interrupt, 65 kA SCCR Evaporator data: Evaporator shell size: 142 long Evaporator tubes: 1.00-inch diameter, 0.028 inch thick Evaporator waterbox: Marine, Two pass, 150 psig Evaporator waterbox connection: Victaulic Evaporator waterbox hinge: Both supply and return Evaporator GPM of 1900 GPM matches existing chillers Condenser data: Condenser shell size: 142 long Condenser tube: 0.75-inch diameter, 0.035 inch thick Condenser waterbox: Marine, Two pass, 150 psig Condenser waterbox connection: Victaulic Condenser waterbox hinge: Both supply and return Flow proving for Evap and Cond: Thermal dispersion flow switch (IFM), Field Installed by MC Rupture disc: Factory installed Agency listing: U.L. listed Certifications Complies with: ASH RAE 90.1 -2016 Factory test: Air run and vibration test Selection tolerance: AHRI tolerance Shipping package: Domestic wrap without skid Insulation package: Field applied, 1"thick (by Trane) Impeller Speed 3600 RPM Number/Type of Bearings 3 /2 thrust bearings and 1 journal bearing High Speed Impeller Shaft Not Required for Low Pressure, Direct Drive machine submitted Gear Ratio Not Required for Low Pressure, Direct Drive machine submitted Number of Refrigerant Stages 2 Number of Sets of Inlet Guide Vanes 2 Unloading Capability Wide Range with or without condenser relief(see tables herein) Unit level controller: Adaptiview controls ASHRAE 135 BACnet controller Operating status and Hardwire BAS options included Enhanced flow mgt package <=365 psi (see page 14) Special Options: Separable shells with compressor doweling 2"x6" Condenser magnesium anodes provided for field installation in the supply/return piping by the mechanical contractor Warranty and Services: 5 year parts, labor, and refrigerant warranty 5-year LEAK TIGHT warranty Factory"wrench turning"for disassembly/reassembly per schedule note#10 & 236416 1.04.D 5-year service agreement per 236416.16 1.06 Base line eddy current test for evaporator and condenser tubes Startup Included -Trane Service must start equipment for warranty to be honored Equipment Submittal Page 3 of 44 ABC Arena Urgent Mechanical Improvements January 25, 2024 Item: Al Qty: 1 Tag(s): CH-1 Evap waterbox arrangement: in RH front-out RH rear Condenser waterbox arrangement: in LH front-out LH front Item: A2 Qty: 1 Tag(s): CH-2 Evap waterbox arrangement: in LH rear-out LH front Condenser waterbox arrangement: in RH rear-out RH rear NOT INCLUDED: — Controls /wiring — Installation /rigging — Specialties/ piping — Integration assistance (available as an add upon request) — Refrigeration monitor/SCBA— PO does not represent the ADD was accepted for Trane to provide a Refrigerant monitor—Must be provided by others — Any other items not listed in unit detail Equipment Submittal Page 4 of 44 ABC Arena Urgent Mechanical Improvements January 25, 2024 CH-1: Existing Evaporator Connections: RH Front In, RH Front Out Existin r Condenser Connections: LH Front In, LH Front Out Existing f. Front if f r f h Equipment Submittal Page 5 of 44 ABC Arena Urgent Mechanical Improvements January 25, 2024 CH-2: Existing Evaporator Connections: LH Rear In, LH front Out Existing 1 A t Rear z Condenser Connections: RH Rear In, RH Rear Out Existing T -W. �* W. mar LR _ r i c. -a Equipment Submittal Page 6 of 44 ABC Arena Urgent Mechanical Improvements January 25, 2024 Product Report-Centrifugal Water Chiller Item: Al Qty: 1 Tag(s): CH-1 Chiller Model Refrigeration Capacity Total Power Fuliload Elf Refrigerant Line Volt Line Frequency Starter Type CVI-lF 1000 tons 555.3 kW 0.5553 kW/tun R-514A 460.V 60.Hr: Mechanical • Application type Standard cooling Tracer Controls BACnct A L ! u Compressor 1300 Impeller 301 Orifice 1540 NPLV.IP 0.4661 kW/ton Selection Tolerances Rated NPLV.IP 0.4661 kW/ton �� Selection Tolerance AHRI Tolerance Evaporator Condenser Evaporator Condena� Fluid Temperature Construction Features Enteg 52.00 F 85.00 F Shell Size 142L 142L Leaving 40.00 F 94.57 F Bundle Size 1200. 1220 Fluid Properties Tube Type tMCI TECU Fluid Type water water Tube Thickness 0,028" 0,035" Fluid Concentration 0.00%n 0.00%. Connection Type Vctau]ic connection evap. Vtctaulic connection ' Fouling0.000100 hr-sq ft-deg F! 000250 hr-sq ft-deg F1 cond. Factor gm gm Water box type marine marine . Flow Rate Water box pressure 150 psig 150 psig Design Flow 1990 gpm 2940 gpm Wbox Arrangement Evap in RH front-evap Cond in LH front-cond� out RH mar out LH front Min Flow 488.9 gpm 1102 gpm Thermal dispersion flow Thermal dispersion flow Max Flow 3395 gpm 4040 gpm Flow Proving switch(IFM) switch(IFM) Fluid Pressure Drop Number of Passes Two pass evap water box Two pass cond water box PD at Design Flow 19.9 ft H2O 29.6 ft 1120 Fluid Volume 35.69 on ft 58.27 cu$ PD at Min Flow 0.850 ft H2O 5.15 It H2O PD at Max Flow 59.7 ft H2O 52A ft H2O Unit Electrical Wye-delta starter type Unit Mounted WyeD Min Circuit Ampacity 1032.00 A Wye-delta starter corm type Circuit breaker high-interrupt Max Overcurrent Protection 1600.00 A Wye-delta starter size(max RLA) 935 max RLA Nameplate RLA 817.80 A Motor 652 Primary RLA 826.50 A Total Power 555.3 kW Motor Looked Rotor Amps 5620.00 A Un-Corrected Power Factor 0.89 Physical Information Operating Weight 41167.0 lb Shipping Weight-No 33894.0 lb Refrigerant charge 1400.0 lb y Standard condenser Charge Cond Shell Construction construction Regional Code Agency Listing U.L.1 CUL listed Requirement No Requirement Chiller Heat Rejected to 9.49 MBh ambient Information for AHRI and ASHRAE Projects AHRI 550/590 2015 classification Certified ASHRAE 90.]-2007 Complies Certified in accordance with the AHRI Water-Cooled Water- ,. Chilling and Heat Pump Water-Heating Packages Certification ASHRAE 90.1-2007 Add.M Complies Program,which is based on AHRI Standard 550/590(I-P)and AHRI Standard 551/591(SI).Certified units may be found in the ASHRAE 90.1-2010 Complies AHRI Directory at www.ahridirectory.org. - ASHRAE 90.1-2013 Complies ASHRAE 90.1-2016 Complies Equipment Submittal Page 7 of 44 ABC Arena Urgent Mechanical Improvements January 25, 2024 Product Report-Centrifugal Water Chiller Item: A2 Qty: 1 Tag(s): CH-2 Chiller Model Refrigeration Capacity Total Power Fuliload Elf Refrigerant Line Volt Line Frequency Starter Type CVl-lF 1000 tons 555.3 kW 0.5553 kW/tun R-514A 460.V 60.Hr: Mechanical • Application type Standard cooling Tracer Controls BACnct A L ! u Compressor 1300 Impeller 301 Orifice 1540 NPLV.IP 0.4661 kW/ton Selection Tolerances Rated NPLV.IP 0.4661 kW/ton �� Selection Tolerance AHRI Tolerance Evaporator Condenser Evaporator Condena� Fluid Temperature Construction Features Enteg 52.00 F 85.00 F Shell Size 142L 142L Leaving 40.00 F 94.57 F Bundle Size 1200. 1220 Fluid Properties Tube Type tMCI TECU Fluid Type water water Tube Thickness 0,028" 0,035" Fluid Concentration 0.00%n 0.00%. Connection Type Vctau]ic connection evap. Vtctaulic connection ' Fouling0.000100 hr-sq ft-deg F! 000250 hr-sq ft-deg F1 cond. Factor gm gm Water box type marine marine i Flow Rate Water box pressure 150 psig 150 psig Design Flow 1990 gpm 2940 gpm Wbox Arrangement Evap in LH rear-evap out Cond in RH rear-cond LH front out RH rear Min Flow 488.9 gpm 1 102 gpm Thermal dispersion flow Thermal dispersion flow Max Flow 3395 gpm 4040 gpm Flow Proving switch(IFM) switch(IFM) Fluid Pressure Drop Number of Passes Two pass evap water box Two pass cond water box PD at Design Flow 19.9 ft H2O 29.6 ft 1120 Fluid Volume 35.69 on ft 58.27 cu$ PD at Min Flow 0.850 ft H2O 5.15 It H2O PD at Max Flow 59.7 ft H2O 52A ft H2O Unit Electrical Wye-delta starter type Unit Mounted WyeD Min Circuit Ampacity 1032.00 A Wye-delta starter corm type Circuit breaker high-interrupt Max Overcurrent Protection 1600.00 A Wye-delta starter size(max RLA) 935 max RLA Nameplate RLA 817.80 A Motor 652 Primary RLA 826.50 A Total Power 555.3 kW Motor Looked Rotor Amps 5620.00 A Un-Corrected Power Factor 0.89 Physical Information Operating Weight 41167.0 lb Shipping Weight-No 33894.0 lb Refrigerant charge 1400.0 lb y Standard condenser Charge Cond Shell Construction construction Regional Code Agency Listing U.L.1 CUL listed Requirement No Requirement Chiller Heat Rejected to 9.49 MBh ambient Information AHRI 550/590 2015 classification Certified ASHRAE 90.]-2007 Complies Certified in accordance with the AHRI Water-Cooled Water- ,. Chilling and Heat Pump Water-Heating Packages Certification ASHRAE 90.1-2007 Add.M Complies Program,which is based on AHRI Standard 550/590(I-P)and AHRI Standard 551/591(SI).Certified units may be found in the ASHRAE 90.1-2010 Complies AHRI Directory at www.ahridirectory.org. - ASHRAE 90.1-2013 Complies ASHRAE 90.1-2016 Complies Equipment Submittal Page 8 of 44 ABC Arena Urgent Mechanical Improvements January 25, 2024 Product Report-Centrifugal Water Chiller Item: Al, A2 Qty: 2 Tag(s): CH-1, CH-2 Parts whole unit Year 2nd-Sth Parts Warranty Unit Labor Ist year Ist year labor warranty whole unit Labor after Ist year 2nd-5th year labor warranty whole unit Refrigerant quality warranty 1st year Ist year refrigerant quality warranty Refrigerant quality warranty beyond Ist 2nd-5th year rfgt quality warranty year Msptteity 1000 tons Total power 555.3 kW — Refrigerant charge 1400.0 lb ' NPLV.IP 0.4661 kW/ton Rated NPLVAP 0.4661 kW/ton Compliant with the requirements of the LEED Energy and Atmosphere Enhanced Refrigerant Management Credit(EAc4)due to the R-514A refrigerant GWP being less than 2. Note:Trane recognizes and respects the U.S.Green Building Council9 mandate that a default 2%Refrigerant Leakage Rate(Lr)be used by all manufacturers of centrifugal chillers when calculating the Enhanced Refrigerant Management Credit because there is no industry standard.Trane has exhaustively documented a leak rate of less than 0.5%for CenTraVac—chillers(models CVHE,CVHF,CVHG,CVHS,CVHM,CDHF,CDHG,CVHH and CDHH)and utilizes an average design refrigerant charge of less than 2 lb./ton. The U.S.Green Building Council's LEED®green building program is the preeminent program for the design,construction,maintenance and operations of ftigh- perfotmance green buildings.It provides independent,third-party verification that a building project meets the highest green building and performance measures. Trane Select Assist Version 55278 Number: Data Generation Dates 12/1912023 Equipment Submittal Page 9 of 44 ABC Arena Urgent Mechanical Improvements January 25, 2024 Pressure Drop Curve- Centrifugal Water Chiller Item: Al, A2 Qty: 2 Tag(s): CH-1, CH-2 TRANE" CenTraVac Condenser WPD Curve Pressure •• Curve 55 45- r ` 35 a� 24 1S 1302 1602 2102 2602 3101. 3602 4302 4602 Version 31.08,REVL Flow R"te Table Unit Configuratin r Flow Rate (gpm) WPD (ft H20) 1102 5 FCLT-LAX CDSZ-142L TYPE-SNGL 1249 6 MODL-CVHF CDBS-1220 INSL- NO 1396 8 NTON-1300 CDTM-TECU OPTI-SPSH 1543 9 CNIF-ADPV CDTH- 35 RCRQ-NONE 1690 11 INDP- NO CDVF- NO ARCL-CERT 1837 13 IHRZ- 60 CDWP- 2 AH07-COMP 1984 15 HRTZ- 60 HGCD-HGBT AH7M-COMP 2139 17 SRTY-USTR TSTY-STD AH10-COMP 2277 19 IVLT-460 CDFP-TDFS AH13-COMP 2424 21 VOLT-460 ORSZ-1540 AH16-COMP 2571 23 CPKW-652 TEST-AIR GBAS-YES 2718 26 FRAM-440E TTOL-AIR WPSR-WFC 2865 29 CPIM-301 WCNM-BNMP TRMM-BCNT 3012 31 EVSZ-142L FTST-YES CRFG-R514 3159 34 EVBS-1200 ASTT- NO 3306 37 EVTM-IM48 0PMM-KWTN 3453 40 EVTH- 28 ASKT-NONE 3600 43 EVVF- NO LQDD- NO 3747 46 EVWP- 2 LQDP- NO 3894 49 EVFP-TDFS CHEE- NO 4040 53 HGEV-HGBT ACOU- NO Equipment Submittal Page 10 of 44 ABC Arena Urgent Mechanical Improvements January 25, 2024 IF® ,:. CenTraVac Evaporator WPD Curve Pressure •• Curve 70 ere 60 60 e!90 LC .3 i 30 20 10 409 989 1489 1989 1409 1989 3489 3989 V-12n 31.08,REVL Flow Rate Table Unit Configuration Flow Rate (gpm) WPD (ft H20) 489 1 FCLT-LAX CDSZ-142L TYPE-5NGL 634 2 MODL-CVHF CDBS-1220 INSL- NO 789 2 NTON-1300 CDTM-TECU OPTI-SPSH 925 3 CNIF-ADPV CDTH- 35 RCRQ-NONE 1070 5 INDP- NO CDVF- NO ARCL-CERT 1215 6 IHRZ- 60 CDWP- 2 AH07-COMP 1361 8 HRTZ- 60 HGCD-HGBT AH7M-COMP 1566 10 SRTY-USTR TSTY-STD AH16-COMP 1651 12 IVLT-460 CDFP-TDFS AH13-COMP 1797 15 VOLT-460 ORSZ-1540 AH16-COMP 1942 18 CPKW-652 TEST-AIR GBAS-YES 2087 21 FRAM-440E TTOL-AIR WPSR-WFC 2233 24 CPIM-301 WCNM-BNMP TRMM-BCNT 2378 27 EVSZ-142L FTST-YES CRFG-R514 2523 31 EVBS-1200 ASTT- NO 2669 35 EVTM-IM48 OPMM-KWTN 2814 40 EVTH- 28 ASKT-NONE 2959 44 EVVF- NO LQDD- NO 3104 49 EVWP- 2 LOOP. NO 3250 54 EVFP-TDFS CHEE- NO 3395 60 HGEV-HGBT ACOU- NO Equipment Submittal Page 11 of 44 ABC Arena Urgent Mechanical Improvements January 25, 2024 Part Load Performance- Centrifugal Water Chiller Constant Entering Condenser @ 85F Load Cooling Evaporator Condenser kW Amps Efficiency Capacity LWT Flow EWT PD LWT Flow EWT PD tons F gpm F ft H2O F gpm F ft H2O kW A kW/ton 100 1000 40 1990 52 19.9 85 2940 94.57 29.6 555.3 826.5 0.5553 99 990 40 1990 51.88 19.9 85 2940 94.47 29.6 548.8 817.5 0.5544 98 1 980 40 1990 51.76 19.9 85 2940 94.38 29.6 543 809.4 0.554 97 970 40 1990 51.64 19.9 85 2940 94.28 29.6 537.1 801.3 0.5537 96 960 40 1 1990 51.52 19.9 85 2940 94.19 29.6 531.3 793.2 0.5534 95 950 40 1990 51.4 19.9 85 2940 94.09 29.6 525.5 785.3 0.5531 94 940 40 1990 51.28 19.9 85 2940 94 29.6 519.7 777.3 0.5529 93 930 40 1990 51.16 19.9 85 2940 93.9 29.6 514 769.5 0.5527 92 920 40 1990 51.04 19.9 SS 2940 93.81 29.6 508.3 761.6 0.5525 91 910 40 1990 50.92 19.9 85 2940 93.71 29.6 502.7 753.8 0.5524 90 900 40 1 1990 50.8 19.9 85 2940 93.62 29.6 497.1 746.1 0.5523 89 890 40 1990 50.68 19.9 8S 2940 93.52 29.6 491.4 738.2 0.5521 88 880 40 1990 50.56 19.9 85 2940 93.42 29.7 485.6 730.4 0.5519 87 870 40 1990 50.44 19.9 85 2940 93.33 29.7 480.6 723.5 0.5524 86 860 40 1990 50.32 19.9 85 2940 93.24 29.7 475.6 716.7 0.553 85 850 40 1990 50.2 19.9 85 2940 93.14 29.7 470.6 709.9 0.5536 84 840 40 1 1990 50.08 19.9 85 2940 93.05 29.7 465.6 703 0.5542 83 830 40 1990 49.96 19.9 85 2940 92.96 29.7 1 460.5 696.2 0.5549 82 820 40 1990 49.84 19.9 85 2940 92.86 29.7 455.5 689.4 0.5555 81 810 40 1990 49.72 19.9 85 2940 92.77 29.7 450.5 682.6 0.5562 80 800 40 1990 49.6 19.9 1 85 2940 92.68 29.7 445.5 675.8 0.5569 79 790 40 1990 49.48 19.9 85 2940 92.58 29.7 440.5 669 0.5576 78 780 40 1 1990 49.36 19.9 85 2940 92.49 29.7 435.5 662.1 0.5583 77 770 40 1990 49.24 19.9 85 2940 92.39 29.7 430.5 655.3 1 0.5591 76 760 40 1990 49.12 19.9 85 2940 92.3 29.7 425.5 648.5 0.5599 75 750 40 1990 49 19.9 85 2940 92.21 29.7 420.5 641.7 0.5607 74 740 40 1990 48.88 19.9 1 85 2940 92.11 29.7 416.1 635.6 0.5623 73 730 40 1990 48.76 19.9 85 2940 92.02 29.7 411.7 629.5 0.564 72 720 40 1 1990 48.64 19.9 85 2940 91.93 1 29.7 407.3 623.5 0.5657 71 710 40 1990 48.52 19.9 85 2940 91.84 29.7 403 617.5 0.5675 70 700 40 1990 48.4 19.9 85 2940 91.74 29.7 398.6 611.5 0.5694 69 690 40 1990 48.28 19.9 85 2940 91.65 29.7 394.2 605.5 0.5713 68 680 40 1990 48.16 19.9 1 85 2940 91.56 29.7 389.8 599.5 0.5733 67 670 40 1990 48.04 20 85 2940 91.47 29.7 385.4 593.5 0.5753 66 660 40 1 1990 47.92 20 85 2940 91.37 1 29.7 381.1 587.5 1 0.5774 65 650 40 1990 47.8 20 85 2940 91.28 29.7 376.7 581.5 0.5795 64 640 40 1990 47.68 19.9 85 2940 91.19 29.7 372.3 575.4 0.5817 63 630 40 1990 47.56 20 85 2940 91.1 29.8 367.9 569.4 0.5839 62 620 40 1990 47.44 20 1 85 2940 91 29.8 363.5 563.4 0.5863 61 610 40 1990 47.32 20 85 2940 1 90.91 29.8 359.1 1 557.4 0.5886 60 600 40 1 1990 47.2 20 85 2940 90.82 1 29.8 354.6 551.3 1 0.5911 59 590 40 1990 47.08 20 85 2940 90.73 29.8 350.2 545.2 0.5935 58 580 40 1990 46.96 20 85 2940 90.63 29.8 345.7 539.1 0.5961 57 570 40 1990 46.84 20 85 2940 90.54 29.8 341.3 533.1 0.5987 56 560 40 1990 46.72 20 85 2940 90.45 29.8 336.8 527 0.6014 55 550 40 1990 46.6 20 85 2940 90.36 29.8 332.3 520.9 0.6042 54 540 40 1 1990 46.48 20 85 2940 90.26 1 29.8 327.8 514.8 0.6071 53 530 40 1990 46.36 20 85 2940 90.17 29.8 323.3 508.7 0.61 52 520 40 1990 46.24 20 85 2940 90.08 29.8 318.8 502.6 0.613 51 510 40 1990 46.12 20 85 2940 89.98 29.8 314.2 496.4 0.6161 50 500 40 1990 46 20 85 2940 89.89 29.8 310.1 490.9 0.6201 49 490 40 1990 45.88 20 85 2940 1 89.8 29.8 306 1 485.5 0.6246 48 480 40 1 1990 45.76 20 85 2940 89.71 1 29.8 302 480.1 0.6291 47 470 40 1990 45.64 20 85 2940 89.62 29.8 297.8 474.6 0.6336 46 460 40 1990 45.52 20 85 2940 89.52 29.8 293.6 469 0.6382 45 450 40 1990 45.4 20 85 2940 89.43 29.8 289.3 463.3 0.6428 44 440 40 1990 45.28 1 20 85 1 2940 89.34 29.8 1 284.9 457.5 0.6475 43 430 40 1990 45.16 1 20 85 1 2940 89.25 29.8 1 280.5 1 451.6 0.6523 Equipment Submittal Page 12 of 44 ABC Arena Urgent Mechanical Improvements January 25, 2024 42 420 40 1990 45.04 20 85 2940 89.15 29.8 276.1 445.7 0.6574 41 410 40 1990 44.92 20 85 2940 89.06 29.8 272 440.2 0.6634 40 400 40 1990 44.8 20 85 2940 88.97 29.8 267.9 434.7 0.6697 39 390 40 1990 44.68 20 85 2940 88.88 29.8 263.8 429.3 0.6764 38 380 40 1990 44.56 20 85 2940 88.79 29.8 259.7 423.9 0.6835 37 370 40 1990 44.44 20 SS 2940 88.7 29.9 255.E 418.4 0.6908 36 360 40 1990 44.32 20 85 2940 88.6 29.9 251.5 413 0.6986 35 350 40 1990 44.2 20 85 2940 88.51 29.9 247.4 407.5 0.7067 34 340 40 1990 44.08 20 85 2940 88.42 29.9 243.2 402 0.7153 33 330 40 1990 43.96 20 85 2940 88.33 29.9 239.1 396.6 0.7246 32 320 40 1990 43.84 20 85 2940 88.24 29.9 234.8 390.9 0.7338 31 310 40 1990 43.72 20 85 2940 88.14 29.9 230.4 385 0.7431 30 300 40 1990 43.6 20 85 2940 88.05 29.9 225.9 379 0.7528 29 290 40 1990 43.48 20 85 2940 87.96 29.9 221.7 373.6 0.7646 28 280 40 1990 43.36 20 85 2940 87.87 29.9 217.5 368.1 0.7769 27 1 270 40 1990 43.24 20 85 2940 87.77 29.9 213.2 362.5 0.7898 26 260 40 1990 43.12 20 85 2940 87.68 29.9 208.9 356.9 0.8033 25 250 40 1990 43 20 85 2940 87.59 29.9 204.4 351.1 0.8176 24 240 40 1990 42.88 20 85 2940 87.5 29.9 201.9 345.2 0.8413 23 230 40 1990 42.76 20 85 2940 87.4 29.9 199.5 339.3 0.8673 22 220 40 1990 42.64 20 85 2940 87.31 29.9 197.1 333.3 0.8958 21 210 40 1990 42.52 20 85 2940 87.22 29.9 194.7 327.1 0.9271 20 200 40 1990 42.4 20 85 2940 87.12 29.9 192.3 320.9 0.9617 19 190 40 1990 42.28 20 85 2940 87.03 29.9 187.6 314.6 0.9874 18 180 40 1990 42.16 20 85 2940 86.93 29.9 182.8 308.1 1.015 17 170 40 1990 42.04 20 85 2940 86.84 29.9 177.9 301.7 1.046 16 160 40 1990 41.92 20 85 2940 86.75 29.9 172.9 295.2 1.081 15 150 40 1990 41.8 20 85 2940 86.65 29.9 167.9 288.7 1.119 14 140 40 1990 41.68 20 85 2940 86.56 29.9 162.9 282.2 1.163 13 130 40 1 1990 41.56 20 85 2940 86.46 29.9 157.8 275.8 1.214 12 120 40 1 1990 1 41.44 20 85 1 2940 86.37 29.9 1 152.6 269.3 1.272 11 110 40 1990 41.32 20 85 2940 86.27 29.9 147.5 262.8 1.341 10 100 40 1990 41.2 20 85 2940 86.18 30 142.3 256.3 1.423 Minimum capacity @ 85F Condenser Entering Water: 100 Tons Equipment Submittal Page 13 of 44 ABC Arena Urgent Mechanical Improvements January 25, 2024 Part Load Performance- Centrifugal Water Chiller Constant Entering Condenser @ 65F Load Cooling Evaporator Condenser kW Amps Efficiency Capacity LWT Flow EWT PD LWT Flow EWT PD tons F gpm F ft H2O F gpm F ft H2O kW A kW/ton 100 1000 40 1990 52 19.9 65 2940 74.17 31.5 411.2 615.9 0.4112 99 990 40 1990 51.88 19.9 65 2940 74.08 31.5 406.1 608.9 0.4102 98 1 980 40 1990 51.76 19.9 65 2940 73.98 31.5 401 602.1 0.4092 97 970 40 1990 51.64 19.9 65 2940 73.89 31.5 395.9 595.3 0.4082 96 960 40 1 1990 51.52 19.9 65 2940 73.8 31.5 391 588.6 0.4073 95 950 40 1990 51.4 19.9 65 2940 73.7 31.5 386.3 582.4 0.4067 94 940 40 1990 51.28 19.9 65 2940 73.61 31.5 381.7 576.1 0.406 93 930 40 1990 51.16 19.9 65 2940 73.52 31.5 377.3 570.3 0.4057 92 920 40 1990 51.04 19.9 65 2940 73.43 31.5 373.4 565.1 0.4055 91 910 40 1990 50.92 19.9 65 2940 73.34 31.5 369.4 559.9 0.406 90 900 40 1 1990 50.8 19.9 65 2940 73.25 31.5 365.5 554.7 0.4061 89 890 40 1990 50.68 19.9 65 2940 73.16 31.5 361.5 549.5 0.4062 88 880 40 1990 50.56 19.9 65 2940 73.07 31.5 357.6 544.2 0.4063 87 870 40 1990 50.44 19.9 65 2940 72.97 31.6 353.6 539 0.4065 86 860 40 1990 50.32 19.9 65 2940 72.88 31.6 349.6 533.7 0.4066 85 850 40 1990 50.2 19.9 65 2940 72.79 31.6 345.7 528.5 0.4067 84 840 40 1990 50.08 19.9 65 2940 72.7 31.6 341.7 523.2 0.4067 83 830 40 1990 49.96 19.9 65 2940 72.61 31.6 1 337.6 517.9 0.4068 82 820 40 1990 49.84 19.9 65 2940 72.52 31.6 333.6 512.6 0.4069 81 810 40 1990 49.72 19.9 65 2940 72.43 31.6 329.6 507.3 0.4069 80 800 40 1990 49.6 19.9 1 65 2940 72.34 31.6 325.6 502 1 0.4069 79 790 40 1990 49.48 19.9 65 2940 72.25 31.6 321.5 496.7 0.407 78 780 40 1990 49.36 19.9 65 2940 72.16 31.6 317.5 491.3 0.407 77 770 40 1990 49.24 19.9 65 2940 72.06 31.6 313.4 486 0.407 76 760 40 1990 49.12 19.9 65 2940 71.97 31.6 309.3 480.6 0.407 75 750 40 1990 49 19.9 65 2940 71.88 31.6 305.2 475.3 0.407 74 740 40 1990 48.88 19.9 65 2940 71.79 31.6 301.2 470 0.4071 73 730 40 1990 48.76 19.9 65 2940 71.7 31.6 297.4 465 0.4075 72 720 40 1990 48.64 19.9 65 2940 71.61 1 31.6 293.9 460.3 0.4082 71 710 40 1990 48.52 19.9 65 2940 71.52 31.6 290.4 455.6 0.4089 70 700 40 1990 48.4 19.9 65 2940 71.43 31.6 286.8 450.9 0.4097 69 690 40 1990 48.28 19.9 65 2940 71.34 31.6 283.3 446.2 0.4105 68 680 40 1990 48.16 19.9 65 2940 71.25 31.7 279.7 441.4 0.4113 67 670 40 1990 48.04 20 65 2940 71.16 31.7 276.1 436.7 0.4121 66 660 40 1990 47.92 20 65 2940 71.07 31.7 272.5 431.9 0.4129 65 650 40 1990 47.8 20 65 2940 70.98 31.7 269 427.2 0.4138 64 640 40 1990 47.68 19.9 65 2940 70.89 31.7 265.5 422.5 0.4148 63 630 40 1990 47.56 20 65 2940 70.8 31.7 262 417.9 0.4159 62 620 40 1990 47.44 20 65 2940 70.71 31.7 258.6 413.3 0.4171 61 610 40 1990 47.32 20 65 2940 70.62 31.7 255.2 408.8 0.4183 60 600 40 1 1990 47.2 20 65 2940 70.53 31.7 251.7 404.2 0.4196 59 590 40 1990 47.08 20 65 2940 70.44 31.7 248.3 399.6 0.4209 58 580 40 1990 46.96 20 65 2940 70.35 31.7 244.9 395.1 0.4222 57 570 40 1990 46.84 20 65 2940 70.26 31.7 241.5 390.5 0.4237 56 560 40 1990 46.72 20 65 2940 70.17 1 31.7 238.2 386.1 0.4253 55 550 40 1990 46.6 20 65 2940 70.08 31.7 234.9 381.8 0.427 54 540 40 1 1990 46.48 20 65 2940 69.99 31.7 231.6 377.4 0.4288 53 530 40 1990 46.36 20 65 2940 69.9 31.7 228.4 373.2 0.431 52 520 40 1990 46.24 20 65 2940 69.81 31.7 225.3 369.1 0.4332 51 510 40 1990 46.12 20 65 2940 69.72 31.7 222.1 364.9 1 0.4355 50 500 40 1990 46 20 1 65 2940 69.63 1 31.8 219 360.8 0.4379 49 490 40 1990 45.88 20 65 2940 69.55 31.8 215.8 356.7 0.4404 48 480 40 1 1990 45.76 20 65 2940 69.46 31.8 212.6 352.5 0.443 47 470 40 1990 45.64 20 65 2940 69.37 31.8 209.5 348.4 0.4457 46 460 40 1990 45.52 20 65 2940 69.28 31.8 206.3 344.3 0.4484 45 450 40 1990 45.4 20 65 2940 1 69.19 31.8 203.1 1 340.1 1 0.4513 44 440 40 1990 45.2 1 0 1 65 2940 69.1 1 31.8 199.8 335.9 0.4542 43 430 40 1990 45.16 1 20 1 65 2940 69.01 31.8 196.6 331.8 0.4573 Equipment Submittal Page 14 of 44 ABC Arena Urgent Mechanical Improvements January 25, 2024 42 420 40 1990 45.04 20 65 2940 68.92 31.8 193.4 327.6 0.4604 41 410 40 1990 44.92 20 65 2940 68.83 31.8 190.1 323.5 0.4638 40 400 40 1990 44.8 20 65 2940 68.74 31.8 186.9 319.4 0.4673 39 390 40 1990 44.68 20 65 2940 68.65 31.8 183.7 315.3 0.471 38 380 40 1990 44.56 20 65 2940 68.56 31.8 180.5 311.2 0.4749 37 370 40 1990 44.44 20 65 2940 68.47 31.8 177.3 307.1 0.4791 36 360 40 1990 44.32 20 65 2940 68.38 31.8 174 303.1 0.4835 35 350 40 1990 44.2 20 65 2940 68.29 31.8 170.9 299.1 0.4881 34 340 40 1990 44.08 20 65 2940 68.21 31.8 167.7 295.2 0.4931 33 330 40 1990 43.96 20 65 2940 68.12 31.8 164.5 291.3 0.4984 32 320 40 1990 43.84 20 65 2940 68.03 31.8 161.3 287.4 0.5041 31 310 40 1990 43.72 20 65 2940 67.94 31.8 158.2 283.6 0.5102 30 300 40 1990 43.6 20 65 2940 67.85 31.9 155.1 279.9 0.5169 29 290 40 1990 43.48 20 65 2940 67.76 31.9 152.2 276.4 0.5247 28 280 40 1990 43.36 20 65 2940 67.67 31.9 149.2 272.8 0.5328 27 1 270 40 1990 43.24 20 65 2940 67.58 31.9 146.1 269.3 0.5412 26 260 40 1990 43.12 20 65 2940 67.49 31.9 143 265.6 0.5502 25 250 40 1990 43 20 65 2940 67.4 31.9 139.9 261.9 0.5597 24 240 40 1990 42.88 20 65 2940 67.32 31.9 138.2 258.2 0.5759 23 230 40 1990 42.76 20 65 2940 67.23 31.9 136.5 254.5 0.5937 22 220 40 1990 42.64 20 65 2940 67.14 31.9 134.9 250.7 0.6132 21 210 40 1990 42.52 20 65 2940 67.05 31.9 133.2 246.8 0.6344 20 200 40 1990 42.4 20 65 2940 66.96 31.9 131.4 242.5 0.6571 19 190 40 1990 42.28 20 65 2940 66.87 31.9 127.9 238.2 0.6733 18 180 40 1990 42.16 20 65 2940 66.78 31.9 124.4 234 0.6913 17 170 40 1990 42.04 20 65 2940 66.69 31.9 120.9 229.7 0.7113 16 160 40 1990 41.92 20 65 2940 66.6 31.9 117.2 225.3 0.7325 15 150 40 1990 41.8 20 65 2940 66.5 31.9 112.8 220.1 0.7523 14 140 40 1990 41.68 20 65 2940 66.41 31.9 108.5 215 1 0.7747 13 130 40 1 1990 41.56 20 65 2940 66.32 31.9 104.3 210.3 0.8027 12 120 40 1990 41.44 20 65 2940 66.23 31.9 100.8 206.4 0.84 11 110 40 1990 41.32 20 65 2940 66.14 31.9 97.25 202.5 0.8841 10 100 40 1990 41.2 20 65 2940 66.05 32 93.72 198.7 0.9372 9 90 40 1990 41.08 20 65 2940 65.96 32 90.19 195.1 1.002 8 80 40 1990 40.96 1 20 65 2940 65.87 32 86.74 1 191.E 1 1.084 Minimum capacity @ 65F Condenser Entering Water: 80 Tons Equipment Submittal Page 15 of 44 ABC Arena Urgent Mechanical Improvements January 25, 2024 Mechanical Specifications - Centrifugal Water Chiller Item: Al, A2 Qty: 2 Tag(s): CH-1, CH-2 Compressor-Motor Direct drive multiple-stage compressor, multi-stage capacity control guide vanes. Shrouded aluminum alloy impellers dynamically balanced. Motor-compressor assembly balanced to .15 in./sec (.0038m/sec) maximum vibration measured on motor and bearing housings. Refrigerant cooled, hermetically sealed, two-pole, squirrel cage induction motor. Two pressure lubricated bearings support the rotating assembly. A direct drive submerged oil pump motor, 3/4 hp (.560 kW) 115V/50/60/1 provides filtered and temperature controlled oil to compressor bearings. Evaporator-Condenser Shells are carbon steel plate. Evaporator includes rupture disk per BSR/ASHRAE 15 Safety Code. Carbon steel tube sheets are drilled, reamed and grooved to accommodate tubes. Tubes are individually replaceable externally finned seamless copper. Tubes are mechanically expanded into tube sheets. Eliminators are installed over entire length of the evaporator tube bundle. A multiple orifice control system maintains proper refrigerant flow. Condenser baffle prevents direct impingement of compressor discharge gas upon the tubes. Refrigerant side of the assembled unit is tested at both pressure(30.00 psi leak test) and vacuum. Water side is hydrostatically tested at one and one-half times design working pressure, but not less than 225.00 psi. Trane reserves the right to implement chiller technology enhancements that will reduce the chiller's refrigerant charge, with no impact on chiller performance. Changes may be reflected in the chiller's nameplate refrigerant charge and the quantity of refrigerant charge shipped to the jobsite, depending upon the final date of equipment manufacture. Water Boxes Drains and vents -Water boxes typically have 3/4-inch NPTI vents and drain connections provided. Evaporators have 2 vents and 2 drains, condensers have 1 vent and 1 drain. If grooved connections are offered, the design is based on Style 77. Marine water boxes have removable end plates and water connections on the sides. Evaporator Water box Hinge The water box is provided with a hinge on one or both ends of the evaporator to facilitate access to and maintenance of the evaporator tubes as needed without the need for separate rigging. See the dedicated drawing of the hinge(s) being supplied. Condenser Water box Hinge The water box is provided with a hinge on one or both ends of the condenser to facilitate access to and maintenance of the condenser tubes as needed without the need for separate rigging. See the dedicated drawing of the hinge(s) being supplied. Economizer A flash economizer with no moving parts provides power saving capability. Purge System The EarthWise(TM) purge includes a 1/4 hp 115V/60/1, 100V/50/1 air cooled condensing unit, purge tank, drier elements, and a 1/20 hp (.037 kW) 115V/60/1, 110V/50/1 pump-out compressor. The purge is designed with an activated carbon filtration system that includes an auto-regeneration feature which results in automatic high-efficiency removal of non-condensables from the chiller without manual carbon maintenance. The purge meets Green Seal GS- 31 with a leak rate less than 1.0% of the charge per year and also meets ASHRAE 147 with a leak rate of less than one unit mass of refrigerant per unit of air. AdaptiView Control Panel: The Tracer(tm)AdaptiView is a microprocessor-based chiller control system that provides complete stand-alone system control and monitoring for the water cooled CenTraVac (TM). It is a factory mounted package including a full complement of controls to safely and efficiently operate the CenTraVac chiller, including oil management, purge operation, interface to the starter, and comprehensive motor protection including three phase solid state motor overload. Inlet and outlet water(fluid)temperature sensors are located in the evaporator and condenser waterbox connections as standard. Equipment Submittal Page 16 of 44 ABC Arena Urgent Mechanical Improvements January 25, 2024 The display is a touch sensitive 12 1/8" diagonal color liquid crystal display (LCD)that uses color graphics and animation to ensure ease of use. The touch sensitive interface allows the operator to view the chiller graphically and receive a status indication via subsystem animations. The operator can navigate easily between the primary chiller subsystems including: compressor, evaporator, condenser, and motor. For each subsystem, you can view status and detailed operating parameters. In addition, alarms, reports, trending, and settings can all be accessed quickly from the main screen. The display is mounted on a flexible "arm"that allows extensive height and viewing angle variations. The panel supports an extensive list of languages including the default English. The data can be set to be viewed in inch pounds IP or metric units SI. For remote starters -Class 1 control panel voltage (30-115 V) are clearly labeled in the control panel. Class 2 input voltage (30V max) is also labeled in the control panel. Operating Data including: • Operating hours • Number of starts • Chilled water setpoint • Evaporator and condenser water flow status • Evaporator entering and leaving water temperatures • Evaporator saturated refrigerant temperatures • Evaporator approach temperature • Evaporator refrigerant pressure • Condenser entering and leaving water temperatures • Condenser saturated refrigerant temperatures • Condenser approach temperature • Condenser refrigerant pressure • Oil differential pressure • Oil tank temperature • Purge mode • Purge average daily pump-out time • % RLA per phase for motor • RLA per phase • Volts per phase • Power factor • Kw • Kwh • Frequency The AdaptiView also contains the following dedicated reports: Evaporator, Condenser, Compressor, Motor, Purge, and ASHRAE. Each report is comprised of a detailed listing of operational data relative to that chiller subsystem. Control functions including: • Leaving chilled water temperature • Percent demand limit • Chiller water reset(based on return water temperature • Front panel control type • Setpoint source • Differential to start • Differential to stop Status data including: • Waiting to start • Running • Run limit • Run inhibit (adaptive) • Auto • Preparing to shutdown • Shutting down (post lube) • Stopped Equipment Submittal Page 17 of 44 ABC Arena Urgent Mechanical Improvements January 25, 2024 Safeties including: Automatic safety shutdown for: • Low chilled water temperature, • Low evaporator refrigerant temperature • High condenser refrigerant pressure • Evaporator and condenser flow status • Low oil pressure • Oil pressure overdue • High or low oil temperature • High motor current • High motor temperature • Starter function faults • Critical temperature and pressure sensor faults The devices are of a latching trip out type requiring manual reset. Non-latching safety trip outs for operating conditions external to the chiller automatically permits unit to resume normal operation when condition is corrected. Advanced motor protection monitors 3-phase current to provide latching trip out protection from adverse effects of phase loss, phase unbalance, phase reversal, loss of phase reversal protection, and electrical distribution faults (momentary power loss) by instantaneous trip out of motor. Surge protection - Detects surge and limits chiller loading through inlet vane modulation. Head relief through lowering cooling tower water temperature can be requested. If not corrected within 7 minutes, chiller is shut down. Enhanced Adaptive Control(TM) - Built in intelligence to keep the chiller on line (safely making maximum tons)while simultaneously preventing chiller damage/failure. During any chiller limiting mode of operation, the control panel enunciates the condition via a relay output. Trending: The controller provides 10 standard graphs for trending multiple parameters, The operator can add an additional 6 custom graphs if desired. On any one custom graph, the operator can choose to trend up to 10 unique parameters from a more comprehensive list. Two Y axes are available for any graph to facilitate readability. Diagnostics: AdaptiView includes comprehensive diagnostic monitoring. All active diagnostics are available, and up to 20 historic diagnostics are communicated to the operator via the 12 1/8" LCD display with graphic navigation system. Each diagnostic is time and date stamped. Service Tool: A PC-based service tool called Tracer TU, connected to the chiller via USB port, is available for additional cost and displays the last 100 diagnostics, indicating the time, date of occurrence, and system parameters at the time of the diagnostic. The service tool provides advanced troubleshooting and access to sophisticated configuration settings not needed during operation of the chiller. Security: The AdaptiView can be set to prevent unauthorized access to the chiller settings. The operator can choose to secure the operating settings with a password. Data and reports can still be accessed once the settings are locked out. The memory for the AdaptiView is non-volatile type, so if power is lost, operating settings are retained. A life time battery is standard, which is used only to support the clock function for the chiller. Chilled and Condenser water pump relays: Chilled water and condenser water pump relays are provided and it is recommended that they be used for pump control. BACnet(MSTP) Direct Points List: The following points are available directly from the chiller. Recognize that some of these points require chiller options or configurations. Equipment Submittal Page 18 of 44 ABC Arena Urgent Mechanical Improvements January 25, 2024 Inputs Including Chiller Auto/Stop Chiller Mode (e.g. cool) Chilled Water Setpoint Current Limit Setpoint Clear Diagnostics Outputs Including Evaporator Pump relay Condenser Pump relay Chilled Water Flow Status Condenser Water Flow Status Leaving Chilled Water Temperature Entering Chilled Water Temperature Entering Condenser Water Temperature Leaving Condenser Water Temperature Active Chilled/Hot Water Setpoint Active Current Limit Setpoint Head Relief Request relay Compressor Running relay Chiller On/Off Limit Warning relay Maximum Capacity relay Alarms Description'! Manual Reset Alarm relay Auto Reset Alarm relay Purge Alarm relay Alarm Reset Condenser Refrigerant Pressure Condenser Refrigerant Temperature Evaporator Refrigerant Pressure Evaporator Refrigerant Temperature Differential refrigerant pressure (not for head pressure control) Operating Status (Alarm, Run Enabled, Local Control, Limited) Chiller Modes (i.e. Off, Starting, Running, Shutting Down) Operating Mode (e.g. Cool) Current Per Line Voltage Per Phase Unit Power Consumption (kW) Motor winding temperature Motor power factor(uncorrected) Oil Temperature Oil Pressure Differential High Side Oil Pressure Low Side Oil Pressure Compressor Starts Compressor Run Time Inlet guide vane position Purge Status2 Purge pumpout Average (24 hour) Purge pump-out Purge regeneration Purge carbon tank temperature Purge liquid temperature Purge suction temperature Purge time to next purge run Purge pump-out chiller on-7 days Purge pump-out chiller off-7 days Purge pump-out life Purge regeneration life Equipment Submittal Page 19 of 44 ABC Arena Urgent Mechanical Improvements January 25, 2024 Refrigerant Monitor AFD output frequency AFD transistor temperature Hardwire BAS Interface provides: Chilled Water Setpoint input- Provides for setpoint adjustment of control point from multiple sources Current Limit Setpoint input- provides for setpoint adjustment of control point from multiple sources Percent RLA Output- provides % RLA output Condenser Pressure Output-A hardwire output signal of condenser pressure, or differential pressure between the evaporator and condenser is provided. Operating Status: The following hardwire binary outputs are available (but likely not used due to bacnet interface): Compressor running relay Alarm relay- manual reset Alarm relay-auto reset Limit warning relay Purge alarm relay Head relief request relay Maximum capacity relay Enhanced Flow Management Package: This provides a flow display and enhanced variable flow control and compensation. The flow compensation component enhances the unit controllers variable flow rate of change capabilities from 30% per minute up to 50% per minute. Included are factory mounted differential water pressure sensors for both the evaporator and the condenser. Differential pressure switches or some other means to prove flow are still required Max pressure rating for the pressure sensors is 365 psig. The following will be displayed on the unit controller: • Evaporator differential water pressure • Condenser differential water pressure • Evaporator GPM • Condenser GPM • Evaporator Tons • Due to their accuracy, these parameters are not designed to be used for detailed metering or analysis but are sufficiently accurate to allow the microprocessor to recognize rate of change to unload inlet guide vanes using PID loops to expand the range of accurate leaving water temperature control with fluctuating flow rate changes. Evaporator& Condenser Proof of Flow-Thermal Dispersion Factory provided, field installed thermal dispersion type proof of flow switches (IFM) are provided. The thermal dispersion controller is mounted in the chiller control panel, the piping probes and wiring are shipped loose for field installation in the ship with components box. Follow the installation instructions in the chiller installation manual. Reference specific IFM Installation manual (PART-SVN223*-EN) notes shipped with your flow switch /contact local Trane sales office Paint All CenTraVac(TM) painted surfaces are coated with a primer and an air-dry beige primer-finisher prior to shipment. Isolation All units ship with neoprene isolator pads as standard, except when spring isolators are chosen. Enough pads are provided to cover the area under the chiller supports. Shipment All units are of hermetic design, leak tested, charged to 5.00 psi and shipped as a single factory assembled package. Full oil charge shipped in oil sump. Refrigerant shipped to jobsite from refrigerant manufacturer. The entire chiller is shrink wrapped for protection. Unit Mounted Starter Wye Delta-Reduced Voltage, NEMA 1A(vented)enclosure with a gasket. Starter factory mounted and completely prewired to compressor motor and control panel. Factory run testing assures proper circuitry and operational Equipment Submittal Page 20 of 44 ABC Arena Urgent Mechanical Improvements January 25, 2024 reliability. The Wye Delta starter is a reduced voltage starter and therefore draws — 33% of locked rotor amps (LRA), and the motor acceleration time is 5-12 seconds typically. The starter is designed and tested in accordance with UL 1995 Features include: • 115 volt control power transformer to power chiller unit controller, purge and oil system. Therefore, with line power, no other power is needed for auxiliary equipment on the chiller. • Environmental specification: Operation from sea level to 6000 ft(1829 m). Operating ambient temperature range 32.0 F to 104.0 F. Non-operating ambient temperature range -40.0 F to 158.0 F. Relative humidity, non-condensing 5% to 95% through the ambient temperature range. Voltage utilization ±10 % • Top of starter includes access area for a wiring entrance area. Bottom entry for line power is not available. • Terminal block connection is standard. Circuit breakers may be included as an option. See the following submittal pages for disconnect ratings and lug information on these optional disconnects if offered. Starter installer responsibilities The following are considered functions normally required of the equipment installer for unit mounted starters. Remove access area panel for line side wiring. The upper right quadrant of the starter provides recommended access to starter/disconnect lugs. The starter can accommodate top line power entry only. Provide and install field wiring to line side lugs of starter. Required Installer Responsibilities The following are considered functions normally required of the equipment installer./n Install unit on a foundation with flat support surfaces level within 1/16" and of sufficient length to support concentrated loading. (Spring isolators should be considered whenever chiller installation is planned for an upper story location.) Place isolation pads or optional spring type isolators provided by the chiller manufacturer under the unit. When spring isolators are chosen, no pads are provided. Install unit per applicable Trane Installation Manual. Complete all water and electrical connections. Where specified, provide and install valves in water piping upstream and downstream of the evaporator and condenser water boxes as means of isolating shells for maintenance and to balance and trim system. Furnish and install a flow switch or equivalent device in both the chilled water and condenser water piping properly interlocked to insure that unit can operate only when water flow is established. Furnish and install taps for thermometers and pressure gauges in water piping adjacent to inlet and outlet connections of both evaporator and condenser. Furnish and install drain valves to each water box. Install vent cocks on each water box. Furnish and install strainers upstream of chiller evaporator and condenser bundles to protect tubes from potential damage caused by debris in the circulating water. Note: Failure to install strainers in all water piping entering the chiller could result in tube plugging conditions that could damage unit components. If the circulating pumps are immediately upstream of the chiller bundles, then the strainer can be installed immediately ahead of the pumps. If the circulating pumps are downstream of the chiller bundles, then the strainers should be installed immediately ahead of the chiller bundles. Furnish sufficient refrigerant 25.0 lb per machine and dry nitrogen 50.0 lb per machine for pressure testing under manufacturer's supervision. Start-up unit under supervision of a qualified Trane field engineer. Equipment Submittal Page 21 of 44 ABC Arena Urgent Mechanical Improvements January 25, 2024 Where specified, insulate evaporator and any other portions of machine required to prevent sweating under normal operating conditions. Water connection piping must not transfer forces to the chiller. Because of cumulative tolerances in manufacture and field installation, prepiping of water connections closer than 36" is not recommended. Any problems associated with prepiping of water connections closer than 36" to the chiller are the responsibility of the installing contractor. Furnish and install vent lines for rupture disk and purge venting to atmosphere per ASHRAE 15 and unit installation manual. If RuptureGuard-Relief Valve option is ordered, remove factory rupture disk and install RuptureGuard-Relief Valve per the IOM manual. In some chiller configurations the RuptureGuard may not bolt directly to the chiller flange. Locally sourced and approved piping may be required between the chiller and the RuptureGuard. Field Disassembly With chillers that may require field disassembly (for example due to clearance concerns during unit installation) reference the Disassembly and Reassembly manual and your Trane Sales representative prior to the order being placed. Caution: if certain components are removed in the field, for example the economizer, the necessary components (gaskets, seals, etc.) are not provided as standard. Installing contractor and manufacturer coordination required. Separable Shells With chillers that have been ordered with the Separable Shell option, the evaporator is bolted to the condenser to allow for the separation of the evaporator from the condenser in the field. The components (gaskets, seals, etc.) needed to reassemble the shells together, the compressor, and remove and replace the economizer are included with this option. Note: Compressor doweling is always included with this option, see Compressor Doweling option for more details. The purge assembly is not modified so it can be removed easier with this option, additional parts may be required to remove the purge in the field. If you have a 405 or 608 Amp unit mounted drive, this option does not include bolt on support arms or replacement gaskets and bolts. If you have a 900 or 1210 Amp unit mounted drive, the support arms are bolted on however replacement gaskets and bolts are not included with this option. Additional items that are not included with this option are: touch up paint, vacuum pump oil, replacement compressor oil, and spare insulation. Compressor Doweling With chillers that have been ordered with Compressor Doweling, this option includes dowel pins located between the interstage casings to help facilitate disassembly and reassembly of the compressor itself. Dowel pins at the compressor connections to the evaporator and condenser shells are standard with or without this option. These dowel pins help to facilitate reassembly of the compressor onto the unit. The components (gaskets, seals, etc.) needed to reassemble the compressor onto the shells are included with this option. Reference the Disassembly and Reassembly manual for more information and contact Water-Cooled Product Support if you have further questions or would like to special order a chiller with non-standard take apart items. Leak-Tight Warranty The CenTraVac chiller features a 5-year limited Leak-Tight Warranty which is valid for the lesser of 60 months from initial start-up or 66 months from date of shipment. The limited Leak-Tight Warranty covers models CVHE/F/L, CVHS, CVHM and CDHF chillers installed in the United States or Canada. The Company's obligations and liabilities under this warranty are limited to furnishing replacement refrigerant; no other parts or labor are covered under this limited warranty. No liability whatever shall attach to the Company until appropriate actions have been taken (acceptable to Company)to eliminate the source of the leak, and then said liability shall be limited to furnishing the replacement refrigerant. If the chiller is placed under a comprehensive Trane service and maintenance agreement (Trane Select Agreement or better) prior to the expiration of the standard Leak-Tight Warranty, the protection against refrigerant loss shall continue under the Trane Select Agreement for as long as an active Trane Select Agreement remains in effect without interruption. Equipment Submittal Page 22 of 44 ABC Arena Urgent Mechanical Improvements January 25, 2024 Dimensional Drawings - Centrifugal Water Chiller Item: Al Qty: 1 Tag(s): CH-1 O W a �O O ~ W 0 OO W 50° 01- = o W0 rn LL LL W lJ Z Z N -- W A > z J J Z Z Q Q Cc) U U >> O 0 z = _ U 0 oeZ W 00 p �U > 0 W O z W �i T o W U a Z O 0 H LL ° m LL O LL U7 N W ❑ Z ° W = LL Z }� a O z W W Uj W XW UH (n Ul7 W W W Z H W° = W Q LL N W O N W W Q S O W W ~H Q O U W O �� Zw >j iY W Um W OE W O F�O F U) � �ma °¢ rrpL�,,,0 CO °w W H LL W W O Q O a O W O W W ILW �° o � � ❑W rOrn w°0 w WJw LLW FZ> W GW ° OZW U FazdZo(9 W~z°�zz W° Z°W LL,O o��0zJDOOZm"=OZOZ W U0O Uf (n0 W U p a W W O w w F W �Z Z O>W W 7 C77 7 U W ° Equipment Submittal Page 23 of 44 ABC Arena Urgent Mechanical Imprvme«a January 25, 202 Dimensional Drawings . Centrifugal Water Chiller Item: Al Q y I T g(s) CH-1 ƒf �� 0 ) )§ e \ )j RR / \ (\ >> \ § / ) 22 K\ / k 0z \\ § \ \ ( a_ / \ ) T \ { \ §® \ §G \\ m/ IA z0 %\ ) g T \0 )) zW w>� - ®W W)r\ , n j\ ( m § m*! \/ /§-02A ®t , 2® 20§®{ fg( - §/it§z �( j< -)\ §R ®m®Zm <� l�2zo §0) a.�)S�\ j) ®\§�6 m U) }13 () /22\\ &f»� 00M0 afff A ƒm 2§C)mm § \\ �\j)( fW ® wpme■S bmtll g 24 R 44 ABC Arena Urgent Mechanical Imprvme«a January 25, 202 Dimensional Drawings . Centrifugal Water Chiller Item: Al Q y I T g(s) CH-1 0 4 )L ) )§ \ \\ \ /\ ;; § ) 22 LLI b\ §2 I \ }§ & . mo R z \ L [ , ) ( \ 0 ( ) \b ( jG /\ § m§ )0 ❑ ■'. We =z �� k\ z/ 4§ L. f: m °`§\§ }\ )\-§/ !R§0z }3 )�0LU 2/;)! , (� \))'z\ /) m;»-E 5\ W./§)K 6 ]§ }2§�[ w77 ; \ Gb m/®2; | wf) !2S /{{# n [ ° 20�ff § \\ \\§\\ fW wpme■S bmtll g 25 R 44 ABC Arena Urgent Mechanical Imprvme«a January 25, 202 Dimensional Drawings . Centrifugal Water Chiller Item: A Q y I Ta(: CH4 0 4 )L ) )§ \ )j ° \ \ (\ ; > c § ) 22 b\ \° / }2 % \ k\ LL w ( ? / § ) § )e [/ § mIZI- \) §� )0 §m W) �� - /0 ~< 7j § »§ §b f6 V® §Sm§2 §\ /§/§/ § §[)§\ {ao k§7 ®\ m±/g2 ° ®L»R /) §\(j( [/ W§,/§ ® a! }§§;[ §y7Q § 0U m[®2§ ; w §) 222 ee§oo &f»� § !e ®4R�& \\\\ § %\ -D\§\\ wpme■S bmtll g 26 R 44 ABC Arena Urgent Mechanical Imprvme«a January 25, 202 Dimensional Drawings . Centrifugal Water Chiller Item: Al Q y I T g(s) CH-1 0 4 )L ) )§ \ )j § \ (\ m > � § � § §2 / & LLI $j /_ z » k§ . I g m § ( § \ 4 § ) o z §6 / jG ` ( m§ \\ \ \\� � /0 z 0[ a) %§ fm m °`§/E �� \�\z0 \\ @/Z(§ ®� 2<k\& <M \\\zw/ 2U) ®ƒ&®W j) ` ��3l`zg §§\ Lu z" LLI§Z<0 W ) w\\ Z 00 C))§z E o tel:: [ ¥\ 2,wIr § (9 \/}\\ fW wpme■S bmtll g 27R 44 ABC Arena Urgent Mechanical Imprvme«a January 25, 202 Dimensional Drawings . Centrifugal Water Chiller Item: Al Q y I T g(s) CH-1 2 ± » E O } ® IE @ CO & ` ) § CO : \ \ � 0 _ _ \ LLI ° m w , E ` § S \ a b \ ` m $ § § \ � W § § om \ < , & k m § M ƒ b C9 z { 0 . w ® § ( ( } ( [ § § \ § W § § / \ § § § § § § [ [ CO ) / 4 0 ) § § § § / ( / / wpme■S bmtll g 28 R 44 ABC Arena Urgent Mechanical Imprvme«a January 25, 202 Dimensional Drawings . Centrifugal Water Chiller Item: A2 Q y I Ta(: CH- / a 7) u 4 ?e n § rd $ ` \ \ §j « \ /\ ) 22 K\ F- LU }2 E_ > \ k§ z m 0 / EUj § ) \ \ %472 /` \ jS [\ § m§ \j \� T\ �0 k\ G4 \) � f] m °`§/[ }\Q CO C) 4 U-Z ���\ . E_ U):5 & ®0 m W0/ /® -z®rrw(\ }/ z LL ,E:1 § § 0W a ®\ ma0xz § j §§% 2 § §\ j0W wpme■S bmtll g 29 R 44 ABC Arena Urgent Mechanical Imprvme«a January 25, 202 Dimensional Drawings . Centrifugal Water Chiller Item: A2 Q y I T g(s) CH-2 \{ }§ 4 § &d Ir ƒ\ • ® o . j \ (\ � » \ § / ) 22 K\ / z 0 \ § \ \ k\ ( a_ / \ ) T \ { \ C) \ §G \\ mw IA z0 � %\ ) g T \0 )) zoj w>� - ®� W10 j\ ( m § m*! » gym \/ /§�2A ,m 0L'.z \)\ - em G -7 W;'r§z \} 3mukm w <<§; §§ |§my/ /m )/*> , [\ ®!I\\ � 2§ )0§; §\}\ % \) /22\\ &fj 00M0 afff A ƒm 2§�mm CO \\ �\j)( fW ® wpme■S bmtll g 30 R 44 ABC Arena Urgent Mechanical Imprvme«a January 25, 202 Dimensional Drawings . Centrifugal Water Chiller Item: A2 Q y I T g(s) CH-2 4 }§ § %O ƒ\ § z RR \ ¥¥ 7/ § ) 22 LLIb\ §2 I \ }§ & . mo R z \ L [ , ) ( \ 0 ( ) \b ( jG / §\ m§ )0 ■ §» (/ ❑ '. We =z �� k\ z/ 4§ fm m ° §` \§ }\ )\/§/ /§ @,W(§ § §§ D 'WW0 �z§§! §\ W./m<K 6 ]§ }2§�[ w77 ; \ Gb m/®2; | wf) !2S /{{# n [ ° 20�ff \ WW \ MM 0 § W wpme■S bmtll g 31R 44 ABC Arena Urgent Mechanical Imprvme«a January 25, 202 Dimensional Drawings . Centrifugal Water Chiller Item: A2 Q y I T g(s) CH-2 4 }§ § &O ƒ\ \ /\ 2 as / ( § ) 22 K\ . , » / }2 % \ k§ m . mo LL © W [ � x ) ( ? / § ) § )e [/ § mIZI- \) §� )0 §m W) /0 ~< zj »§ §b f6 2® )��§2 F- /§/§/ (§ §((§\ %) Fi00 ®/ 2 u LU> /§ 5\99& j) \�2}/ ® a! }§§;[ §y7Q 00U 10zxz ; w §) 222 ee§oo &f», § !e ®4R�& \\\\ § %\ -D\§\\ wpme■S bmtll g 32 R 44 ABC Arena Urgent Mechanical Imprvme«a January 25, 202 Dimensional Drawings . Centrifugal Water Chiller Item: A2 Q y I T g(s) CH-2 4IL }§ § &O k }z § \ (\ m > § � § §2 / & LLI $j Z ~ / 0z » >0 F . 0 g 3 r m Z § § \ 4 n- o o z \6 / jG (\ 0 m§ UL }LU W� �z /0 Zk 0[ a) %§ fm m °`§/E 0j \§LLI /§j /\ @)�(§ ®� Fi®\\§ §§ L.®\§�§ §z j) W3m\§ §§\ z LLI§§§§§ ) w\\ � 0� �)§0 E o [ ¥\ 2, Ir § (9 \/}\\ fW wpme■S bmtll g 33 R 44 ABC Arena Urgent Mechanical Imprvme«a January 25, 202 Dimensional Drawings . Centrifugal Water Chiller Item: A2 Q y I T g(s) CH-2 �\ 2 ± » E O } ® IE @ CO ) 0 § � 0 LLI o - - : oe , E ` § S \ a b \ ` m $ § § \ � W § § om \ < , & k ID m § M ƒ b C9 z { � w ® § ( ( } ( [ § § \ § § § / \ § § § § § § [ [ [ ) / 4 ) § § § § / ( / / wpme■S bmtll g 34 R 44 ABC Arena Urgent Mechanical Improvements January 25, 2024 Weight, Clearance & Rigging - Centrifugal Water Chiller Item: Al Qty: I Tag(s): CH-1 WEIGHTS AND CENTER OF GRAVITY LEFT REAR RIGHT REAR LEFT ERHNT RIGHT FRNNT SPRING ISOLATOR SELECTION LOCATION ISOLATOR LOAD' VENDOR PM TRANE PIN ISOLATOR COLOR LEFT FRONT 9,0540 Ib LEFT REAR 9,908.0 Ib RIGHTFRONT 10,590.0 Ib RIGHTREAR 1161501b LEFT MIDDLE NIA RIGHT MIDDLE NIA UNIT CENTER OF GRAVITY COMPONENT WEIGHT* CGZ(DIMENSION FROM RIGHTTO LEFT) 81.000 in COMPRESSOR WEIGHT 6,155 0 Ib CG X(DIMENSION FROM FRONT TO REAR) 45 000 in MOTOR WEIGHT 2,841.0 Ib CG Y(HEIGHT DIMENSION FROM FLOOR) 57.000 in STARTER WEIGHT 557.0 Ib RIGHT FRONT ISOLATOR MOUNTING HOLE SUCTION ELBOW WEIGHT 722.0lb BOTTOM OF THIS HOLE IS 0,0,0 POINT ECONOMIZER WEIGHT 878.0lb FOR CENTER OF GRAVITY DIMENSIONS EVAPORATOR WEIGHT 8,524 0 Ib Y EVAPORATOR WATERBOXES WEIGHT 1,417.0 Ib 1 7 CONDENSER WEIGHT 9,709.0 Ib Z X CONDENSER WATERBOXES WEIGHT 1,756.0 Ib HEAT RECOVERY CONDENSER)AEIGHT NIA HEAT RECOVERY CONDENSER WATERBOXES WEIGHT NIA AUXILIARY CONDENSER WEIGHT NIA AUXILIARY CONDENSER WATERBOXES WEIGHT NIA MISCELLANEOUS WEIGHT 1,334.0 Ib NAMEPLATE PRODUCT DESCRIPTION: WEIGHTS MODL CVHF VOLT 460 PTON 1,000.00tons NTON 1300 SHIPPING OPERATING EViM IMC1 GDTM TECU CPKW 652 CPIM 301 33,894.0 Ib 41,16701b CDBS 1220 EVSZ 142L EVBS 1200 ORSZ 1540 CDSZ 142L ALL PUBLISHED WEIGHTS ACCURATETO+110 % Equipment Submittal Page 35 of 44 ABC Arena Urgent Mechanical Improvements January 25, 2024 Weight, Clearance & Rigging - Centrifugal Water Chiller Item: Al, A2 Qty: 2 Tag(s): CH-1, CH-2 1 HEAVY OBJECTS[ DO NOT USE CABLES(CHAINS OR SLINGS)EXCEPT AS SHOWN.EACH OF THE CABLES(CHAINS OR SLINGS)USED TO LIFT THE UNIT MUST BE CAPABLE OF SUPPORTING THE ENTIRE WEIGHT OF THE UNIT.LIFTING CABLES(CHAINS OR SLINGS)MAY NOT BE OF THE SAME LENGTH.ADJUST AS NECESSARY FOR EVEN UNIT LIFT.OTHER LIFTING ARRANGEMENTS MAY CAUSE EQUIPMENT OR PROPERTY—ONLY DAMAGE_FAILURE TO PROPERLY LIFT UNIT MAY RESULT IN DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY SEE DETAILS BELOW. 2.IMPROPER UNIT LIFTI TEST LIFT UNIT APPROXIMATELY 24 INCHES TO VERIFY PROPER CENTER OF GRAVITY LIFT POINT TO AVOID DROPPING OF UNIT,REPOSITION LIFTING POINT IF ON R IS NOT LEVEL FAILURE TO PROPERLY LIFT ON IT COULD RESULT IN DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY OR POSSIBLE EOU IPMENT OR PROPERTY—ONLY DAMAGE_ 3.ATTACH SAFETY CHAIN OR CABLEAS SHOWN WITHOUT TENSION,NOT AS A LIFTING CHAIN OR CABLE,BUTTO PREVENT THE UNIT FROM ROLLING- 4_DO NOT FORKLIFTTHE UNITTO MOVE OR LIFT. 5_LIFTING HOLES PROVIDED ON CHILLER TO ATTACH CABLES(CHAINS OR SLINGS)_ 6.36"(900 MM)RECOMMENDED CLEARANCEABOVE HIGHEST POINT OF COMPRESSOR. 16' MINIMUM < FOLLOWNEC SECTION 110 AND OTHER APPLICABLE LOCAL CODES EFFECTIVE LENGTH FOR CLEARANCES IN FRONT OF ELECTRICAL ENCLOSURES_ 8_SPECIFIC SHIPPING AND OPERATING WEIGHTS OF THE SUBMITTED CHILLER ARE PROVIDED IF THE GENTRIFU GAL CHILLER SELECTION WAS ENTERED IN TOPSS.DETAILED LOAD POINTAND SPRING ISOLATOR APPLICATION WEIGHTS AREAVAILABLE FROM"CENTRAVAC SAFETY CHAINS ISOLATOR SELECTION REPORT"AVAILABLE FROM THE REPORT GENERATOR OR CABLES OF THE TRANE TOPSS CHILLER SELECTION PROGRAM_CONTACT YOUR LOGALTRANE SALES ENGINEER IF THIS DATAIS REQUIRED. 5-TYP(127mm) X'88(22mm) 2 578"TYP(67mm) DIAHOLES FOR 1 3716"TYP(30mm) ANCHORING UNIT 16ft MINIMUM-4877m m EVAPORATOR 2"TYP TUBESHEET (51mm) (SEE NOTE SABOVE) HOLE DETAIL TYP MAXIMUM SHIPPING 33,894.016 MAXIMUM OPERATING 41,167.016 SEE HOLE DETA L CLEARANCE SPACE 39 3W' RIGHT HAND TUBE PULL SHOWN,APPLY TUBE PULL CLEARANCE DIMENSION TO 90 318" LEFT END FOR LEFT HAND TUBE PULL. REFERENCED TUBE PULL dS GOOD FOR BOTH EVAPORATOR AND CONDENSER FRONT OF UNIT DIMENSION INCLUDES TUBESHEETS 95 112" 180 114" 186 1/4" — 462" Equipment Submittal Page 36 of 44 ABC Arena Urgent Mechanical Improvements January 25, 2024 Weight, Clearance & Rigging - Centrifugal Water Chiller Item: A2 Qty: I Tag(s): CH-2 WEIGHTS AND CENTER OF GRAVITY LEFT REAR RIGHT REAR LEFT ERHNT RIGHT FRNNT SPRING ISOLATOR SELECTION LOCATION ISOLATOR LOAD' VENDOR PM TRANE PIN ISOLATOR COLOR LEFT FRONT 8,87801b LEFT REAR 9,704.0 Ib RIGHTFRONT 10,787.0 Ib RIGHTREAR 11,79801b LEFT MIDDLE NIA RIGHT MIDDLE NIA UNIT CENTER OF GRAVITY COMPONENT WEIGHT* CGZ(DIMENSION FROM RIGHTTO LEFT) 80.000 in COMPRESSOR WEIGHT 6,155 0 Ib CG X(DIMENSION FROM FRONT TO REAR) 45 000 in MOTOR WEIGHT 2,841.0 Ib CG Y(HEIGHT DIMENSION FROM FLOOR) 57.000 in STARTER WEIGHT 557.0 Ib RIGHT FRONT ISOLATOR MOUNTING HOLE SUCTION ELBOW WEIGHT 722.0lb BOTTOM OF THIS HOLE IS 0,0,0 POINT ECONOMIZER WEIGHT 878.0lb FOR CENTER OF GRAVITY DIMENSIONS EVAPORATOR WEIGHT 8,524 0 Ib Y EVAPORATOR WATERBOXES WEIGHT 1,417.0 Ib 1 7 CONDENSER WEIGHT 9,709.0 Ib Z X CONDENSER WATERBOXES WEIGHT 1,756.0 Ib HEAT RECOVERY CONDENSER)AEIGHT NIA HEAT RECOVERY CONDENSER WATERBOXES WEIGHT NIA AUXILIARY CONDENSER WEIGHT NIA AUXILIARY CONDENSER WATERBOXES WEIGHT NIA MISCELLANEOUS WEIGHT 1,334.0 Ib NAMEPLATE PRODUCT DESCRIPTION: WEIGHTS MODL CVHF VOLT 460 PTON 1,000.00tons NTON 1300 SHIPPING OPERATING EViM IMC1 GDTM TECU CPKW 652 CPIM 301 33,894.0 Ib 41,16701b CDBS 1220 EVSZ 142L EVBS 1200 ORSZ 1540 CDSZ 142L ALL PUBLISHED WEIGHTS ACCURATETO+110 % Equipment Submittal Page 37 of 44 ABC Arena Urgent Mechanical Improvements January 25, 2024 Accessory- Centrifugal Water Chiller Item: Al Qty: 1 Tag(s): CH-1 HINGE SWING DETAIL DRAWING ALL VIEWS ON THIS PAGE ARE TOP VIEWS DO NOT INSTALL PIPING OR ANY NON-REMOVABLE HARDWARE IN FRONT OF HINGED WATERBOXESICOVERSORANYATTACHED BRACKETS AND HINGES LEFT END OF COOLING CONDENSER RIGHT END OF COOLING CONDENSER LEFT HAND 150 PSI MAR BOX COVER AND HINGE SWING RIGHT HAND 150 PSI RETURN BOX AND HINGE SWING ®I d O O MAX DIMENSION AT90 DEGREES MAX DIMENSION AT90 DEGREE SWING ISSHOWN_HINGECAN SWINGIS SHOWN_HINGECAN SWING MORE THAN 90 DEGREES SWING MORE THAN 90 DEGREE IF THERE ARE NO IF TH EREARE NO OBSTRUCTIONS. OBSTRUCTIONS. LEFT END RIGHTEND KEEP CLEAR ZONE COOLING COOLI N G CONDENSER CONDENSER MARINE BOX 59 5118" 59 7/8" 90' 90° LEFT END OF EVAPORATOR RIGHT END OF EVAPORATOR LEFT HAND 150 PSI NON-MARINE RETURN BOX AND HINGE SWING RIGHT HAND 150&3W PSI MARINE BOX COVER AND HINGE SWING 90. 90, 7 518" 72 112" LEFT END LRIGHTEND KEEP CLEAR ZONE KEEP CLEAR ZONE EVAPORATOR SHELL MAX DIMENSION AT90 DEGREE MAX DIMENSION AT90 DEGREE SWING ISSHOWN.HINGE CAN SWING IS SHOWN_HINGE CAN WING MORE THAN 90 DEGREE SWING MORETHAN 90 DEGREE IFTHERE ARE NO IF THERE ARE NO OBSTRUCTIONS_ OBSTRUCTIONS_ O ® ® O Equipment Submittal Page 38 of 44 ABC Arena Urgent Mechanical Improvements January 25, 2024 Accessory- Centrifugal Water Chiller Item: Al, A2 Qty: 2 Tag(s): CH-1, CH-2 ADAPTIVIEW CONTROL PANEL TOP VIEW 32 314" 0 0 O O O O O O 6 W' C�-------�� C�------- 65/8" 20R 1 118"DIAHOLE TYPICALHOME / 6X 7/8"DIAHOLE 1 \ POSITION 1 HOLES FOR CONTROL WIRING CONDUITS • o o 0 0 0 0 O 0 26 1!8" �a 16' � 1 1 1 I NOTE.:DISPLAY CAN MOVE TO AN �I II INFINITE NUMBER OF POSITIONS_ I REF-BOTTOM FRONT 7 112" OF PANEL DOOR J Imo' LOWEST POSITION AVAILABLE Equipment Submittal Page 39 of 44 ABC Arena Urgent Mechanical Improvements January 25, 2024 Accessory- Centrifugal Water Chiller Item: Al, A2 Qty: 2 Tag(s): CH-1, CH-2 UNIT MOUNTED WYE-DELTA STARTER SIZE BREAKER SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT LINE CONNECTION LUGS PANEL INTERNALWIRE AICAMPS RAT I N G S(RM S SYM ETR]CAL AMPS) WYE—DELTA STARTERSCONNECTION LENGTH 6 65,000 65000 (4)410-5D0 CBIC 25" POWER FACTOR CORRECTION CAPACITORS,WHEN SELECTED,ARE NOT CBIC=CIRCUIT BREAKER HIGH INTERRUPT CAPACITY INCLUDED IN THE UL SHORT CIRCUIT RATING OFTHE STARTER. THE NON—FUSED DISCONNECT OR CIRCUIT BREAKER IS DESIGNED FOR USEASASERVICE DISCONNECT ONLY. ELECTRICAL ENTRANCE 7"x 14"TOP a 6 112" -I 9 13116" 13 5I16" L———————— L--- ---L TOP VIEW ALLOW MIN_FRONT WORKING SPACE CLEARANCE PER NEC ARTICLE 110 REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS. MAX DOOR SWING 1451'&38 1f4"(972mm] 38" FRONT ELEVATION 60" L 5 718" Equipment Submittal Page 40 of 44 ABC Arena Urgent Mechanical Improvements January 25, 2024 Accessory- Centrifugal Water Chiller Item: A2 Qty: 1 Tag(s): CH-2 HINGE SWING DETAIL DRAWING ALL VIEWS ON THIS PAGE ARE TOP VIEWS DO NOT INSTALL PIPING OR ANY NON-REMOVABLE HARDWARE IN FRONT OF HINGED WATERBOXESICOVERSORANYATTACHED BRACKETS AND HINGES LEFT END OF COOLING CONDENSER RIGHT END OF COOLING CONDENSER LEFT HAND 150 PSI RETURN BOX AND HINGE SWING RIGHT HAND 150 PSI MAR BOX COVER AND HINGE SWING ®i d O O MAX DIMENSION AT90 DEGREES MAX DIMENSION AT90 DEGREE SWING ISSHOWN_HINGECAN SWINGIS SHOWN_HINGECAN SWNG MORE THAN 90 DEGREES SWING MORE THAN 90 DEGREE IF THERE ARE NO IF TH EREARE NO OBSTRUCTIONS. OBSTRUCTIONS. KEEP CLEAR ZONE LEFT END EM=1NEBOX KEEP CLEAR ZONE COOLING CONDENSER 59 7!8" 59 5116" 90' 90° LEFT END OF EVAPORATOR RIGHT END OF EVAPORATOR LEFT HAND 150&300 PSI MARINE BOX COVER AND HINGE SWING RIGHT HAND 150 PSI NON-MARINE RETURN BOX AND HINGE SWING 90� 90, 72 1 rz" LEFT END RIGHT END KEEP CLEAR ZONE KEEP CLEAR ZONE EVAPORATOR EVAPORATOR MARINE BOX SHELL MAX DIMENSION AT90 DEGREE MAX DIMENSION AT90 DEGREE SWING ISSHOWN.HINGE CAN SWING IS SHOWN_HINGE CAN SWING MORE THAN 90 DEGREE SWING MORETHAN 90 DEGREE IFTHERE ARE NO I F TH ERE ARE N O OBSTRUCTIONS_ OBSTRUCTIONS_ O Equipment Submittal Page 41 of 44 ABC Arena Urgent Mechanical Improvements January 25, 2024 Field Wiring -Centrifugal Water Chiller Item: Al, A2 Qty: 2 Tag(s): CH-1, CH-2 CUSTOMER SUPPLIED LINE VOLTAGE CSEE UNIT NAMEPLATE) GND L1 L2 L3 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I b b b b G L1 L2 L3 2101 OR 2S1 DISCONNECT OR 2X3TERMINAL BLOCK 0 WARNING DISCANNEDHAZARDOUS VOLTAGE VAR A—SPEED DRIVE.REFER TOUR VE —LUME TO DO TF1E=3=ME SERVICING AVERTMEMi ENT TENSIDN ❑ANGEREUSE, CDUPER 70UTES LES TENSIONS ET OUVRIR LES SECT IONNEURS a DISTANCE,PUIS SUIVRE LES PROCt➢U RES DE VERROUILLAGE ET DES t ICOUETTES AVANT TOUTS INTLRVLNTLON. -RIF IER 0UF THUS LES DINDENSATEURS TRANE SUPPLIED DES MUTE UPS I T DtC 11-1. ➢ANS LE CAS UNIT MOUNTED ➢'UNIT€S COMPORTANT DES ENTRIINENENTS a VITESSE—RIADLE,s1 REPORTER AUX LOWVOLTAGE INSTRUCTIONS ON L'E NTRMNEMEN7 POUR DE EUARGER LE s CON➢ENsaTEURS. WYE-DELTA NE PAS RESPECTER CES MESURES DE STARTER PANEL PRECAUTION PEUT ENTRAfNER DES PLESSURES GRAVES POUVANT ETRE MORTELLES. GEC VCERTEHCC A IVDLTAJE PELIGRDSDI DESCONECTE 70DA LA ENERGA ELECrRICA, INCLUSO LAS➢ESCONEXIONES REM 07AS Y SIGA L 0 S PROCED INTENT OS DE CIERRE r ETIDUETADO ANTES BE PROCE➢ER AL SERVICIO. ASEGURES ➢E DUE DOSES LOS CAPACITORES➢EL MD70R HAYAN DESCAPGAOO EL VOLTAJE ALMACENAOO. PARA LAS UNIDADES CON EJE➢E OIRECCION nE TNSTRUCCIONES PARAELA OESCARGA AS ➢EL CONOENSADOR. EL NO REALIZAR LO ANTERIORNENTE INDICATE!, PODI OCASIONAR LA MUERTE 0 SEPIAS LESIONES PERSONALES. CAUTION USE COPPER CONDUCTORS DNLYI USENCTDES ATTENT0ON N'UTILISER DUE DES CONDUCTEURS EN CUIVREI LES BURNES DE L'UN1Tt ME SENT PAS CONGIJES POUR RECEVOIR O'AUTPES TYPES UP CONDUCTEURS. Lrun ErIENOAEAUENrcTEurePu ➢NMGR cIPNE WIRE NO OR DEVICE FIELD WIRING CIRCUIT SELECTION INFORMATION PRECAMON SUPPLYAND MOTOR LEADS S 4M1 COM PRESSOR MOTOR LEADS EENAMEPLATE.MINIMUM CIRCUITAMPACIT IU TILTCE UNTIE EMENTS CON➢UCT DRES ➢E CDHR EI 1A' 4009VA AT 115VAC,8 AWG MAX WIRE SIZE Las rERMINAPA ME LA ONTDAD No IFUS 2A•AND GRNNEL 4009VA AT 115IAC,8 AWG MAX WIRE SIZE(WITHOUT OPTIONAL CPTR) ➢ISE AA DAS DE C PDUCT R OTROS TI PUS ➢E coon UG TORE S. SI No LU MACE,PUE➢E OCASLUNAR 3B AND 4B CIRCUIT PROTECTED AT 20A,115VAC 1PH,10 AWG MAX WIRE SIZE(WITH OPTIONAL CPTR) ➢AND AL EDuIPO. 9A'AND 10A' PUMP MOTOR'1PH 314 HP,117 FLA,14AWG MAX WIRE SIZE,CIRCUIT PROTECTED AT I5A, 110-120VAC 1PH DEVICE PREFIX CODE WB4 TWISTED,SHIELDED PAIR,301 MAX LENGTH 15COFT(4572M) BELDEN TYPE 8700 RECOMMENDED 1 =MAIN UNITCONTROL PANELDEVICE 2 =REMOTE MOUNTED DEVICE 5S1',5S2',3B'AND 4B' CIRCU IT PROTECTED AT 20A,115VAC 1PH,10 AWG MAX WIRE SIZE 4 =UNITMOUNTEDDEVICE 5S3 TH RU 5S8 24VDC,12MA RESISTIVE LOAD,14 AWG MAX WIRE SIZE 5 =CUSTOMER PROVIDED DEVICE ALL REMAIN I N G LUD TERMINALS CONTACT RATING;2.88A INDUCTIVE,113 HP,0.25KW AT 110-120VAC.14AWG MAX WIRE SIZE NOTES: 'TAPPED CONTRDL CONDUCTORS 1_ DASHED LINES INDICATE HELDWIRING BY OTHERS.WIRE NUMBERS SHOWN ARE RECOMMENDED BYTRANE. 2_ DO NOT ROUTE LOW VOLTAGE(3OV)WITH CONTROL VOLTAGE(110-12OV)AND DO NOT POWER UNIT UNTIL CH ECK-OUT AND START-UP PROCEDU RES HAVE BEEN COMPLETED. Equipment Submittal Page 42 of 44 ABC Arena Urgent Mechanical Improvements January 25, 2024 Field Wiring -Centrifugal Water Chiller Item: Al, A2 Qty: 2 Tag(s): CH-1, CH-2 ANY 1A8 OR 1A9 DEFAULT OUTPUTS MAY BE MAIN UNIT CONTROL PANEL REPROGRAMMED TOANY ALTERNATE ALARM TERMINAL CONNECTIONS 5H15 OR STATUS OUTPUT LISTED BELOW CHILLERALARM INDICATOR (ALTERNATE) OPTIONAL EX 1 1A22 CUSTOM ERTD CONNECT ETHERNET CI]STDMER PROVIDED FACTORY CONNECTED ETH ERNET AND POWER WB16 IN CONTROL PANEL i10VAC 50I-TL DR I2NAC 6IXiZ i5A CABLESTO 4A2ADAFTNIEW 1A2-J4 DISPLAY MONITOR TOWER GND H N ORNP/EL 1Xi-33 o-- 1A5J2-6 O— ---- 5FK�1I 1A5J2-4 EVAPORATORWATER _ J LJ PUMPREIAYOPTIONAL `/ 1A5J2-3 O— ———— 5K2 553 --0 1A 13 J2-i 1A5J2-1 0-------- CONDENSERWATER EXTERNALAUTO STOP r (REMOVE J[IMPER IW2IFDSETJ) 1VJ2 PUMP RELAY REQUIRED 1AS J2-9 0— ---� —————— — 1A13J22 541 CHILLER �554 —� 1A13J2-3 1A8 J2-7 0-- ---i _ LAT CFiINC EMERGETJCY STOP F /� — ALARM INDICATOR (REM DVEJUMPER 1W3 IF USED) 1W3 OPTIONAL (DEFAULT) A8 J2-3 ❑— ————— —b iAi3 J2-0 ——— 5H2 CHILLER --0 1A15J2-1 1AS Jz-1 0--------- # NON`LATCHING 2-1DVDC ALARM INDICATOR COMPRESSOR OUTPUT (DEFAULT) (GENERIC BA S) — —� 1A1512-.3 1A9 J2-9 O— ———— OPTIONAL 5H4 2-1DVOC 2-4--o 1A15J 1A9J2-7 �— --- PURGEALARM CONDENSERREFRIGERANT PRESSURE R.]DICATOR ®1K26EVAPORAT ORANDH(27 OR EVAPORATORCONDENSER — -- OPTIONAL (DEFAULT) DI CONDENSER PRIM FFERENTIAL PRESSURE OUTPUT PRIMARY WATER FLOW OR —� 1A15 J2-5 1A3 J2-12 O— —— ❑ETECTION CONTROLLERS INSTALLED CONDENSER HEAD PRESSURE CONTROL '6 BYTRANE CUSTOMERSUPPUED SECONDARYEVAPDRATORANDCDNDENSER 1A16J2-2 1ASJ2-10 ❑--------- CHILLER RUNNING WATERPROOF OF FLOW DEVICES 2-10VD0 OR4-2011A EXTERNAL INDICATOR ARERS13AND5914.5S13IS CURRENT LIMIT SETPOINT OPTIONAL (DEFAJ, RECOMM ENDED BY TRANS WHEN LEAVING —� 1A16 J23 1ABJ2-6 0— —-- i WATERTEMPE.R4TURE IS 30'OR LESS AND 5H7 I METHOD USED IS INDEPENDENT OFTHE CHILLER LIMIT PRIMARY WATER PRDOFOF FLOW DEVICE. 21OVDCOR420MA --0 1A16J2-5 1ASJ24 US-- MODE IFEITHERSECDNDARY WATER PROOF EXTERNAL CHILLED r INDICATOR OF FLOW DEVICES,REMOVETRANE WATERSETPOINT OPTIONAL (DEFAULT) FACTORY WIRE 5W BETWEEN iX1-5 AND — --0 lAlEJ26 1 K254 AND INSTALL 5S13 AS SHOWN, ANDIOR W IRE 5T BETWEEN 1111-6 AND 1 K27-4 AND INSTALL 5S14 AS SHOWN. TRANE RECOMM ENDS W IRING 5K1 EVAPORATO RAND 5K2 CONDENSER AS SHOWN TO ALLOW THE 1A5 M ODULE TO CONTROL PRDPER SEQUENCING. I I I I zt WARNING I 1A9Jz-s o- HAZPRD0u5VOLTAGE — 5H10 CHILLERHEA❑ 1A9J24 o-------- RELIEF REQU EST } NDICATOR OPTIONAL (DEFAULT) 1A9J2-3 0— --- B11T11TOEceruE avnrtEn 5Hii CHILLER MAXIMUM WztAVF_RTH38CESP ENT 1A9Jz-1 ---r --� CA ACITY DT TENSDDN➢ANGLRLUSLI OPTIONAL (DEFAULT) LLESSPROCEDUPES BE D1E..DD 11 11U1EESE CODUETTES A 11 TOUTS INTEPVENTIIEN, DES npITEURSR50ry TOpECnnRGf��BDANST Ll CAS WHT WHT B'UN LESSE-RI-11 IIT°SE REPINIE2 All iK26-17 0— l r — 2 SINS RUCTUJc DE i[oTnEHEH1,,L POUR BLU {weir! BLU 4R17 N,P—AH ou_111T.,1.1.."S D'u 1K25-10 O-- ,{�,�f�--b 3 RAVES EUT ENT AENE DES ELEs,PE BRN `{ !� BwN h a 1K26-19 C-- + F---*, 1 TRANE PROVIDED ,VOLTAJE PELIGROSD! BILKI! {` BILK PRIMARY EVAPDRTOR n coNLCT[Tonq LA[rv[aUEq LECTRICA, 1K2620 0-- ��rpm--b 4 WATER FLOW LOST PROSE DIUILNTMN OECERRE I EAso0—�O !U l DETECTION SENSOR DE Paoc[o[a q [av[ct [oPEs CRY GRY A ITE",An EEL NDTS, ery�ESCARGID�EE PvDLTITE L ACENABO iK2fi 2i �— L--b 5 ODP N[➢AOLS E IELOCIBAB v 114LE,CBOSULTE LASH INSTRUCCIOIES PIPA LX BESCPRCA WHT WHT 1K27-17 2 r Ponrzt EPIAS 5513 {w 2 ! CUSTDM ER SUPPLIED O 1X1-5 1K27-18 W { � Law 3 4R18 a `E DENES PE DWAL SECONDARY EVAPORATOR t r--� a WATER PROOF OF OPTIONAL 1{ !� CAUTION FLOW DEVICE ————— -- 1K26-4 1I27-19 �—RN y'—�1 L3RN 1 PRTIMARY CONDENSER USE COPPER CONDUCTORS ONLY —� WATER FLOW 59A 5S14 5T BLK BILK SELECTION SENSOR � TETe�mais AnErrorrFs�TEOTr3x CUSTOMER SUPPLIED I <'- —O — 1Xi-6 1K27-20 0LK laPa�npm---4 FnlT6m �aITwE SECONDARY CONDENSER WATER PROOF OF OPTIONAL ! { ��=HTMN FLOW DEVICE ————— --0 1K274 IK27-21 o-RV LGRV 5 N'UTILISER QUE DES CONDUCTEURS EN CUNRELES BE PAS CONCUESL POUR RECEVOIRE BSAUTRES FF��TTT�SPFFEE�S,,��DE gC�Oprvp�UgC�TEV/R�S.I�p PIr RLS�l/1SAlLl+SLOI6 VIT. IUTILICE CINICAMENTE CON➢UCTDRES DE CDBREI LAS TERNINALES➢E LA UNI➢AD NO"'D DISEPAOAS PARR ACEPTAR OTRDS TIPOS E SI NO LO HACE,PUEBEOCASID-AP B-D AL EVUIPO. Equipment Submittal Page 43 of 44 ABC Arena Urgent Mechanical Improvements January 25, 2024 Field Installed Options- Part/Order Number Summary This is a report to help you locate field installed options that arrive at the jobsite. This report provides part or order numbers for each field installed option, and references it to a specific product tag. It is NOT intended as a bill of material for the job. Product Family- Centrifugal Water Chiller Item Tag(s) Qty Description Model Number Al CH-1 1 CVHE/F/G R-514A 200T-2000T CTV CVHF130 A2 CH-2 1 CVHE/F/G R-514A 200T-2000T (CTV) ICVHF130 Field Installed Option Description Evaporator thermal dispersion flow switch IFM - Field Installed Condenser thermal dispersion flow switch IFM - Field Installed Condenser supply i in anode Condenser return piping anode Equipment Submittal Page 44 of 44 GIGNAC ARCHITECTS SUBMITTAL TRANSMITTAL SUBMITTAL NUMBER R2 Project Name: City of Corpus - ABC Arena Mechanical Improvements Project No: 22.36 Specification Title: Coolinq Tower Submittal Description of Item Submitted: Shop Drawings and Product Data Routing Sequence Checked By € Date Rec'd Date Sent Number of Copies Contractor DivisionOne Construction € 06/18/2024 ', 06/18/2024 E Architect Gignac Architects € 06/18/2024 : 07/03/2024 € E GIGNAC ARCHITECTS HAS REVIEWED THE GENERAL CONFORMANCE OF THIS SUBMISSION'S TECHNICAL DESIGN CONFORMITY ONLY, AND IS OF THE OPINION AND RECOMMENDS THE SUBMISSION BE MARKED: X REVIEWED ❑ REJECTED REVISE AND RESUBMIT ❑ FURNISH AS NOTED NOTATIONS DO NOT RELIEVE THE CONTRACTOR FROM COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. THIS CHECK IS ONLY FOR REVIEW OF THE GENERAL COMPLIANCE WITH THE INFORMATION GIVEN IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVISION OF INFORMATION NECESSARY FOR THIS REVIEW,CONFORMING AND CORRELATING DIMENSIONS FOR TOLERANCES AND CLEARANCES,PRODUCT QUANTITIES,FABRICATION PROCESSES AND TECHNIQUES OF CONSTRUCTION,AND COORDINATION OF THIS WORK WITH OTHER TRADES. BY A. Esquivel DATE: 07/03/2024 : Remarks: 1. Refer to review comments provided by NRG Engineering on attached submittal. 5656 S. Staples, Suite 360 K❑ Corpus Christi, TX 78411 NRG PH:361/852-2727 FX: 361/852-2922 K L TX Firm Registraion No. F-005318 Date: 7/2/2024 SUBMITTAL REVIEW NRG Job #: 23115 Architect: Gignac Architects Subject: ABC Arena Urgent Mechanical Improvements Description: ABC Arena Urgent Mech. Improvements - Submittal Cooling Tower R2 ✓❑ Reviewed ❑ Reviewed with Comments ❑ Revise and Resubmit ❑ Submit Specified Item This review is only for general conformance with the design concept of the project and general compliance with the information given in the Contract Documents. Corrections or comments made on the shop drawings during this review do not relieve contractor from compliance with the requirements of the plans and specifications. Review of a specific item shall not include approval of an assembly of which the item is a component. Contractor is responsible for: confirming all quantities, dimensions to be confirmed and correlated at the jobsite; information that pertains solely to the fabrication processes or to the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction; coordination of his or her Work with that of all other trades; and for performing all work in a safe and satisfactory manner. Comments: Specified electrical is based on the specified equipment. Contractor shall coordinate with other trades providing equipment to ensure that no electrical modifications are required as a result of substituted equipment. If modifications are required, contractor and subcontractors are responsible for coordinating and implementing the required changes at no extra cost. 1. No exceptions taken. Review By: Sean Rodriguez, P.E. Date: 7/2/2024 NRG Engineering MAMF Cooling Tower Submittal Rev#2 Prepared For. Date: May 02, 2024 Nrg Engineering Sold To: Job Name: CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI ABC Arena Urgent Mechanical Improvements Trane U.S. Inc. is pleased to provide the following submittal for your review and approval. Product Summary Qty Product 2 Tower Tech Cooling Towers Bradley Bright The attached information describes the equipment we Trane U.S. Inc. propose to furnish for this project and is submitted for 3838 B Wow your approval. Corpus Christi, TX 78413 Office Phone: (361) 855-1276 Submittal acceptance and return is a critical step, so please ensure submittals are returned with approval to release to production within 14 days of submittal date. Product performance and submittal data is valid for a period of 6 months from the date of submittal generation. If six months or more has elapsed between submittal generation and equipment release, the product performance and submittal data will need to be verified. It is the customer's responsibility to obtain such verification. Submittal Rev#2 Notes and Clarifications: - The top of the towers will be within 12" of the existing parapet wall. Previous Submittal Notes and Clarifications: - Basis heater control panel and elements are shipped loos for field installation and connections - The control panel (Tower T2100 MPP Panel) is factory mounted and will need to be field connected to the VFD and RTD. - Motors are factory wired to the Tower T2100 MPP Panel - Tower shell and substructure is designed to withstand a sustained wind load of 200 MPH. - Warranties provided: o External shell parts: 15 Years from date of shipment from factory o Cold water basin and tower casing parts: 15 years from date of shipment from factory o Internal components parts: 5 years from date of shipment from factory o Fill media and drift eliminator parts: 5 years from date of shipment from factory o Distribution nozzle parts: 2 years from date of shipment from factory o Motors, sump, water collection devices, &fans parts: 5 years from date of shipment from factory o Entire tower labor: 1 year from date of start-up ©2024 Trane Technologies All rights reserved ABC Arena Urgent Mechanical Improvements-Submittal-Cooling Tower Rev2.docx O3n}1353M S1H'IM IN NN noneewayeiro'A,a a3M01ASI9oz sexej'11sEa43sndao3 N N -®d.�wwneoiool ssaaaav euaiv a9V -� p esn4aaYarnol'rwrn 3115B3M y�eusl alna�vu9e5 ve8ues� U sn4oeVaMol�pao :1IVA abed Jano >soz.�z _N "S N N woos L�LE-sib 1506f '%tli xo5enax 31re £ e R oou-sc:=Z :eNOHaelai 5L6 LZL-NX11 sNOISIAM " T � co r'i�'_lrri=nnol uoi}eiie}sui uun z sexal y}nod aueal 31vu AU IVAOHddv Hai z 0 H U z J Ul O Q z o � W U W O O J F w LLI J Z Z Q W W w LU Cl � y a U � zED wY rn w� o J Jaz -i z a Z J O w w a J W N Q z z � J Z N_ w J — '^ Ham ~ d d J cYozQQ 0 L) L! zzLLI ❑ ~ F- 00❑ 0 � 0 � wn J a O_ w O ❑ J m o N ~ � w ❑ � a () 0wZ _j Jf- LL w ❑ c ~' � ? Jgww zWz¢ Y rco CY) FO Qm HFOOz F- U F- 0 � PCY) u� � w � p � � OZo � afX—J Wo ¢ � cu h1 '� w W K < F- zONd ww W Cox - wo ' ` V O Q wp � z jawzrn W 0000w1w- ww WF- z LULOf CO r 0zr0wa ° Omw ~ F 1- Qd ¢ JCJ0 c� C aQzUwof ❑ a Ofw00Z ZwwLU (D0 © m (1/ Q (y � L LU .60IL. - 0 [Y � g J Jxxxz � 22 w0 w L.L wW ofzzx0w Z1oo0000W -i F- ZZ .a `J�/ /�� O W ¢ OJzo < O § X " NQ -J � < <On❑ . wQ v, 1/1 1 V C) U' � Ua < LL0m � m I— W LL m mm LL 0 -1 0 LL N V/ x N x 0 z `u c = j O Z C7 m a a a cr M ca m -C m 10 m 7 °1 L Z C� ._ ._ N c 7 V u7 CO h OO O d V V lf5 u9 u2 f� h CO O] 3 L ? r r- r r r r r r r r (D W Q- N O < c 0 L0C: W O O o © C/) 1n a) .U' T " z •� W tiN J `V u W W o �; r, III J It � o m L L 0 a) rn E E O M CJ L) N (� r 1 N ct1 III J C6 9 1 o o � NQo-� _a m E � N N C U L O. (v) �63 �S m p N CD E (V 6� 6j O U © H '0 .2 0 v 3 0 04 sn m Z CD O � r m = C ` w w 0 O 4) f- wW3: Q Uand Q U 00 a N N O N O N °3na353a Sl�ltl Ta M O w��aanno�.aelomz sexal'usuyosndjoo rm au lei ewweulo.�,0 awnua co T onv Pu,o�i¢aaooL :ssaao°ro eua.LV 39V L£Lz�ee l4uvl .xdd eaiwnsa aara v,l ��, � DOLL fiLfi ISfi41 3N°Hl3131 516 4Z 4 IMA SN°151�3M Mm sexal ylnog oueal a a 2,11,21 ova ae�rnaaaevaoa 1 ems` 6EQ. o c a g E a > o an d t Fo L. E a am .E o-W m LL 'aye au. a 90 E� v 'a EL- �_ ` c9ffi r .3' p �m 9E ~rnE m w o E °`o U U D U Q'E ?2Fni h w m m p.o c �-° o Ili°m L°20« `rnm ci0 � `^g E ... EEim �®- E 3 v �� i ° Eaa2'ov �a ay'�rE vni5 advm c a y 2E .-m �m m0 ,. , aa�Livm`- cp a m E 3 of a s o m mo c 15 ra m L 3 me 8 oico°am�?N� mm9�L,oEO a.{�'g i =cro E E o E oG Em -a� mE cE 0-2 p �a um i`ms v mom c a- *E o� m m1 imp 9 m m` = -0 c ELc mm luc ryo .. rn � ° wE avm o- m m ''ft �A m O a`d o m E y m 'cC c E ° Ec c-'� pa`m © -pa 3 y a `m� Ec.`n3p $ E ao v, ar y _ o�rn Lnq 33cnN mii44 0M- nm Rca ¢ _ .� f N 6 2 N M E. � N M Z' m a W 10 H r 0 ° m m.E a m w p p w m m; o cs3OLD CL E'E' Eo W m Up. 2L y �'ozmo im �n_c � mrn ''° j3� weari E;T! F n�s`$.m OB''oN�mc Fa✓mc+F$m yo4"+'rmLn'`pg tymoumfi cmU2n_a°oJ-° �EQ Q m ZL j¢'a xK.°E. °w_m fr FnLci0 mip a $a c~Fy icm 11°E°LaE`lqcaSm iUNL =m 0 =rm O o�n m$mmah ogym=°�m m W W E c u 0 E 3 O= m ZIZE a o m p a w a 'i2^25 £�r 0 ^ w y m rn n. E 0 w o � �W 'a m0m � 3u' m.my no o� wm °e a�tm m > v,omm 0 o co O? iaw a= n '�� « `v ^ y E mn m m m o ry. ww CN am E H E i c m E ^v E o E ° w o 0 Eau O 3 ar o m -o m m 8' myy N K $ p n m m am o a v E F 3'3. c r c uEi ^�_ a ° Z N O C L m p ° « $ m a N® G m � w =Q N fn cm n,n a c m U ;�c ❑a c 0. I a m m m ma 'mam a o C ow 0)t, rm cE o? Eu, C,W � as ms 2u0 Emo co $= mE v Ewh� agc�icm z m m w[u c= c w7 Eomc: ^'EcmWmE.m t0p°a3 w' =u ° Fc°mi m^Eom msoE 2 t; m OoY °m° Fb�mc oEmcmcro�s N-�imcNm' cm ni im2` ca`jo `��4 E` n m oo � a °a c- ° to % w 0LU)m°oo ZI3' �mz N< ° E WO. ao" Id i^ a 8 = n . a Sa - N-4N Z m 2a ° c m �m t oom v m v n E ! c an o ' N n c E aeE 0 ra o r w E' �d V O � c E m .ym am« 2v m -6° A ° oa .a i`mgdpo + n U c� $ ron - m'-`o �'oiy 3tc* F� $ vgoH '^O Ut_ $�n,Qa vEaa, a mm^t cm.- m 47 m `L' u xry�a °c " m y O a'E >E 3 v z�o E � $0 o 3 m� m m t_E $ mac In h w 3 �'E Fin 2 4 y E p D a >. _m p i ea°�£12 M. ®$o Uarnro ^ a L ~N ' KrGi o�°c m p ^ O° pp >ka aEm-2 a r LG w-or s 0 7EZ iEEc82 rcmi Q E o�W N Z 4 c cCi vpnZ o > 9C ' o -E a! Uoo n aE- rm Eam o 00 o c �a Q4 m mQn N Z Ua°an$cEi V 6 Ili _ N In ar N cn O- m a N N O � N O N O C3 HW�SIH ia77r seta su sndao >o�cc ewaRlMO'All3 ewoyeso Ho3a a3nwa ns Noce 1'.7 4� T .ana ewinPa3 any as321i euaatl Dav R a co %-wnvpa�smw mmm =3ns8 M �' •�_'sa � �� 71, 3 UO eai i�a �a uoi eJ ffia /C uejje 3 �. A P O � � 21 3 M SLUU-NXll sN°isinaa $ OP{d91615pp1 �3NOHd3�31 fr :L r�nncRl uoliew;sui mun Z m sxal y}nog ous.jl ¢ �� s g =3 aLva A9ltlA°LddY 4 , r a C7 m IL m IL e � m 0 0 ° F— N fCe Mi f'N E Q Vi a�. 16 V ul W 0 Ol 3 W Y C ❑ Ro U 7 ° was a U od N ��� mp1 C C 8 a L UI 9 u'�� © r r � !2l� of m gyp ss}} o iV}1 H Q J r a V U m Ih m (a (+1 f4 N Cll fa M N LL M m 01 2 E _ d U0 _ rri d ri id 7 w d 7m 0 cL 'wa 'r OE 2 a n U 'u O UZaEr _ @ a m cr 9s cd6 rnv 2 CL ° E n R a a m F, n u> n m m C, a � N 4 ro ; 20( a O p 00i =° U p IF= E Q ro n co ci O via Z 0 m nU L c1 c co v ~ � m Q C7 •Q 0 c O m ., G ra tr aO 8 d �1 ep e O N CO d� o a m m c y o a o � W L m m Z CD f O V E a N o m t 2 2�6 m O N H a a'3 O ✓; a m 3 m a cns .. O m C 9 F € W iC 0 3 v a c � I; ZI o U c m Z c ci o € m o E c m O m E > £ 3 `°Eav U 3cr- L oC p m ° Uoo f Z 0 rna.'EG7 W ,c U m mamc�av mauOv,,N�L5a acvNm o o M m a _ N o 5E a L m Z oW e O ® mmW 0 m G7 e4 L U U U U m o cLL 0. CL Co° a) me F4 NCm D m aV O U 0 0 E C C imm CO ° 2 m o QI = a LL V U) U LL LL e+ m v R C L a U 00 a N N O � N O N a3na3S%sauaia zrd LO p ro�ce.ww.ra'Rnas.�v.ao Ha31a MlAa saoz Yel'!;suy�sndJO3 N sy—ai.aaaas -sssdow euaiy Ogy rm co war°•^+'�'"m�°' �ivn3 suoilepuewwooeu uoi4aauuo3 tElz$!6�$Ob) 'xve NO16u3tl ��i��si�� :3NRHd3131 �L61Z4-21X11 sNon�e kl=E1t1=MOJy uolieura}sui mun z sexal 44no5 oue 11 aitla A9ltlA0ilddtl ilOd wi Z O U w w Z 0 5 w w w cn is LL 0 cl U) w❑ ❑ (A ZZ d 0 L LLJ ail uozLLI W ri) z D .0 UpZZw LL Lu Lu -Q° � w u_ QQw Dpp W `�2 � 0 0000 LL w z m W w00(A W wQwl�- � w7 = w2a >- HZ — � (9ww [X U) � O y m F- = Z ❑ Qw ❑ JN 2 ��© LLOpm i � � O gz �_ LLw wm E m oc 0Fgz w 3 O� LU ~ O_ © u) a Wpwm _ JF > W CC LU ~ � .iz '` iUm cnww O O > JUQ �0 p > d Qw � =a � UjE_ L4 Qa � UDw D) W 00 m w u- w C d E m > Z O a U w co v X OOf) 3: v -1 O 0_w �LL z ,= Z p Q map- a �. 0wm C 0 m w 0 = w F R U C Z L U 00 a N N O � N O nj oana�3a suLoia nv O sexal h;suya sndlo3 a�ve goa oos ssaaoav euBiv 98d rm T e%��Y+al+o*u'mwm �3 SHW co 3 UOIJBA913 Pu72 veld xos�a a �cLacLe lsovl �xv� '6p �3 R J W ld 6L6 S5av1 aNOHdal31 ar164Z1-21X11 SNOISIA311 s r D]=-AnC%L uoi;eneisui mun Z sexol upnoS eueal a 31tlO A9 ItlAO�ddtl LOd 1 w 2 3: W = O o p O O ¢LL D Z LL Z Lu Q Z ua.0°N Z 2 z¢ rn r O Ln Z J j�RU w zp w L7 2 L Z O 2 !L z-1=S�,vl n z 6rp�zZ��n~ wQ OZo(LXpQ W do 7Z — F w N:"Oa2 Z w,rq W Ow J 7 w r p U W¢O Z Ww >❑.c z z F W aW WQ-W J Wx< QpQw1UWv K Q do 2 QrWC���aUWw trU p�roi-,r0v~i?w a� r w 5 > �' w®przOaza�Q �_� Y� IQzwaZ� Y� U aZo�w4zz� o z o-W W m 0 5 o G,J Z U W aZZLLO,LW umU <W wz F�O¢aaa N�='�z jw0� iLL-�wOC�ul� xmL�uU W zQ z co G aQ W 00< 00< 00< 00< 00< m8� w r l_ O CL N E R V s m r C ZZ 2W�W2 LwO�Z 444 C AL-A a LU 00 a N N O � N O N a3na3s3H sauaia zrd rl_ p ro�ce.ww.ra'Rnas.�v.ao Ha31a MlAa saoz Yel'!;suy�sndJO3 N sy—ai.aaaas -sssdow euaiy fig;{ rm m war.. m�.� 3 ImAel ped a0140U'd .u3d x �ii��si 3NRHd3 31 91ISM-21xil shop e FI37�=1t1=/%AO UOI}eu4'}SUS }lU(} z ssxal 44no5 ausal °�u. . aitla AS ltlAONddtl UOd wiI I Mi. HLJ I I II II I I I I I I II II I co r�N O .. r r io m co I oOL � tr I a w II IIU I ©� aw �E z I za W� Z F- I F- -° Z © DW U I O w2 J F— �❑ I I III I 0 W z � 0 has zCIL au H jwu�w r �� J4❑� d �2Z4 C � LLfh�Lt d E u9—SIOb Zb i „-76-.6 r s i�9 bt,�0 b 6 c m R C L a U 00 a 09Aa3S3a S1NDIM 7V C'V N331NEo IAa tooa seral`R9IAgo sndjo3 N Q SOFEE ewoyalMO'RY�Hwa4elMn � C'V _eM1d�!wwl soon :ss3aoaro euatV Dev O a'asnyaayax.oi'auVn '3L583AA N wm'Ven4aaVaxoi�Paa lIVW3 1lQlaa p4'd4ao.1 M9�WF3N 3AV� ^�, n co IEIZ6t6IS011 'k"Y� O amz-U6 00 :awoHaaiai SLUU-tiXII SNorsrn3a N >, �i�_l� i�nnotE3 uoiwimsui mun zw ova=e� a .�, sexal yjnog aueal 3 F3.LVQ AS ltlAOaddtl TIDd o � H jZ'w ^ip J m (~ri VO On¢ E CmV F wyuF Z wow vU n a c F r Z=p 00m n G zoo OaF zd am r °a _\ -U h < L9 T w _ x 04 Q m � � moo � uuj woo W m� mdOzz �n 422 oo ai � ¢d co w "Ill i I I ,nnw Qos vv t+� N'cD ty 6f��00NNN WW�p�'j yN-y Wtip........-...}.... a0 � X a U ¢ W ~Z z TG W Wd W OLL, Z j( Z< o ED m 0 C) K O} U S7 WOO rA �(� J r w J HK ~ 0� d ZOO ~ ¢¢�Z w w0 U sow w I t4} ew Z 2 Od Z m w p O d d m U 0-0� d r 4am 4 m >w Col z El [i u7 3o < IC) y w o =SE a w r rc y �oo w=w=�� 9 rvma Ha4?w OL m3:y O. ,L.0 LL a m=Q r w _ OW R a S F m m W DO V F�h J 4 J °zNz�a s � °�°U GU7 mIP zww=F ri r2 ¢—rw m �° C UOCC Up G7 awo~wwril mw 0= zHmZ¢waw oo 21 m R a�ozo�r C wi�OzcSp Ln Y—w m O J x Q 'O T Qz � x � w V �o~zzoLL m LLz3awr< a 3 2 \ % !'<ee e _,m, ( . m co LO . ,. . HOPO 19313eJ S wiOd&810 S %eZrtlX �.AA0±ip uo|im|msuimunz ! |||t |§ sex a1 4y oS @uej 1 _a _,\3 §|||| §g c � W - > ® ®2k 0 cr) d 7 \ � { @ : - - J CL o ki$ m/ 2 2E//s ® @ _ # ■ / LU / � §� § 0 9 ®o a k §§ \/� \\\ o I G /ai± ( i E < �C) �k\7 ( LL, 212 � ®j) �(' �� { e&J § la2, § § O 21 > � ~ \ rL C \ƒ) @ co ` ° ƒk\/k I ao - _ \ _ / % 5mt/ ooE /- � \ / � � � �� Q < 0- ƒ C_ CL 2 4 ) \\# E# _ 7 @ - f 7 @ ) 7 ]/ { c « - § u � ) [ft ■ ; « N N O � N O N Oa Ma aN si 9a rrc sexe i su snd�a O O vo C—Nelm oo-m Mo HJms wl As waz 1'.i.4� o A -a�r.w ufa�aaa� ;SSaaarn eualtl oew f< N ��wew.,�� all'sesrn � e 2T cN wog.:�w��wa®n� :1-2 IIBaaQ Uk6JQ UISES wollos gptdE[9190i� 3NOHd3l31 SLUU-tlXll sHoisu x A 9=/H10 uoi;elle4sul4iun z sexal 4jnoS auejl 31Va A8 1VA2tlddV and z z 0 0 0 ED z m ? J J IL a J �V) w o V}NG c W W�O w aa 4 2 W W ZLU O m Y �a rnx cn n t) ELI -N�l z O �Q v C', c¢J w >` w ❑ z 0 o w o M�v 0 a co Z L W Z a 5 o w-0 O o 0 5 F� p w EL O 00 U O0Oj Z m a fl w L a rn w 1+ s . 0 0 O . w o o_ z 47 a. � O � > 4 OL O O o w O. ao ¢ E o M � � C1 J Z in z W—cn W .� �❑tV 0 R ay z u — ❑ �r LL d Z ¢O c U) nl m rr o L Z O R C L a U 00 a N N O � N O nj Qa ba 3 slww CDww wwei+D'W°—wpo sexal`llsuyo sndlo7 �— A aIYewyfl&°3001 ss3WM eu9GV 38V R "' („� N co LCSZSGfi s ddW ooLZl o;Al!l!gisuodseN 6uinM Itrol �kV� CBlZ6G5I59Y1 '3N°Hd3Yd1 SLWVNXll srwis�A3a 'n s a Wn�mw�rntrin�um MMELLM=nnc1 uolielleisul ;lull Z m sexal yjnos aueal �����•, a a gs 3lVa A91VAOblddtla0d 3 J w x Z 4 Q cc U �U ~n w J O } wZL wH p ~ Om Z LL w K Z Y 2 z U w a m o V, pOJ W 0 of Z i 3 � w c� w w z�1® z 4 a�0 K 4 U o O U W Rc z ❑ Z Y z w Q U LL wU Ln I O O Z❑ W Z I QIw 0 J �m©'U OO ce0 n W❑ ZrwJ w a m M1 O, w� I I a,x I w ,Q �_ m oo g I I o co c❑7 m w❑ F� I I m vma tArc I 3.- o> n - 0gm- ° mL mo zp w a 3 m `m� > 2t av3�0 a' LU '° m 0 2,2 E'4 oz c ° v 2N mmm2M w 0 I I m .W U - a° m a m `� o LL _ �md $mom - ?c yn� cmi E ® -° E Eoa m � mNe I rod E _- pEOc c �.av EE""'mom c"scE N E u m (] ° 6 R E O j g LL ut ° m I I ❑v U�LL Q � ❑ t`nc� - wcc�a� 3�� 0. a m Em .6 .tm. o.c yam o ¢ a E � _nQ II wd I F �mqo o'vm aO x� E P N m C zd mwm I I ~� �'Nm ;tea 2 c ao1Ao � am °n3m C I r # I o o m E N o v n p a .15 E o � mmcm ate 70 si_ am LLmm E �� cmi� u �ycc°im w�a I aszs I Iw Q � O ❑ w LL IL - - - - - - - J o=o= I '0<0 Zo r o-� Q ° L CL L E F i U ms m c 9 CL N aE 'v E�19 S .� c am � 9 °'a yr mi� 19m nd m40 °-'r a° E G7 3 .m 2 L �° 3 c r m nEi o a R E ei a m °u F � m F ccmcwm �io.m mU ° arw ao ma ++ O oa m :.'u.a © �5r c��ti nc '"r°£myc .�Q `° a�2 y a N m a o° a c y a ro m o ° d as w m 3 m 2 0 v o rn m 2 a o o � mm ° m � 3a'� Fz �ca a� womv� omvk-1 a`o'o R U .o 3 me m a g x CL si C `3e c °x 3�a °a c' '3" o" ° N3 E C o a.. ma o oio Ee'o Ezm9 an❑n$g`.- o,m G7 U my mg "E�Jm,u_= � ' m , LL " fG 'nE12r m 82`� c=3 O H3o i oE'c$S°n L) 00 a N N O � N O N aanaassa siLasea�ly - N O ��.i a.�wei •q��ewwEwo N�31 a3Moi ie Looz® sexel'psuL{O sn6lioa T -antl exuuwe03 a9L '.553aCIVY eusiv DayGo n a'�ny�ei+exoL'xxin :3L533M �a5 sNu .a�� aN3 ddW MZ1 01 OJIMaad a m Lf LLBLa I50Y) XV3 NCVBw3a 3SM0 'SIW !1 WLE-U 9DO :3NOHd3l3i SL64Z1-Uxll sr+oisLw3a $ �L wi ueRcnuxilwi '$ rir1tnN�_=nnol uoi4elle;sub ; un zw l a ssxal y;nog aural u u 31Y0 A9'IYhOud- O F- U W cc O 0 Z a z O w O J W O z 0 w q mmLLI �aa r z U rw W IL 111 z HOC z SOW O ¢[9 Z az 73 O q O En0yy z_ cc m O r it W'X 00� �Hm 2z0 n� zLzozrb Dion aEuo33atl w a m � zesaaiow ai zi oL q zLr aoiory Z a aL U N r LLN oNnoao-MolyduNa3ao _ LL%aoLoW of u N e>>- � g LLN tloiaw aiue F v LM tloLmvai u6 0 nf c 6L:Noarwas-Mon3UN33ary N a aL.aoiaw ai. co z _ wNaoiow taz unL '� :2 u r G sLN aouav of uac O 9%9NfiOtlEl-M0113FM33aE' J .� aeaoiow Dias J a' a au tloiaw aiue W e.tloi�vai i1 e CL J BM tlNnOYlO MOTI3AM33a`J V aan xioiary osua F � ep tloiuwaiuE eatlaiow of Li a icanmaoirnro uwL Sao 0 a uaoiory of uz - � uaoiow ai zie � O r � n O 2E 2 Bp ONlgaO'MOT13Ma33a0 a Ew aouav oicca Me BY apLON pi LiB sN oMnoa�-molaVw3�ao r a sN aoiowoLus p � � � s.aoiowoius � g 07 sw aaory o1 u s d y wrannoao-Mo,anmoaao a O a rn aoiowo us w z CL .aoiaw ai. Ewaauavoi uN U N _ O r 0 J (6 FY WfaM'J-MMT3Na33a0 g O z V LL ENa�10W OLE16 20 •� g EXtlOLQW aiziE 4 U w S waoioW OL UE a z U z � �d zsnvrwao Mon3uM1mao a za aouxvaLei z C � za aoaow Diaz �� 0 znaaowwLiz iub z O S mF L H � Wanoaa-�„ W3�� oo C LL Iv tlO10W 01 E1� >- � � LraoiavoiuL �W zFw L Lp Wid1Y SDI,414 Q J1 2 z U <0a -9g L) q om a N Ita3Aa393a SiHala l% Qroisc �iao'N�a e�+gwia° Ha31 a3Mo1 ne Fooa sexal`!1$liN3 sndjoo N -.any 3661 ss3 v euaJ9'a8b' _ s O O esn4aNVaaw1'.xm'a _311593M a ;auiquo IOURd ua IOOIOJd 101OW�zr 00M. CD oo $$$$ l ElLfiL615E}k) - xd&In3x 3LW WI �� �,g r 6lsoo-! 3NaNd1l31 Nb'd 9L6M-NX.0 SNOISIA3a x R.1 T N � rim="IU=MO-L Al, uoi;eimsui iiun Z �.0 6 4.. $ u $m o a sexal 4lnoS sueal a®'a-s� a m u s- MLV0 AS IVAOWdtl tlOj L!J r a Lu U Z Q U 7 a ®® oa p0 o o 0 c a p 0 0 a y a o a a ® 0 a = a O 0 . O O ° ° p p ° ° a a ® O O O O ® a a ® a 0 a a a a a a O d d O CCL C R V s r, m r C G7 D R C G7 L a U m 4PuV S'T£ a oaneas3e s��in 7v It N HO3Lk13MO1ASLmz sexal`Rsli47sndto� N O >o�s��ww�i�o'.wo ewoy��ro N N . �a Ml :ssaaoov WON38Y O p m esn4�4emoimmm .311583M o N wwasn4�Naxo»pa� 'lf4'W3 BUIJIM IOUBd uol;aa;aad JOIOW 004Z1 M` $ r eciz-scs{soH :xvd xareu3e azm nx 5� � Q 00 Zit6 Ssnv} -3NOHd3l31 S16 6 Z 6-21X11 sno�sin3a T I. a co� rl�-10SAADl uoiiene;sui mun Z �. �.s . m 5 a sexal Il}nog auej_L i F 31Va As lVAOaddV �,7g �y7ja �y �Yns aM rcmy r I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I �fy I I I I I �a T J T J J e �{a5 �1a? '_ I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I n 2 4— � b' 11b b m w v"� c - d E m 0 a E s I I I I g �TF gT~ g a ITN 2 1 L � a U 00 a (V O3M1E1353i151H`Jlb of O roUAL—WMO'Mo eLuoyeno HO31a3MOl AG LOOalltl sexa L'gsugo sndloo (V N w°',�es"nvip"�aluua eMmGLmo66y�11rt55vP06tie66v,11 '3NOH�a3xl3e -Vw306L ss3ma eUeJy 3gy NOi8�N3b Siva -ON r O 3jsv3 1Ia3 * 111 I� CD 6 OL6 T SL6LZVMXli Q) :E i 5i—i ianno1 go uolmioisui iiun Z sexal L14nos auejl N 31VO AG IVAOUddV HOj LL W Q Z O 0 m � O 0 m O w O 0 LLJZ w � w � � � °° _ O m0 00 aJ0 z � m Q J 0 oo ❑_ N w � O � _ a [ifJ ui w co U) aw LU 000 a awC wm = aaz wrw WHO O O C7m ~ U� F- LU w - z 2 w LLZZ J [7 � a � Z .�. O Q a U) O a Z 0 oLL � rnd � � 2U E � � o 2 -jDO w co LL 9-L 6 L � _ LU O_ [r j Z a zLU0 cn a O � Y) a0 W Q U J = m ~ ® � W Lll U- U LLZ _j Qom = ciwOQ a2i¢ � zaz O � O O aaz0ll� O wr LU aw f- a wzaa ❑ _::igm c w w O ~ Z O: Quaa � OU0 G ® ® N J z Z CL W < 0J �ry E v0° z ¢ w m0 (JU0 ww - � 0 - 0- F- •c O Z (D : U) < s Z o Z N J a J J 0- - O G7 J a a E � Q D w J J ZQ > U) LU m U w a O w J U m m X ~ Z Q O O R LUXo LL � c w - � L (n � JHH_ WIl Q LU t� ~ Q Q 0 0 w m 0 a N N O � N O (v a3na3s3a siaaia�av O va�e�mww..iro A��cwrc�ano �3i a3nnoi ne�ocz sex8l'!isu43 sndjoo �— >, .mr•iw.N�.�a nai :ss3a euajv OGV co :3yss3M .asu.a 9 ce r 11"; uol;elleisul IIaM 6uilll4S IOJIUOO lanai aul e lmol� � a ��zc t6(s&) :xve z�Leiso.i :3ND"31w 5L64Z4-bxll sxofswaa e rerun n...nun. .. 1-i M=_la_nnol uoneimsui z,un Z sexal uinoS aueal .ar. �.,. 31VQ AU IVAo UddV ao] r w w 0 Z cn U° w 2 w w z 2� 3 �r y W O m ¢ Or (7 a m c¢> zworw w Ut�ngw O r wr wirUZNa ZZOyy W ,l u �a ❑Uw ` w 02 O Ow n wwxc2 Z( ❑ ❑o ? �x co� w 7) z wm w ~ w U —s w n� :~ X�> wZ a �occ O ca > m 73 ` a0 U a w}� LL F- a0U X a ism Nm "v�m z x ❑ w O lo: w r o= w W Q w U J V1 W w FJww U ?� w ¢ ¢Ow > w v wm u�u wyx �xa0 J.6 Z N w'U J ¢r x O N w (7m, w wa w d�wr m Lj Wz waw mow 3: ,^?rm z7w w JW w217s 1W (7U yr g ? >Lu OUP Z =w d�_O m0 Jlw— O w© w C1'i K m g� ul mr.Hm Z^ zi �> cm r m 3 m ry'm W v Eps N N m m E LL3 a v �. d v m � } J � O � O O 0 n r � O `1 G7 Z E H > 0 O a o 0o f6 Z 00 v � O r w o uJ 0 co GC7 w p= M Z O o� a E C LL m LL V N G7 L a U 00 a N N O � N O nj o3na3s3a siia nr seYa 6 su sndlo �— O ro�cee�wei�a'N!o®wWeao w�aL a3MaL ne�We.� 1:3 49 9 T aAae sgaa ooc ssga m eusiv oa' co .s n 3 ;noAe-j Iaued JOWOH uise8 � .ms�a •- «�z�L®cs�l �� 5L64Z6'21X11 sNolslA�a W ld�6L6 S50Y1 a NOHdal31 ;i5a"TOMMo.L uoi}ene;sui mun Z g sexal y}noS auejl U.-a a m 31va I A9 WAOId—— uj m uj S�5 ~ a w 7OZ J O > ¢ ZZ M = J w °- wC? F d F d = Z n Z @ Z N 3 C Z — N m LL Lq O LL W0 N © Z Z N UWr +I J NO v U Q W = Z = O F w T 0 ❑ U) of O = W O U nl� o CD z W za u_ w m I: � w F- LU c o o = �°�£ Z a > 8 a '� U W 4�7 x s"3'°= d Q L '. w a s s°R ZaZ 5 w E x � N "! O77 wa J R v wv � LL7 N= c7i o Cl mt Z. 'r w r o E [O r o a..00 Ew�wm Z N~ aL)i 3 ` , oz�m ° mog;S.� wF¢zz0 c� C ir-� y3 omvP � NM L N M R C L a U 00 a N N O � N O N aana3saN si �a Tib sexe i su snd�a � O vo C—Nelm oo-w mo �+a3< wl ha�aau� 1'.l 4� o �- A ;ssaaarn eualtl 39V f< N ^w°w.,� all'sesrn R a eLOlT 1-2 auawol3 Msl9 jo;]6uulM Ja}eaH ulsea �_ m IECZ6[6150F) 'ktli � ;LLVG '� a 4 a gptdE[9190i� arroHdaTd1 GLWL -UXll sHoisen3x YY aT a6 r :D9=_MO- uoi}elle}sul }iun Z sexal 4lnog auejl 31VO AS IVAOtlddV aOd o n o+s N : o V fa O�N S on .J Hwy o� ru a Joo J�J rI J J N e ?C3� aW I LJ� J L_L L J LJ I J Wo I I � - - III I L III 4 Z aW� Lr m Q= In0 — I I r— a H — q ---� r - - -- aa q II III J Z = W IIIF-7r I I T, SH T" =o g III I Ta t,Z O1 OZIQ I I I U Gz III _ III Jx W W L5 Z W O Cc) = Q a. u v.. wz- z Z '� z3 o zoo 0o a "o-' < alc oa Wu O aD:� Ha Iz x r a o� ?w w cn �❑ W zo 3 aE6w o QUJ�IA - a vEW3K CC N J3 JtNj6dQ Q Q Y .V. z JI�IJI N� g ❑ J Enu 10 �a WVW�L=1Zi 5 Z 4}p � U � w in�aa aazviiw Uo Z x zzx VJ ocy�ar�i,w�'❑ Uww Q 1=o'~' I i� Uw JpQ U IL oFv} LU C3 z w 0 �A Z J �z�r���£�J� maw J z ICL ra OxQoN=Fwoi ww wj 3 w O. wwwowci~w"=.."~� �azJ W o rsi ca v W U �.zr 3s�r Ha JO J ¢ .W. R ewe wv win�_ m er wired a,av�eJ w c N 12 R >R w m gy y vme ° w.w.o,.axr EBB 9 L rca Zd O a q�ew°13+V®kimVwnM ® a 2BV a N 93nH383a siHsia,m CD ee-4wno'an—q mu HO31H3M lAs spxal'psu Nya sndjo3 Cl N N 366L :ss3Hoau euojv Dav lO O uw ec,w euxmoyxwm :31isan _1d m ^p P. 1mx3 }uswOI3 m'19 JOJ uOl}elle}Sul JOIBOH uise3 s r rn p €�rsls lsanl :zrd xaxnax uvnax e o o T OOIZ-61615�4Y '3NOHd3l31 CJL6M-ilxu sNOIMASHco F17�1U—MO,1 uol;ene;sui ;lun sexal y}nod auejl �. w�� 31va Aa ivnoaaavifpi z n O w (r Y) w w Z. Z N Q �z w z WF z z ¢ >- LL F H J tU z rn 0 z Q Q 2 U3 CO cn j cn N a i1 E z LLI q � w O m z Y r OR0 No W coo 2 Q z O 4 Iw w O Ua. wz o z r, is G z W z z O O N Z cv Q * W 6 a z ?¢P: J w7= a�� U, F- ttSQ�cC W k'J W to=z� O O�yW WO Z ZQQ UWO� ZWg co Lu L V m � 02�� mW co E VJ z r J Q� W y r CL O Z L C1 r It y z OP M V)4 WWWO OCN7© w¢ r0z aa— y W 6 E L I it �co L 2W ZO cJ a zm az Zoo m <of m� -mow a 93na3s3a Aa aw suxa I sJ sndJo (V 60lCL ewoye�ryD'NI0e'LWelKO H031 a3MQ1 A9 SWZ 1'.l !43 o � N p v e i®a a W 'ss3aam✓ euojv 39v R m P `�— C'V wanes-rw®Hava,wNn :aiisaann e & r O a� va 11"3 �Ie;eQ 48,40wa 6a-1 6uip1o� �r�zeL Isar) j eaey,�e - o Q WLZ.6L8a IWr) 9LUZVuxll SNOISIA3a PSI— ;nno1 uonene}sui iiun Z �A sexal 41nog aueJl sexelYm5aeal Liva AS IVAOaddV aOi 1 0 CD C: ca U a) r m U � O M� �J � N -0 E > a a) 0).- o O O U E �C LL 2 C0 -0L aC) E - C() - `- M Q Z ZYa) mN o � �, o 00 -- 0 `m (1) a Q Q co) Cr (n 0 -0 7 o V) o c)L a «" > :' o) c- L E `[ o E Q a) Q rb. J J IQ — LO O cn O L O U uJ � O Co e CO p -0 E L a) E o m `� E �_ (D o r o ,� •U W rn Ea) co a) O rn - a) a) r a a) o Via) is m o U r j to _0 a c) a) Q m 0 - LLJ a) m o ' • C 0 C N C co Z Z O CL j) Q N -O Q cn —0 Q -0 o ¢ 'z. ra E Q tr W Of Of to o ap` O J i __ J a l J Q J o c ¢' o w c (DU) C p ¢ E H o v 3, L L _ N o r � v) a) Q +-' a) ? O 1 �+ :: CL .r M 0 = -L c) - � V) 1-_ M uy c L m o [] ], O ul cm O (Lc cL _ Sp D O O . Ol.. r CO a) C)S] O C: O c E Q i L EA E 7 (9 O] a) I c ca " U a) . = `m Caz 04 O a) a) H L s O CL Z Z U a L c O E o 0 c _o cD 0 r CCV () � LL R ~ \ ~ > F- -� O O J� L V �� Q �_ Q O E C a) Q d {n O p -2 - G N = 0 0 C C. C: c o ¢i cn cn ca U 4 L cu 'V) E U Q-� D 7 -0 a) C Q E O cu CO C O ( E a) -O -X C 0 a) (M a'Q O Q cu C .0 CD 0) U U L Q L - U QJ m O 2 Q S] m a) 3 2 \ % CD& ,_w Low sexaj_<_e & ~ .m aV ( E e ie Q eganpn Ang , §)| § > '� m W Vm 1 A g■MO± uDnq|msm un z ,; ■ ! ) SeXa1 mnoS aue } ) § 2 � - 0 ;g § co�} r ME j) R§ ii \ LU \) )\ \ §\ \\ ?\ d 7 \ { @ : k ra U)) \� / w [\ a[ 2 �_ k /§$ `0 § 95§ 8§§ ;k �§\\ m)e� f e�=< J � 7 . . . . . . . a - I \ . . 2 0 { � � « `r;x z Q §y\§Ea= m « a3Ab333b SIHUlb]IV N rooe�ewaaslao'�iia ewoyeHo 14031149 oI G Looz sexal'lpvjgy)sndjoC) I IN Q 'anb eiwNII-0900L =553TJaW V.O,v 08V S_" c N wm asn4�—'— 311sa3M r 0 ,—.gam Op. ,IV"3 }noAe� 6uMiN a�!l «ems e= N N LCtz-fts Wt1 I 1 g N O odt2&SZOe1 �3WHd3l31 �j6 MZ�'axll BNOi31A3a _ � T � r'i 1'ri_nno1 uoiieneisui i!un Z a sexal g4noS eueal e4��s�., a jj. u p a 31tlO ASIVAOWddV-- a xInt m m o t v y ° v `D>> ° mrn N °1n v m vcli 111 EoEi^Q T a@ °� 5 `0 m.D m n` m v e6 C v a;r ti w Q c w� coo min � ao� 3o amv rr �srrz:c v� E a inv m39 � £ `4 i�o�n a�s`o moans io �c vm� �rn� dot `m0 Z m a M`�n�c`°ir �p ammvm Emcn U+ dma D a'or \ °`gym mE [L.+ a ma u0i vi J �<v m�mm �m mw voU E 3cE� °Cc `6mp w `ms �` i 0000 ao Ll 'w -a ,a Z Dda oom a,� °aa aoig mo a a cA D.�a yc� v cd' `mrs ° ,s x o-mc r c m V EM S °`aC oy �2 i o m� E� c " H naNror`0inrs m�i aai 9 c w mry a!1 a wN rn y 3'� a-D ap v'C C ti -P V -0 t] C m 4 D ¢O d K mwp r cU D y O a U 7 E rO Q9 N @ N m =Y W Y L w 0 N O a a M1 N N O Z' K nr w a m m Ems--� ai- ie = O 3 mrrnmr�rrror w� yam EcE 6°as �OOU c�� 3 r"oi�ommai �D,m l0 _ t�� eu mg c '� Q� pmc m E L D 'n 0@ N O d N 9 y O N i0 m E y =U= 3 Orn iq N a # m a vam�°in riamaam mci 0 aLL000N .vWm m G EL m W z �. z U O m g U) _ > p mU 2 m O Z 2 ~W z a 0 U Loci a s m o rn rn 2� ❑f3 LL'W o m O3 Y'> N y mE� o Nd U Q= W -.° OlP L a O y c'F 43 dL d C 9 L ©❑ ,� oaa.cL qW � 3yro m , m ° o rmu; � o �i ce O O w0 mP O)p oa �wEon a a0 mco DEa°� �'�a '-E YW >w qJ LL 2X cU) c `omm—, D Ts.E UU:S F2Eac`m ' 0. .0 mp �p Q W PZ m� Uc7 m m o `a m crny io 3 E° 'AEU EEn ° a D aQj qr~i� z J W O W m-j ip U m c m c m ,c E m O c W- m E a is W 7 J 7 > q H 2 a Q m 0 c a > >, E V U'- 'S a 3 g 0 0 m U rn U J 2 > m e-_ m a R c ° y o m 0-� y- a 0 q U Q z Z UJ a w rn N �'m e m y .0 L D u c W 4 t0 V W m 4'1 w. (IJ q-Z (6-9 a- . y0 D �O V) ° C D w w 00co lU>q c _ a.'$ m a0 raU0� -- cg" o n � [Y LL az X D U a 0 4 w 3 m m a a E a w e 3 n a o v v 3 0 Z ,~ W0� .C)2 o Es= E ".�'. E m `c`u m w m-� }.y 3 o D, 6LL O_ H D m z z x H ns `° `o m-m et y m a `o m` D E T LL O rn� vF3t-4a NZ me EasB.J� � �.= as 3x etc@ ; ureic D ~ JLLiW zq� �Lijq- n�¢ � mym� it a. E aU ._ muy�ca c q J d6 W OqO� c G °s oa ma o n E oda Eco.c a.a m p rno a U II J q co� �W� OZJ °n� o �� '- ® `m dci o ~ rn 's` E_dE �� q E m U Zp Zow LL1 �Ut2s1 �L'y > ac �0 a m m 9 ?� o�O� Na�2 Z o v W Zw OO mp $ m.. N - - DEy ti O> �z� Zz�s n,� arnc c `m `° an m= :y rnE m m c Z wz LLU00 �(00 - E m 65,a m � � � c ° scam 0 Jqw JmLL L-�� acm019m � c� o6mmz �Lm m° E m� 2,0 Q..t LL wl0 Q�� °SNc E � w � aci c met o Ea Qa`ram�ECL-' � c ?y � Z�W O�- 2w� 3d- � mo� E m ✓� U �ymw �� nm `a m.4 mZ) w �ww Er DHJ 0cm'� ya d 2 `corny cLi 'i arcc E-D aEN U Q° +y+ OFIZL �K aLL � � �H aEE ni �� oF-c ri v0, c �m m� m c°� e°i y ~ O E d o � U O O m pZ R 0 u9 z q Cl UPSA U s � J 0 w o z _ IEI g w w C W La�2mu�i� �qU W L VZ0 Z U 1- R w �d C U CO L a CU 00 a 3 2 \ % 0 _ __�a ��_c�_a - — \ -Dav, § co & § ®` ne aAIIAL_o � ! / -» :..3131 SLWpUxii r 5§I iISAAo±M uogellepul Hun z | !,| | { saxes Ljj noS euej1 i§§ )� \�§[ �)( _ e_e * � \ + co ( � k \ © k � ~ i �§ w aez_N30 J � C !� LU . o \ `0 : . . • 2 Q . .. . . . . » III-in § _ @ � u m « 3 2 \ % ƒ e _ «_m ., �_ _� �__3 e 2 _ ƒ � \ - mm��% a� o s� SZEJpMX 11 § @�� uqm msm kunz s■x81 m|noS euujjL ||||| §R \/) }§( ©u §§] § )7 . d 7 \ ; . { S| k J � §\k k� ) a w§ ) k \Ik � 4 ( /2 + J fE ELn > (A § ± 5 G @ E .\ 2 Q � 2 § _ @ � u m « L u 5656 S. Staples, Suite 360 L L NRG Corpus Christi, TX 7841 1 361 /852-2727 FX: 361 /852-2922 TX Firm Registration No. F-005318 ENGINEERING LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL DATE: 20/05/2024 TO: Gignac Architects Corpus Christi, TX ATTN: Nick Gignac Reference: ABC Arena Mechanical Improvements NRG#: 23115 WE ARE SENDING YOU: ( ) Attached ( ) Under separate cover via the following items: Drawings Documents �✓ Electronic Copies Specifications ✓� Submittals Other Copies Description 1 ABC Arena Urgent Mechanical Improvements-Submittal VFD THESE ARE TRANSMITTED AS CHECKED BELOW: For Approval ❑ As Requested Make Corrections Noted For Your Use No Exception Taken Rejected REMARKS: See attached Sent by: Sean Rodriguez Received by: Copy to: binder 5656 S. Staples, Suite 360 K❑ Corpus Christi, TX 78411 NRG PH:361/852-2727 FX: 361/852-2922 K L TX Firm Registraion No. F-005318 Date: 2/5/2024 SUBMITTAL REVIEW NRG Job #: 23115 Architect: Gignac Architects Subject: subject Description: ABC Arena Urgent Mechanical Improvements - Submittal VFD ✓❑ Reviewed ❑ Reviewed with Comments ❑ Revise and Resubmit ❑ Submit Specified Item This review is only for general conformance with the design concept of the project and general compliance with the information given in the Contract Documents. Corrections or comments made on the shop drawings during this review do not relieve contractor from compliance with the requirements of the plans and specifications. Review of a specific item shall not include approval of an assembly of which the item is a component. Contractor is responsible for: confirming all quantities, dimensions to be confirmed and correlated at the jobsite; information that pertains solely to the fabrication processes or to the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction; coordination of his or her Work with that of all other trades; and for performing all work in a safe and satisfactory manner. Comments: Specified electrical is based on the specified equipment. Contractor shall coordinate with other trades providing equipment to ensure that no electrical modifications are required as a result of substituted equipment. If modifications are required, contractor and subcontractors are responsible for coordinating and implementing the required changes at no extra cost. 1. No exceptions taken. Review By: Sean Rodriguez, P.E. Date: 2/2/2024 NRG Engineering 0 TRAMF VFD Submittal Prepared For: Date: December 19, 2023 NRG Engineering Sold To: Job Name: City Of Corpus Christi ABC Arena Urgent Mechanical Improvements Trane U.S. Inc. is pleased to provide the following submittal for your review and approval. Product Summary Qty Product 2 VFD for Cooling Towers Brad Bright—Account Manager The attached information describes the equipment we Tom Holmes—Account Manager propose to furnish for this project and is submitted for Jaryn Barcheers—Application Specialist your approval. Trane U.S. Inc. 3838 B Wow Submittal acceptance and return is a critical step, so Corpus Christi, TX 78413 please ensure submittals are returned with approval to release to production within 14 days of submittal date. Product performance and submittal data is valid for a period of 6 months from the date of submittal generation. If six months or more has elapsed between submittal generation and equipment release, the product performance and submittal data will need to be verified. It is the customer's responsibility to obtain such verification. Submittal Notes and Clarifications: • Unit provided with a 5 year parts and labor warranty. Warranty begins at startup, not to exceed 6 months from delivery. • Trane to provide factory startup, which must be completed during normal business hours, Monday thru Friday, excluding holidays. • VFDs provided with a DV/ DT filter to limit the harmonic distortion. Trane cannot guarantee compliance with the IEEE519 specification because of the interaction between different types of equipment including fluorescent lights, transformers, exiting VFDs, or other harmonic distortion equipment. It is generally accepted that the packages will comply with the intent of IEEE519 at the service entrance of the building. This location is referred to as the point of common coupling or PCC. If a different PCC is specified, Trane can perform Harmonic Distortion estimates. Transformer size(s)and impedance(s) must be provided in addition to an electrical schedule showing the breakdown of linear and nonlinear loads. From this estimate, Trane can recommend what additional devices may be required to ensure compliance with the intent of the specification, the cost for any additional equipment will be borne by the end user. ©2023 Trane Technologies All rights reserved ABC Arena Urgent Mechanical Improvements-Submittal-VFD.docx ABC Arena Urgent Mechanical Improvements December 19, 2023 Submittal Schedule Details Details,Features and H6B28180PM8 Reference Drawings Horsepower(HP) 150 Voltage(V) 480 Amperage(A) 180 Quantity 2 Enclosure UL Type 12 Input Impedance(%) 5 Circuit Breaker(100k) V 3 Contactor Bypass V SCCR(kA) 100 Dimensions(H"x W"x D") 85.40 x 41.30 x 34.40 Weight(Ibs) 833.0 Specification SG.H6B2QW.10 Print Size 8.5"x 11.0" Submittal Page 4 Electrical Schematic DS.1-16B2.01 Print Size 17.0"x 11.0" Submittal Page 12 Wiring Requirements UDE00649 Print Size 11.0"x 17.0" Submittal Page 14 Outline Drawing DD.HWF.12.F1.01 Print Size 8.5"x 11.0" Submittal Page 15 Equipment Submittal Page 2 of 19 ABC Arena Urgent Mechanical Improvements December 19, 2023 YASKAWA Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) HV600 Bypass Mechanical Specification Submittal For Enclosed Bypass UL Type 12 Rated (H6B2) Packages GENERAL The HV600 is a high performance PWM (pulse-width-modulated)AC drive.Three-phase input line power is converted to a sine-coded,variable frequency output,which provides optimum speed control of any conventional squirrel cage induction motor.The use of IGBTs(Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistors),with a carrier frequency range of 2 kHz to 12.5 kHz,permits quiet motor operation. This drive has one control logic board for all horsepower ratings. Printed circuit boards employ surface-mount technology, providing both high reliability,and small physical size of the printed circuit assemblies.The microprocessor delivers the computing power necessary for complete three-phase motor control in building automation systems. Operating Principle: Input three-phase AC line voltage is first rectified to a fixed DC voltage. Using pulse width modulation(PWM)inverter technology,the DC voltage is processed,to produce an output waveform in a series of variable-width pulses. Unique firmware algorithms optimize motor magnetization through control of voltage, current,and frequency applied to generate a nearly sinusoidal output waveform. STAN DARDS UL 508A(Industrial Control Panels) BTL Listed UL,cUL listed CBC, IBC,ASCE7, ICC-ES 156 HCAI (OSHPD) ENVIRONMENTAL&SERVICE CONDITIONS Ambient service temperature: Enclosed Bypass UL Type 12:-10°C to 40°C Ambient storage temperature: Enclosed Bypass UL Type 12:-20°C to 70'C Humidity:0%to 95%, non-condensing Altitude:to 1,000 meters(3,300 feet);higher by derating Service factor: 1.0 RoHS 2 Compliant QUALITY ASSURANCE In-circuit testing of all printed circuit boards is conducted to ensure proper manufacturing. Final printed circuit board assemblies are functionally tested via computerized test equipment. SG.H6B2QW.10 Equipment Submittal Page 3 of 19 ABC Arena Urgent Mechanical Improvements December 19, 2023 All fully assembled controls are computer tested with induction motor loads to assure unit specifications are met. The average MTBF(Mean Time Between Failure)is 28 years. CONSTRUCTION Input Section of the VFD-VFD power input stage converts three-phase AC line power into a fixed DC voltage via a solid-state,full-wave diode rectifier with MOV(Metal Oxide Varistor)surge protection.An internal 5%split choke built in both positive and negative DC bus reduces harmonics for cleaner power. Intermediate Section of the VFD-DC bus maintains a fixed DC voltage with filtering and short circuit protection as a DC supply to the VFD output section. It is interfaced with the VFD diagnostic logic circuit to continuously monitor and protect the power components. Output Section of the VFD-Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistors(IGBTs)convert DC bus voltage to a variable frequency and voltage,utilizing a PWM sine-coded output to the motor. Motor noise at 60 Hz is less than 2 dB above the motor noise from across-the-line operation when measured at a distance of one meter. POWER AND CONTROL ELECTRONIC HOUSINGS UL Type 12 full enclosure:208 V,0.5 thru 100 HP;240 V,0.5 thru 100 HP;480 V,0.5 thru 250 HP Microprocessor-based control circuit Non-volatile memory(EEPROM);all programming memory is saved when the VFD is disconnected from power. Digital operator keypad and display provide local control and readout capability: Hand/Off/Auto commands Speed Reference command Reset command Easy to remove heat sink cooling fan with programmable on/off control. USB mini-B port for quick and easy PC connection PROTECTION Output current overload rating of 110%for 60 seconds, 140%for 2 seconds, 17S%instantaneous Output short circuit protection Current limited stall prevention(overload trip prevention)during acceleration,deceleration,and run conditions Optically isolated operator controls Fault display "Hunting"prevention logic Electronic ground fault protection Electronic motor overload relay protects the motor while operating in drive and bypass mode Motor current display in both drive and bypass modes of operation as well as verification that the motor is running SG.H6B2QW.10 Equipment Submittal Page 4 of 19 ABC Arena Urgent Mechanical Improvements December 19, 2023 Proof of flow/loss of flow detection in both drive and bypass modes DC bus charge indication Heatsink overtemperature protection Cooling fan operating hours recorded Input/output phase loss protection Line voltage sensors to monitor for brownout and blackout conditions with adjustable fault levels to ensure the proper settings pursuant to each application. Reverse prohibit selectability Short circuit withstand rating of 100 KA RMS with customer provided branch circuit protection. Multiple emergency override modes(across-the-line or speed selectable via the drive) OPERATION Output frequency and speed display can be programmed for other speed-related and control indications, including:RPM,CFM,GPM,PSI,in WC,%of maximum RPM,or custom. Power loss ride-through(2 seconds capable) Time delay on start;peak avoidance for smooth generator switchover VFD accepts either a direct acting or a reverse acting speed command signal. Bi-directional"Speed Search"capability to start into a rotating load.Two types:current detection and residual voltage detection DC injection braking,to prevent fan"windmilling" Remote Run/Stop command input Eight programmable HVAC specific application presets User parameter initialization to re-establish project specific parameters Ramp-to-stop or coast-to-stop selection Auto restart capability:0 to 10 attempts with adjustable delay time between attempts One custom selectable Volts/Hertz pattern and multiple preset Volts/Hertz patterns Auto speed reference input signal,adjustable for bias and gain While the VFD is running,operational changes in control and display functions are possible,including: Acceleration time(0 to 6000 seconds) Deceleration time(0 to 6000 seconds) Frequency reference command Hand/Off/Auto commands Monitor display Removable digital operator Automatic energy saving,reduced voltage operation in VFD mode SG.H6132QW.10 Equipment Submittal Page 5 of 19 ABC Arena Urgent Mechanical Improvements December 19, 2023 PRODUCT FEATURES Displacement power factor of.98 throughout the motor speed range Built-In real time clock for time and date stamping events along with timer functions for starting,stopping and speed changes without the need for external controls Voltmeter,ammeter,kilowatt meter,elapsed run time meter,and heatsink temperature monitoring functions Drive internal PI closed-loop control with selectable engineering units Independent PI control for use with external device Differential PID feedback feature Direct or reverse acting speed signal Sleep function in both closed loop and open loop control Feedback signal low pass filter Feedback signal loss detection and selectable response strategy Feedback signal inverse and square root capability 24 VDC, 150 mA transmitter power supply Eight programmable multi-function input terminals(24 VDC)providing 36+programmable features,including: Customer Safeties BAS/Damper Interlock Emergency Override—BAS interlock mode min/max speed setting 16 preset speeds PI control enable/disable Two programmable 0 to 10 VDC or 4-20 ma analog outputs on VFD control board,proportional to drive monitor functions including output frequency,output current,output power,PI feedback,output voltage and others Four programmable multi-function output relays(Form C rated 2 amps @ 250 VAC&30 VDC)providing 29+ functions,including:"Motor Run,""Damper Control,""Auto Transfer,""Drive Run,""Hand Mode,""Auto Mode,""System Fault,""Bypass Run,""Serial Com Run,""Ready/Run/Fault status,"and numerous other options. Input and output terminal status indication Analog input speed reference on bypass printed circuit board Nine preset speeds SG.H6B2QW.10 Equipment Submittal Page 6 of 19 ABC Arena Urgent Mechanical Improvements December 19, 2023 Diagnostic fault indication VFD efficiency:96%at half-speed;98%at full-speed "S-curve"soft start/soft stop capability Run/Fault output contacts Serial communication loss detection and selectable response strategy Controlled speed range of 40:1 Critical frequency rejection capability:three selectable,adjustable bandwidths 140`Yo starting torque capability,available from 3 Hz to 60 Hz Adjustable carrier frequency,from 2 kHz to 12.5 kHz Analog/Digital Virtual 1/0—internally sends an output to an input(no wiring needed) Dynamic noise control for quiet motor operation Programmable security code Cloud service(Yaskawa Drive Cloud)for product registration and parameter storage Store up to four additional parameter sets in keypad Integrated PLC(DriveWorks EZ) Rotational as well as Stationary motor auto-tuning Temperature controlled fans LCD keypad with Hand/Off/Auto and Copy keypad functions. Motor preheat function Self-regulating lead/lag control for multiple drives(up to 4) Drive/motor alternation control(share motor run time for lead drive/motor) Up to four PID setpoints Draw down level selection for PID setpoint Anti-no-flow control for deadhead protection Pre-charge pump functionality Low city alarm digital input State/de-state control—add/remove drive based on feedback or output frequency Single phase foldback Flash upgradeable firmware Heatsink overtemperature speed fold-back feature "Bumpless"transfer between Hand and Auto modes Emergency override can be used as"smoke purge"function SG.H6B2QW.10 Equipment Submittal Page 7 of 19 ABC Arena Urgent Mechanical Improvements December 19, 2023 Fan failure detection and selectable drive action Programming and firmware upgrade without three-phase main power using DriveWizard HVAC software tool Bypass and drive are factory assembled. Input disconnect switch with a lockable,through-the-door operating mechanism Drive output and Bypass contactors are both electrically and software interlocked. BACnet,Siemens APOGEE FLN, Metasys N2,and Modbus RTU communication protocols as standard,with the ability to configure controller parameters,view controller monitors,control 1/0,clear faults,and view controller status in both drive and bypass modes. EtherNet/IP, Modbus TCP/IP and LonWorks are optionally available. BACnet Health monitors including Net Health,Tokens Received/Transmitted,Messages Received/Transmitted, Next/Previous Node Address, Max/Min Master Found, number of Nodes on Network,COV,MSTP Loop Time, CRC Errors,MSTP Tokens Lost/Retry, Deadtime Average. Door mounted control keypad with HOA LCD display for"Control Power,""Drive Ready,""Drive Run,""Drive Selected,""Drive Fault,""Drive Test,""Bypass Selected,"'Bypass Run,""Motor OL","Safety Open" "BAS Interlock,""Auto Run",Auto Transfer,""Emergency Override,""Hand Mode,""Off Mode",and"Auto Mode." Damper control circuit with end-of-travel feedback capability including two adjustable wait time functions. One is a run delay time,where the drive will operate at a preset speed before the damper opens to pressurize the system.The other time function is an interlock wait time,so if the damper has not fully opened within the specified time,a fault will be declared. Selectable energy savings and harmonic reduction mode. Drive automatically switches to Bypass(across-the- line)when motor is running 60 Hz for a set time and automatically switches back when frequency reference changes. Green Contactor mode when enabled will keep unneeded contactors from being closed when not needed. SG.H6B2QW.10 Equipment Submittal Page 8 of 19 ABC Arena Urgent Mechanical Improvements December 19, 2023 Model Number Configuration (H6132) Step 1. Complete the Base Number for the voltage and current rating. Step 2. Add the Option Code letter for each required option. If an option is not wanted, no character is inserted in that position. NumberBase Power Control Special H6B 2 B 040 P T S B Bluetooth Keypad Enclosure Control&Communications (T) 2 UL Type 12 W Custom Nameplate 3 Multi-Protocol Ethernet •' (Default BACnetIP) D 208 V D Ethernet/IP Select None or One A 240 V L LonWorks B 480 V Z Speed Pot K 200 VA Transformer Rated Amps OptionsPower (Ex.: "040"=40A) M Circuit Breaker(100 kAIC) F Drive Input Fuses 1 G Drive Input Service Switch Select None or One B 3 Contactor Bypass ENCLOSURE TYPE Input disconnect switch with a lockable, [2] UL Type 12 Enclosed Bypass Package through-the-door operating mechanism,no branch short circuit protection. VOLTAGE[D]208 volt model for nominal,200 or 208 [M]Circuit Breaker Option is a 100 kAIC rated VAC(+10/-15%),60 or 50 Hz(+/-5%)systems circuit breaker with fuses.When option (M)is specified,the configured drive package will be [A] 240 volt model for nominal,230 or 240 rated at 100 kAIC. VAC(+10/-15%).`60 or 50 Hz(+/-5%)systems (Replaces default input disconnect) [B]480 volt model for nominal,380,400,415, 440,460 or 480 VAC(+10/-15%), 60 or 50 Hz (+/-5%)systems [P] POWER OPTIONS MAIN INPUT DISCONNECT(Default) SG.H6B2QW.10 Equipment Submittal Page 9 of 19 ABC Arena Urgent Mechanical Improvements December 19, 2023 [P] POWER OPTIONS(Continued) [F] Drive Input fusing is available as a selection when the Circuit Breaker option is not already being used. Use this selection when drive input fusing is desired with the standard input disconnect switch. One or None: [B]Three-Contactor Bypass,(Replaces Standard Two-Contactor Bypass) [G]Drive Input Service Switch [T] CONTROL&COMMUNICATION OPTIONS [W] Engraved nameplate [Z]Speed Pot [K] 200 VA Transformer One or None: [3] Multi-Protocol Ethernet(Default BACnetIP) [D] Ethernet/IP [L]LonWorks [S]Special [B] Bluetooth Keypad SG.H6B2QW.10 Equipment Submittal Page 10 of 19 c� rn N � O a m u o w I w u x m N O s �— P Q) � N a L� H n a a m S g M Sa, 2 III a W1il1 i S i 0 I 11 C35x�1 I101111 it S isi i I pF h C C R B I�1—� - 1 1 �11 , al e Q ET LU Q b _ I FL�j ids- MOM 1 I L' IF lobvi 1A1 jA1 ir13 I I okeT21 W ERE r____ __ __ __________________________ r__ - -- - - -, r -- r 1 � LLLLSSSS + / 1 C $ I ___I QC. C L—rJ s r, m r C d R C G7 ^ L am o N f•'1 Y 1!i +� M1 0 O� IV f`� < 1l'J +D t+ W O� M o 0 0 0 0 0 0 .N. .N- .RIn .�-� .N. .N- .(Ln N- .N- .N- .M- .M- .M- .m- .M- .M- .m.-� .�-� .m. .�- W a c� rn N � Q N O N cli to 3w� _$w LA IaY ltil s V s ai440 Ll m i co a x 77 m 8 a J a 8 8-kmwtr .€ I �� I •� €€ I I #� €! W Fa _ e°_ o_ n_ F,_ � aLu V q g # 9 j�j Q —, ——— a s a I I I 1 L 1 -- j I IIJ' T T T I I o I L------------------J I I b I I I I C I � ul 31 CL I I k y a I = I tm I _ R LU—J C G7 GG - L � m � � Ma N N N N N N N N {ll fV SV fV m (V (V t m fV (V N 2 2 N 2 2 2 (V fd (V 2 w (U (L Rl (1! iL N N N SLl N W a ABC Arena Urgent Mechanical Improvements December 19, 2023 CU T M€R I IN UIREMENT •FOR 0 TO 100 AMPS,USE A MINIMUM OF SO'-75`C COPPER WIRE.(USE COPPER CONDUCTORS ONLY) •FOR ABOVE 100 AMPS,USE A MINIMUM OF 75'C COPPER WIRE ILSE COPPER CONDUCTORS ONLY TABLE 1 A.C.LINE WIRINO HV600 BABENUMBER 6YPAe6 WITH OPtxln Phil BiarvpANp NRN.PUBEP MODEL ND. CIRCUIT BREAKER CBI INPUT DISCONNI SET SW RCM 51 H882%%X% MFO, CURRENT WIR€GEE TIGHTENII PAR CRATING WIRE TN3WT€HIE 206V 240V IBOV PART RATING RANGE IOROUF PART RATING RANGE TORIXIE NURISER Om A6 AMP A N R PAP AW -IN 1 Om e1P1 __ 1 5 14-10 Sp 14.9 1 DOOJ ADO Sol OR DYi 0004 AO59 BOOR BPOJ BO01 DI ADDS 111 H_ion 20 p01P ADDS H011 H 3e.. 25 MIS 8014 H__26035 35 D010 H_]SWO ad M22 OW1 N_3eBe0 N V3 45 10 36 0024 S027 H_36N6N BE OR OR M20 N_Je070 la B 4P BON V4 63 �' OR aN4N N__ap@ap ad B-x s@ hW2 H_]0100 100 V0 100 B-1NI 200 DI 9052 H_30110 110 DO. M54 H_3612E 126 BNGS H_]61. IN ROBS N_161SUN P074 MBo VB tl96S H_390We15 1w 14-10 50 BO77 H_80160 ORB." OR 120 @ppe H_30tpPM74 D114 AIU J_JB000811 175 4-40I 225 8124 J_fe200M76 250 l-4!p 225 AIN J_31OPPI So 3N-350RpmII D143 AIM BIES 3w.3Eak 11 MIND 8150 FIp2 L_]B4DOVJIx 400 {T21+tall-III L I [141e 2 tl211 L_3ea€Ge4Jx 4oE S1s1 xl2m- G.2lLax D273 Ax4e 8240 L_]OAOOU31x 0N0 IS-214 k21N-SIX�11 (1.2}1 442 NO kXIT @302 L 35000Se0X So TABLE A.C.MOTORWIRNG EARTHOROUNDWIRE CONTROL WIRMO BYPASS Al A2 PANFI MODEL NO. WIlH STANDARD MOTOR TERMINAL BLOCK TBJ GROUND LUO TERMINAL BLOCH.S TERhB2(NkL CN TERMINAL fiLOGN TERMINAL BLOIX EASE NVMBER SeSTa3 T. Ye0'IPe1 Tel re4 ANO xee Teo H6B2%%xx MP( WRtE 812E E1E WINE 812E SIGHIENNO tIUHIENING rIUMENNI. "c T.N.UrvU wWE317E TIGHIENINO NOV 249V 180V PART RANGE II"1.1 RANGE TOIROUE RANOEE TORQUE IORGUf �rvir:E TITOPOUI RANGE TORQUE NUMBER AWO WP LB.IN -INI AWG DO02 A002 SIPS all 1� .. 26-10 .I DNO3 AOOO BW1 OR OH 0110E MU END ! 4N OR oR 0007 ADDS BOOJ 9-4 DOD AMil BE OR � mi. Is 8.1 D024 M22 8011 DOJO M20 801E OWN AW2 0.1 DOSE MU 907 ANee BON BUD BD. BOAS PP7E Me0 BPa7 MPOE93553 14-e 6E DOBe VH M ORe.2N OR12p 011E 1123512 14.10CAe PRe-NS 360R40OR 1eN A1J0 B124 {I21 L{6}ON I4)OR 13-w'12 xe0oR lwaN iEO ❑143 A159 @I59 tlldB 11}31X IT Ranh N6 AIB2 BIRO I Dal Ax4e @240 MPDB64d90 1121vR-SON ImInq 112}RED 0273 B 02 M 111: DART TRlll YASKAWA x PEDPL ..aB GTIPN IN.Co-S.,Axc INIDAMATgM Too TYPE n9N wn IN WNOLE M 14 FART WII-1.!!MIWWp, WM'. 9C1, REWECR. pA91: aP JEMEN RAWAAReRICA Mc. KIEORLE3 Y12Vio 1aipEMN40 Equipment Submittal Page 13 of 19 ABC Arena Urgent Mechanical Improvements December 19, 2023 a N 300 [76] 12.00 [305] a o 117.000 [432] 5.0) 6.00 9.75 [127] 248 MINIMUM [152] 65.75 CLEARANCE MINIMUM 4X CIAO ID CLEARANCE [25] OPTIONAL DOOR OPEN 90'JL � DISCONNECT HANDLE I I I I I I I I I I I I AIR FLOW I I I I I I 5388 85-36 [2131] [2168] 64.05 [1754] AIR FLOW • 9,58 I_ 41.29 [104939.54] 23.16 [588] 32.86 [835] 8.50 [1004] 4X 0.63 34.43 [216] [16] 18.25 18..79 [464] [477] 11.25 11,20 NOTES: [286] P"M ] A. FOR REFERENCE UNLESS PROPERLY ENDORSED.FOR ADDITIONAL DETAILS AND SPECIFICATIONS,CONSULT YASKAWA AMERICA,INC. 2"SO 8. DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES[MILLIMETERS]. [64] C. USE APPROPRIATE TYPE RATED HUBS OR FITTINGS TO MAINTAIN 34.50 ENCLOSURE RATING. [B76] D. HATCHED AREA INDICATES PERMISSIBLE CONDUIT ENTRANCE AREA. 37.50 E. FANS.FILTERS AND/OR CLOSING PLATES ARE SUPPLIED AS NEEDED [953] PER OPTION SELECTIONS. KAWA ORIGINAL DESIGN: DATE: TITLE: A.landdn 0I/09l2020 DIMENSION DRAWING,HWF, YAS ,,A.N: DATE: 712,F1 Th D0CiMUS1FAAVw07n WNC0WAWBVj7A#E A.Jandrin 01/09/2020 CCAFVBM,ANDCANKOFMCOP90ORCJCIOSED CHECKED: DATE: BVWHQEOPINPARTWMD ,rgpPRESWRl7Ex SA REVISION: PAGE: n D.Gmckenlxrger 01J09l2020 pp 1 1OF2 COh'SfNIQ'YArY.AWA AM67,CA fNt: APPROVED: DATE: DRAWING#: UNITS:INCHES SCALE:NONE K.pled 01/09/2A20 DD.HWF.1211.01 Equipment Submittal Page 14 of 19 ABC Arena Urgent Mechanical Improvements December 19, 2023 O 4 t 300 [76] 12.00 [305] a0-1--o 117.000 [A32] 5.0) T21111 [127] [.0052] MINIMUM 65.75 CLEARANCE MINIMUM 4K 0I.00ID __ ____ CLEARANCE [25] OPTIONAL DOOR OPEN 90'� DISCONNECT HANDLE I r�A I I I I I I I I I I AIR FLOW I I I I I I 5388 85-36 [2131] [2168] 69.05 [I754] AIR FLOW If ILI 9"% I_ 41.29 [ 23.16 ]39.54 [5�] 32.86 216 [1004] 4X 0.63 32.86 34.43 [216] [1dl 18.25 18..79 [464] [477] 11.25 11,20 [286] P"M [284] 2.50 [d4] 34.50 [876] 37.50 [953] KAWA ORIGINAL DESIGN: DATE: TITLE: A.landdn 0I/09l2020 DIMENSION DRAWING,HWF, YAS ,,A.N: DATE: 712,F1 Th D0CiMUNTAAVw07n WNC0WAmEDA117A,y A.Jandrin 01/09/2020 CCAFVBMI .ANACANKOFMCOP90ORC7CIOSED CHECKED: DATE: p,rwr>f7�FaeyePAxrwmlan,rgQ.Pxm.wxm5x S42E: REVISION: PAGE: D.GOckenbager 01/09/2020 A Op 2 OF 2 COAWVrCF rAVAWA AMWA VC. APPROVED: DATE: DRAWING#: UNITS:INCHES SCALE:NONE K.pled 01/09/2020 DD.pWF.1211.01 Equipment Submittal Page 15 of 19 ABC Arena Urgent Mechanical Improvements December 19, 2023 SKU: V1 K200A01. Categories: Catalog Part, dVldt Output Filter, V1 K filter. SPECIFICATIONS Hertz (Hz) 60 Horsepower(HP) 150.0 kVAR 0 Phase 3 Amps 200 UL UL Listed Enclosure Type UL Type 1 V1 K200A01 Watts Loss 265.0 V1 K, 208-600V, 200A, 3 Phase, Type 1, dV/dT Output Filter, UL Listed Country of Origin US Height: 16.5 in Dimensions Width: 18.0 in Depth: 15.0 in Weight 93.0lbs Contact TCI for more information or to place an order: 800-824-8282 1 sales@transcoil.com I transcoil.com W132 N10611 Grant Drive, Germantown, WI 53022 Equipment Submittal Page 16 of 19 o u m A _ O O o ® O® Z q ® _ EAt J17% ` 8$ 8 Ea - - N � Ip H dn-umm-pp Bupurcw - a N xiaa" gN p4© � 00000 co oo pap III1f�IIIII 5 OOOVO ♦+� r Ojahp'"'S w m �;a'd CD nOV�Sii. mm 000 g Q w E ac m v 0 0. $� w r� E aw >E f a =_ rnn CL I S� yllryyll O PH D 0� � E m rl lu R J a� 41 a U 00 a ABC Arena Urgent Mechanical Improvements December 19, 2023 dV/dt OUTPUT FILTER 11mmd01% 0 1 - b 4 'V - s Peak voltages on a 480 V system can reach 1,600 V, Features of V1K Filter and on a 600 V system can reach 2,100 V. These high . Limits voltage spikes to below 1,000 V for peak voltages will cause a rapid breakdown of motor insulation, leading to motor failure. The V1 K dVldt filter applications with lead lengths up to 1,000 ft on is an output device that prevents voltage spikes from 480 V systems. variable frequency drives (VFD)from exceeding 1,000 . Reduces motor heating, noise and vibration. V.The V1K minimizes these voltage wave amplitudes and slows the rate of voltage increases. • Prevents motor failure with protection Reflective Wave Phenomenon against motor insulation breakdown. Voltage wave reflection is a function of the voltage • Reduces Common Mode by a minimum of 30%. rise time (dVldt)and the length of the motor cables. • Improves system productivity by increasing If the impedance on either end of the cable run does not match, the voltage pulses will be reflected back in motor bearing life the direction from which it arrived.As these reflected • 208-600 VAC system compatibility waves encounter other waves, their values add, causing . 2- 750 Amps range higher peak voltage.As wire length or carrier frequency increases, the overshoot peak voltage also increases. • Heavy Duty model available for higher carrier V1 K dVldt filter reduces these peak voltages to prevent frequency (6 kHz) damage to motors and cables. • Optional Thermal switch Typical VFDIMotor Applications • Submersible pumps a@ uS 111TEo • Wastewater pumping stations • HVAC cooling systems • Process automation facilities • Agriculture irrigation systems INEIJN MSTAVS NMI 7="' Equipment Submittal Page 18 of 19 ABC Arena Urgent Mechanical Improvements December 19, 2023 Technical Specifications Part Numb Current Range 2-750 Amps; 208-600 VAC V1 K 80 A01 EX T Carrier 2-4 kHz (consult TCl for applications over 8 Frequency kHz if the cable lengths exceed 400 feet) Series: insulation Rating 600 V Class Current Ratin am s : Enclosure: Insulation Class Class H (180° C)or better Ao0-Open Efficiency ?98% A01 - UL Type 1 A03- UL Type 3R Lead Length Up to 1,000 ft(consult factory for Option. applications above 1,000 feet) (Blank)-No Option EX-Heavy Duty Model Fundamental 0-60Hz(derating required for applications Option: Frequency up to 120Hz) (Blank)- No Option T-Thermal Switch Over-Load Rating 200% rated current for 2 minutes per hour 150/o rated current for 5 minutes per hour Environmental Conditions Voltage Without V1 K Ambient Enclosed: 40' C (104' F) 111 Temperature Operating Altitude 2,000 m (6,600 ft) berating necessary above 2,000 m v. I Reference Technical Standards Agency Approvals cULus Listed 0 5 10 15 ao as ao _. Enclosure Options Open, UL Type 1, UL Type 3R Time(ors) 500 feet Warranty One year of useful service, not to exceed 1$ months from date of shipment. t 500 NOTE: The V1 K is classified as an UL508 Auxiliary Device, not an 0� industrial control panel. Under UL and NFPA/NEC guidelines, an 500 SCCR rating or marking is not required. 3 0Multiple Motor Application 1000 .I500 0 5 10 15 20 a5 30 35 ■ r11ft Time(mS) 50Q feel MOTOR -I� p MOTOR MOTOR ' VFD Please see web site for configuration guidelines. Performance Guarantee-Properly sized and applied, TCl guarantees that the V1K will Limit motor terminal peak input voltage to 150%of the bus voltage with a wire lead length of 1,000 feet and a carrier frequency of 4 kHz.Maximum lead length and carrier frequency can vary depending on wire lead type. If a properly selected,installed and loaded V1 K filter fails to meet the guaranteed performance levels, TCl will provide the necessary components or replacement filter at no additional charge. TCl does not take responsibility for additional installation or removal costs to include,but not limited to,replacement of third party equipment. Please see TC!'s website for minimum requirements. AF O 1. Germantown,11 Grant Drive Part#25383 Version 2.2 1 1 :11 . • Equipment Submittal Page 19 of 19 122 San PatrEcRo Coanty SHEET INDEX Ec onD. 2 CALL BEFORE YOU DIG! COEE"'N"T A, C PA IFIRGR5 GAPUsr SHEET NO, DRAWING EFTLE SHEET N0. \Vl� TITLE BBR SHEET AND SHEET INDEX Ai.D 4— Teeiow.� s,ov2. ARRREvwT101vs&colvvENnolvs A2.2 �`euv� NUECES BAY §€� ��� kl�Da8I i 3. GENERAL NOTES ASO c HE LONE STAR . EVENT LEVEL AND MEZZANINE/ AGO wI co \ NOTIFICATION COMPANY SUITE LEVEL PLANS AT 1-800-669-8344 5. UPPER CONCOURSE AND A5.0 N ' BOWL LEVEL PLANS W N PROJECT LOCATION 6 CATWALK LEVEL AND ROOF PLAN ARIF _ ]. ENLARGED MECHANICAL ROOM ATO as Te D+ g SECTIONS AND EXTERIOR ELEVATION A— u _ 9. EXISTING CONDITION PHOTOS A9.0 _ Q �J IR. DEMO WORK—ROOF PLAN COOLING TOWER AIPA Q — GRAPHIC MAP SCALE iman re % 1. NEW WORK—ROOF PLAN COOLING TOWER Al- U a 'g''� CORPUS CFIRISTI EAY 12, ROOF DETAILS A'— Z _ LL so®oo o sx1� l3. ROOF DETALS A13.0 V eW 14. ROOF DETAILS III— FDA15. ROOF DETAILS Al— O -T l6. ROOF DETAILS A96.0 QA �K 9]. EXISTING CONDITION PHOTOS Al TO COOLING TOWER AREA ROOF m� 18. EXISTING CONDITION PHOTOS Al— 1- —C, / COOLING TOWER AREA ROOF U1 M / l9. STRUCTURAL NOTES 51.0 3+.rva c/ iYY' /n 20. COOLING TOWER RASE PLATE 52.0 U Q � LOCATION P _ 9 5 s m 5 a� LAN OF PLAN � 2/ LADDER/GUARDRAIL DETALS&ELEVATIONS SSU GO 22 sTRUCNRAL sECTIONS&DETAILS 54.0 0 �j[ III E,Q a 23_ MECHANICAL LEGENDS MNOD.3 �Vv R 24, MECHANICAL OVERALL KEY PLAN MD2 U o 25 MECHANICAL UNDERFLOOR DUCT _ O 2 �4, HANGERS AND SUPPORTS ALL ENLARGED CHILLER DEMO PLAN M1.0 y 21 ENLARGED CHILLER INSTALL PLAN MG, U @ OC 2D� ENLARGED COOLNG TOWER PLAN MZO HE, \)E aP 29 ENLARGED BOILER ft00M PLAN MR, Po,� FIRO:/ECT LCC,4TIUIU F SO MECHANICAL SITE PHOTOS MAN !d °'+.n -S^' 6' , 31 MECHANICAL CONTROLS DIAGRAMS MEN XO Nz 4 T• S s;e 32 MECHANICAL CONTROLS DIAGRAMS M51 W� ,J ^ 33. MECHANICAL CONTROLS DIAGRAMS M52 z Tu J. 34. MECHANICAL CONTROLS DIAGRAMS M53 PLANS FOR W5� L, 35. ELECTRICAL LEGEND ELSE �m r •m � L° 4 T"r � 36. ELECTRICAL OVERALL KEY PLAN ELSE W 37. ENLARGED ELECTRICAL CHILLER PLAN E1.0cn = - D �u , 31, ENLARGED ELECTRICAL COOLING TOWER PLAN ER ARENA HVAC IMPROVEMENTS 39, °TRI L ONE LINE DwGRAM EREIo z VICINITY MAP 1901 N.SHORELINE BLVD. r Q N CORPUS CHRISTI,TEXAS 78401 rFEOJEk TR OIEl 0E111RN R„roG AO Gl GT WGkk GNI CGNCLI-1GN IS—ENTS TRk SE111IGNSL PROJECT#23195 a O ai PREPARED BY w I, GO NTG,, k 0GIGNAC I ARCHITECTS ~ ti EFT HE ouLD eE sPEaT�E0 vHTH saai: 0 NDTY`io"s�E op..OFF ILH THE kesT of THE TAeEEI Izz Eas w mowl svoce RELEAsm FOR "S knw c D ARR STREET N ..LC �IkISP,TFL'✓a5 78401 CONSTRUCTION: 111 D:recfor of rv:as D IN N. TH T "'QED sHEETkRLH NNDEk LRHHERs F36188 z,T PBG-923 IIV c,d SHEET BTE Material Conventions Abbreviations SEES A" FAIE BRUIP DI __ _TRA.T 11 SITE IINITRUIAIN�une S WA...AN.Fc'nVu1A.A- ATEE. Ti-FA- 1. N.. NIL- N.STRIP ART. 1.111TILAIT111 ':F:, rAmLeSSSTeeL Fill,A..I_ I ABO. AREA r FIRE ENE N:jI. ..TO"A" F-N.0 R LIIINIT A NAl.N VEN- -A. =AN. A. F.H.I. F:NjESNDSE 1ABINET STR.,B11LIT. ASTZTURAT "A"'I""A'T FIN. F SUSPENDED a All. -11-IF 11- -FF IN IINAER IN IAY SIR SHEET VINYL FIIIFINI .....FINISH Fl.. Fl%'HUN. ..E. A- SHEET VINYL IAN.1 111IRINI .AV.- IF ABOVE FINISH FIE r LIAA-L"lHlK.. AHMIEIAANTDlNU,-LRENTAYT H AVNI F1LA1UN101.R F'IIIL=ULII-FAF-NI,II EN T AP''IPI HLL.LFH=...AI MII 1"PPPIPPIALL1LRYAlPBNWT-11O 1O F1DRU1 R1NRISNH EDA L1. LTTTTO.,RHID;,I,.P.N S.. TT1TI EH1oR !1R 1AI T AND ABRA. ASIHALT 1 OPPOSTE HAND Da OENSIBYL ITIY STAN DARDS IIET INRY INIP,A..NRY N - "-T .=. ..IRON .HOLDER .,TNI111R11 UNI u 11-P11- A.. ROPTRLTMNNAT p0,'E w .YP. YIEUNTll1AVIR M1NI TYP. LYILET 11111NIR < u DI IS"" C `ANNEL H=1APRED Al CE-BLE PIL P."HEDURNILNEASLS NOTED OTHERWISE 1A1,1All 1AIIN11 H' R. R- UU-R U Fj" "AT FIAIIN- Hl. H T 'All _2 0,jOIN IT..' HAIR-NIAL PREIIN. P, 'FINISH" .A METALS US I-. ED IENTER LINE IT HOLLOW RETAL FRAME RT POINT VN' "IDN' RON. HIT WATER HwB .1-11TE 1ASINRY'Nil 'TUP 'AN'ED V.I.T. VINYL IOMPOSITE TILE L5 D�EcuLL BOARD V�- VENTIATINI,VENTILATED I :NS111 1IA11T- V N VRI U FINISH" E.wp. �.-=....LE I.D.:.N';UL U�LATI QUARRYTILE VSRES VERTICAL 'IN' IIN"'T' INT. INTE I B U.N.111ION I- IRIN HIRE SIDE RAIII (PREFINISHEDI INYLILAD A B `YP=.ALR.D "I .NTINT111 R.. OF-N 11 VER RRIDIR JI JOINT REF. VINYL'All L-NUNI REFEREN'E CAFET L L RE`p;. -EPT-E A� w.K. LERAII ALI A". AMA'AR'y .1 Drawing Conventions T L"N' REIN RIUN11- IN WASHINI MAIHINE TRAINK AV T. R N L�p. RES:,REID. REFILIE T WATER.'.SET IDLDWATER ROLE RED IUIRED HB I 11IN, %'.- .... REV. RETE' DRY" LIIHIIIIIHI R, R1111AHINAL REALUENT ILDOR INDW. D-W..F. IBINKINI FIDUNTAIN RPI. IELIIATAILE IINTEI ".11. ':,S 'ATIRIRIIIINI LET I IOLUIN LIN' A"T" "11. "ANUFAILUNER RSE ROD ST._AND SEALANT EATHERRTAUI S, .T.'D:.'. ASONRY FLOOR LINE 1-111111INI RIATL. MATERIAL ""'IT' *..*.:F. WWELTNR.`W.LFLE FA.- Sao "TAIL "A' 1"Imll ..HE.. ..HEDUIEI I 1VIN 11OUT OR -ARKER-AR. -1 SO-LIFE F-AE LAMINATE DW.. DRAWING RIKH. -HANUEAL B.D. E.Ap DISPENSER MATDH MEN. VEVISRANE SEE 111HIN EA� EAEH '. E.-RANS-ATIN'RIIIINI I.H.T. "HME.ET ED on IRINING IDUSTAIN OFF EEHANIDAL,ELE-VAT B S LAR E, 11EVA1ION SY11DL EL ELEVATION�H-HT) AN'PLU IPI 1PE1:AL IDATIll SYSTEM O E-..ELEET. ELEEA_AL -2. N ESSANNE sRecs. EREE HEAT ONE DOOR DERIGNATIAIN E.L'S' -A ELEVATION(.N-NM H. .=B SO. "UANIIIN TOINT N�. NUUP EQUIP NSI.ENNT Ry WUNDARN DESIGNATION "T .....NO "DO E.B. -A SIT,. RETAIL P-N. EVES F-.- -R. RETAIL TDIL11 PARTIADN PAIATIN TUPI ti REVI IIN NUUMIUM S111 1OLLISTO-11.11LILD SILIVIL 11RITAU111, O E Q) PLNANLAR..REDE-IS 1. MENDMENTs AND 2�111 'IICIPI,ISCiR,TO A C 2020 NEC 2GI2'AS(ADA)-("IS PPOLECI IS EIEMPI FROM"ESE RECHIPEMETTS,PEP CIAPTER 2S35) DETAIL AN.VERA-E.A.N. O —-—DIMENSIONS CODE REVIEW-IBC 2021 zoo 10'All OF NLISS OTHERWISE= 1 PPDJECI A.EISAD BSDk CELIEl-AIELS-1.11.1-PI cr 2 LIC.AD'I'D 19AI N,SIORELINE ALVD-CORPUS CIRIST.1EISS 78401 A 0CCU'ALy(IE-1-1) 11 110-AIIEMBI OICIP A-A co P TECILDAII C1111SOC,(CE" E', VT', F 1 LIVE I 11111N CAP,102,2)�H A...STcCLNl E ....E".D Yes SHEET 2 or 39 ASSEAH— FTBG 923 Fll I TV %IIIIIIII 1 711-1 1 --1 I—TI1111- F -11 F.1 WIM'l I'E' `71?IHI E-11 1EIE-1 —MIIIH 00— ED 1— 1-1 5 Ell, 1-11 1-1�E S —11 H.E IIHII—1—Ell 1111 E-1 01 1, ore.a oEMrere.�oreFY'HE I--oF're 1-11- `G �l F, I I—D Ilm- F"M M A "M", 1�IIMOIE 11.111—El —El IFTIIl 'o..........HE"M OF'HE warere 1 —11.11�F I'll I III IH.. ON—ISM O�01--r DII IEIIFY'HE I--�F 0_ _EM 1-1 T�I.MMII-1 D-111 11 IIIEI— �E IEO.IID —OED —i �vEl 7�SI ---�%E�MEE—,�5 GEIE- 1-11EI 11- 1 1 10 0- 1—1 11-1— F�,_E, � ore A1-1 ——II.H—DE-S0'HE I'TE IEM I MMM w,re Oftjre'W—ure.ID—11 1�11—1 Z` F E"Fore "M MpV'D 0 IIEFEI SIIC 1EC11- IPEC.PI.CE—El y � I"m—IEI IICEIII reFore�reFre M =00 ETY 5,E��CE' �E,�� ,�TEare�M�rerere.of 9-11—1-111 1-1111- E IE 11 �OSEW—.—'E H'E"—%20E� "'%,�,E COOT-6—PHl,p %IMII, IIM —11 1-1 1�11D 1011- �ffP "Dnb,l _D DOOIV1512E S=%FTHTEH�E BlEIM'='D B�l D-GE E F H SHED I --1 1-1 BE IPI I S�IS T� —IIS Fll ooDITI—I 1-11EM-1 ,E _0"DI P-1 T.MIIH—1EIT ---TE——1.EIENI,I Pllm-m�IE—Eml—F.1 %�U To`M=1pl'P�ITIIT F`I�l Z�IMMI X1�21111 W I—II—E-H IIHIIII—1 D D-11, .D__'EM__H IH-1 —Dy IEIIII Ml F—I are.11 F-H, 41 el —D Fl-HID SM—H Nl4l`lp`1 INIE DS—B-E—� IIMOII E-1 M,C_ PM_ C_P_,",0',owwnxcs - o oI ``reEPa 1-11D I IH OF owou IIIMEITI. I.ID�—I-H IEIIEI T reeou4eo"O=IIE _o ID IIIIHill III 11 EeN ano U _ 2 1 ROOF PLAN COOLING TOWER AREA �Z NEW DEMO i —U M2."I M2.1 0 III N O I Q �' W Ru ' LVORK WORK ' O Z LL ®IP u El / III a Q a O EV AWL 6P. E � FO 1 M T1 ..� ONLY ---- ..� ---- + - 'LJ z» o w q K- >w J —I T V � >z who w z a Q ® I�FVFNT -FVFI PI AN FI_+/-0' 0" ® MEZZANINE SUITE LEVEL PLAN EL+22'-5 1 2" w sear 4 or 39 PBG-923 N r u ouNG RO TOWER AREA Ig P I® ®I wows voRK Q p p M2. M2. ' � u II II U �1 r o1 r N III III III a Q a Ir Ir �Ih�p w w o m ORI N 10 OR IN 10 L L U zoo Q C - w w z� z d wo Quo cl m ® 1)UPPFR 4' oCOURSF PI AN EL+36'-3' =gar -o N N PBG-923 N U U POOP PLAN COOLING TOWER?.RE4 411. 10. y - Q EK. U _ I® I9 1 I® I® P P 1.vaRK WORKI Z LL a FOR�NFORMA-�ION N ONLY Q o� o ---- -------- ---- -- /� ------- - -N� - - - - - z O c - I II II I II II xz a ® Q f + \4TWAI K r-o 1 FVFI PI M FI +11'-1� 1/4' ® RDOF PLAN o � rage i nz'- Q N N o s�Eu 6 0139 PBG-923 Nraa NmFs �o o„o,1111 , �, Z ,� ©o DE. tiEw RED WORK .'ETI v�.D Fare<oo��a � o �. A_0NEE DEOO AND NEw ware. oE,aEAND "�i.8"FoR ILD E_lN o IE—AL, FOR�--1— o NN,—1 o oEMa�o—L-0 RE 1 INII—L-INT lore wog.1 � , lILE TEl eaF*au�EVE�.M o4iaL,xn.�Ea as Ll A Fo FUE N 36 35 34 W MATCHLINE —� MATCHLINE 1-1 Q ZLL MATCHLINE 1-2 � � V MATCHLINE 1-2 UCC D o D o / U Ell k U� 6 �'i�lllpw P XW �> �E� AHU-1 U r, �E� AHU-1 0 t �_ E DEMO / U WORK / NEW / WORK / MECHANICAL D ROOM _ MECHANI ROOMCAL 00 2-400 2-400 Z / 3 Q z Vi _ z A; E) AHu-2 _ w 0 E) AHu-2 0 �.e a W DEMO / "•^ Q O DA WORK NEW Q D 9 woRK 3 Z W E / IENLARGED DEMO MECHANICAL ROOM 2-400 PLAN / IENLARGED NEW MECHANICAL ROOM 2-400 PLAN raEE"° PBG-923 N N Tj 9 Q 9 Q Q Q Q Q Q 4 4 4 AM'TAA, N u �. cauvasnE vv�EEs ucaw e� ,o un w mxauue FDA, ... d.�v pp R C �. 0 P-N o a r urssnu.�.ca OF El „�„E A WG H,P v.,..,,,,r Q Ns„D, ->e w �m ry r a mm zLL u i ER�oR EI EVATION U N III a Q a wN,N_, JH ow AT „„„IT „,- SEA -�E sue ETAL lEl--,DEELITES W,RRITDNIT y e �e „A,ERRE—GEIA P.„EE,o REEAN NEW�N SILATER I FLAT'ALL Au<ic eAs�„� - + E AE=u„HIT„„„ wkEEllA EONEEs,IT„E„a„ oR w�ITA METAL NEI IF NIAH �„ AL�IT E,R„„RAEW PH o > n„„E,„HkEl AND R TIINNEITONA w �� � sal- TV a,�oN o R N EA,oN R,RM ANIANI`HE owNo oR„REo„RE„ENS �m Eo „ EE„ o ILENJO --- VF - - NNI o � �n�NR RE„R„so o,sP/E.wa„„ o s s�-WEs�ITE= 4LA z ME- IT„E EH�w 7 NHEL.„EL—two o wAND E„IT GA - no<, o vaMEo ,IRR,I„s7 wa,Io„W„M„„„ f,„E„ s„R A,,e �R ND SHE EANRE=uRRR aR« �,oDsoNNE,RNs,ITPROAFEEL IT s,ITITW„ Ew„IIT„,ERv w,NFL WEAT EL R AANG R EDEE REo w,RE EE�E E �R„EN„�E E - sEEE „R NEuiEDITE LEVEE , AEE s�DEso 72FEa„a SDE NEM ,WE,o wR W Mo E„o�,�-s sir R.,RH�s„u END DAMI N.wkRANNI„ETE E,W�,a�N E.„=,INR „ ,E_� wRAe„°oENi ENEI PIE suRRDITNDSHEET WITH END reccor�eRaw,nw m i T EN - PBG-923 SECT oNs A LOUVERS vAA„EA„. c,p r w H — x Q z LL u e, d u PONY WALL AND FRAMING AT LOUVERS LOUVER � ��III�x w O W � y E U n 0 _ O PONY WALL AND r FRAMING AT LOUVERS r O oo = 1 PONY WALL AND Z FRAMING AT LOUVERS O � � O 1L, E Z #. LOcN sR z O R s x �a PONY WALL AND PONY WALL ANo FLOOR SINK AND PONY WALL AND PBG-923 FRAMING AT LOUVERS FRAMING AT LOUVERS LOUVERS BEYOND . LOUVER FRAMING s FRAMING AT LOUVERS - 'P,D,Ell— llE'P'l'Ll'�Tl%-'l'l'E'15 Ill E 1-111 I—P-1. DE�Ol�HA�, ,�,�,OF",�,�,��El."I.I"5 F—H-1 E-1111—1- P lEPT—Pl 111111 F111D 1-- 11 CPPP-1ax., 1-1 TI— PP11 1 P,I.F E10-11 looE.`EZTl`TP' D 'P��ETT�,,—5�—DFPE,�D EIIIPI PP 'M PE —o [ED ny,� IE, 9 IEM--y D—PPE D —F6 ED o E :L '7 '"1 P_", _P� �=. P 12 Nl�E�l IZ [ED 1-11.IEFEI T.ME-11-1 D1.1——P-11-1 111PE PF.11 El — E 1—.PE-11 EPD EIIEPD 0-1- 1PIE— ,111 Id DDE 1-1111 Ell-11 I %M DreeD 1-01TI. EPD NX E—Pl IEPD repo,11 1.F—H-,E-1-PI-1-PIPE GE P��%S S,�E%,F'O'l PreFD I F—F P—11 PT—P I F I E I 5 1,PIIE F—H- 5 DE-111 E1111.PIPE F-11..1EME11 EIIIIPre PIPE 1D RE—, I 1`E l M P D 111111—EPD E-1-1—T- '1 E11 1�1IPM EIED 11 P — D_111FIll P 11 FlEllIP—E D rvD P— Dreg a 101 Ill—DI Z 1�—1—PI P—PI 1—F-1—Fll 1.1111 T-Ell E 11—11-1 � T', , � Ilarv.111EMDlyl RD iPc/P05E�� ��Hioe� IEEDEP. un IEM--y —F—6 ED —M P _E.DI o�I _P� DPP 9 9 `F IPM 11IP,`Co E, 1o,PEPS—I.oau—E—1, ET 2 ."O15_H E'—,-1_P—E"P EP6 E,�E—r�-E 1111-5.E-PoEmD QIPIET I—F—H DE0.5HE1-IEEI OIIIPIFEDIEF11,—1 EHl- IITD D— —P—11-1-A.uPPD� E-15111 1-1-I-El IEM-11E I-I-Ell ",-El I—ED EPD lEll.E.IE MEIH.11El �'gPEFED 51-OP/E E,16 13 0 El o 3: 00 ------ OE o I D E3 5 0 yi 0 of woo o FF DEMO WORK—ROOF P111 C)7coouNc Tw ER mEx Ell— re�<�so1 � a o �Da ED D�area aDrvD a,.�P reDrerv�,D aDoEEED �,EA < =�D << « rvroreoP=oo' rea reEs � wo oass z -,�,-111 IorvDu�.ory o6 Root E PE—,E. EEE«,orvs—EE<,ory DE11 s,<,,.D EDre,.o„E 1E DSE E.E,rvD reDOE oErvE.re<,orvs.D,reE DreE<,EE,E EM POEEaEE. ry P'o..rv.�.. —.—E—1�D E—D 0111 D�rvDD�Dres—re�Ew<.. reDDE D"areonE�Ea �rvDD�o�raory E. rvD Da .a aaDa,D�x�ary aErvD aEarDaoED E.o EO Drv,a Boa ZI�E �a rvD DrvD DR=�D orvD --1-51EI EIT-1E �. ,aP<,Exsry a D oD EaEE rv.Ere E x rvD DrvDD,Ores ry EE reEE <,reEreP o DrvED DrvDD.= DrvDD Da= D D Di ,Drv, w< o �D�EE= DM - 5 a re.wrvos reore wD=Drvw srDPE Ore Tar aG ITS 1 a1 ,OF - aoar P--eanoa o vEm ��R`ff —$ DD.Dry,D aarvD 1- 0—IEFEre—115,a 1/111 D 0 0 1- wDDD�cD DIl s-ory D Ex -1—T-1 EII—EIED 11 ry a q� E.PIPE Easrervc«sEMaE.. orvD.Dry U orvs Q PoZ arvx rva,Es.reEEEre DE,n Es,s einl'z oEE.nEo�irvo-Ei/nPI.o�` <rvo rv<,orw aoar rvc corv,anc,oas<ssocu,D,`.......Dp, z��'a Z ,� 15 b... a reoar ExEuus ory ao rv*usEmaEv. 1 �: ccuuom,orvs roe rvrw 1—rvc—E--cou 15EMBII ns U TAPERED D 10Dao�TE u ry rorvD,Drvs-El a a-H- are Ill sorv/DMA re rvD rvD.,E. �ren�uw rv�uErva�D"DM areorvDE SLOPE o T,5I../ .. 5 fi /.ssVmrvou*sussorer III 0 O 9 aaovsvaaoa*a,ocus aErEa DE*aEs E a./a zo x/ N T e_aaE/carvou*uoaD/aErvE*an.ory Dan AsscMaEv: TY ICAL �. 2 - PE-1-DE EODo�nEIT z ,wo DDrv=ao�a Da,.�E si<re PER w,Ere v wvreooE III a �E reoDE MEre E�Dry rvrvD sErvreE. D C CAL eaai%R.oa o�iPa Pi%Fsoa °rvcn U 4 EDUPnnErv,caress.1EcorvrvEc reooE rvo worev s couvEErE y a vreov DE rvEw uEnnareuuE was LL rv,Easrc,orv.arrvD Ex sr rvc o aEn , -a T cwEre roa mDE or Eiws�rva rnsTwEas aErca DETn Es s R'] a-1-1ory oan u51-1 y, - O o LL � uuo szc uuo corvrauaE ns arau aEa aErEa DE*a Es 3 az a/a as"D*orvs E r rei/D reooE aaRmE reoor Eus rva �- -��� --- ! DrvD a r sari avo rrvc uEueeauE srsTEus.serf'unn�s a`s`inso. TAPE RED ,e.corvcreErE waurva Tw,Ere suEEom assEmaE.. fi o Do =EasED=ory aE°EaD< E 'A" e ,E_Es,rvc DooErvo=ova=o aE�ry 1a'rvc,o�a> 7T 5 L a_ aE nnEe v.cu v.D Eice acu Dauvrvas Q 1 3 3 2 m rvs i � \ DEEv TEreeD uuT ory suuv 11wE Dre OD nry i C T 13 ❑❑ o Oz— T, �� o o z E `// urearvwE,o�1El--11�Dlll of wuEreeo,wD 0 0 aua o o°aaD,n 00Do`E° °E ij mEarD renEE re%rvD irvsuu,oU DEs,o U / 9 m�csmu rva z H / — --- -- 26 ST SHEET of 39 NEW WORK-Roof PLAN ASOL0N DETEL- PEG-923 COOLING TOWERS NEW ROOF SYSTEM _ .sr., i- -o PROJECT —T 1111 DE-5 I'EIID I B,COM—T01—11 Pl— C—D-1 1� 5-1 6E --E 0 111111-1 uroo reoaorvc 1 11111 1 10.1 ll—) DllNl W III a P' 7M Q)-t ENCLOS URE FOR PENETRATION EN CLOSURE FOR PENETRATION PENETRATION EA FLASHING (9;AN;;ATION FLASHING L4 9 of KI V LEAD BOOT V.T.R. 7LAE BOOT V.T.R. PENETRATION FLAS I FLASHING 'Ell 1,111PTUoll.11%, ml�Nlo 10,1111TO I I'D COO'D-1"`- —II D-1 2 1—1111M 1111-D-1 101 Mf !�2 AS Q) (D,71�;IIINT SUPPORT FLASHING (D.1,�;IIINT SUPPORT FLASHING U A� o SHEET 13 If 39 PENETRATION FLASHING PENETRATION FLASHING PEC-923 E TRATION FLASHING E TIATION FLASHING,7 (9 &�7 (D�7 G M,,-j —T 1111 .111�DR 1 D 0—L B, E-E �AT 121�1%'Eo�T 11EIT ME11L 1—TE-1111— —L L 1 1111M 1 oo11 111-D—L �DMB,�E�ET�%,��G MEMBWF LL IlEl M—L 01 L PLLE` YV ME— o_EFL.. M& IEM EM8111E 71=7_ REG, OILT ILI 1.1 F-7 IIIHM 1—LaH IT11IT111L D 111111111 T I RI IIL 1 BASE FLASHING TIT11 WALL BASE FLASHING EXISTING C) &7OP'L"MOUNTED EQUIPMENT CURB tT t WALL T EXISTING I WALL Q) U Z�l'TT�ATT R 2XIUIIL�� AGEET 14 or 39 '—FDE-K PBG-923 EQUIPMENT SUPPORT FLASHING (9,4E �MENT SUPPORT FLASHING (9 4E �MENT SUPPORT FLASHING EQUIPMENT SUPPORT FLASHING M B, E�TD COO`E IH EG OD T`5 E IDDI'5111 ' �E DE--1-I—1511M lEll-DE-FOI Mf Vi Q) L I G3 TH o ......... sass FOTPLW"43E'Eli' METAL MILILtIlUER12RZI�E Z PARAPET CAP PARAPET"P SURFACE-MOUNT SURFACE-MOUNT"L DFTAII M LFTI I (D���,,,FL H ING AT WALLS (DF LASHING AT WALLS 0;4 - I 'FEE I— %ol`lPlJl`.Nl%NTE"N�l I`I�NDTM N` I N� NI EN1111EIll 11 N'IE""'IN' _ion I I.MlN11 lEllEl'IIINI�ITIEX`IE ZEINE I'INI'MENNI-11' 1 11��N01 10 MINlll=sIINNTo N1111Ns Nff`NTI E�l 1,0, HNITI I II01 III I M 111 IN D1 I M& NE_g (D (D (D :1411 TI11 IILLllll FLASHING TYPICAL ROOF TYPICAL ROOF C AT EXPANSION JOINT D�� FLASHING FLASHING 77, Q)ZZIZ 0% 707 J)I No o 7i ND No "T T, SHEET 16 If 39 c (D,TH11AIANO lAll FLASHING TFIS IANT IAII FLASHING D TF11 ALLNAll FLASHING DTH_1_1 ALL Nall FLASHING PEG 923 AT EXISTING AT ,ALL AT ATL.pAN , JOINT( 7 EXISTING CONDITION EXISTING CONDITION EXISTING CONDITION — R i �T Mks 0 o d [I ,_ - s/�D i u DOD RD Ts/a,elr y 0 0 �`��j/�j/ /� / ` EXINTING CONDITION / -,, EXIN TING CONDITION EXISTING CONDITION J BB a/A,D.� p� On- 0 III a DO a 9/A,54 �� �le�o w w &. E EXISTING CONDITION EXISTING CONDITION EXISTING CONDITION EXISTING CONDITION wEOn .,s .��.00k,s O Ji RD V ��YPP fEE7� 0 01-n ' 0 0 - 10 o Q OD '" o � -�" 00 ■ �� T / --ET EXISTING CONDITION EXISTING CONDITION EXI4TNG CONDITION ? V mks mks Ek,s 2 x w a RD oa D/A,T. o / �a 'Door' Xo /A,T 4,-,1 T/A,T D sEu17, 09 PHOTO oA��ooT +. _ ExlsnNc PHOTO LOCATIONS AND oDEOTON o PBG 923 .,.o sX PHOTO D : EXISTING CONDITION _EXISTING CONDITION EXISTING CONDITION - ,�...s. k7,..,,s. oR,a,l«o 11R�r P1P1- w N sj u J u ^ \ - EXISTING CONDITION /,5, EXISTING CONDITION EXISTING CONDITION kE.H�.s. u[.H,.s. .7,H,. _— o m > S EXISTING CONDITION EXISTING CONDITION EXISTI NO CONDITION EXISTING CONDITION Q) I .r p 1O O CC �'• _ z Q O _ r O O EXISTING CONDITION EXISTING CONDITION EXISTING CONDITION EXISTI NO CONDITION zNU V~ „7„s �k,s woo z z a o xO .►� ;.Mlj RO SHEET cORD oa8 No 9 = PBG-923 ' EXISTING CONDITION : EXISTING CONDITION 5 EXISTING CONDITION a EXISTING CONDITION s EXISTING CONDITION w,s .«...,.s. x[.x.�s. k�.x,,s. kE..,,s. cr GENERAL NOTES SHOP DRAWINGS AND SUBMITTALS WINDSTORM&CONSTRUCTION INSPECTION: ABBREVIATIONS TP BE °11I NIL ILR. I—Dre.w�ND:ore r"m Pree.�Dxse.eDDw,re,eD sxor Na i,o`n;xreDDex,xare:xDw,re,w PreDeess `C°DFSe w ... exDee,or D�sereeP.Naes ore eoNre�Ds eoDND _ opt arvoiorere�°o"o�G°ry:�o,rs�`" �m�r�eD,er�"°rar��nr xe r,°Dx eP eox Po�M "` re�'T D,xsi or°x'ry ou;x`a:°o re Pre�sEMn`�"or - DxD xPPre.T.us ore r�DreD,DD�DNo-PreoDxD xPPre.T.0 s reeooreeD lore reDDe ND pox „reoxxw'.ial"xre«ore„� N-0N `'-. WF ,� � x f*z,� resl�0,11 Nl Dx exwe De xee.oN1 D eox De,x s oxoslo ar xeee�DN or NxDIDDx e e o. xe °L.eD�", `ryoi A"�Po�ryo`arvo o`uxEP°w,x E:`;o",��"" Ere w�<< e re�:PoNe�Dee lore x„w°rex rre,�"°xe�MeNDeD D.,xe p1 ° `D De«e eeN w,op w w,.De c°NsxD�DN°r w.Mr.N� wDiDoow�sw, o ,D zo:,MreN�w DD�eD�"°re.ree-�Ne.e�„ re�DmreeD °,_ „eDD D ree.°me°, F xx, STRUCTURAL STEEL NOTESD U e,el �oryts� �G°aiDI—El m o.xDDeIN°,a„ere„„—eM k,oD:raw,.,,li c < HEIHII M w .1 mre �EM�re D� —`oio��owm. 1 . sti De IN.101-11 —L or aEIe Dre x,De x wDx x ronw°N sw�D� I— - III ou roreNo .oreu,D,xre oDre D. V — 011 E"N Z �MerereD� - eDNe°Du,D xru xoD:xe,N xe,:Dreooe eD ux.x,eDDaDD,e° .reD, .reD.DseD U ,u ni,°re mi,w,n.Dreooe 1D. Ll DD U 01 eux„Ne.xeNrex,ox,wNDe. , /—OLm°N 1. IN" ew,DEIs owD Dre.w�Na am re M,xl re�reD s,D��,i°N aHD au.GreNND�G,re D,�xor,.D ormNaD xw�Dc"rorew,°uw,°x°D '"" reD reo—°xorINirvr°Du.,�°N _ DESIGN CRITERIA olN xe Dreo INIL DmeD�NDe_ -ON ar.11.°e s.rD,aL-N,:.,D: 10L—No � Nm N. e 110N I—IN15 swore Nm De—E xeIND r.P r.P,ws�oN reeNmx e.e,°,eNe�.w,D NDDM�ND Dewe,e exo„ e,e xre,m�e�.eD. s,reeND,x NOND_,1re III m a a shwa s.uu�,reiw ! X w 1-11 �IIIS ,eee,�N,xe x,eaxxD,e e,reeee,Dre �Na wl,x o.,..roNNex�,x - o x�, L s" s0(uix cpxm o U sseanm mxo inj�reru"i reco xmsPfu,sre x--INe x°umre11 "-11 ere creme ecuawm sumo 11-wxia nx , STRUCTURAL STEEL CONNECTIONS °D,xe:D.Pom�ND axD°,Dxe.wu�Dxeu<x�:,x�:uw,eD ,� ,�DINO ,oP arD Dm,ou o SH II u�xuvoaoE Ere1p5i5S0�x s;reery�x'aoI;'oryee`""s:'rym�o o"xk —5 Lese,x.N ,xe su..DmINo nreDmDree. "'D - e xoox,w°eNa. .on NmeD mxel ..ome,o,x,-1-1e.,xeee L—I NaD Nm D,. ex1-xe DD1-0�N-D.I wDx xwe e �Nsue �Nsuw�DN w/° `11NDNI xol�P.1 srw wEeoeD.we e�Dn Dn x xe De U.ND'P M oneD DeD o ID,M wort wemeD w'ree eoare�o u i 11 ND wl emeD rim . cu e r e�eeo tN"� e °m�° e �mxON xa1secsn' e°uND N.ms G De y om Nre exr �s,) o° N Qaarro r,°D�a��o APu�0 DDwN°IIw� Z Dx�m�ND1e1m,1DN eNmneeD 1-0-11re.De oD:oe,xeKii,r 0f rexe�ID°oe,xe DxDe wrex�w�A °N — ooNoreoe INDID,D Nxw,Dm_ a s,11—L ooDo.ors D� D�z D�.a D�..,11s 1111IN5 a co aL MUNGZ ENGINEERING M E171- 0 a �S se��79�r 39 wEElill * PBG-923 u,a s7aucT�nn� IAnine I Lnxouev MINT = c,d PROJECT NOTES&LEGEND: Po —.,5/ea�a��o�rva,aw 'q ,,, r°33 �P�a,�,.P� ��,oaFe6y� 1M zM — 1M zM 11-3 FrI m —� a = ZLL — 90 P ` �L eup � II_�wxrv[rnox Em urvo _ _ _ �/s a�LoaoPrvocic o ��- � szw � j es au W — a i cx a ea ry i rusiiry I J Q = --- 4T z r f C, `� - g ry m -- Z W.f c cI z oo Qol z og ® 1 BASE PLATE LOCATION PLAN ® 2 COOLING TOWER(SI FRAMING PLAN O_ J 0 OQ a L L)U O FW7E MUNGZ ENGINEERING w Na J eS ser��2�0�r 39 iNEERin,� PBG-923 crvn I sTRIITnanL 1111INI I-nxoueveL—INT = c,d imP0 U �ooEre swaam of wL mox N w � O u A COOLING TOWER ELEVATION 1 LADDER ACCESSORY DETAILS 2 ACCESS LADDER DETAIL 53.0 SCALE:�/4"_�'-0" SJ.O SCALE:Nis 53.0 SCALE:Nis U o �IIIl��m °P,i�a„a.v. Illjj a x w --coP Ra, � i ua Pony-------------- _ • aw w,E OwreePio�Ho Ore Eowo A�oEre s of Bare A�oEre s of Bare A E,woEre SIDE maNNEE P� NEw EreOnn PEA EOreM ,a°'°�`}'ate�`rw'�"` a m Ewa,a Lo�A,E�:m Z 3 TYP GUARDRAIL DETAIL 4 TYP RUNG CONNECTION DETAIL S TYP SAFETY GATE DETAIL m x cl Sao sn�E Ns ss.o sca,e Nrs 53.o sCue Nrs — o z W W Ir-6 aP a:cwE"�,r re re in Q Lu 1 .,a�,,,a aou N. porn ryaoa:oa�A,Aas ry� MUNOZ ENGINEERING w IME IFF" S sew A 1r 39 S TYP GRATING DETAILE11 a, renwi ma s5.o S;aEE.Ns 1 -1111 AE�Eirei�E, <a re PBG-923 crvn I ITaucTIIAL I Mnnwe L1111 MINT = c,d Ins'ury euaem mm B Len a� - x 1 s'uiry eueEo�rn T/s — _c I�Po uiry weml.m w puu noaun�rvsars� P/AN P/aN � z 1111 I 1p-1� �1 BASE PLATE DETAIL(BPI( �21 BASE PLATE DETAIL(BP2( �31 BASE PLATE DETAIL(BP31 �41 ANCHOR BOLT DETAIL Q - scue s/4'=r-o' scue s/4' sra/e a/4' r-o' z u �/a u rv,oweR"use"ry a� a� � - ��ory��,. mRu�rvrvn,nrv� o= d �„rvu rvu =~�rvorvrve�ory � �rv�ne nPin seewerv /ry L� a n i NGI/ eAR P A,/o4TON oo A AN/ oP,oN o U TYPICAL SECTION AT DIAGONAL BRACE TO BM BEAM TO BEAM SHEAR S CORNER CONNECTION 6 CONNECTION DETAIL 7 CONNECTION DETAIL s4.o scA�s.3/4"`,-o' ` -o J w�ro J Q Q W =o� Z w O a w rn z� M E MUNGZ ENGINEERING w Na S se�R RZ�r 39 iNEERiN� PBG-923 c,d ABBREVIATIONS MECHANICAL TWO-LINE DIAGRAM MECHANICAL ONE-LINE DIAGRAM MECHANICAL TWO-LINE DIAGRAM SYMBOLS PRaccr ...z..7 22 ACC R.ACCESS DOOR PFF PROVE FINISHED FLOOR CFM CUBIC,FEET PER MINUTE ..i, no ue reFeauT - Q U DRY ULB EA/A ENHAUST AR as ^ ESP rATCMp ERATURE �-� cerwoa eT�L� TER FC CONNECTION FlA iDOAOONNE EE11 FLOOR PLAN FP P R HNcu FT W.G.F E GAUGE GA GAUGE GAu RAL ANI EVER MNUTE C N,., _ NCH WATER GAUGE H CLOSEATT AWG 7HAVNG AR TEMPERATURE r �v REr D v B OUSAND BTU PER HOUR o MAX OVER CURRENT PROTECTION UND Du Tu n ou ciLOJCTTW s ca I CIA a c v CIA OUTS DE AIR PRESSURE DROP F/A RETURN AIR ouuo oucrw a ax �r�� urozuuou ruulno n I..r3�NN _ C+y FLA RUNNING LOAD AMPS F REVDLUTIDN PER MINUTE E[TAn�uLaR spar voucT ua �� - Q — S//A Ssp 7p PCY AR oTVT I.a SO F P SFEET URE �_� uoa�nou Draa u. aow'a a W IF,- WET UNDERCUT DOOR ar c BULB �Aa aeruarvo�m o�.:N "oa U LL HA HEATNOAWATER per ue sa. naA rxw.aL �� u,an�uw S owLL'TER s PPLr ""DLTasuN"L.oD��DN _ - FW EATING WATERESUPPLY .,o,LaE,P,,.,,.,s,o. GRILLES,REGISTERS,&DIFFUSERS IT OR HEATING WATER RETURN -'A"ouuasu"LvoucT wury �o�,v_v°. DAMPERS AR,�aowINC`T�oNu�"uaPUTs wTA.eu�,a,o°o�n 'At D> mL aN�aluE�aa�wTEa,� ®�"ElleN�NRw'RmN �N�rE NORTH _ I�o oa ate,nEa DE.,aL� TO III}a a ..,. III �TD,�la �� .,nn a�aEaT�.�TO�—DNO,r O _ �IIIt o w V, ur0.n�rMEoraa.+a�+yAn.�oora.r�a� o- "CraU..w,�.,PUT .T o1 L6116vu� V°l�( FE ACTUATORS a"roras��"NECr�,Ommo.sM� ® > E AII:�:,a.DlAn.aD o� 4— .Da�a�r�aa,aD.�,�r�.�,A., Dr�,LL "TEAT,F L-- uCTTa.Nsn�.,�oL„ r��LNm ourao� P� LINETYPE LEGEND USE—ICE1,a,wu,e.11ti..DO"H L_ �„�..«.ITTwr, A .�„"LuoN,PE..�PP�sELaLwEI jLF z veLM.T e.Lve �® "REr.w�uLTur.livw�v.we PIPING LABELING RE FT TAT RH,LLTToa =Tiovzo2a a 2 U FL-IN 111 11- LLL ®® cared oreawrnc no 9 �o NRG "rl"�AnOaWDa�DNE PBG-923 10-NOS 131P III III LL _ inn _ rx i .. o U z r r 21 21 Lm i i Ell oE © cD z z FVFNT FVFI PI AN FI_+�—I'-0" ��MEZZANINE SUITE LEVEL PLAN EL.+22'-5 1/2" U N N ; OIL N RG area o�w,'0 9 ® PBG-923 aeo,�-w..u22 q q r El F-1 Li®®Li oil K IT1 0 o E 0 a — moo Q) 0 = crcL w �Q - - - o z .... �z ® EVENT LEVEL PLAN EL.+/—a.—O.. �® o sr+rr 25rxcn39 N RAG care Draw o _ry y EEa _ PBG-923 cc.y MECHANICAL DEMO KEYED NOTES: C11-1 LLEL17ML'�'Zl`C l�L" "LLE, 1111111'ID11,0,�l"l-ID 1�1111�1 D-11 ————————— ——————— ———————————— UL Man- L------- ME1 al i---- ----ro TB X®N �J �E i ° —HANICAL ROOM 2-100 PLAN sNcEauaa 59 Z OIL NRG —————— PSG 923 MECHANICAL KEYED NOTES: mmsuowv,s sNrc� vreodccr rva ue� M =TZ Tr. .�xa....r .m:a.•axa.«m . �i 9 0 mma a..wm wE.o nm«ra�ma.cem.. '� O c O.Y..m.:aa.mas ma mmm<sa am�sm.a a;asses p. ms a«aa.am m as�aa..msa m smas:mas.a ar.. � o -- ©.ma.a.mm.mar mma mm.m.m..m me smm ao manic ovmaa L — s s \J --- -- ¢ OEIER&NST ATION NOTES U u O•ro c a.u"`niu nix ME=i eE�a�x Rn os�xn..w.m vim.m nE aoan��:ni"nE cn�nx�•o...rMn�mrs r.w a�neo�m nswemn xs msxx ,c m", Ta®�"r"`Ma�..m®P". IFr.��..m:a..xra.�� �mm��msm�rs — III a. i w.. lui 0,1 i n o E ' ixro g• m U T4 CL a — w g U o� _ 8� ZNU = 2 N U �zsa w wrno w U ILYJ/1034 ¢ �' f � z TR �' 1 N AR D D MO M CHANICAL AREA CONVENTION CENTRAL PLAN N RREC A^ �zaiis c,d PROD NOS 1322 N h W MECHANICAL DEMO KEYED NOTES. ~ gmrv,�R„��,�w ��,A� O eur�o�xc rvraacn san�ory wm wuo aaca rw rvcw wum rvnuu�ary — Z -- Y'--�iT axH rva aa�,a aT mrvama aaarvaT m�Ta a,rvary aaT 0 s V aarvrv�rvarvrvaTaa.a.rva,rv�rvTa ry R. s �l ��`.� — �II� m �a �a Y S MECHANICAL KEYED NOTES: o rvm ry mT I.ElaarvsrvEa LL .ama.YTrvrma..rva.TTaTTarv. i i i ( YY ♦1�� �I 0 rv[w reus[o uttss Pu ravu aHo uaow.F[rtre a nreunuvu oreanrv¢tore o[uu'. O� nu urvT�a rvcw�omres wo > corvrvTm�o winirvo corvrv[niwu. V 77 0 a[ T 5�� mo�oxo<sxm w a aaoxo[rv[w cuwxino naunuau aw[vaaans�o emav _ I \\ -- 1 / O mTpn n uv wwa�w Purv�. mom aix orvo rmwcs rm a[ewrvTenory awHt awT A ST o — — — — — GENERAL INSTALLATION NOTES —o J � LLe°s 1 O� �oam�rv,rvT TW�arv� �aT�aaTasrvE�as Trvmaa vaT� _ cw a R a;°;;µp, of o Rary= op1p,°a�a a —11\FNI ARGFI7 17FM0 o III ry MF(-.HANI(-.AL L :COOING TOWER PLAN as LL1�aTo�s�a«Iaa xs ILLINa IT o 1 11arv1s1 111, /uz:�,�FNI ARC;FO MFIHANIIAI ('OGLING TOWER PLAN rtx,rer w waive NU'LL Ko',Ko «�LL�av aaa� ® ooRa�a. IF LL N W® aRT o8 9 Woo N RG ® PBG-923 PRO-n0�s 1322 N psi) RB psi) RB I I � aMc�ati, ere ce- NerenJare _ �F ens -cENEITR — —_ �I IL n L J j �I u n�] e� a� L J u LL �3 3 — 3 3 — u u ® o m QQ 1EN LARGED DEMO MECHANICAL BOILER ROOM PLAN ® l = 1ENLARGED MECHANICAL BOILER ROOM PLAN !! x - �lut o W w ���,� ,_o SEE,�- � N MECHANICAL DEMO KEYED NOTES. MECHANICAL KEYED NOTES. E ,aE M K aro o�=Po=<oE,E<Eas��a ao�up aE�E«�Ew P EaA Eu,E 0 OolEEa., E-E.E—oE wE naNLElE=,EEE<-1 v ��w aEE �m�ox. SE E 1E,�E I-INI aIE EL—IEI a�s��I r—Eoa owE,Ra11..1111— ss Q A" o ASPIFY 2 omm o >wx p o 3 A BOILER 2 FLUE TO BE REPLACED B BOILER FLUE 1 TO BE REPLACED C EXTERIOR BOILER FLUES OIL RG o sw[[02J ncn39 ® PBG-923 PRO-NOS 1322 N K � m Alt lily *am WATER COOLED CENTRIFUGAL WATER COOLED CENTRIFUGAL TCOOLING TOWERS TO BE COOLING TOWERS TO BE THIS COOLING TOWER TO Z CHILLER 2 CHILLER 3 REPLACED 4 REPLACED 5 REMAIN U LL u o w w w _ o E WATER COOLED CENTRIFUGAL DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL PANEL COOLING TOWER PIPING TO BE COOLING TOWER PIPING TO BE COOLING TOWER PIPING TO BE v B CHILLER TO BE REPLACED B REPLACED 9 REPLACED 10 REPLACED U w m O O >wx = x Z �iozo2a � 2 e OIL N RG area o°w,„„0 9 PBG-923 SH[ PRCJfCiNOs 2311 w u ® r - El - wr CONTROLS LEGEND HJ Fl OW DIAGRAM &BLDG RETURN FANS FLOW DIAGRAM _ N K 2 S U 0 o vi uw oreu ....,. o❑ III}!a a s PPi, o0 00 �lui o w w - _ � E O U so, SMOKE EXHAUST FANS FLOW DIAGRAM PEw,=ureE .Mi W P„aroa, Q „�.„�PPPreaureE 91) D)l =7 >mx o M... o o = ��G z u,i s Pa - - o 'p, ,Pa�i 'PT,P T .,PP, . ore 1.a,,aPi, © > Ere IIT— "E w Pe,nu,e I 2 \FAN POWERED TFRMINAI S FLOW DIAGRAM / 5 1 RESTROOM EXHAUST FANS FLOW DIAGRAM aia ware,aPu,N PPLV.EMPEw,.ureE �� ore urea u o 9 N RG PBG-923 SH[ PRCJfCiNOs 2311 w f V o © F _ = m EF V �y a ®o ��stso o o z LL �4�4111 Fl MI 1111,1111 rx _ , E 0 LP at t& Lp Q © o 0 o Q ©o 0 0 © 0 0 0 00 0 —o T 0 SINGI F 70NF AHLJ Fl OW DIAGRAM Z �iozo�4 < 2 c —S-P;c,`.`.a�.`.`.i`11"�� e ore oreaw o RIN N RG o , PBG-923 PRO-NOS 1322 N = m Q o � - G U �III!!a a lut o W w o >mx O U Q Z �iozo2a � 2 e I�I T M ILo N R PBG-923 PRO-NOS 1322 N ® W �y Q _ U �lut o W w 0 � E H 71 T I RAM � _Q wpm � >mx O —o— O U x Z El rx �iozo2a � 2 OIL N RG 0 9 - PBG-923 �'`4zii°.s' N 3 TANT3 SHEET m RACEWAYS AND WIRING LIGHTING MOTORS AND CONTROLS ONE LINE AND RISER DIAGRAMS ] nENai oEN�E,rpE-stE N1111Nx 1E1NEE ExN—N,�NA O ENs<NA,xre NNNNER�No��.,Es p n�p� «o� o �Ex�x wP��xm�xx�„xxE. ���.x„.xx x,x�x1nENllEl �x ,EE�,�.P,NE x xNo.x Ems' `o a - �xAx,,rw ��. 1-11N,o I—L-1 nN�,�,Nxw,NENa1.Al�NI—Ea N�bE wa<E No N,Eo LEI A a"P�NSAE�o PAx,�,�mxmn xoNExxx,o PAmcc ® Eo 1.o�NsaN Pz N11111-1E1 aN m,x —111_ ,:o,..�P EON�PNEN,wNNERaN Do-oxo DMNflEA xAx��As sPa�, o — _ 1E1111 ro..EIIa. LERN-LE�NE. COMMUNICATIONS ® o- �NNE�,�xN ® ,E �x�N,ENN wEN�,EA„ 'No z LL ® x xU,.Ns NPE m me„E.N�„NEM�xxxE��ax -�G�" �PAAPExMx ro,AxAxN«F�a—x E Al xNEE « x.E 'OO xxA IP Eox PEN,roNN 'N NI— x�a —LEll ,ON RECEPTACLES AND OUTLETS ax,�aE PEx�cE NNE N EP mxEA ao ObN„a ELECTRICAL CTR I CAL E 0 U I P M E N T ALLxE �mEN 2xNED Ea co.,E=ox<N a =wx2 os--P.«E«P«E EE ,aa;_=PaE =o {o W«,co,Nx.,a�c—El Ere N '1ALAEEwNx ,5—NEB,— N.Ex=xxcE cx=xPPx x sx„cxeaAD ox Na,ox,aN,xo,ax,�x �n xxn © AENLZE c rn,x -E mNNcoaAs ParEL-11 Iaxsn311—E n No ExEEN--NEII E-1m.P-—N,ED III!!a Q o`ry, a103 o W w �,E�,NN�PE Eow Em�N xxN,�NANE�xN, �. 01-11—EExxN »IND—El——N,Ex EExNN �.aEE�EAN�xo�x�,�xN 'LE FL0 i TIE ��A E oPaEE P"N„�w AR«P..�ENEMA�,PA,Pa eEPNNxx,E�NN �No� ,EP w�NxNMEN xN Nx,Ex o,N w� AE AN N EP. x N,EN. S WI T CH E S NNx � NNE�xN o E1 A1NAE 2 oN,x�NxN.,�AN.E Nx,Ex o PNPN�N�oP—P rsEN A Ps ® 1ENE11 I N�x.E ANNxNI<,xN�P AEA NE N NN��Nx,EN x,N w� aP Axe EP axPA,.ax,EA o OIL NE- ILE ED oaa Px =aAR „NE�E� E P-T FIRE ALARM .� xNA�NcanAac r=EP��AENNOPx,Ex3 p oN1111 a<—E»NA m0 suasmin erscvExao xE , ,.>„NN.,>w.,A W ® APaEE2..AP.-,xAP SECURITY ® r © NA,w re.Nxx�E, ® 13'El"El— ® 'El„< '—PANEL ® Q („xENx,EN xAxNEE EIxEN E,xEN. E�x�sNEP xP SAP ax. a w ® „o suesrF ots 2/Ou202a ® ,ncnioxs Aewc ccuxc cx murvo MIIN,Eo wa rvu,xcreaxaar r.�•�s'v�l � ELEI—NI xE oc mxccaxx,w sNEp re5 r a 9 0o NIK N PEG-923 r;H23115 V� c,PRwEc,j WNI..Ii'S-IT m PR- 2322 U I III I I lii i i i i ii I I III I I lu i i i i i </ iS N Q) ME � 0 1 U 1 � 0 1— a�� o Q 2/OU2024 1 � ® l 1 EVENn= -T LEVo oEL � 1 PLAN EL.+/-0' 0" ® l MEZZANINE SUITE LEVEL PLAN EL.+22'-5 1/2" :, ,a� -o W `„ Yy" � scoRo reaGwvu o 9 o� N IRG PBG-923 ���23115tl� Ci d CONI..Ii'S-IT[r DEMOLITION GENERAL NOTES: GENERAL NOTES: -,u i Nl - - - 1T3 Wt ESE 1111 ware"1 1 Nc DE mnTEreius—.1-11.. woreonwioN 4017 eE NE nT No%oF Toau ms ------ aN<w�NGE. INO oOTEETT PNE NEOET-11 INII-11 ON THE BONE PP1OP TO EONNENCENENT aT <a"E O�PENOOENNO oP",PE NCO N�MENNO EaOP fl I EPPEE COOPG��TE P5"wOP�w•P G,PEP u ° Q �� ---- NEN�ON NE�NT,GEE,,NTN.OE.PN�NTN�N,NENE NagsPEl OEO NENT'aN OF - ® 11 oY 0 E.uEN�n T"E EO,.G�NG OE E,C"GN`l�T,F�EO G.NEwOOEE u Na aOOG PENETa<,�ON� z ®� G.aT LTG N� N.O��O�NCNO NOs No, wnP OE 0 E.CEEa G o z _ --- F ---®_ „oi"<a C NNOE wuEGE N w<„G u o 0 u �E o- — P - ELECT.DEMOLITIONPLAN KEYNOTES �,/ \ ELECTRICAL PLAN KEYNOTES. - BE o a ❑NIT a_REOORENEN,E Oa,PaN.,uG GUEE,TOa � o°° w 0 � 1L PaN E EHEET FOR a==G,E N c a�T�aNa,reEaN�RENEN,E. III a Q o1 — ++max P lot o ww ooG�T�ONu amu�aEUEN,s '""',s s E2.mre POme�c.cooreo NnTE vmN MEcxvJ�ca cON,z�c,ore. o a E ti U z a U � w z x U w oz� w w p a��N ww o� 26 5 26 5T - r� 3 <z 0 Q U rviorzos4 a w PF a 11111 11 IN _G T I 1 I 1 11 IN �ourvP�cr�z lii4 i� o� IN IRG PBG-923 ^2'231�15re�� Ci d N 3 TANT3 M M M M Y DEMOLITION GENERAL NOTES: � GENERAL NOTES: {� — a N-oITL-Aa3111 N3c3EE�1�No-11 oN T13 1 POA,o EDMMENI—NI o1 k orenw ncs. a a,uE xE<acs acr.wnnc ac,vc i eaw as 11 xo svecic<,ons li sEEH rnEreRMEEo �., II c su�L cooao. uEa aEEwsE o/aEMooELHa yak_ II i C.reEcoHHE�w r \TLC �L> e�uouE.oe e�xsnL aL,eMs oesce eeo m,x3s3 xm�s. 6 II :ono„EREo„o,i e—Cx 1110.Mrs,Ho, ,u IL — a ro aasoELHaswu.EA EaPPL�LoE a u k I I I �I ELECT.DEMOLITION PLAN KEY NOTES: ELECTRICAL PLAN KEY NOTES l� ®E` a HN, 6 Oo Pa�DE PowIa, �NI INIE ®E—NIIOoLHM=owEre ro�re 000,oH,� oDE ILEiar/ o�Ho ogre.oMreEM<HwMM ME<x,w� / i III!�Q m �103 X= — — o wo _X o s sT 6 '-ID sT z o 2/O'F" 1 W® U 11111111 1111 INI T — i_o IITIIIII 1111 1 u I T1.11 PI AN SNEEI 38 or 39 o� N IRG PBG-923 23115tl C/d WNSUTANT3 SHECi [z �2�ew ,2.ww Y Y ¢x�n�rv�i� 2a caoo��-2o2i �s�rvC aA�.k2A,o a2A��22o w , )w yup, ) a.<Y )60LR . RRErv, TID By ID I u Mev� Meng U 2e2ook�M��"e�� �ws��rv�r,rv2G eow rvorvrvc rv�..are2�re,�rv2o�re�2rv. 2x22o��2 x23o rE.�sr�rv2i�� reo�rv2 rv2w rvrv�ry,�re2o�rv�2a � III a Q m (anoww 012'1 iae�° eiesa as as as 3 as as 2. 2. 2. `""<• . 32 2 0 2— 2 0 20 2. w.. Q mua-, ewv-, acx�i w,u-,z [recr-, 2a scxP-2 e—rz 11wI-2 M2 irec—rz (rv[r✓t W �Jr J)ONE-LINE DIAGRAM a�� o -P� 1-21-1-2 2 � .-, .-.v (cnsPirvo) s1�i J �zoury n.aooaicu[z.ui� W .s J Q u` ,u-� a sHmao re9 N� 0 9 NlRG o� , N PBG-923 ��z31`i sR� c2p